69409 lines
2.4 MiB
69409 lines
2.4 MiB
// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT.
|
|
|
|
package ec2
|
|
|
|
import (
|
|
"fmt"
|
|
"time"
|
|
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/ec2query"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const opAcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote = "AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote"
|
|
|
|
// AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote for more information on using the AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote
|
|
func (c *EC2) AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteRequest(input *AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput) (req *request.Request, output *AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Accepts the Convertible Reserved Instance exchange quote described in the
|
|
// GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote call.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote
|
|
func (c *EC2) AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote(input *AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput) (*AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteWithContext is the same as AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opAcceptVpcEndpointConnections = "AcceptVpcEndpointConnections"
|
|
|
|
// AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AcceptVpcEndpointConnections operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AcceptVpcEndpointConnections for more information on using the AcceptVpcEndpointConnections
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AcceptVpcEndpointConnections
|
|
func (c *EC2) AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsRequest(input *AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAcceptVpcEndpointConnections,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AcceptVpcEndpointConnections API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Accepts one or more interface VPC endpoint connection requests to your VPC
|
|
// endpoint service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation AcceptVpcEndpointConnections for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AcceptVpcEndpointConnections
|
|
func (c *EC2) AcceptVpcEndpointConnections(input *AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsInput) (*AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsWithContext is the same as AcceptVpcEndpointConnections with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AcceptVpcEndpointConnections for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opAcceptVpcPeeringConnection = "AcceptVpcPeeringConnection"
|
|
|
|
// AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AcceptVpcPeeringConnection operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AcceptVpcPeeringConnection for more information on using the AcceptVpcPeeringConnection
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AcceptVpcPeeringConnection
|
|
func (c *EC2) AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionRequest(input *AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionInput) (req *request.Request, output *AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAcceptVpcPeeringConnection,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AcceptVpcPeeringConnection API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Accept a VPC peering connection request. To accept a request, the VPC peering
|
|
// connection must be in the pending-acceptance state, and you must be the owner
|
|
// of the peer VPC. Use DescribeVpcPeeringConnections to view your outstanding
|
|
// VPC peering connection requests.
|
|
//
|
|
// For an inter-region VPC peering connection request, you must accept the VPC
|
|
// peering connection in the region of the accepter VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation AcceptVpcPeeringConnection for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AcceptVpcPeeringConnection
|
|
func (c *EC2) AcceptVpcPeeringConnection(input *AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionInput) (*AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionWithContext is the same as AcceptVpcPeeringConnection with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AcceptVpcPeeringConnection for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opAllocateAddress = "AllocateAddress"
|
|
|
|
// AllocateAddressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AllocateAddress operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AllocateAddress for more information on using the AllocateAddress
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AllocateAddressRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AllocateAddressRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AllocateAddress
|
|
func (c *EC2) AllocateAddressRequest(input *AllocateAddressInput) (req *request.Request, output *AllocateAddressOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAllocateAddress,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AllocateAddressInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AllocateAddressOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AllocateAddress API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Allocates an Elastic IP address.
|
|
//
|
|
// An Elastic IP address is for use either in the EC2-Classic platform or in
|
|
// a VPC. By default, you can allocate 5 Elastic IP addresses for EC2-Classic
|
|
// per region and 5 Elastic IP addresses for EC2-VPC per region.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you release an Elastic IP address for use in a VPC, you might be able
|
|
// to recover it. To recover an Elastic IP address that you released, specify
|
|
// it in the Address parameter. Note that you cannot recover an Elastic IP address
|
|
// that you released after it is allocated to another AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see Elastic IP Addresses (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/elastic-ip-addresses-eip.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation AllocateAddress for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AllocateAddress
|
|
func (c *EC2) AllocateAddress(input *AllocateAddressInput) (*AllocateAddressOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AllocateAddressRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AllocateAddressWithContext is the same as AllocateAddress with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AllocateAddress for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) AllocateAddressWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AllocateAddressInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AllocateAddressOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AllocateAddressRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opAllocateHosts = "AllocateHosts"
|
|
|
|
// AllocateHostsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AllocateHosts operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AllocateHosts for more information on using the AllocateHosts
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AllocateHostsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AllocateHostsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AllocateHosts
|
|
func (c *EC2) AllocateHostsRequest(input *AllocateHostsInput) (req *request.Request, output *AllocateHostsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAllocateHosts,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AllocateHostsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AllocateHostsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AllocateHosts API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Allocates a Dedicated Host to your account. At minimum you need to specify
|
|
// the instance size type, Availability Zone, and quantity of hosts you want
|
|
// to allocate.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation AllocateHosts for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AllocateHosts
|
|
func (c *EC2) AllocateHosts(input *AllocateHostsInput) (*AllocateHostsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AllocateHostsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AllocateHostsWithContext is the same as AllocateHosts with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AllocateHosts for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) AllocateHostsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AllocateHostsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AllocateHostsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AllocateHostsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opAssignIpv6Addresses = "AssignIpv6Addresses"
|
|
|
|
// AssignIpv6AddressesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AssignIpv6Addresses operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AssignIpv6Addresses for more information on using the AssignIpv6Addresses
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AssignIpv6AddressesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AssignIpv6AddressesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AssignIpv6Addresses
|
|
func (c *EC2) AssignIpv6AddressesRequest(input *AssignIpv6AddressesInput) (req *request.Request, output *AssignIpv6AddressesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAssignIpv6Addresses,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AssignIpv6AddressesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AssignIpv6AddressesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AssignIpv6Addresses API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Assigns one or more IPv6 addresses to the specified network interface. You
|
|
// can specify one or more specific IPv6 addresses, or you can specify the number
|
|
// of IPv6 addresses to be automatically assigned from within the subnet's IPv6
|
|
// CIDR block range. You can assign as many IPv6 addresses to a network interface
|
|
// as you can assign private IPv4 addresses, and the limit varies per instance
|
|
// type. For information, see IP Addresses Per Network Interface Per Instance
|
|
// Type (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-eni.html#AvailableIpPerENI)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation AssignIpv6Addresses for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AssignIpv6Addresses
|
|
func (c *EC2) AssignIpv6Addresses(input *AssignIpv6AddressesInput) (*AssignIpv6AddressesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AssignIpv6AddressesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AssignIpv6AddressesWithContext is the same as AssignIpv6Addresses with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AssignIpv6Addresses for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) AssignIpv6AddressesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AssignIpv6AddressesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AssignIpv6AddressesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AssignIpv6AddressesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opAssignPrivateIpAddresses = "AssignPrivateIpAddresses"
|
|
|
|
// AssignPrivateIpAddressesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AssignPrivateIpAddresses operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AssignPrivateIpAddresses for more information on using the AssignPrivateIpAddresses
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AssignPrivateIpAddressesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AssignPrivateIpAddressesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AssignPrivateIpAddresses
|
|
func (c *EC2) AssignPrivateIpAddressesRequest(input *AssignPrivateIpAddressesInput) (req *request.Request, output *AssignPrivateIpAddressesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAssignPrivateIpAddresses,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AssignPrivateIpAddressesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AssignPrivateIpAddressesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AssignPrivateIpAddresses API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Assigns one or more secondary private IP addresses to the specified network
|
|
// interface. You can specify one or more specific secondary IP addresses, or
|
|
// you can specify the number of secondary IP addresses to be automatically
|
|
// assigned within the subnet's CIDR block range. The number of secondary IP
|
|
// addresses that you can assign to an instance varies by instance type. For
|
|
// information about instance types, see Instance Types (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. For more information about
|
|
// Elastic IP addresses, see Elastic IP Addresses (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/elastic-ip-addresses-eip.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// AssignPrivateIpAddresses is available only in EC2-VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation AssignPrivateIpAddresses for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AssignPrivateIpAddresses
|
|
func (c *EC2) AssignPrivateIpAddresses(input *AssignPrivateIpAddressesInput) (*AssignPrivateIpAddressesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AssignPrivateIpAddressesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AssignPrivateIpAddressesWithContext is the same as AssignPrivateIpAddresses with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AssignPrivateIpAddresses for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) AssignPrivateIpAddressesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AssignPrivateIpAddressesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AssignPrivateIpAddressesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AssignPrivateIpAddressesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opAssociateAddress = "AssociateAddress"
|
|
|
|
// AssociateAddressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AssociateAddress operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AssociateAddress for more information on using the AssociateAddress
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AssociateAddressRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AssociateAddressRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AssociateAddress
|
|
func (c *EC2) AssociateAddressRequest(input *AssociateAddressInput) (req *request.Request, output *AssociateAddressOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAssociateAddress,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AssociateAddressInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AssociateAddressOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AssociateAddress API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Associates an Elastic IP address with an instance or a network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// An Elastic IP address is for use in either the EC2-Classic platform or in
|
|
// a VPC. For more information, see Elastic IP Addresses (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/elastic-ip-addresses-eip.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// [EC2-Classic, VPC in an EC2-VPC-only account] If the Elastic IP address is
|
|
// already associated with a different instance, it is disassociated from that
|
|
// instance and associated with the specified instance. If you associate an
|
|
// Elastic IP address with an instance that has an existing Elastic IP address,
|
|
// the existing address is disassociated from the instance, but remains allocated
|
|
// to your account.
|
|
//
|
|
// [VPC in an EC2-Classic account] If you don't specify a private IP address,
|
|
// the Elastic IP address is associated with the primary IP address. If the
|
|
// Elastic IP address is already associated with a different instance or a network
|
|
// interface, you get an error unless you allow reassociation. You cannot associate
|
|
// an Elastic IP address with an instance or network interface that has an existing
|
|
// Elastic IP address.
|
|
//
|
|
// This is an idempotent operation. If you perform the operation more than once,
|
|
// Amazon EC2 doesn't return an error, and you may be charged for each time
|
|
// the Elastic IP address is remapped to the same instance. For more information,
|
|
// see the Elastic IP Addresses section of Amazon EC2 Pricing (http://aws.amazon.com/ec2/pricing/).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation AssociateAddress for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AssociateAddress
|
|
func (c *EC2) AssociateAddress(input *AssociateAddressInput) (*AssociateAddressOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AssociateAddressRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AssociateAddressWithContext is the same as AssociateAddress with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AssociateAddress for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) AssociateAddressWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AssociateAddressInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AssociateAddressOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AssociateAddressRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opAssociateDhcpOptions = "AssociateDhcpOptions"
|
|
|
|
// AssociateDhcpOptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AssociateDhcpOptions operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AssociateDhcpOptions for more information on using the AssociateDhcpOptions
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AssociateDhcpOptionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AssociateDhcpOptionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AssociateDhcpOptions
|
|
func (c *EC2) AssociateDhcpOptionsRequest(input *AssociateDhcpOptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *AssociateDhcpOptionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAssociateDhcpOptions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AssociateDhcpOptionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AssociateDhcpOptionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AssociateDhcpOptions API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Associates a set of DHCP options (that you've previously created) with the
|
|
// specified VPC, or associates no DHCP options with the VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// After you associate the options with the VPC, any existing instances and
|
|
// all new instances that you launch in that VPC use the options. You don't
|
|
// need to restart or relaunch the instances. They automatically pick up the
|
|
// changes within a few hours, depending on how frequently the instance renews
|
|
// its DHCP lease. You can explicitly renew the lease using the operating system
|
|
// on the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see DHCP Options Sets (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_DHCP_Options.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation AssociateDhcpOptions for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AssociateDhcpOptions
|
|
func (c *EC2) AssociateDhcpOptions(input *AssociateDhcpOptionsInput) (*AssociateDhcpOptionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AssociateDhcpOptionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AssociateDhcpOptionsWithContext is the same as AssociateDhcpOptions with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AssociateDhcpOptions for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) AssociateDhcpOptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AssociateDhcpOptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AssociateDhcpOptionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AssociateDhcpOptionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opAssociateIamInstanceProfile = "AssociateIamInstanceProfile"
|
|
|
|
// AssociateIamInstanceProfileRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AssociateIamInstanceProfile operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AssociateIamInstanceProfile for more information on using the AssociateIamInstanceProfile
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AssociateIamInstanceProfileRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AssociateIamInstanceProfileRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AssociateIamInstanceProfile
|
|
func (c *EC2) AssociateIamInstanceProfileRequest(input *AssociateIamInstanceProfileInput) (req *request.Request, output *AssociateIamInstanceProfileOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAssociateIamInstanceProfile,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AssociateIamInstanceProfileInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AssociateIamInstanceProfileOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AssociateIamInstanceProfile API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Associates an IAM instance profile with a running or stopped instance. You
|
|
// cannot associate more than one IAM instance profile with an instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation AssociateIamInstanceProfile for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AssociateIamInstanceProfile
|
|
func (c *EC2) AssociateIamInstanceProfile(input *AssociateIamInstanceProfileInput) (*AssociateIamInstanceProfileOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AssociateIamInstanceProfileRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AssociateIamInstanceProfileWithContext is the same as AssociateIamInstanceProfile with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AssociateIamInstanceProfile for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) AssociateIamInstanceProfileWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AssociateIamInstanceProfileInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AssociateIamInstanceProfileOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AssociateIamInstanceProfileRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opAssociateRouteTable = "AssociateRouteTable"
|
|
|
|
// AssociateRouteTableRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AssociateRouteTable operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AssociateRouteTable for more information on using the AssociateRouteTable
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AssociateRouteTableRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AssociateRouteTableRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AssociateRouteTable
|
|
func (c *EC2) AssociateRouteTableRequest(input *AssociateRouteTableInput) (req *request.Request, output *AssociateRouteTableOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAssociateRouteTable,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AssociateRouteTableInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AssociateRouteTableOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AssociateRouteTable API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Associates a subnet with a route table. The subnet and route table must be
|
|
// in the same VPC. This association causes traffic originating from the subnet
|
|
// to be routed according to the routes in the route table. The action returns
|
|
// an association ID, which you need in order to disassociate the route table
|
|
// from the subnet later. A route table can be associated with multiple subnets.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about route tables, see Route Tables (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_Route_Tables.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation AssociateRouteTable for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AssociateRouteTable
|
|
func (c *EC2) AssociateRouteTable(input *AssociateRouteTableInput) (*AssociateRouteTableOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AssociateRouteTableRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AssociateRouteTableWithContext is the same as AssociateRouteTable with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AssociateRouteTable for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) AssociateRouteTableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AssociateRouteTableInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AssociateRouteTableOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AssociateRouteTableRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opAssociateSubnetCidrBlock = "AssociateSubnetCidrBlock"
|
|
|
|
// AssociateSubnetCidrBlockRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AssociateSubnetCidrBlock operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AssociateSubnetCidrBlock for more information on using the AssociateSubnetCidrBlock
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AssociateSubnetCidrBlockRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AssociateSubnetCidrBlockRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AssociateSubnetCidrBlock
|
|
func (c *EC2) AssociateSubnetCidrBlockRequest(input *AssociateSubnetCidrBlockInput) (req *request.Request, output *AssociateSubnetCidrBlockOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAssociateSubnetCidrBlock,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AssociateSubnetCidrBlockInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AssociateSubnetCidrBlockOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AssociateSubnetCidrBlock API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Associates a CIDR block with your subnet. You can only associate a single
|
|
// IPv6 CIDR block with your subnet. An IPv6 CIDR block must have a prefix length
|
|
// of /64.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation AssociateSubnetCidrBlock for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AssociateSubnetCidrBlock
|
|
func (c *EC2) AssociateSubnetCidrBlock(input *AssociateSubnetCidrBlockInput) (*AssociateSubnetCidrBlockOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AssociateSubnetCidrBlockRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AssociateSubnetCidrBlockWithContext is the same as AssociateSubnetCidrBlock with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AssociateSubnetCidrBlock for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) AssociateSubnetCidrBlockWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AssociateSubnetCidrBlockInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AssociateSubnetCidrBlockOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AssociateSubnetCidrBlockRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opAssociateVpcCidrBlock = "AssociateVpcCidrBlock"
|
|
|
|
// AssociateVpcCidrBlockRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AssociateVpcCidrBlock operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AssociateVpcCidrBlock for more information on using the AssociateVpcCidrBlock
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AssociateVpcCidrBlockRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AssociateVpcCidrBlockRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AssociateVpcCidrBlock
|
|
func (c *EC2) AssociateVpcCidrBlockRequest(input *AssociateVpcCidrBlockInput) (req *request.Request, output *AssociateVpcCidrBlockOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAssociateVpcCidrBlock,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AssociateVpcCidrBlockInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AssociateVpcCidrBlockOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AssociateVpcCidrBlock API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Associates a CIDR block with your VPC. You can associate a secondary IPv4
|
|
// CIDR block, or you can associate an Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block. The
|
|
// IPv6 CIDR block size is fixed at /56.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about associating CIDR blocks with your VPC and applicable
|
|
// restrictions, see VPC and Subnet Sizing (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_Subnets.html#VPC_Sizing)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation AssociateVpcCidrBlock for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AssociateVpcCidrBlock
|
|
func (c *EC2) AssociateVpcCidrBlock(input *AssociateVpcCidrBlockInput) (*AssociateVpcCidrBlockOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AssociateVpcCidrBlockRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AssociateVpcCidrBlockWithContext is the same as AssociateVpcCidrBlock with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AssociateVpcCidrBlock for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) AssociateVpcCidrBlockWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AssociateVpcCidrBlockInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AssociateVpcCidrBlockOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AssociateVpcCidrBlockRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opAttachClassicLinkVpc = "AttachClassicLinkVpc"
|
|
|
|
// AttachClassicLinkVpcRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AttachClassicLinkVpc operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AttachClassicLinkVpc for more information on using the AttachClassicLinkVpc
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AttachClassicLinkVpcRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AttachClassicLinkVpcRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AttachClassicLinkVpc
|
|
func (c *EC2) AttachClassicLinkVpcRequest(input *AttachClassicLinkVpcInput) (req *request.Request, output *AttachClassicLinkVpcOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAttachClassicLinkVpc,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AttachClassicLinkVpcInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AttachClassicLinkVpcOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AttachClassicLinkVpc API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Links an EC2-Classic instance to a ClassicLink-enabled VPC through one or
|
|
// more of the VPC's security groups. You cannot link an EC2-Classic instance
|
|
// to more than one VPC at a time. You can only link an instance that's in the
|
|
// running state. An instance is automatically unlinked from a VPC when it's
|
|
// stopped - you can link it to the VPC again when you restart it.
|
|
//
|
|
// After you've linked an instance, you cannot change the VPC security groups
|
|
// that are associated with it. To change the security groups, you must first
|
|
// unlink the instance, and then link it again.
|
|
//
|
|
// Linking your instance to a VPC is sometimes referred to as attaching your
|
|
// instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation AttachClassicLinkVpc for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AttachClassicLinkVpc
|
|
func (c *EC2) AttachClassicLinkVpc(input *AttachClassicLinkVpcInput) (*AttachClassicLinkVpcOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AttachClassicLinkVpcRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AttachClassicLinkVpcWithContext is the same as AttachClassicLinkVpc with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AttachClassicLinkVpc for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) AttachClassicLinkVpcWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AttachClassicLinkVpcInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AttachClassicLinkVpcOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AttachClassicLinkVpcRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opAttachInternetGateway = "AttachInternetGateway"
|
|
|
|
// AttachInternetGatewayRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AttachInternetGateway operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AttachInternetGateway for more information on using the AttachInternetGateway
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AttachInternetGatewayRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AttachInternetGatewayRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AttachInternetGateway
|
|
func (c *EC2) AttachInternetGatewayRequest(input *AttachInternetGatewayInput) (req *request.Request, output *AttachInternetGatewayOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAttachInternetGateway,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AttachInternetGatewayInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AttachInternetGatewayOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AttachInternetGateway API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Attaches an Internet gateway to a VPC, enabling connectivity between the
|
|
// Internet and the VPC. For more information about your VPC and Internet gateway,
|
|
// see the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation AttachInternetGateway for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AttachInternetGateway
|
|
func (c *EC2) AttachInternetGateway(input *AttachInternetGatewayInput) (*AttachInternetGatewayOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AttachInternetGatewayRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AttachInternetGatewayWithContext is the same as AttachInternetGateway with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AttachInternetGateway for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) AttachInternetGatewayWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AttachInternetGatewayInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AttachInternetGatewayOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AttachInternetGatewayRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opAttachNetworkInterface = "AttachNetworkInterface"
|
|
|
|
// AttachNetworkInterfaceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AttachNetworkInterface operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AttachNetworkInterface for more information on using the AttachNetworkInterface
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AttachNetworkInterfaceRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AttachNetworkInterfaceRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AttachNetworkInterface
|
|
func (c *EC2) AttachNetworkInterfaceRequest(input *AttachNetworkInterfaceInput) (req *request.Request, output *AttachNetworkInterfaceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAttachNetworkInterface,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AttachNetworkInterfaceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AttachNetworkInterfaceOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AttachNetworkInterface API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Attaches a network interface to an instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation AttachNetworkInterface for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AttachNetworkInterface
|
|
func (c *EC2) AttachNetworkInterface(input *AttachNetworkInterfaceInput) (*AttachNetworkInterfaceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AttachNetworkInterfaceRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AttachNetworkInterfaceWithContext is the same as AttachNetworkInterface with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AttachNetworkInterface for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) AttachNetworkInterfaceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AttachNetworkInterfaceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AttachNetworkInterfaceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AttachNetworkInterfaceRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opAttachVolume = "AttachVolume"
|
|
|
|
// AttachVolumeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AttachVolume operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AttachVolume for more information on using the AttachVolume
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AttachVolumeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AttachVolumeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AttachVolume
|
|
func (c *EC2) AttachVolumeRequest(input *AttachVolumeInput) (req *request.Request, output *VolumeAttachment) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAttachVolume,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AttachVolumeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &VolumeAttachment{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AttachVolume API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Attaches an EBS volume to a running or stopped instance and exposes it to
|
|
// the instance with the specified device name.
|
|
//
|
|
// Encrypted EBS volumes may only be attached to instances that support Amazon
|
|
// EBS encryption. For more information, see Amazon EBS Encryption (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// For a list of supported device names, see Attaching an EBS Volume to an Instance
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-attaching-volume.html).
|
|
// Any device names that aren't reserved for instance store volumes can be used
|
|
// for EBS volumes. For more information, see Amazon EC2 Instance Store (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/InstanceStorage.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// If a volume has an AWS Marketplace product code:
|
|
//
|
|
// * The volume can be attached only to a stopped instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * AWS Marketplace product codes are copied from the volume to the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * You must be subscribed to the product.
|
|
//
|
|
// * The instance type and operating system of the instance must support
|
|
// the product. For example, you can't detach a volume from a Windows instance
|
|
// and attach it to a Linux instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// For an overview of the AWS Marketplace, see Introducing AWS Marketplace (https://aws.amazon.com/marketplace/help/200900000).
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about EBS volumes, see Attaching Amazon EBS Volumes
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-attaching-volume.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation AttachVolume for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AttachVolume
|
|
func (c *EC2) AttachVolume(input *AttachVolumeInput) (*VolumeAttachment, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AttachVolumeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AttachVolumeWithContext is the same as AttachVolume with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AttachVolume for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) AttachVolumeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AttachVolumeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*VolumeAttachment, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AttachVolumeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opAttachVpnGateway = "AttachVpnGateway"
|
|
|
|
// AttachVpnGatewayRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AttachVpnGateway operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AttachVpnGateway for more information on using the AttachVpnGateway
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AttachVpnGatewayRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AttachVpnGatewayRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AttachVpnGateway
|
|
func (c *EC2) AttachVpnGatewayRequest(input *AttachVpnGatewayInput) (req *request.Request, output *AttachVpnGatewayOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAttachVpnGateway,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AttachVpnGatewayInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AttachVpnGatewayOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AttachVpnGateway API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Attaches a virtual private gateway to a VPC. You can attach one virtual private
|
|
// gateway to one VPC at a time.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see AWS Managed VPN Connections (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_VPN.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation AttachVpnGateway for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AttachVpnGateway
|
|
func (c *EC2) AttachVpnGateway(input *AttachVpnGatewayInput) (*AttachVpnGatewayOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AttachVpnGatewayRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AttachVpnGatewayWithContext is the same as AttachVpnGateway with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AttachVpnGateway for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) AttachVpnGatewayWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AttachVpnGatewayInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AttachVpnGatewayOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AttachVpnGatewayRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opAuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress = "AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress"
|
|
|
|
// AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress for more information on using the AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress
|
|
func (c *EC2) AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressRequest(input *AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput) (req *request.Request, output *AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// [EC2-VPC only] Adds one or more egress rules to a security group for use
|
|
// with a VPC. Specifically, this action permits instances to send traffic to
|
|
// one or more destination IPv4 or IPv6 CIDR address ranges, or to one or more
|
|
// destination security groups for the same VPC. This action doesn't apply to
|
|
// security groups for use in EC2-Classic. For more information, see Security
|
|
// Groups for Your VPC (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_SecurityGroups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. For more information about
|
|
// security group limits, see Amazon VPC Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_Appendix_Limits.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Each rule consists of the protocol (for example, TCP), plus either a CIDR
|
|
// range or a source group. For the TCP and UDP protocols, you must also specify
|
|
// the destination port or port range. For the ICMP protocol, you must also
|
|
// specify the ICMP type and code. You can use -1 for the type or code to mean
|
|
// all types or all codes. You can optionally specify a description for the
|
|
// rule.
|
|
//
|
|
// Rule changes are propagated to affected instances as quickly as possible.
|
|
// However, a small delay might occur.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress
|
|
func (c *EC2) AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress(input *AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput) (*AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressWithContext is the same as AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opAuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress = "AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress"
|
|
|
|
// AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress for more information on using the AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress
|
|
func (c *EC2) AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput) (req *request.Request, output *AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Adds one or more ingress rules to a security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Rule changes are propagated to instances within the security group as quickly
|
|
// as possible. However, a small delay might occur.
|
|
//
|
|
// [EC2-Classic] This action gives one or more IPv4 CIDR address ranges permission
|
|
// to access a security group in your account, or gives one or more security
|
|
// groups (called the source groups) permission to access a security group for
|
|
// your account. A source group can be for your own AWS account, or another.
|
|
// You can have up to 100 rules per group.
|
|
//
|
|
// [EC2-VPC] This action gives one or more IPv4 or IPv6 CIDR address ranges
|
|
// permission to access a security group in your VPC, or gives one or more other
|
|
// security groups (called the source groups) permission to access a security
|
|
// group for your VPC. The security groups must all be for the same VPC or a
|
|
// peer VPC in a VPC peering connection. For more information about VPC security
|
|
// group limits, see Amazon VPC Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_Appendix_Limits.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// You can optionally specify a description for the security group rule.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress
|
|
func (c *EC2) AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress(input *AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressWithContext is the same as AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opBundleInstance = "BundleInstance"
|
|
|
|
// BundleInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the BundleInstance operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See BundleInstance for more information on using the BundleInstance
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the BundleInstanceRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.BundleInstanceRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/BundleInstance
|
|
func (c *EC2) BundleInstanceRequest(input *BundleInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *BundleInstanceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opBundleInstance,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &BundleInstanceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &BundleInstanceOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// BundleInstance API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Bundles an Amazon instance store-backed Windows instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// During bundling, only the root device volume (C:\) is bundled. Data on other
|
|
// instance store volumes is not preserved.
|
|
//
|
|
// This action is not applicable for Linux/Unix instances or Windows instances
|
|
// that are backed by Amazon EBS.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see Creating an Instance Store-Backed Windows AMI (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/Creating_InstanceStoreBacked_WinAMI.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation BundleInstance for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/BundleInstance
|
|
func (c *EC2) BundleInstance(input *BundleInstanceInput) (*BundleInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.BundleInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// BundleInstanceWithContext is the same as BundleInstance with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See BundleInstance for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) BundleInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BundleInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BundleInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.BundleInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCancelBundleTask = "CancelBundleTask"
|
|
|
|
// CancelBundleTaskRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CancelBundleTask operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CancelBundleTask for more information on using the CancelBundleTask
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CancelBundleTaskRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CancelBundleTaskRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CancelBundleTask
|
|
func (c *EC2) CancelBundleTaskRequest(input *CancelBundleTaskInput) (req *request.Request, output *CancelBundleTaskOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCancelBundleTask,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CancelBundleTaskInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CancelBundleTaskOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CancelBundleTask API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Cancels a bundling operation for an instance store-backed Windows instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CancelBundleTask for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CancelBundleTask
|
|
func (c *EC2) CancelBundleTask(input *CancelBundleTaskInput) (*CancelBundleTaskOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CancelBundleTaskRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CancelBundleTaskWithContext is the same as CancelBundleTask with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CancelBundleTask for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CancelBundleTaskWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CancelBundleTaskInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CancelBundleTaskOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CancelBundleTaskRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCancelConversionTask = "CancelConversionTask"
|
|
|
|
// CancelConversionTaskRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CancelConversionTask operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CancelConversionTask for more information on using the CancelConversionTask
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CancelConversionTaskRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CancelConversionTaskRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CancelConversionTask
|
|
func (c *EC2) CancelConversionTaskRequest(input *CancelConversionTaskInput) (req *request.Request, output *CancelConversionTaskOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCancelConversionTask,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CancelConversionTaskInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CancelConversionTaskOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CancelConversionTask API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Cancels an active conversion task. The task can be the import of an instance
|
|
// or volume. The action removes all artifacts of the conversion, including
|
|
// a partially uploaded volume or instance. If the conversion is complete or
|
|
// is in the process of transferring the final disk image, the command fails
|
|
// and returns an exception.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see Importing a Virtual Machine Using the Amazon EC2
|
|
// CLI (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/CommandLineReference/ec2-cli-vmimport-export.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CancelConversionTask for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CancelConversionTask
|
|
func (c *EC2) CancelConversionTask(input *CancelConversionTaskInput) (*CancelConversionTaskOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CancelConversionTaskRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CancelConversionTaskWithContext is the same as CancelConversionTask with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CancelConversionTask for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CancelConversionTaskWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CancelConversionTaskInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CancelConversionTaskOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CancelConversionTaskRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCancelExportTask = "CancelExportTask"
|
|
|
|
// CancelExportTaskRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CancelExportTask operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CancelExportTask for more information on using the CancelExportTask
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CancelExportTaskRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CancelExportTaskRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CancelExportTask
|
|
func (c *EC2) CancelExportTaskRequest(input *CancelExportTaskInput) (req *request.Request, output *CancelExportTaskOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCancelExportTask,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CancelExportTaskInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CancelExportTaskOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CancelExportTask API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Cancels an active export task. The request removes all artifacts of the export,
|
|
// including any partially-created Amazon S3 objects. If the export task is
|
|
// complete or is in the process of transferring the final disk image, the command
|
|
// fails and returns an error.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CancelExportTask for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CancelExportTask
|
|
func (c *EC2) CancelExportTask(input *CancelExportTaskInput) (*CancelExportTaskOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CancelExportTaskRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CancelExportTaskWithContext is the same as CancelExportTask with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CancelExportTask for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CancelExportTaskWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CancelExportTaskInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CancelExportTaskOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CancelExportTaskRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCancelImportTask = "CancelImportTask"
|
|
|
|
// CancelImportTaskRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CancelImportTask operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CancelImportTask for more information on using the CancelImportTask
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CancelImportTaskRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CancelImportTaskRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CancelImportTask
|
|
func (c *EC2) CancelImportTaskRequest(input *CancelImportTaskInput) (req *request.Request, output *CancelImportTaskOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCancelImportTask,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CancelImportTaskInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CancelImportTaskOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CancelImportTask API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Cancels an in-process import virtual machine or import snapshot task.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CancelImportTask for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CancelImportTask
|
|
func (c *EC2) CancelImportTask(input *CancelImportTaskInput) (*CancelImportTaskOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CancelImportTaskRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CancelImportTaskWithContext is the same as CancelImportTask with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CancelImportTask for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CancelImportTaskWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CancelImportTaskInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CancelImportTaskOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CancelImportTaskRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCancelReservedInstancesListing = "CancelReservedInstancesListing"
|
|
|
|
// CancelReservedInstancesListingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CancelReservedInstancesListing operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CancelReservedInstancesListing for more information on using the CancelReservedInstancesListing
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CancelReservedInstancesListingRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CancelReservedInstancesListingRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CancelReservedInstancesListing
|
|
func (c *EC2) CancelReservedInstancesListingRequest(input *CancelReservedInstancesListingInput) (req *request.Request, output *CancelReservedInstancesListingOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCancelReservedInstancesListing,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CancelReservedInstancesListingInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CancelReservedInstancesListingOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CancelReservedInstancesListing API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Cancels the specified Reserved Instance listing in the Reserved Instance
|
|
// Marketplace.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see Reserved Instance Marketplace (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-market-general.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CancelReservedInstancesListing for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CancelReservedInstancesListing
|
|
func (c *EC2) CancelReservedInstancesListing(input *CancelReservedInstancesListingInput) (*CancelReservedInstancesListingOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CancelReservedInstancesListingRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CancelReservedInstancesListingWithContext is the same as CancelReservedInstancesListing with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CancelReservedInstancesListing for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CancelReservedInstancesListingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CancelReservedInstancesListingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CancelReservedInstancesListingOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CancelReservedInstancesListingRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCancelSpotFleetRequests = "CancelSpotFleetRequests"
|
|
|
|
// CancelSpotFleetRequestsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CancelSpotFleetRequests operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CancelSpotFleetRequests for more information on using the CancelSpotFleetRequests
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CancelSpotFleetRequestsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CancelSpotFleetRequestsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CancelSpotFleetRequests
|
|
func (c *EC2) CancelSpotFleetRequestsRequest(input *CancelSpotFleetRequestsInput) (req *request.Request, output *CancelSpotFleetRequestsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCancelSpotFleetRequests,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CancelSpotFleetRequestsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CancelSpotFleetRequestsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CancelSpotFleetRequests API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Cancels the specified Spot Fleet requests.
|
|
//
|
|
// After you cancel a Spot Fleet request, the Spot Fleet launches no new Spot
|
|
// Instances. You must specify whether the Spot Fleet should also terminate
|
|
// its Spot Instances. If you terminate the instances, the Spot Fleet request
|
|
// enters the cancelled_terminating state. Otherwise, the Spot Fleet request
|
|
// enters the cancelled_running state and the instances continue to run until
|
|
// they are interrupted or you terminate them manually.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CancelSpotFleetRequests for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CancelSpotFleetRequests
|
|
func (c *EC2) CancelSpotFleetRequests(input *CancelSpotFleetRequestsInput) (*CancelSpotFleetRequestsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CancelSpotFleetRequestsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CancelSpotFleetRequestsWithContext is the same as CancelSpotFleetRequests with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CancelSpotFleetRequests for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CancelSpotFleetRequestsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CancelSpotFleetRequestsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CancelSpotFleetRequestsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CancelSpotFleetRequestsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCancelSpotInstanceRequests = "CancelSpotInstanceRequests"
|
|
|
|
// CancelSpotInstanceRequestsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CancelSpotInstanceRequests operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CancelSpotInstanceRequests for more information on using the CancelSpotInstanceRequests
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CancelSpotInstanceRequestsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CancelSpotInstanceRequestsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CancelSpotInstanceRequests
|
|
func (c *EC2) CancelSpotInstanceRequestsRequest(input *CancelSpotInstanceRequestsInput) (req *request.Request, output *CancelSpotInstanceRequestsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCancelSpotInstanceRequests,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CancelSpotInstanceRequestsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CancelSpotInstanceRequestsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CancelSpotInstanceRequests API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Cancels one or more Spot Instance requests. Spot Instances are instances
|
|
// that Amazon EC2 starts on your behalf when the maximum price that you specify
|
|
// exceeds the current Spot price. For more information, see Spot Instance Requests
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-requests.html) in
|
|
// the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Canceling a Spot Instance request does not terminate running Spot Instances
|
|
// associated with the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CancelSpotInstanceRequests for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CancelSpotInstanceRequests
|
|
func (c *EC2) CancelSpotInstanceRequests(input *CancelSpotInstanceRequestsInput) (*CancelSpotInstanceRequestsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CancelSpotInstanceRequestsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CancelSpotInstanceRequestsWithContext is the same as CancelSpotInstanceRequests with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CancelSpotInstanceRequests for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CancelSpotInstanceRequestsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CancelSpotInstanceRequestsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CancelSpotInstanceRequestsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CancelSpotInstanceRequestsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opConfirmProductInstance = "ConfirmProductInstance"
|
|
|
|
// ConfirmProductInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ConfirmProductInstance operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ConfirmProductInstance for more information on using the ConfirmProductInstance
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ConfirmProductInstanceRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ConfirmProductInstanceRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ConfirmProductInstance
|
|
func (c *EC2) ConfirmProductInstanceRequest(input *ConfirmProductInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ConfirmProductInstanceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opConfirmProductInstance,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ConfirmProductInstanceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ConfirmProductInstanceOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ConfirmProductInstance API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Determines whether a product code is associated with an instance. This action
|
|
// can only be used by the owner of the product code. It is useful when a product
|
|
// code owner must verify whether another user's instance is eligible for support.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ConfirmProductInstance for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ConfirmProductInstance
|
|
func (c *EC2) ConfirmProductInstance(input *ConfirmProductInstanceInput) (*ConfirmProductInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ConfirmProductInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ConfirmProductInstanceWithContext is the same as ConfirmProductInstance with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ConfirmProductInstance for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ConfirmProductInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ConfirmProductInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ConfirmProductInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ConfirmProductInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCopyFpgaImage = "CopyFpgaImage"
|
|
|
|
// CopyFpgaImageRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CopyFpgaImage operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CopyFpgaImage for more information on using the CopyFpgaImage
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CopyFpgaImageRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CopyFpgaImageRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CopyFpgaImage
|
|
func (c *EC2) CopyFpgaImageRequest(input *CopyFpgaImageInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyFpgaImageOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCopyFpgaImage,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CopyFpgaImageInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CopyFpgaImageOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CopyFpgaImage API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Copies the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI) to the current region.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CopyFpgaImage for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CopyFpgaImage
|
|
func (c *EC2) CopyFpgaImage(input *CopyFpgaImageInput) (*CopyFpgaImageOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CopyFpgaImageRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CopyFpgaImageWithContext is the same as CopyFpgaImage with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CopyFpgaImage for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CopyFpgaImageWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyFpgaImageInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyFpgaImageOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CopyFpgaImageRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCopyImage = "CopyImage"
|
|
|
|
// CopyImageRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CopyImage operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CopyImage for more information on using the CopyImage
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CopyImageRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CopyImageRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CopyImage
|
|
func (c *EC2) CopyImageRequest(input *CopyImageInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyImageOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCopyImage,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CopyImageInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CopyImageOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CopyImage API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Initiates the copy of an AMI from the specified source region to the current
|
|
// region. You specify the destination region by using its endpoint when making
|
|
// the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about the prerequisites and limits when copying an AMI,
|
|
// see Copying an AMI (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/CopyingAMIs.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CopyImage for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CopyImage
|
|
func (c *EC2) CopyImage(input *CopyImageInput) (*CopyImageOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CopyImageRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CopyImageWithContext is the same as CopyImage with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CopyImage for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CopyImageWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyImageInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyImageOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CopyImageRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCopySnapshot = "CopySnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// CopySnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CopySnapshot operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CopySnapshot for more information on using the CopySnapshot
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CopySnapshotRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CopySnapshotRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CopySnapshot
|
|
func (c *EC2) CopySnapshotRequest(input *CopySnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopySnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCopySnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CopySnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CopySnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CopySnapshot API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Copies a point-in-time snapshot of an EBS volume and stores it in Amazon
|
|
// S3. You can copy the snapshot within the same region or from one region to
|
|
// another. You can use the snapshot to create EBS volumes or Amazon Machine
|
|
// Images (AMIs). The snapshot is copied to the regional endpoint that you send
|
|
// the HTTP request to.
|
|
//
|
|
// Copies of encrypted EBS snapshots remain encrypted. Copies of unencrypted
|
|
// snapshots remain unencrypted, unless the Encrypted flag is specified during
|
|
// the snapshot copy operation. By default, encrypted snapshot copies use the
|
|
// default AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master key (CMK); however,
|
|
// you can specify a non-default CMK with the KmsKeyId parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// To copy an encrypted snapshot that has been shared from another account,
|
|
// you must have permissions for the CMK used to encrypt the snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// Snapshots created by the CopySnapshot action have an arbitrary volume ID
|
|
// that should not be used for any purpose.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see Copying an Amazon EBS Snapshot (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-copy-snapshot.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CopySnapshot for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CopySnapshot
|
|
func (c *EC2) CopySnapshot(input *CopySnapshotInput) (*CopySnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CopySnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CopySnapshotWithContext is the same as CopySnapshot with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CopySnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CopySnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopySnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopySnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CopySnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateCustomerGateway = "CreateCustomerGateway"
|
|
|
|
// CreateCustomerGatewayRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateCustomerGateway operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateCustomerGateway for more information on using the CreateCustomerGateway
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateCustomerGatewayRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateCustomerGatewayRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateCustomerGateway
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateCustomerGatewayRequest(input *CreateCustomerGatewayInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateCustomerGatewayOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateCustomerGateway,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateCustomerGatewayInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateCustomerGatewayOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateCustomerGateway API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Provides information to AWS about your VPN customer gateway device. The customer
|
|
// gateway is the appliance at your end of the VPN connection. (The device on
|
|
// the AWS side of the VPN connection is the virtual private gateway.) You must
|
|
// provide the Internet-routable IP address of the customer gateway's external
|
|
// interface. The IP address must be static and may be behind a device performing
|
|
// network address translation (NAT).
|
|
//
|
|
// For devices that use Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), you can also provide
|
|
// the device's BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). You can use an existing
|
|
// ASN assigned to your network. If you don't have an ASN already, you can use
|
|
// a private ASN (in the 64512 - 65534 range).
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon EC2 supports all 2-byte ASN numbers in the range of 1 - 65534, with
|
|
// the exception of 7224, which is reserved in the us-east-1 region, and 9059,
|
|
// which is reserved in the eu-west-1 region.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about VPN customer gateways, see AWS Managed VPN Connections
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_VPN.html) in the
|
|
// Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// You cannot create more than one customer gateway with the same VPN type,
|
|
// IP address, and BGP ASN parameter values. If you run an identical request
|
|
// more than one time, the first request creates the customer gateway, and subsequent
|
|
// requests return information about the existing customer gateway. The subsequent
|
|
// requests do not create new customer gateway resources.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateCustomerGateway for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateCustomerGateway
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateCustomerGateway(input *CreateCustomerGatewayInput) (*CreateCustomerGatewayOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateCustomerGatewayRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateCustomerGatewayWithContext is the same as CreateCustomerGateway with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateCustomerGateway for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateCustomerGatewayWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateCustomerGatewayInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateCustomerGatewayOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateCustomerGatewayRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateDefaultSubnet = "CreateDefaultSubnet"
|
|
|
|
// CreateDefaultSubnetRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateDefaultSubnet operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDefaultSubnet for more information on using the CreateDefaultSubnet
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDefaultSubnetRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateDefaultSubnetRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateDefaultSubnet
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateDefaultSubnetRequest(input *CreateDefaultSubnetInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDefaultSubnetOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateDefaultSubnet,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateDefaultSubnetInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateDefaultSubnetOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDefaultSubnet API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a default subnet with a size /20 IPv4 CIDR block in the specified
|
|
// Availability Zone in your default VPC. You can have only one default subnet
|
|
// per Availability Zone. For more information, see Creating a Default Subnet
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/default-vpc.html#create-default-subnet)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateDefaultSubnet for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateDefaultSubnet
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateDefaultSubnet(input *CreateDefaultSubnetInput) (*CreateDefaultSubnetOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDefaultSubnetRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDefaultSubnetWithContext is the same as CreateDefaultSubnet with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDefaultSubnet for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateDefaultSubnetWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDefaultSubnetInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDefaultSubnetOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDefaultSubnetRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateDefaultVpc = "CreateDefaultVpc"
|
|
|
|
// CreateDefaultVpcRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateDefaultVpc operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDefaultVpc for more information on using the CreateDefaultVpc
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDefaultVpcRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateDefaultVpcRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateDefaultVpc
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateDefaultVpcRequest(input *CreateDefaultVpcInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDefaultVpcOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateDefaultVpc,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateDefaultVpcInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateDefaultVpcOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDefaultVpc API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a default VPC with a size /16 IPv4 CIDR block and a default subnet
|
|
// in each Availability Zone. For more information about the components of a
|
|
// default VPC, see Default VPC and Default Subnets (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/default-vpc.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. You cannot specify the components
|
|
// of the default VPC yourself.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can create a default VPC if you deleted your previous default VPC. You
|
|
// cannot have more than one default VPC per region.
|
|
//
|
|
// If your account supports EC2-Classic, you cannot use this action to create
|
|
// a default VPC in a region that supports EC2-Classic. If you want a default
|
|
// VPC in a region that supports EC2-Classic, see "I really want a default VPC
|
|
// for my existing EC2 account. Is that possible?" in the Default VPCs FAQ (http://aws.amazon.com/vpc/faqs/#Default_VPCs).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateDefaultVpc for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateDefaultVpc
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateDefaultVpc(input *CreateDefaultVpcInput) (*CreateDefaultVpcOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDefaultVpcRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDefaultVpcWithContext is the same as CreateDefaultVpc with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDefaultVpc for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateDefaultVpcWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDefaultVpcInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDefaultVpcOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDefaultVpcRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateDhcpOptions = "CreateDhcpOptions"
|
|
|
|
// CreateDhcpOptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateDhcpOptions operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDhcpOptions for more information on using the CreateDhcpOptions
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDhcpOptionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateDhcpOptionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateDhcpOptions
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateDhcpOptionsRequest(input *CreateDhcpOptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDhcpOptionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateDhcpOptions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateDhcpOptionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateDhcpOptionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDhcpOptions API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a set of DHCP options for your VPC. After creating the set, you must
|
|
// associate it with the VPC, causing all existing and new instances that you
|
|
// launch in the VPC to use this set of DHCP options. The following are the
|
|
// individual DHCP options you can specify. For more information about the options,
|
|
// see RFC 2132 (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2132.txt).
|
|
//
|
|
// * domain-name-servers - The IP addresses of up to four domain name servers,
|
|
// or AmazonProvidedDNS. The default DHCP option set specifies AmazonProvidedDNS.
|
|
// If specifying more than one domain name server, specify the IP addresses
|
|
// in a single parameter, separated by commas. If you want your instance
|
|
// to receive a custom DNS hostname as specified in domain-name, you must
|
|
// set domain-name-servers to a custom DNS server.
|
|
//
|
|
// * domain-name - If you're using AmazonProvidedDNS in us-east-1, specify
|
|
// ec2.internal. If you're using AmazonProvidedDNS in another region, specify
|
|
// region.compute.internal (for example, ap-northeast-1.compute.internal).
|
|
// Otherwise, specify a domain name (for example, MyCompany.com). This value
|
|
// is used to complete unqualified DNS hostnames. Important: Some Linux operating
|
|
// systems accept multiple domain names separated by spaces. However, Windows
|
|
// and other Linux operating systems treat the value as a single domain,
|
|
// which results in unexpected behavior. If your DHCP options set is associated
|
|
// with a VPC that has instances with multiple operating systems, specify
|
|
// only one domain name.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ntp-servers - The IP addresses of up to four Network Time Protocol (NTP)
|
|
// servers.
|
|
//
|
|
// * netbios-name-servers - The IP addresses of up to four NetBIOS name servers.
|
|
//
|
|
// * netbios-node-type - The NetBIOS node type (1, 2, 4, or 8). We recommend
|
|
// that you specify 2 (broadcast and multicast are not currently supported).
|
|
// For more information about these node types, see RFC 2132 (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2132.txt).
|
|
//
|
|
// Your VPC automatically starts out with a set of DHCP options that includes
|
|
// only a DNS server that we provide (AmazonProvidedDNS). If you create a set
|
|
// of options, and if your VPC has an Internet gateway, make sure to set the
|
|
// domain-name-servers option either to AmazonProvidedDNS or to a domain name
|
|
// server of your choice. For more information about DHCP options, see DHCP
|
|
// Options Sets (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_DHCP_Options.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateDhcpOptions for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateDhcpOptions
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateDhcpOptions(input *CreateDhcpOptionsInput) (*CreateDhcpOptionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDhcpOptionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDhcpOptionsWithContext is the same as CreateDhcpOptions with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDhcpOptions for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateDhcpOptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDhcpOptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDhcpOptionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDhcpOptionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway = "CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway"
|
|
|
|
// CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway for more information on using the CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayRequest(input *CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// [IPv6 only] Creates an egress-only Internet gateway for your VPC. An egress-only
|
|
// Internet gateway is used to enable outbound communication over IPv6 from
|
|
// instances in your VPC to the Internet, and prevents hosts outside of your
|
|
// VPC from initiating an IPv6 connection with your instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway(input *CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput) (*CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayWithContext is the same as CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateFlowLogs = "CreateFlowLogs"
|
|
|
|
// CreateFlowLogsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateFlowLogs operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateFlowLogs for more information on using the CreateFlowLogs
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateFlowLogsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateFlowLogsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateFlowLogs
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateFlowLogsRequest(input *CreateFlowLogsInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateFlowLogsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateFlowLogs,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateFlowLogsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateFlowLogsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateFlowLogs API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates one or more flow logs to capture IP traffic for a specific network
|
|
// interface, subnet, or VPC. Flow logs are delivered to a specified log group
|
|
// in Amazon CloudWatch Logs. If you specify a VPC or subnet in the request,
|
|
// a log stream is created in CloudWatch Logs for each network interface in
|
|
// the subnet or VPC. Log streams can include information about accepted and
|
|
// rejected traffic to a network interface. You can view the data in your log
|
|
// streams using Amazon CloudWatch Logs.
|
|
//
|
|
// In your request, you must also specify an IAM role that has permission to
|
|
// publish logs to CloudWatch Logs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateFlowLogs for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateFlowLogs
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateFlowLogs(input *CreateFlowLogsInput) (*CreateFlowLogsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateFlowLogsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateFlowLogsWithContext is the same as CreateFlowLogs with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateFlowLogs for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateFlowLogsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateFlowLogsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateFlowLogsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateFlowLogsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateFpgaImage = "CreateFpgaImage"
|
|
|
|
// CreateFpgaImageRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateFpgaImage operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateFpgaImage for more information on using the CreateFpgaImage
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateFpgaImageRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateFpgaImageRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateFpgaImage
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateFpgaImageRequest(input *CreateFpgaImageInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateFpgaImageOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateFpgaImage,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateFpgaImageInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateFpgaImageOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateFpgaImage API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates an Amazon FPGA Image (AFI) from the specified design checkpoint (DCP).
|
|
//
|
|
// The create operation is asynchronous. To verify that the AFI is ready for
|
|
// use, check the output logs.
|
|
//
|
|
// An AFI contains the FPGA bitstream that is ready to download to an FPGA.
|
|
// You can securely deploy an AFI on one or more FPGA-accelerated instances.
|
|
// For more information, see the AWS FPGA Hardware Development Kit (https://github.com/aws/aws-fpga/).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateFpgaImage for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateFpgaImage
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateFpgaImage(input *CreateFpgaImageInput) (*CreateFpgaImageOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateFpgaImageRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateFpgaImageWithContext is the same as CreateFpgaImage with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateFpgaImage for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateFpgaImageWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateFpgaImageInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateFpgaImageOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateFpgaImageRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateImage = "CreateImage"
|
|
|
|
// CreateImageRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateImage operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateImage for more information on using the CreateImage
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateImageRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateImageRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateImage
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateImageRequest(input *CreateImageInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateImageOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateImage,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateImageInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateImageOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateImage API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates an Amazon EBS-backed AMI from an Amazon EBS-backed instance that
|
|
// is either running or stopped.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you customized your instance with instance store volumes or EBS volumes
|
|
// in addition to the root device volume, the new AMI contains block device
|
|
// mapping information for those volumes. When you launch an instance from this
|
|
// new AMI, the instance automatically launches with those additional volumes.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see Creating Amazon EBS-Backed Linux AMIs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/creating-an-ami-ebs.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateImage for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateImage
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateImage(input *CreateImageInput) (*CreateImageOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateImageRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateImageWithContext is the same as CreateImage with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateImage for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateImageWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateImageInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateImageOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateImageRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateInstanceExportTask = "CreateInstanceExportTask"
|
|
|
|
// CreateInstanceExportTaskRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateInstanceExportTask operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateInstanceExportTask for more information on using the CreateInstanceExportTask
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateInstanceExportTaskRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateInstanceExportTaskRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateInstanceExportTask
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateInstanceExportTaskRequest(input *CreateInstanceExportTaskInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateInstanceExportTaskOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateInstanceExportTask,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateInstanceExportTaskInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateInstanceExportTaskOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateInstanceExportTask API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Exports a running or stopped instance to an S3 bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// For information about the supported operating systems, image formats, and
|
|
// known limitations for the types of instances you can export, see Exporting
|
|
// an Instance as a VM Using VM Import/Export (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/vmexport.html)
|
|
// in the VM Import/Export User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateInstanceExportTask for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateInstanceExportTask
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateInstanceExportTask(input *CreateInstanceExportTaskInput) (*CreateInstanceExportTaskOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateInstanceExportTaskRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateInstanceExportTaskWithContext is the same as CreateInstanceExportTask with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateInstanceExportTask for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateInstanceExportTaskWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateInstanceExportTaskInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateInstanceExportTaskOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateInstanceExportTaskRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateInternetGateway = "CreateInternetGateway"
|
|
|
|
// CreateInternetGatewayRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateInternetGateway operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateInternetGateway for more information on using the CreateInternetGateway
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateInternetGatewayRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateInternetGatewayRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateInternetGateway
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateInternetGatewayRequest(input *CreateInternetGatewayInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateInternetGatewayOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateInternetGateway,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateInternetGatewayInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateInternetGatewayOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateInternetGateway API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates an Internet gateway for use with a VPC. After creating the Internet
|
|
// gateway, you attach it to a VPC using AttachInternetGateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about your VPC and Internet gateway, see the Amazon
|
|
// Virtual Private Cloud User Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateInternetGateway for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateInternetGateway
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateInternetGateway(input *CreateInternetGatewayInput) (*CreateInternetGatewayOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateInternetGatewayRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateInternetGatewayWithContext is the same as CreateInternetGateway with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateInternetGateway for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateInternetGatewayWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateInternetGatewayInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateInternetGatewayOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateInternetGatewayRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateKeyPair = "CreateKeyPair"
|
|
|
|
// CreateKeyPairRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateKeyPair operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateKeyPair for more information on using the CreateKeyPair
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateKeyPairRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateKeyPairRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateKeyPair
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateKeyPairRequest(input *CreateKeyPairInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateKeyPairOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateKeyPair,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateKeyPairInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateKeyPairOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateKeyPair API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a 2048-bit RSA key pair with the specified name. Amazon EC2 stores
|
|
// the public key and displays the private key for you to save to a file. The
|
|
// private key is returned as an unencrypted PEM encoded PKCS#1 private key.
|
|
// If a key with the specified name already exists, Amazon EC2 returns an error.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can have up to five thousand key pairs per region.
|
|
//
|
|
// The key pair returned to you is available only in the region in which you
|
|
// create it. If you prefer, you can create your own key pair using a third-party
|
|
// tool and upload it to any region using ImportKeyPair.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see Key Pairs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-key-pairs.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateKeyPair for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateKeyPair
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateKeyPair(input *CreateKeyPairInput) (*CreateKeyPairOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateKeyPairRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateKeyPairWithContext is the same as CreateKeyPair with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateKeyPair for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateKeyPairWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateKeyPairInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateKeyPairOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateKeyPairRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateLaunchTemplate = "CreateLaunchTemplate"
|
|
|
|
// CreateLaunchTemplateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateLaunchTemplate operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateLaunchTemplate for more information on using the CreateLaunchTemplate
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateLaunchTemplateRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateLaunchTemplateRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateLaunchTemplate
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateLaunchTemplateRequest(input *CreateLaunchTemplateInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateLaunchTemplateOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateLaunchTemplate,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateLaunchTemplateInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateLaunchTemplateOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateLaunchTemplate API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a launch template. A launch template contains the parameters to launch
|
|
// an instance. When you launch an instance using RunInstances, you can specify
|
|
// a launch template instead of providing the launch parameters in the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateLaunchTemplate for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateLaunchTemplate
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateLaunchTemplate(input *CreateLaunchTemplateInput) (*CreateLaunchTemplateOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateLaunchTemplateRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateLaunchTemplateWithContext is the same as CreateLaunchTemplate with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateLaunchTemplate for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateLaunchTemplateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateLaunchTemplateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateLaunchTemplateOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateLaunchTemplateRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateLaunchTemplateVersion = "CreateLaunchTemplateVersion"
|
|
|
|
// CreateLaunchTemplateVersionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateLaunchTemplateVersion operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateLaunchTemplateVersion for more information on using the CreateLaunchTemplateVersion
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateLaunchTemplateVersionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateLaunchTemplateVersionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateLaunchTemplateVersion
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateLaunchTemplateVersionRequest(input *CreateLaunchTemplateVersionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateLaunchTemplateVersionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateLaunchTemplateVersion,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateLaunchTemplateVersionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateLaunchTemplateVersionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateLaunchTemplateVersion API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a new version for a launch template. You can specify an existing
|
|
// version of launch template from which to base the new version.
|
|
//
|
|
// Launch template versions are numbered in the order in which they are created.
|
|
// You cannot specify, change, or replace the numbering of launch template versions.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateLaunchTemplateVersion for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateLaunchTemplateVersion
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateLaunchTemplateVersion(input *CreateLaunchTemplateVersionInput) (*CreateLaunchTemplateVersionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateLaunchTemplateVersionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateLaunchTemplateVersionWithContext is the same as CreateLaunchTemplateVersion with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateLaunchTemplateVersion for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateLaunchTemplateVersionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateLaunchTemplateVersionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateLaunchTemplateVersionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateLaunchTemplateVersionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateNatGateway = "CreateNatGateway"
|
|
|
|
// CreateNatGatewayRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateNatGateway operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateNatGateway for more information on using the CreateNatGateway
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateNatGatewayRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateNatGatewayRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateNatGateway
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateNatGatewayRequest(input *CreateNatGatewayInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateNatGatewayOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateNatGateway,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateNatGatewayInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateNatGatewayOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateNatGateway API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a NAT gateway in the specified subnet. A NAT gateway can be used
|
|
// to enable instances in a private subnet to connect to the Internet. This
|
|
// action creates a network interface in the specified subnet with a private
|
|
// IP address from the IP address range of the subnet. For more information,
|
|
// see NAT Gateways (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/vpc-nat-gateway.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateNatGateway for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateNatGateway
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateNatGateway(input *CreateNatGatewayInput) (*CreateNatGatewayOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateNatGatewayRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateNatGatewayWithContext is the same as CreateNatGateway with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateNatGateway for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateNatGatewayWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateNatGatewayInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateNatGatewayOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateNatGatewayRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateNetworkAcl = "CreateNetworkAcl"
|
|
|
|
// CreateNetworkAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateNetworkAcl operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateNetworkAcl for more information on using the CreateNetworkAcl
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateNetworkAclRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateNetworkAclRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateNetworkAcl
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateNetworkAclRequest(input *CreateNetworkAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateNetworkAclOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateNetworkAcl,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateNetworkAclInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateNetworkAclOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateNetworkAcl API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a network ACL in a VPC. Network ACLs provide an optional layer of
|
|
// security (in addition to security groups) for the instances in your VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about network ACLs, see Network ACLs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_ACLs.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateNetworkAcl for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateNetworkAcl
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateNetworkAcl(input *CreateNetworkAclInput) (*CreateNetworkAclOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateNetworkAclRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateNetworkAclWithContext is the same as CreateNetworkAcl with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateNetworkAcl for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateNetworkAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateNetworkAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateNetworkAclOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateNetworkAclRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateNetworkAclEntry = "CreateNetworkAclEntry"
|
|
|
|
// CreateNetworkAclEntryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateNetworkAclEntry operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateNetworkAclEntry for more information on using the CreateNetworkAclEntry
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateNetworkAclEntryRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateNetworkAclEntryRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateNetworkAclEntry
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateNetworkAclEntryRequest(input *CreateNetworkAclEntryInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateNetworkAclEntryOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateNetworkAclEntry,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateNetworkAclEntryInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateNetworkAclEntryOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateNetworkAclEntry API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates an entry (a rule) in a network ACL with the specified rule number.
|
|
// Each network ACL has a set of numbered ingress rules and a separate set of
|
|
// numbered egress rules. When determining whether a packet should be allowed
|
|
// in or out of a subnet associated with the ACL, we process the entries in
|
|
// the ACL according to the rule numbers, in ascending order. Each network ACL
|
|
// has a set of ingress rules and a separate set of egress rules.
|
|
//
|
|
// We recommend that you leave room between the rule numbers (for example, 100,
|
|
// 110, 120, ...), and not number them one right after the other (for example,
|
|
// 101, 102, 103, ...). This makes it easier to add a rule between existing
|
|
// ones without having to renumber the rules.
|
|
//
|
|
// After you add an entry, you can't modify it; you must either replace it,
|
|
// or create an entry and delete the old one.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about network ACLs, see Network ACLs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_ACLs.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateNetworkAclEntry for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateNetworkAclEntry
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateNetworkAclEntry(input *CreateNetworkAclEntryInput) (*CreateNetworkAclEntryOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateNetworkAclEntryRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateNetworkAclEntryWithContext is the same as CreateNetworkAclEntry with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateNetworkAclEntry for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateNetworkAclEntryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateNetworkAclEntryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateNetworkAclEntryOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateNetworkAclEntryRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateNetworkInterface = "CreateNetworkInterface"
|
|
|
|
// CreateNetworkInterfaceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateNetworkInterface operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateNetworkInterface for more information on using the CreateNetworkInterface
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateNetworkInterfaceRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateNetworkInterfaceRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateNetworkInterface
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateNetworkInterfaceRequest(input *CreateNetworkInterfaceInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateNetworkInterfaceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateNetworkInterface,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateNetworkInterfaceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateNetworkInterfaceOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateNetworkInterface API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a network interface in the specified subnet.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about network interfaces, see Elastic Network Interfaces
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-eni.html) in the
|
|
// Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateNetworkInterface for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateNetworkInterface
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateNetworkInterface(input *CreateNetworkInterfaceInput) (*CreateNetworkInterfaceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateNetworkInterfaceRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateNetworkInterfaceWithContext is the same as CreateNetworkInterface with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateNetworkInterface for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateNetworkInterfaceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateNetworkInterfaceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateNetworkInterfaceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateNetworkInterfaceRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateNetworkInterfacePermission = "CreateNetworkInterfacePermission"
|
|
|
|
// CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateNetworkInterfacePermission operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateNetworkInterfacePermission for more information on using the CreateNetworkInterfacePermission
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateNetworkInterfacePermission
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionRequest(input *CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateNetworkInterfacePermission,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateNetworkInterfacePermission API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Grants an AWS authorized partner account permission to attach the specified
|
|
// network interface to an instance in their account.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can grant permission to a single AWS account only, and only one account
|
|
// at a time.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateNetworkInterfacePermission for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateNetworkInterfacePermission
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateNetworkInterfacePermission(input *CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionInput) (*CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionWithContext is the same as CreateNetworkInterfacePermission with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateNetworkInterfacePermission for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreatePlacementGroup = "CreatePlacementGroup"
|
|
|
|
// CreatePlacementGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreatePlacementGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreatePlacementGroup for more information on using the CreatePlacementGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreatePlacementGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreatePlacementGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreatePlacementGroup
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreatePlacementGroupRequest(input *CreatePlacementGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreatePlacementGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreatePlacementGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreatePlacementGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreatePlacementGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreatePlacementGroup API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a placement group in which to launch instances. The strategy of the
|
|
// placement group determines how the instances are organized within the group.
|
|
//
|
|
// A cluster placement group is a logical grouping of instances within a single
|
|
// Availability Zone that benefit from low network latency, high network throughput.
|
|
// A spread placement group places instances on distinct hardware.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see Placement Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/placement-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreatePlacementGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreatePlacementGroup
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreatePlacementGroup(input *CreatePlacementGroupInput) (*CreatePlacementGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreatePlacementGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreatePlacementGroupWithContext is the same as CreatePlacementGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreatePlacementGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreatePlacementGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreatePlacementGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreatePlacementGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreatePlacementGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateReservedInstancesListing = "CreateReservedInstancesListing"
|
|
|
|
// CreateReservedInstancesListingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateReservedInstancesListing operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateReservedInstancesListing for more information on using the CreateReservedInstancesListing
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateReservedInstancesListingRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateReservedInstancesListingRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateReservedInstancesListing
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateReservedInstancesListingRequest(input *CreateReservedInstancesListingInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateReservedInstancesListingOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateReservedInstancesListing,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateReservedInstancesListingInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateReservedInstancesListingOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateReservedInstancesListing API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a listing for Amazon EC2 Standard Reserved Instances to be sold in
|
|
// the Reserved Instance Marketplace. You can submit one Standard Reserved Instance
|
|
// listing at a time. To get a list of your Standard Reserved Instances, you
|
|
// can use the DescribeReservedInstances operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Only Standard Reserved Instances with a capacity reservation can be sold
|
|
// in the Reserved Instance Marketplace. Convertible Reserved Instances and
|
|
// Standard Reserved Instances with a regional benefit cannot be sold.
|
|
//
|
|
// The Reserved Instance Marketplace matches sellers who want to resell Standard
|
|
// Reserved Instance capacity that they no longer need with buyers who want
|
|
// to purchase additional capacity. Reserved Instances bought and sold through
|
|
// the Reserved Instance Marketplace work like any other Reserved Instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// To sell your Standard Reserved Instances, you must first register as a seller
|
|
// in the Reserved Instance Marketplace. After completing the registration process,
|
|
// you can create a Reserved Instance Marketplace listing of some or all of
|
|
// your Standard Reserved Instances, and specify the upfront price to receive
|
|
// for them. Your Standard Reserved Instance listings then become available
|
|
// for purchase. To view the details of your Standard Reserved Instance listing,
|
|
// you can use the DescribeReservedInstancesListings operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see Reserved Instance Marketplace (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-market-general.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateReservedInstancesListing for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateReservedInstancesListing
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateReservedInstancesListing(input *CreateReservedInstancesListingInput) (*CreateReservedInstancesListingOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateReservedInstancesListingRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateReservedInstancesListingWithContext is the same as CreateReservedInstancesListing with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateReservedInstancesListing for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateReservedInstancesListingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateReservedInstancesListingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateReservedInstancesListingOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateReservedInstancesListingRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateRoute = "CreateRoute"
|
|
|
|
// CreateRouteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateRoute operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateRoute for more information on using the CreateRoute
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateRouteRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateRouteRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateRoute
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateRouteRequest(input *CreateRouteInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateRouteOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateRoute,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateRouteInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateRouteOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateRoute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a route in a route table within a VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// You must specify one of the following targets: Internet gateway or virtual
|
|
// private gateway, NAT instance, NAT gateway, VPC peering connection, network
|
|
// interface, or egress-only Internet gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// When determining how to route traffic, we use the route with the most specific
|
|
// match. For example, traffic is destined for the IPv4 address 192.0.2.3, and
|
|
// the route table includes the following two IPv4 routes:
|
|
//
|
|
// * 192.0.2.0/24 (goes to some target A)
|
|
//
|
|
// * 192.0.2.0/28 (goes to some target B)
|
|
//
|
|
// Both routes apply to the traffic destined for 192.0.2.3. However, the second
|
|
// route in the list covers a smaller number of IP addresses and is therefore
|
|
// more specific, so we use that route to determine where to target the traffic.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about route tables, see Route Tables (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_Route_Tables.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateRoute for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateRoute
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateRoute(input *CreateRouteInput) (*CreateRouteOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateRouteRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateRouteWithContext is the same as CreateRoute with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateRoute for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateRouteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateRouteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateRouteOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateRouteRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateRouteTable = "CreateRouteTable"
|
|
|
|
// CreateRouteTableRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateRouteTable operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateRouteTable for more information on using the CreateRouteTable
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateRouteTableRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateRouteTableRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateRouteTable
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateRouteTableRequest(input *CreateRouteTableInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateRouteTableOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateRouteTable,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateRouteTableInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateRouteTableOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateRouteTable API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a route table for the specified VPC. After you create a route table,
|
|
// you can add routes and associate the table with a subnet.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about route tables, see Route Tables (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_Route_Tables.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateRouteTable for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateRouteTable
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateRouteTable(input *CreateRouteTableInput) (*CreateRouteTableOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateRouteTableRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateRouteTableWithContext is the same as CreateRouteTable with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateRouteTable for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateRouteTableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateRouteTableInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateRouteTableOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateRouteTableRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateSecurityGroup = "CreateSecurityGroup"
|
|
|
|
// CreateSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateSecurityGroup for more information on using the CreateSecurityGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateSecurityGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateSecurityGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateSecurityGroup
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateSecurityGroupRequest(input *CreateSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateSecurityGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateSecurityGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateSecurityGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateSecurityGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateSecurityGroup API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// A security group is for use with instances either in the EC2-Classic platform
|
|
// or in a specific VPC. For more information, see Amazon EC2 Security Groups
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-network-security.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide and Security Groups for Your
|
|
// VPC (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_SecurityGroups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// EC2-Classic: You can have up to 500 security groups.
|
|
//
|
|
// EC2-VPC: You can create up to 500 security groups per VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// When you create a security group, you specify a friendly name of your choice.
|
|
// You can have a security group for use in EC2-Classic with the same name as
|
|
// a security group for use in a VPC. However, you can't have two security groups
|
|
// for use in EC2-Classic with the same name or two security groups for use
|
|
// in a VPC with the same name.
|
|
//
|
|
// You have a default security group for use in EC2-Classic and a default security
|
|
// group for use in your VPC. If you don't specify a security group when you
|
|
// launch an instance, the instance is launched into the appropriate default
|
|
// security group. A default security group includes a default rule that grants
|
|
// instances unrestricted network access to each other.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can add or remove rules from your security groups using AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress,
|
|
// AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress, RevokeSecurityGroupIngress, and RevokeSecurityGroupEgress.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateSecurityGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateSecurityGroup
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateSecurityGroup(input *CreateSecurityGroupInput) (*CreateSecurityGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateSecurityGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as CreateSecurityGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateSecurityGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateSecurityGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateSnapshot = "CreateSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// CreateSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateSnapshot operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateSnapshot for more information on using the CreateSnapshot
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateSnapshotRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateSnapshotRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateSnapshot
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateSnapshotRequest(input *CreateSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *Snapshot) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &Snapshot{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateSnapshot API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a snapshot of an EBS volume and stores it in Amazon S3. You can use
|
|
// snapshots for backups, to make copies of EBS volumes, and to save data before
|
|
// shutting down an instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// When a snapshot is created, any AWS Marketplace product codes that are associated
|
|
// with the source volume are propagated to the snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can take a snapshot of an attached volume that is in use. However, snapshots
|
|
// only capture data that has been written to your EBS volume at the time the
|
|
// snapshot command is issued; this may exclude any data that has been cached
|
|
// by any applications or the operating system. If you can pause any file systems
|
|
// on the volume long enough to take a snapshot, your snapshot should be complete.
|
|
// However, if you cannot pause all file writes to the volume, you should unmount
|
|
// the volume from within the instance, issue the snapshot command, and then
|
|
// remount the volume to ensure a consistent and complete snapshot. You may
|
|
// remount and use your volume while the snapshot status is pending.
|
|
//
|
|
// To create a snapshot for EBS volumes that serve as root devices, you should
|
|
// stop the instance before taking the snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// Snapshots that are taken from encrypted volumes are automatically encrypted.
|
|
// Volumes that are created from encrypted snapshots are also automatically
|
|
// encrypted. Your encrypted volumes and any associated snapshots always remain
|
|
// protected.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see Amazon Elastic Block Store (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/AmazonEBS.html)
|
|
// and Amazon EBS Encryption (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateSnapshot for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateSnapshot
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateSnapshot(input *CreateSnapshotInput) (*Snapshot, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateSnapshotWithContext is the same as CreateSnapshot with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*Snapshot, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateSpotDatafeedSubscription = "CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription"
|
|
|
|
// CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription for more information on using the CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionRequest(input *CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateSpotDatafeedSubscription,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a data feed for Spot Instances, enabling you to view Spot Instance
|
|
// usage logs. You can create one data feed per AWS account. For more information,
|
|
// see Spot Instance Data Feed (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-data-feeds.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription(input *CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput) (*CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionWithContext is the same as CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateSubnet = "CreateSubnet"
|
|
|
|
// CreateSubnetRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateSubnet operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateSubnet for more information on using the CreateSubnet
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateSubnetRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateSubnetRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateSubnet
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateSubnetRequest(input *CreateSubnetInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateSubnetOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateSubnet,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateSubnetInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateSubnetOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateSubnet API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a subnet in an existing VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// When you create each subnet, you provide the VPC ID and the IPv4 CIDR block
|
|
// you want for the subnet. After you create a subnet, you can't change its
|
|
// CIDR block. The size of the subnet's IPv4 CIDR block can be the same as a
|
|
// VPC's IPv4 CIDR block, or a subset of a VPC's IPv4 CIDR block. If you create
|
|
// more than one subnet in a VPC, the subnets' CIDR blocks must not overlap.
|
|
// The smallest IPv4 subnet (and VPC) you can create uses a /28 netmask (16
|
|
// IPv4 addresses), and the largest uses a /16 netmask (65,536 IPv4 addresses).
|
|
//
|
|
// If you've associated an IPv6 CIDR block with your VPC, you can create a subnet
|
|
// with an IPv6 CIDR block that uses a /64 prefix length.
|
|
//
|
|
// AWS reserves both the first four and the last IPv4 address in each subnet's
|
|
// CIDR block. They're not available for use.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you add more than one subnet to a VPC, they're set up in a star topology
|
|
// with a logical router in the middle.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you launch an instance in a VPC using an Amazon EBS-backed AMI, the IP
|
|
// address doesn't change if you stop and restart the instance (unlike a similar
|
|
// instance launched outside a VPC, which gets a new IP address when restarted).
|
|
// It's therefore possible to have a subnet with no running instances (they're
|
|
// all stopped), but no remaining IP addresses available.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about subnets, see Your VPC and Subnets (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_Subnets.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateSubnet for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateSubnet
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateSubnet(input *CreateSubnetInput) (*CreateSubnetOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateSubnetRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateSubnetWithContext is the same as CreateSubnet with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateSubnet for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateSubnetWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateSubnetInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateSubnetOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateSubnetRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateTags = "CreateTags"
|
|
|
|
// CreateTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateTags operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateTags for more information on using the CreateTags
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateTagsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateTagsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateTags
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateTagsRequest(input *CreateTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateTagsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateTags,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateTagsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateTagsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateTags API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Adds or overwrites one or more tags for the specified Amazon EC2 resource
|
|
// or resources. Each resource can have a maximum of 50 tags. Each tag consists
|
|
// of a key and optional value. Tag keys must be unique per resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about tags, see Tagging Your Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. For more information about
|
|
// creating IAM policies that control users' access to resources based on tags,
|
|
// see Supported Resource-Level Permissions for Amazon EC2 API Actions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-supported-iam-actions-resources.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateTags for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateTags
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateTags(input *CreateTagsInput) (*CreateTagsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateTagsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateTagsWithContext is the same as CreateTags with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateTags for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateTagsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateTagsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateVolume = "CreateVolume"
|
|
|
|
// CreateVolumeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateVolume operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateVolume for more information on using the CreateVolume
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateVolumeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateVolumeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateVolume
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateVolumeRequest(input *CreateVolumeInput) (req *request.Request, output *Volume) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateVolume,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateVolumeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &Volume{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateVolume API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates an EBS volume that can be attached to an instance in the same Availability
|
|
// Zone. The volume is created in the regional endpoint that you send the HTTP
|
|
// request to. For more information see Regions and Endpoints (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// You can create a new empty volume or restore a volume from an EBS snapshot.
|
|
// Any AWS Marketplace product codes from the snapshot are propagated to the
|
|
// volume.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can create encrypted volumes with the Encrypted parameter. Encrypted
|
|
// volumes may only be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS encryption.
|
|
// Volumes that are created from encrypted snapshots are also automatically
|
|
// encrypted. For more information, see Amazon EBS Encryption (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can tag your volumes during creation. For more information, see Tagging
|
|
// Your Amazon EC2 Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see Creating an Amazon EBS Volume (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-creating-volume.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateVolume for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateVolume
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateVolume(input *CreateVolumeInput) (*Volume, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateVolumeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateVolumeWithContext is the same as CreateVolume with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateVolume for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateVolumeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateVolumeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*Volume, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateVolumeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateVpc = "CreateVpc"
|
|
|
|
// CreateVpcRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateVpc operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateVpc for more information on using the CreateVpc
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateVpcRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateVpcRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateVpc
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateVpcRequest(input *CreateVpcInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateVpcOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateVpc,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateVpcInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateVpcOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateVpc API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a VPC with the specified IPv4 CIDR block. The smallest VPC you can
|
|
// create uses a /28 netmask (16 IPv4 addresses), and the largest uses a /16
|
|
// netmask (65,536 IPv4 addresses). To help you decide how big to make your
|
|
// VPC, see Your VPC and Subnets (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_Subnets.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can optionally request an Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block for the VPC.
|
|
// The IPv6 CIDR block uses a /56 prefix length, and is allocated from Amazon's
|
|
// pool of IPv6 addresses. You cannot choose the IPv6 range for your VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// By default, each instance you launch in the VPC has the default DHCP options,
|
|
// which includes only a default DNS server that we provide (AmazonProvidedDNS).
|
|
// For more information about DHCP options, see DHCP Options Sets (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_DHCP_Options.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can specify the instance tenancy value for the VPC when you create it.
|
|
// You can't change this value for the VPC after you create it. For more information,
|
|
// see Dedicated Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/dedicated-instance.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateVpc for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateVpc
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateVpc(input *CreateVpcInput) (*CreateVpcOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateVpcRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateVpcWithContext is the same as CreateVpc with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateVpc for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateVpcWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateVpcInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateVpcOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateVpcRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateVpcEndpoint = "CreateVpcEndpoint"
|
|
|
|
// CreateVpcEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateVpcEndpoint operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateVpcEndpoint for more information on using the CreateVpcEndpoint
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateVpcEndpointRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateVpcEndpointRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateVpcEndpoint
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateVpcEndpointRequest(input *CreateVpcEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateVpcEndpointOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateVpcEndpoint,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateVpcEndpointInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateVpcEndpointOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateVpcEndpoint API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a VPC endpoint for a specified service. An endpoint enables you to
|
|
// create a private connection between your VPC and the service. The service
|
|
// may be provided by AWS, an AWS Marketplace partner, or another AWS account.
|
|
// For more information, see VPC Endpoints (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/vpc-endpoints.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// A gateway endpoint serves as a target for a route in your route table for
|
|
// traffic destined for the AWS service. You can specify an endpoint policy
|
|
// to attach to the endpoint that will control access to the service from your
|
|
// VPC. You can also specify the VPC route tables that use the endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// An interface endpoint is a network interface in your subnet that serves as
|
|
// an endpoint for communicating with the specified service. You can specify
|
|
// the subnets in which to create an endpoint, and the security groups to associate
|
|
// with the endpoint network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use DescribeVpcEndpointServices to get a list of supported services.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateVpcEndpoint for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateVpcEndpoint
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateVpcEndpoint(input *CreateVpcEndpointInput) (*CreateVpcEndpointOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateVpcEndpointRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateVpcEndpointWithContext is the same as CreateVpcEndpoint with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateVpcEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateVpcEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateVpcEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateVpcEndpointOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateVpcEndpointRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotification = "CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotification"
|
|
|
|
// CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotification operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotification for more information on using the CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotification
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotification
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationRequest(input *CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotification,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotification API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a connection notification for a specified VPC endpoint or VPC endpoint
|
|
// service. A connection notification notifies you of specific endpoint events.
|
|
// You must create an SNS topic to receive notifications. For more information,
|
|
// see Create a Topic (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/CreateTopic.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Simple Notification Service Developer Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can create a connection notification for interface endpoints only.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotification for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotification
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotification(input *CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput) (*CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationWithContext is the same as CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotification with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotification for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration = "CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration"
|
|
|
|
// CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration for more information on using the CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationRequest(input *CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a VPC endpoint service configuration to which service consumers (AWS
|
|
// accounts, IAM users, and IAM roles) can connect. Service consumers can create
|
|
// an interface VPC endpoint to connect to your service.
|
|
//
|
|
// To create an endpoint service configuration, you must first create a Network
|
|
// Load Balancer for your service. For more information, see VPC Endpoint Services
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/endpoint-service.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration(input *CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput) (*CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationWithContext is the same as CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateVpcPeeringConnection = "CreateVpcPeeringConnection"
|
|
|
|
// CreateVpcPeeringConnectionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateVpcPeeringConnection operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateVpcPeeringConnection for more information on using the CreateVpcPeeringConnection
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateVpcPeeringConnectionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateVpcPeeringConnectionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateVpcPeeringConnection
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateVpcPeeringConnectionRequest(input *CreateVpcPeeringConnectionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateVpcPeeringConnectionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateVpcPeeringConnection,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateVpcPeeringConnectionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateVpcPeeringConnectionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateVpcPeeringConnection API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Requests a VPC peering connection between two VPCs: a requester VPC that
|
|
// you own and an accepter VPC with which to create the connection. The accepter
|
|
// VPC can belong to another AWS account and can be in a different region to
|
|
// the requester VPC. The requester VPC and accepter VPC cannot have overlapping
|
|
// CIDR blocks.
|
|
//
|
|
// Limitations and rules apply to a VPC peering connection. For more information,
|
|
// see the limitations (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/PeeringGuide/vpc-peering-basics.html#vpc-peering-limitations)
|
|
// section in the VPC Peering Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// The owner of the accepter VPC must accept the peering request to activate
|
|
// the peering connection. The VPC peering connection request expires after
|
|
// 7 days, after which it cannot be accepted or rejected.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you create a VPC peering connection request between VPCs with overlapping
|
|
// CIDR blocks, the VPC peering connection has a status of failed.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateVpcPeeringConnection for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateVpcPeeringConnection
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateVpcPeeringConnection(input *CreateVpcPeeringConnectionInput) (*CreateVpcPeeringConnectionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateVpcPeeringConnectionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateVpcPeeringConnectionWithContext is the same as CreateVpcPeeringConnection with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateVpcPeeringConnection for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateVpcPeeringConnectionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateVpcPeeringConnectionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateVpcPeeringConnectionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateVpcPeeringConnectionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateVpnConnection = "CreateVpnConnection"
|
|
|
|
// CreateVpnConnectionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateVpnConnection operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateVpnConnection for more information on using the CreateVpnConnection
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateVpnConnectionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateVpnConnectionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateVpnConnection
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateVpnConnectionRequest(input *CreateVpnConnectionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateVpnConnectionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateVpnConnection,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateVpnConnectionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateVpnConnectionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateVpnConnection API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a VPN connection between an existing virtual private gateway and
|
|
// a VPN customer gateway. The only supported connection type is ipsec.1.
|
|
//
|
|
// The response includes information that you need to give to your network administrator
|
|
// to configure your customer gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// We strongly recommend that you use HTTPS when calling this operation because
|
|
// the response contains sensitive cryptographic information for configuring
|
|
// your customer gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you decide to shut down your VPN connection for any reason and later create
|
|
// a new VPN connection, you must reconfigure your customer gateway with the
|
|
// new information returned from this call.
|
|
//
|
|
// This is an idempotent operation. If you perform the operation more than once,
|
|
// Amazon EC2 doesn't return an error.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see AWS Managed VPN Connections (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_VPN.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateVpnConnection for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateVpnConnection
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateVpnConnection(input *CreateVpnConnectionInput) (*CreateVpnConnectionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateVpnConnectionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateVpnConnectionWithContext is the same as CreateVpnConnection with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateVpnConnection for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateVpnConnectionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateVpnConnectionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateVpnConnectionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateVpnConnectionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateVpnConnectionRoute = "CreateVpnConnectionRoute"
|
|
|
|
// CreateVpnConnectionRouteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateVpnConnectionRoute operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateVpnConnectionRoute for more information on using the CreateVpnConnectionRoute
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateVpnConnectionRouteRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateVpnConnectionRouteRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateVpnConnectionRoute
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateVpnConnectionRouteRequest(input *CreateVpnConnectionRouteInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateVpnConnectionRouteOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateVpnConnectionRoute,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateVpnConnectionRouteInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateVpnConnectionRouteOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateVpnConnectionRoute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a static route associated with a VPN connection between an existing
|
|
// virtual private gateway and a VPN customer gateway. The static route allows
|
|
// traffic to be routed from the virtual private gateway to the VPN customer
|
|
// gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about VPN connections, see AWS Managed VPN Connections
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_VPN.html) in the
|
|
// Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateVpnConnectionRoute for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateVpnConnectionRoute
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateVpnConnectionRoute(input *CreateVpnConnectionRouteInput) (*CreateVpnConnectionRouteOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateVpnConnectionRouteRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateVpnConnectionRouteWithContext is the same as CreateVpnConnectionRoute with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateVpnConnectionRoute for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateVpnConnectionRouteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateVpnConnectionRouteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateVpnConnectionRouteOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateVpnConnectionRouteRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateVpnGateway = "CreateVpnGateway"
|
|
|
|
// CreateVpnGatewayRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateVpnGateway operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateVpnGateway for more information on using the CreateVpnGateway
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateVpnGatewayRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateVpnGatewayRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateVpnGateway
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateVpnGatewayRequest(input *CreateVpnGatewayInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateVpnGatewayOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateVpnGateway,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateVpnGatewayInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateVpnGatewayOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateVpnGateway API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a virtual private gateway. A virtual private gateway is the endpoint
|
|
// on the VPC side of your VPN connection. You can create a virtual private
|
|
// gateway before creating the VPC itself.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about virtual private gateways, see AWS Managed VPN
|
|
// Connections (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_VPN.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation CreateVpnGateway for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/CreateVpnGateway
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateVpnGateway(input *CreateVpnGatewayInput) (*CreateVpnGatewayOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateVpnGatewayRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateVpnGatewayWithContext is the same as CreateVpnGateway with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateVpnGateway for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) CreateVpnGatewayWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateVpnGatewayInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateVpnGatewayOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateVpnGatewayRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteCustomerGateway = "DeleteCustomerGateway"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteCustomerGatewayRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteCustomerGateway operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteCustomerGateway for more information on using the DeleteCustomerGateway
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteCustomerGatewayRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteCustomerGatewayRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteCustomerGateway
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteCustomerGatewayRequest(input *DeleteCustomerGatewayInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteCustomerGatewayOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteCustomerGateway,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteCustomerGatewayInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteCustomerGatewayOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteCustomerGateway API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified customer gateway. You must delete the VPN connection
|
|
// before you can delete the customer gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DeleteCustomerGateway for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteCustomerGateway
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteCustomerGateway(input *DeleteCustomerGatewayInput) (*DeleteCustomerGatewayOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteCustomerGatewayRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteCustomerGatewayWithContext is the same as DeleteCustomerGateway with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteCustomerGateway for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteCustomerGatewayWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteCustomerGatewayInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteCustomerGatewayOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteCustomerGatewayRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteDhcpOptions = "DeleteDhcpOptions"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDhcpOptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteDhcpOptions operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteDhcpOptions for more information on using the DeleteDhcpOptions
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDhcpOptionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteDhcpOptionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteDhcpOptions
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteDhcpOptionsRequest(input *DeleteDhcpOptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDhcpOptionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteDhcpOptions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteDhcpOptionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteDhcpOptionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDhcpOptions API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified set of DHCP options. You must disassociate the set
|
|
// of DHCP options before you can delete it. You can disassociate the set of
|
|
// DHCP options by associating either a new set of options or the default set
|
|
// of options with the VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DeleteDhcpOptions for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteDhcpOptions
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteDhcpOptions(input *DeleteDhcpOptionsInput) (*DeleteDhcpOptionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDhcpOptionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDhcpOptionsWithContext is the same as DeleteDhcpOptions with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteDhcpOptions for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteDhcpOptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDhcpOptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDhcpOptionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDhcpOptionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway = "DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway for more information on using the DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayRequest(input *DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes an egress-only Internet gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway(input *DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput) (*DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayWithContext is the same as DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteFlowLogs = "DeleteFlowLogs"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteFlowLogsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteFlowLogs operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteFlowLogs for more information on using the DeleteFlowLogs
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteFlowLogsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteFlowLogsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteFlowLogs
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteFlowLogsRequest(input *DeleteFlowLogsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteFlowLogsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteFlowLogs,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteFlowLogsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteFlowLogsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteFlowLogs API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes one or more flow logs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DeleteFlowLogs for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteFlowLogs
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteFlowLogs(input *DeleteFlowLogsInput) (*DeleteFlowLogsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteFlowLogsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteFlowLogsWithContext is the same as DeleteFlowLogs with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteFlowLogs for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteFlowLogsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteFlowLogsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteFlowLogsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteFlowLogsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteFpgaImage = "DeleteFpgaImage"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteFpgaImageRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteFpgaImage operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteFpgaImage for more information on using the DeleteFpgaImage
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteFpgaImageRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteFpgaImageRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteFpgaImage
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteFpgaImageRequest(input *DeleteFpgaImageInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteFpgaImageOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteFpgaImage,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteFpgaImageInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteFpgaImageOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteFpgaImage API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DeleteFpgaImage for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteFpgaImage
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteFpgaImage(input *DeleteFpgaImageInput) (*DeleteFpgaImageOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteFpgaImageRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteFpgaImageWithContext is the same as DeleteFpgaImage with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteFpgaImage for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteFpgaImageWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteFpgaImageInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteFpgaImageOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteFpgaImageRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteInternetGateway = "DeleteInternetGateway"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteInternetGatewayRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteInternetGateway operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteInternetGateway for more information on using the DeleteInternetGateway
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteInternetGatewayRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteInternetGatewayRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteInternetGateway
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteInternetGatewayRequest(input *DeleteInternetGatewayInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteInternetGatewayOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteInternetGateway,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteInternetGatewayInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteInternetGatewayOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteInternetGateway API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified Internet gateway. You must detach the Internet gateway
|
|
// from the VPC before you can delete it.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DeleteInternetGateway for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteInternetGateway
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteInternetGateway(input *DeleteInternetGatewayInput) (*DeleteInternetGatewayOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteInternetGatewayRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteInternetGatewayWithContext is the same as DeleteInternetGateway with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteInternetGateway for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteInternetGatewayWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteInternetGatewayInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteInternetGatewayOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteInternetGatewayRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteKeyPair = "DeleteKeyPair"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteKeyPairRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteKeyPair operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteKeyPair for more information on using the DeleteKeyPair
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteKeyPairRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteKeyPairRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteKeyPair
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteKeyPairRequest(input *DeleteKeyPairInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteKeyPairOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteKeyPair,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteKeyPairInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteKeyPairOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteKeyPair API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified key pair, by removing the public key from Amazon EC2.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DeleteKeyPair for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteKeyPair
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteKeyPair(input *DeleteKeyPairInput) (*DeleteKeyPairOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteKeyPairRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteKeyPairWithContext is the same as DeleteKeyPair with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteKeyPair for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteKeyPairWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteKeyPairInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteKeyPairOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteKeyPairRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteLaunchTemplate = "DeleteLaunchTemplate"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteLaunchTemplateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteLaunchTemplate operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteLaunchTemplate for more information on using the DeleteLaunchTemplate
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteLaunchTemplateRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteLaunchTemplateRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteLaunchTemplate
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteLaunchTemplateRequest(input *DeleteLaunchTemplateInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteLaunchTemplateOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteLaunchTemplate,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteLaunchTemplateInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteLaunchTemplateOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteLaunchTemplate API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes a launch template. Deleting a launch template deletes all of its
|
|
// versions.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DeleteLaunchTemplate for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteLaunchTemplate
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteLaunchTemplate(input *DeleteLaunchTemplateInput) (*DeleteLaunchTemplateOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteLaunchTemplateRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteLaunchTemplateWithContext is the same as DeleteLaunchTemplate with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteLaunchTemplate for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteLaunchTemplateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteLaunchTemplateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteLaunchTemplateOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteLaunchTemplateRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteLaunchTemplateVersions = "DeleteLaunchTemplateVersions"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteLaunchTemplateVersions operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteLaunchTemplateVersions for more information on using the DeleteLaunchTemplateVersions
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteLaunchTemplateVersions
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsRequest(input *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteLaunchTemplateVersions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteLaunchTemplateVersions API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes one or more versions of a launch template. You cannot delete the
|
|
// default version of a launch template; you must first assign a different version
|
|
// as the default. If the default version is the only version for the launch
|
|
// template, you must delete the entire launch template using DeleteLaunchTemplate.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DeleteLaunchTemplateVersions for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteLaunchTemplateVersions
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteLaunchTemplateVersions(input *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsInput) (*DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsWithContext is the same as DeleteLaunchTemplateVersions with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteLaunchTemplateVersions for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteNatGateway = "DeleteNatGateway"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteNatGatewayRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteNatGateway operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteNatGateway for more information on using the DeleteNatGateway
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteNatGatewayRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteNatGatewayRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteNatGateway
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteNatGatewayRequest(input *DeleteNatGatewayInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteNatGatewayOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteNatGateway,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteNatGatewayInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteNatGatewayOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteNatGateway API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified NAT gateway. Deleting a NAT gateway disassociates its
|
|
// Elastic IP address, but does not release the address from your account. Deleting
|
|
// a NAT gateway does not delete any NAT gateway routes in your route tables.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DeleteNatGateway for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteNatGateway
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteNatGateway(input *DeleteNatGatewayInput) (*DeleteNatGatewayOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteNatGatewayRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteNatGatewayWithContext is the same as DeleteNatGateway with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteNatGateway for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteNatGatewayWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteNatGatewayInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteNatGatewayOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteNatGatewayRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteNetworkAcl = "DeleteNetworkAcl"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteNetworkAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteNetworkAcl operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteNetworkAcl for more information on using the DeleteNetworkAcl
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteNetworkAclRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteNetworkAclRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteNetworkAcl
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteNetworkAclRequest(input *DeleteNetworkAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteNetworkAclOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteNetworkAcl,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteNetworkAclInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteNetworkAclOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteNetworkAcl API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified network ACL. You can't delete the ACL if it's associated
|
|
// with any subnets. You can't delete the default network ACL.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DeleteNetworkAcl for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteNetworkAcl
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteNetworkAcl(input *DeleteNetworkAclInput) (*DeleteNetworkAclOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteNetworkAclRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteNetworkAclWithContext is the same as DeleteNetworkAcl with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteNetworkAcl for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteNetworkAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteNetworkAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteNetworkAclOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteNetworkAclRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteNetworkAclEntry = "DeleteNetworkAclEntry"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteNetworkAclEntryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteNetworkAclEntry operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteNetworkAclEntry for more information on using the DeleteNetworkAclEntry
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteNetworkAclEntryRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteNetworkAclEntryRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteNetworkAclEntry
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteNetworkAclEntryRequest(input *DeleteNetworkAclEntryInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteNetworkAclEntryOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteNetworkAclEntry,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteNetworkAclEntryInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteNetworkAclEntryOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteNetworkAclEntry API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified ingress or egress entry (rule) from the specified network
|
|
// ACL.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DeleteNetworkAclEntry for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteNetworkAclEntry
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteNetworkAclEntry(input *DeleteNetworkAclEntryInput) (*DeleteNetworkAclEntryOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteNetworkAclEntryRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteNetworkAclEntryWithContext is the same as DeleteNetworkAclEntry with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteNetworkAclEntry for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteNetworkAclEntryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteNetworkAclEntryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteNetworkAclEntryOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteNetworkAclEntryRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteNetworkInterface = "DeleteNetworkInterface"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteNetworkInterfaceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteNetworkInterface operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteNetworkInterface for more information on using the DeleteNetworkInterface
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteNetworkInterfaceRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteNetworkInterfaceRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteNetworkInterface
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteNetworkInterfaceRequest(input *DeleteNetworkInterfaceInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteNetworkInterfaceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteNetworkInterface,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteNetworkInterfaceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteNetworkInterfaceOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteNetworkInterface API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified network interface. You must detach the network interface
|
|
// before you can delete it.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DeleteNetworkInterface for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteNetworkInterface
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteNetworkInterface(input *DeleteNetworkInterfaceInput) (*DeleteNetworkInterfaceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteNetworkInterfaceRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteNetworkInterfaceWithContext is the same as DeleteNetworkInterface with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteNetworkInterface for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteNetworkInterfaceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteNetworkInterfaceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteNetworkInterfaceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteNetworkInterfaceRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteNetworkInterfacePermission = "DeleteNetworkInterfacePermission"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteNetworkInterfacePermission operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteNetworkInterfacePermission for more information on using the DeleteNetworkInterfacePermission
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteNetworkInterfacePermission
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionRequest(input *DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteNetworkInterfacePermission,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteNetworkInterfacePermission API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes a permission for a network interface. By default, you cannot delete
|
|
// the permission if the account for which you're removing the permission has
|
|
// attached the network interface to an instance. However, you can force delete
|
|
// the permission, regardless of any attachment.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DeleteNetworkInterfacePermission for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteNetworkInterfacePermission
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteNetworkInterfacePermission(input *DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionInput) (*DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionWithContext is the same as DeleteNetworkInterfacePermission with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteNetworkInterfacePermission for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeletePlacementGroup = "DeletePlacementGroup"
|
|
|
|
// DeletePlacementGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeletePlacementGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeletePlacementGroup for more information on using the DeletePlacementGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeletePlacementGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeletePlacementGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeletePlacementGroup
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeletePlacementGroupRequest(input *DeletePlacementGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeletePlacementGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeletePlacementGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeletePlacementGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeletePlacementGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeletePlacementGroup API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified placement group. You must terminate all instances in
|
|
// the placement group before you can delete the placement group. For more information,
|
|
// see Placement Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/placement-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DeletePlacementGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeletePlacementGroup
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeletePlacementGroup(input *DeletePlacementGroupInput) (*DeletePlacementGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeletePlacementGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeletePlacementGroupWithContext is the same as DeletePlacementGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeletePlacementGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeletePlacementGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeletePlacementGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeletePlacementGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeletePlacementGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteRoute = "DeleteRoute"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteRouteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteRoute operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteRoute for more information on using the DeleteRoute
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteRouteRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteRouteRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteRoute
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteRouteRequest(input *DeleteRouteInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteRouteOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteRoute,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteRouteInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteRouteOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteRoute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified route from the specified route table.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DeleteRoute for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteRoute
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteRoute(input *DeleteRouteInput) (*DeleteRouteOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteRouteRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteRouteWithContext is the same as DeleteRoute with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteRoute for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteRouteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteRouteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteRouteOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteRouteRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteRouteTable = "DeleteRouteTable"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteRouteTableRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteRouteTable operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteRouteTable for more information on using the DeleteRouteTable
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteRouteTableRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteRouteTableRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteRouteTable
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteRouteTableRequest(input *DeleteRouteTableInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteRouteTableOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteRouteTable,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteRouteTableInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteRouteTableOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteRouteTable API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified route table. You must disassociate the route table
|
|
// from any subnets before you can delete it. You can't delete the main route
|
|
// table.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DeleteRouteTable for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteRouteTable
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteRouteTable(input *DeleteRouteTableInput) (*DeleteRouteTableOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteRouteTableRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteRouteTableWithContext is the same as DeleteRouteTable with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteRouteTable for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteRouteTableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteRouteTableInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteRouteTableOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteRouteTableRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteSecurityGroup = "DeleteSecurityGroup"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteSecurityGroup for more information on using the DeleteSecurityGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteSecurityGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteSecurityGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteSecurityGroup
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteSecurityGroupRequest(input *DeleteSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteSecurityGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteSecurityGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteSecurityGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteSecurityGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteSecurityGroup API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes a security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you attempt to delete a security group that is associated with an instance,
|
|
// or is referenced by another security group, the operation fails with InvalidGroup.InUse
|
|
// in EC2-Classic or DependencyViolation in EC2-VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DeleteSecurityGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteSecurityGroup
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteSecurityGroup(input *DeleteSecurityGroupInput) (*DeleteSecurityGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteSecurityGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteSecurityGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteSecurityGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteSecurityGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteSnapshot = "DeleteSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteSnapshot operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteSnapshot for more information on using the DeleteSnapshot
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteSnapshotRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteSnapshotRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteSnapshot
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteSnapshot API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// When you make periodic snapshots of a volume, the snapshots are incremental,
|
|
// and only the blocks on the device that have changed since your last snapshot
|
|
// are saved in the new snapshot. When you delete a snapshot, only the data
|
|
// not needed for any other snapshot is removed. So regardless of which prior
|
|
// snapshots have been deleted, all active snapshots will have access to all
|
|
// the information needed to restore the volume.
|
|
//
|
|
// You cannot delete a snapshot of the root device of an EBS volume used by
|
|
// a registered AMI. You must first de-register the AMI before you can delete
|
|
// the snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see Deleting an Amazon EBS Snapshot (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-deleting-snapshot.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DeleteSnapshot for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteSnapshot
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteSnapshot(input *DeleteSnapshotInput) (*DeleteSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteSnapshotWithContext is the same as DeleteSnapshot with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription = "DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription for more information on using the DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionRequest(input *DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the data feed for Spot Instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription(input *DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput) (*DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionWithContext is the same as DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteSubnet = "DeleteSubnet"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteSubnetRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteSubnet operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteSubnet for more information on using the DeleteSubnet
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteSubnetRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteSubnetRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteSubnet
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteSubnetRequest(input *DeleteSubnetInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteSubnetOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteSubnet,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteSubnetInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteSubnetOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteSubnet API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified subnet. You must terminate all running instances in
|
|
// the subnet before you can delete the subnet.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DeleteSubnet for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteSubnet
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteSubnet(input *DeleteSubnetInput) (*DeleteSubnetOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteSubnetRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteSubnetWithContext is the same as DeleteSubnet with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteSubnet for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteSubnetWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteSubnetInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteSubnetOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteSubnetRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteTags = "DeleteTags"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteTags operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteTags for more information on using the DeleteTags
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteTagsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteTagsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteTags
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteTagsRequest(input *DeleteTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteTagsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteTags,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteTagsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteTagsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteTags API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified set of tags from the specified set of resources.
|
|
//
|
|
// To list the current tags, use DescribeTags. For more information about tags,
|
|
// see Tagging Your Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DeleteTags for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteTags
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteTags(input *DeleteTagsInput) (*DeleteTagsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteTagsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteTagsWithContext is the same as DeleteTags with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteTags for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteTagsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteTagsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteVolume = "DeleteVolume"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVolumeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteVolume operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteVolume for more information on using the DeleteVolume
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteVolumeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteVolumeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteVolume
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteVolumeRequest(input *DeleteVolumeInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteVolumeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteVolume,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteVolumeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteVolumeOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVolume API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified EBS volume. The volume must be in the available state
|
|
// (not attached to an instance).
|
|
//
|
|
// The volume may remain in the deleting state for several minutes.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see Deleting an Amazon EBS Volume (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-deleting-volume.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DeleteVolume for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteVolume
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteVolume(input *DeleteVolumeInput) (*DeleteVolumeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteVolumeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVolumeWithContext is the same as DeleteVolume with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteVolume for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteVolumeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteVolumeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteVolumeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteVolumeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteVpc = "DeleteVpc"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVpcRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteVpc operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteVpc for more information on using the DeleteVpc
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteVpcRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteVpcRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteVpc
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteVpcRequest(input *DeleteVpcInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteVpcOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteVpc,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteVpcInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteVpcOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVpc API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified VPC. You must detach or delete all gateways and resources
|
|
// that are associated with the VPC before you can delete it. For example, you
|
|
// must terminate all instances running in the VPC, delete all security groups
|
|
// associated with the VPC (except the default one), delete all route tables
|
|
// associated with the VPC (except the default one), and so on.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DeleteVpc for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteVpc
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteVpc(input *DeleteVpcInput) (*DeleteVpcOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteVpcRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVpcWithContext is the same as DeleteVpc with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteVpc for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteVpcWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteVpcInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteVpcOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteVpcRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications = "DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications for more information on using the DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsRequest(input *DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes one or more VPC endpoint connection notifications.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications(input *DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput) (*DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsWithContext is the same as DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations = "DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations for more information on using the DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsRequest(input *DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes one or more VPC endpoint service configurations in your account.
|
|
// Before you delete the endpoint service configuration, you must reject any
|
|
// Available or PendingAcceptance interface endpoint connections that are attached
|
|
// to the service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations(input *DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput) (*DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsWithContext is the same as DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteVpcEndpoints = "DeleteVpcEndpoints"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVpcEndpointsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteVpcEndpoints operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteVpcEndpoints for more information on using the DeleteVpcEndpoints
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteVpcEndpointsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteVpcEndpointsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteVpcEndpoints
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteVpcEndpointsRequest(input *DeleteVpcEndpointsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteVpcEndpointsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteVpcEndpoints,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteVpcEndpointsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteVpcEndpointsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVpcEndpoints API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes one or more specified VPC endpoints. Deleting a gateway endpoint
|
|
// also deletes the endpoint routes in the route tables that were associated
|
|
// with the endpoint. Deleting an interface endpoint deletes the endpoint network
|
|
// interfaces.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DeleteVpcEndpoints for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteVpcEndpoints
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteVpcEndpoints(input *DeleteVpcEndpointsInput) (*DeleteVpcEndpointsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteVpcEndpointsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVpcEndpointsWithContext is the same as DeleteVpcEndpoints with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteVpcEndpoints for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteVpcEndpointsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteVpcEndpointsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteVpcEndpointsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteVpcEndpointsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteVpcPeeringConnection = "DeleteVpcPeeringConnection"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteVpcPeeringConnection operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteVpcPeeringConnection for more information on using the DeleteVpcPeeringConnection
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteVpcPeeringConnection
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionRequest(input *DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteVpcPeeringConnection,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVpcPeeringConnection API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes a VPC peering connection. Either the owner of the requester VPC or
|
|
// the owner of the accepter VPC can delete the VPC peering connection if it's
|
|
// in the active state. The owner of the requester VPC can delete a VPC peering
|
|
// connection in the pending-acceptance state.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DeleteVpcPeeringConnection for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteVpcPeeringConnection
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteVpcPeeringConnection(input *DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionInput) (*DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionWithContext is the same as DeleteVpcPeeringConnection with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteVpcPeeringConnection for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteVpnConnection = "DeleteVpnConnection"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVpnConnectionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteVpnConnection operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteVpnConnection for more information on using the DeleteVpnConnection
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteVpnConnectionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteVpnConnectionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteVpnConnection
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteVpnConnectionRequest(input *DeleteVpnConnectionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteVpnConnectionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteVpnConnection,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteVpnConnectionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteVpnConnectionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVpnConnection API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified VPN connection.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you're deleting the VPC and its associated components, we recommend that
|
|
// you detach the virtual private gateway from the VPC and delete the VPC before
|
|
// deleting the VPN connection. If you believe that the tunnel credentials for
|
|
// your VPN connection have been compromised, you can delete the VPN connection
|
|
// and create a new one that has new keys, without needing to delete the VPC
|
|
// or virtual private gateway. If you create a new VPN connection, you must
|
|
// reconfigure the customer gateway using the new configuration information
|
|
// returned with the new VPN connection ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DeleteVpnConnection for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteVpnConnection
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteVpnConnection(input *DeleteVpnConnectionInput) (*DeleteVpnConnectionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteVpnConnectionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVpnConnectionWithContext is the same as DeleteVpnConnection with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteVpnConnection for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteVpnConnectionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteVpnConnectionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteVpnConnectionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteVpnConnectionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteVpnConnectionRoute = "DeleteVpnConnectionRoute"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVpnConnectionRouteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteVpnConnectionRoute operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteVpnConnectionRoute for more information on using the DeleteVpnConnectionRoute
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteVpnConnectionRouteRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteVpnConnectionRouteRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteVpnConnectionRoute
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteVpnConnectionRouteRequest(input *DeleteVpnConnectionRouteInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteVpnConnectionRouteOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteVpnConnectionRoute,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteVpnConnectionRouteInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteVpnConnectionRouteOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVpnConnectionRoute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified static route associated with a VPN connection between
|
|
// an existing virtual private gateway and a VPN customer gateway. The static
|
|
// route allows traffic to be routed from the virtual private gateway to the
|
|
// VPN customer gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DeleteVpnConnectionRoute for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteVpnConnectionRoute
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteVpnConnectionRoute(input *DeleteVpnConnectionRouteInput) (*DeleteVpnConnectionRouteOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteVpnConnectionRouteRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVpnConnectionRouteWithContext is the same as DeleteVpnConnectionRoute with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteVpnConnectionRoute for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteVpnConnectionRouteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteVpnConnectionRouteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteVpnConnectionRouteOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteVpnConnectionRouteRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteVpnGateway = "DeleteVpnGateway"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVpnGatewayRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteVpnGateway operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteVpnGateway for more information on using the DeleteVpnGateway
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteVpnGatewayRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteVpnGatewayRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteVpnGateway
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteVpnGatewayRequest(input *DeleteVpnGatewayInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteVpnGatewayOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteVpnGateway,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteVpnGatewayInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteVpnGatewayOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVpnGateway API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified virtual private gateway. We recommend that before you
|
|
// delete a virtual private gateway, you detach it from the VPC and delete the
|
|
// VPN connection. Note that you don't need to delete the virtual private gateway
|
|
// if you plan to delete and recreate the VPN connection between your VPC and
|
|
// your network.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DeleteVpnGateway for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeleteVpnGateway
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteVpnGateway(input *DeleteVpnGatewayInput) (*DeleteVpnGatewayOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteVpnGatewayRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVpnGatewayWithContext is the same as DeleteVpnGateway with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteVpnGateway for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeleteVpnGatewayWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteVpnGatewayInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteVpnGatewayOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteVpnGatewayRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeregisterImage = "DeregisterImage"
|
|
|
|
// DeregisterImageRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeregisterImage operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeregisterImage for more information on using the DeregisterImage
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeregisterImageRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeregisterImageRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeregisterImage
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeregisterImageRequest(input *DeregisterImageInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeregisterImageOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeregisterImage,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeregisterImageInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeregisterImageOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeregisterImage API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deregisters the specified AMI. After you deregister an AMI, it can't be used
|
|
// to launch new instances; however, it doesn't affect any instances that you've
|
|
// already launched from the AMI. You'll continue to incur usage costs for those
|
|
// instances until you terminate them.
|
|
//
|
|
// When you deregister an Amazon EBS-backed AMI, it doesn't affect the snapshot
|
|
// that was created for the root volume of the instance during the AMI creation
|
|
// process. When you deregister an instance store-backed AMI, it doesn't affect
|
|
// the files that you uploaded to Amazon S3 when you created the AMI.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DeregisterImage for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DeregisterImage
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeregisterImage(input *DeregisterImageInput) (*DeregisterImageOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeregisterImageRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeregisterImageWithContext is the same as DeregisterImage with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeregisterImage for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DeregisterImageWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeregisterImageInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeregisterImageOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeregisterImageRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeAccountAttributes = "DescribeAccountAttributes"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeAccountAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeAccountAttributes operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeAccountAttributes for more information on using the DescribeAccountAttributes
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeAccountAttributesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeAccountAttributes
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeAccountAttributes,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeAccountAttributesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeAccountAttributesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeAccountAttributes API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes attributes of your AWS account. The following are the supported
|
|
// account attributes:
|
|
//
|
|
// * supported-platforms: Indicates whether your account can launch instances
|
|
// into EC2-Classic and EC2-VPC, or only into EC2-VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * default-vpc: The ID of the default VPC for your account, or none.
|
|
//
|
|
// * max-instances: The maximum number of On-Demand Instances that you can
|
|
// run.
|
|
//
|
|
// * vpc-max-security-groups-per-interface: The maximum number of security
|
|
// groups that you can assign to a network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * max-elastic-ips: The maximum number of Elastic IP addresses that you
|
|
// can allocate for use with EC2-Classic.
|
|
//
|
|
// * vpc-max-elastic-ips: The maximum number of Elastic IP addresses that
|
|
// you can allocate for use with EC2-VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeAccountAttributes for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeAccountAttributes
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeAccountAttributes(input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput) (*DescribeAccountAttributesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeAccountAttributesWithContext is the same as DescribeAccountAttributes with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeAccountAttributes for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeAccountAttributesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeAccountAttributesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeAddresses = "DescribeAddresses"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeAddressesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeAddresses operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeAddresses for more information on using the DescribeAddresses
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeAddressesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeAddressesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeAddresses
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeAddressesRequest(input *DescribeAddressesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeAddressesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeAddresses,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeAddressesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeAddressesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeAddresses API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more of your Elastic IP addresses.
|
|
//
|
|
// An Elastic IP address is for use in either the EC2-Classic platform or in
|
|
// a VPC. For more information, see Elastic IP Addresses (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/elastic-ip-addresses-eip.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeAddresses for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeAddresses
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeAddresses(input *DescribeAddressesInput) (*DescribeAddressesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeAddressesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeAddressesWithContext is the same as DescribeAddresses with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeAddresses for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeAddressesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeAddressesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeAddressesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeAddressesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeAggregateIdFormat = "DescribeAggregateIdFormat"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeAggregateIdFormatRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeAggregateIdFormat operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeAggregateIdFormat for more information on using the DescribeAggregateIdFormat
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeAggregateIdFormatRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeAggregateIdFormatRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeAggregateIdFormat
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeAggregateIdFormatRequest(input *DescribeAggregateIdFormatInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeAggregateIdFormatOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeAggregateIdFormat,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeAggregateIdFormatInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeAggregateIdFormatOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeAggregateIdFormat API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the longer ID format settings for all resource types in a specific
|
|
// region. This request is useful for performing a quick audit to determine
|
|
// whether a specific region is fully opted in for longer IDs (17-character
|
|
// IDs).
|
|
//
|
|
// This request only returns information about resource types that support longer
|
|
// IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// The following resource types support longer IDs: bundle | conversion-task
|
|
// | dhcp-options | elastic-ip-allocation | elastic-ip-association | export-task
|
|
// | flow-log | image | import-task | instance | internet-gateway | network-acl
|
|
// | network-acl-association | network-interface | network-interface-attachment
|
|
// | prefix-list | reservation | route-table | route-table-association | security-group
|
|
// | snapshot | subnet | subnet-cidr-block-association | volume | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association
|
|
// | vpc-peering-connection.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeAggregateIdFormat for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeAggregateIdFormat
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeAggregateIdFormat(input *DescribeAggregateIdFormatInput) (*DescribeAggregateIdFormatOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeAggregateIdFormatRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeAggregateIdFormatWithContext is the same as DescribeAggregateIdFormat with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeAggregateIdFormat for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeAggregateIdFormatWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeAggregateIdFormatInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeAggregateIdFormatOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeAggregateIdFormatRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeAvailabilityZones = "DescribeAvailabilityZones"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeAvailabilityZonesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeAvailabilityZones operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeAvailabilityZones for more information on using the DescribeAvailabilityZones
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeAvailabilityZonesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeAvailabilityZonesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeAvailabilityZones
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeAvailabilityZonesRequest(input *DescribeAvailabilityZonesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeAvailabilityZonesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeAvailabilityZones,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeAvailabilityZonesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeAvailabilityZonesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeAvailabilityZones API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more of the Availability Zones that are available to you.
|
|
// The results include zones only for the region you're currently using. If
|
|
// there is an event impacting an Availability Zone, you can use this request
|
|
// to view the state and any provided message for that Availability Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see Regions and Availability Zones (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-regions-availability-zones.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeAvailabilityZones for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeAvailabilityZones
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeAvailabilityZones(input *DescribeAvailabilityZonesInput) (*DescribeAvailabilityZonesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeAvailabilityZonesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeAvailabilityZonesWithContext is the same as DescribeAvailabilityZones with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeAvailabilityZones for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeAvailabilityZonesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeAvailabilityZonesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeAvailabilityZonesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeAvailabilityZonesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeBundleTasks = "DescribeBundleTasks"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeBundleTasksRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeBundleTasks operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeBundleTasks for more information on using the DescribeBundleTasks
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeBundleTasksRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeBundleTasksRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeBundleTasks
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeBundleTasksRequest(input *DescribeBundleTasksInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeBundleTasksOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeBundleTasks,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeBundleTasksInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeBundleTasksOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeBundleTasks API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more of your bundling tasks.
|
|
//
|
|
// Completed bundle tasks are listed for only a limited time. If your bundle
|
|
// task is no longer in the list, you can still register an AMI from it. Just
|
|
// use RegisterImage with the Amazon S3 bucket name and image manifest name
|
|
// you provided to the bundle task.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeBundleTasks for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeBundleTasks
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeBundleTasks(input *DescribeBundleTasksInput) (*DescribeBundleTasksOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeBundleTasksRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeBundleTasksWithContext is the same as DescribeBundleTasks with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeBundleTasks for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeBundleTasksWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeBundleTasksInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeBundleTasksOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeBundleTasksRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeClassicLinkInstances = "DescribeClassicLinkInstances"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClassicLinkInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeClassicLinkInstances operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeClassicLinkInstances for more information on using the DescribeClassicLinkInstances
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeClassicLinkInstancesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeClassicLinkInstancesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeClassicLinkInstances
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeClassicLinkInstancesRequest(input *DescribeClassicLinkInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeClassicLinkInstancesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeClassicLinkInstances,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeClassicLinkInstancesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeClassicLinkInstancesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClassicLinkInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more of your linked EC2-Classic instances. This request
|
|
// only returns information about EC2-Classic instances linked to a VPC through
|
|
// ClassicLink; you cannot use this request to return information about other
|
|
// instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeClassicLinkInstances for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeClassicLinkInstances
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeClassicLinkInstances(input *DescribeClassicLinkInstancesInput) (*DescribeClassicLinkInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeClassicLinkInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClassicLinkInstancesWithContext is the same as DescribeClassicLinkInstances with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeClassicLinkInstances for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeClassicLinkInstancesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClassicLinkInstancesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeClassicLinkInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeClassicLinkInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeConversionTasks = "DescribeConversionTasks"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeConversionTasksRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeConversionTasks operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeConversionTasks for more information on using the DescribeConversionTasks
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeConversionTasksRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeConversionTasksRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeConversionTasks
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeConversionTasksRequest(input *DescribeConversionTasksInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeConversionTasksOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeConversionTasks,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeConversionTasksInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeConversionTasksOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeConversionTasks API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more of your conversion tasks. For more information, see
|
|
// the VM Import/Export User Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/).
|
|
//
|
|
// For information about the import manifest referenced by this API action,
|
|
// see VM Import Manifest (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/manifest.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeConversionTasks for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeConversionTasks
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeConversionTasks(input *DescribeConversionTasksInput) (*DescribeConversionTasksOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeConversionTasksRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeConversionTasksWithContext is the same as DescribeConversionTasks with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeConversionTasks for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeConversionTasksWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeConversionTasksInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeConversionTasksOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeConversionTasksRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeCustomerGateways = "DescribeCustomerGateways"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeCustomerGatewaysRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeCustomerGateways operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeCustomerGateways for more information on using the DescribeCustomerGateways
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeCustomerGatewaysRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeCustomerGatewaysRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeCustomerGateways
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeCustomerGatewaysRequest(input *DescribeCustomerGatewaysInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeCustomerGatewaysOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeCustomerGateways,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeCustomerGatewaysInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeCustomerGatewaysOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeCustomerGateways API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more of your VPN customer gateways.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about VPN customer gateways, see AWS Managed VPN Connections
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_VPN.html) in the
|
|
// Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeCustomerGateways for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeCustomerGateways
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeCustomerGateways(input *DescribeCustomerGatewaysInput) (*DescribeCustomerGatewaysOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeCustomerGatewaysRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeCustomerGatewaysWithContext is the same as DescribeCustomerGateways with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeCustomerGateways for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeCustomerGatewaysWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeCustomerGatewaysInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeCustomerGatewaysOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeCustomerGatewaysRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDhcpOptions = "DescribeDhcpOptions"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDhcpOptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeDhcpOptions operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDhcpOptions for more information on using the DescribeDhcpOptions
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDhcpOptionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeDhcpOptionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeDhcpOptions
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeDhcpOptionsRequest(input *DescribeDhcpOptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDhcpOptionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDhcpOptions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDhcpOptionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeDhcpOptionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDhcpOptions API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more of your DHCP options sets.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about DHCP options sets, see DHCP Options Sets (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_DHCP_Options.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeDhcpOptions for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeDhcpOptions
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeDhcpOptions(input *DescribeDhcpOptionsInput) (*DescribeDhcpOptionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDhcpOptionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDhcpOptionsWithContext is the same as DescribeDhcpOptions with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDhcpOptions for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeDhcpOptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDhcpOptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDhcpOptionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDhcpOptionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways = "DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways for more information on using the DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysRequest(input *DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more of your egress-only Internet gateways.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways(input *DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysInput) (*DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysWithContext is the same as DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeElasticGpus = "DescribeElasticGpus"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeElasticGpusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeElasticGpus operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeElasticGpus for more information on using the DescribeElasticGpus
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeElasticGpusRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeElasticGpusRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeElasticGpus
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeElasticGpusRequest(input *DescribeElasticGpusInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeElasticGpusOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeElasticGpus,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeElasticGpusInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeElasticGpusOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeElasticGpus API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the Elastic GPUs associated with your instances. For more information
|
|
// about Elastic GPUs, see Amazon EC2 Elastic GPUs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/elastic-gpus.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeElasticGpus for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeElasticGpus
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeElasticGpus(input *DescribeElasticGpusInput) (*DescribeElasticGpusOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeElasticGpusRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeElasticGpusWithContext is the same as DescribeElasticGpus with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeElasticGpus for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeElasticGpusWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeElasticGpusInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeElasticGpusOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeElasticGpusRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeExportTasks = "DescribeExportTasks"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeExportTasksRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeExportTasks operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeExportTasks for more information on using the DescribeExportTasks
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeExportTasksRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeExportTasksRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeExportTasks
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeExportTasksRequest(input *DescribeExportTasksInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeExportTasksOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeExportTasks,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeExportTasksInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeExportTasksOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeExportTasks API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more of your export tasks.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeExportTasks for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeExportTasks
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeExportTasks(input *DescribeExportTasksInput) (*DescribeExportTasksOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeExportTasksRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeExportTasksWithContext is the same as DescribeExportTasks with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeExportTasks for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeExportTasksWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeExportTasksInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeExportTasksOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeExportTasksRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeFlowLogs = "DescribeFlowLogs"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeFlowLogsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeFlowLogs operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeFlowLogs for more information on using the DescribeFlowLogs
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeFlowLogsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeFlowLogsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeFlowLogs
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeFlowLogsRequest(input *DescribeFlowLogsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeFlowLogsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeFlowLogs,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeFlowLogsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeFlowLogsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeFlowLogs API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more flow logs. To view the information in your flow logs
|
|
// (the log streams for the network interfaces), you must use the CloudWatch
|
|
// Logs console or the CloudWatch Logs API.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeFlowLogs for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeFlowLogs
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeFlowLogs(input *DescribeFlowLogsInput) (*DescribeFlowLogsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeFlowLogsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeFlowLogsWithContext is the same as DescribeFlowLogs with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeFlowLogs for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeFlowLogsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeFlowLogsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeFlowLogsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeFlowLogsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeFpgaImageAttribute = "DescribeFpgaImageAttribute"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeFpgaImageAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeFpgaImageAttribute operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeFpgaImageAttribute for more information on using the DescribeFpgaImageAttribute
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeFpgaImageAttributeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeFpgaImageAttributeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeFpgaImageAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeFpgaImageAttributeRequest(input *DescribeFpgaImageAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeFpgaImageAttributeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeFpgaImageAttribute,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeFpgaImageAttributeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeFpgaImageAttributeOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeFpgaImageAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the specified attribute of the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeFpgaImageAttribute for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeFpgaImageAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeFpgaImageAttribute(input *DescribeFpgaImageAttributeInput) (*DescribeFpgaImageAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeFpgaImageAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeFpgaImageAttributeWithContext is the same as DescribeFpgaImageAttribute with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeFpgaImageAttribute for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeFpgaImageAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeFpgaImageAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeFpgaImageAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeFpgaImageAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeFpgaImages = "DescribeFpgaImages"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeFpgaImagesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeFpgaImages operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeFpgaImages for more information on using the DescribeFpgaImages
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeFpgaImagesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeFpgaImagesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeFpgaImages
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeFpgaImagesRequest(input *DescribeFpgaImagesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeFpgaImagesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeFpgaImages,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeFpgaImagesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeFpgaImagesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeFpgaImages API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more available Amazon FPGA Images (AFIs). These include
|
|
// public AFIs, private AFIs that you own, and AFIs owned by other AWS accounts
|
|
// for which you have load permissions.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeFpgaImages for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeFpgaImages
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeFpgaImages(input *DescribeFpgaImagesInput) (*DescribeFpgaImagesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeFpgaImagesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeFpgaImagesWithContext is the same as DescribeFpgaImages with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeFpgaImages for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeFpgaImagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeFpgaImagesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeFpgaImagesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeFpgaImagesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeHostReservationOfferings = "DescribeHostReservationOfferings"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeHostReservationOfferingsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeHostReservationOfferings operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeHostReservationOfferings for more information on using the DescribeHostReservationOfferings
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeHostReservationOfferingsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeHostReservationOfferingsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeHostReservationOfferings
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeHostReservationOfferingsRequest(input *DescribeHostReservationOfferingsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeHostReservationOfferingsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeHostReservationOfferings,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeHostReservationOfferingsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeHostReservationOfferingsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeHostReservationOfferings API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the Dedicated Host Reservations that are available to purchase.
|
|
//
|
|
// The results describe all the Dedicated Host Reservation offerings, including
|
|
// offerings that may not match the instance family and region of your Dedicated
|
|
// Hosts. When purchasing an offering, ensure that the the instance family and
|
|
// region of the offering matches that of the Dedicated Host/s it will be associated
|
|
// with. For an overview of supported instance types, see Dedicated Hosts Overview
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/dedicated-hosts-overview.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeHostReservationOfferings for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeHostReservationOfferings
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeHostReservationOfferings(input *DescribeHostReservationOfferingsInput) (*DescribeHostReservationOfferingsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeHostReservationOfferingsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeHostReservationOfferingsWithContext is the same as DescribeHostReservationOfferings with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeHostReservationOfferings for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeHostReservationOfferingsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeHostReservationOfferingsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeHostReservationOfferingsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeHostReservationOfferingsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeHostReservations = "DescribeHostReservations"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeHostReservationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeHostReservations operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeHostReservations for more information on using the DescribeHostReservations
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeHostReservationsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeHostReservationsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeHostReservations
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeHostReservationsRequest(input *DescribeHostReservationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeHostReservationsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeHostReservations,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeHostReservationsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeHostReservationsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeHostReservations API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes Dedicated Host Reservations which are associated with Dedicated
|
|
// Hosts in your account.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeHostReservations for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeHostReservations
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeHostReservations(input *DescribeHostReservationsInput) (*DescribeHostReservationsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeHostReservationsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeHostReservationsWithContext is the same as DescribeHostReservations with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeHostReservations for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeHostReservationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeHostReservationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeHostReservationsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeHostReservationsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeHosts = "DescribeHosts"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeHostsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeHosts operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeHosts for more information on using the DescribeHosts
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeHostsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeHostsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeHosts
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeHostsRequest(input *DescribeHostsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeHostsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeHosts,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeHostsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeHostsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeHosts API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more of your Dedicated Hosts.
|
|
//
|
|
// The results describe only the Dedicated Hosts in the region you're currently
|
|
// using. All listed instances consume capacity on your Dedicated Host. Dedicated
|
|
// Hosts that have recently been released will be listed with the state released.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeHosts for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeHosts
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeHosts(input *DescribeHostsInput) (*DescribeHostsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeHostsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeHostsWithContext is the same as DescribeHosts with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeHosts for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeHostsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeHostsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeHostsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeHostsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations = "DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations for more information on using the DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsRequest(input *DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes your IAM instance profile associations.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations(input *DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsInput) (*DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsWithContext is the same as DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeIdFormat = "DescribeIdFormat"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeIdFormatRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeIdFormat operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeIdFormat for more information on using the DescribeIdFormat
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeIdFormatRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeIdFormatRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeIdFormat
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeIdFormatRequest(input *DescribeIdFormatInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeIdFormatOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeIdFormat,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeIdFormatInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeIdFormatOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeIdFormat API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the ID format settings for your resources on a per-region basis,
|
|
// for example, to view which resource types are enabled for longer IDs. This
|
|
// request only returns information about resource types whose ID formats can
|
|
// be modified; it does not return information about other resource types.
|
|
//
|
|
// The following resource types support longer IDs: bundle | conversion-task
|
|
// | dhcp-options | elastic-ip-allocation | elastic-ip-association | export-task
|
|
// | flow-log | image | import-task | instance | internet-gateway | network-acl
|
|
// | network-acl-association | network-interface | network-interface-attachment
|
|
// | prefix-list | reservation | route-table | route-table-association | security-group
|
|
// | snapshot | subnet | subnet-cidr-block-association | volume | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association
|
|
// | vpc-peering-connection.
|
|
//
|
|
// These settings apply to the IAM user who makes the request; they do not apply
|
|
// to the entire AWS account. By default, an IAM user defaults to the same settings
|
|
// as the root user, unless they explicitly override the settings by running
|
|
// the ModifyIdFormat command. Resources created with longer IDs are visible
|
|
// to all IAM users, regardless of these settings and provided that they have
|
|
// permission to use the relevant Describe command for the resource type.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeIdFormat for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeIdFormat
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeIdFormat(input *DescribeIdFormatInput) (*DescribeIdFormatOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeIdFormatRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeIdFormatWithContext is the same as DescribeIdFormat with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeIdFormat for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeIdFormatWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeIdFormatInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeIdFormatOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeIdFormatRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeIdentityIdFormat = "DescribeIdentityIdFormat"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeIdentityIdFormatRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeIdentityIdFormat operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeIdentityIdFormat for more information on using the DescribeIdentityIdFormat
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeIdentityIdFormatRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeIdentityIdFormatRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeIdentityIdFormat
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeIdentityIdFormatRequest(input *DescribeIdentityIdFormatInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeIdentityIdFormatOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeIdentityIdFormat,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeIdentityIdFormatInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeIdentityIdFormatOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeIdentityIdFormat API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the ID format settings for resources for the specified IAM user,
|
|
// IAM role, or root user. For example, you can view the resource types that
|
|
// are enabled for longer IDs. This request only returns information about resource
|
|
// types whose ID formats can be modified; it does not return information about
|
|
// other resource types. For more information, see Resource IDs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/resource-ids.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// The following resource types support longer IDs: bundle | conversion-task
|
|
// | dhcp-options | elastic-ip-allocation | elastic-ip-association | export-task
|
|
// | flow-log | image | import-task | instance | internet-gateway | network-acl
|
|
// | network-acl-association | network-interface | network-interface-attachment
|
|
// | prefix-list | reservation | route-table | route-table-association | security-group
|
|
// | snapshot | subnet | subnet-cidr-block-association | volume | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association
|
|
// | vpc-peering-connection.
|
|
//
|
|
// These settings apply to the principal specified in the request. They do not
|
|
// apply to the principal that makes the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeIdentityIdFormat for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeIdentityIdFormat
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeIdentityIdFormat(input *DescribeIdentityIdFormatInput) (*DescribeIdentityIdFormatOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeIdentityIdFormatRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeIdentityIdFormatWithContext is the same as DescribeIdentityIdFormat with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeIdentityIdFormat for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeIdentityIdFormatWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeIdentityIdFormatInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeIdentityIdFormatOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeIdentityIdFormatRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeImageAttribute = "DescribeImageAttribute"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeImageAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeImageAttribute operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeImageAttribute for more information on using the DescribeImageAttribute
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeImageAttributeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeImageAttributeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeImageAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeImageAttributeRequest(input *DescribeImageAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeImageAttributeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeImageAttribute,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeImageAttributeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeImageAttributeOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeImageAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the specified attribute of the specified AMI. You can specify only
|
|
// one attribute at a time.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeImageAttribute for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeImageAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeImageAttribute(input *DescribeImageAttributeInput) (*DescribeImageAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeImageAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeImageAttributeWithContext is the same as DescribeImageAttribute with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeImageAttribute for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeImageAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeImageAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeImageAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeImageAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeImages = "DescribeImages"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeImagesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeImages operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeImages for more information on using the DescribeImages
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeImagesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeImagesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeImages
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeImagesRequest(input *DescribeImagesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeImagesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeImages,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeImagesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeImagesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeImages API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more of the images (AMIs, AKIs, and ARIs) available to you.
|
|
// Images available to you include public images, private images that you own,
|
|
// and private images owned by other AWS accounts but for which you have explicit
|
|
// launch permissions.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deregistered images are included in the returned results for an unspecified
|
|
// interval after deregistration.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeImages for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeImages
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeImages(input *DescribeImagesInput) (*DescribeImagesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeImagesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeImagesWithContext is the same as DescribeImages with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeImages for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeImagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeImagesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeImagesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeImagesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeImportImageTasks = "DescribeImportImageTasks"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeImportImageTasksRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeImportImageTasks operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeImportImageTasks for more information on using the DescribeImportImageTasks
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeImportImageTasksRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeImportImageTasksRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeImportImageTasks
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeImportImageTasksRequest(input *DescribeImportImageTasksInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeImportImageTasksOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeImportImageTasks,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeImportImageTasksInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeImportImageTasksOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeImportImageTasks API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Displays details about an import virtual machine or import snapshot tasks
|
|
// that are already created.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeImportImageTasks for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeImportImageTasks
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeImportImageTasks(input *DescribeImportImageTasksInput) (*DescribeImportImageTasksOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeImportImageTasksRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeImportImageTasksWithContext is the same as DescribeImportImageTasks with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeImportImageTasks for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeImportImageTasksWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeImportImageTasksInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeImportImageTasksOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeImportImageTasksRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeImportSnapshotTasks = "DescribeImportSnapshotTasks"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeImportSnapshotTasksRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeImportSnapshotTasks operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeImportSnapshotTasks for more information on using the DescribeImportSnapshotTasks
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeImportSnapshotTasksRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeImportSnapshotTasksRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeImportSnapshotTasks
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeImportSnapshotTasksRequest(input *DescribeImportSnapshotTasksInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeImportSnapshotTasksOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeImportSnapshotTasks,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeImportSnapshotTasksInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeImportSnapshotTasksOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeImportSnapshotTasks API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes your import snapshot tasks.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeImportSnapshotTasks for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeImportSnapshotTasks
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeImportSnapshotTasks(input *DescribeImportSnapshotTasksInput) (*DescribeImportSnapshotTasksOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeImportSnapshotTasksRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeImportSnapshotTasksWithContext is the same as DescribeImportSnapshotTasks with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeImportSnapshotTasks for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeImportSnapshotTasksWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeImportSnapshotTasksInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeImportSnapshotTasksOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeImportSnapshotTasksRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeInstanceAttribute = "DescribeInstanceAttribute"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeInstanceAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeInstanceAttribute operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeInstanceAttribute for more information on using the DescribeInstanceAttribute
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeInstanceAttributeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeInstanceAttributeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeInstanceAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeInstanceAttributeRequest(input *DescribeInstanceAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeInstanceAttribute,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeInstanceAttributeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeInstanceAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the specified attribute of the specified instance. You can specify
|
|
// only one attribute at a time. Valid attribute values are: instanceType |
|
|
// kernel | ramdisk | userData | disableApiTermination | instanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior
|
|
// | rootDeviceName | blockDeviceMapping | productCodes | sourceDestCheck |
|
|
// groupSet | ebsOptimized | sriovNetSupport
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeInstanceAttribute for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeInstanceAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeInstanceAttribute(input *DescribeInstanceAttributeInput) (*DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeInstanceAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeInstanceAttributeWithContext is the same as DescribeInstanceAttribute with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeInstanceAttribute for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeInstanceAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeInstanceAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeInstanceAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeInstanceCreditSpecifications = "DescribeInstanceCreditSpecifications"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeInstanceCreditSpecifications operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeInstanceCreditSpecifications for more information on using the DescribeInstanceCreditSpecifications
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeInstanceCreditSpecifications
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsRequest(input *DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeInstanceCreditSpecifications,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeInstanceCreditSpecifications API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the credit option for CPU usage of one or more of your T2 instances.
|
|
// The credit options are standard and unlimited.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you do not specify an instance ID, Amazon EC2 returns only the T2 instances
|
|
// with the unlimited credit option. If you specify one or more instance IDs,
|
|
// Amazon EC2 returns the credit option (standard or unlimited) of those instances.
|
|
// If you specify an instance ID that is not valid, such as an instance that
|
|
// is not a T2 instance, an error is returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// Recently terminated instances might appear in the returned results. This
|
|
// interval is usually less than one hour.
|
|
//
|
|
// If an Availability Zone is experiencing a service disruption and you specify
|
|
// instance IDs in the affected zone, or do not specify any instance IDs at
|
|
// all, the call fails. If you specify only instance IDs in an unaffected zone,
|
|
// the call works normally.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see T2 Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/t2-instances.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeInstanceCreditSpecifications for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeInstanceCreditSpecifications
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeInstanceCreditSpecifications(input *DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsInput) (*DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsWithContext is the same as DescribeInstanceCreditSpecifications with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeInstanceCreditSpecifications for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeInstanceStatus = "DescribeInstanceStatus"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeInstanceStatusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeInstanceStatus operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeInstanceStatus for more information on using the DescribeInstanceStatus
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeInstanceStatusRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeInstanceStatusRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeInstanceStatus
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeInstanceStatusRequest(input *DescribeInstanceStatusInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeInstanceStatusOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeInstanceStatus,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeInstanceStatusInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeInstanceStatusOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeInstanceStatus API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the status of one or more instances. By default, only running instances
|
|
// are described, unless you specifically indicate to return the status of all
|
|
// instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// Instance status includes the following components:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Status checks - Amazon EC2 performs status checks on running EC2 instances
|
|
// to identify hardware and software issues. For more information, see Status
|
|
// Checks for Your Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/monitoring-system-instance-status-check.html)
|
|
// and Troubleshooting Instances with Failed Status Checks (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/TroubleshootingInstances.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Scheduled events - Amazon EC2 can schedule events (such as reboot, stop,
|
|
// or terminate) for your instances related to hardware issues, software
|
|
// updates, or system maintenance. For more information, see Scheduled Events
|
|
// for Your Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/monitoring-instances-status-check_sched.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Instance state - You can manage your instances from the moment you launch
|
|
// them through their termination. For more information, see Instance Lifecycle
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-lifecycle.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeInstanceStatus for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeInstanceStatus
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeInstanceStatus(input *DescribeInstanceStatusInput) (*DescribeInstanceStatusOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeInstanceStatusRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeInstanceStatusWithContext is the same as DescribeInstanceStatus with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeInstanceStatus for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeInstanceStatusWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeInstanceStatusInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeInstanceStatusOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeInstanceStatusRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeInstanceStatusPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeInstanceStatus operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeInstanceStatus method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeInstanceStatus operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeInstanceStatusPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeInstanceStatusOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeInstanceStatusPages(input *DescribeInstanceStatusInput, fn func(*DescribeInstanceStatusOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeInstanceStatusPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeInstanceStatusPagesWithContext same as DescribeInstanceStatusPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeInstanceStatusPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeInstanceStatusInput, fn func(*DescribeInstanceStatusOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeInstanceStatusInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeInstanceStatusRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeInstanceStatusOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeInstances = "DescribeInstances"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeInstances operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeInstances for more information on using the DescribeInstances
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeInstancesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeInstancesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeInstances
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeInstancesRequest(input *DescribeInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeInstancesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeInstances,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeInstancesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeInstancesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more of your instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify one or more instance IDs, Amazon EC2 returns information for
|
|
// those instances. If you do not specify instance IDs, Amazon EC2 returns information
|
|
// for all relevant instances. If you specify an instance ID that is not valid,
|
|
// an error is returned. If you specify an instance that you do not own, it
|
|
// is not included in the returned results.
|
|
//
|
|
// Recently terminated instances might appear in the returned results. This
|
|
// interval is usually less than one hour.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you describe instances in the rare case where an Availability Zone is
|
|
// experiencing a service disruption and you specify instance IDs that are in
|
|
// the affected zone, or do not specify any instance IDs at all, the call fails.
|
|
// If you describe instances and specify only instance IDs that are in an unaffected
|
|
// zone, the call works normally.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeInstances for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeInstances
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeInstances(input *DescribeInstancesInput) (*DescribeInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeInstancesWithContext is the same as DescribeInstances with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeInstances for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeInstancesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeInstancesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeInstancesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeInstances operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeInstances method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeInstances operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeInstancesPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeInstancesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeInstancesPages(input *DescribeInstancesInput, fn func(*DescribeInstancesOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeInstancesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeInstancesPagesWithContext same as DescribeInstancesPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeInstancesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeInstancesInput, fn func(*DescribeInstancesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeInstancesInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeInstancesRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeInstancesOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeInternetGateways = "DescribeInternetGateways"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeInternetGatewaysRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeInternetGateways operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeInternetGateways for more information on using the DescribeInternetGateways
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeInternetGatewaysRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeInternetGatewaysRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeInternetGateways
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeInternetGatewaysRequest(input *DescribeInternetGatewaysInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeInternetGatewaysOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeInternetGateways,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeInternetGatewaysInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeInternetGatewaysOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeInternetGateways API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more of your Internet gateways.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeInternetGateways for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeInternetGateways
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeInternetGateways(input *DescribeInternetGatewaysInput) (*DescribeInternetGatewaysOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeInternetGatewaysRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeInternetGatewaysWithContext is the same as DescribeInternetGateways with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeInternetGateways for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeInternetGatewaysWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeInternetGatewaysInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeInternetGatewaysOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeInternetGatewaysRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeKeyPairs = "DescribeKeyPairs"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeKeyPairsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeKeyPairs operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeKeyPairs for more information on using the DescribeKeyPairs
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeKeyPairsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeKeyPairsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeKeyPairs
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeKeyPairsRequest(input *DescribeKeyPairsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeKeyPairsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeKeyPairs,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeKeyPairsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeKeyPairsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeKeyPairs API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more of your key pairs.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about key pairs, see Key Pairs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-key-pairs.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeKeyPairs for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeKeyPairs
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeKeyPairs(input *DescribeKeyPairsInput) (*DescribeKeyPairsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeKeyPairsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeKeyPairsWithContext is the same as DescribeKeyPairs with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeKeyPairs for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeKeyPairsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeKeyPairsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeKeyPairsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeKeyPairsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeLaunchTemplateVersions = "DescribeLaunchTemplateVersions"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeLaunchTemplateVersions operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeLaunchTemplateVersions for more information on using the DescribeLaunchTemplateVersions
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeLaunchTemplateVersions
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsRequest(input *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeLaunchTemplateVersions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeLaunchTemplateVersions API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more versions of a specified launch template. You can describe
|
|
// all versions, individual versions, or a range of versions.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeLaunchTemplateVersions for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeLaunchTemplateVersions
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeLaunchTemplateVersions(input *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput) (*DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsWithContext is the same as DescribeLaunchTemplateVersions with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeLaunchTemplateVersions for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeLaunchTemplates = "DescribeLaunchTemplates"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeLaunchTemplatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeLaunchTemplates operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeLaunchTemplates for more information on using the DescribeLaunchTemplates
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeLaunchTemplatesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeLaunchTemplatesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeLaunchTemplates
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeLaunchTemplatesRequest(input *DescribeLaunchTemplatesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeLaunchTemplatesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeLaunchTemplates,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeLaunchTemplatesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeLaunchTemplatesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeLaunchTemplates API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more launch templates.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeLaunchTemplates for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeLaunchTemplates
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeLaunchTemplates(input *DescribeLaunchTemplatesInput) (*DescribeLaunchTemplatesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeLaunchTemplatesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeLaunchTemplatesWithContext is the same as DescribeLaunchTemplates with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeLaunchTemplates for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeLaunchTemplatesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeLaunchTemplatesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeLaunchTemplatesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeLaunchTemplatesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeMovingAddresses = "DescribeMovingAddresses"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeMovingAddressesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeMovingAddresses operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeMovingAddresses for more information on using the DescribeMovingAddresses
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeMovingAddressesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeMovingAddressesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeMovingAddresses
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeMovingAddressesRequest(input *DescribeMovingAddressesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeMovingAddressesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeMovingAddresses,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeMovingAddressesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeMovingAddressesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeMovingAddresses API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes your Elastic IP addresses that are being moved to the EC2-VPC platform,
|
|
// or that are being restored to the EC2-Classic platform. This request does
|
|
// not return information about any other Elastic IP addresses in your account.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeMovingAddresses for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeMovingAddresses
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeMovingAddresses(input *DescribeMovingAddressesInput) (*DescribeMovingAddressesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeMovingAddressesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeMovingAddressesWithContext is the same as DescribeMovingAddresses with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeMovingAddresses for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeMovingAddressesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeMovingAddressesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeMovingAddressesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeMovingAddressesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeNatGateways = "DescribeNatGateways"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeNatGatewaysRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeNatGateways operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeNatGateways for more information on using the DescribeNatGateways
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeNatGatewaysRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeNatGatewaysRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeNatGateways
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeNatGatewaysRequest(input *DescribeNatGatewaysInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeNatGatewaysOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeNatGateways,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeNatGatewaysInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeNatGatewaysOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeNatGateways API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more of the your NAT gateways.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeNatGateways for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeNatGateways
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeNatGateways(input *DescribeNatGatewaysInput) (*DescribeNatGatewaysOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeNatGatewaysRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeNatGatewaysWithContext is the same as DescribeNatGateways with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeNatGateways for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeNatGatewaysWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeNatGatewaysInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeNatGatewaysOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeNatGatewaysRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeNatGatewaysPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeNatGateways operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeNatGateways method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeNatGateways operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeNatGatewaysPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeNatGatewaysOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeNatGatewaysPages(input *DescribeNatGatewaysInput, fn func(*DescribeNatGatewaysOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeNatGatewaysPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeNatGatewaysPagesWithContext same as DescribeNatGatewaysPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeNatGatewaysPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeNatGatewaysInput, fn func(*DescribeNatGatewaysOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeNatGatewaysInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeNatGatewaysRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeNatGatewaysOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeNetworkAcls = "DescribeNetworkAcls"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeNetworkAclsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeNetworkAcls operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeNetworkAcls for more information on using the DescribeNetworkAcls
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeNetworkAclsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeNetworkAclsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeNetworkAcls
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeNetworkAclsRequest(input *DescribeNetworkAclsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeNetworkAclsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeNetworkAcls,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeNetworkAclsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeNetworkAclsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeNetworkAcls API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more of your network ACLs.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about network ACLs, see Network ACLs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_ACLs.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeNetworkAcls for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeNetworkAcls
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeNetworkAcls(input *DescribeNetworkAclsInput) (*DescribeNetworkAclsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeNetworkAclsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeNetworkAclsWithContext is the same as DescribeNetworkAcls with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeNetworkAcls for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeNetworkAclsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeNetworkAclsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeNetworkAclsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeNetworkAclsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute = "DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute for more information on using the DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeRequest(input *DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes a network interface attribute. You can specify only one attribute
|
|
// at a time.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute(input *DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput) (*DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeWithContext is the same as DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeNetworkInterfacePermissions = "DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissions"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissions operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissions for more information on using the DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissions
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissions
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsRequest(input *DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeNetworkInterfacePermissions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissions API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the permissions for your network interfaces.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissions for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissions
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissions(input *DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsInput) (*DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsWithContext is the same as DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissions with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissions for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeNetworkInterfaces = "DescribeNetworkInterfaces"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeNetworkInterfacesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeNetworkInterfaces operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeNetworkInterfaces for more information on using the DescribeNetworkInterfaces
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeNetworkInterfacesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeNetworkInterfacesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeNetworkInterfaces
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeNetworkInterfacesRequest(input *DescribeNetworkInterfacesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeNetworkInterfacesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeNetworkInterfaces,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeNetworkInterfacesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeNetworkInterfacesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeNetworkInterfaces API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more of your network interfaces.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeNetworkInterfaces for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeNetworkInterfaces
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeNetworkInterfaces(input *DescribeNetworkInterfacesInput) (*DescribeNetworkInterfacesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeNetworkInterfacesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeNetworkInterfacesWithContext is the same as DescribeNetworkInterfaces with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeNetworkInterfaces for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeNetworkInterfacesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeNetworkInterfacesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeNetworkInterfacesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeNetworkInterfacesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribePlacementGroups = "DescribePlacementGroups"
|
|
|
|
// DescribePlacementGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribePlacementGroups operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribePlacementGroups for more information on using the DescribePlacementGroups
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribePlacementGroupsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribePlacementGroupsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribePlacementGroups
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribePlacementGroupsRequest(input *DescribePlacementGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribePlacementGroupsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribePlacementGroups,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribePlacementGroupsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribePlacementGroupsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribePlacementGroups API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more of your placement groups. For more information, see
|
|
// Placement Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/placement-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribePlacementGroups for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribePlacementGroups
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribePlacementGroups(input *DescribePlacementGroupsInput) (*DescribePlacementGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribePlacementGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribePlacementGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribePlacementGroups with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribePlacementGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribePlacementGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribePlacementGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribePlacementGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribePlacementGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribePrefixLists = "DescribePrefixLists"
|
|
|
|
// DescribePrefixListsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribePrefixLists operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribePrefixLists for more information on using the DescribePrefixLists
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribePrefixListsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribePrefixListsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribePrefixLists
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribePrefixListsRequest(input *DescribePrefixListsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribePrefixListsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribePrefixLists,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribePrefixListsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribePrefixListsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribePrefixLists API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes available AWS services in a prefix list format, which includes
|
|
// the prefix list name and prefix list ID of the service and the IP address
|
|
// range for the service. A prefix list ID is required for creating an outbound
|
|
// security group rule that allows traffic from a VPC to access an AWS service
|
|
// through a gateway VPC endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribePrefixLists for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribePrefixLists
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribePrefixLists(input *DescribePrefixListsInput) (*DescribePrefixListsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribePrefixListsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribePrefixListsWithContext is the same as DescribePrefixLists with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribePrefixLists for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribePrefixListsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribePrefixListsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribePrefixListsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribePrefixListsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribePrincipalIdFormat = "DescribePrincipalIdFormat"
|
|
|
|
// DescribePrincipalIdFormatRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribePrincipalIdFormat operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribePrincipalIdFormat for more information on using the DescribePrincipalIdFormat
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribePrincipalIdFormatRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribePrincipalIdFormatRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribePrincipalIdFormat
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribePrincipalIdFormatRequest(input *DescribePrincipalIdFormatInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribePrincipalIdFormatOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribePrincipalIdFormat,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribePrincipalIdFormatInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribePrincipalIdFormatOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribePrincipalIdFormat API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the ID format settings for the root user and all IAM roles and
|
|
// IAM users that have explicitly specified a longer ID (17-character ID) preference.
|
|
//
|
|
// By default, all IAM roles and IAM users default to the same ID settings as
|
|
// the root user, unless they explicitly override the settings. This request
|
|
// is useful for identifying those IAM users and IAM roles that have overridden
|
|
// the default ID settings.
|
|
//
|
|
// The following resource types support longer IDs: bundle | conversion-task
|
|
// | dhcp-options | elastic-ip-allocation | elastic-ip-association | export-task
|
|
// | flow-log | image | import-task | instance | internet-gateway | network-acl
|
|
// | network-acl-association | network-interface | network-interface-attachment
|
|
// | prefix-list | reservation | route-table | route-table-association | security-group
|
|
// | snapshot | subnet | subnet-cidr-block-association | volume | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association
|
|
// | vpc-peering-connection.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribePrincipalIdFormat for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribePrincipalIdFormat
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribePrincipalIdFormat(input *DescribePrincipalIdFormatInput) (*DescribePrincipalIdFormatOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribePrincipalIdFormatRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribePrincipalIdFormatWithContext is the same as DescribePrincipalIdFormat with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribePrincipalIdFormat for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribePrincipalIdFormatWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribePrincipalIdFormatInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribePrincipalIdFormatOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribePrincipalIdFormatRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeRegions = "DescribeRegions"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeRegionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeRegions operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeRegions for more information on using the DescribeRegions
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeRegionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeRegionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeRegions
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeRegionsRequest(input *DescribeRegionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeRegionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeRegions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeRegionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeRegionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeRegions API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more regions that are currently available to you.
|
|
//
|
|
// For a list of the regions supported by Amazon EC2, see Regions and Endpoints
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#ec2_region).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeRegions for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeRegions
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeRegions(input *DescribeRegionsInput) (*DescribeRegionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeRegionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeRegionsWithContext is the same as DescribeRegions with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeRegions for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeRegionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeRegionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeRegionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeRegionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeReservedInstances = "DescribeReservedInstances"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeReservedInstances operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReservedInstances for more information on using the DescribeReservedInstances
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeReservedInstancesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeReservedInstancesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeReservedInstances
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeReservedInstancesRequest(input *DescribeReservedInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservedInstancesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeReservedInstances,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeReservedInstancesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeReservedInstancesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more of the Reserved Instances that you purchased.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about Reserved Instances, see Reserved Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/concepts-on-demand-reserved-instances.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeReservedInstances for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeReservedInstances
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeReservedInstances(input *DescribeReservedInstancesInput) (*DescribeReservedInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeReservedInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedInstancesWithContext is the same as DescribeReservedInstances with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReservedInstances for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeReservedInstancesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedInstancesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeReservedInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeReservedInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeReservedInstancesListings = "DescribeReservedInstancesListings"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedInstancesListingsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeReservedInstancesListings operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReservedInstancesListings for more information on using the DescribeReservedInstancesListings
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeReservedInstancesListingsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeReservedInstancesListingsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeReservedInstancesListings
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeReservedInstancesListingsRequest(input *DescribeReservedInstancesListingsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservedInstancesListingsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeReservedInstancesListings,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeReservedInstancesListingsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeReservedInstancesListingsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedInstancesListings API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes your account's Reserved Instance listings in the Reserved Instance
|
|
// Marketplace.
|
|
//
|
|
// The Reserved Instance Marketplace matches sellers who want to resell Reserved
|
|
// Instance capacity that they no longer need with buyers who want to purchase
|
|
// additional capacity. Reserved Instances bought and sold through the Reserved
|
|
// Instance Marketplace work like any other Reserved Instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// As a seller, you choose to list some or all of your Reserved Instances, and
|
|
// you specify the upfront price to receive for them. Your Reserved Instances
|
|
// are then listed in the Reserved Instance Marketplace and are available for
|
|
// purchase.
|
|
//
|
|
// As a buyer, you specify the configuration of the Reserved Instance to purchase,
|
|
// and the Marketplace matches what you're searching for with what's available.
|
|
// The Marketplace first sells the lowest priced Reserved Instances to you,
|
|
// and continues to sell available Reserved Instance listings to you until your
|
|
// demand is met. You are charged based on the total price of all of the listings
|
|
// that you purchase.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see Reserved Instance Marketplace (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-market-general.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeReservedInstancesListings for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeReservedInstancesListings
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeReservedInstancesListings(input *DescribeReservedInstancesListingsInput) (*DescribeReservedInstancesListingsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeReservedInstancesListingsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedInstancesListingsWithContext is the same as DescribeReservedInstancesListings with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReservedInstancesListings for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeReservedInstancesListingsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedInstancesListingsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeReservedInstancesListingsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeReservedInstancesListingsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeReservedInstancesModifications = "DescribeReservedInstancesModifications"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeReservedInstancesModifications operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReservedInstancesModifications for more information on using the DescribeReservedInstancesModifications
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeReservedInstancesModifications
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsRequest(input *DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeReservedInstancesModifications,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
|
LimitToken: "",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedInstancesModifications API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the modifications made to your Reserved Instances. If no parameter
|
|
// is specified, information about all your Reserved Instances modification
|
|
// requests is returned. If a modification ID is specified, only information
|
|
// about the specific modification is returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see Modifying Reserved Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-modifying.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeReservedInstancesModifications for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeReservedInstancesModifications
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeReservedInstancesModifications(input *DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsInput) (*DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsWithContext is the same as DescribeReservedInstancesModifications with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReservedInstancesModifications for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeReservedInstancesModifications operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReservedInstancesModifications method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeReservedInstancesModifications operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsPages(input *DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsInput, fn func(*DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsPagesWithContext same as DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsInput, fn func(*DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeReservedInstancesOfferings = "DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings for more information on using the DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsRequest(input *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeReservedInstancesOfferings,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes Reserved Instance offerings that are available for purchase. With
|
|
// Reserved Instances, you purchase the right to launch instances for a period
|
|
// of time. During that time period, you do not receive insufficient capacity
|
|
// errors, and you pay a lower usage rate than the rate charged for On-Demand
|
|
// instances for the actual time used.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you have listed your own Reserved Instances for sale in the Reserved Instance
|
|
// Marketplace, they will be excluded from these results. This is to ensure
|
|
// that you do not purchase your own Reserved Instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see Reserved Instance Marketplace (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-market-general.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings(input *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput) (*DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsWithContext is the same as DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsPages(input *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput, fn func(*DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsPagesWithContext same as DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput, fn func(*DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeRouteTables = "DescribeRouteTables"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeRouteTablesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeRouteTables operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeRouteTables for more information on using the DescribeRouteTables
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeRouteTablesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeRouteTablesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeRouteTables
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeRouteTablesRequest(input *DescribeRouteTablesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeRouteTablesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeRouteTables,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeRouteTablesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeRouteTablesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeRouteTables API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more of your route tables.
|
|
//
|
|
// Each subnet in your VPC must be associated with a route table. If a subnet
|
|
// is not explicitly associated with any route table, it is implicitly associated
|
|
// with the main route table. This command does not return the subnet ID for
|
|
// implicit associations.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about route tables, see Route Tables (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_Route_Tables.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeRouteTables for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeRouteTables
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeRouteTables(input *DescribeRouteTablesInput) (*DescribeRouteTablesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeRouteTablesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeRouteTablesWithContext is the same as DescribeRouteTables with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeRouteTables for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeRouteTablesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeRouteTablesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeRouteTablesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeRouteTablesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability = "DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability for more information on using the DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityRequest(input *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Finds available schedules that meet the specified criteria.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can search for an available schedule no more than 3 months in advance.
|
|
// You must meet the minimum required duration of 1,200 hours per year. For
|
|
// example, the minimum daily schedule is 4 hours, the minimum weekly schedule
|
|
// is 24 hours, and the minimum monthly schedule is 100 hours.
|
|
//
|
|
// After you find a schedule that meets your needs, call PurchaseScheduledInstances
|
|
// to purchase Scheduled Instances with that schedule.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability(input *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput) (*DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityWithContext is the same as DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeScheduledInstances = "DescribeScheduledInstances"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeScheduledInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeScheduledInstances operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeScheduledInstances for more information on using the DescribeScheduledInstances
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeScheduledInstancesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeScheduledInstancesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeScheduledInstances
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeScheduledInstancesRequest(input *DescribeScheduledInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeScheduledInstancesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeScheduledInstances,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeScheduledInstancesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeScheduledInstancesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeScheduledInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more of your Scheduled Instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeScheduledInstances for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeScheduledInstances
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeScheduledInstances(input *DescribeScheduledInstancesInput) (*DescribeScheduledInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeScheduledInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeScheduledInstancesWithContext is the same as DescribeScheduledInstances with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeScheduledInstances for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeScheduledInstancesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeScheduledInstancesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeScheduledInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeScheduledInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeSecurityGroupReferences = "DescribeSecurityGroupReferences"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeSecurityGroupReferences operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSecurityGroupReferences for more information on using the DescribeSecurityGroupReferences
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeSecurityGroupReferences
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesRequest(input *DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeSecurityGroupReferences,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSecurityGroupReferences API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// [EC2-VPC only] Describes the VPCs on the other side of a VPC peering connection
|
|
// that are referencing the security groups you've specified in this request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeSecurityGroupReferences for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeSecurityGroupReferences
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSecurityGroupReferences(input *DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesInput) (*DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesWithContext is the same as DescribeSecurityGroupReferences with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSecurityGroupReferences for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeSecurityGroups = "DescribeSecurityGroups"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSecurityGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeSecurityGroups operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSecurityGroups for more information on using the DescribeSecurityGroups
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeSecurityGroupsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeSecurityGroupsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeSecurityGroups
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSecurityGroupsRequest(input *DescribeSecurityGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeSecurityGroupsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeSecurityGroups,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeSecurityGroupsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeSecurityGroupsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSecurityGroups API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more of your security groups.
|
|
//
|
|
// A security group is for use with instances either in the EC2-Classic platform
|
|
// or in a specific VPC. For more information, see Amazon EC2 Security Groups
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-network-security.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide and Security Groups for Your
|
|
// VPC (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_SecurityGroups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeSecurityGroups for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeSecurityGroups
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSecurityGroups(input *DescribeSecurityGroupsInput) (*DescribeSecurityGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeSecurityGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSecurityGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeSecurityGroups with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSecurityGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSecurityGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSecurityGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeSecurityGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeSecurityGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeSnapshotAttribute = "DescribeSnapshotAttribute"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSnapshotAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeSnapshotAttribute operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSnapshotAttribute for more information on using the DescribeSnapshotAttribute
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeSnapshotAttributeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeSnapshotAttributeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeSnapshotAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *DescribeSnapshotAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeSnapshotAttributeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeSnapshotAttribute,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeSnapshotAttributeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeSnapshotAttributeOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSnapshotAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the specified attribute of the specified snapshot. You can specify
|
|
// only one attribute at a time.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about EBS snapshots, see Amazon EBS Snapshots (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSSnapshots.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeSnapshotAttribute for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeSnapshotAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSnapshotAttribute(input *DescribeSnapshotAttributeInput) (*DescribeSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeSnapshotAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSnapshotAttributeWithContext is the same as DescribeSnapshotAttribute with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSnapshotAttribute for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSnapshotAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSnapshotAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeSnapshotAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeSnapshots = "DescribeSnapshots"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSnapshotsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeSnapshots operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSnapshots for more information on using the DescribeSnapshots
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeSnapshotsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeSnapshotsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeSnapshots
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeSnapshotsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeSnapshotsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeSnapshots,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeSnapshotsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeSnapshotsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSnapshots API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more of the EBS snapshots available to you. Available snapshots
|
|
// include public snapshots available for any AWS account to launch, private
|
|
// snapshots that you own, and private snapshots owned by another AWS account
|
|
// but for which you've been given explicit create volume permissions.
|
|
//
|
|
// The create volume permissions fall into the following categories:
|
|
//
|
|
// * public: The owner of the snapshot granted create volume permissions
|
|
// for the snapshot to the all group. All AWS accounts have create volume
|
|
// permissions for these snapshots.
|
|
//
|
|
// * explicit: The owner of the snapshot granted create volume permissions
|
|
// to a specific AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// * implicit: An AWS account has implicit create volume permissions for
|
|
// all snapshots it owns.
|
|
//
|
|
// The list of snapshots returned can be modified by specifying snapshot IDs,
|
|
// snapshot owners, or AWS accounts with create volume permissions. If no options
|
|
// are specified, Amazon EC2 returns all snapshots for which you have create
|
|
// volume permissions.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify one or more snapshot IDs, only snapshots that have the specified
|
|
// IDs are returned. If you specify an invalid snapshot ID, an error is returned.
|
|
// If you specify a snapshot ID for which you do not have access, it is not
|
|
// included in the returned results.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify one or more snapshot owners using the OwnerIds option, only
|
|
// snapshots from the specified owners and for which you have access are returned.
|
|
// The results can include the AWS account IDs of the specified owners, amazon
|
|
// for snapshots owned by Amazon, or self for snapshots that you own.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify a list of restorable users, only snapshots with create snapshot
|
|
// permissions for those users are returned. You can specify AWS account IDs
|
|
// (if you own the snapshots), self for snapshots for which you own or have
|
|
// explicit permissions, or all for public snapshots.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you are describing a long list of snapshots, you can paginate the output
|
|
// to make the list more manageable. The MaxResults parameter sets the maximum
|
|
// number of results returned in a single page. If the list of results exceeds
|
|
// your MaxResults value, then that number of results is returned along with
|
|
// a NextToken value that can be passed to a subsequent DescribeSnapshots request
|
|
// to retrieve the remaining results.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about EBS snapshots, see Amazon EBS Snapshots (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSSnapshots.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeSnapshots for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeSnapshots
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSnapshots(input *DescribeSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeSnapshotsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeSnapshotsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSnapshotsWithContext is the same as DescribeSnapshots with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSnapshots for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSnapshotsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSnapshotsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeSnapshotsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeSnapshotsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSnapshotsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeSnapshots operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSnapshots method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeSnapshots operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeSnapshotsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeSnapshotsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSnapshotsPages(input *DescribeSnapshotsInput, fn func(*DescribeSnapshotsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeSnapshotsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSnapshotsPagesWithContext same as DescribeSnapshotsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSnapshotsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSnapshotsInput, fn func(*DescribeSnapshotsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeSnapshotsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeSnapshotsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeSnapshotsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription = "DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription for more information on using the DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionRequest(input *DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the data feed for Spot Instances. For more information, see Spot
|
|
// Instance Data Feed (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-data-feeds.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription(input *DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput) (*DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionWithContext is the same as DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeSpotFleetInstances = "DescribeSpotFleetInstances"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSpotFleetInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeSpotFleetInstances operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSpotFleetInstances for more information on using the DescribeSpotFleetInstances
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeSpotFleetInstancesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeSpotFleetInstancesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeSpotFleetInstances
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotFleetInstancesRequest(input *DescribeSpotFleetInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeSpotFleetInstancesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeSpotFleetInstances,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeSpotFleetInstancesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeSpotFleetInstancesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSpotFleetInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the running instances for the specified Spot Fleet.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeSpotFleetInstances for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeSpotFleetInstances
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotFleetInstances(input *DescribeSpotFleetInstancesInput) (*DescribeSpotFleetInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeSpotFleetInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSpotFleetInstancesWithContext is the same as DescribeSpotFleetInstances with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSpotFleetInstances for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotFleetInstancesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSpotFleetInstancesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeSpotFleetInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeSpotFleetInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory = "DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory for more information on using the DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryRequest(input *DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the events for the specified Spot Fleet request during the specified
|
|
// time.
|
|
//
|
|
// Spot Fleet events are delayed by up to 30 seconds before they can be described.
|
|
// This ensures that you can query by the last evaluated time and not miss a
|
|
// recorded event.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory(input *DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryInput) (*DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryWithContext is the same as DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeSpotFleetRequests = "DescribeSpotFleetRequests"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSpotFleetRequestsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeSpotFleetRequests operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSpotFleetRequests for more information on using the DescribeSpotFleetRequests
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeSpotFleetRequestsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeSpotFleetRequestsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeSpotFleetRequests
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotFleetRequestsRequest(input *DescribeSpotFleetRequestsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeSpotFleetRequestsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeSpotFleetRequests,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeSpotFleetRequestsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeSpotFleetRequestsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSpotFleetRequests API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes your Spot Fleet requests.
|
|
//
|
|
// Spot Fleet requests are deleted 48 hours after they are canceled and their
|
|
// instances are terminated.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeSpotFleetRequests for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeSpotFleetRequests
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotFleetRequests(input *DescribeSpotFleetRequestsInput) (*DescribeSpotFleetRequestsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeSpotFleetRequestsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSpotFleetRequestsWithContext is the same as DescribeSpotFleetRequests with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSpotFleetRequests for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotFleetRequestsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSpotFleetRequestsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeSpotFleetRequestsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeSpotFleetRequestsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSpotFleetRequestsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeSpotFleetRequests operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSpotFleetRequests method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeSpotFleetRequests operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeSpotFleetRequestsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeSpotFleetRequestsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotFleetRequestsPages(input *DescribeSpotFleetRequestsInput, fn func(*DescribeSpotFleetRequestsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeSpotFleetRequestsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSpotFleetRequestsPagesWithContext same as DescribeSpotFleetRequestsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotFleetRequestsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSpotFleetRequestsInput, fn func(*DescribeSpotFleetRequestsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeSpotFleetRequestsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeSpotFleetRequestsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeSpotFleetRequestsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeSpotInstanceRequests = "DescribeSpotInstanceRequests"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeSpotInstanceRequests operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSpotInstanceRequests for more information on using the DescribeSpotInstanceRequests
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeSpotInstanceRequests
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsRequest(input *DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeSpotInstanceRequests,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSpotInstanceRequests API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the Spot Instance requests that belong to your account. Spot Instances
|
|
// are instances that Amazon EC2 launches when the Spot price that you specify
|
|
// exceeds the current Spot price. For more information, see Spot Instance Requests
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-requests.html) in
|
|
// the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can use DescribeSpotInstanceRequests to find a running Spot Instance
|
|
// by examining the response. If the status of the Spot Instance is fulfilled,
|
|
// the instance ID appears in the response and contains the identifier of the
|
|
// instance. Alternatively, you can use DescribeInstances with a filter to look
|
|
// for instances where the instance lifecycle is spot.
|
|
//
|
|
// Spot Instance requests are deleted 4 hours after they are canceled and their
|
|
// instances are terminated.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeSpotInstanceRequests for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeSpotInstanceRequests
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotInstanceRequests(input *DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsInput) (*DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsWithContext is the same as DescribeSpotInstanceRequests with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSpotInstanceRequests for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeSpotPriceHistory = "DescribeSpotPriceHistory"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSpotPriceHistoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeSpotPriceHistory operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSpotPriceHistory for more information on using the DescribeSpotPriceHistory
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeSpotPriceHistoryRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeSpotPriceHistoryRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeSpotPriceHistory
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotPriceHistoryRequest(input *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeSpotPriceHistory,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeSpotPriceHistoryOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSpotPriceHistory API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the Spot price history. For more information, see Spot Instance
|
|
// Pricing History (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-spot-instances-history.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// When you specify a start and end time, this operation returns the prices
|
|
// of the instance types within the time range that you specified and the time
|
|
// when the price changed. The price is valid within the time period that you
|
|
// specified; the response merely indicates the last time that the price changed.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeSpotPriceHistory for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeSpotPriceHistory
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotPriceHistory(input *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput) (*DescribeSpotPriceHistoryOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeSpotPriceHistoryRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSpotPriceHistoryWithContext is the same as DescribeSpotPriceHistory with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSpotPriceHistory for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotPriceHistoryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeSpotPriceHistoryOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeSpotPriceHistoryRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSpotPriceHistoryPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeSpotPriceHistory operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSpotPriceHistory method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeSpotPriceHistory operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeSpotPriceHistoryPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotPriceHistoryPages(input *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput, fn func(*DescribeSpotPriceHistoryOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeSpotPriceHistoryPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSpotPriceHistoryPagesWithContext same as DescribeSpotPriceHistoryPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotPriceHistoryPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput, fn func(*DescribeSpotPriceHistoryOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeSpotPriceHistoryRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeSpotPriceHistoryOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeStaleSecurityGroups = "DescribeStaleSecurityGroups"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeStaleSecurityGroups operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeStaleSecurityGroups for more information on using the DescribeStaleSecurityGroups
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeStaleSecurityGroups
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsRequest(input *DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeStaleSecurityGroups,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeStaleSecurityGroups API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// [EC2-VPC only] Describes the stale security group rules for security groups
|
|
// in a specified VPC. Rules are stale when they reference a deleted security
|
|
// group in a peer VPC, or a security group in a peer VPC for which the VPC
|
|
// peering connection has been deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeStaleSecurityGroups for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeStaleSecurityGroups
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeStaleSecurityGroups(input *DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsInput) (*DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeStaleSecurityGroups with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeStaleSecurityGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeSubnets = "DescribeSubnets"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSubnetsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeSubnets operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSubnets for more information on using the DescribeSubnets
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeSubnetsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeSubnetsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeSubnets
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSubnetsRequest(input *DescribeSubnetsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeSubnetsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeSubnets,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeSubnetsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeSubnetsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSubnets API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more of your subnets.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about subnets, see Your VPC and Subnets (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_Subnets.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeSubnets for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeSubnets
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSubnets(input *DescribeSubnetsInput) (*DescribeSubnetsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeSubnetsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSubnetsWithContext is the same as DescribeSubnets with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSubnets for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeSubnetsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSubnetsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeSubnetsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeSubnetsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeTags = "DescribeTags"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeTags operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeTags for more information on using the DescribeTags
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeTagsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeTagsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeTags
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeTagsRequest(input *DescribeTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeTagsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeTags,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeTagsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeTagsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeTags API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more of the tags for your EC2 resources.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about tags, see Tagging Your Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeTags for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeTags
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeTags(input *DescribeTagsInput) (*DescribeTagsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeTagsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeTagsWithContext is the same as DescribeTags with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeTags for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeTagsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeTagsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeTagsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeTags operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeTags method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeTags operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeTagsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeTagsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeTagsPages(input *DescribeTagsInput, fn func(*DescribeTagsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeTagsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeTagsPagesWithContext same as DescribeTagsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeTagsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeTagsInput, fn func(*DescribeTagsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeTagsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeTagsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeTagsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeVolumeAttribute = "DescribeVolumeAttribute"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVolumeAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeVolumeAttribute operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVolumeAttribute for more information on using the DescribeVolumeAttribute
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeVolumeAttributeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeVolumeAttributeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVolumeAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVolumeAttributeRequest(input *DescribeVolumeAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeVolumeAttributeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeVolumeAttribute,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeVolumeAttributeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeVolumeAttributeOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVolumeAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the specified attribute of the specified volume. You can specify
|
|
// only one attribute at a time.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about EBS volumes, see Amazon EBS Volumes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSVolumes.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeVolumeAttribute for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVolumeAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVolumeAttribute(input *DescribeVolumeAttributeInput) (*DescribeVolumeAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVolumeAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVolumeAttributeWithContext is the same as DescribeVolumeAttribute with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVolumeAttribute for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVolumeAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeVolumeAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeVolumeAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVolumeAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeVolumeStatus = "DescribeVolumeStatus"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVolumeStatusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeVolumeStatus operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVolumeStatus for more information on using the DescribeVolumeStatus
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeVolumeStatusRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeVolumeStatusRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVolumeStatus
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVolumeStatusRequest(input *DescribeVolumeStatusInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeVolumeStatusOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeVolumeStatus,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeVolumeStatusInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeVolumeStatusOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVolumeStatus API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the status of the specified volumes. Volume status provides the
|
|
// result of the checks performed on your volumes to determine events that can
|
|
// impair the performance of your volumes. The performance of a volume can be
|
|
// affected if an issue occurs on the volume's underlying host. If the volume's
|
|
// underlying host experiences a power outage or system issue, after the system
|
|
// is restored, there could be data inconsistencies on the volume. Volume events
|
|
// notify you if this occurs. Volume actions notify you if any action needs
|
|
// to be taken in response to the event.
|
|
//
|
|
// The DescribeVolumeStatus operation provides the following information about
|
|
// the specified volumes:
|
|
//
|
|
// Status: Reflects the current status of the volume. The possible values are
|
|
// ok, impaired , warning, or insufficient-data. If all checks pass, the overall
|
|
// status of the volume is ok. If the check fails, the overall status is impaired.
|
|
// If the status is insufficient-data, then the checks may still be taking place
|
|
// on your volume at the time. We recommend that you retry the request. For
|
|
// more information on volume status, see Monitoring the Status of Your Volumes
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/monitoring-volume-status.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Events: Reflect the cause of a volume status and may require you to take
|
|
// action. For example, if your volume returns an impaired status, then the
|
|
// volume event might be potential-data-inconsistency. This means that your
|
|
// volume has been affected by an issue with the underlying host, has all I/O
|
|
// operations disabled, and may have inconsistent data.
|
|
//
|
|
// Actions: Reflect the actions you may have to take in response to an event.
|
|
// For example, if the status of the volume is impaired and the volume event
|
|
// shows potential-data-inconsistency, then the action shows enable-volume-io.
|
|
// This means that you may want to enable the I/O operations for the volume
|
|
// by calling the EnableVolumeIO action and then check the volume for data consistency.
|
|
//
|
|
// Volume status is based on the volume status checks, and does not reflect
|
|
// the volume state. Therefore, volume status does not indicate volumes in the
|
|
// error state (for example, when a volume is incapable of accepting I/O.)
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeVolumeStatus for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVolumeStatus
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVolumeStatus(input *DescribeVolumeStatusInput) (*DescribeVolumeStatusOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVolumeStatusRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVolumeStatusWithContext is the same as DescribeVolumeStatus with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVolumeStatus for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVolumeStatusWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeVolumeStatusInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeVolumeStatusOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVolumeStatusRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVolumeStatusPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeVolumeStatus operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVolumeStatus method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeVolumeStatus operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeVolumeStatusPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeVolumeStatusOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVolumeStatusPages(input *DescribeVolumeStatusInput, fn func(*DescribeVolumeStatusOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeVolumeStatusPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVolumeStatusPagesWithContext same as DescribeVolumeStatusPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVolumeStatusPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeVolumeStatusInput, fn func(*DescribeVolumeStatusOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeVolumeStatusInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeVolumeStatusRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeVolumeStatusOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeVolumes = "DescribeVolumes"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVolumesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeVolumes operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVolumes for more information on using the DescribeVolumes
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeVolumesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeVolumesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVolumes
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVolumesRequest(input *DescribeVolumesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeVolumesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeVolumes,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeVolumesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeVolumesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVolumes API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the specified EBS volumes.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you are describing a long list of volumes, you can paginate the output
|
|
// to make the list more manageable. The MaxResults parameter sets the maximum
|
|
// number of results returned in a single page. If the list of results exceeds
|
|
// your MaxResults value, then that number of results is returned along with
|
|
// a NextToken value that can be passed to a subsequent DescribeVolumes request
|
|
// to retrieve the remaining results.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about EBS volumes, see Amazon EBS Volumes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSVolumes.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeVolumes for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVolumes
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVolumes(input *DescribeVolumesInput) (*DescribeVolumesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVolumesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVolumesWithContext is the same as DescribeVolumes with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVolumes for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVolumesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeVolumesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeVolumesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVolumesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVolumesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeVolumes operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVolumes method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeVolumes operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeVolumesPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeVolumesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVolumesPages(input *DescribeVolumesInput, fn func(*DescribeVolumesOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeVolumesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVolumesPagesWithContext same as DescribeVolumesPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVolumesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeVolumesInput, fn func(*DescribeVolumesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeVolumesInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeVolumesRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeVolumesOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeVolumesModifications = "DescribeVolumesModifications"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVolumesModificationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeVolumesModifications operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVolumesModifications for more information on using the DescribeVolumesModifications
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeVolumesModificationsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeVolumesModificationsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVolumesModifications
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVolumesModificationsRequest(input *DescribeVolumesModificationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeVolumesModificationsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeVolumesModifications,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeVolumesModificationsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeVolumesModificationsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVolumesModifications API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Reports the current modification status of EBS volumes.
|
|
//
|
|
// Current-generation EBS volumes support modification of attributes including
|
|
// type, size, and (for io1 volumes) IOPS provisioning while either attached
|
|
// to or detached from an instance. Following an action from the API or the
|
|
// console to modify a volume, the status of the modification may be modifying,
|
|
// optimizing, completed, or failed. If a volume has never been modified, then
|
|
// certain elements of the returned VolumeModification objects are null.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can also use CloudWatch Events to check the status of a modification
|
|
// to an EBS volume. For information about CloudWatch Events, see the Amazon
|
|
// CloudWatch Events User Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/events/).
|
|
// For more information, see Monitoring Volume Modifications" (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-expand-volume.html#monitoring_mods).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeVolumesModifications for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVolumesModifications
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVolumesModifications(input *DescribeVolumesModificationsInput) (*DescribeVolumesModificationsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVolumesModificationsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVolumesModificationsWithContext is the same as DescribeVolumesModifications with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVolumesModifications for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVolumesModificationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeVolumesModificationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeVolumesModificationsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVolumesModificationsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeVpcAttribute = "DescribeVpcAttribute"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeVpcAttribute operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVpcAttribute for more information on using the DescribeVpcAttribute
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeVpcAttributeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeVpcAttributeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVpcAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcAttributeRequest(input *DescribeVpcAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeVpcAttributeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeVpcAttribute,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeVpcAttributeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeVpcAttributeOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the specified attribute of the specified VPC. You can specify only
|
|
// one attribute at a time.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeVpcAttribute for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVpcAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcAttribute(input *DescribeVpcAttributeInput) (*DescribeVpcAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVpcAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcAttributeWithContext is the same as DescribeVpcAttribute with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVpcAttribute for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeVpcAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeVpcAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVpcAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeVpcClassicLink = "DescribeVpcClassicLink"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcClassicLinkRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeVpcClassicLink operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVpcClassicLink for more information on using the DescribeVpcClassicLink
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeVpcClassicLinkRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeVpcClassicLinkRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVpcClassicLink
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcClassicLinkRequest(input *DescribeVpcClassicLinkInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeVpcClassicLinkOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeVpcClassicLink,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeVpcClassicLinkInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeVpcClassicLinkOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcClassicLink API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the ClassicLink status of one or more VPCs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeVpcClassicLink for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVpcClassicLink
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcClassicLink(input *DescribeVpcClassicLinkInput) (*DescribeVpcClassicLinkOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVpcClassicLinkRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcClassicLinkWithContext is the same as DescribeVpcClassicLink with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVpcClassicLink for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcClassicLinkWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeVpcClassicLinkInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeVpcClassicLinkOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVpcClassicLinkRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport = "DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport for more information on using the DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportRequest(input *DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the ClassicLink DNS support status of one or more VPCs. If enabled,
|
|
// the DNS hostname of a linked EC2-Classic instance resolves to its private
|
|
// IP address when addressed from an instance in the VPC to which it's linked.
|
|
// Similarly, the DNS hostname of an instance in a VPC resolves to its private
|
|
// IP address when addressed from a linked EC2-Classic instance. For more information,
|
|
// see ClassicLink (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/vpc-classiclink.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport(input *DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput) (*DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportWithContext is the same as DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications = "DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications for more information on using the DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsRequest(input *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the connection notifications for VPC endpoints and VPC endpoint
|
|
// services.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications(input *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput) (*DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsWithContext is the same as DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeVpcEndpointConnections = "DescribeVpcEndpointConnections"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeVpcEndpointConnections operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVpcEndpointConnections for more information on using the DescribeVpcEndpointConnections
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVpcEndpointConnections
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsRequest(input *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeVpcEndpointConnections,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcEndpointConnections API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the VPC endpoint connections to your VPC endpoint services, including
|
|
// any endpoints that are pending your acceptance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeVpcEndpointConnections for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVpcEndpointConnections
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcEndpointConnections(input *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsInput) (*DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsWithContext is the same as DescribeVpcEndpointConnections with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVpcEndpointConnections for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations = "DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations for more information on using the DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsRequest(input *DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the VPC endpoint service configurations in your account (your services).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations(input *DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput) (*DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsWithContext is the same as DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissions = "DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissions"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissions operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissions for more information on using the DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissions
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissions
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsRequest(input *DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissions API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the principals (service consumers) that are permitted to discover
|
|
// your VPC endpoint service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissions for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissions
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissions(input *DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput) (*DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsWithContext is the same as DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissions with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissions for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeVpcEndpointServices = "DescribeVpcEndpointServices"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcEndpointServicesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeVpcEndpointServices operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVpcEndpointServices for more information on using the DescribeVpcEndpointServices
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeVpcEndpointServicesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeVpcEndpointServicesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVpcEndpointServices
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcEndpointServicesRequest(input *DescribeVpcEndpointServicesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeVpcEndpointServicesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeVpcEndpointServices,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeVpcEndpointServicesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeVpcEndpointServicesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcEndpointServices API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes available services to which you can create a VPC endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeVpcEndpointServices for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVpcEndpointServices
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcEndpointServices(input *DescribeVpcEndpointServicesInput) (*DescribeVpcEndpointServicesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVpcEndpointServicesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcEndpointServicesWithContext is the same as DescribeVpcEndpointServices with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVpcEndpointServices for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcEndpointServicesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeVpcEndpointServicesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeVpcEndpointServicesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVpcEndpointServicesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeVpcEndpoints = "DescribeVpcEndpoints"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcEndpointsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeVpcEndpoints operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVpcEndpoints for more information on using the DescribeVpcEndpoints
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeVpcEndpointsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeVpcEndpointsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVpcEndpoints
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcEndpointsRequest(input *DescribeVpcEndpointsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeVpcEndpointsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeVpcEndpoints,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeVpcEndpointsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeVpcEndpointsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcEndpoints API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more of your VPC endpoints.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeVpcEndpoints for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVpcEndpoints
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcEndpoints(input *DescribeVpcEndpointsInput) (*DescribeVpcEndpointsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVpcEndpointsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcEndpointsWithContext is the same as DescribeVpcEndpoints with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVpcEndpoints for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcEndpointsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeVpcEndpointsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeVpcEndpointsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVpcEndpointsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeVpcPeeringConnections = "DescribeVpcPeeringConnections"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeVpcPeeringConnections operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVpcPeeringConnections for more information on using the DescribeVpcPeeringConnections
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVpcPeeringConnections
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsRequest(input *DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeVpcPeeringConnections,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcPeeringConnections API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more of your VPC peering connections.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeVpcPeeringConnections for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVpcPeeringConnections
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcPeeringConnections(input *DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsInput) (*DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsWithContext is the same as DescribeVpcPeeringConnections with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVpcPeeringConnections for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeVpcs = "DescribeVpcs"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeVpcs operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVpcs for more information on using the DescribeVpcs
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeVpcsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeVpcsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVpcs
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcsRequest(input *DescribeVpcsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeVpcsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeVpcs,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeVpcsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeVpcsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcs API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more of your VPCs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeVpcs for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVpcs
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcs(input *DescribeVpcsInput) (*DescribeVpcsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVpcsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpcsWithContext is the same as DescribeVpcs with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVpcs for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeVpcsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeVpcsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVpcsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeVpnConnections = "DescribeVpnConnections"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpnConnectionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeVpnConnections operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVpnConnections for more information on using the DescribeVpnConnections
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeVpnConnectionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeVpnConnectionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVpnConnections
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpnConnectionsRequest(input *DescribeVpnConnectionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeVpnConnectionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeVpnConnections,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeVpnConnectionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeVpnConnectionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpnConnections API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more of your VPN connections.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about VPN connections, see AWS Managed VPN Connections
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_VPN.html) in the
|
|
// Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeVpnConnections for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVpnConnections
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpnConnections(input *DescribeVpnConnectionsInput) (*DescribeVpnConnectionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVpnConnectionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpnConnectionsWithContext is the same as DescribeVpnConnections with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVpnConnections for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpnConnectionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeVpnConnectionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeVpnConnectionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVpnConnectionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeVpnGateways = "DescribeVpnGateways"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpnGatewaysRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeVpnGateways operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVpnGateways for more information on using the DescribeVpnGateways
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeVpnGatewaysRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeVpnGatewaysRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVpnGateways
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpnGatewaysRequest(input *DescribeVpnGatewaysInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeVpnGatewaysOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeVpnGateways,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeVpnGatewaysInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeVpnGatewaysOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpnGateways API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes one or more of your virtual private gateways.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about virtual private gateways, see AWS Managed VPN
|
|
// Connections (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_VPN.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DescribeVpnGateways for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeVpnGateways
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpnGateways(input *DescribeVpnGatewaysInput) (*DescribeVpnGatewaysOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVpnGatewaysRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVpnGatewaysWithContext is the same as DescribeVpnGateways with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVpnGateways for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DescribeVpnGatewaysWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeVpnGatewaysInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeVpnGatewaysOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVpnGatewaysRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDetachClassicLinkVpc = "DetachClassicLinkVpc"
|
|
|
|
// DetachClassicLinkVpcRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DetachClassicLinkVpc operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DetachClassicLinkVpc for more information on using the DetachClassicLinkVpc
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DetachClassicLinkVpcRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DetachClassicLinkVpcRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DetachClassicLinkVpc
|
|
func (c *EC2) DetachClassicLinkVpcRequest(input *DetachClassicLinkVpcInput) (req *request.Request, output *DetachClassicLinkVpcOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDetachClassicLinkVpc,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DetachClassicLinkVpcInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DetachClassicLinkVpcOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DetachClassicLinkVpc API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Unlinks (detaches) a linked EC2-Classic instance from a VPC. After the instance
|
|
// has been unlinked, the VPC security groups are no longer associated with
|
|
// it. An instance is automatically unlinked from a VPC when it's stopped.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DetachClassicLinkVpc for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DetachClassicLinkVpc
|
|
func (c *EC2) DetachClassicLinkVpc(input *DetachClassicLinkVpcInput) (*DetachClassicLinkVpcOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DetachClassicLinkVpcRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DetachClassicLinkVpcWithContext is the same as DetachClassicLinkVpc with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DetachClassicLinkVpc for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DetachClassicLinkVpcWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DetachClassicLinkVpcInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DetachClassicLinkVpcOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DetachClassicLinkVpcRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDetachInternetGateway = "DetachInternetGateway"
|
|
|
|
// DetachInternetGatewayRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DetachInternetGateway operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DetachInternetGateway for more information on using the DetachInternetGateway
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DetachInternetGatewayRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DetachInternetGatewayRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DetachInternetGateway
|
|
func (c *EC2) DetachInternetGatewayRequest(input *DetachInternetGatewayInput) (req *request.Request, output *DetachInternetGatewayOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDetachInternetGateway,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DetachInternetGatewayInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DetachInternetGatewayOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DetachInternetGateway API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Detaches an Internet gateway from a VPC, disabling connectivity between the
|
|
// Internet and the VPC. The VPC must not contain any running instances with
|
|
// Elastic IP addresses or public IPv4 addresses.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DetachInternetGateway for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DetachInternetGateway
|
|
func (c *EC2) DetachInternetGateway(input *DetachInternetGatewayInput) (*DetachInternetGatewayOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DetachInternetGatewayRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DetachInternetGatewayWithContext is the same as DetachInternetGateway with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DetachInternetGateway for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DetachInternetGatewayWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DetachInternetGatewayInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DetachInternetGatewayOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DetachInternetGatewayRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDetachNetworkInterface = "DetachNetworkInterface"
|
|
|
|
// DetachNetworkInterfaceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DetachNetworkInterface operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DetachNetworkInterface for more information on using the DetachNetworkInterface
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DetachNetworkInterfaceRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DetachNetworkInterfaceRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DetachNetworkInterface
|
|
func (c *EC2) DetachNetworkInterfaceRequest(input *DetachNetworkInterfaceInput) (req *request.Request, output *DetachNetworkInterfaceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDetachNetworkInterface,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DetachNetworkInterfaceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DetachNetworkInterfaceOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DetachNetworkInterface API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Detaches a network interface from an instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DetachNetworkInterface for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DetachNetworkInterface
|
|
func (c *EC2) DetachNetworkInterface(input *DetachNetworkInterfaceInput) (*DetachNetworkInterfaceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DetachNetworkInterfaceRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DetachNetworkInterfaceWithContext is the same as DetachNetworkInterface with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DetachNetworkInterface for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DetachNetworkInterfaceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DetachNetworkInterfaceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DetachNetworkInterfaceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DetachNetworkInterfaceRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDetachVolume = "DetachVolume"
|
|
|
|
// DetachVolumeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DetachVolume operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DetachVolume for more information on using the DetachVolume
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DetachVolumeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DetachVolumeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DetachVolume
|
|
func (c *EC2) DetachVolumeRequest(input *DetachVolumeInput) (req *request.Request, output *VolumeAttachment) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDetachVolume,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DetachVolumeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &VolumeAttachment{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DetachVolume API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Detaches an EBS volume from an instance. Make sure to unmount any file systems
|
|
// on the device within your operating system before detaching the volume. Failure
|
|
// to do so can result in the volume becoming stuck in the busy state while
|
|
// detaching. If this happens, detachment can be delayed indefinitely until
|
|
// you unmount the volume, force detachment, reboot the instance, or all three.
|
|
// If an EBS volume is the root device of an instance, it can't be detached
|
|
// while the instance is running. To detach the root volume, stop the instance
|
|
// first.
|
|
//
|
|
// When a volume with an AWS Marketplace product code is detached from an instance,
|
|
// the product code is no longer associated with the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see Detaching an Amazon EBS Volume (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-detaching-volume.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DetachVolume for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DetachVolume
|
|
func (c *EC2) DetachVolume(input *DetachVolumeInput) (*VolumeAttachment, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DetachVolumeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DetachVolumeWithContext is the same as DetachVolume with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DetachVolume for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DetachVolumeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DetachVolumeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*VolumeAttachment, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DetachVolumeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDetachVpnGateway = "DetachVpnGateway"
|
|
|
|
// DetachVpnGatewayRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DetachVpnGateway operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DetachVpnGateway for more information on using the DetachVpnGateway
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DetachVpnGatewayRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DetachVpnGatewayRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DetachVpnGateway
|
|
func (c *EC2) DetachVpnGatewayRequest(input *DetachVpnGatewayInput) (req *request.Request, output *DetachVpnGatewayOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDetachVpnGateway,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DetachVpnGatewayInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DetachVpnGatewayOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DetachVpnGateway API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Detaches a virtual private gateway from a VPC. You do this if you're planning
|
|
// to turn off the VPC and not use it anymore. You can confirm a virtual private
|
|
// gateway has been completely detached from a VPC by describing the virtual
|
|
// private gateway (any attachments to the virtual private gateway are also
|
|
// described).
|
|
//
|
|
// You must wait for the attachment's state to switch to detached before you
|
|
// can delete the VPC or attach a different VPC to the virtual private gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DetachVpnGateway for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DetachVpnGateway
|
|
func (c *EC2) DetachVpnGateway(input *DetachVpnGatewayInput) (*DetachVpnGatewayOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DetachVpnGatewayRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DetachVpnGatewayWithContext is the same as DetachVpnGateway with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DetachVpnGateway for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DetachVpnGatewayWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DetachVpnGatewayInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DetachVpnGatewayOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DetachVpnGatewayRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDisableVgwRoutePropagation = "DisableVgwRoutePropagation"
|
|
|
|
// DisableVgwRoutePropagationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DisableVgwRoutePropagation operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DisableVgwRoutePropagation for more information on using the DisableVgwRoutePropagation
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DisableVgwRoutePropagationRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DisableVgwRoutePropagationRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DisableVgwRoutePropagation
|
|
func (c *EC2) DisableVgwRoutePropagationRequest(input *DisableVgwRoutePropagationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DisableVgwRoutePropagationOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDisableVgwRoutePropagation,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DisableVgwRoutePropagationInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DisableVgwRoutePropagationOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DisableVgwRoutePropagation API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Disables a virtual private gateway (VGW) from propagating routes to a specified
|
|
// route table of a VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DisableVgwRoutePropagation for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DisableVgwRoutePropagation
|
|
func (c *EC2) DisableVgwRoutePropagation(input *DisableVgwRoutePropagationInput) (*DisableVgwRoutePropagationOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DisableVgwRoutePropagationRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DisableVgwRoutePropagationWithContext is the same as DisableVgwRoutePropagation with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DisableVgwRoutePropagation for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DisableVgwRoutePropagationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DisableVgwRoutePropagationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DisableVgwRoutePropagationOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DisableVgwRoutePropagationRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDisableVpcClassicLink = "DisableVpcClassicLink"
|
|
|
|
// DisableVpcClassicLinkRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DisableVpcClassicLink operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DisableVpcClassicLink for more information on using the DisableVpcClassicLink
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DisableVpcClassicLinkRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DisableVpcClassicLinkRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DisableVpcClassicLink
|
|
func (c *EC2) DisableVpcClassicLinkRequest(input *DisableVpcClassicLinkInput) (req *request.Request, output *DisableVpcClassicLinkOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDisableVpcClassicLink,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DisableVpcClassicLinkInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DisableVpcClassicLinkOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DisableVpcClassicLink API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Disables ClassicLink for a VPC. You cannot disable ClassicLink for a VPC
|
|
// that has EC2-Classic instances linked to it.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DisableVpcClassicLink for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DisableVpcClassicLink
|
|
func (c *EC2) DisableVpcClassicLink(input *DisableVpcClassicLinkInput) (*DisableVpcClassicLinkOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DisableVpcClassicLinkRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DisableVpcClassicLinkWithContext is the same as DisableVpcClassicLink with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DisableVpcClassicLink for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DisableVpcClassicLinkWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DisableVpcClassicLinkInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DisableVpcClassicLinkOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DisableVpcClassicLinkRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport = "DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport"
|
|
|
|
// DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport for more information on using the DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport
|
|
func (c *EC2) DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportRequest(input *DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput) (req *request.Request, output *DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Disables ClassicLink DNS support for a VPC. If disabled, DNS hostnames resolve
|
|
// to public IP addresses when addressed between a linked EC2-Classic instance
|
|
// and instances in the VPC to which it's linked. For more information about
|
|
// ClassicLink, see ClassicLink (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/vpc-classiclink.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport
|
|
func (c *EC2) DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport(input *DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput) (*DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportWithContext is the same as DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDisassociateAddress = "DisassociateAddress"
|
|
|
|
// DisassociateAddressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DisassociateAddress operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DisassociateAddress for more information on using the DisassociateAddress
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DisassociateAddressRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DisassociateAddressRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DisassociateAddress
|
|
func (c *EC2) DisassociateAddressRequest(input *DisassociateAddressInput) (req *request.Request, output *DisassociateAddressOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDisassociateAddress,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DisassociateAddressInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DisassociateAddressOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DisassociateAddress API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Disassociates an Elastic IP address from the instance or network interface
|
|
// it's associated with.
|
|
//
|
|
// An Elastic IP address is for use in either the EC2-Classic platform or in
|
|
// a VPC. For more information, see Elastic IP Addresses (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/elastic-ip-addresses-eip.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// This is an idempotent operation. If you perform the operation more than once,
|
|
// Amazon EC2 doesn't return an error.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DisassociateAddress for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DisassociateAddress
|
|
func (c *EC2) DisassociateAddress(input *DisassociateAddressInput) (*DisassociateAddressOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DisassociateAddressRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DisassociateAddressWithContext is the same as DisassociateAddress with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DisassociateAddress for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DisassociateAddressWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DisassociateAddressInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DisassociateAddressOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DisassociateAddressRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDisassociateIamInstanceProfile = "DisassociateIamInstanceProfile"
|
|
|
|
// DisassociateIamInstanceProfileRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DisassociateIamInstanceProfile operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DisassociateIamInstanceProfile for more information on using the DisassociateIamInstanceProfile
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DisassociateIamInstanceProfileRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DisassociateIamInstanceProfileRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DisassociateIamInstanceProfile
|
|
func (c *EC2) DisassociateIamInstanceProfileRequest(input *DisassociateIamInstanceProfileInput) (req *request.Request, output *DisassociateIamInstanceProfileOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDisassociateIamInstanceProfile,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DisassociateIamInstanceProfileInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DisassociateIamInstanceProfileOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DisassociateIamInstanceProfile API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Disassociates an IAM instance profile from a running or stopped instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations to get the association ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DisassociateIamInstanceProfile for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DisassociateIamInstanceProfile
|
|
func (c *EC2) DisassociateIamInstanceProfile(input *DisassociateIamInstanceProfileInput) (*DisassociateIamInstanceProfileOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DisassociateIamInstanceProfileRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DisassociateIamInstanceProfileWithContext is the same as DisassociateIamInstanceProfile with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DisassociateIamInstanceProfile for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DisassociateIamInstanceProfileWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DisassociateIamInstanceProfileInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DisassociateIamInstanceProfileOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DisassociateIamInstanceProfileRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDisassociateRouteTable = "DisassociateRouteTable"
|
|
|
|
// DisassociateRouteTableRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DisassociateRouteTable operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DisassociateRouteTable for more information on using the DisassociateRouteTable
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DisassociateRouteTableRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DisassociateRouteTableRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DisassociateRouteTable
|
|
func (c *EC2) DisassociateRouteTableRequest(input *DisassociateRouteTableInput) (req *request.Request, output *DisassociateRouteTableOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDisassociateRouteTable,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DisassociateRouteTableInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DisassociateRouteTableOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DisassociateRouteTable API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Disassociates a subnet from a route table.
|
|
//
|
|
// After you perform this action, the subnet no longer uses the routes in the
|
|
// route table. Instead, it uses the routes in the VPC's main route table. For
|
|
// more information about route tables, see Route Tables (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_Route_Tables.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DisassociateRouteTable for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DisassociateRouteTable
|
|
func (c *EC2) DisassociateRouteTable(input *DisassociateRouteTableInput) (*DisassociateRouteTableOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DisassociateRouteTableRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DisassociateRouteTableWithContext is the same as DisassociateRouteTable with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DisassociateRouteTable for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DisassociateRouteTableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DisassociateRouteTableInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DisassociateRouteTableOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DisassociateRouteTableRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDisassociateSubnetCidrBlock = "DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock"
|
|
|
|
// DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock for more information on using the DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock
|
|
func (c *EC2) DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockRequest(input *DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockInput) (req *request.Request, output *DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDisassociateSubnetCidrBlock,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Disassociates a CIDR block from a subnet. Currently, you can disassociate
|
|
// an IPv6 CIDR block only. You must detach or delete all gateways and resources
|
|
// that are associated with the CIDR block before you can disassociate it.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock
|
|
func (c *EC2) DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock(input *DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockInput) (*DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockWithContext is the same as DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDisassociateVpcCidrBlock = "DisassociateVpcCidrBlock"
|
|
|
|
// DisassociateVpcCidrBlockRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DisassociateVpcCidrBlock operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DisassociateVpcCidrBlock for more information on using the DisassociateVpcCidrBlock
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DisassociateVpcCidrBlockRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DisassociateVpcCidrBlockRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DisassociateVpcCidrBlock
|
|
func (c *EC2) DisassociateVpcCidrBlockRequest(input *DisassociateVpcCidrBlockInput) (req *request.Request, output *DisassociateVpcCidrBlockOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDisassociateVpcCidrBlock,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DisassociateVpcCidrBlockInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DisassociateVpcCidrBlockOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DisassociateVpcCidrBlock API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Disassociates a CIDR block from a VPC. To disassociate the CIDR block, you
|
|
// must specify its association ID. You can get the association ID by using
|
|
// DescribeVpcs. You must detach or delete all gateways and resources that are
|
|
// associated with the CIDR block before you can disassociate it.
|
|
//
|
|
// You cannot disassociate the CIDR block with which you originally created
|
|
// the VPC (the primary CIDR block).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation DisassociateVpcCidrBlock for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DisassociateVpcCidrBlock
|
|
func (c *EC2) DisassociateVpcCidrBlock(input *DisassociateVpcCidrBlockInput) (*DisassociateVpcCidrBlockOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DisassociateVpcCidrBlockRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DisassociateVpcCidrBlockWithContext is the same as DisassociateVpcCidrBlock with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DisassociateVpcCidrBlock for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) DisassociateVpcCidrBlockWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DisassociateVpcCidrBlockInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DisassociateVpcCidrBlockOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DisassociateVpcCidrBlockRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opEnableVgwRoutePropagation = "EnableVgwRoutePropagation"
|
|
|
|
// EnableVgwRoutePropagationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the EnableVgwRoutePropagation operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See EnableVgwRoutePropagation for more information on using the EnableVgwRoutePropagation
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the EnableVgwRoutePropagationRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.EnableVgwRoutePropagationRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/EnableVgwRoutePropagation
|
|
func (c *EC2) EnableVgwRoutePropagationRequest(input *EnableVgwRoutePropagationInput) (req *request.Request, output *EnableVgwRoutePropagationOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opEnableVgwRoutePropagation,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &EnableVgwRoutePropagationInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &EnableVgwRoutePropagationOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// EnableVgwRoutePropagation API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Enables a virtual private gateway (VGW) to propagate routes to the specified
|
|
// route table of a VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation EnableVgwRoutePropagation for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/EnableVgwRoutePropagation
|
|
func (c *EC2) EnableVgwRoutePropagation(input *EnableVgwRoutePropagationInput) (*EnableVgwRoutePropagationOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.EnableVgwRoutePropagationRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// EnableVgwRoutePropagationWithContext is the same as EnableVgwRoutePropagation with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See EnableVgwRoutePropagation for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) EnableVgwRoutePropagationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *EnableVgwRoutePropagationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*EnableVgwRoutePropagationOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.EnableVgwRoutePropagationRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opEnableVolumeIO = "EnableVolumeIO"
|
|
|
|
// EnableVolumeIORequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the EnableVolumeIO operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See EnableVolumeIO for more information on using the EnableVolumeIO
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the EnableVolumeIORequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.EnableVolumeIORequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/EnableVolumeIO
|
|
func (c *EC2) EnableVolumeIORequest(input *EnableVolumeIOInput) (req *request.Request, output *EnableVolumeIOOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opEnableVolumeIO,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &EnableVolumeIOInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &EnableVolumeIOOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// EnableVolumeIO API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Enables I/O operations for a volume that had I/O operations disabled because
|
|
// the data on the volume was potentially inconsistent.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation EnableVolumeIO for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/EnableVolumeIO
|
|
func (c *EC2) EnableVolumeIO(input *EnableVolumeIOInput) (*EnableVolumeIOOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.EnableVolumeIORequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// EnableVolumeIOWithContext is the same as EnableVolumeIO with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See EnableVolumeIO for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) EnableVolumeIOWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *EnableVolumeIOInput, opts ...request.Option) (*EnableVolumeIOOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.EnableVolumeIORequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opEnableVpcClassicLink = "EnableVpcClassicLink"
|
|
|
|
// EnableVpcClassicLinkRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the EnableVpcClassicLink operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See EnableVpcClassicLink for more information on using the EnableVpcClassicLink
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the EnableVpcClassicLinkRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.EnableVpcClassicLinkRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/EnableVpcClassicLink
|
|
func (c *EC2) EnableVpcClassicLinkRequest(input *EnableVpcClassicLinkInput) (req *request.Request, output *EnableVpcClassicLinkOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opEnableVpcClassicLink,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &EnableVpcClassicLinkInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &EnableVpcClassicLinkOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// EnableVpcClassicLink API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Enables a VPC for ClassicLink. You can then link EC2-Classic instances to
|
|
// your ClassicLink-enabled VPC to allow communication over private IP addresses.
|
|
// You cannot enable your VPC for ClassicLink if any of your VPC's route tables
|
|
// have existing routes for address ranges within the 10.0.0.0/8 IP address
|
|
// range, excluding local routes for VPCs in the 10.0.0.0/16 and 10.1.0.0/16
|
|
// IP address ranges. For more information, see ClassicLink (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/vpc-classiclink.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation EnableVpcClassicLink for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/EnableVpcClassicLink
|
|
func (c *EC2) EnableVpcClassicLink(input *EnableVpcClassicLinkInput) (*EnableVpcClassicLinkOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.EnableVpcClassicLinkRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// EnableVpcClassicLinkWithContext is the same as EnableVpcClassicLink with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See EnableVpcClassicLink for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) EnableVpcClassicLinkWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *EnableVpcClassicLinkInput, opts ...request.Option) (*EnableVpcClassicLinkOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.EnableVpcClassicLinkRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opEnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport = "EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport"
|
|
|
|
// EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport for more information on using the EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport
|
|
func (c *EC2) EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportRequest(input *EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput) (req *request.Request, output *EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opEnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Enables a VPC to support DNS hostname resolution for ClassicLink. If enabled,
|
|
// the DNS hostname of a linked EC2-Classic instance resolves to its private
|
|
// IP address when addressed from an instance in the VPC to which it's linked.
|
|
// Similarly, the DNS hostname of an instance in a VPC resolves to its private
|
|
// IP address when addressed from a linked EC2-Classic instance. For more information
|
|
// about ClassicLink, see ClassicLink (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/vpc-classiclink.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport
|
|
func (c *EC2) EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport(input *EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput) (*EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportWithContext is the same as EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput, opts ...request.Option) (*EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opGetConsoleOutput = "GetConsoleOutput"
|
|
|
|
// GetConsoleOutputRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the GetConsoleOutput operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetConsoleOutput for more information on using the GetConsoleOutput
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the GetConsoleOutputRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.GetConsoleOutputRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/GetConsoleOutput
|
|
func (c *EC2) GetConsoleOutputRequest(input *GetConsoleOutputInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetConsoleOutputOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opGetConsoleOutput,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &GetConsoleOutputInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &GetConsoleOutputOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetConsoleOutput API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Gets the console output for the specified instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Instances do not have a physical monitor through which you can view their
|
|
// console output. They also lack physical controls that allow you to power
|
|
// up, reboot, or shut them down. To allow these actions, we provide them through
|
|
// the Amazon EC2 API and command line interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// Instance console output is buffered and posted shortly after instance boot,
|
|
// reboot, and termination. Amazon EC2 preserves the most recent 64 KB output,
|
|
// which is available for at least one hour after the most recent post.
|
|
//
|
|
// For Linux instances, the instance console output displays the exact console
|
|
// output that would normally be displayed on a physical monitor attached to
|
|
// a computer. This output is buffered because the instance produces it and
|
|
// then posts it to a store where the instance's owner can retrieve it.
|
|
//
|
|
// For Windows instances, the instance console output includes output from the
|
|
// EC2Config service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation GetConsoleOutput for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/GetConsoleOutput
|
|
func (c *EC2) GetConsoleOutput(input *GetConsoleOutputInput) (*GetConsoleOutputOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetConsoleOutputRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetConsoleOutputWithContext is the same as GetConsoleOutput with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetConsoleOutput for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) GetConsoleOutputWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetConsoleOutputInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetConsoleOutputOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetConsoleOutputRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opGetConsoleScreenshot = "GetConsoleScreenshot"
|
|
|
|
// GetConsoleScreenshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the GetConsoleScreenshot operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetConsoleScreenshot for more information on using the GetConsoleScreenshot
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the GetConsoleScreenshotRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.GetConsoleScreenshotRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/GetConsoleScreenshot
|
|
func (c *EC2) GetConsoleScreenshotRequest(input *GetConsoleScreenshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetConsoleScreenshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opGetConsoleScreenshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &GetConsoleScreenshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &GetConsoleScreenshotOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetConsoleScreenshot API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Retrieve a JPG-format screenshot of a running instance to help with troubleshooting.
|
|
//
|
|
// The returned content is Base64-encoded.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation GetConsoleScreenshot for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/GetConsoleScreenshot
|
|
func (c *EC2) GetConsoleScreenshot(input *GetConsoleScreenshotInput) (*GetConsoleScreenshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetConsoleScreenshotRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetConsoleScreenshotWithContext is the same as GetConsoleScreenshot with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetConsoleScreenshot for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) GetConsoleScreenshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetConsoleScreenshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetConsoleScreenshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetConsoleScreenshotRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opGetHostReservationPurchasePreview = "GetHostReservationPurchasePreview"
|
|
|
|
// GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the GetHostReservationPurchasePreview operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetHostReservationPurchasePreview for more information on using the GetHostReservationPurchasePreview
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/GetHostReservationPurchasePreview
|
|
func (c *EC2) GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewRequest(input *GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opGetHostReservationPurchasePreview,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetHostReservationPurchasePreview API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Preview a reservation purchase with configurations that match those of your
|
|
// Dedicated Host. You must have active Dedicated Hosts in your account before
|
|
// you purchase a reservation.
|
|
//
|
|
// This is a preview of the PurchaseHostReservation action and does not result
|
|
// in the offering being purchased.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation GetHostReservationPurchasePreview for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/GetHostReservationPurchasePreview
|
|
func (c *EC2) GetHostReservationPurchasePreview(input *GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewInput) (*GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewWithContext is the same as GetHostReservationPurchasePreview with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetHostReservationPurchasePreview for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opGetLaunchTemplateData = "GetLaunchTemplateData"
|
|
|
|
// GetLaunchTemplateDataRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the GetLaunchTemplateData operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetLaunchTemplateData for more information on using the GetLaunchTemplateData
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the GetLaunchTemplateDataRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.GetLaunchTemplateDataRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/GetLaunchTemplateData
|
|
func (c *EC2) GetLaunchTemplateDataRequest(input *GetLaunchTemplateDataInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetLaunchTemplateDataOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opGetLaunchTemplateData,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &GetLaunchTemplateDataInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &GetLaunchTemplateDataOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetLaunchTemplateData API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Retrieves the configuration data of the specified instance. You can use this
|
|
// data to create a launch template.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation GetLaunchTemplateData for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/GetLaunchTemplateData
|
|
func (c *EC2) GetLaunchTemplateData(input *GetLaunchTemplateDataInput) (*GetLaunchTemplateDataOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetLaunchTemplateDataRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetLaunchTemplateDataWithContext is the same as GetLaunchTemplateData with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetLaunchTemplateData for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) GetLaunchTemplateDataWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetLaunchTemplateDataInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetLaunchTemplateDataOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetLaunchTemplateDataRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opGetPasswordData = "GetPasswordData"
|
|
|
|
// GetPasswordDataRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the GetPasswordData operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetPasswordData for more information on using the GetPasswordData
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the GetPasswordDataRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.GetPasswordDataRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/GetPasswordData
|
|
func (c *EC2) GetPasswordDataRequest(input *GetPasswordDataInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetPasswordDataOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opGetPasswordData,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &GetPasswordDataInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &GetPasswordDataOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetPasswordData API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Retrieves the encrypted administrator password for a running Windows instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// The Windows password is generated at boot by the EC2Config service or EC2Launch
|
|
// scripts (Windows Server 2016 and later). This usually only happens the first
|
|
// time an instance is launched. For more information, see EC2Config (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/UsingConfig_WinAMI.html)
|
|
// and EC2Launch (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/ec2launch.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// For the EC2Config service, the password is not generated for rebundled AMIs
|
|
// unless Ec2SetPassword is enabled before bundling.
|
|
//
|
|
// The password is encrypted using the key pair that you specified when you
|
|
// launched the instance. You must provide the corresponding key pair file.
|
|
//
|
|
// When you launch an instance, password generation and encryption may take
|
|
// a few minutes. If you try to retrieve the password before it's available,
|
|
// the output returns an empty string. We recommend that you wait up to 15 minutes
|
|
// after launching an instance before trying to retrieve the generated password.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation GetPasswordData for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/GetPasswordData
|
|
func (c *EC2) GetPasswordData(input *GetPasswordDataInput) (*GetPasswordDataOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetPasswordDataRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetPasswordDataWithContext is the same as GetPasswordData with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetPasswordData for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) GetPasswordDataWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPasswordDataInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetPasswordDataOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetPasswordDataRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opGetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote = "GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote"
|
|
|
|
// GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote for more information on using the GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote
|
|
func (c *EC2) GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteRequest(input *GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opGetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns a quote and exchange information for exchanging one or more specified
|
|
// Convertible Reserved Instances for a new Convertible Reserved Instance. If
|
|
// the exchange cannot be performed, the reason is returned in the response.
|
|
// Use AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote to perform the exchange.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote
|
|
func (c *EC2) GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote(input *GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput) (*GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteWithContext is the same as GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opImportImage = "ImportImage"
|
|
|
|
// ImportImageRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ImportImage operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ImportImage for more information on using the ImportImage
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ImportImageRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ImportImageRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ImportImage
|
|
func (c *EC2) ImportImageRequest(input *ImportImageInput) (req *request.Request, output *ImportImageOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opImportImage,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ImportImageInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ImportImageOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ImportImage API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Import single or multi-volume disk images or EBS snapshots into an Amazon
|
|
// Machine Image (AMI). For more information, see Importing a VM as an Image
|
|
// Using VM Import/Export (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/vmimport-image-import.html)
|
|
// in the VM Import/Export User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ImportImage for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ImportImage
|
|
func (c *EC2) ImportImage(input *ImportImageInput) (*ImportImageOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ImportImageRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ImportImageWithContext is the same as ImportImage with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ImportImage for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ImportImageWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ImportImageInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ImportImageOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ImportImageRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opImportInstance = "ImportInstance"
|
|
|
|
// ImportInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ImportInstance operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ImportInstance for more information on using the ImportInstance
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ImportInstanceRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ImportInstanceRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ImportInstance
|
|
func (c *EC2) ImportInstanceRequest(input *ImportInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ImportInstanceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opImportInstance,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ImportInstanceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ImportInstanceOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ImportInstance API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates an import instance task using metadata from the specified disk image.
|
|
// ImportInstance only supports single-volume VMs. To import multi-volume VMs,
|
|
// use ImportImage. For more information, see Importing a Virtual Machine Using
|
|
// the Amazon EC2 CLI (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/CommandLineReference/ec2-cli-vmimport-export.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// For information about the import manifest referenced by this API action,
|
|
// see VM Import Manifest (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/manifest.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ImportInstance for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ImportInstance
|
|
func (c *EC2) ImportInstance(input *ImportInstanceInput) (*ImportInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ImportInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ImportInstanceWithContext is the same as ImportInstance with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ImportInstance for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ImportInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ImportInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ImportInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ImportInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opImportKeyPair = "ImportKeyPair"
|
|
|
|
// ImportKeyPairRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ImportKeyPair operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ImportKeyPair for more information on using the ImportKeyPair
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ImportKeyPairRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ImportKeyPairRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ImportKeyPair
|
|
func (c *EC2) ImportKeyPairRequest(input *ImportKeyPairInput) (req *request.Request, output *ImportKeyPairOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opImportKeyPair,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ImportKeyPairInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ImportKeyPairOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ImportKeyPair API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Imports the public key from an RSA key pair that you created with a third-party
|
|
// tool. Compare this with CreateKeyPair, in which AWS creates the key pair
|
|
// and gives the keys to you (AWS keeps a copy of the public key). With ImportKeyPair,
|
|
// you create the key pair and give AWS just the public key. The private key
|
|
// is never transferred between you and AWS.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about key pairs, see Key Pairs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-key-pairs.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ImportKeyPair for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ImportKeyPair
|
|
func (c *EC2) ImportKeyPair(input *ImportKeyPairInput) (*ImportKeyPairOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ImportKeyPairRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ImportKeyPairWithContext is the same as ImportKeyPair with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ImportKeyPair for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ImportKeyPairWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ImportKeyPairInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ImportKeyPairOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ImportKeyPairRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opImportSnapshot = "ImportSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// ImportSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ImportSnapshot operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ImportSnapshot for more information on using the ImportSnapshot
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ImportSnapshotRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ImportSnapshotRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ImportSnapshot
|
|
func (c *EC2) ImportSnapshotRequest(input *ImportSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *ImportSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opImportSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ImportSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ImportSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ImportSnapshot API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Imports a disk into an EBS snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ImportSnapshot for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ImportSnapshot
|
|
func (c *EC2) ImportSnapshot(input *ImportSnapshotInput) (*ImportSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ImportSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ImportSnapshotWithContext is the same as ImportSnapshot with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ImportSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ImportSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ImportSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ImportSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ImportSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opImportVolume = "ImportVolume"
|
|
|
|
// ImportVolumeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ImportVolume operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ImportVolume for more information on using the ImportVolume
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ImportVolumeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ImportVolumeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ImportVolume
|
|
func (c *EC2) ImportVolumeRequest(input *ImportVolumeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ImportVolumeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opImportVolume,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ImportVolumeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ImportVolumeOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ImportVolume API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates an import volume task using metadata from the specified disk image.For
|
|
// more information, see Importing Disks to Amazon EBS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/CommandLineReference/importing-your-volumes-into-amazon-ebs.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// For information about the import manifest referenced by this API action,
|
|
// see VM Import Manifest (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/manifest.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ImportVolume for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ImportVolume
|
|
func (c *EC2) ImportVolume(input *ImportVolumeInput) (*ImportVolumeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ImportVolumeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ImportVolumeWithContext is the same as ImportVolume with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ImportVolume for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ImportVolumeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ImportVolumeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ImportVolumeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ImportVolumeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyFpgaImageAttribute = "ModifyFpgaImageAttribute"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyFpgaImageAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyFpgaImageAttribute operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyFpgaImageAttribute for more information on using the ModifyFpgaImageAttribute
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyFpgaImageAttributeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyFpgaImageAttributeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyFpgaImageAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyFpgaImageAttributeRequest(input *ModifyFpgaImageAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyFpgaImageAttributeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyFpgaImageAttribute,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyFpgaImageAttributeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyFpgaImageAttributeOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyFpgaImageAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the specified attribute of the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ModifyFpgaImageAttribute for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyFpgaImageAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyFpgaImageAttribute(input *ModifyFpgaImageAttributeInput) (*ModifyFpgaImageAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyFpgaImageAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyFpgaImageAttributeWithContext is the same as ModifyFpgaImageAttribute with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyFpgaImageAttribute for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyFpgaImageAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyFpgaImageAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyFpgaImageAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyFpgaImageAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyHosts = "ModifyHosts"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyHostsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyHosts operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyHosts for more information on using the ModifyHosts
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyHostsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyHostsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyHosts
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyHostsRequest(input *ModifyHostsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyHostsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyHosts,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyHostsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyHostsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyHosts API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modify the auto-placement setting of a Dedicated Host. When auto-placement
|
|
// is enabled, AWS will place instances that you launch with a tenancy of host,
|
|
// but without targeting a specific host ID, onto any available Dedicated Host
|
|
// in your account which has auto-placement enabled. When auto-placement is
|
|
// disabled, you need to provide a host ID if you want the instance to launch
|
|
// onto a specific host. If no host ID is provided, the instance will be launched
|
|
// onto a suitable host which has auto-placement enabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ModifyHosts for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyHosts
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyHosts(input *ModifyHostsInput) (*ModifyHostsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyHostsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyHostsWithContext is the same as ModifyHosts with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyHosts for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyHostsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyHostsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyHostsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyHostsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyIdFormat = "ModifyIdFormat"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyIdFormatRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyIdFormat operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyIdFormat for more information on using the ModifyIdFormat
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyIdFormatRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyIdFormatRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyIdFormat
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyIdFormatRequest(input *ModifyIdFormatInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyIdFormatOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyIdFormat,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyIdFormatInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyIdFormatOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyIdFormat API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the ID format for the specified resource on a per-region basis.
|
|
// You can specify that resources should receive longer IDs (17-character IDs)
|
|
// when they are created.
|
|
//
|
|
// This request can only be used to modify longer ID settings for resource types
|
|
// that are within the opt-in period. Resources currently in their opt-in period
|
|
// include: bundle | conversion-task | dhcp-options | elastic-ip-allocation
|
|
// | elastic-ip-association | export-task | flow-log | image | import-task |
|
|
// internet-gateway | network-acl | network-acl-association | network-interface
|
|
// | network-interface-attachment | prefix-list | route-table | route-table-association
|
|
// | security-group | subnet | subnet-cidr-block-association | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association
|
|
// | vpc-peering-connection.
|
|
//
|
|
// This setting applies to the IAM user who makes the request; it does not apply
|
|
// to the entire AWS account. By default, an IAM user defaults to the same settings
|
|
// as the root user. If you're using this action as the root user, then these
|
|
// settings apply to the entire account, unless an IAM user explicitly overrides
|
|
// these settings for themselves. For more information, see Resource IDs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/resource-ids.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Resources created with longer IDs are visible to all IAM roles and users,
|
|
// regardless of these settings and provided that they have permission to use
|
|
// the relevant Describe command for the resource type.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ModifyIdFormat for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyIdFormat
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyIdFormat(input *ModifyIdFormatInput) (*ModifyIdFormatOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyIdFormatRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyIdFormatWithContext is the same as ModifyIdFormat with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyIdFormat for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyIdFormatWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyIdFormatInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyIdFormatOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyIdFormatRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyIdentityIdFormat = "ModifyIdentityIdFormat"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyIdentityIdFormatRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyIdentityIdFormat operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyIdentityIdFormat for more information on using the ModifyIdentityIdFormat
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyIdentityIdFormatRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyIdentityIdFormatRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyIdentityIdFormat
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyIdentityIdFormatRequest(input *ModifyIdentityIdFormatInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyIdentityIdFormatOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyIdentityIdFormat,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyIdentityIdFormatInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyIdentityIdFormatOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyIdentityIdFormat API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the ID format of a resource for a specified IAM user, IAM role,
|
|
// or the root user for an account; or all IAM users, IAM roles, and the root
|
|
// user for an account. You can specify that resources should receive longer
|
|
// IDs (17-character IDs) when they are created.
|
|
//
|
|
// This request can only be used to modify longer ID settings for resource types
|
|
// that are within the opt-in period. Resources currently in their opt-in period
|
|
// include: bundle | conversion-task | dhcp-options | elastic-ip-allocation
|
|
// | elastic-ip-association | export-task | flow-log | image | import-task |
|
|
// internet-gateway | network-acl | network-acl-association | network-interface
|
|
// | network-interface-attachment | prefix-list | route-table | route-table-association
|
|
// | security-group | subnet | subnet-cidr-block-association | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association
|
|
// | vpc-peering-connection..
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see Resource IDs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/resource-ids.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// This setting applies to the principal specified in the request; it does not
|
|
// apply to the principal that makes the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Resources created with longer IDs are visible to all IAM roles and users,
|
|
// regardless of these settings and provided that they have permission to use
|
|
// the relevant Describe command for the resource type.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ModifyIdentityIdFormat for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyIdentityIdFormat
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyIdentityIdFormat(input *ModifyIdentityIdFormatInput) (*ModifyIdentityIdFormatOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyIdentityIdFormatRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyIdentityIdFormatWithContext is the same as ModifyIdentityIdFormat with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyIdentityIdFormat for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyIdentityIdFormatWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyIdentityIdFormatInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyIdentityIdFormatOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyIdentityIdFormatRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyImageAttribute = "ModifyImageAttribute"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyImageAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyImageAttribute operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyImageAttribute for more information on using the ModifyImageAttribute
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyImageAttributeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyImageAttributeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyImageAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyImageAttributeRequest(input *ModifyImageAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyImageAttributeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyImageAttribute,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyImageAttributeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyImageAttributeOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyImageAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the specified attribute of the specified AMI. You can specify only
|
|
// one attribute at a time. You can use the Attribute parameter to specify the
|
|
// attribute or one of the following parameters: Description, LaunchPermission,
|
|
// or ProductCode.
|
|
//
|
|
// AWS Marketplace product codes cannot be modified. Images with an AWS Marketplace
|
|
// product code cannot be made public.
|
|
//
|
|
// To enable the SriovNetSupport enhanced networking attribute of an image,
|
|
// enable SriovNetSupport on an instance and create an AMI from the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ModifyImageAttribute for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyImageAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyImageAttribute(input *ModifyImageAttributeInput) (*ModifyImageAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyImageAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyImageAttributeWithContext is the same as ModifyImageAttribute with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyImageAttribute for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyImageAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyImageAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyImageAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyImageAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyInstanceAttribute = "ModifyInstanceAttribute"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyInstanceAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyInstanceAttribute operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyInstanceAttribute for more information on using the ModifyInstanceAttribute
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyInstanceAttributeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyInstanceAttributeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyInstanceAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyInstanceAttributeRequest(input *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyInstanceAttributeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyInstanceAttribute,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyInstanceAttributeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyInstanceAttributeOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyInstanceAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the specified attribute of the specified instance. You can specify
|
|
// only one attribute at a time.
|
|
//
|
|
// To modify some attributes, the instance must be stopped. For more information,
|
|
// see Modifying Attributes of a Stopped Instance (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_ChangingAttributesWhileInstanceStopped.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ModifyInstanceAttribute for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyInstanceAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyInstanceAttribute(input *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput) (*ModifyInstanceAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyInstanceAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyInstanceAttributeWithContext is the same as ModifyInstanceAttribute with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyInstanceAttribute for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyInstanceAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyInstanceAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyInstanceAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyInstanceCreditSpecification = "ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification for more information on using the ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationRequest(input *ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyInstanceCreditSpecification,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the credit option for CPU usage on a running or stopped T2 instance.
|
|
// The credit options are standard and unlimited.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see T2 Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/t2-instances.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification(input *ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationInput) (*ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationWithContext is the same as ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyInstancePlacement = "ModifyInstancePlacement"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyInstancePlacementRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyInstancePlacement operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyInstancePlacement for more information on using the ModifyInstancePlacement
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyInstancePlacementRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyInstancePlacementRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyInstancePlacement
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyInstancePlacementRequest(input *ModifyInstancePlacementInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyInstancePlacementOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyInstancePlacement,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyInstancePlacementInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyInstancePlacementOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyInstancePlacement API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Set the instance affinity value for a specific stopped instance and modify
|
|
// the instance tenancy setting.
|
|
//
|
|
// Instance affinity is disabled by default. When instance affinity is host
|
|
// and it is not associated with a specific Dedicated Host, the next time it
|
|
// is launched it will automatically be associated with the host it lands on.
|
|
// This relationship will persist if the instance is stopped/started, or rebooted.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can modify the host ID associated with a stopped instance. If a stopped
|
|
// instance has a new host ID association, the instance will target that host
|
|
// when restarted.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can modify the tenancy of a stopped instance with a tenancy of host or
|
|
// dedicated.
|
|
//
|
|
// Affinity, hostID, and tenancy are not required parameters, but at least one
|
|
// of them must be specified in the request. Affinity and tenancy can be modified
|
|
// in the same request, but tenancy can only be modified on instances that are
|
|
// stopped.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ModifyInstancePlacement for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyInstancePlacement
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyInstancePlacement(input *ModifyInstancePlacementInput) (*ModifyInstancePlacementOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyInstancePlacementRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyInstancePlacementWithContext is the same as ModifyInstancePlacement with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyInstancePlacement for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyInstancePlacementWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyInstancePlacementInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyInstancePlacementOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyInstancePlacementRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyLaunchTemplate = "ModifyLaunchTemplate"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyLaunchTemplateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyLaunchTemplate operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyLaunchTemplate for more information on using the ModifyLaunchTemplate
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyLaunchTemplateRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyLaunchTemplateRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyLaunchTemplate
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyLaunchTemplateRequest(input *ModifyLaunchTemplateInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyLaunchTemplateOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyLaunchTemplate,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyLaunchTemplateInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyLaunchTemplateOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyLaunchTemplate API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies a launch template. You can specify which version of the launch template
|
|
// to set as the default version. When launching an instance, the default version
|
|
// applies when a launch template version is not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ModifyLaunchTemplate for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyLaunchTemplate
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyLaunchTemplate(input *ModifyLaunchTemplateInput) (*ModifyLaunchTemplateOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyLaunchTemplateRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyLaunchTemplateWithContext is the same as ModifyLaunchTemplate with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyLaunchTemplate for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyLaunchTemplateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyLaunchTemplateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyLaunchTemplateOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyLaunchTemplateRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute = "ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute for more information on using the ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeRequest(input *ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the specified network interface attribute. You can specify only
|
|
// one attribute at a time.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute(input *ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput) (*ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeWithContext is the same as ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyReservedInstances = "ModifyReservedInstances"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyReservedInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyReservedInstances operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyReservedInstances for more information on using the ModifyReservedInstances
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyReservedInstancesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyReservedInstancesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyReservedInstances
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyReservedInstancesRequest(input *ModifyReservedInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyReservedInstancesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyReservedInstances,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyReservedInstancesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyReservedInstancesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyReservedInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the Availability Zone, instance count, instance type, or network
|
|
// platform (EC2-Classic or EC2-VPC) of your Reserved Instances. The Reserved
|
|
// Instances to be modified must be identical, except for Availability Zone,
|
|
// network platform, and instance type.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see Modifying Reserved Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-modifying.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ModifyReservedInstances for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyReservedInstances
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyReservedInstances(input *ModifyReservedInstancesInput) (*ModifyReservedInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyReservedInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyReservedInstancesWithContext is the same as ModifyReservedInstances with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyReservedInstances for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyReservedInstancesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyReservedInstancesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyReservedInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyReservedInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifySnapshotAttribute = "ModifySnapshotAttribute"
|
|
|
|
// ModifySnapshotAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifySnapshotAttribute operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifySnapshotAttribute for more information on using the ModifySnapshotAttribute
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifySnapshotAttributeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifySnapshotAttributeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifySnapshotAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifySnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ModifySnapshotAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifySnapshotAttributeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifySnapshotAttribute,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifySnapshotAttributeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifySnapshotAttributeOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifySnapshotAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Adds or removes permission settings for the specified snapshot. You may add
|
|
// or remove specified AWS account IDs from a snapshot's list of create volume
|
|
// permissions, but you cannot do both in a single API call. If you need to
|
|
// both add and remove account IDs for a snapshot, you must use multiple API
|
|
// calls.
|
|
//
|
|
// Encrypted snapshots and snapshots with AWS Marketplace product codes cannot
|
|
// be made public. Snapshots encrypted with your default CMK cannot be shared
|
|
// with other accounts.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on modifying snapshot permissions, see Sharing Snapshots
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-modifying-snapshot-permissions.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ModifySnapshotAttribute for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifySnapshotAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifySnapshotAttribute(input *ModifySnapshotAttributeInput) (*ModifySnapshotAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifySnapshotAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifySnapshotAttributeWithContext is the same as ModifySnapshotAttribute with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifySnapshotAttribute for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifySnapshotAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifySnapshotAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifySnapshotAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifySnapshotAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifySpotFleetRequest = "ModifySpotFleetRequest"
|
|
|
|
// ModifySpotFleetRequestRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifySpotFleetRequest operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifySpotFleetRequest for more information on using the ModifySpotFleetRequest
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifySpotFleetRequestRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifySpotFleetRequestRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifySpotFleetRequest
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifySpotFleetRequestRequest(input *ModifySpotFleetRequestInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifySpotFleetRequestOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifySpotFleetRequest,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifySpotFleetRequestInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifySpotFleetRequestOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifySpotFleetRequest API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the specified Spot Fleet request.
|
|
//
|
|
// While the Spot Fleet request is being modified, it is in the modifying state.
|
|
//
|
|
// To scale up your Spot Fleet, increase its target capacity. The Spot Fleet
|
|
// launches the additional Spot Instances according to the allocation strategy
|
|
// for the Spot Fleet request. If the allocation strategy is lowestPrice, the
|
|
// Spot Fleet launches instances using the Spot pool with the lowest price.
|
|
// If the allocation strategy is diversified, the Spot Fleet distributes the
|
|
// instances across the Spot pools.
|
|
//
|
|
// To scale down your Spot Fleet, decrease its target capacity. First, the Spot
|
|
// Fleet cancels any open requests that exceed the new target capacity. You
|
|
// can request that the Spot Fleet terminate Spot Instances until the size of
|
|
// the fleet no longer exceeds the new target capacity. If the allocation strategy
|
|
// is lowestPrice, the Spot Fleet terminates the instances with the highest
|
|
// price per unit. If the allocation strategy is diversified, the Spot Fleet
|
|
// terminates instances across the Spot pools. Alternatively, you can request
|
|
// that the Spot Fleet keep the fleet at its current size, but not replace any
|
|
// Spot Instances that are interrupted or that you terminate manually.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you are finished with your Spot Fleet for now, but will use it again later,
|
|
// you can set the target capacity to 0.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ModifySpotFleetRequest for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifySpotFleetRequest
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifySpotFleetRequest(input *ModifySpotFleetRequestInput) (*ModifySpotFleetRequestOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifySpotFleetRequestRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifySpotFleetRequestWithContext is the same as ModifySpotFleetRequest with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifySpotFleetRequest for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifySpotFleetRequestWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifySpotFleetRequestInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifySpotFleetRequestOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifySpotFleetRequestRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifySubnetAttribute = "ModifySubnetAttribute"
|
|
|
|
// ModifySubnetAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifySubnetAttribute operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifySubnetAttribute for more information on using the ModifySubnetAttribute
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifySubnetAttributeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifySubnetAttributeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifySubnetAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifySubnetAttributeRequest(input *ModifySubnetAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifySubnetAttributeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifySubnetAttribute,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifySubnetAttributeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifySubnetAttributeOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifySubnetAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies a subnet attribute. You can only modify one attribute at a time.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ModifySubnetAttribute for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifySubnetAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifySubnetAttribute(input *ModifySubnetAttributeInput) (*ModifySubnetAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifySubnetAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifySubnetAttributeWithContext is the same as ModifySubnetAttribute with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifySubnetAttribute for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifySubnetAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifySubnetAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifySubnetAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifySubnetAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyVolume = "ModifyVolume"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyVolumeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyVolume operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyVolume for more information on using the ModifyVolume
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyVolumeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyVolumeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyVolume
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyVolumeRequest(input *ModifyVolumeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyVolumeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyVolume,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyVolumeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyVolumeOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyVolume API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can modify several parameters of an existing EBS volume, including volume
|
|
// size, volume type, and IOPS capacity. If your EBS volume is attached to a
|
|
// current-generation EC2 instance type, you may be able to apply these changes
|
|
// without stopping the instance or detaching the volume from it. For more information
|
|
// about modifying an EBS volume running Linux, see Modifying the Size, IOPS,
|
|
// or Type of an EBS Volume on Linux (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-expand-volume.html).
|
|
// For more information about modifying an EBS volume running Windows, see Modifying
|
|
// the Size, IOPS, or Type of an EBS Volume on Windows (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/ebs-expand-volume.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// When you complete a resize operation on your volume, you need to extend the
|
|
// volume's file-system size to take advantage of the new storage capacity.
|
|
// For information about extending a Linux file system, see Extending a Linux
|
|
// File System (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-expand-volume.html#recognize-expanded-volume-linux).
|
|
// For information about extending a Windows file system, see Extending a Windows
|
|
// File System (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/ebs-expand-volume.html#recognize-expanded-volume-windows).
|
|
//
|
|
// You can use CloudWatch Events to check the status of a modification to an
|
|
// EBS volume. For information about CloudWatch Events, see the Amazon CloudWatch
|
|
// Events User Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/events/).
|
|
// You can also track the status of a modification using the DescribeVolumesModifications
|
|
// API. For information about tracking status changes using either method, see
|
|
// Monitoring Volume Modifications (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-expand-volume.html#monitoring_mods).
|
|
//
|
|
// With previous-generation instance types, resizing an EBS volume may require
|
|
// detaching and reattaching the volume or stopping and restarting the instance.
|
|
// For more information about modifying an EBS volume running Linux, see Modifying
|
|
// the Size, IOPS, or Type of an EBS Volume on Linux (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-expand-volume.html).
|
|
// For more information about modifying an EBS volume running Windows, see Modifying
|
|
// the Size, IOPS, or Type of an EBS Volume on Windows (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/ebs-expand-volume.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// If you reach the maximum volume modification rate per volume limit, you will
|
|
// need to wait at least six hours before applying further modifications to
|
|
// the affected EBS volume.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ModifyVolume for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyVolume
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyVolume(input *ModifyVolumeInput) (*ModifyVolumeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyVolumeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyVolumeWithContext is the same as ModifyVolume with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyVolume for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyVolumeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyVolumeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyVolumeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyVolumeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyVolumeAttribute = "ModifyVolumeAttribute"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyVolumeAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyVolumeAttribute operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyVolumeAttribute for more information on using the ModifyVolumeAttribute
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyVolumeAttributeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyVolumeAttributeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyVolumeAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyVolumeAttributeRequest(input *ModifyVolumeAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyVolumeAttributeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyVolumeAttribute,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyVolumeAttributeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyVolumeAttributeOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyVolumeAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies a volume attribute.
|
|
//
|
|
// By default, all I/O operations for the volume are suspended when the data
|
|
// on the volume is determined to be potentially inconsistent, to prevent undetectable,
|
|
// latent data corruption. The I/O access to the volume can be resumed by first
|
|
// enabling I/O access and then checking the data consistency on your volume.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can change the default behavior to resume I/O operations. We recommend
|
|
// that you change this only for boot volumes or for volumes that are stateless
|
|
// or disposable.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ModifyVolumeAttribute for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyVolumeAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyVolumeAttribute(input *ModifyVolumeAttributeInput) (*ModifyVolumeAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyVolumeAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyVolumeAttributeWithContext is the same as ModifyVolumeAttribute with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyVolumeAttribute for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyVolumeAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyVolumeAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyVolumeAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyVolumeAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyVpcAttribute = "ModifyVpcAttribute"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyVpcAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyVpcAttribute operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyVpcAttribute for more information on using the ModifyVpcAttribute
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyVpcAttributeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyVpcAttributeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyVpcAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyVpcAttributeRequest(input *ModifyVpcAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyVpcAttributeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyVpcAttribute,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyVpcAttributeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyVpcAttributeOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyVpcAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the specified attribute of the specified VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ModifyVpcAttribute for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyVpcAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyVpcAttribute(input *ModifyVpcAttributeInput) (*ModifyVpcAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyVpcAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyVpcAttributeWithContext is the same as ModifyVpcAttribute with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyVpcAttribute for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyVpcAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyVpcAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyVpcAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyVpcAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyVpcEndpoint = "ModifyVpcEndpoint"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyVpcEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyVpcEndpoint operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyVpcEndpoint for more information on using the ModifyVpcEndpoint
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyVpcEndpointRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyVpcEndpointRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyVpcEndpoint
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyVpcEndpointRequest(input *ModifyVpcEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyVpcEndpointOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyVpcEndpoint,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyVpcEndpointInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyVpcEndpointOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyVpcEndpoint API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies attributes of a specified VPC endpoint. The attributes that you
|
|
// can modify depend on the type of VPC endpoint (interface or gateway). For
|
|
// more information, see VPC Endpoints (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/vpc-endpoints.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ModifyVpcEndpoint for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyVpcEndpoint
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyVpcEndpoint(input *ModifyVpcEndpointInput) (*ModifyVpcEndpointOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyVpcEndpointRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyVpcEndpointWithContext is the same as ModifyVpcEndpoint with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyVpcEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyVpcEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyVpcEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyVpcEndpointOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyVpcEndpointRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotification = "ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotification"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotification operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotification for more information on using the ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotification
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotification
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationRequest(input *ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotification,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotification API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies a connection notification for VPC endpoint or VPC endpoint service.
|
|
// You can change the SNS topic for the notification, or the events for which
|
|
// to be notified.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotification for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotification
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotification(input *ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput) (*ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationWithContext is the same as ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotification with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotification for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration = "ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration for more information on using the ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationRequest(input *ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the attributes of your VPC endpoint service configuration. You can
|
|
// change the Network Load Balancers for your service, and you can specify whether
|
|
// acceptance is required for requests to connect to your endpoint service through
|
|
// an interface VPC endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration(input *ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput) (*ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationWithContext is the same as ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissions = "ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissions"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissions operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissions for more information on using the ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissions
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissions
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsRequest(input *ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissions API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the permissions for your VPC endpoint service (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/endpoint-service.html).
|
|
// You can add or remove permissions for service consumers (IAM users, IAM roles,
|
|
// and AWS accounts) to connect to your endpoint service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissions for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissions
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissions(input *ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput) (*ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsWithContext is the same as ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissions with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissions for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptions = "ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptions"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptions operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptions for more information on using the ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptions
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptions
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsRequest(input *ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptions API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the VPC peering connection options on one side of a VPC peering
|
|
// connection. You can do the following:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Enable/disable communication over the peering connection between an
|
|
// EC2-Classic instance that's linked to your VPC (using ClassicLink) and
|
|
// instances in the peer VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Enable/disable communication over the peering connection between instances
|
|
// in your VPC and an EC2-Classic instance that's linked to the peer VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Enable/disable a local VPC to resolve public DNS hostnames to private
|
|
// IP addresses when queried from instances in the peer VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the peered VPCs are in different accounts, each owner must initiate a
|
|
// separate request to modify the peering connection options, depending on whether
|
|
// their VPC was the requester or accepter for the VPC peering connection. If
|
|
// the peered VPCs are in the same account, you can modify the requester and
|
|
// accepter options in the same request. To confirm which VPC is the accepter
|
|
// and requester for a VPC peering connection, use the DescribeVpcPeeringConnections
|
|
// command.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptions for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptions
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptions(input *ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsInput) (*ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsWithContext is the same as ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptions with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptions for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyVpcTenancy = "ModifyVpcTenancy"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyVpcTenancyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyVpcTenancy operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyVpcTenancy for more information on using the ModifyVpcTenancy
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyVpcTenancyRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyVpcTenancyRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyVpcTenancy
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyVpcTenancyRequest(input *ModifyVpcTenancyInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyVpcTenancyOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyVpcTenancy,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyVpcTenancyInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyVpcTenancyOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyVpcTenancy API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the instance tenancy attribute of the specified VPC. You can change
|
|
// the instance tenancy attribute of a VPC to default only. You cannot change
|
|
// the instance tenancy attribute to dedicated.
|
|
//
|
|
// After you modify the tenancy of the VPC, any new instances that you launch
|
|
// into the VPC have a tenancy of default, unless you specify otherwise during
|
|
// launch. The tenancy of any existing instances in the VPC is not affected.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about Dedicated Instances, see Dedicated Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/dedicated-instance.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ModifyVpcTenancy for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyVpcTenancy
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyVpcTenancy(input *ModifyVpcTenancyInput) (*ModifyVpcTenancyOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyVpcTenancyRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyVpcTenancyWithContext is the same as ModifyVpcTenancy with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyVpcTenancy for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ModifyVpcTenancyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyVpcTenancyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyVpcTenancyOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyVpcTenancyRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opMonitorInstances = "MonitorInstances"
|
|
|
|
// MonitorInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the MonitorInstances operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See MonitorInstances for more information on using the MonitorInstances
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the MonitorInstancesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.MonitorInstancesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/MonitorInstances
|
|
func (c *EC2) MonitorInstancesRequest(input *MonitorInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *MonitorInstancesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opMonitorInstances,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &MonitorInstancesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &MonitorInstancesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// MonitorInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Enables detailed monitoring for a running instance. Otherwise, basic monitoring
|
|
// is enabled. For more information, see Monitoring Your Instances and Volumes
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-cloudwatch.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// To disable detailed monitoring, see .
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation MonitorInstances for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/MonitorInstances
|
|
func (c *EC2) MonitorInstances(input *MonitorInstancesInput) (*MonitorInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.MonitorInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// MonitorInstancesWithContext is the same as MonitorInstances with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See MonitorInstances for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) MonitorInstancesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *MonitorInstancesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*MonitorInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.MonitorInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opMoveAddressToVpc = "MoveAddressToVpc"
|
|
|
|
// MoveAddressToVpcRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the MoveAddressToVpc operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See MoveAddressToVpc for more information on using the MoveAddressToVpc
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the MoveAddressToVpcRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.MoveAddressToVpcRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/MoveAddressToVpc
|
|
func (c *EC2) MoveAddressToVpcRequest(input *MoveAddressToVpcInput) (req *request.Request, output *MoveAddressToVpcOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opMoveAddressToVpc,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &MoveAddressToVpcInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &MoveAddressToVpcOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// MoveAddressToVpc API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Moves an Elastic IP address from the EC2-Classic platform to the EC2-VPC
|
|
// platform. The Elastic IP address must be allocated to your account for more
|
|
// than 24 hours, and it must not be associated with an instance. After the
|
|
// Elastic IP address is moved, it is no longer available for use in the EC2-Classic
|
|
// platform, unless you move it back using the RestoreAddressToClassic request.
|
|
// You cannot move an Elastic IP address that was originally allocated for use
|
|
// in the EC2-VPC platform to the EC2-Classic platform.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation MoveAddressToVpc for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/MoveAddressToVpc
|
|
func (c *EC2) MoveAddressToVpc(input *MoveAddressToVpcInput) (*MoveAddressToVpcOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.MoveAddressToVpcRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// MoveAddressToVpcWithContext is the same as MoveAddressToVpc with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See MoveAddressToVpc for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) MoveAddressToVpcWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *MoveAddressToVpcInput, opts ...request.Option) (*MoveAddressToVpcOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.MoveAddressToVpcRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opPurchaseHostReservation = "PurchaseHostReservation"
|
|
|
|
// PurchaseHostReservationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the PurchaseHostReservation operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See PurchaseHostReservation for more information on using the PurchaseHostReservation
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the PurchaseHostReservationRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.PurchaseHostReservationRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/PurchaseHostReservation
|
|
func (c *EC2) PurchaseHostReservationRequest(input *PurchaseHostReservationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PurchaseHostReservationOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opPurchaseHostReservation,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &PurchaseHostReservationInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &PurchaseHostReservationOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// PurchaseHostReservation API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Purchase a reservation with configurations that match those of your Dedicated
|
|
// Host. You must have active Dedicated Hosts in your account before you purchase
|
|
// a reservation. This action results in the specified reservation being purchased
|
|
// and charged to your account.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation PurchaseHostReservation for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/PurchaseHostReservation
|
|
func (c *EC2) PurchaseHostReservation(input *PurchaseHostReservationInput) (*PurchaseHostReservationOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.PurchaseHostReservationRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// PurchaseHostReservationWithContext is the same as PurchaseHostReservation with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See PurchaseHostReservation for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) PurchaseHostReservationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PurchaseHostReservationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PurchaseHostReservationOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.PurchaseHostReservationRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opPurchaseReservedInstancesOffering = "PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering"
|
|
|
|
// PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering for more information on using the PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering
|
|
func (c *EC2) PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingRequest(input *PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opPurchaseReservedInstancesOffering,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Purchases a Reserved Instance for use with your account. With Reserved Instances,
|
|
// you pay a lower hourly rate compared to On-Demand instance pricing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings to get a list of Reserved Instance
|
|
// offerings that match your specifications. After you've purchased a Reserved
|
|
// Instance, you can check for your new Reserved Instance with DescribeReservedInstances.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see Reserved Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/concepts-on-demand-reserved-instances.html)
|
|
// and Reserved Instance Marketplace (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-market-general.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering
|
|
func (c *EC2) PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering(input *PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingInput) (*PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingWithContext is the same as PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opPurchaseScheduledInstances = "PurchaseScheduledInstances"
|
|
|
|
// PurchaseScheduledInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the PurchaseScheduledInstances operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See PurchaseScheduledInstances for more information on using the PurchaseScheduledInstances
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the PurchaseScheduledInstancesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.PurchaseScheduledInstancesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/PurchaseScheduledInstances
|
|
func (c *EC2) PurchaseScheduledInstancesRequest(input *PurchaseScheduledInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *PurchaseScheduledInstancesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opPurchaseScheduledInstances,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &PurchaseScheduledInstancesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &PurchaseScheduledInstancesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// PurchaseScheduledInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Purchases one or more Scheduled Instances with the specified schedule.
|
|
//
|
|
// Scheduled Instances enable you to purchase Amazon EC2 compute capacity by
|
|
// the hour for a one-year term. Before you can purchase a Scheduled Instance,
|
|
// you must call DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability to check for available
|
|
// schedules and obtain a purchase token. After you purchase a Scheduled Instance,
|
|
// you must call RunScheduledInstances during each scheduled time period.
|
|
//
|
|
// After you purchase a Scheduled Instance, you can't cancel, modify, or resell
|
|
// your purchase.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation PurchaseScheduledInstances for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/PurchaseScheduledInstances
|
|
func (c *EC2) PurchaseScheduledInstances(input *PurchaseScheduledInstancesInput) (*PurchaseScheduledInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.PurchaseScheduledInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// PurchaseScheduledInstancesWithContext is the same as PurchaseScheduledInstances with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See PurchaseScheduledInstances for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) PurchaseScheduledInstancesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PurchaseScheduledInstancesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PurchaseScheduledInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.PurchaseScheduledInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRebootInstances = "RebootInstances"
|
|
|
|
// RebootInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RebootInstances operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RebootInstances for more information on using the RebootInstances
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RebootInstancesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RebootInstancesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/RebootInstances
|
|
func (c *EC2) RebootInstancesRequest(input *RebootInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *RebootInstancesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRebootInstances,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RebootInstancesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RebootInstancesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RebootInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Requests a reboot of one or more instances. This operation is asynchronous;
|
|
// it only queues a request to reboot the specified instances. The operation
|
|
// succeeds if the instances are valid and belong to you. Requests to reboot
|
|
// terminated instances are ignored.
|
|
//
|
|
// If an instance does not cleanly shut down within four minutes, Amazon EC2
|
|
// performs a hard reboot.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about troubleshooting, see Getting Console Output and
|
|
// Rebooting Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-console.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation RebootInstances for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/RebootInstances
|
|
func (c *EC2) RebootInstances(input *RebootInstancesInput) (*RebootInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RebootInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RebootInstancesWithContext is the same as RebootInstances with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RebootInstances for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) RebootInstancesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RebootInstancesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RebootInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RebootInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRegisterImage = "RegisterImage"
|
|
|
|
// RegisterImageRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RegisterImage operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RegisterImage for more information on using the RegisterImage
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RegisterImageRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RegisterImageRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/RegisterImage
|
|
func (c *EC2) RegisterImageRequest(input *RegisterImageInput) (req *request.Request, output *RegisterImageOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRegisterImage,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RegisterImageInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RegisterImageOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RegisterImage API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Registers an AMI. When you're creating an AMI, this is the final step you
|
|
// must complete before you can launch an instance from the AMI. For more information
|
|
// about creating AMIs, see Creating Your Own AMIs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/creating-an-ami.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// For Amazon EBS-backed instances, CreateImage creates and registers the AMI
|
|
// in a single request, so you don't have to register the AMI yourself.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can also use RegisterImage to create an Amazon EBS-backed Linux AMI from
|
|
// a snapshot of a root device volume. You specify the snapshot using the block
|
|
// device mapping. For more information, see Launching a Linux Instance from
|
|
// a Backup (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-launch-snapshot.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can't register an image where a secondary (non-root) snapshot has AWS
|
|
// Marketplace product codes.
|
|
//
|
|
// Some Linux distributions, such as Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL) and SUSE
|
|
// Linux Enterprise Server (SLES), use the EC2 billing product code associated
|
|
// with an AMI to verify the subscription status for package updates. Creating
|
|
// an AMI from an EBS snapshot does not maintain this billing code, and subsequent
|
|
// instances launched from such an AMI will not be able to connect to package
|
|
// update infrastructure. To create an AMI that must retain billing codes, see
|
|
// CreateImage.
|
|
//
|
|
// If needed, you can deregister an AMI at any time. Any modifications you make
|
|
// to an AMI backed by an instance store volume invalidates its registration.
|
|
// If you make changes to an image, deregister the previous image and register
|
|
// the new image.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation RegisterImage for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/RegisterImage
|
|
func (c *EC2) RegisterImage(input *RegisterImageInput) (*RegisterImageOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RegisterImageRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RegisterImageWithContext is the same as RegisterImage with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RegisterImage for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) RegisterImageWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RegisterImageInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RegisterImageOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RegisterImageRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRejectVpcEndpointConnections = "RejectVpcEndpointConnections"
|
|
|
|
// RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RejectVpcEndpointConnections operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RejectVpcEndpointConnections for more information on using the RejectVpcEndpointConnections
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/RejectVpcEndpointConnections
|
|
func (c *EC2) RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsRequest(input *RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRejectVpcEndpointConnections,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RejectVpcEndpointConnections API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Rejects one or more VPC endpoint connection requests to your VPC endpoint
|
|
// service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation RejectVpcEndpointConnections for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/RejectVpcEndpointConnections
|
|
func (c *EC2) RejectVpcEndpointConnections(input *RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsInput) (*RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsWithContext is the same as RejectVpcEndpointConnections with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RejectVpcEndpointConnections for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRejectVpcPeeringConnection = "RejectVpcPeeringConnection"
|
|
|
|
// RejectVpcPeeringConnectionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RejectVpcPeeringConnection operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RejectVpcPeeringConnection for more information on using the RejectVpcPeeringConnection
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RejectVpcPeeringConnectionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RejectVpcPeeringConnectionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/RejectVpcPeeringConnection
|
|
func (c *EC2) RejectVpcPeeringConnectionRequest(input *RejectVpcPeeringConnectionInput) (req *request.Request, output *RejectVpcPeeringConnectionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRejectVpcPeeringConnection,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RejectVpcPeeringConnectionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RejectVpcPeeringConnectionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RejectVpcPeeringConnection API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Rejects a VPC peering connection request. The VPC peering connection must
|
|
// be in the pending-acceptance state. Use the DescribeVpcPeeringConnections
|
|
// request to view your outstanding VPC peering connection requests. To delete
|
|
// an active VPC peering connection, or to delete a VPC peering connection request
|
|
// that you initiated, use DeleteVpcPeeringConnection.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation RejectVpcPeeringConnection for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/RejectVpcPeeringConnection
|
|
func (c *EC2) RejectVpcPeeringConnection(input *RejectVpcPeeringConnectionInput) (*RejectVpcPeeringConnectionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RejectVpcPeeringConnectionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RejectVpcPeeringConnectionWithContext is the same as RejectVpcPeeringConnection with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RejectVpcPeeringConnection for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) RejectVpcPeeringConnectionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RejectVpcPeeringConnectionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RejectVpcPeeringConnectionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RejectVpcPeeringConnectionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opReleaseAddress = "ReleaseAddress"
|
|
|
|
// ReleaseAddressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ReleaseAddress operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ReleaseAddress for more information on using the ReleaseAddress
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ReleaseAddressRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ReleaseAddressRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ReleaseAddress
|
|
func (c *EC2) ReleaseAddressRequest(input *ReleaseAddressInput) (req *request.Request, output *ReleaseAddressOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opReleaseAddress,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ReleaseAddressInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ReleaseAddressOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ReleaseAddress API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Releases the specified Elastic IP address.
|
|
//
|
|
// [EC2-Classic, default VPC] Releasing an Elastic IP address automatically
|
|
// disassociates it from any instance that it's associated with. To disassociate
|
|
// an Elastic IP address without releasing it, use DisassociateAddress.
|
|
//
|
|
// [Nondefault VPC] You must use DisassociateAddress to disassociate the Elastic
|
|
// IP address before you can release it. Otherwise, Amazon EC2 returns an error
|
|
// (InvalidIPAddress.InUse).
|
|
//
|
|
// After releasing an Elastic IP address, it is released to the IP address pool.
|
|
// Be sure to update your DNS records and any servers or devices that communicate
|
|
// with the address. If you attempt to release an Elastic IP address that you
|
|
// already released, you'll get an AuthFailure error if the address is already
|
|
// allocated to another AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// [EC2-VPC] After you release an Elastic IP address for use in a VPC, you might
|
|
// be able to recover it. For more information, see AllocateAddress.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ReleaseAddress for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ReleaseAddress
|
|
func (c *EC2) ReleaseAddress(input *ReleaseAddressInput) (*ReleaseAddressOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ReleaseAddressRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ReleaseAddressWithContext is the same as ReleaseAddress with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ReleaseAddress for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ReleaseAddressWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ReleaseAddressInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ReleaseAddressOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ReleaseAddressRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opReleaseHosts = "ReleaseHosts"
|
|
|
|
// ReleaseHostsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ReleaseHosts operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ReleaseHosts for more information on using the ReleaseHosts
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ReleaseHostsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ReleaseHostsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ReleaseHosts
|
|
func (c *EC2) ReleaseHostsRequest(input *ReleaseHostsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ReleaseHostsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opReleaseHosts,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ReleaseHostsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ReleaseHostsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ReleaseHosts API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// When you no longer want to use an On-Demand Dedicated Host it can be released.
|
|
// On-Demand billing is stopped and the host goes into released state. The host
|
|
// ID of Dedicated Hosts that have been released can no longer be specified
|
|
// in another request, e.g., ModifyHosts. You must stop or terminate all instances
|
|
// on a host before it can be released.
|
|
//
|
|
// When Dedicated Hosts are released, it make take some time for them to stop
|
|
// counting toward your limit and you may receive capacity errors when trying
|
|
// to allocate new Dedicated hosts. Try waiting a few minutes, and then try
|
|
// again.
|
|
//
|
|
// Released hosts will still appear in a DescribeHosts response.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ReleaseHosts for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ReleaseHosts
|
|
func (c *EC2) ReleaseHosts(input *ReleaseHostsInput) (*ReleaseHostsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ReleaseHostsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ReleaseHostsWithContext is the same as ReleaseHosts with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ReleaseHosts for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ReleaseHostsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ReleaseHostsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ReleaseHostsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ReleaseHostsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociation = "ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociation"
|
|
|
|
// ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociation operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociation for more information on using the ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociation
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociation
|
|
func (c *EC2) ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationRequest(input *ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationInput) (req *request.Request, output *ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociation,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociation API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Replaces an IAM instance profile for the specified running instance. You
|
|
// can use this action to change the IAM instance profile that's associated
|
|
// with an instance without having to disassociate the existing IAM instance
|
|
// profile first.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations to get the association ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociation for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociation
|
|
func (c *EC2) ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociation(input *ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationInput) (*ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationWithContext is the same as ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociation with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociation for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opReplaceNetworkAclAssociation = "ReplaceNetworkAclAssociation"
|
|
|
|
// ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ReplaceNetworkAclAssociation operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ReplaceNetworkAclAssociation for more information on using the ReplaceNetworkAclAssociation
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ReplaceNetworkAclAssociation
|
|
func (c *EC2) ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationRequest(input *ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationInput) (req *request.Request, output *ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opReplaceNetworkAclAssociation,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ReplaceNetworkAclAssociation API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Changes which network ACL a subnet is associated with. By default when you
|
|
// create a subnet, it's automatically associated with the default network ACL.
|
|
// For more information about network ACLs, see Network ACLs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_ACLs.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// This is an idempotent operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ReplaceNetworkAclAssociation for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ReplaceNetworkAclAssociation
|
|
func (c *EC2) ReplaceNetworkAclAssociation(input *ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationInput) (*ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationWithContext is the same as ReplaceNetworkAclAssociation with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ReplaceNetworkAclAssociation for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opReplaceNetworkAclEntry = "ReplaceNetworkAclEntry"
|
|
|
|
// ReplaceNetworkAclEntryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ReplaceNetworkAclEntry operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ReplaceNetworkAclEntry for more information on using the ReplaceNetworkAclEntry
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ReplaceNetworkAclEntryRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ReplaceNetworkAclEntryRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ReplaceNetworkAclEntry
|
|
func (c *EC2) ReplaceNetworkAclEntryRequest(input *ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput) (req *request.Request, output *ReplaceNetworkAclEntryOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opReplaceNetworkAclEntry,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ReplaceNetworkAclEntryOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ReplaceNetworkAclEntry API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Replaces an entry (rule) in a network ACL. For more information about network
|
|
// ACLs, see Network ACLs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_ACLs.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ReplaceNetworkAclEntry for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ReplaceNetworkAclEntry
|
|
func (c *EC2) ReplaceNetworkAclEntry(input *ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput) (*ReplaceNetworkAclEntryOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ReplaceNetworkAclEntryRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ReplaceNetworkAclEntryWithContext is the same as ReplaceNetworkAclEntry with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ReplaceNetworkAclEntry for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ReplaceNetworkAclEntryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ReplaceNetworkAclEntryOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ReplaceNetworkAclEntryRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opReplaceRoute = "ReplaceRoute"
|
|
|
|
// ReplaceRouteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ReplaceRoute operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ReplaceRoute for more information on using the ReplaceRoute
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ReplaceRouteRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ReplaceRouteRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ReplaceRoute
|
|
func (c *EC2) ReplaceRouteRequest(input *ReplaceRouteInput) (req *request.Request, output *ReplaceRouteOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opReplaceRoute,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ReplaceRouteInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ReplaceRouteOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ReplaceRoute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Replaces an existing route within a route table in a VPC. You must provide
|
|
// only one of the following: Internet gateway or virtual private gateway, NAT
|
|
// instance, NAT gateway, VPC peering connection, network interface, or egress-only
|
|
// Internet gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about route tables, see Route Tables (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_Route_Tables.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ReplaceRoute for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ReplaceRoute
|
|
func (c *EC2) ReplaceRoute(input *ReplaceRouteInput) (*ReplaceRouteOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ReplaceRouteRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ReplaceRouteWithContext is the same as ReplaceRoute with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ReplaceRoute for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ReplaceRouteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ReplaceRouteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ReplaceRouteOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ReplaceRouteRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opReplaceRouteTableAssociation = "ReplaceRouteTableAssociation"
|
|
|
|
// ReplaceRouteTableAssociationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ReplaceRouteTableAssociation operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ReplaceRouteTableAssociation for more information on using the ReplaceRouteTableAssociation
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ReplaceRouteTableAssociationRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ReplaceRouteTableAssociationRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ReplaceRouteTableAssociation
|
|
func (c *EC2) ReplaceRouteTableAssociationRequest(input *ReplaceRouteTableAssociationInput) (req *request.Request, output *ReplaceRouteTableAssociationOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opReplaceRouteTableAssociation,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ReplaceRouteTableAssociationInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ReplaceRouteTableAssociationOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ReplaceRouteTableAssociation API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Changes the route table associated with a given subnet in a VPC. After the
|
|
// operation completes, the subnet uses the routes in the new route table it's
|
|
// associated with. For more information about route tables, see Route Tables
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_Route_Tables.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can also use ReplaceRouteTableAssociation to change which table is the
|
|
// main route table in the VPC. You just specify the main route table's association
|
|
// ID and the route table to be the new main route table.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ReplaceRouteTableAssociation for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ReplaceRouteTableAssociation
|
|
func (c *EC2) ReplaceRouteTableAssociation(input *ReplaceRouteTableAssociationInput) (*ReplaceRouteTableAssociationOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ReplaceRouteTableAssociationRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ReplaceRouteTableAssociationWithContext is the same as ReplaceRouteTableAssociation with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ReplaceRouteTableAssociation for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ReplaceRouteTableAssociationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ReplaceRouteTableAssociationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ReplaceRouteTableAssociationOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ReplaceRouteTableAssociationRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opReportInstanceStatus = "ReportInstanceStatus"
|
|
|
|
// ReportInstanceStatusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ReportInstanceStatus operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ReportInstanceStatus for more information on using the ReportInstanceStatus
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ReportInstanceStatusRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ReportInstanceStatusRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ReportInstanceStatus
|
|
func (c *EC2) ReportInstanceStatusRequest(input *ReportInstanceStatusInput) (req *request.Request, output *ReportInstanceStatusOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opReportInstanceStatus,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ReportInstanceStatusInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ReportInstanceStatusOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ReportInstanceStatus API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Submits feedback about the status of an instance. The instance must be in
|
|
// the running state. If your experience with the instance differs from the
|
|
// instance status returned by DescribeInstanceStatus, use ReportInstanceStatus
|
|
// to report your experience with the instance. Amazon EC2 collects this information
|
|
// to improve the accuracy of status checks.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use of this action does not change the value returned by DescribeInstanceStatus.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ReportInstanceStatus for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ReportInstanceStatus
|
|
func (c *EC2) ReportInstanceStatus(input *ReportInstanceStatusInput) (*ReportInstanceStatusOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ReportInstanceStatusRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ReportInstanceStatusWithContext is the same as ReportInstanceStatus with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ReportInstanceStatus for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ReportInstanceStatusWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ReportInstanceStatusInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ReportInstanceStatusOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ReportInstanceStatusRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRequestSpotFleet = "RequestSpotFleet"
|
|
|
|
// RequestSpotFleetRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RequestSpotFleet operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RequestSpotFleet for more information on using the RequestSpotFleet
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RequestSpotFleetRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RequestSpotFleetRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/RequestSpotFleet
|
|
func (c *EC2) RequestSpotFleetRequest(input *RequestSpotFleetInput) (req *request.Request, output *RequestSpotFleetOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRequestSpotFleet,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RequestSpotFleetInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RequestSpotFleetOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RequestSpotFleet API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a Spot Fleet request.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can submit a single request that includes multiple launch specifications
|
|
// that vary by instance type, AMI, Availability Zone, or subnet.
|
|
//
|
|
// By default, the Spot Fleet requests Spot Instances in the Spot pool where
|
|
// the price per unit is the lowest. Each launch specification can include its
|
|
// own instance weighting that reflects the value of the instance type to your
|
|
// application workload.
|
|
//
|
|
// Alternatively, you can specify that the Spot Fleet distribute the target
|
|
// capacity across the Spot pools included in its launch specifications. By
|
|
// ensuring that the Spot Instances in your Spot Fleet are in different Spot
|
|
// pools, you can improve the availability of your fleet.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can specify tags for the Spot Instances. You cannot tag other resource
|
|
// types in a Spot Fleet request; only the instance resource type is supported.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see Spot Fleet Requests (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-requests.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation RequestSpotFleet for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/RequestSpotFleet
|
|
func (c *EC2) RequestSpotFleet(input *RequestSpotFleetInput) (*RequestSpotFleetOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RequestSpotFleetRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RequestSpotFleetWithContext is the same as RequestSpotFleet with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RequestSpotFleet for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) RequestSpotFleetWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RequestSpotFleetInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RequestSpotFleetOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RequestSpotFleetRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRequestSpotInstances = "RequestSpotInstances"
|
|
|
|
// RequestSpotInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RequestSpotInstances operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RequestSpotInstances for more information on using the RequestSpotInstances
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RequestSpotInstancesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RequestSpotInstancesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/RequestSpotInstances
|
|
func (c *EC2) RequestSpotInstancesRequest(input *RequestSpotInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *RequestSpotInstancesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRequestSpotInstances,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RequestSpotInstancesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RequestSpotInstancesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RequestSpotInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a Spot Instance request. Spot Instances are instances that Amazon
|
|
// EC2 launches when the maximum price that you specify exceeds the current
|
|
// Spot price. For more information, see Spot Instance Requests (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-requests.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation RequestSpotInstances for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/RequestSpotInstances
|
|
func (c *EC2) RequestSpotInstances(input *RequestSpotInstancesInput) (*RequestSpotInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RequestSpotInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RequestSpotInstancesWithContext is the same as RequestSpotInstances with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RequestSpotInstances for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) RequestSpotInstancesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RequestSpotInstancesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RequestSpotInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RequestSpotInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opResetFpgaImageAttribute = "ResetFpgaImageAttribute"
|
|
|
|
// ResetFpgaImageAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ResetFpgaImageAttribute operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ResetFpgaImageAttribute for more information on using the ResetFpgaImageAttribute
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ResetFpgaImageAttributeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ResetFpgaImageAttributeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ResetFpgaImageAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) ResetFpgaImageAttributeRequest(input *ResetFpgaImageAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ResetFpgaImageAttributeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opResetFpgaImageAttribute,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ResetFpgaImageAttributeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ResetFpgaImageAttributeOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ResetFpgaImageAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Resets the specified attribute of the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI) to
|
|
// its default value. You can only reset the load permission attribute.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ResetFpgaImageAttribute for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ResetFpgaImageAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) ResetFpgaImageAttribute(input *ResetFpgaImageAttributeInput) (*ResetFpgaImageAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ResetFpgaImageAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ResetFpgaImageAttributeWithContext is the same as ResetFpgaImageAttribute with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ResetFpgaImageAttribute for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ResetFpgaImageAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ResetFpgaImageAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ResetFpgaImageAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ResetFpgaImageAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opResetImageAttribute = "ResetImageAttribute"
|
|
|
|
// ResetImageAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ResetImageAttribute operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ResetImageAttribute for more information on using the ResetImageAttribute
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ResetImageAttributeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ResetImageAttributeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ResetImageAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) ResetImageAttributeRequest(input *ResetImageAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ResetImageAttributeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opResetImageAttribute,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ResetImageAttributeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ResetImageAttributeOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ResetImageAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Resets an attribute of an AMI to its default value.
|
|
//
|
|
// The productCodes attribute can't be reset.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ResetImageAttribute for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ResetImageAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) ResetImageAttribute(input *ResetImageAttributeInput) (*ResetImageAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ResetImageAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ResetImageAttributeWithContext is the same as ResetImageAttribute with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ResetImageAttribute for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ResetImageAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ResetImageAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ResetImageAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ResetImageAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opResetInstanceAttribute = "ResetInstanceAttribute"
|
|
|
|
// ResetInstanceAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ResetInstanceAttribute operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ResetInstanceAttribute for more information on using the ResetInstanceAttribute
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ResetInstanceAttributeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ResetInstanceAttributeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ResetInstanceAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) ResetInstanceAttributeRequest(input *ResetInstanceAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ResetInstanceAttributeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opResetInstanceAttribute,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ResetInstanceAttributeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ResetInstanceAttributeOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ResetInstanceAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Resets an attribute of an instance to its default value. To reset the kernel
|
|
// or ramdisk, the instance must be in a stopped state. To reset the sourceDestCheck,
|
|
// the instance can be either running or stopped.
|
|
//
|
|
// The sourceDestCheck attribute controls whether source/destination checking
|
|
// is enabled. The default value is true, which means checking is enabled. This
|
|
// value must be false for a NAT instance to perform NAT. For more information,
|
|
// see NAT Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_NAT_Instance.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ResetInstanceAttribute for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ResetInstanceAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) ResetInstanceAttribute(input *ResetInstanceAttributeInput) (*ResetInstanceAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ResetInstanceAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ResetInstanceAttributeWithContext is the same as ResetInstanceAttribute with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ResetInstanceAttribute for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ResetInstanceAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ResetInstanceAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ResetInstanceAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ResetInstanceAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute = "ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute"
|
|
|
|
// ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute for more information on using the ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeRequest(input *ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Resets a network interface attribute. You can specify only one attribute
|
|
// at a time.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute(input *ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput) (*ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeWithContext is the same as ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opResetSnapshotAttribute = "ResetSnapshotAttribute"
|
|
|
|
// ResetSnapshotAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ResetSnapshotAttribute operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ResetSnapshotAttribute for more information on using the ResetSnapshotAttribute
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ResetSnapshotAttributeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ResetSnapshotAttributeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ResetSnapshotAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) ResetSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ResetSnapshotAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ResetSnapshotAttributeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opResetSnapshotAttribute,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ResetSnapshotAttributeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ResetSnapshotAttributeOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ResetSnapshotAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Resets permission settings for the specified snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on modifying snapshot permissions, see Sharing Snapshots
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-modifying-snapshot-permissions.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation ResetSnapshotAttribute for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ResetSnapshotAttribute
|
|
func (c *EC2) ResetSnapshotAttribute(input *ResetSnapshotAttributeInput) (*ResetSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ResetSnapshotAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ResetSnapshotAttributeWithContext is the same as ResetSnapshotAttribute with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ResetSnapshotAttribute for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) ResetSnapshotAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ResetSnapshotAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ResetSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ResetSnapshotAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRestoreAddressToClassic = "RestoreAddressToClassic"
|
|
|
|
// RestoreAddressToClassicRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RestoreAddressToClassic operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RestoreAddressToClassic for more information on using the RestoreAddressToClassic
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RestoreAddressToClassicRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RestoreAddressToClassicRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/RestoreAddressToClassic
|
|
func (c *EC2) RestoreAddressToClassicRequest(input *RestoreAddressToClassicInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreAddressToClassicOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRestoreAddressToClassic,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RestoreAddressToClassicInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RestoreAddressToClassicOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RestoreAddressToClassic API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Restores an Elastic IP address that was previously moved to the EC2-VPC platform
|
|
// back to the EC2-Classic platform. You cannot move an Elastic IP address that
|
|
// was originally allocated for use in EC2-VPC. The Elastic IP address must
|
|
// not be associated with an instance or network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation RestoreAddressToClassic for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/RestoreAddressToClassic
|
|
func (c *EC2) RestoreAddressToClassic(input *RestoreAddressToClassicInput) (*RestoreAddressToClassicOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RestoreAddressToClassicRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RestoreAddressToClassicWithContext is the same as RestoreAddressToClassic with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RestoreAddressToClassic for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) RestoreAddressToClassicWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreAddressToClassicInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreAddressToClassicOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RestoreAddressToClassicRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRevokeSecurityGroupEgress = "RevokeSecurityGroupEgress"
|
|
|
|
// RevokeSecurityGroupEgressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RevokeSecurityGroupEgress operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RevokeSecurityGroupEgress for more information on using the RevokeSecurityGroupEgress
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RevokeSecurityGroupEgressRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RevokeSecurityGroupEgressRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/RevokeSecurityGroupEgress
|
|
func (c *EC2) RevokeSecurityGroupEgressRequest(input *RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput) (req *request.Request, output *RevokeSecurityGroupEgressOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRevokeSecurityGroupEgress,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RevokeSecurityGroupEgressOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RevokeSecurityGroupEgress API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// [EC2-VPC only] Removes one or more egress rules from a security group for
|
|
// EC2-VPC. This action doesn't apply to security groups for use in EC2-Classic.
|
|
// To remove a rule, the values that you specify (for example, ports) must match
|
|
// the existing rule's values exactly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Each rule consists of the protocol and the IPv4 or IPv6 CIDR range or source
|
|
// security group. For the TCP and UDP protocols, you must also specify the
|
|
// destination port or range of ports. For the ICMP protocol, you must also
|
|
// specify the ICMP type and code. If the security group rule has a description,
|
|
// you do not have to specify the description to revoke the rule.
|
|
//
|
|
// Rule changes are propagated to instances within the security group as quickly
|
|
// as possible. However, a small delay might occur.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation RevokeSecurityGroupEgress for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/RevokeSecurityGroupEgress
|
|
func (c *EC2) RevokeSecurityGroupEgress(input *RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput) (*RevokeSecurityGroupEgressOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RevokeSecurityGroupEgressRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RevokeSecurityGroupEgressWithContext is the same as RevokeSecurityGroupEgress with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RevokeSecurityGroupEgress for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) RevokeSecurityGroupEgressWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RevokeSecurityGroupEgressOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RevokeSecurityGroupEgressRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRevokeSecurityGroupIngress = "RevokeSecurityGroupIngress"
|
|
|
|
// RevokeSecurityGroupIngressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RevokeSecurityGroupIngress operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RevokeSecurityGroupIngress for more information on using the RevokeSecurityGroupIngress
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RevokeSecurityGroupIngressRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RevokeSecurityGroupIngressRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/RevokeSecurityGroupIngress
|
|
func (c *EC2) RevokeSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput) (req *request.Request, output *RevokeSecurityGroupIngressOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRevokeSecurityGroupIngress,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RevokeSecurityGroupIngressOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RevokeSecurityGroupIngress API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Removes one or more ingress rules from a security group. To remove a rule,
|
|
// the values that you specify (for example, ports) must match the existing
|
|
// rule's values exactly.
|
|
//
|
|
// [EC2-Classic security groups only] If the values you specify do not match
|
|
// the existing rule's values, no error is returned. Use DescribeSecurityGroups
|
|
// to verify that the rule has been removed.
|
|
//
|
|
// Each rule consists of the protocol and the CIDR range or source security
|
|
// group. For the TCP and UDP protocols, you must also specify the destination
|
|
// port or range of ports. For the ICMP protocol, you must also specify the
|
|
// ICMP type and code. If the security group rule has a description, you do
|
|
// not have to specify the description to revoke the rule.
|
|
//
|
|
// Rule changes are propagated to instances within the security group as quickly
|
|
// as possible. However, a small delay might occur.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation RevokeSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/RevokeSecurityGroupIngress
|
|
func (c *EC2) RevokeSecurityGroupIngress(input *RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*RevokeSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RevokeSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RevokeSecurityGroupIngressWithContext is the same as RevokeSecurityGroupIngress with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RevokeSecurityGroupIngress for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) RevokeSecurityGroupIngressWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RevokeSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RevokeSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRunInstances = "RunInstances"
|
|
|
|
// RunInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RunInstances operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RunInstances for more information on using the RunInstances
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RunInstancesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RunInstancesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/RunInstances
|
|
func (c *EC2) RunInstancesRequest(input *RunInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *Reservation) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRunInstances,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RunInstancesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &Reservation{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RunInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Launches the specified number of instances using an AMI for which you have
|
|
// permissions.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can specify a number of options, or leave the default options. The following
|
|
// rules apply:
|
|
//
|
|
// * [EC2-VPC] If you don't specify a subnet ID, we choose a default subnet
|
|
// from your default VPC for you. If you don't have a default VPC, you must
|
|
// specify a subnet ID in the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * [EC2-Classic] If don't specify an Availability Zone, we choose one for
|
|
// you.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Some instance types must be launched into a VPC. If you do not have
|
|
// a default VPC, or if you do not specify a subnet ID, the request fails.
|
|
// For more information, see Instance Types Available Only in a VPC (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-vpc.html#vpc-only-instance-types).
|
|
//
|
|
// * [EC2-VPC] All instances have a network interface with a primary private
|
|
// IPv4 address. If you don't specify this address, we choose one from the
|
|
// IPv4 range of your subnet.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Not all instance types support IPv6 addresses. For more information,
|
|
// see Instance Types (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// * If you don't specify a security group ID, we use the default security
|
|
// group. For more information, see Security Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-network-security.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// * If any of the AMIs have a product code attached for which the user has
|
|
// not subscribed, the request fails.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can create a launch template (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-templates.html),
|
|
// which is a resource that contains the parameters to launch an instance. When
|
|
// you launch an instance using RunInstances, you can specify the launch template
|
|
// instead of specifying the launch parameters.
|
|
//
|
|
// To ensure faster instance launches, break up large requests into smaller
|
|
// batches. For example, create five separate launch requests for 100 instances
|
|
// each instead of one launch request for 500 instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// An instance is ready for you to use when it's in the running state. You can
|
|
// check the state of your instance using DescribeInstances. You can tag instances
|
|
// and EBS volumes during launch, after launch, or both. For more information,
|
|
// see CreateTags and Tagging Your Amazon EC2 Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Linux instances have access to the public key of the key pair at boot. You
|
|
// can use this key to provide secure access to the instance. Amazon EC2 public
|
|
// images use this feature to provide secure access without passwords. For more
|
|
// information, see Key Pairs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-key-pairs.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// For troubleshooting, see What To Do If An Instance Immediately Terminates
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_InstanceStraightToTerminated.html),
|
|
// and Troubleshooting Connecting to Your Instance (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/TroubleshootingInstancesConnecting.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation RunInstances for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/RunInstances
|
|
func (c *EC2) RunInstances(input *RunInstancesInput) (*Reservation, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RunInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RunInstancesWithContext is the same as RunInstances with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RunInstances for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) RunInstancesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RunInstancesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*Reservation, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RunInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRunScheduledInstances = "RunScheduledInstances"
|
|
|
|
// RunScheduledInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RunScheduledInstances operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RunScheduledInstances for more information on using the RunScheduledInstances
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RunScheduledInstancesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RunScheduledInstancesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/RunScheduledInstances
|
|
func (c *EC2) RunScheduledInstancesRequest(input *RunScheduledInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *RunScheduledInstancesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRunScheduledInstances,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RunScheduledInstancesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RunScheduledInstancesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RunScheduledInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Launches the specified Scheduled Instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// Before you can launch a Scheduled Instance, you must purchase it and obtain
|
|
// an identifier using PurchaseScheduledInstances.
|
|
//
|
|
// You must launch a Scheduled Instance during its scheduled time period. You
|
|
// can't stop or reboot a Scheduled Instance, but you can terminate it as needed.
|
|
// If you terminate a Scheduled Instance before the current scheduled time period
|
|
// ends, you can launch it again after a few minutes. For more information,
|
|
// see Scheduled Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-scheduled-instances.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation RunScheduledInstances for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/RunScheduledInstances
|
|
func (c *EC2) RunScheduledInstances(input *RunScheduledInstancesInput) (*RunScheduledInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RunScheduledInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RunScheduledInstancesWithContext is the same as RunScheduledInstances with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RunScheduledInstances for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) RunScheduledInstancesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RunScheduledInstancesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RunScheduledInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RunScheduledInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opStartInstances = "StartInstances"
|
|
|
|
// StartInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the StartInstances operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See StartInstances for more information on using the StartInstances
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the StartInstancesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.StartInstancesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/StartInstances
|
|
func (c *EC2) StartInstancesRequest(input *StartInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartInstancesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opStartInstances,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &StartInstancesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &StartInstancesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// StartInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Starts an Amazon EBS-backed instance that you've previously stopped.
|
|
//
|
|
// Instances that use Amazon EBS volumes as their root devices can be quickly
|
|
// stopped and started. When an instance is stopped, the compute resources are
|
|
// released and you are not billed for instance usage. However, your root partition
|
|
// Amazon EBS volume remains and continues to persist your data, and you are
|
|
// charged for Amazon EBS volume usage. You can restart your instance at any
|
|
// time. Every time you start your Windows instance, Amazon EC2 charges you
|
|
// for a full instance hour. If you stop and restart your Windows instance,
|
|
// a new instance hour begins and Amazon EC2 charges you for another full instance
|
|
// hour even if you are still within the same 60-minute period when it was stopped.
|
|
// Every time you start your Linux instance, Amazon EC2 charges a one-minute
|
|
// minimum for instance usage, and thereafter charges per second for instance
|
|
// usage.
|
|
//
|
|
// Before stopping an instance, make sure it is in a state from which it can
|
|
// be restarted. Stopping an instance does not preserve data stored in RAM.
|
|
//
|
|
// Performing this operation on an instance that uses an instance store as its
|
|
// root device returns an error.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see Stopping Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Stop_Start.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation StartInstances for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/StartInstances
|
|
func (c *EC2) StartInstances(input *StartInstancesInput) (*StartInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.StartInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// StartInstancesWithContext is the same as StartInstances with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See StartInstances for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) StartInstancesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartInstancesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.StartInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opStopInstances = "StopInstances"
|
|
|
|
// StopInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the StopInstances operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See StopInstances for more information on using the StopInstances
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the StopInstancesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.StopInstancesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/StopInstances
|
|
func (c *EC2) StopInstancesRequest(input *StopInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopInstancesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opStopInstances,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &StopInstancesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &StopInstancesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// StopInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Stops an Amazon EBS-backed instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// We don't charge usage for a stopped instance, or data transfer fees; however,
|
|
// your root partition Amazon EBS volume remains and continues to persist your
|
|
// data, and you are charged for Amazon EBS volume usage. Every time you start
|
|
// your Windows instance, Amazon EC2 charges you for a full instance hour. If
|
|
// you stop and restart your Windows instance, a new instance hour begins and
|
|
// Amazon EC2 charges you for another full instance hour even if you are still
|
|
// within the same 60-minute period when it was stopped. Every time you start
|
|
// your Linux instance, Amazon EC2 charges a one-minute minimum for instance
|
|
// usage, and thereafter charges per second for instance usage.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can't start or stop Spot Instances, and you can't stop instance store-backed
|
|
// instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// When you stop an instance, we shut it down. You can restart your instance
|
|
// at any time. Before stopping an instance, make sure it is in a state from
|
|
// which it can be restarted. Stopping an instance does not preserve data stored
|
|
// in RAM.
|
|
//
|
|
// Stopping an instance is different to rebooting or terminating it. For example,
|
|
// when you stop an instance, the root device and any other devices attached
|
|
// to the instance persist. When you terminate an instance, the root device
|
|
// and any other devices attached during the instance launch are automatically
|
|
// deleted. For more information about the differences between rebooting, stopping,
|
|
// and terminating instances, see Instance Lifecycle (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-lifecycle.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// When you stop an instance, we attempt to shut it down forcibly after a short
|
|
// while. If your instance appears stuck in the stopping state after a period
|
|
// of time, there may be an issue with the underlying host computer. For more
|
|
// information, see Troubleshooting Stopping Your Instance (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/TroubleshootingInstancesStopping.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation StopInstances for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/StopInstances
|
|
func (c *EC2) StopInstances(input *StopInstancesInput) (*StopInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.StopInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// StopInstancesWithContext is the same as StopInstances with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See StopInstances for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) StopInstancesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopInstancesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.StopInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opTerminateInstances = "TerminateInstances"
|
|
|
|
// TerminateInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the TerminateInstances operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See TerminateInstances for more information on using the TerminateInstances
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the TerminateInstancesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.TerminateInstancesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/TerminateInstances
|
|
func (c *EC2) TerminateInstancesRequest(input *TerminateInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *TerminateInstancesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opTerminateInstances,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &TerminateInstancesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &TerminateInstancesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// TerminateInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Shuts down one or more instances. This operation is idempotent; if you terminate
|
|
// an instance more than once, each call succeeds.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify multiple instances and the request fails (for example, because
|
|
// of a single incorrect instance ID), none of the instances are terminated.
|
|
//
|
|
// Terminated instances remain visible after termination (for approximately
|
|
// one hour).
|
|
//
|
|
// By default, Amazon EC2 deletes all EBS volumes that were attached when the
|
|
// instance launched. Volumes attached after instance launch continue running.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can stop, start, and terminate EBS-backed instances. You can only terminate
|
|
// instance store-backed instances. What happens to an instance differs if you
|
|
// stop it or terminate it. For example, when you stop an instance, the root
|
|
// device and any other devices attached to the instance persist. When you terminate
|
|
// an instance, any attached EBS volumes with the DeleteOnTermination block
|
|
// device mapping parameter set to true are automatically deleted. For more
|
|
// information about the differences between stopping and terminating instances,
|
|
// see Instance Lifecycle (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-lifecycle.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about troubleshooting, see Troubleshooting Terminating
|
|
// Your Instance (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/TroubleshootingInstancesShuttingDown.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation TerminateInstances for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/TerminateInstances
|
|
func (c *EC2) TerminateInstances(input *TerminateInstancesInput) (*TerminateInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.TerminateInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// TerminateInstancesWithContext is the same as TerminateInstances with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See TerminateInstances for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) TerminateInstancesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *TerminateInstancesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*TerminateInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.TerminateInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opUnassignIpv6Addresses = "UnassignIpv6Addresses"
|
|
|
|
// UnassignIpv6AddressesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the UnassignIpv6Addresses operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UnassignIpv6Addresses for more information on using the UnassignIpv6Addresses
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the UnassignIpv6AddressesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.UnassignIpv6AddressesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/UnassignIpv6Addresses
|
|
func (c *EC2) UnassignIpv6AddressesRequest(input *UnassignIpv6AddressesInput) (req *request.Request, output *UnassignIpv6AddressesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opUnassignIpv6Addresses,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &UnassignIpv6AddressesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &UnassignIpv6AddressesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UnassignIpv6Addresses API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Unassigns one or more IPv6 addresses from a network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation UnassignIpv6Addresses for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/UnassignIpv6Addresses
|
|
func (c *EC2) UnassignIpv6Addresses(input *UnassignIpv6AddressesInput) (*UnassignIpv6AddressesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UnassignIpv6AddressesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UnassignIpv6AddressesWithContext is the same as UnassignIpv6Addresses with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UnassignIpv6Addresses for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) UnassignIpv6AddressesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UnassignIpv6AddressesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UnassignIpv6AddressesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UnassignIpv6AddressesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opUnassignPrivateIpAddresses = "UnassignPrivateIpAddresses"
|
|
|
|
// UnassignPrivateIpAddressesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the UnassignPrivateIpAddresses operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UnassignPrivateIpAddresses for more information on using the UnassignPrivateIpAddresses
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the UnassignPrivateIpAddressesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.UnassignPrivateIpAddressesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/UnassignPrivateIpAddresses
|
|
func (c *EC2) UnassignPrivateIpAddressesRequest(input *UnassignPrivateIpAddressesInput) (req *request.Request, output *UnassignPrivateIpAddressesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opUnassignPrivateIpAddresses,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &UnassignPrivateIpAddressesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &UnassignPrivateIpAddressesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(ec2query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UnassignPrivateIpAddresses API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Unassigns one or more secondary private IP addresses from a network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation UnassignPrivateIpAddresses for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/UnassignPrivateIpAddresses
|
|
func (c *EC2) UnassignPrivateIpAddresses(input *UnassignPrivateIpAddressesInput) (*UnassignPrivateIpAddressesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UnassignPrivateIpAddressesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UnassignPrivateIpAddressesWithContext is the same as UnassignPrivateIpAddresses with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UnassignPrivateIpAddresses for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) UnassignPrivateIpAddressesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UnassignPrivateIpAddressesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UnassignPrivateIpAddressesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UnassignPrivateIpAddressesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opUnmonitorInstances = "UnmonitorInstances"
|
|
|
|
// UnmonitorInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the UnmonitorInstances operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UnmonitorInstances for more information on using the UnmonitorInstances
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the UnmonitorInstancesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.UnmonitorInstancesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/UnmonitorInstances
|
|
func (c *EC2) UnmonitorInstancesRequest(input *UnmonitorInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *UnmonitorInstancesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opUnmonitorInstances,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &UnmonitorInstancesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &UnmonitorInstancesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UnmonitorInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Disables detailed monitoring for a running instance. For more information,
|
|
// see Monitoring Your Instances and Volumes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-cloudwatch.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation UnmonitorInstances for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/UnmonitorInstances
|
|
func (c *EC2) UnmonitorInstances(input *UnmonitorInstancesInput) (*UnmonitorInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UnmonitorInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UnmonitorInstancesWithContext is the same as UnmonitorInstances with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UnmonitorInstances for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) UnmonitorInstancesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UnmonitorInstancesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UnmonitorInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UnmonitorInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opUpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgress = "UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgress"
|
|
|
|
// UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgress operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgress for more information on using the UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgress
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgress
|
|
func (c *EC2) UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressRequest(input *UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opUpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgress,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgress API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// [EC2-VPC only] Updates the description of an egress (outbound) security group
|
|
// rule. You can replace an existing description, or add a description to a
|
|
// rule that did not have one previously.
|
|
//
|
|
// You specify the description as part of the IP permissions structure. You
|
|
// can remove a description for a security group rule by omitting the description
|
|
// parameter in the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgress for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgress
|
|
func (c *EC2) UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgress(input *UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressInput) (*UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressWithContext is the same as UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgress with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgress for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opUpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngress = "UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngress"
|
|
|
|
// UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngress operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngress for more information on using the UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngress
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngress
|
|
func (c *EC2) UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressRequest(input *UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opUpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngress,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngress API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
|
|
//
|
|
// Updates the description of an ingress (inbound) security group rule. You
|
|
// can replace an existing description, or add a description to a rule that
|
|
// did not have one previously.
|
|
//
|
|
// You specify the description as part of the IP permissions structure. You
|
|
// can remove a description for a security group rule by omitting the description
|
|
// parameter in the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
|
|
// API operation UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngress for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngress
|
|
func (c *EC2) UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngress(input *UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressInput) (*UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressWithContext is the same as UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngress with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngress for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *EC2) UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for accepting the quote.
|
|
type AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of the Convertible Reserved Instances to exchange for another Convertible
|
|
// Reserved Instance of the same or higher value.
|
|
//
|
|
// ReservedInstanceIds is a required field
|
|
ReservedInstanceIds []*string `locationName:"ReservedInstanceId" locationNameList:"ReservedInstanceId" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The configuration of the target Convertible Reserved Instance to exchange
|
|
// for your current Convertible Reserved Instances.
|
|
TargetConfigurations []*TargetConfigurationRequest `locationName:"TargetConfiguration" locationNameList:"TargetConfigurationRequest" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput"}
|
|
if s.ReservedInstanceIds == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReservedInstanceIds"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TargetConfigurations != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.TargetConfigurations {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "TargetConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedInstanceIds sets the ReservedInstanceIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput) SetReservedInstanceIds(v []*string) *AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput {
|
|
s.ReservedInstanceIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetConfigurations sets the TargetConfigurations field's value.
|
|
func (s *AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput) SetTargetConfigurations(v []*TargetConfigurationRequest) *AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput {
|
|
s.TargetConfigurations = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The result of the exchange and whether it was successful.
|
|
type AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the successful exchange.
|
|
ExchangeId *string `locationName:"exchangeId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetExchangeId sets the ExchangeId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput) SetExchangeId(v string) *AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput {
|
|
s.ExchangeId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the endpoint service.
|
|
//
|
|
// ServiceId is a required field
|
|
ServiceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of one or more interface VPC endpoints.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpcEndpointIds is a required field
|
|
VpcEndpointIds []*string `locationName:"VpcEndpointId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsInput"}
|
|
if s.ServiceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ServiceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VpcEndpointIds == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcEndpointIds"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServiceId sets the ServiceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsInput) SetServiceId(v string) *AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsInput {
|
|
s.ServiceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcEndpointIds sets the VpcEndpointIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsInput) SetVpcEndpointIds(v []*string) *AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsInput {
|
|
s.VpcEndpointIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the interface endpoints that were not accepted, if applicable.
|
|
Unsuccessful []*UnsuccessfulItem `locationName:"unsuccessful" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUnsuccessful sets the Unsuccessful field's value.
|
|
func (s *AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput) SetUnsuccessful(v []*UnsuccessfulItem) *AcceptVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput {
|
|
s.Unsuccessful = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for AcceptVpcPeeringConnection.
|
|
type AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC peering connection. You must specify this parameter in
|
|
// the request.
|
|
VpcPeeringConnectionId *string `locationName:"vpcPeeringConnectionId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcPeeringConnectionId sets the VpcPeeringConnectionId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionInput) SetVpcPeeringConnectionId(v string) *AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionInput {
|
|
s.VpcPeeringConnectionId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of AcceptVpcPeeringConnection.
|
|
type AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the VPC peering connection.
|
|
VpcPeeringConnection *VpcPeeringConnection `locationName:"vpcPeeringConnection" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcPeeringConnection sets the VpcPeeringConnection field's value.
|
|
func (s *AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionOutput) SetVpcPeeringConnection(v *VpcPeeringConnection) *AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionOutput {
|
|
s.VpcPeeringConnection = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an account attribute.
|
|
type AccountAttribute struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the account attribute.
|
|
AttributeName *string `locationName:"attributeName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more values for the account attribute.
|
|
AttributeValues []*AccountAttributeValue `locationName:"attributeValueSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AccountAttribute) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AccountAttribute) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttributeName sets the AttributeName field's value.
|
|
func (s *AccountAttribute) SetAttributeName(v string) *AccountAttribute {
|
|
s.AttributeName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttributeValues sets the AttributeValues field's value.
|
|
func (s *AccountAttribute) SetAttributeValues(v []*AccountAttributeValue) *AccountAttribute {
|
|
s.AttributeValues = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a value of an account attribute.
|
|
type AccountAttributeValue struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The value of the attribute.
|
|
AttributeValue *string `locationName:"attributeValue" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AccountAttributeValue) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AccountAttributeValue) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttributeValue sets the AttributeValue field's value.
|
|
func (s *AccountAttributeValue) SetAttributeValue(v string) *AccountAttributeValue {
|
|
s.AttributeValue = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a running instance in a Spot Fleet.
|
|
type ActiveInstance struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The health status of the instance. If the status of either the instance status
|
|
// check or the system status check is impaired, the health status of the instance
|
|
// is unhealthy. Otherwise, the health status is healthy.
|
|
InstanceHealth *string `locationName:"instanceHealth" type:"string" enum:"InstanceHealthStatus"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance.
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance type.
|
|
InstanceType *string `locationName:"instanceType" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Spot Instance request.
|
|
SpotInstanceRequestId *string `locationName:"spotInstanceRequestId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ActiveInstance) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ActiveInstance) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceHealth sets the InstanceHealth field's value.
|
|
func (s *ActiveInstance) SetInstanceHealth(v string) *ActiveInstance {
|
|
s.InstanceHealth = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ActiveInstance) SetInstanceId(v string) *ActiveInstance {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceType sets the InstanceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ActiveInstance) SetInstanceType(v string) *ActiveInstance {
|
|
s.InstanceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotInstanceRequestId sets the SpotInstanceRequestId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ActiveInstance) SetSpotInstanceRequestId(v string) *ActiveInstance {
|
|
s.SpotInstanceRequestId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an Elastic IP address.
|
|
type Address struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID representing the allocation of the address for use with EC2-VPC.
|
|
AllocationId *string `locationName:"allocationId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID representing the association of the address with an instance in a
|
|
// VPC.
|
|
AssociationId *string `locationName:"associationId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether this Elastic IP address is for use with instances in EC2-Classic
|
|
// (standard) or instances in a VPC (vpc).
|
|
Domain *string `locationName:"domain" type:"string" enum:"DomainType"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance that the address is associated with (if any).
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network interface.
|
|
NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the AWS account that owns the network interface.
|
|
NetworkInterfaceOwnerId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceOwnerId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The private IP address associated with the Elastic IP address.
|
|
PrivateIpAddress *string `locationName:"privateIpAddress" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Elastic IP address.
|
|
PublicIp *string `locationName:"publicIp" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Any tags assigned to the Elastic IP address.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tagSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Address) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Address) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllocationId sets the AllocationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Address) SetAllocationId(v string) *Address {
|
|
s.AllocationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssociationId sets the AssociationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Address) SetAssociationId(v string) *Address {
|
|
s.AssociationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value.
|
|
func (s *Address) SetDomain(v string) *Address {
|
|
s.Domain = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Address) SetInstanceId(v string) *Address {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaceId sets the NetworkInterfaceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Address) SetNetworkInterfaceId(v string) *Address {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaceOwnerId sets the NetworkInterfaceOwnerId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Address) SetNetworkInterfaceOwnerId(v string) *Address {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaceOwnerId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateIpAddress sets the PrivateIpAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *Address) SetPrivateIpAddress(v string) *Address {
|
|
s.PrivateIpAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPublicIp sets the PublicIp field's value.
|
|
func (s *Address) SetPublicIp(v string) *Address {
|
|
s.PublicIp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *Address) SetTags(v []*Tag) *Address {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for AllocateAddress.
|
|
type AllocateAddressInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-VPC] The Elastic IP address to recover.
|
|
Address *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Set to vpc to allocate the address for use with instances in a VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The address is for use with instances in EC2-Classic.
|
|
Domain *string `type:"string" enum:"DomainType"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AllocateAddressInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AllocateAddressInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAddress sets the Address field's value.
|
|
func (s *AllocateAddressInput) SetAddress(v string) *AllocateAddressInput {
|
|
s.Address = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value.
|
|
func (s *AllocateAddressInput) SetDomain(v string) *AllocateAddressInput {
|
|
s.Domain = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *AllocateAddressInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *AllocateAddressInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of AllocateAddress.
|
|
type AllocateAddressOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-VPC] The ID that AWS assigns to represent the allocation of the Elastic
|
|
// IP address for use with instances in a VPC.
|
|
AllocationId *string `locationName:"allocationId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether this Elastic IP address is for use with instances in EC2-Classic
|
|
// (standard) or instances in a VPC (vpc).
|
|
Domain *string `locationName:"domain" type:"string" enum:"DomainType"`
|
|
|
|
// The Elastic IP address.
|
|
PublicIp *string `locationName:"publicIp" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AllocateAddressOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AllocateAddressOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllocationId sets the AllocationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AllocateAddressOutput) SetAllocationId(v string) *AllocateAddressOutput {
|
|
s.AllocationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value.
|
|
func (s *AllocateAddressOutput) SetDomain(v string) *AllocateAddressOutput {
|
|
s.Domain = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPublicIp sets the PublicIp field's value.
|
|
func (s *AllocateAddressOutput) SetPublicIp(v string) *AllocateAddressOutput {
|
|
s.PublicIp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for AllocateHosts.
|
|
type AllocateHostsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// This is enabled by default. This property allows instances to be automatically
|
|
// placed onto available Dedicated Hosts, when you are launching instances without
|
|
// specifying a host ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Enabled
|
|
AutoPlacement *string `locationName:"autoPlacement" type:"string" enum:"AutoPlacement"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone for the Dedicated Hosts.
|
|
//
|
|
// AvailabilityZone is a required field
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the
|
|
// request. For more information, see How to Ensure Idempotency (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
ClientToken *string `locationName:"clientToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specify the instance type that you want your Dedicated Hosts to be configured
|
|
// for. When you specify the instance type, that is the only instance type that
|
|
// you can launch onto that host.
|
|
//
|
|
// InstanceType is a required field
|
|
InstanceType *string `locationName:"instanceType" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of Dedicated Hosts you want to allocate to your account with these
|
|
// parameters.
|
|
//
|
|
// Quantity is a required field
|
|
Quantity *int64 `locationName:"quantity" type:"integer" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AllocateHostsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AllocateHostsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AllocateHostsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AllocateHostsInput"}
|
|
if s.AvailabilityZone == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AvailabilityZone"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.InstanceType == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceType"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Quantity == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Quantity"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAutoPlacement sets the AutoPlacement field's value.
|
|
func (s *AllocateHostsInput) SetAutoPlacement(v string) *AllocateHostsInput {
|
|
s.AutoPlacement = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *AllocateHostsInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *AllocateHostsInput {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *AllocateHostsInput) SetClientToken(v string) *AllocateHostsInput {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceType sets the InstanceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *AllocateHostsInput) SetInstanceType(v string) *AllocateHostsInput {
|
|
s.InstanceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetQuantity sets the Quantity field's value.
|
|
func (s *AllocateHostsInput) SetQuantity(v int64) *AllocateHostsInput {
|
|
s.Quantity = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of AllocateHosts.
|
|
type AllocateHostsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the allocated Dedicated Host. This is used when you want to launch
|
|
// an instance onto a specific host.
|
|
HostIds []*string `locationName:"hostIdSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AllocateHostsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AllocateHostsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHostIds sets the HostIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *AllocateHostsOutput) SetHostIds(v []*string) *AllocateHostsOutput {
|
|
s.HostIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a principal.
|
|
type AllowedPrincipal struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the principal.
|
|
Principal *string `locationName:"principal" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of principal.
|
|
PrincipalType *string `locationName:"principalType" type:"string" enum:"PrincipalType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AllowedPrincipal) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AllowedPrincipal) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrincipal sets the Principal field's value.
|
|
func (s *AllowedPrincipal) SetPrincipal(v string) *AllowedPrincipal {
|
|
s.Principal = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrincipalType sets the PrincipalType field's value.
|
|
func (s *AllowedPrincipal) SetPrincipalType(v string) *AllowedPrincipal {
|
|
s.PrincipalType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AssignIpv6AddressesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of IPv6 addresses to assign to the network interface. Amazon EC2
|
|
// automatically selects the IPv6 addresses from the subnet range. You can't
|
|
// use this option if specifying specific IPv6 addresses.
|
|
Ipv6AddressCount *int64 `locationName:"ipv6AddressCount" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more specific IPv6 addresses to be assigned to the network interface.
|
|
// You can't use this option if you're specifying a number of IPv6 addresses.
|
|
Ipv6Addresses []*string `locationName:"ipv6Addresses" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// NetworkInterfaceId is a required field
|
|
NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AssignIpv6AddressesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AssignIpv6AddressesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AssignIpv6AddressesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AssignIpv6AddressesInput"}
|
|
if s.NetworkInterfaceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NetworkInterfaceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6AddressCount sets the Ipv6AddressCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssignIpv6AddressesInput) SetIpv6AddressCount(v int64) *AssignIpv6AddressesInput {
|
|
s.Ipv6AddressCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6Addresses sets the Ipv6Addresses field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssignIpv6AddressesInput) SetIpv6Addresses(v []*string) *AssignIpv6AddressesInput {
|
|
s.Ipv6Addresses = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaceId sets the NetworkInterfaceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssignIpv6AddressesInput) SetNetworkInterfaceId(v string) *AssignIpv6AddressesInput {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AssignIpv6AddressesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv6 addresses assigned to the network interface.
|
|
AssignedIpv6Addresses []*string `locationName:"assignedIpv6Addresses" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network interface.
|
|
NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AssignIpv6AddressesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AssignIpv6AddressesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssignedIpv6Addresses sets the AssignedIpv6Addresses field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssignIpv6AddressesOutput) SetAssignedIpv6Addresses(v []*string) *AssignIpv6AddressesOutput {
|
|
s.AssignedIpv6Addresses = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaceId sets the NetworkInterfaceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssignIpv6AddressesOutput) SetNetworkInterfaceId(v string) *AssignIpv6AddressesOutput {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for AssignPrivateIpAddresses.
|
|
type AssignPrivateIpAddressesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether to allow an IP address that is already assigned to another
|
|
// network interface or instance to be reassigned to the specified network interface.
|
|
AllowReassignment *bool `locationName:"allowReassignment" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// NetworkInterfaceId is a required field
|
|
NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more IP addresses to be assigned as a secondary private IP address
|
|
// to the network interface. You can't specify this parameter when also specifying
|
|
// a number of secondary IP addresses.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you don't specify an IP address, Amazon EC2 automatically selects an IP
|
|
// address within the subnet range.
|
|
PrivateIpAddresses []*string `locationName:"privateIpAddress" locationNameList:"PrivateIpAddress" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of secondary IP addresses to assign to the network interface.
|
|
// You can't specify this parameter when also specifying private IP addresses.
|
|
SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount *int64 `locationName:"secondaryPrivateIpAddressCount" type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AssignPrivateIpAddressesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AssignPrivateIpAddressesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AssignPrivateIpAddressesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AssignPrivateIpAddressesInput"}
|
|
if s.NetworkInterfaceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NetworkInterfaceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllowReassignment sets the AllowReassignment field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssignPrivateIpAddressesInput) SetAllowReassignment(v bool) *AssignPrivateIpAddressesInput {
|
|
s.AllowReassignment = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaceId sets the NetworkInterfaceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssignPrivateIpAddressesInput) SetNetworkInterfaceId(v string) *AssignPrivateIpAddressesInput {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateIpAddresses sets the PrivateIpAddresses field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssignPrivateIpAddressesInput) SetPrivateIpAddresses(v []*string) *AssignPrivateIpAddressesInput {
|
|
s.PrivateIpAddresses = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount sets the SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssignPrivateIpAddressesInput) SetSecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount(v int64) *AssignPrivateIpAddressesInput {
|
|
s.SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AssignPrivateIpAddressesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AssignPrivateIpAddressesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AssignPrivateIpAddressesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for AssociateAddress.
|
|
type AssociateAddressInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-VPC] The allocation ID. This is required for EC2-VPC.
|
|
AllocationId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-VPC] For a VPC in an EC2-Classic account, specify true to allow an Elastic
|
|
// IP address that is already associated with an instance or network interface
|
|
// to be reassociated with the specified instance or network interface. Otherwise,
|
|
// the operation fails. In a VPC in an EC2-VPC-only account, reassociation is
|
|
// automatic, therefore you can specify false to ensure the operation fails
|
|
// if the Elastic IP address is already associated with another resource.
|
|
AllowReassociation *bool `locationName:"allowReassociation" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance. This is required for EC2-Classic. For EC2-VPC, you
|
|
// can specify either the instance ID or the network interface ID, but not both.
|
|
// The operation fails if you specify an instance ID unless exactly one network
|
|
// interface is attached.
|
|
InstanceId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-VPC] The ID of the network interface. If the instance has more than
|
|
// one network interface, you must specify a network interface ID.
|
|
NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-VPC] The primary or secondary private IP address to associate with the
|
|
// Elastic IP address. If no private IP address is specified, the Elastic IP
|
|
// address is associated with the primary private IP address.
|
|
PrivateIpAddress *string `locationName:"privateIpAddress" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Elastic IP address. This is required for EC2-Classic.
|
|
PublicIp *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AssociateAddressInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AssociateAddressInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllocationId sets the AllocationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssociateAddressInput) SetAllocationId(v string) *AssociateAddressInput {
|
|
s.AllocationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllowReassociation sets the AllowReassociation field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssociateAddressInput) SetAllowReassociation(v bool) *AssociateAddressInput {
|
|
s.AllowReassociation = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssociateAddressInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *AssociateAddressInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssociateAddressInput) SetInstanceId(v string) *AssociateAddressInput {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaceId sets the NetworkInterfaceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssociateAddressInput) SetNetworkInterfaceId(v string) *AssociateAddressInput {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateIpAddress sets the PrivateIpAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssociateAddressInput) SetPrivateIpAddress(v string) *AssociateAddressInput {
|
|
s.PrivateIpAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPublicIp sets the PublicIp field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssociateAddressInput) SetPublicIp(v string) *AssociateAddressInput {
|
|
s.PublicIp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of AssociateAddress.
|
|
type AssociateAddressOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-VPC] The ID that represents the association of the Elastic IP address
|
|
// with an instance.
|
|
AssociationId *string `locationName:"associationId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AssociateAddressOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AssociateAddressOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssociationId sets the AssociationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssociateAddressOutput) SetAssociationId(v string) *AssociateAddressOutput {
|
|
s.AssociationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for AssociateDhcpOptions.
|
|
type AssociateDhcpOptionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the DHCP options set, or default to associate no DHCP options with
|
|
// the VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// DhcpOptionsId is a required field
|
|
DhcpOptionsId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpcId is a required field
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AssociateDhcpOptionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AssociateDhcpOptionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AssociateDhcpOptionsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AssociateDhcpOptionsInput"}
|
|
if s.DhcpOptionsId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DhcpOptionsId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VpcId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDhcpOptionsId sets the DhcpOptionsId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssociateDhcpOptionsInput) SetDhcpOptionsId(v string) *AssociateDhcpOptionsInput {
|
|
s.DhcpOptionsId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssociateDhcpOptionsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *AssociateDhcpOptionsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssociateDhcpOptionsInput) SetVpcId(v string) *AssociateDhcpOptionsInput {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AssociateDhcpOptionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AssociateDhcpOptionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AssociateDhcpOptionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AssociateIamInstanceProfileInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IAM instance profile.
|
|
//
|
|
// IamInstanceProfile is a required field
|
|
IamInstanceProfile *IamInstanceProfileSpecification `type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// InstanceId is a required field
|
|
InstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AssociateIamInstanceProfileInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AssociateIamInstanceProfileInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AssociateIamInstanceProfileInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AssociateIamInstanceProfileInput"}
|
|
if s.IamInstanceProfile == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IamInstanceProfile"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.InstanceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIamInstanceProfile sets the IamInstanceProfile field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssociateIamInstanceProfileInput) SetIamInstanceProfile(v *IamInstanceProfileSpecification) *AssociateIamInstanceProfileInput {
|
|
s.IamInstanceProfile = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssociateIamInstanceProfileInput) SetInstanceId(v string) *AssociateIamInstanceProfileInput {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AssociateIamInstanceProfileOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the IAM instance profile association.
|
|
IamInstanceProfileAssociation *IamInstanceProfileAssociation `locationName:"iamInstanceProfileAssociation" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AssociateIamInstanceProfileOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AssociateIamInstanceProfileOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIamInstanceProfileAssociation sets the IamInstanceProfileAssociation field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssociateIamInstanceProfileOutput) SetIamInstanceProfileAssociation(v *IamInstanceProfileAssociation) *AssociateIamInstanceProfileOutput {
|
|
s.IamInstanceProfileAssociation = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for AssociateRouteTable.
|
|
type AssociateRouteTableInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the route table.
|
|
//
|
|
// RouteTableId is a required field
|
|
RouteTableId *string `locationName:"routeTableId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the subnet.
|
|
//
|
|
// SubnetId is a required field
|
|
SubnetId *string `locationName:"subnetId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AssociateRouteTableInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AssociateRouteTableInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AssociateRouteTableInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AssociateRouteTableInput"}
|
|
if s.RouteTableId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RouteTableId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SubnetId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssociateRouteTableInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *AssociateRouteTableInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRouteTableId sets the RouteTableId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssociateRouteTableInput) SetRouteTableId(v string) *AssociateRouteTableInput {
|
|
s.RouteTableId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssociateRouteTableInput) SetSubnetId(v string) *AssociateRouteTableInput {
|
|
s.SubnetId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of AssociateRouteTable.
|
|
type AssociateRouteTableOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The route table association ID (needed to disassociate the route table).
|
|
AssociationId *string `locationName:"associationId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AssociateRouteTableOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AssociateRouteTableOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssociationId sets the AssociationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssociateRouteTableOutput) SetAssociationId(v string) *AssociateRouteTableOutput {
|
|
s.AssociationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AssociateSubnetCidrBlockInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv6 CIDR block for your subnet. The subnet must have a /64 prefix length.
|
|
//
|
|
// Ipv6CidrBlock is a required field
|
|
Ipv6CidrBlock *string `locationName:"ipv6CidrBlock" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of your subnet.
|
|
//
|
|
// SubnetId is a required field
|
|
SubnetId *string `locationName:"subnetId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AssociateSubnetCidrBlockInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AssociateSubnetCidrBlockInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AssociateSubnetCidrBlockInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AssociateSubnetCidrBlockInput"}
|
|
if s.Ipv6CidrBlock == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Ipv6CidrBlock"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SubnetId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6CidrBlock sets the Ipv6CidrBlock field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssociateSubnetCidrBlockInput) SetIpv6CidrBlock(v string) *AssociateSubnetCidrBlockInput {
|
|
s.Ipv6CidrBlock = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssociateSubnetCidrBlockInput) SetSubnetId(v string) *AssociateSubnetCidrBlockInput {
|
|
s.SubnetId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AssociateSubnetCidrBlockOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the IPv6 CIDR block association.
|
|
Ipv6CidrBlockAssociation *SubnetIpv6CidrBlockAssociation `locationName:"ipv6CidrBlockAssociation" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the subnet.
|
|
SubnetId *string `locationName:"subnetId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AssociateSubnetCidrBlockOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AssociateSubnetCidrBlockOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6CidrBlockAssociation sets the Ipv6CidrBlockAssociation field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssociateSubnetCidrBlockOutput) SetIpv6CidrBlockAssociation(v *SubnetIpv6CidrBlockAssociation) *AssociateSubnetCidrBlockOutput {
|
|
s.Ipv6CidrBlockAssociation = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssociateSubnetCidrBlockOutput) SetSubnetId(v string) *AssociateSubnetCidrBlockOutput {
|
|
s.SubnetId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AssociateVpcCidrBlockInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Requests an Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block with a /56 prefix length for
|
|
// the VPC. You cannot specify the range of IPv6 addresses, or the size of the
|
|
// CIDR block.
|
|
AmazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock *bool `locationName:"amazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// An IPv4 CIDR block to associate with the VPC.
|
|
CidrBlock *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpcId is a required field
|
|
VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AssociateVpcCidrBlockInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AssociateVpcCidrBlockInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AssociateVpcCidrBlockInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AssociateVpcCidrBlockInput"}
|
|
if s.VpcId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAmazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock sets the AmazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssociateVpcCidrBlockInput) SetAmazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock(v bool) *AssociateVpcCidrBlockInput {
|
|
s.AmazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCidrBlock sets the CidrBlock field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssociateVpcCidrBlockInput) SetCidrBlock(v string) *AssociateVpcCidrBlockInput {
|
|
s.CidrBlock = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssociateVpcCidrBlockInput) SetVpcId(v string) *AssociateVpcCidrBlockInput {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AssociateVpcCidrBlockOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the IPv4 CIDR block association.
|
|
CidrBlockAssociation *VpcCidrBlockAssociation `locationName:"cidrBlockAssociation" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the IPv6 CIDR block association.
|
|
Ipv6CidrBlockAssociation *VpcIpv6CidrBlockAssociation `locationName:"ipv6CidrBlockAssociation" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC.
|
|
VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AssociateVpcCidrBlockOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AssociateVpcCidrBlockOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCidrBlockAssociation sets the CidrBlockAssociation field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssociateVpcCidrBlockOutput) SetCidrBlockAssociation(v *VpcCidrBlockAssociation) *AssociateVpcCidrBlockOutput {
|
|
s.CidrBlockAssociation = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6CidrBlockAssociation sets the Ipv6CidrBlockAssociation field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssociateVpcCidrBlockOutput) SetIpv6CidrBlockAssociation(v *VpcIpv6CidrBlockAssociation) *AssociateVpcCidrBlockOutput {
|
|
s.Ipv6CidrBlockAssociation = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AssociateVpcCidrBlockOutput) SetVpcId(v string) *AssociateVpcCidrBlockOutput {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for AttachClassicLinkVpc.
|
|
type AttachClassicLinkVpcInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of one or more of the VPC's security groups. You cannot specify security
|
|
// groups from a different VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// Groups is a required field
|
|
Groups []*string `locationName:"SecurityGroupId" locationNameList:"groupId" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of an EC2-Classic instance to link to the ClassicLink-enabled VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// InstanceId is a required field
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of a ClassicLink-enabled VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpcId is a required field
|
|
VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AttachClassicLinkVpcInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AttachClassicLinkVpcInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AttachClassicLinkVpcInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AttachClassicLinkVpcInput"}
|
|
if s.Groups == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Groups"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.InstanceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VpcId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *AttachClassicLinkVpcInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *AttachClassicLinkVpcInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroups sets the Groups field's value.
|
|
func (s *AttachClassicLinkVpcInput) SetGroups(v []*string) *AttachClassicLinkVpcInput {
|
|
s.Groups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AttachClassicLinkVpcInput) SetInstanceId(v string) *AttachClassicLinkVpcInput {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AttachClassicLinkVpcInput) SetVpcId(v string) *AttachClassicLinkVpcInput {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of AttachClassicLinkVpc.
|
|
type AttachClassicLinkVpcOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
|
|
Return *bool `locationName:"return" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AttachClassicLinkVpcOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AttachClassicLinkVpcOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReturn sets the Return field's value.
|
|
func (s *AttachClassicLinkVpcOutput) SetReturn(v bool) *AttachClassicLinkVpcOutput {
|
|
s.Return = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for AttachInternetGateway.
|
|
type AttachInternetGatewayInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Internet gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// InternetGatewayId is a required field
|
|
InternetGatewayId *string `locationName:"internetGatewayId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpcId is a required field
|
|
VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AttachInternetGatewayInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AttachInternetGatewayInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AttachInternetGatewayInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AttachInternetGatewayInput"}
|
|
if s.InternetGatewayId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InternetGatewayId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VpcId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *AttachInternetGatewayInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *AttachInternetGatewayInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInternetGatewayId sets the InternetGatewayId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AttachInternetGatewayInput) SetInternetGatewayId(v string) *AttachInternetGatewayInput {
|
|
s.InternetGatewayId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AttachInternetGatewayInput) SetVpcId(v string) *AttachInternetGatewayInput {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AttachInternetGatewayOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AttachInternetGatewayOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AttachInternetGatewayOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for AttachNetworkInterface.
|
|
type AttachNetworkInterfaceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The index of the device for the network interface attachment.
|
|
//
|
|
// DeviceIndex is a required field
|
|
DeviceIndex *int64 `locationName:"deviceIndex" type:"integer" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// InstanceId is a required field
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// NetworkInterfaceId is a required field
|
|
NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AttachNetworkInterfaceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AttachNetworkInterfaceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AttachNetworkInterfaceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AttachNetworkInterfaceInput"}
|
|
if s.DeviceIndex == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DeviceIndex"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.InstanceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.NetworkInterfaceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NetworkInterfaceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeviceIndex sets the DeviceIndex field's value.
|
|
func (s *AttachNetworkInterfaceInput) SetDeviceIndex(v int64) *AttachNetworkInterfaceInput {
|
|
s.DeviceIndex = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *AttachNetworkInterfaceInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *AttachNetworkInterfaceInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AttachNetworkInterfaceInput) SetInstanceId(v string) *AttachNetworkInterfaceInput {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaceId sets the NetworkInterfaceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AttachNetworkInterfaceInput) SetNetworkInterfaceId(v string) *AttachNetworkInterfaceInput {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of AttachNetworkInterface.
|
|
type AttachNetworkInterfaceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network interface attachment.
|
|
AttachmentId *string `locationName:"attachmentId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AttachNetworkInterfaceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AttachNetworkInterfaceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttachmentId sets the AttachmentId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AttachNetworkInterfaceOutput) SetAttachmentId(v string) *AttachNetworkInterfaceOutput {
|
|
s.AttachmentId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for AttachVolume.
|
|
type AttachVolumeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The device name (for example, /dev/sdh or xvdh).
|
|
//
|
|
// Device is a required field
|
|
Device *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// InstanceId is a required field
|
|
InstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the EBS volume. The volume and instance must be within the same
|
|
// Availability Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// VolumeId is a required field
|
|
VolumeId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AttachVolumeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AttachVolumeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AttachVolumeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AttachVolumeInput"}
|
|
if s.Device == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Device"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.InstanceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VolumeId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VolumeId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDevice sets the Device field's value.
|
|
func (s *AttachVolumeInput) SetDevice(v string) *AttachVolumeInput {
|
|
s.Device = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *AttachVolumeInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *AttachVolumeInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AttachVolumeInput) SetInstanceId(v string) *AttachVolumeInput {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeId sets the VolumeId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AttachVolumeInput) SetVolumeId(v string) *AttachVolumeInput {
|
|
s.VolumeId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for AttachVpnGateway.
|
|
type AttachVpnGatewayInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpcId is a required field
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the virtual private gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpnGatewayId is a required field
|
|
VpnGatewayId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AttachVpnGatewayInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AttachVpnGatewayInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AttachVpnGatewayInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AttachVpnGatewayInput"}
|
|
if s.VpcId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VpnGatewayId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpnGatewayId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *AttachVpnGatewayInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *AttachVpnGatewayInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AttachVpnGatewayInput) SetVpcId(v string) *AttachVpnGatewayInput {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpnGatewayId sets the VpnGatewayId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AttachVpnGatewayInput) SetVpnGatewayId(v string) *AttachVpnGatewayInput {
|
|
s.VpnGatewayId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of AttachVpnGateway.
|
|
type AttachVpnGatewayOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the attachment.
|
|
VpcAttachment *VpcAttachment `locationName:"attachment" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AttachVpnGatewayOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AttachVpnGatewayOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcAttachment sets the VpcAttachment field's value.
|
|
func (s *AttachVpnGatewayOutput) SetVpcAttachment(v *VpcAttachment) *AttachVpnGatewayOutput {
|
|
s.VpcAttachment = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a value for a resource attribute that is a Boolean value.
|
|
type AttributeBooleanValue struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The attribute value. The valid values are true or false.
|
|
Value *bool `locationName:"value" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AttributeBooleanValue) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AttributeBooleanValue) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
|
|
func (s *AttributeBooleanValue) SetValue(v bool) *AttributeBooleanValue {
|
|
s.Value = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a value for a resource attribute that is a String.
|
|
type AttributeValue struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The attribute value. The value is case-sensitive.
|
|
Value *string `locationName:"value" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AttributeValue) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AttributeValue) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
|
|
func (s *AttributeValue) SetValue(v string) *AttributeValue {
|
|
s.Value = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress.
|
|
type AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the CIDR.
|
|
CidrIp *string `locationName:"cidrIp" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the port.
|
|
FromPort *int64 `locationName:"fromPort" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// GroupId is a required field
|
|
GroupId *string `locationName:"groupId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more sets of IP permissions. You can't specify a destination security
|
|
// group and a CIDR IP address range in the same set of permissions.
|
|
IpPermissions []*IpPermission `locationName:"ipPermissions" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the protocol name or
|
|
// number.
|
|
IpProtocol *string `locationName:"ipProtocol" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify a destination security
|
|
// group.
|
|
SourceSecurityGroupName *string `locationName:"sourceSecurityGroupName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify a destination security
|
|
// group.
|
|
SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId *string `locationName:"sourceSecurityGroupOwnerId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the port.
|
|
ToPort *int64 `locationName:"toPort" type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput"}
|
|
if s.GroupId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GroupId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCidrIp sets the CidrIp field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput) SetCidrIp(v string) *AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput {
|
|
s.CidrIp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFromPort sets the FromPort field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput) SetFromPort(v int64) *AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput {
|
|
s.FromPort = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupId sets the GroupId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput) SetGroupId(v string) *AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput {
|
|
s.GroupId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpPermissions sets the IpPermissions field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput) SetIpPermissions(v []*IpPermission) *AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput {
|
|
s.IpPermissions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpProtocol sets the IpProtocol field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput) SetIpProtocol(v string) *AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput {
|
|
s.IpProtocol = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceSecurityGroupName sets the SourceSecurityGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput) SetSourceSecurityGroupName(v string) *AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput {
|
|
s.SourceSecurityGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId sets the SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput) SetSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId(v string) *AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput {
|
|
s.SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetToPort sets the ToPort field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput) SetToPort(v int64) *AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput {
|
|
s.ToPort = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress.
|
|
type AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The CIDR IPv4 address range. You can't specify this parameter when specifying
|
|
// a source security group.
|
|
CidrIp *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The start of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP/ICMPv6
|
|
// type number. For the ICMP/ICMPv6 type number, use -1 to specify all types.
|
|
// If you specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 types, you must specify all codes.
|
|
FromPort *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the security group. You must specify either the security group
|
|
// ID or the security group name in the request. For security groups in a nondefault
|
|
// VPC, you must specify the security group ID.
|
|
GroupId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-Classic, default VPC] The name of the security group. You must specify
|
|
// either the security group ID or the security group name in the request.
|
|
GroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more sets of IP permissions. Can be used to specify multiple rules
|
|
// in a single command.
|
|
IpPermissions []*IpPermission `locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The IP protocol name (tcp, udp, icmp) or number (see Protocol Numbers (http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers/protocol-numbers.xhtml)).
|
|
// (VPC only) Use -1 to specify all protocols. If you specify -1, or a protocol
|
|
// number other than tcp, udp, icmp, or 58 (ICMPv6), traffic on all ports is
|
|
// allowed, regardless of any ports you specify. For tcp, udp, and icmp, you
|
|
// must specify a port range. For protocol 58 (ICMPv6), you can optionally specify
|
|
// a port range; if you don't, traffic for all types and codes is allowed.
|
|
IpProtocol *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-Classic, default VPC] The name of the source security group. You can't
|
|
// specify this parameter in combination with the following parameters: the
|
|
// CIDR IP address range, the start of the port range, the IP protocol, and
|
|
// the end of the port range. Creates rules that grant full ICMP, UDP, and TCP
|
|
// access. To create a rule with a specific IP protocol and port range, use
|
|
// a set of IP permissions instead. For EC2-VPC, the source security group must
|
|
// be in the same VPC.
|
|
SourceSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-Classic] The AWS account ID for the source security group, if the source
|
|
// security group is in a different account. You can't specify this parameter
|
|
// in combination with the following parameters: the CIDR IP address range,
|
|
// the IP protocol, the start of the port range, and the end of the port range.
|
|
// Creates rules that grant full ICMP, UDP, and TCP access. To create a rule
|
|
// with a specific IP protocol and port range, use a set of IP permissions instead.
|
|
SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The end of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP/ICMPv6 code
|
|
// number. For the ICMP/ICMPv6 code number, use -1 to specify all codes. If
|
|
// you specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 types, you must specify all codes.
|
|
ToPort *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCidrIp sets the CidrIp field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetCidrIp(v string) *AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.CidrIp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFromPort sets the FromPort field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetFromPort(v int64) *AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.FromPort = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupId sets the GroupId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetGroupId(v string) *AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.GroupId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetGroupName(v string) *AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.GroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpPermissions sets the IpPermissions field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetIpPermissions(v []*IpPermission) *AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.IpPermissions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpProtocol sets the IpProtocol field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetIpProtocol(v string) *AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.IpProtocol = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceSecurityGroupName sets the SourceSecurityGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetSourceSecurityGroupName(v string) *AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.SourceSecurityGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId sets the SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId(v string) *AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetToPort sets the ToPort field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetToPort(v int64) *AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.ToPort = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an Availability Zone.
|
|
type AvailabilityZone struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Any messages about the Availability Zone.
|
|
Messages []*AvailabilityZoneMessage `locationName:"messageSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the region.
|
|
RegionName *string `locationName:"regionName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of the Availability Zone.
|
|
State *string `locationName:"zoneState" type:"string" enum:"AvailabilityZoneState"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the Availability Zone.
|
|
ZoneName *string `locationName:"zoneName" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AvailabilityZone) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AvailabilityZone) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMessages sets the Messages field's value.
|
|
func (s *AvailabilityZone) SetMessages(v []*AvailabilityZoneMessage) *AvailabilityZone {
|
|
s.Messages = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRegionName sets the RegionName field's value.
|
|
func (s *AvailabilityZone) SetRegionName(v string) *AvailabilityZone {
|
|
s.RegionName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *AvailabilityZone) SetState(v string) *AvailabilityZone {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetZoneName sets the ZoneName field's value.
|
|
func (s *AvailabilityZone) SetZoneName(v string) *AvailabilityZone {
|
|
s.ZoneName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a message about an Availability Zone.
|
|
type AvailabilityZoneMessage struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The message about the Availability Zone.
|
|
Message *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AvailabilityZoneMessage) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AvailabilityZoneMessage) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
|
|
func (s *AvailabilityZoneMessage) SetMessage(v string) *AvailabilityZoneMessage {
|
|
s.Message = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The capacity information for instances launched onto the Dedicated Host.
|
|
type AvailableCapacity struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The total number of instances that the Dedicated Host supports.
|
|
AvailableInstanceCapacity []*InstanceCapacity `locationName:"availableInstanceCapacity" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of vCPUs available on the Dedicated Host.
|
|
AvailableVCpus *int64 `locationName:"availableVCpus" type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AvailableCapacity) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AvailableCapacity) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailableInstanceCapacity sets the AvailableInstanceCapacity field's value.
|
|
func (s *AvailableCapacity) SetAvailableInstanceCapacity(v []*InstanceCapacity) *AvailableCapacity {
|
|
s.AvailableInstanceCapacity = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailableVCpus sets the AvailableVCpus field's value.
|
|
func (s *AvailableCapacity) SetAvailableVCpus(v int64) *AvailableCapacity {
|
|
s.AvailableVCpus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type BlobAttributeValue struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Value is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
|
|
Value []byte `locationName:"value" type:"blob"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s BlobAttributeValue) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s BlobAttributeValue) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
|
|
func (s *BlobAttributeValue) SetValue(v []byte) *BlobAttributeValue {
|
|
s.Value = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a block device mapping.
|
|
type BlockDeviceMapping struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The device name (for example, /dev/sdh or xvdh).
|
|
DeviceName *string `locationName:"deviceName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Parameters used to automatically set up EBS volumes when the instance is
|
|
// launched.
|
|
Ebs *EbsBlockDevice `locationName:"ebs" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Suppresses the specified device included in the block device mapping of the
|
|
// AMI.
|
|
NoDevice *string `locationName:"noDevice" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The virtual device name (ephemeralN). Instance store volumes are numbered
|
|
// starting from 0. An instance type with 2 available instance store volumes
|
|
// can specify mappings for ephemeral0 and ephemeral1.The number of available
|
|
// instance store volumes depends on the instance type. After you connect to
|
|
// the instance, you must mount the volume.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: For M3 instances, you must specify instance store volumes in
|
|
// the block device mapping for the instance. When you launch an M3 instance,
|
|
// we ignore any instance store volumes specified in the block device mapping
|
|
// for the AMI.
|
|
VirtualName *string `locationName:"virtualName" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s BlockDeviceMapping) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s BlockDeviceMapping) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeviceName sets the DeviceName field's value.
|
|
func (s *BlockDeviceMapping) SetDeviceName(v string) *BlockDeviceMapping {
|
|
s.DeviceName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEbs sets the Ebs field's value.
|
|
func (s *BlockDeviceMapping) SetEbs(v *EbsBlockDevice) *BlockDeviceMapping {
|
|
s.Ebs = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNoDevice sets the NoDevice field's value.
|
|
func (s *BlockDeviceMapping) SetNoDevice(v string) *BlockDeviceMapping {
|
|
s.NoDevice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVirtualName sets the VirtualName field's value.
|
|
func (s *BlockDeviceMapping) SetVirtualName(v string) *BlockDeviceMapping {
|
|
s.VirtualName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for BundleInstance.
|
|
type BundleInstanceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance to bundle.
|
|
//
|
|
// Type: String
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: None
|
|
//
|
|
// Required: Yes
|
|
//
|
|
// InstanceId is a required field
|
|
InstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The bucket in which to store the AMI. You can specify a bucket that you already
|
|
// own or a new bucket that Amazon EC2 creates on your behalf. If you specify
|
|
// a bucket that belongs to someone else, Amazon EC2 returns an error.
|
|
//
|
|
// Storage is a required field
|
|
Storage *Storage `type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s BundleInstanceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s BundleInstanceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *BundleInstanceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BundleInstanceInput"}
|
|
if s.InstanceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Storage == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Storage"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *BundleInstanceInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *BundleInstanceInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *BundleInstanceInput) SetInstanceId(v string) *BundleInstanceInput {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorage sets the Storage field's value.
|
|
func (s *BundleInstanceInput) SetStorage(v *Storage) *BundleInstanceInput {
|
|
s.Storage = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of BundleInstance.
|
|
type BundleInstanceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the bundle task.
|
|
BundleTask *BundleTask `locationName:"bundleInstanceTask" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s BundleInstanceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s BundleInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBundleTask sets the BundleTask field's value.
|
|
func (s *BundleInstanceOutput) SetBundleTask(v *BundleTask) *BundleInstanceOutput {
|
|
s.BundleTask = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a bundle task.
|
|
type BundleTask struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the bundle task.
|
|
BundleId *string `locationName:"bundleId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If the task fails, a description of the error.
|
|
BundleTaskError *BundleTaskError `locationName:"error" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance associated with this bundle task.
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The level of task completion, as a percent (for example, 20%).
|
|
Progress *string `locationName:"progress" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The time this task started.
|
|
StartTime *time.Time `locationName:"startTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of the task.
|
|
State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"BundleTaskState"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon S3 storage locations.
|
|
Storage *Storage `locationName:"storage" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The time of the most recent update for the task.
|
|
UpdateTime *time.Time `locationName:"updateTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s BundleTask) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s BundleTask) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBundleId sets the BundleId field's value.
|
|
func (s *BundleTask) SetBundleId(v string) *BundleTask {
|
|
s.BundleId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBundleTaskError sets the BundleTaskError field's value.
|
|
func (s *BundleTask) SetBundleTaskError(v *BundleTaskError) *BundleTask {
|
|
s.BundleTaskError = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *BundleTask) SetInstanceId(v string) *BundleTask {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProgress sets the Progress field's value.
|
|
func (s *BundleTask) SetProgress(v string) *BundleTask {
|
|
s.Progress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *BundleTask) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *BundleTask {
|
|
s.StartTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *BundleTask) SetState(v string) *BundleTask {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorage sets the Storage field's value.
|
|
func (s *BundleTask) SetStorage(v *Storage) *BundleTask {
|
|
s.Storage = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUpdateTime sets the UpdateTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *BundleTask) SetUpdateTime(v time.Time) *BundleTask {
|
|
s.UpdateTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an error for BundleInstance.
|
|
type BundleTaskError struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The error code.
|
|
Code *string `locationName:"code" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The error message.
|
|
Message *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s BundleTaskError) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s BundleTaskError) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCode sets the Code field's value.
|
|
func (s *BundleTaskError) SetCode(v string) *BundleTaskError {
|
|
s.Code = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
|
|
func (s *BundleTaskError) SetMessage(v string) *BundleTaskError {
|
|
s.Message = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CancelBundleTask.
|
|
type CancelBundleTaskInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the bundle task.
|
|
//
|
|
// BundleId is a required field
|
|
BundleId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelBundleTaskInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelBundleTaskInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CancelBundleTaskInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CancelBundleTaskInput"}
|
|
if s.BundleId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BundleId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBundleId sets the BundleId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelBundleTaskInput) SetBundleId(v string) *CancelBundleTaskInput {
|
|
s.BundleId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelBundleTaskInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CancelBundleTaskInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of CancelBundleTask.
|
|
type CancelBundleTaskOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the bundle task.
|
|
BundleTask *BundleTask `locationName:"bundleInstanceTask" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelBundleTaskOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelBundleTaskOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBundleTask sets the BundleTask field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelBundleTaskOutput) SetBundleTask(v *BundleTask) *CancelBundleTaskOutput {
|
|
s.BundleTask = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CancelConversionTask.
|
|
type CancelConversionTaskInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the conversion task.
|
|
//
|
|
// ConversionTaskId is a required field
|
|
ConversionTaskId *string `locationName:"conversionTaskId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The reason for canceling the conversion task.
|
|
ReasonMessage *string `locationName:"reasonMessage" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelConversionTaskInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelConversionTaskInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CancelConversionTaskInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CancelConversionTaskInput"}
|
|
if s.ConversionTaskId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ConversionTaskId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetConversionTaskId sets the ConversionTaskId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelConversionTaskInput) SetConversionTaskId(v string) *CancelConversionTaskInput {
|
|
s.ConversionTaskId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelConversionTaskInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CancelConversionTaskInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReasonMessage sets the ReasonMessage field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelConversionTaskInput) SetReasonMessage(v string) *CancelConversionTaskInput {
|
|
s.ReasonMessage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CancelConversionTaskOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelConversionTaskOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelConversionTaskOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CancelExportTask.
|
|
type CancelExportTaskInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the export task. This is the ID returned by CreateInstanceExportTask.
|
|
//
|
|
// ExportTaskId is a required field
|
|
ExportTaskId *string `locationName:"exportTaskId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelExportTaskInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelExportTaskInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CancelExportTaskInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CancelExportTaskInput"}
|
|
if s.ExportTaskId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ExportTaskId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetExportTaskId sets the ExportTaskId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelExportTaskInput) SetExportTaskId(v string) *CancelExportTaskInput {
|
|
s.ExportTaskId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CancelExportTaskOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelExportTaskOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelExportTaskOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CancelImportTask.
|
|
type CancelImportTaskInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The reason for canceling the task.
|
|
CancelReason *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the import image or import snapshot task to be canceled.
|
|
ImportTaskId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelImportTaskInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelImportTaskInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCancelReason sets the CancelReason field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelImportTaskInput) SetCancelReason(v string) *CancelImportTaskInput {
|
|
s.CancelReason = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelImportTaskInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CancelImportTaskInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImportTaskId sets the ImportTaskId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelImportTaskInput) SetImportTaskId(v string) *CancelImportTaskInput {
|
|
s.ImportTaskId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output for CancelImportTask.
|
|
type CancelImportTaskOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the task being canceled.
|
|
ImportTaskId *string `locationName:"importTaskId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The current state of the task being canceled.
|
|
PreviousState *string `locationName:"previousState" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The current state of the task being canceled.
|
|
State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelImportTaskOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelImportTaskOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImportTaskId sets the ImportTaskId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelImportTaskOutput) SetImportTaskId(v string) *CancelImportTaskOutput {
|
|
s.ImportTaskId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreviousState sets the PreviousState field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelImportTaskOutput) SetPreviousState(v string) *CancelImportTaskOutput {
|
|
s.PreviousState = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelImportTaskOutput) SetState(v string) *CancelImportTaskOutput {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CancelReservedInstancesListing.
|
|
type CancelReservedInstancesListingInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Reserved Instance listing.
|
|
//
|
|
// ReservedInstancesListingId is a required field
|
|
ReservedInstancesListingId *string `locationName:"reservedInstancesListingId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelReservedInstancesListingInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelReservedInstancesListingInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CancelReservedInstancesListingInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CancelReservedInstancesListingInput"}
|
|
if s.ReservedInstancesListingId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReservedInstancesListingId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedInstancesListingId sets the ReservedInstancesListingId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelReservedInstancesListingInput) SetReservedInstancesListingId(v string) *CancelReservedInstancesListingInput {
|
|
s.ReservedInstancesListingId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of CancelReservedInstancesListing.
|
|
type CancelReservedInstancesListingOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Reserved Instance listing.
|
|
ReservedInstancesListings []*ReservedInstancesListing `locationName:"reservedInstancesListingsSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelReservedInstancesListingOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelReservedInstancesListingOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedInstancesListings sets the ReservedInstancesListings field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelReservedInstancesListingOutput) SetReservedInstancesListings(v []*ReservedInstancesListing) *CancelReservedInstancesListingOutput {
|
|
s.ReservedInstancesListings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a Spot Fleet error.
|
|
type CancelSpotFleetRequestsError struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The error code.
|
|
//
|
|
// Code is a required field
|
|
Code *string `locationName:"code" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"CancelBatchErrorCode"`
|
|
|
|
// The description for the error code.
|
|
//
|
|
// Message is a required field
|
|
Message *string `locationName:"message" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelSpotFleetRequestsError) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelSpotFleetRequestsError) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCode sets the Code field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelSpotFleetRequestsError) SetCode(v string) *CancelSpotFleetRequestsError {
|
|
s.Code = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelSpotFleetRequestsError) SetMessage(v string) *CancelSpotFleetRequestsError {
|
|
s.Message = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a Spot Fleet request that was not successfully canceled.
|
|
type CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The error.
|
|
//
|
|
// Error is a required field
|
|
Error *CancelSpotFleetRequestsError `locationName:"error" type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Spot Fleet request.
|
|
//
|
|
// SpotFleetRequestId is a required field
|
|
SpotFleetRequestId *string `locationName:"spotFleetRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetError sets the Error field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem) SetError(v *CancelSpotFleetRequestsError) *CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem {
|
|
s.Error = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotFleetRequestId sets the SpotFleetRequestId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem) SetSpotFleetRequestId(v string) *CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem {
|
|
s.SpotFleetRequestId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CancelSpotFleetRequests.
|
|
type CancelSpotFleetRequestsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of the Spot Fleet requests.
|
|
//
|
|
// SpotFleetRequestIds is a required field
|
|
SpotFleetRequestIds []*string `locationName:"spotFleetRequestId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether to terminate instances for a Spot Fleet request if it is
|
|
// canceled successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// TerminateInstances is a required field
|
|
TerminateInstances *bool `locationName:"terminateInstances" type:"boolean" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelSpotFleetRequestsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelSpotFleetRequestsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CancelSpotFleetRequestsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CancelSpotFleetRequestsInput"}
|
|
if s.SpotFleetRequestIds == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SpotFleetRequestIds"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TerminateInstances == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TerminateInstances"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelSpotFleetRequestsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CancelSpotFleetRequestsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotFleetRequestIds sets the SpotFleetRequestIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelSpotFleetRequestsInput) SetSpotFleetRequestIds(v []*string) *CancelSpotFleetRequestsInput {
|
|
s.SpotFleetRequestIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTerminateInstances sets the TerminateInstances field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelSpotFleetRequestsInput) SetTerminateInstances(v bool) *CancelSpotFleetRequestsInput {
|
|
s.TerminateInstances = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of CancelSpotFleetRequests.
|
|
type CancelSpotFleetRequestsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the Spot Fleet requests that are successfully canceled.
|
|
SuccessfulFleetRequests []*CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem `locationName:"successfulFleetRequestSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the Spot Fleet requests that are not successfully canceled.
|
|
UnsuccessfulFleetRequests []*CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem `locationName:"unsuccessfulFleetRequestSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelSpotFleetRequestsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelSpotFleetRequestsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSuccessfulFleetRequests sets the SuccessfulFleetRequests field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelSpotFleetRequestsOutput) SetSuccessfulFleetRequests(v []*CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem) *CancelSpotFleetRequestsOutput {
|
|
s.SuccessfulFleetRequests = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUnsuccessfulFleetRequests sets the UnsuccessfulFleetRequests field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelSpotFleetRequestsOutput) SetUnsuccessfulFleetRequests(v []*CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem) *CancelSpotFleetRequestsOutput {
|
|
s.UnsuccessfulFleetRequests = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a Spot Fleet request that was successfully canceled.
|
|
type CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The current state of the Spot Fleet request.
|
|
//
|
|
// CurrentSpotFleetRequestState is a required field
|
|
CurrentSpotFleetRequestState *string `locationName:"currentSpotFleetRequestState" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"BatchState"`
|
|
|
|
// The previous state of the Spot Fleet request.
|
|
//
|
|
// PreviousSpotFleetRequestState is a required field
|
|
PreviousSpotFleetRequestState *string `locationName:"previousSpotFleetRequestState" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"BatchState"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Spot Fleet request.
|
|
//
|
|
// SpotFleetRequestId is a required field
|
|
SpotFleetRequestId *string `locationName:"spotFleetRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCurrentSpotFleetRequestState sets the CurrentSpotFleetRequestState field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem) SetCurrentSpotFleetRequestState(v string) *CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem {
|
|
s.CurrentSpotFleetRequestState = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreviousSpotFleetRequestState sets the PreviousSpotFleetRequestState field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem) SetPreviousSpotFleetRequestState(v string) *CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem {
|
|
s.PreviousSpotFleetRequestState = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotFleetRequestId sets the SpotFleetRequestId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem) SetSpotFleetRequestId(v string) *CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem {
|
|
s.SpotFleetRequestId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CancelSpotInstanceRequests.
|
|
type CancelSpotInstanceRequestsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more Spot Instance request IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// SpotInstanceRequestIds is a required field
|
|
SpotInstanceRequestIds []*string `locationName:"SpotInstanceRequestId" locationNameList:"SpotInstanceRequestId" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelSpotInstanceRequestsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelSpotInstanceRequestsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CancelSpotInstanceRequestsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CancelSpotInstanceRequestsInput"}
|
|
if s.SpotInstanceRequestIds == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SpotInstanceRequestIds"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelSpotInstanceRequestsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CancelSpotInstanceRequestsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotInstanceRequestIds sets the SpotInstanceRequestIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelSpotInstanceRequestsInput) SetSpotInstanceRequestIds(v []*string) *CancelSpotInstanceRequestsInput {
|
|
s.SpotInstanceRequestIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of CancelSpotInstanceRequests.
|
|
type CancelSpotInstanceRequestsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more Spot Instance requests.
|
|
CancelledSpotInstanceRequests []*CancelledSpotInstanceRequest `locationName:"spotInstanceRequestSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelSpotInstanceRequestsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelSpotInstanceRequestsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCancelledSpotInstanceRequests sets the CancelledSpotInstanceRequests field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelSpotInstanceRequestsOutput) SetCancelledSpotInstanceRequests(v []*CancelledSpotInstanceRequest) *CancelSpotInstanceRequestsOutput {
|
|
s.CancelledSpotInstanceRequests = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a request to cancel a Spot Instance.
|
|
type CancelledSpotInstanceRequest struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Spot Instance request.
|
|
SpotInstanceRequestId *string `locationName:"spotInstanceRequestId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of the Spot Instance request.
|
|
State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"CancelSpotInstanceRequestState"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelledSpotInstanceRequest) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelledSpotInstanceRequest) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotInstanceRequestId sets the SpotInstanceRequestId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelledSpotInstanceRequest) SetSpotInstanceRequestId(v string) *CancelledSpotInstanceRequest {
|
|
s.SpotInstanceRequestId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelledSpotInstanceRequest) SetState(v string) *CancelledSpotInstanceRequest {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an IPv4 CIDR block.
|
|
type CidrBlock struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv4 CIDR block.
|
|
CidrBlock *string `locationName:"cidrBlock" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CidrBlock) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CidrBlock) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCidrBlock sets the CidrBlock field's value.
|
|
func (s *CidrBlock) SetCidrBlock(v string) *CidrBlock {
|
|
s.CidrBlock = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the ClassicLink DNS support status of a VPC.
|
|
type ClassicLinkDnsSupport struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether ClassicLink DNS support is enabled for the VPC.
|
|
ClassicLinkDnsSupported *bool `locationName:"classicLinkDnsSupported" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC.
|
|
VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClassicLinkDnsSupport) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClassicLinkDnsSupport) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClassicLinkDnsSupported sets the ClassicLinkDnsSupported field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClassicLinkDnsSupport) SetClassicLinkDnsSupported(v bool) *ClassicLinkDnsSupport {
|
|
s.ClassicLinkDnsSupported = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClassicLinkDnsSupport) SetVpcId(v string) *ClassicLinkDnsSupport {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a linked EC2-Classic instance.
|
|
type ClassicLinkInstance struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of security groups.
|
|
Groups []*GroupIdentifier `locationName:"groupSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance.
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Any tags assigned to the instance.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tagSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC.
|
|
VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClassicLinkInstance) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClassicLinkInstance) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroups sets the Groups field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClassicLinkInstance) SetGroups(v []*GroupIdentifier) *ClassicLinkInstance {
|
|
s.Groups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClassicLinkInstance) SetInstanceId(v string) *ClassicLinkInstance {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClassicLinkInstance) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ClassicLinkInstance {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClassicLinkInstance) SetVpcId(v string) *ClassicLinkInstance {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a Classic Load Balancer.
|
|
type ClassicLoadBalancer struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the load balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// Name is a required field
|
|
Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClassicLoadBalancer) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClassicLoadBalancer) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ClassicLoadBalancer) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ClassicLoadBalancer"}
|
|
if s.Name == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClassicLoadBalancer) SetName(v string) *ClassicLoadBalancer {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the Classic Load Balancers to attach to a Spot Fleet. Spot Fleet
|
|
// registers the running Spot Instances with these Classic Load Balancers.
|
|
type ClassicLoadBalancersConfig struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more Classic Load Balancers.
|
|
//
|
|
// ClassicLoadBalancers is a required field
|
|
ClassicLoadBalancers []*ClassicLoadBalancer `locationName:"classicLoadBalancers" locationNameList:"item" min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClassicLoadBalancersConfig) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClassicLoadBalancersConfig) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ClassicLoadBalancersConfig) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ClassicLoadBalancersConfig"}
|
|
if s.ClassicLoadBalancers == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClassicLoadBalancers"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ClassicLoadBalancers != nil && len(s.ClassicLoadBalancers) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ClassicLoadBalancers", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ClassicLoadBalancers != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.ClassicLoadBalancers {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "ClassicLoadBalancers", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClassicLoadBalancers sets the ClassicLoadBalancers field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClassicLoadBalancersConfig) SetClassicLoadBalancers(v []*ClassicLoadBalancer) *ClassicLoadBalancersConfig {
|
|
s.ClassicLoadBalancers = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the client-specific data.
|
|
type ClientData struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A user-defined comment about the disk upload.
|
|
Comment *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The time that the disk upload ends.
|
|
UploadEnd *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The size of the uploaded disk image, in GiB.
|
|
UploadSize *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// The time that the disk upload starts.
|
|
UploadStart *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClientData) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClientData) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetComment sets the Comment field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClientData) SetComment(v string) *ClientData {
|
|
s.Comment = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUploadEnd sets the UploadEnd field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClientData) SetUploadEnd(v time.Time) *ClientData {
|
|
s.UploadEnd = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUploadSize sets the UploadSize field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClientData) SetUploadSize(v float64) *ClientData {
|
|
s.UploadSize = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUploadStart sets the UploadStart field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClientData) SetUploadStart(v time.Time) *ClientData {
|
|
s.UploadStart = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for ConfirmProductInstance.
|
|
type ConfirmProductInstanceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// InstanceId is a required field
|
|
InstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The product code. This must be a product code that you own.
|
|
//
|
|
// ProductCode is a required field
|
|
ProductCode *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ConfirmProductInstanceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ConfirmProductInstanceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ConfirmProductInstanceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ConfirmProductInstanceInput"}
|
|
if s.InstanceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ProductCode == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ProductCode"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *ConfirmProductInstanceInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ConfirmProductInstanceInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ConfirmProductInstanceInput) SetInstanceId(v string) *ConfirmProductInstanceInput {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProductCode sets the ProductCode field's value.
|
|
func (s *ConfirmProductInstanceInput) SetProductCode(v string) *ConfirmProductInstanceInput {
|
|
s.ProductCode = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of ConfirmProductInstance.
|
|
type ConfirmProductInstanceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS account ID of the instance owner. This is only present if the product
|
|
// code is attached to the instance.
|
|
OwnerId *string `locationName:"ownerId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The return value of the request. Returns true if the specified product code
|
|
// is owned by the requester and associated with the specified instance.
|
|
Return *bool `locationName:"return" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ConfirmProductInstanceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ConfirmProductInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOwnerId sets the OwnerId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ConfirmProductInstanceOutput) SetOwnerId(v string) *ConfirmProductInstanceOutput {
|
|
s.OwnerId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReturn sets the Return field's value.
|
|
func (s *ConfirmProductInstanceOutput) SetReturn(v bool) *ConfirmProductInstanceOutput {
|
|
s.Return = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a connection notification for a VPC endpoint or VPC endpoint service.
|
|
type ConnectionNotification struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The events for the notification. Valid values are Accept, Connect, Delete,
|
|
// and Reject.
|
|
ConnectionEvents []*string `locationName:"connectionEvents" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN of the SNS topic for the notification.
|
|
ConnectionNotificationArn *string `locationName:"connectionNotificationArn" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the notification.
|
|
ConnectionNotificationId *string `locationName:"connectionNotificationId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of the notification.
|
|
ConnectionNotificationState *string `locationName:"connectionNotificationState" type:"string" enum:"ConnectionNotificationState"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of notification.
|
|
ConnectionNotificationType *string `locationName:"connectionNotificationType" type:"string" enum:"ConnectionNotificationType"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the endpoint service.
|
|
ServiceId *string `locationName:"serviceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC endpoint.
|
|
VpcEndpointId *string `locationName:"vpcEndpointId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ConnectionNotification) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ConnectionNotification) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetConnectionEvents sets the ConnectionEvents field's value.
|
|
func (s *ConnectionNotification) SetConnectionEvents(v []*string) *ConnectionNotification {
|
|
s.ConnectionEvents = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetConnectionNotificationArn sets the ConnectionNotificationArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *ConnectionNotification) SetConnectionNotificationArn(v string) *ConnectionNotification {
|
|
s.ConnectionNotificationArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetConnectionNotificationId sets the ConnectionNotificationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ConnectionNotification) SetConnectionNotificationId(v string) *ConnectionNotification {
|
|
s.ConnectionNotificationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetConnectionNotificationState sets the ConnectionNotificationState field's value.
|
|
func (s *ConnectionNotification) SetConnectionNotificationState(v string) *ConnectionNotification {
|
|
s.ConnectionNotificationState = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetConnectionNotificationType sets the ConnectionNotificationType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ConnectionNotification) SetConnectionNotificationType(v string) *ConnectionNotification {
|
|
s.ConnectionNotificationType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServiceId sets the ServiceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ConnectionNotification) SetServiceId(v string) *ConnectionNotification {
|
|
s.ServiceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcEndpointId sets the VpcEndpointId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ConnectionNotification) SetVpcEndpointId(v string) *ConnectionNotification {
|
|
s.VpcEndpointId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a conversion task.
|
|
type ConversionTask struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the conversion task.
|
|
//
|
|
// ConversionTaskId is a required field
|
|
ConversionTaskId *string `locationName:"conversionTaskId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The time when the task expires. If the upload isn't complete before the expiration
|
|
// time, we automatically cancel the task.
|
|
ExpirationTime *string `locationName:"expirationTime" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If the task is for importing an instance, this contains information about
|
|
// the import instance task.
|
|
ImportInstance *ImportInstanceTaskDetails `locationName:"importInstance" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// If the task is for importing a volume, this contains information about the
|
|
// import volume task.
|
|
ImportVolume *ImportVolumeTaskDetails `locationName:"importVolume" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of the conversion task.
|
|
//
|
|
// State is a required field
|
|
State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ConversionTaskState"`
|
|
|
|
// The status message related to the conversion task.
|
|
StatusMessage *string `locationName:"statusMessage" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Any tags assigned to the task.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tagSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ConversionTask) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ConversionTask) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetConversionTaskId sets the ConversionTaskId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ConversionTask) SetConversionTaskId(v string) *ConversionTask {
|
|
s.ConversionTaskId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetExpirationTime sets the ExpirationTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *ConversionTask) SetExpirationTime(v string) *ConversionTask {
|
|
s.ExpirationTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImportInstance sets the ImportInstance field's value.
|
|
func (s *ConversionTask) SetImportInstance(v *ImportInstanceTaskDetails) *ConversionTask {
|
|
s.ImportInstance = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImportVolume sets the ImportVolume field's value.
|
|
func (s *ConversionTask) SetImportVolume(v *ImportVolumeTaskDetails) *ConversionTask {
|
|
s.ImportVolume = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *ConversionTask) SetState(v string) *ConversionTask {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatusMessage sets the StatusMessage field's value.
|
|
func (s *ConversionTask) SetStatusMessage(v string) *ConversionTask {
|
|
s.StatusMessage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *ConversionTask) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ConversionTask {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CopyFpgaImageInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency
|
|
// of the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
|
|
ClientToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The description for the new AFI.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The name for the new AFI. The default is the name of the source AFI.
|
|
Name *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the source AFI.
|
|
//
|
|
// SourceFpgaImageId is a required field
|
|
SourceFpgaImageId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The region that contains the source AFI.
|
|
//
|
|
// SourceRegion is a required field
|
|
SourceRegion *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyFpgaImageInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyFpgaImageInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CopyFpgaImageInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyFpgaImageInput"}
|
|
if s.SourceFpgaImageId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceFpgaImageId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SourceRegion == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceRegion"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyFpgaImageInput) SetClientToken(v string) *CopyFpgaImageInput {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyFpgaImageInput) SetDescription(v string) *CopyFpgaImageInput {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyFpgaImageInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CopyFpgaImageInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyFpgaImageInput) SetName(v string) *CopyFpgaImageInput {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceFpgaImageId sets the SourceFpgaImageId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyFpgaImageInput) SetSourceFpgaImageId(v string) *CopyFpgaImageInput {
|
|
s.SourceFpgaImageId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyFpgaImageInput) SetSourceRegion(v string) *CopyFpgaImageInput {
|
|
s.SourceRegion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CopyFpgaImageOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the new AFI.
|
|
FpgaImageId *string `locationName:"fpgaImageId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyFpgaImageOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyFpgaImageOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFpgaImageId sets the FpgaImageId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyFpgaImageOutput) SetFpgaImageId(v string) *CopyFpgaImageOutput {
|
|
s.FpgaImageId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CopyImage.
|
|
type CopyImageInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the
|
|
// request. For more information, see How to Ensure Idempotency (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
ClientToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A description for the new AMI in the destination region.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether the destination snapshots of the copied image should be
|
|
// encrypted. The default CMK for EBS is used unless a non-default AWS Key Management
|
|
// Service (AWS KMS) CMK is specified with KmsKeyId. For more information, see
|
|
// Amazon EBS Encryption (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
Encrypted *bool `locationName:"encrypted" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// An identifier for the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master
|
|
// key (CMK) to use when creating the encrypted volume. This parameter is only
|
|
// required if you want to use a non-default CMK; if this parameter is not specified,
|
|
// the default CMK for EBS is used. If a KmsKeyId is specified, the Encrypted
|
|
// flag must also be set.
|
|
//
|
|
// The CMK identifier may be provided in any of the following formats:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Key ID
|
|
//
|
|
// * Key alias
|
|
//
|
|
// * ARN using key ID. The ID ARN contains the arn:aws:kms namespace, followed
|
|
// by the region of the CMK, the AWS account ID of the CMK owner, the key
|
|
// namespace, and then the CMK ID. For example, arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:key/abcd1234-a123-456a-a12b-a123b4cd56ef.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// * ARN using key alias. The alias ARN contains the arn:aws:kms namespace,
|
|
// followed by the region of the CMK, the AWS account ID of the CMK owner,
|
|
// the alias namespace, and then the CMK alias. For example, arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:alias/ExampleAlias.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// AWS parses KmsKeyId asynchronously, meaning that the action you call may
|
|
// appear to complete even though you provided an invalid identifier. This action
|
|
// will eventually report failure.
|
|
//
|
|
// The specified CMK must exist in the region that the snapshot is being copied
|
|
// to.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `locationName:"kmsKeyId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the new AMI in the destination region.
|
|
//
|
|
// Name is a required field
|
|
Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the AMI to copy.
|
|
//
|
|
// SourceImageId is a required field
|
|
SourceImageId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the region that contains the AMI to copy.
|
|
//
|
|
// SourceRegion is a required field
|
|
SourceRegion *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyImageInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyImageInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CopyImageInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyImageInput"}
|
|
if s.Name == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SourceImageId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceImageId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SourceRegion == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceRegion"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyImageInput) SetClientToken(v string) *CopyImageInput {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyImageInput) SetDescription(v string) *CopyImageInput {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyImageInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CopyImageInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEncrypted sets the Encrypted field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyImageInput) SetEncrypted(v bool) *CopyImageInput {
|
|
s.Encrypted = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyImageInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CopyImageInput {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyImageInput) SetName(v string) *CopyImageInput {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceImageId sets the SourceImageId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyImageInput) SetSourceImageId(v string) *CopyImageInput {
|
|
s.SourceImageId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyImageInput) SetSourceRegion(v string) *CopyImageInput {
|
|
s.SourceRegion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of CopyImage.
|
|
type CopyImageOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the new AMI.
|
|
ImageId *string `locationName:"imageId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyImageOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyImageOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImageId sets the ImageId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyImageOutput) SetImageId(v string) *CopyImageOutput {
|
|
s.ImageId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CopySnapshot.
|
|
type CopySnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A description for the EBS snapshot.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The destination region to use in the PresignedUrl parameter of a snapshot
|
|
// copy operation. This parameter is only valid for specifying the destination
|
|
// region in a PresignedUrl parameter, where it is required.
|
|
//
|
|
// CopySnapshot sends the snapshot copy to the regional endpoint that you send
|
|
// the HTTP request to, such as ec2.us-east-1.amazonaws.com (in the AWS CLI,
|
|
// this is specified with the --region parameter or the default region in your
|
|
// AWS configuration file).
|
|
DestinationRegion *string `locationName:"destinationRegion" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether the destination snapshot should be encrypted. You can encrypt
|
|
// a copy of an unencrypted snapshot using this flag, but you cannot use it
|
|
// to create an unencrypted copy from an encrypted snapshot. Your default CMK
|
|
// for EBS is used unless a non-default AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
|
|
// CMK is specified with KmsKeyId. For more information, see Amazon EBS Encryption
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html) in
|
|
// the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
Encrypted *bool `locationName:"encrypted" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// An identifier for the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master
|
|
// key (CMK) to use when creating the encrypted volume. This parameter is only
|
|
// required if you want to use a non-default CMK; if this parameter is not specified,
|
|
// the default CMK for EBS is used. If a KmsKeyId is specified, the Encrypted
|
|
// flag must also be set.
|
|
//
|
|
// The CMK identifier may be provided in any of the following formats:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Key ID
|
|
//
|
|
// * Key alias
|
|
//
|
|
// * ARN using key ID. The ID ARN contains the arn:aws:kms namespace, followed
|
|
// by the region of the CMK, the AWS account ID of the CMK owner, the key
|
|
// namespace, and then the CMK ID. For example, arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:key/abcd1234-a123-456a-a12b-a123b4cd56ef.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// * ARN using key alias. The alias ARN contains the arn:aws:kms namespace,
|
|
// followed by the region of the CMK, the AWS account ID of the CMK owner,
|
|
// the alias namespace, and then the CMK alias. For example, arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:alias/ExampleAlias.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// AWS parses KmsKeyId asynchronously, meaning that the action you call may
|
|
// appear to complete even though you provided an invalid identifier. The action
|
|
// will eventually fail.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `locationName:"kmsKeyId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The pre-signed URL that facilitates copying an encrypted snapshot. This parameter
|
|
// is only required when copying an encrypted snapshot with the Amazon EC2 Query
|
|
// API; it is available as an optional parameter in all other cases. The PresignedUrl
|
|
// should use the snapshot source endpoint, the CopySnapshot action, and include
|
|
// the SourceRegion, SourceSnapshotId, and DestinationRegion parameters. The
|
|
// PresignedUrl must be signed using AWS Signature Version 4. Because EBS snapshots
|
|
// are stored in Amazon S3, the signing algorithm for this parameter uses the
|
|
// same logic that is described in Authenticating Requests by Using Query Parameters
|
|
// (AWS Signature Version 4) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference. An invalid or improperly
|
|
// signed PresignedUrl will cause the copy operation to fail asynchronously,
|
|
// and the snapshot will move to an error state.
|
|
PresignedUrl *string `locationName:"presignedUrl" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the region that contains the snapshot to be copied.
|
|
//
|
|
// SourceRegion is a required field
|
|
SourceRegion *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the EBS snapshot to copy.
|
|
//
|
|
// SourceSnapshotId is a required field
|
|
SourceSnapshotId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopySnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopySnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CopySnapshotInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopySnapshotInput"}
|
|
if s.SourceRegion == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceRegion"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SourceSnapshotId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceSnapshotId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopySnapshotInput) SetDescription(v string) *CopySnapshotInput {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDestinationRegion sets the DestinationRegion field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopySnapshotInput) SetDestinationRegion(v string) *CopySnapshotInput {
|
|
s.DestinationRegion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopySnapshotInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CopySnapshotInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEncrypted sets the Encrypted field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopySnapshotInput) SetEncrypted(v bool) *CopySnapshotInput {
|
|
s.Encrypted = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopySnapshotInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CopySnapshotInput {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPresignedUrl sets the PresignedUrl field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopySnapshotInput) SetPresignedUrl(v string) *CopySnapshotInput {
|
|
s.PresignedUrl = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopySnapshotInput) SetSourceRegion(v string) *CopySnapshotInput {
|
|
s.SourceRegion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceSnapshotId sets the SourceSnapshotId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopySnapshotInput) SetSourceSnapshotId(v string) *CopySnapshotInput {
|
|
s.SourceSnapshotId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of CopySnapshot.
|
|
type CopySnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the new snapshot.
|
|
SnapshotId *string `locationName:"snapshotId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopySnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopySnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotId sets the SnapshotId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopySnapshotOutput) SetSnapshotId(v string) *CopySnapshotOutput {
|
|
s.SnapshotId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CreateCustomerGateway.
|
|
type CreateCustomerGatewayInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// For devices that support BGP, the customer gateway's BGP ASN.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 65000
|
|
//
|
|
// BgpAsn is a required field
|
|
BgpAsn *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The Internet-routable IP address for the customer gateway's outside interface.
|
|
// The address must be static.
|
|
//
|
|
// PublicIp is a required field
|
|
PublicIp *string `locationName:"IpAddress" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of VPN connection that this customer gateway supports (ipsec.1).
|
|
//
|
|
// Type is a required field
|
|
Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"GatewayType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateCustomerGatewayInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateCustomerGatewayInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateCustomerGatewayInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateCustomerGatewayInput"}
|
|
if s.BgpAsn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BgpAsn"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.PublicIp == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PublicIp"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Type == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBgpAsn sets the BgpAsn field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateCustomerGatewayInput) SetBgpAsn(v int64) *CreateCustomerGatewayInput {
|
|
s.BgpAsn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateCustomerGatewayInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CreateCustomerGatewayInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPublicIp sets the PublicIp field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateCustomerGatewayInput) SetPublicIp(v string) *CreateCustomerGatewayInput {
|
|
s.PublicIp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateCustomerGatewayInput) SetType(v string) *CreateCustomerGatewayInput {
|
|
s.Type = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of CreateCustomerGateway.
|
|
type CreateCustomerGatewayOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the customer gateway.
|
|
CustomerGateway *CustomerGateway `locationName:"customerGateway" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateCustomerGatewayOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateCustomerGatewayOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCustomerGateway sets the CustomerGateway field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateCustomerGatewayOutput) SetCustomerGateway(v *CustomerGateway) *CreateCustomerGatewayOutput {
|
|
s.CustomerGateway = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateDefaultSubnetInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone in which to create the default subnet.
|
|
//
|
|
// AvailabilityZone is a required field
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDefaultSubnetInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDefaultSubnetInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateDefaultSubnetInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDefaultSubnetInput"}
|
|
if s.AvailabilityZone == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AvailabilityZone"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDefaultSubnetInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *CreateDefaultSubnetInput {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDefaultSubnetInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CreateDefaultSubnetInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateDefaultSubnetOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the subnet.
|
|
Subnet *Subnet `locationName:"subnet" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDefaultSubnetOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDefaultSubnetOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnet sets the Subnet field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDefaultSubnetOutput) SetSubnet(v *Subnet) *CreateDefaultSubnetOutput {
|
|
s.Subnet = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CreateDefaultVpc.
|
|
type CreateDefaultVpcInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDefaultVpcInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDefaultVpcInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDefaultVpcInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CreateDefaultVpcInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of CreateDefaultVpc.
|
|
type CreateDefaultVpcOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the VPC.
|
|
Vpc *Vpc `locationName:"vpc" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDefaultVpcOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDefaultVpcOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDefaultVpcOutput) SetVpc(v *Vpc) *CreateDefaultVpcOutput {
|
|
s.Vpc = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CreateDhcpOptions.
|
|
type CreateDhcpOptionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A DHCP configuration option.
|
|
//
|
|
// DhcpConfigurations is a required field
|
|
DhcpConfigurations []*NewDhcpConfiguration `locationName:"dhcpConfiguration" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDhcpOptionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDhcpOptionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateDhcpOptionsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDhcpOptionsInput"}
|
|
if s.DhcpConfigurations == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DhcpConfigurations"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDhcpConfigurations sets the DhcpConfigurations field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDhcpOptionsInput) SetDhcpConfigurations(v []*NewDhcpConfiguration) *CreateDhcpOptionsInput {
|
|
s.DhcpConfigurations = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDhcpOptionsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CreateDhcpOptionsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of CreateDhcpOptions.
|
|
type CreateDhcpOptionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A set of DHCP options.
|
|
DhcpOptions *DhcpOptions `locationName:"dhcpOptions" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDhcpOptionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDhcpOptionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDhcpOptions sets the DhcpOptions field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDhcpOptionsOutput) SetDhcpOptions(v *DhcpOptions) *CreateDhcpOptionsOutput {
|
|
s.DhcpOptions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of
|
|
// the request. For more information, see How to Ensure Idempotency (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
|
|
ClientToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC for which to create the egress-only Internet gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpcId is a required field
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput"}
|
|
if s.VpcId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput) SetClientToken(v string) *CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput) SetVpcId(v string) *CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of
|
|
// the request.
|
|
ClientToken *string `locationName:"clientToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the egress-only Internet gateway.
|
|
EgressOnlyInternetGateway *EgressOnlyInternetGateway `locationName:"egressOnlyInternetGateway" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayOutput) SetClientToken(v string) *CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayOutput {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEgressOnlyInternetGateway sets the EgressOnlyInternetGateway field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayOutput) SetEgressOnlyInternetGateway(v *EgressOnlyInternetGateway) *CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayOutput {
|
|
s.EgressOnlyInternetGateway = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CreateFlowLogs.
|
|
type CreateFlowLogsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of
|
|
// the request. For more information, see How to Ensure Idempotency (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
|
|
ClientToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN for the IAM role that's used to post flow logs to a CloudWatch Logs
|
|
// log group.
|
|
//
|
|
// DeliverLogsPermissionArn is a required field
|
|
DeliverLogsPermissionArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the CloudWatch log group.
|
|
//
|
|
// LogGroupName is a required field
|
|
LogGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more subnet, network interface, or VPC IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Maximum of 1000 resources
|
|
//
|
|
// ResourceIds is a required field
|
|
ResourceIds []*string `locationName:"ResourceId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of resource on which to create the flow log.
|
|
//
|
|
// ResourceType is a required field
|
|
ResourceType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"FlowLogsResourceType"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of traffic to log.
|
|
//
|
|
// TrafficType is a required field
|
|
TrafficType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TrafficType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateFlowLogsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateFlowLogsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateFlowLogsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateFlowLogsInput"}
|
|
if s.DeliverLogsPermissionArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DeliverLogsPermissionArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.LogGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LogGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ResourceIds == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceIds"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ResourceType == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceType"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TrafficType == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TrafficType"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateFlowLogsInput) SetClientToken(v string) *CreateFlowLogsInput {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeliverLogsPermissionArn sets the DeliverLogsPermissionArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateFlowLogsInput) SetDeliverLogsPermissionArn(v string) *CreateFlowLogsInput {
|
|
s.DeliverLogsPermissionArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLogGroupName sets the LogGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateFlowLogsInput) SetLogGroupName(v string) *CreateFlowLogsInput {
|
|
s.LogGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceIds sets the ResourceIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateFlowLogsInput) SetResourceIds(v []*string) *CreateFlowLogsInput {
|
|
s.ResourceIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateFlowLogsInput) SetResourceType(v string) *CreateFlowLogsInput {
|
|
s.ResourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTrafficType sets the TrafficType field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateFlowLogsInput) SetTrafficType(v string) *CreateFlowLogsInput {
|
|
s.TrafficType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of CreateFlowLogs.
|
|
type CreateFlowLogsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of
|
|
// the request.
|
|
ClientToken *string `locationName:"clientToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of the flow logs.
|
|
FlowLogIds []*string `locationName:"flowLogIdSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the flow logs that could not be created successfully.
|
|
Unsuccessful []*UnsuccessfulItem `locationName:"unsuccessful" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateFlowLogsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateFlowLogsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateFlowLogsOutput) SetClientToken(v string) *CreateFlowLogsOutput {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFlowLogIds sets the FlowLogIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateFlowLogsOutput) SetFlowLogIds(v []*string) *CreateFlowLogsOutput {
|
|
s.FlowLogIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUnsuccessful sets the Unsuccessful field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateFlowLogsOutput) SetUnsuccessful(v []*UnsuccessfulItem) *CreateFlowLogsOutput {
|
|
s.Unsuccessful = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateFpgaImageInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency
|
|
// of the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
|
|
ClientToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A description for the AFI.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The location of the encrypted design checkpoint in Amazon S3. The input must
|
|
// be a tarball.
|
|
//
|
|
// InputStorageLocation is a required field
|
|
InputStorageLocation *StorageLocation `type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The location in Amazon S3 for the output logs.
|
|
LogsStorageLocation *StorageLocation `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A name for the AFI.
|
|
Name *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateFpgaImageInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateFpgaImageInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateFpgaImageInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateFpgaImageInput"}
|
|
if s.InputStorageLocation == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputStorageLocation"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateFpgaImageInput) SetClientToken(v string) *CreateFpgaImageInput {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateFpgaImageInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateFpgaImageInput {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateFpgaImageInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CreateFpgaImageInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInputStorageLocation sets the InputStorageLocation field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateFpgaImageInput) SetInputStorageLocation(v *StorageLocation) *CreateFpgaImageInput {
|
|
s.InputStorageLocation = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLogsStorageLocation sets the LogsStorageLocation field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateFpgaImageInput) SetLogsStorageLocation(v *StorageLocation) *CreateFpgaImageInput {
|
|
s.LogsStorageLocation = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateFpgaImageInput) SetName(v string) *CreateFpgaImageInput {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateFpgaImageOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The global FPGA image identifier (AGFI ID).
|
|
FpgaImageGlobalId *string `locationName:"fpgaImageGlobalId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The FPGA image identifier (AFI ID).
|
|
FpgaImageId *string `locationName:"fpgaImageId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateFpgaImageOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateFpgaImageOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFpgaImageGlobalId sets the FpgaImageGlobalId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateFpgaImageOutput) SetFpgaImageGlobalId(v string) *CreateFpgaImageOutput {
|
|
s.FpgaImageGlobalId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFpgaImageId sets the FpgaImageId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateFpgaImageOutput) SetFpgaImageId(v string) *CreateFpgaImageOutput {
|
|
s.FpgaImageId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CreateImage.
|
|
type CreateImageInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about one or more block device mappings.
|
|
BlockDeviceMappings []*BlockDeviceMapping `locationName:"blockDeviceMapping" locationNameList:"BlockDeviceMapping" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A description for the new image.
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// InstanceId is a required field
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A name for the new image.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: 3-128 alphanumeric characters, parentheses (()), square brackets
|
|
// ([]), spaces ( ), periods (.), slashes (/), dashes (-), single quotes ('),
|
|
// at-signs (@), or underscores(_)
|
|
//
|
|
// Name is a required field
|
|
Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// By default, Amazon EC2 attempts to shut down and reboot the instance before
|
|
// creating the image. If the 'No Reboot' option is set, Amazon EC2 doesn't
|
|
// shut down the instance before creating the image. When this option is used,
|
|
// file system integrity on the created image can't be guaranteed.
|
|
NoReboot *bool `locationName:"noReboot" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateImageInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateImageInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateImageInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateImageInput"}
|
|
if s.InstanceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Name == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBlockDeviceMappings sets the BlockDeviceMappings field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateImageInput) SetBlockDeviceMappings(v []*BlockDeviceMapping) *CreateImageInput {
|
|
s.BlockDeviceMappings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateImageInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateImageInput {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateImageInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CreateImageInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateImageInput) SetInstanceId(v string) *CreateImageInput {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateImageInput) SetName(v string) *CreateImageInput {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNoReboot sets the NoReboot field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateImageInput) SetNoReboot(v bool) *CreateImageInput {
|
|
s.NoReboot = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of CreateImage.
|
|
type CreateImageOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the new AMI.
|
|
ImageId *string `locationName:"imageId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateImageOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateImageOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImageId sets the ImageId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateImageOutput) SetImageId(v string) *CreateImageOutput {
|
|
s.ImageId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CreateInstanceExportTask.
|
|
type CreateInstanceExportTaskInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A description for the conversion task or the resource being exported. The
|
|
// maximum length is 255 bytes.
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The format and location for an instance export task.
|
|
ExportToS3Task *ExportToS3TaskSpecification `locationName:"exportToS3" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// InstanceId is a required field
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The target virtualization environment.
|
|
TargetEnvironment *string `locationName:"targetEnvironment" type:"string" enum:"ExportEnvironment"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateInstanceExportTaskInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateInstanceExportTaskInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateInstanceExportTaskInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateInstanceExportTaskInput"}
|
|
if s.InstanceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateInstanceExportTaskInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateInstanceExportTaskInput {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetExportToS3Task sets the ExportToS3Task field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateInstanceExportTaskInput) SetExportToS3Task(v *ExportToS3TaskSpecification) *CreateInstanceExportTaskInput {
|
|
s.ExportToS3Task = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateInstanceExportTaskInput) SetInstanceId(v string) *CreateInstanceExportTaskInput {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetEnvironment sets the TargetEnvironment field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateInstanceExportTaskInput) SetTargetEnvironment(v string) *CreateInstanceExportTaskInput {
|
|
s.TargetEnvironment = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output for CreateInstanceExportTask.
|
|
type CreateInstanceExportTaskOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the instance export task.
|
|
ExportTask *ExportTask `locationName:"exportTask" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateInstanceExportTaskOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateInstanceExportTaskOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetExportTask sets the ExportTask field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateInstanceExportTaskOutput) SetExportTask(v *ExportTask) *CreateInstanceExportTaskOutput {
|
|
s.ExportTask = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CreateInternetGateway.
|
|
type CreateInternetGatewayInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateInternetGatewayInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateInternetGatewayInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateInternetGatewayInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CreateInternetGatewayInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of CreateInternetGateway.
|
|
type CreateInternetGatewayOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the Internet gateway.
|
|
InternetGateway *InternetGateway `locationName:"internetGateway" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateInternetGatewayOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateInternetGatewayOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInternetGateway sets the InternetGateway field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateInternetGatewayOutput) SetInternetGateway(v *InternetGateway) *CreateInternetGatewayOutput {
|
|
s.InternetGateway = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CreateKeyPair.
|
|
type CreateKeyPairInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A unique name for the key pair.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Up to 255 ASCII characters
|
|
//
|
|
// KeyName is a required field
|
|
KeyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateKeyPairInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateKeyPairInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateKeyPairInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateKeyPairInput"}
|
|
if s.KeyName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("KeyName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateKeyPairInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CreateKeyPairInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKeyName sets the KeyName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateKeyPairInput) SetKeyName(v string) *CreateKeyPairInput {
|
|
s.KeyName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a key pair.
|
|
type CreateKeyPairOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The SHA-1 digest of the DER encoded private key.
|
|
KeyFingerprint *string `locationName:"keyFingerprint" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An unencrypted PEM encoded RSA private key.
|
|
KeyMaterial *string `locationName:"keyMaterial" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the key pair.
|
|
KeyName *string `locationName:"keyName" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateKeyPairOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateKeyPairOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKeyFingerprint sets the KeyFingerprint field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateKeyPairOutput) SetKeyFingerprint(v string) *CreateKeyPairOutput {
|
|
s.KeyFingerprint = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKeyMaterial sets the KeyMaterial field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateKeyPairOutput) SetKeyMaterial(v string) *CreateKeyPairOutput {
|
|
s.KeyMaterial = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKeyName sets the KeyName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateKeyPairOutput) SetKeyName(v string) *CreateKeyPairOutput {
|
|
s.KeyName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateLaunchTemplateInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of
|
|
// the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
|
|
ClientToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The information for the launch template.
|
|
//
|
|
// LaunchTemplateData is a required field
|
|
LaunchTemplateData *RequestLaunchTemplateData `type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A name for the launch template.
|
|
//
|
|
// LaunchTemplateName is a required field
|
|
LaunchTemplateName *string `min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A description for the first version of the launch template.
|
|
VersionDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateLaunchTemplateInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateLaunchTemplateInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateLaunchTemplateInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateLaunchTemplateInput"}
|
|
if s.LaunchTemplateData == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LaunchTemplateData"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.LaunchTemplateName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LaunchTemplateName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.LaunchTemplateName != nil && len(*s.LaunchTemplateName) < 3 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LaunchTemplateName", 3))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.LaunchTemplateData != nil {
|
|
if err := s.LaunchTemplateData.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("LaunchTemplateData", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateLaunchTemplateInput) SetClientToken(v string) *CreateLaunchTemplateInput {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateLaunchTemplateInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CreateLaunchTemplateInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateData sets the LaunchTemplateData field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateLaunchTemplateInput) SetLaunchTemplateData(v *RequestLaunchTemplateData) *CreateLaunchTemplateInput {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateData = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateName sets the LaunchTemplateName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateLaunchTemplateInput) SetLaunchTemplateName(v string) *CreateLaunchTemplateInput {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVersionDescription sets the VersionDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateLaunchTemplateInput) SetVersionDescription(v string) *CreateLaunchTemplateInput {
|
|
s.VersionDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateLaunchTemplateOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the launch template.
|
|
LaunchTemplate *LaunchTemplate `locationName:"launchTemplate" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateLaunchTemplateOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateLaunchTemplateOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplate sets the LaunchTemplate field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateLaunchTemplateOutput) SetLaunchTemplate(v *LaunchTemplate) *CreateLaunchTemplateOutput {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplate = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateLaunchTemplateVersionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of
|
|
// the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
|
|
ClientToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The information for the launch template.
|
|
//
|
|
// LaunchTemplateData is a required field
|
|
LaunchTemplateData *RequestLaunchTemplateData `type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template
|
|
// ID or launch template name in the request.
|
|
LaunchTemplateId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template
|
|
// ID or launch template name in the request.
|
|
LaunchTemplateName *string `min:"3" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The version number of the launch template version on which to base the new
|
|
// version. The new version inherits the same launch parameters as the source
|
|
// version, except for parameters that you specify in LaunchTemplateData.
|
|
SourceVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A description for the version of the launch template.
|
|
VersionDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateLaunchTemplateVersionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateLaunchTemplateVersionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateLaunchTemplateVersionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateLaunchTemplateVersionInput"}
|
|
if s.LaunchTemplateData == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LaunchTemplateData"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.LaunchTemplateName != nil && len(*s.LaunchTemplateName) < 3 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LaunchTemplateName", 3))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.LaunchTemplateData != nil {
|
|
if err := s.LaunchTemplateData.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("LaunchTemplateData", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateLaunchTemplateVersionInput) SetClientToken(v string) *CreateLaunchTemplateVersionInput {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateLaunchTemplateVersionInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CreateLaunchTemplateVersionInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateData sets the LaunchTemplateData field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateLaunchTemplateVersionInput) SetLaunchTemplateData(v *RequestLaunchTemplateData) *CreateLaunchTemplateVersionInput {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateData = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateId sets the LaunchTemplateId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateLaunchTemplateVersionInput) SetLaunchTemplateId(v string) *CreateLaunchTemplateVersionInput {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateName sets the LaunchTemplateName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateLaunchTemplateVersionInput) SetLaunchTemplateName(v string) *CreateLaunchTemplateVersionInput {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceVersion sets the SourceVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateLaunchTemplateVersionInput) SetSourceVersion(v string) *CreateLaunchTemplateVersionInput {
|
|
s.SourceVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVersionDescription sets the VersionDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateLaunchTemplateVersionInput) SetVersionDescription(v string) *CreateLaunchTemplateVersionInput {
|
|
s.VersionDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateLaunchTemplateVersionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the launch template version.
|
|
LaunchTemplateVersion *LaunchTemplateVersion `locationName:"launchTemplateVersion" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateLaunchTemplateVersionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateLaunchTemplateVersionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateVersion sets the LaunchTemplateVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateLaunchTemplateVersionOutput) SetLaunchTemplateVersion(v *LaunchTemplateVersion) *CreateLaunchTemplateVersionOutput {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateVersion = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CreateNatGateway.
|
|
type CreateNatGatewayInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The allocation ID of an Elastic IP address to associate with the NAT gateway.
|
|
// If the Elastic IP address is associated with another resource, you must first
|
|
// disassociate it.
|
|
//
|
|
// AllocationId is a required field
|
|
AllocationId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of
|
|
// the request. For more information, see How to Ensure Idempotency (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: Maximum 64 ASCII characters.
|
|
ClientToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The subnet in which to create the NAT gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// SubnetId is a required field
|
|
SubnetId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateNatGatewayInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateNatGatewayInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateNatGatewayInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateNatGatewayInput"}
|
|
if s.AllocationId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AllocationId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SubnetId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllocationId sets the AllocationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNatGatewayInput) SetAllocationId(v string) *CreateNatGatewayInput {
|
|
s.AllocationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNatGatewayInput) SetClientToken(v string) *CreateNatGatewayInput {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNatGatewayInput) SetSubnetId(v string) *CreateNatGatewayInput {
|
|
s.SubnetId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of CreateNatGateway.
|
|
type CreateNatGatewayOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Unique, case-sensitive identifier to ensure the idempotency of the request.
|
|
// Only returned if a client token was provided in the request.
|
|
ClientToken *string `locationName:"clientToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the NAT gateway.
|
|
NatGateway *NatGateway `locationName:"natGateway" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateNatGatewayOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateNatGatewayOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNatGatewayOutput) SetClientToken(v string) *CreateNatGatewayOutput {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNatGateway sets the NatGateway field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNatGatewayOutput) SetNatGateway(v *NatGateway) *CreateNatGatewayOutput {
|
|
s.NatGateway = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CreateNetworkAclEntry.
|
|
type CreateNetworkAclEntryInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv4 network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation (for example 172.16.0.0/24).
|
|
CidrBlock *string `locationName:"cidrBlock" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether this is an egress rule (rule is applied to traffic leaving
|
|
// the subnet).
|
|
//
|
|
// Egress is a required field
|
|
Egress *bool `locationName:"egress" type:"boolean" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// ICMP protocol: The ICMP or ICMPv6 type and code. Required if specifying the
|
|
// ICMP protocol, or protocol 58 (ICMPv6) with an IPv6 CIDR block.
|
|
IcmpTypeCode *IcmpTypeCode `locationName:"Icmp" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv6 network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation (for example 2001:db8:1234:1a00::/64).
|
|
Ipv6CidrBlock *string `locationName:"ipv6CidrBlock" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network ACL.
|
|
//
|
|
// NetworkAclId is a required field
|
|
NetworkAclId *string `locationName:"networkAclId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// TCP or UDP protocols: The range of ports the rule applies to.
|
|
PortRange *PortRange `locationName:"portRange" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The protocol. A value of -1 or all means all protocols. If you specify all,
|
|
// -1, or a protocol number other than tcp, udp, or icmp, traffic on all ports
|
|
// is allowed, regardless of any ports or ICMP types or codes you specify. If
|
|
// you specify protocol 58 (ICMPv6) and specify an IPv4 CIDR block, traffic
|
|
// for all ICMP types and codes allowed, regardless of any that you specify.
|
|
// If you specify protocol 58 (ICMPv6) and specify an IPv6 CIDR block, you must
|
|
// specify an ICMP type and code.
|
|
//
|
|
// Protocol is a required field
|
|
Protocol *string `locationName:"protocol" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether to allow or deny the traffic that matches the rule.
|
|
//
|
|
// RuleAction is a required field
|
|
RuleAction *string `locationName:"ruleAction" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"RuleAction"`
|
|
|
|
// The rule number for the entry (for example, 100). ACL entries are processed
|
|
// in ascending order by rule number.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Positive integer from 1 to 32766. The range 32767 to 65535 is
|
|
// reserved for internal use.
|
|
//
|
|
// RuleNumber is a required field
|
|
RuleNumber *int64 `locationName:"ruleNumber" type:"integer" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateNetworkAclEntryInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateNetworkAclEntryInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkAclEntryInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateNetworkAclEntryInput"}
|
|
if s.Egress == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Egress"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.NetworkAclId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NetworkAclId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Protocol == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Protocol"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RuleAction == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RuleAction"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RuleNumber == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RuleNumber"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCidrBlock sets the CidrBlock field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkAclEntryInput) SetCidrBlock(v string) *CreateNetworkAclEntryInput {
|
|
s.CidrBlock = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkAclEntryInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CreateNetworkAclEntryInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEgress sets the Egress field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkAclEntryInput) SetEgress(v bool) *CreateNetworkAclEntryInput {
|
|
s.Egress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIcmpTypeCode sets the IcmpTypeCode field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkAclEntryInput) SetIcmpTypeCode(v *IcmpTypeCode) *CreateNetworkAclEntryInput {
|
|
s.IcmpTypeCode = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6CidrBlock sets the Ipv6CidrBlock field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkAclEntryInput) SetIpv6CidrBlock(v string) *CreateNetworkAclEntryInput {
|
|
s.Ipv6CidrBlock = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkAclId sets the NetworkAclId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkAclEntryInput) SetNetworkAclId(v string) *CreateNetworkAclEntryInput {
|
|
s.NetworkAclId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPortRange sets the PortRange field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkAclEntryInput) SetPortRange(v *PortRange) *CreateNetworkAclEntryInput {
|
|
s.PortRange = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkAclEntryInput) SetProtocol(v string) *CreateNetworkAclEntryInput {
|
|
s.Protocol = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRuleAction sets the RuleAction field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkAclEntryInput) SetRuleAction(v string) *CreateNetworkAclEntryInput {
|
|
s.RuleAction = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRuleNumber sets the RuleNumber field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkAclEntryInput) SetRuleNumber(v int64) *CreateNetworkAclEntryInput {
|
|
s.RuleNumber = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateNetworkAclEntryOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateNetworkAclEntryOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateNetworkAclEntryOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CreateNetworkAcl.
|
|
type CreateNetworkAclInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpcId is a required field
|
|
VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateNetworkAclInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateNetworkAclInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkAclInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateNetworkAclInput"}
|
|
if s.VpcId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkAclInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CreateNetworkAclInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkAclInput) SetVpcId(v string) *CreateNetworkAclInput {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of CreateNetworkAcl.
|
|
type CreateNetworkAclOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the network ACL.
|
|
NetworkAcl *NetworkAcl `locationName:"networkAcl" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateNetworkAclOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateNetworkAclOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkAcl sets the NetworkAcl field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkAclOutput) SetNetworkAcl(v *NetworkAcl) *CreateNetworkAclOutput {
|
|
s.NetworkAcl = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CreateNetworkInterface.
|
|
type CreateNetworkInterfaceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A description for the network interface.
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of one or more security groups.
|
|
Groups []*string `locationName:"SecurityGroupId" locationNameList:"SecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of IPv6 addresses to assign to a network interface. Amazon EC2
|
|
// automatically selects the IPv6 addresses from the subnet range. You can't
|
|
// use this option if specifying specific IPv6 addresses. If your subnet has
|
|
// the AssignIpv6AddressOnCreation attribute set to true, you can specify 0
|
|
// to override this setting.
|
|
Ipv6AddressCount *int64 `locationName:"ipv6AddressCount" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more specific IPv6 addresses from the IPv6 CIDR block range of your
|
|
// subnet. You can't use this option if you're specifying a number of IPv6 addresses.
|
|
Ipv6Addresses []*InstanceIpv6Address `locationName:"ipv6Addresses" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The primary private IPv4 address of the network interface. If you don't specify
|
|
// an IPv4 address, Amazon EC2 selects one for you from the subnet's IPv4 CIDR
|
|
// range. If you specify an IP address, you cannot indicate any IP addresses
|
|
// specified in privateIpAddresses as primary (only one IP address can be designated
|
|
// as primary).
|
|
PrivateIpAddress *string `locationName:"privateIpAddress" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more private IPv4 addresses.
|
|
PrivateIpAddresses []*PrivateIpAddressSpecification `locationName:"privateIpAddresses" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of secondary private IPv4 addresses to assign to a network interface.
|
|
// When you specify a number of secondary IPv4 addresses, Amazon EC2 selects
|
|
// these IP addresses within the subnet's IPv4 CIDR range. You can't specify
|
|
// this option and specify more than one private IP address using privateIpAddresses.
|
|
//
|
|
// The number of IP addresses you can assign to a network interface varies by
|
|
// instance type. For more information, see IP Addresses Per ENI Per Instance
|
|
// Type (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-eni.html#AvailableIpPerENI)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount *int64 `locationName:"secondaryPrivateIpAddressCount" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the subnet to associate with the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// SubnetId is a required field
|
|
SubnetId *string `locationName:"subnetId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateNetworkInterfaceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateNetworkInterfaceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkInterfaceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateNetworkInterfaceInput"}
|
|
if s.SubnetId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.PrivateIpAddresses != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.PrivateIpAddresses {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "PrivateIpAddresses", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkInterfaceInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateNetworkInterfaceInput {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkInterfaceInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CreateNetworkInterfaceInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroups sets the Groups field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkInterfaceInput) SetGroups(v []*string) *CreateNetworkInterfaceInput {
|
|
s.Groups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6AddressCount sets the Ipv6AddressCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkInterfaceInput) SetIpv6AddressCount(v int64) *CreateNetworkInterfaceInput {
|
|
s.Ipv6AddressCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6Addresses sets the Ipv6Addresses field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkInterfaceInput) SetIpv6Addresses(v []*InstanceIpv6Address) *CreateNetworkInterfaceInput {
|
|
s.Ipv6Addresses = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateIpAddress sets the PrivateIpAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkInterfaceInput) SetPrivateIpAddress(v string) *CreateNetworkInterfaceInput {
|
|
s.PrivateIpAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateIpAddresses sets the PrivateIpAddresses field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkInterfaceInput) SetPrivateIpAddresses(v []*PrivateIpAddressSpecification) *CreateNetworkInterfaceInput {
|
|
s.PrivateIpAddresses = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount sets the SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkInterfaceInput) SetSecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount(v int64) *CreateNetworkInterfaceInput {
|
|
s.SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkInterfaceInput) SetSubnetId(v string) *CreateNetworkInterfaceInput {
|
|
s.SubnetId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of CreateNetworkInterface.
|
|
type CreateNetworkInterfaceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the network interface.
|
|
NetworkInterface *NetworkInterface `locationName:"networkInterface" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateNetworkInterfaceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateNetworkInterfaceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterface sets the NetworkInterface field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkInterfaceOutput) SetNetworkInterface(v *NetworkInterface) *CreateNetworkInterfaceOutput {
|
|
s.NetworkInterface = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CreateNetworkInterfacePermission.
|
|
type CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS account ID.
|
|
AwsAccountId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS service. Currently not supported.
|
|
AwsService *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// NetworkInterfaceId is a required field
|
|
NetworkInterfaceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of permission to grant.
|
|
//
|
|
// Permission is a required field
|
|
Permission *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InterfacePermissionType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionInput"}
|
|
if s.NetworkInterfaceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NetworkInterfaceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Permission == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Permission"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionInput {
|
|
s.AwsAccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAwsService sets the AwsService field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionInput) SetAwsService(v string) *CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionInput {
|
|
s.AwsService = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaceId sets the NetworkInterfaceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionInput) SetNetworkInterfaceId(v string) *CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionInput {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPermission sets the Permission field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionInput) SetPermission(v string) *CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionInput {
|
|
s.Permission = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of CreateNetworkInterfacePermission.
|
|
type CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the permission for the network interface.
|
|
InterfacePermission *NetworkInterfacePermission `locationName:"interfacePermission" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInterfacePermission sets the InterfacePermission field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionOutput) SetInterfacePermission(v *NetworkInterfacePermission) *CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionOutput {
|
|
s.InterfacePermission = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CreatePlacementGroup.
|
|
type CreatePlacementGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A name for the placement group. Must be unique within the scope of your account
|
|
// for the region.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Up to 255 ASCII characters
|
|
//
|
|
// GroupName is a required field
|
|
GroupName *string `locationName:"groupName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The placement strategy.
|
|
//
|
|
// Strategy is a required field
|
|
Strategy *string `locationName:"strategy" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"PlacementStrategy"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreatePlacementGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreatePlacementGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreatePlacementGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreatePlacementGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.GroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Strategy == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Strategy"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreatePlacementGroupInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CreatePlacementGroupInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreatePlacementGroupInput) SetGroupName(v string) *CreatePlacementGroupInput {
|
|
s.GroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStrategy sets the Strategy field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreatePlacementGroupInput) SetStrategy(v string) *CreatePlacementGroupInput {
|
|
s.Strategy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreatePlacementGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreatePlacementGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreatePlacementGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CreateReservedInstancesListing.
|
|
type CreateReservedInstancesListingInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of your
|
|
// listings. This helps avoid duplicate listings. For more information, see
|
|
// Ensuring Idempotency (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// ClientToken is a required field
|
|
ClientToken *string `locationName:"clientToken" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of instances that are a part of a Reserved Instance account to
|
|
// be listed in the Reserved Instance Marketplace. This number should be less
|
|
// than or equal to the instance count associated with the Reserved Instance
|
|
// ID specified in this call.
|
|
//
|
|
// InstanceCount is a required field
|
|
InstanceCount *int64 `locationName:"instanceCount" type:"integer" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list specifying the price of the Standard Reserved Instance for each month
|
|
// remaining in the Reserved Instance term.
|
|
//
|
|
// PriceSchedules is a required field
|
|
PriceSchedules []*PriceScheduleSpecification `locationName:"priceSchedules" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the active Standard Reserved Instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// ReservedInstancesId is a required field
|
|
ReservedInstancesId *string `locationName:"reservedInstancesId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateReservedInstancesListingInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateReservedInstancesListingInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateReservedInstancesListingInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateReservedInstancesListingInput"}
|
|
if s.ClientToken == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClientToken"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.InstanceCount == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceCount"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.PriceSchedules == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PriceSchedules"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ReservedInstancesId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReservedInstancesId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReservedInstancesListingInput) SetClientToken(v string) *CreateReservedInstancesListingInput {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceCount sets the InstanceCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReservedInstancesListingInput) SetInstanceCount(v int64) *CreateReservedInstancesListingInput {
|
|
s.InstanceCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPriceSchedules sets the PriceSchedules field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReservedInstancesListingInput) SetPriceSchedules(v []*PriceScheduleSpecification) *CreateReservedInstancesListingInput {
|
|
s.PriceSchedules = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedInstancesId sets the ReservedInstancesId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReservedInstancesListingInput) SetReservedInstancesId(v string) *CreateReservedInstancesListingInput {
|
|
s.ReservedInstancesId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of CreateReservedInstancesListing.
|
|
type CreateReservedInstancesListingOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the Standard Reserved Instance listing.
|
|
ReservedInstancesListings []*ReservedInstancesListing `locationName:"reservedInstancesListingsSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateReservedInstancesListingOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateReservedInstancesListingOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedInstancesListings sets the ReservedInstancesListings field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReservedInstancesListingOutput) SetReservedInstancesListings(v []*ReservedInstancesListing) *CreateReservedInstancesListingOutput {
|
|
s.ReservedInstancesListings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CreateRoute.
|
|
type CreateRouteInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv4 CIDR address block used for the destination match. Routing decisions
|
|
// are based on the most specific match.
|
|
DestinationCidrBlock *string `locationName:"destinationCidrBlock" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv6 CIDR block used for the destination match. Routing decisions are
|
|
// based on the most specific match.
|
|
DestinationIpv6CidrBlock *string `locationName:"destinationIpv6CidrBlock" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// [IPv6 traffic only] The ID of an egress-only Internet gateway.
|
|
EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId *string `locationName:"egressOnlyInternetGatewayId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of an Internet gateway or virtual private gateway attached to your
|
|
// VPC.
|
|
GatewayId *string `locationName:"gatewayId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of a NAT instance in your VPC. The operation fails if you specify
|
|
// an instance ID unless exactly one network interface is attached.
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// [IPv4 traffic only] The ID of a NAT gateway.
|
|
NatGatewayId *string `locationName:"natGatewayId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of a network interface.
|
|
NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the route table for the route.
|
|
//
|
|
// RouteTableId is a required field
|
|
RouteTableId *string `locationName:"routeTableId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of a VPC peering connection.
|
|
VpcPeeringConnectionId *string `locationName:"vpcPeeringConnectionId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateRouteInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateRouteInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateRouteInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateRouteInput"}
|
|
if s.RouteTableId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RouteTableId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDestinationCidrBlock sets the DestinationCidrBlock field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateRouteInput) SetDestinationCidrBlock(v string) *CreateRouteInput {
|
|
s.DestinationCidrBlock = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDestinationIpv6CidrBlock sets the DestinationIpv6CidrBlock field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateRouteInput) SetDestinationIpv6CidrBlock(v string) *CreateRouteInput {
|
|
s.DestinationIpv6CidrBlock = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateRouteInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CreateRouteInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId sets the EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateRouteInput) SetEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId(v string) *CreateRouteInput {
|
|
s.EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGatewayId sets the GatewayId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateRouteInput) SetGatewayId(v string) *CreateRouteInput {
|
|
s.GatewayId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateRouteInput) SetInstanceId(v string) *CreateRouteInput {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNatGatewayId sets the NatGatewayId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateRouteInput) SetNatGatewayId(v string) *CreateRouteInput {
|
|
s.NatGatewayId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaceId sets the NetworkInterfaceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateRouteInput) SetNetworkInterfaceId(v string) *CreateRouteInput {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRouteTableId sets the RouteTableId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateRouteInput) SetRouteTableId(v string) *CreateRouteInput {
|
|
s.RouteTableId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcPeeringConnectionId sets the VpcPeeringConnectionId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateRouteInput) SetVpcPeeringConnectionId(v string) *CreateRouteInput {
|
|
s.VpcPeeringConnectionId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of CreateRoute.
|
|
type CreateRouteOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
|
|
Return *bool `locationName:"return" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateRouteOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateRouteOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReturn sets the Return field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateRouteOutput) SetReturn(v bool) *CreateRouteOutput {
|
|
s.Return = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CreateRouteTable.
|
|
type CreateRouteTableInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpcId is a required field
|
|
VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateRouteTableInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateRouteTableInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateRouteTableInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateRouteTableInput"}
|
|
if s.VpcId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateRouteTableInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CreateRouteTableInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateRouteTableInput) SetVpcId(v string) *CreateRouteTableInput {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of CreateRouteTable.
|
|
type CreateRouteTableOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the route table.
|
|
RouteTable *RouteTable `locationName:"routeTable" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateRouteTableOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateRouteTableOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRouteTable sets the RouteTable field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateRouteTableOutput) SetRouteTable(v *RouteTable) *CreateRouteTableOutput {
|
|
s.RouteTable = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CreateSecurityGroup.
|
|
type CreateSecurityGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A description for the security group. This is informational only.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints for EC2-Classic: ASCII characters
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints for EC2-VPC: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$*
|
|
//
|
|
// Description is a required field
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"GroupDescription" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Cannot start with sg-.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints for EC2-Classic: ASCII characters
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints for EC2-VPC: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$*
|
|
//
|
|
// GroupName is a required field
|
|
GroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-VPC] The ID of the VPC. Required for EC2-VPC.
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateSecurityGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateSecurityGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.Description == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.GroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateSecurityGroupInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateSecurityGroupInput {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateSecurityGroupInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CreateSecurityGroupInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateSecurityGroupInput) SetGroupName(v string) *CreateSecurityGroupInput {
|
|
s.GroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateSecurityGroupInput) SetVpcId(v string) *CreateSecurityGroupInput {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of CreateSecurityGroup.
|
|
type CreateSecurityGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the security group.
|
|
GroupId *string `locationName:"groupId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateSecurityGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupId sets the GroupId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateSecurityGroupOutput) SetGroupId(v string) *CreateSecurityGroupOutput {
|
|
s.GroupId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CreateSnapshot.
|
|
type CreateSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A description for the snapshot.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the EBS volume.
|
|
//
|
|
// VolumeId is a required field
|
|
VolumeId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateSnapshotInput"}
|
|
if s.VolumeId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VolumeId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateSnapshotInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateSnapshotInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CreateSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeId sets the VolumeId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateSnapshotInput) SetVolumeId(v string) *CreateSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.VolumeId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription.
|
|
type CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon S3 bucket in which to store the Spot Instance data feed.
|
|
//
|
|
// Bucket is a required field
|
|
Bucket *string `locationName:"bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A prefix for the data feed file names.
|
|
Prefix *string `locationName:"prefix" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput"}
|
|
if s.Bucket == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput) SetBucket(v string) *CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.Bucket = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput) SetPrefix(v string) *CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.Prefix = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription.
|
|
type CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Spot Instance data feed subscription.
|
|
SpotDatafeedSubscription *SpotDatafeedSubscription `locationName:"spotDatafeedSubscription" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotDatafeedSubscription sets the SpotDatafeedSubscription field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput) SetSpotDatafeedSubscription(v *SpotDatafeedSubscription) *CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput {
|
|
s.SpotDatafeedSubscription = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CreateSubnet.
|
|
type CreateSubnetInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone for the subnet.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: AWS selects one for you. If you create more than one subnet in your
|
|
// VPC, we may not necessarily select a different zone for each subnet.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv4 network range for the subnet, in CIDR notation. For example, 10.0.0.0/24.
|
|
//
|
|
// CidrBlock is a required field
|
|
CidrBlock *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv6 network range for the subnet, in CIDR notation. The subnet size
|
|
// must use a /64 prefix length.
|
|
Ipv6CidrBlock *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpcId is a required field
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateSubnetInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateSubnetInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateSubnetInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateSubnetInput"}
|
|
if s.CidrBlock == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CidrBlock"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VpcId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateSubnetInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *CreateSubnetInput {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCidrBlock sets the CidrBlock field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateSubnetInput) SetCidrBlock(v string) *CreateSubnetInput {
|
|
s.CidrBlock = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateSubnetInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CreateSubnetInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6CidrBlock sets the Ipv6CidrBlock field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateSubnetInput) SetIpv6CidrBlock(v string) *CreateSubnetInput {
|
|
s.Ipv6CidrBlock = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateSubnetInput) SetVpcId(v string) *CreateSubnetInput {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of CreateSubnet.
|
|
type CreateSubnetOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the subnet.
|
|
Subnet *Subnet `locationName:"subnet" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateSubnetOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateSubnetOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnet sets the Subnet field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateSubnetOutput) SetSubnet(v *Subnet) *CreateSubnetOutput {
|
|
s.Subnet = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CreateTags.
|
|
type CreateTagsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of one or more resources to tag. For example, ami-1a2b3c4d.
|
|
//
|
|
// Resources is a required field
|
|
Resources []*string `locationName:"ResourceId" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more tags. The value parameter is required, but if you don't want
|
|
// the tag to have a value, specify the parameter with no value, and we set
|
|
// the value to an empty string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Tags is a required field
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateTagsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateTagsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateTagsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateTagsInput"}
|
|
if s.Resources == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Resources"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Tags == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tags"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateTagsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CreateTagsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResources sets the Resources field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateTagsInput) SetResources(v []*string) *CreateTagsInput {
|
|
s.Resources = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateTagsInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateTagsInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateTagsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateTagsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateTagsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CreateVolume.
|
|
type CreateVolumeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone in which to create the volume. Use DescribeAvailabilityZones
|
|
// to list the Availability Zones that are currently available to you.
|
|
//
|
|
// AvailabilityZone is a required field
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether the volume should be encrypted. Encrypted Amazon EBS volumes
|
|
// may only be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. Volumes
|
|
// that are created from encrypted snapshots are automatically encrypted. There
|
|
// is no way to create an encrypted volume from an unencrypted snapshot or vice
|
|
// versa. If your AMI uses encrypted volumes, you can only launch it on supported
|
|
// instance types. For more information, see Amazon EBS Encryption (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
Encrypted *bool `locationName:"encrypted" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Only valid for Provisioned IOPS SSD volumes. The number of I/O operations
|
|
// per second (IOPS) to provision for the volume, with a maximum ratio of 50
|
|
// IOPS/GiB.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: Range is 100 to 20000 for Provisioned IOPS SSD volumes
|
|
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// An identifier for the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master
|
|
// key (CMK) to use when creating the encrypted volume. This parameter is only
|
|
// required if you want to use a non-default CMK; if this parameter is not specified,
|
|
// the default CMK for EBS is used. If a KmsKeyId is specified, the Encrypted
|
|
// flag must also be set.
|
|
//
|
|
// The CMK identifier may be provided in any of the following formats:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Key ID
|
|
//
|
|
// * Key alias
|
|
//
|
|
// * ARN using key ID. The ID ARN contains the arn:aws:kms namespace, followed
|
|
// by the region of the CMK, the AWS account ID of the CMK owner, the key
|
|
// namespace, and then the CMK ID. For example, arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:key/abcd1234-a123-456a-a12b-a123b4cd56ef.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// * ARN using key alias. The alias ARN contains the arn:aws:kms namespace,
|
|
// followed by the region of the CMK, the AWS account ID of the CMK owner,
|
|
// the alias namespace, and then the CMK alias. For example, arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:alias/ExampleAlias.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// AWS parses KmsKeyId asynchronously, meaning that the action you call may
|
|
// appear to complete even though you provided an invalid identifier. The action
|
|
// will eventually fail.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The size of the volume, in GiBs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: 1-16384 for gp2, 4-16384 for io1, 500-16384 for st1, 500-16384
|
|
// for sc1, and 1-1024 for standard. If you specify a snapshot, the volume size
|
|
// must be equal to or larger than the snapshot size.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: If you're creating the volume from a snapshot and don't specify
|
|
// a volume size, the default is the snapshot size.
|
|
Size *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The snapshot from which to create the volume.
|
|
SnapshotId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The tags to apply to the volume during creation.
|
|
TagSpecifications []*TagSpecification `locationName:"TagSpecification" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The volume type. This can be gp2 for General Purpose SSD, io1 for Provisioned
|
|
// IOPS SSD, st1 for Throughput Optimized HDD, sc1 for Cold HDD, or standard
|
|
// for Magnetic volumes.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: standard
|
|
VolumeType *string `type:"string" enum:"VolumeType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVolumeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVolumeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateVolumeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateVolumeInput"}
|
|
if s.AvailabilityZone == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AvailabilityZone"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVolumeInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *CreateVolumeInput {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVolumeInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CreateVolumeInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEncrypted sets the Encrypted field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVolumeInput) SetEncrypted(v bool) *CreateVolumeInput {
|
|
s.Encrypted = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVolumeInput) SetIops(v int64) *CreateVolumeInput {
|
|
s.Iops = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVolumeInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CreateVolumeInput {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSize sets the Size field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVolumeInput) SetSize(v int64) *CreateVolumeInput {
|
|
s.Size = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotId sets the SnapshotId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVolumeInput) SetSnapshotId(v string) *CreateVolumeInput {
|
|
s.SnapshotId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagSpecifications sets the TagSpecifications field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVolumeInput) SetTagSpecifications(v []*TagSpecification) *CreateVolumeInput {
|
|
s.TagSpecifications = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeType sets the VolumeType field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVolumeInput) SetVolumeType(v string) *CreateVolumeInput {
|
|
s.VolumeType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the user or group to be added or removed from the permissions for
|
|
// a volume.
|
|
type CreateVolumePermission struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The specific group that is to be added or removed from a volume's list of
|
|
// create volume permissions.
|
|
Group *string `locationName:"group" type:"string" enum:"PermissionGroup"`
|
|
|
|
// The specific AWS account ID that is to be added or removed from a volume's
|
|
// list of create volume permissions.
|
|
UserId *string `locationName:"userId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVolumePermission) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVolumePermission) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroup sets the Group field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVolumePermission) SetGroup(v string) *CreateVolumePermission {
|
|
s.Group = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserId sets the UserId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVolumePermission) SetUserId(v string) *CreateVolumePermission {
|
|
s.UserId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes modifications to the permissions for a volume.
|
|
type CreateVolumePermissionModifications struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Adds a specific AWS account ID or group to a volume's list of create volume
|
|
// permissions.
|
|
Add []*CreateVolumePermission `locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Removes a specific AWS account ID or group from a volume's list of create
|
|
// volume permissions.
|
|
Remove []*CreateVolumePermission `locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVolumePermissionModifications) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVolumePermissionModifications) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAdd sets the Add field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVolumePermissionModifications) SetAdd(v []*CreateVolumePermission) *CreateVolumePermissionModifications {
|
|
s.Add = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRemove sets the Remove field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVolumePermissionModifications) SetRemove(v []*CreateVolumePermission) *CreateVolumePermissionModifications {
|
|
s.Remove = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of
|
|
// the request. For more information, see How to Ensure Idempotency (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
|
|
ClientToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more endpoint events for which to receive notifications. Valid values
|
|
// are Accept, Connect, Delete, and Reject.
|
|
//
|
|
// ConnectionEvents is a required field
|
|
ConnectionEvents []*string `locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN of the SNS topic for the notifications.
|
|
//
|
|
// ConnectionNotificationArn is a required field
|
|
ConnectionNotificationArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the endpoint service.
|
|
ServiceId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the endpoint.
|
|
VpcEndpointId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput"}
|
|
if s.ConnectionEvents == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ConnectionEvents"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ConnectionNotificationArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ConnectionNotificationArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput) SetClientToken(v string) *CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetConnectionEvents sets the ConnectionEvents field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput) SetConnectionEvents(v []*string) *CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput {
|
|
s.ConnectionEvents = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetConnectionNotificationArn sets the ConnectionNotificationArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput) SetConnectionNotificationArn(v string) *CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput {
|
|
s.ConnectionNotificationArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServiceId sets the ServiceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput) SetServiceId(v string) *CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput {
|
|
s.ServiceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcEndpointId sets the VpcEndpointId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput) SetVpcEndpointId(v string) *CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput {
|
|
s.VpcEndpointId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of
|
|
// the request.
|
|
ClientToken *string `locationName:"clientToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the notification.
|
|
ConnectionNotification *ConnectionNotification `locationName:"connectionNotification" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationOutput) SetClientToken(v string) *CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationOutput {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetConnectionNotification sets the ConnectionNotification field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationOutput) SetConnectionNotification(v *ConnectionNotification) *CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationOutput {
|
|
s.ConnectionNotification = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CreateVpcEndpoint.
|
|
type CreateVpcEndpointInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of
|
|
// the request. For more information, see How to Ensure Idempotency (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
|
|
ClientToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// (Gateway endpoint) A policy to attach to the endpoint that controls access
|
|
// to the service. The policy must be in valid JSON format. If this parameter
|
|
// is not specified, we attach a default policy that allows full access to the
|
|
// service.
|
|
PolicyDocument *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// (Interface endpoint) Indicate whether to associate a private hosted zone
|
|
// with the specified VPC. The private hosted zone contains a record set for
|
|
// the default public DNS name for the service for the region (for example,
|
|
// kinesis.us-east-1.amazonaws.com) which resolves to the private IP addresses
|
|
// of the endpoint network interfaces in the VPC. This enables you to make requests
|
|
// to the default public DNS name for the service instead of the public DNS
|
|
// names that are automatically generated by the VPC endpoint service.
|
|
//
|
|
// To use a private hosted zone, you must set the following VPC attributes to
|
|
// true: enableDnsHostnames and enableDnsSupport. Use ModifyVpcAttribute to
|
|
// set the VPC attributes.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: true
|
|
PrivateDnsEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// (Gateway endpoint) One or more route table IDs.
|
|
RouteTableIds []*string `locationName:"RouteTableId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// (Interface endpoint) The ID of one or more security groups to associate with
|
|
// the endpoint network interface.
|
|
SecurityGroupIds []*string `locationName:"SecurityGroupId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The service name. To get a list of available services, use the DescribeVpcEndpointServices
|
|
// request, or get the name from the service provider.
|
|
//
|
|
// ServiceName is a required field
|
|
ServiceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// (Interface endpoint) The ID of one or more subnets in which to create an
|
|
// endpoint network interface.
|
|
SubnetIds []*string `locationName:"SubnetId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Gateway
|
|
VpcEndpointType *string `type:"string" enum:"VpcEndpointType"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC in which the endpoint will be used.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpcId is a required field
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVpcEndpointInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVpcEndpointInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcEndpointInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateVpcEndpointInput"}
|
|
if s.ServiceName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ServiceName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VpcId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcEndpointInput) SetClientToken(v string) *CreateVpcEndpointInput {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcEndpointInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CreateVpcEndpointInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPolicyDocument sets the PolicyDocument field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcEndpointInput) SetPolicyDocument(v string) *CreateVpcEndpointInput {
|
|
s.PolicyDocument = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateDnsEnabled sets the PrivateDnsEnabled field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcEndpointInput) SetPrivateDnsEnabled(v bool) *CreateVpcEndpointInput {
|
|
s.PrivateDnsEnabled = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRouteTableIds sets the RouteTableIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcEndpointInput) SetRouteTableIds(v []*string) *CreateVpcEndpointInput {
|
|
s.RouteTableIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSecurityGroupIds sets the SecurityGroupIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcEndpointInput) SetSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateVpcEndpointInput {
|
|
s.SecurityGroupIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServiceName sets the ServiceName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcEndpointInput) SetServiceName(v string) *CreateVpcEndpointInput {
|
|
s.ServiceName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcEndpointInput) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *CreateVpcEndpointInput {
|
|
s.SubnetIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcEndpointType sets the VpcEndpointType field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcEndpointInput) SetVpcEndpointType(v string) *CreateVpcEndpointInput {
|
|
s.VpcEndpointType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcEndpointInput) SetVpcId(v string) *CreateVpcEndpointInput {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of CreateVpcEndpoint.
|
|
type CreateVpcEndpointOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of
|
|
// the request.
|
|
ClientToken *string `locationName:"clientToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the endpoint.
|
|
VpcEndpoint *VpcEndpoint `locationName:"vpcEndpoint" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVpcEndpointOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVpcEndpointOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcEndpointOutput) SetClientToken(v string) *CreateVpcEndpointOutput {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcEndpoint sets the VpcEndpoint field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcEndpointOutput) SetVpcEndpoint(v *VpcEndpoint) *CreateVpcEndpointOutput {
|
|
s.VpcEndpoint = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicate whether requests from service consumers to create an endpoint to
|
|
// your service must be accepted. To accept a request, use AcceptVpcEndpointConnections.
|
|
AcceptanceRequired *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of
|
|
// the request. For more information, see How to Ensure Idempotency (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
|
|
ClientToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of one or more Network Load Balancers for
|
|
// your service.
|
|
//
|
|
// NetworkLoadBalancerArns is a required field
|
|
NetworkLoadBalancerArns []*string `locationName:"NetworkLoadBalancerArn" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput"}
|
|
if s.NetworkLoadBalancerArns == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NetworkLoadBalancerArns"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAcceptanceRequired sets the AcceptanceRequired field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput) SetAcceptanceRequired(v bool) *CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput {
|
|
s.AcceptanceRequired = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput) SetClientToken(v string) *CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkLoadBalancerArns sets the NetworkLoadBalancerArns field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput) SetNetworkLoadBalancerArns(v []*string) *CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput {
|
|
s.NetworkLoadBalancerArns = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of
|
|
// the request.
|
|
ClientToken *string `locationName:"clientToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the service configuration.
|
|
ServiceConfiguration *ServiceConfiguration `locationName:"serviceConfiguration" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationOutput) SetClientToken(v string) *CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationOutput {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServiceConfiguration sets the ServiceConfiguration field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationOutput) SetServiceConfiguration(v *ServiceConfiguration) *CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationOutput {
|
|
s.ServiceConfiguration = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CreateVpc.
|
|
type CreateVpcInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Requests an Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block with a /56 prefix length for
|
|
// the VPC. You cannot specify the range of IP addresses, or the size of the
|
|
// CIDR block.
|
|
AmazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock *bool `locationName:"amazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv4 network range for the VPC, in CIDR notation. For example, 10.0.0.0/16.
|
|
//
|
|
// CidrBlock is a required field
|
|
CidrBlock *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The tenancy options for instances launched into the VPC. For default, instances
|
|
// are launched with shared tenancy by default. You can launch instances with
|
|
// any tenancy into a shared tenancy VPC. For dedicated, instances are launched
|
|
// as dedicated tenancy instances by default. You can only launch instances
|
|
// with a tenancy of dedicated or host into a dedicated tenancy VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// Important: The host value cannot be used with this parameter. Use the default
|
|
// or dedicated values only.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: default
|
|
InstanceTenancy *string `locationName:"instanceTenancy" type:"string" enum:"Tenancy"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVpcInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVpcInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateVpcInput"}
|
|
if s.CidrBlock == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CidrBlock"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAmazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock sets the AmazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcInput) SetAmazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock(v bool) *CreateVpcInput {
|
|
s.AmazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCidrBlock sets the CidrBlock field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcInput) SetCidrBlock(v string) *CreateVpcInput {
|
|
s.CidrBlock = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CreateVpcInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceTenancy sets the InstanceTenancy field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcInput) SetInstanceTenancy(v string) *CreateVpcInput {
|
|
s.InstanceTenancy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of CreateVpc.
|
|
type CreateVpcOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the VPC.
|
|
Vpc *Vpc `locationName:"vpc" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVpcOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVpcOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcOutput) SetVpc(v *Vpc) *CreateVpcOutput {
|
|
s.Vpc = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CreateVpcPeeringConnection.
|
|
type CreateVpcPeeringConnectionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS account ID of the owner of the accepter VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Your AWS account ID
|
|
PeerOwnerId *string `locationName:"peerOwnerId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The region code for the accepter VPC, if the accepter VPC is located in a
|
|
// region other than the region in which you make the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The region in which you make the request.
|
|
PeerRegion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC with which you are creating the VPC peering connection.
|
|
// You must specify this parameter in the request.
|
|
PeerVpcId *string `locationName:"peerVpcId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the requester VPC. You must specify this parameter in the request.
|
|
VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVpcPeeringConnectionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVpcPeeringConnectionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcPeeringConnectionInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CreateVpcPeeringConnectionInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPeerOwnerId sets the PeerOwnerId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcPeeringConnectionInput) SetPeerOwnerId(v string) *CreateVpcPeeringConnectionInput {
|
|
s.PeerOwnerId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPeerRegion sets the PeerRegion field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcPeeringConnectionInput) SetPeerRegion(v string) *CreateVpcPeeringConnectionInput {
|
|
s.PeerRegion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPeerVpcId sets the PeerVpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcPeeringConnectionInput) SetPeerVpcId(v string) *CreateVpcPeeringConnectionInput {
|
|
s.PeerVpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcPeeringConnectionInput) SetVpcId(v string) *CreateVpcPeeringConnectionInput {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of CreateVpcPeeringConnection.
|
|
type CreateVpcPeeringConnectionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the VPC peering connection.
|
|
VpcPeeringConnection *VpcPeeringConnection `locationName:"vpcPeeringConnection" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVpcPeeringConnectionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVpcPeeringConnectionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcPeeringConnection sets the VpcPeeringConnection field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpcPeeringConnectionOutput) SetVpcPeeringConnection(v *VpcPeeringConnection) *CreateVpcPeeringConnectionOutput {
|
|
s.VpcPeeringConnection = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CreateVpnConnection.
|
|
type CreateVpnConnectionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the customer gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// CustomerGatewayId is a required field
|
|
CustomerGatewayId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The options for the VPN connection.
|
|
Options *VpnConnectionOptionsSpecification `locationName:"options" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of VPN connection (ipsec.1).
|
|
//
|
|
// Type is a required field
|
|
Type *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the virtual private gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpnGatewayId is a required field
|
|
VpnGatewayId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVpnConnectionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVpnConnectionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpnConnectionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateVpnConnectionInput"}
|
|
if s.CustomerGatewayId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CustomerGatewayId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Type == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VpnGatewayId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpnGatewayId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCustomerGatewayId sets the CustomerGatewayId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpnConnectionInput) SetCustomerGatewayId(v string) *CreateVpnConnectionInput {
|
|
s.CustomerGatewayId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpnConnectionInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CreateVpnConnectionInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptions sets the Options field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpnConnectionInput) SetOptions(v *VpnConnectionOptionsSpecification) *CreateVpnConnectionInput {
|
|
s.Options = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpnConnectionInput) SetType(v string) *CreateVpnConnectionInput {
|
|
s.Type = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpnGatewayId sets the VpnGatewayId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpnConnectionInput) SetVpnGatewayId(v string) *CreateVpnConnectionInput {
|
|
s.VpnGatewayId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of CreateVpnConnection.
|
|
type CreateVpnConnectionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the VPN connection.
|
|
VpnConnection *VpnConnection `locationName:"vpnConnection" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVpnConnectionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVpnConnectionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpnConnection sets the VpnConnection field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpnConnectionOutput) SetVpnConnection(v *VpnConnection) *CreateVpnConnectionOutput {
|
|
s.VpnConnection = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CreateVpnConnectionRoute.
|
|
type CreateVpnConnectionRouteInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The CIDR block associated with the local subnet of the customer network.
|
|
//
|
|
// DestinationCidrBlock is a required field
|
|
DestinationCidrBlock *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPN connection.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpnConnectionId is a required field
|
|
VpnConnectionId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVpnConnectionRouteInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVpnConnectionRouteInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpnConnectionRouteInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateVpnConnectionRouteInput"}
|
|
if s.DestinationCidrBlock == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DestinationCidrBlock"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VpnConnectionId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpnConnectionId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDestinationCidrBlock sets the DestinationCidrBlock field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpnConnectionRouteInput) SetDestinationCidrBlock(v string) *CreateVpnConnectionRouteInput {
|
|
s.DestinationCidrBlock = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpnConnectionId sets the VpnConnectionId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpnConnectionRouteInput) SetVpnConnectionId(v string) *CreateVpnConnectionRouteInput {
|
|
s.VpnConnectionId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateVpnConnectionRouteOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVpnConnectionRouteOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVpnConnectionRouteOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for CreateVpnGateway.
|
|
type CreateVpnGatewayInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A private Autonomous System Number (ASN) for the Amazon side of a BGP session.
|
|
// If you're using a 16-bit ASN, it must be in the 64512 to 65534 range. If
|
|
// you're using a 32-bit ASN, it must be in the 4200000000 to 4294967294 range.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 64512
|
|
AmazonSideAsn *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone for the virtual private gateway.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of VPN connection this virtual private gateway supports.
|
|
//
|
|
// Type is a required field
|
|
Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"GatewayType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVpnGatewayInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVpnGatewayInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpnGatewayInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateVpnGatewayInput"}
|
|
if s.Type == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAmazonSideAsn sets the AmazonSideAsn field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpnGatewayInput) SetAmazonSideAsn(v int64) *CreateVpnGatewayInput {
|
|
s.AmazonSideAsn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpnGatewayInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *CreateVpnGatewayInput {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpnGatewayInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CreateVpnGatewayInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpnGatewayInput) SetType(v string) *CreateVpnGatewayInput {
|
|
s.Type = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of CreateVpnGateway.
|
|
type CreateVpnGatewayOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the virtual private gateway.
|
|
VpnGateway *VpnGateway `locationName:"vpnGateway" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVpnGatewayOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVpnGatewayOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpnGateway sets the VpnGateway field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVpnGatewayOutput) SetVpnGateway(v *VpnGateway) *CreateVpnGatewayOutput {
|
|
s.VpnGateway = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the credit option for CPU usage of a T2 instance.
|
|
type CreditSpecification struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The credit option for CPU usage of a T2 instance.
|
|
CpuCredits *string `locationName:"cpuCredits" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreditSpecification) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreditSpecification) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCpuCredits sets the CpuCredits field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreditSpecification) SetCpuCredits(v string) *CreditSpecification {
|
|
s.CpuCredits = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The credit option for CPU usage of a T2 instance.
|
|
type CreditSpecificationRequest struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The credit option for CPU usage of a T2 instance. Valid values are standard
|
|
// and unlimited.
|
|
//
|
|
// CpuCredits is a required field
|
|
CpuCredits *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreditSpecificationRequest) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreditSpecificationRequest) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreditSpecificationRequest) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreditSpecificationRequest"}
|
|
if s.CpuCredits == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CpuCredits"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCpuCredits sets the CpuCredits field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreditSpecificationRequest) SetCpuCredits(v string) *CreditSpecificationRequest {
|
|
s.CpuCredits = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a customer gateway.
|
|
type CustomerGateway struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The customer gateway's Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) Autonomous System Number
|
|
// (ASN).
|
|
BgpAsn *string `locationName:"bgpAsn" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the customer gateway.
|
|
CustomerGatewayId *string `locationName:"customerGatewayId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Internet-routable IP address of the customer gateway's outside interface.
|
|
IpAddress *string `locationName:"ipAddress" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The current state of the customer gateway (pending | available | deleting
|
|
// | deleted).
|
|
State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Any tags assigned to the customer gateway.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tagSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of VPN connection the customer gateway supports (ipsec.1).
|
|
Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CustomerGateway) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CustomerGateway) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBgpAsn sets the BgpAsn field's value.
|
|
func (s *CustomerGateway) SetBgpAsn(v string) *CustomerGateway {
|
|
s.BgpAsn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCustomerGatewayId sets the CustomerGatewayId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CustomerGateway) SetCustomerGatewayId(v string) *CustomerGateway {
|
|
s.CustomerGatewayId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpAddress sets the IpAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *CustomerGateway) SetIpAddress(v string) *CustomerGateway {
|
|
s.IpAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *CustomerGateway) SetState(v string) *CustomerGateway {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CustomerGateway) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CustomerGateway {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
|
|
func (s *CustomerGateway) SetType(v string) *CustomerGateway {
|
|
s.Type = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DeleteCustomerGateway.
|
|
type DeleteCustomerGatewayInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the customer gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// CustomerGatewayId is a required field
|
|
CustomerGatewayId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteCustomerGatewayInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteCustomerGatewayInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteCustomerGatewayInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteCustomerGatewayInput"}
|
|
if s.CustomerGatewayId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CustomerGatewayId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCustomerGatewayId sets the CustomerGatewayId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteCustomerGatewayInput) SetCustomerGatewayId(v string) *DeleteCustomerGatewayInput {
|
|
s.CustomerGatewayId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteCustomerGatewayInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DeleteCustomerGatewayInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteCustomerGatewayOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteCustomerGatewayOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteCustomerGatewayOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DeleteDhcpOptions.
|
|
type DeleteDhcpOptionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the DHCP options set.
|
|
//
|
|
// DhcpOptionsId is a required field
|
|
DhcpOptionsId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDhcpOptionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDhcpOptionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDhcpOptionsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDhcpOptionsInput"}
|
|
if s.DhcpOptionsId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DhcpOptionsId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDhcpOptionsId sets the DhcpOptionsId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDhcpOptionsInput) SetDhcpOptionsId(v string) *DeleteDhcpOptionsInput {
|
|
s.DhcpOptionsId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDhcpOptionsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DeleteDhcpOptionsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteDhcpOptionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDhcpOptionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDhcpOptionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the egress-only Internet gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId is a required field
|
|
EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput"}
|
|
if s.EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId sets the EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput) SetEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId(v string) *DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput {
|
|
s.EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
|
|
ReturnCode *bool `locationName:"returnCode" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReturnCode sets the ReturnCode field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayOutput) SetReturnCode(v bool) *DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayOutput {
|
|
s.ReturnCode = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DeleteFlowLogs.
|
|
type DeleteFlowLogsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more flow log IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// FlowLogIds is a required field
|
|
FlowLogIds []*string `locationName:"FlowLogId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteFlowLogsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteFlowLogsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteFlowLogsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteFlowLogsInput"}
|
|
if s.FlowLogIds == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FlowLogIds"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFlowLogIds sets the FlowLogIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteFlowLogsInput) SetFlowLogIds(v []*string) *DeleteFlowLogsInput {
|
|
s.FlowLogIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DeleteFlowLogs.
|
|
type DeleteFlowLogsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the flow logs that could not be deleted successfully.
|
|
Unsuccessful []*UnsuccessfulItem `locationName:"unsuccessful" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteFlowLogsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteFlowLogsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUnsuccessful sets the Unsuccessful field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteFlowLogsOutput) SetUnsuccessful(v []*UnsuccessfulItem) *DeleteFlowLogsOutput {
|
|
s.Unsuccessful = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteFpgaImageInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the AFI.
|
|
//
|
|
// FpgaImageId is a required field
|
|
FpgaImageId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteFpgaImageInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteFpgaImageInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteFpgaImageInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteFpgaImageInput"}
|
|
if s.FpgaImageId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FpgaImageId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteFpgaImageInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DeleteFpgaImageInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFpgaImageId sets the FpgaImageId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteFpgaImageInput) SetFpgaImageId(v string) *DeleteFpgaImageInput {
|
|
s.FpgaImageId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteFpgaImageOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Is true if the request succeeds, and an error otherwise.
|
|
Return *bool `locationName:"return" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteFpgaImageOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteFpgaImageOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReturn sets the Return field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteFpgaImageOutput) SetReturn(v bool) *DeleteFpgaImageOutput {
|
|
s.Return = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DeleteInternetGateway.
|
|
type DeleteInternetGatewayInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Internet gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// InternetGatewayId is a required field
|
|
InternetGatewayId *string `locationName:"internetGatewayId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteInternetGatewayInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteInternetGatewayInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteInternetGatewayInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteInternetGatewayInput"}
|
|
if s.InternetGatewayId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InternetGatewayId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteInternetGatewayInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DeleteInternetGatewayInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInternetGatewayId sets the InternetGatewayId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteInternetGatewayInput) SetInternetGatewayId(v string) *DeleteInternetGatewayInput {
|
|
s.InternetGatewayId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteInternetGatewayOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteInternetGatewayOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteInternetGatewayOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DeleteKeyPair.
|
|
type DeleteKeyPairInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the key pair.
|
|
//
|
|
// KeyName is a required field
|
|
KeyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteKeyPairInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteKeyPairInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteKeyPairInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteKeyPairInput"}
|
|
if s.KeyName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("KeyName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteKeyPairInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DeleteKeyPairInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKeyName sets the KeyName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteKeyPairInput) SetKeyName(v string) *DeleteKeyPairInput {
|
|
s.KeyName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteKeyPairOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteKeyPairOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteKeyPairOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteLaunchTemplateInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template
|
|
// ID or launch template name in the request.
|
|
LaunchTemplateId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template
|
|
// ID or launch template name in the request.
|
|
LaunchTemplateName *string `min:"3" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteLaunchTemplateInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteLaunchTemplateInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteLaunchTemplateInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteLaunchTemplateInput"}
|
|
if s.LaunchTemplateName != nil && len(*s.LaunchTemplateName) < 3 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LaunchTemplateName", 3))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteLaunchTemplateInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DeleteLaunchTemplateInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateId sets the LaunchTemplateId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteLaunchTemplateInput) SetLaunchTemplateId(v string) *DeleteLaunchTemplateInput {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateName sets the LaunchTemplateName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteLaunchTemplateInput) SetLaunchTemplateName(v string) *DeleteLaunchTemplateInput {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteLaunchTemplateOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the launch template.
|
|
LaunchTemplate *LaunchTemplate `locationName:"launchTemplate" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteLaunchTemplateOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteLaunchTemplateOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplate sets the LaunchTemplate field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteLaunchTemplateOutput) SetLaunchTemplate(v *LaunchTemplate) *DeleteLaunchTemplateOutput {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplate = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template
|
|
// ID or launch template name in the request.
|
|
LaunchTemplateId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template
|
|
// ID or launch template name in the request.
|
|
LaunchTemplateName *string `min:"3" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The version numbers of one or more launch template versions to delete.
|
|
//
|
|
// Versions is a required field
|
|
Versions []*string `locationName:"LaunchTemplateVersion" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsInput"}
|
|
if s.LaunchTemplateName != nil && len(*s.LaunchTemplateName) < 3 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LaunchTemplateName", 3))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Versions == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Versions"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateId sets the LaunchTemplateId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsInput) SetLaunchTemplateId(v string) *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsInput {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateName sets the LaunchTemplateName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsInput) SetLaunchTemplateName(v string) *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsInput {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVersions sets the Versions field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsInput) SetVersions(v []*string) *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsInput {
|
|
s.Versions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the launch template versions that were successfully deleted.
|
|
SuccessfullyDeletedLaunchTemplateVersions []*DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsResponseSuccessItem `locationName:"successfullyDeletedLaunchTemplateVersionSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the launch template versions that could not be deleted.
|
|
UnsuccessfullyDeletedLaunchTemplateVersions []*DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsResponseErrorItem `locationName:"unsuccessfullyDeletedLaunchTemplateVersionSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSuccessfullyDeletedLaunchTemplateVersions sets the SuccessfullyDeletedLaunchTemplateVersions field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput) SetSuccessfullyDeletedLaunchTemplateVersions(v []*DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsResponseSuccessItem) *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput {
|
|
s.SuccessfullyDeletedLaunchTemplateVersions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUnsuccessfullyDeletedLaunchTemplateVersions sets the UnsuccessfullyDeletedLaunchTemplateVersions field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput) SetUnsuccessfullyDeletedLaunchTemplateVersions(v []*DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsResponseErrorItem) *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput {
|
|
s.UnsuccessfullyDeletedLaunchTemplateVersions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a launch template version that could not be deleted.
|
|
type DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsResponseErrorItem struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the launch template.
|
|
LaunchTemplateId *string `locationName:"launchTemplateId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the launch template.
|
|
LaunchTemplateName *string `locationName:"launchTemplateName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the error.
|
|
ResponseError *ResponseError `locationName:"responseError" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The version number of the launch template.
|
|
VersionNumber *int64 `locationName:"versionNumber" type:"long"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsResponseErrorItem) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsResponseErrorItem) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateId sets the LaunchTemplateId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsResponseErrorItem) SetLaunchTemplateId(v string) *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsResponseErrorItem {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateName sets the LaunchTemplateName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsResponseErrorItem) SetLaunchTemplateName(v string) *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsResponseErrorItem {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResponseError sets the ResponseError field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsResponseErrorItem) SetResponseError(v *ResponseError) *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsResponseErrorItem {
|
|
s.ResponseError = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVersionNumber sets the VersionNumber field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsResponseErrorItem) SetVersionNumber(v int64) *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsResponseErrorItem {
|
|
s.VersionNumber = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a launch template version that was successfully deleted.
|
|
type DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsResponseSuccessItem struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the launch template.
|
|
LaunchTemplateId *string `locationName:"launchTemplateId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the launch template.
|
|
LaunchTemplateName *string `locationName:"launchTemplateName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The version number of the launch template.
|
|
VersionNumber *int64 `locationName:"versionNumber" type:"long"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsResponseSuccessItem) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsResponseSuccessItem) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateId sets the LaunchTemplateId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsResponseSuccessItem) SetLaunchTemplateId(v string) *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsResponseSuccessItem {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateName sets the LaunchTemplateName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsResponseSuccessItem) SetLaunchTemplateName(v string) *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsResponseSuccessItem {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVersionNumber sets the VersionNumber field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsResponseSuccessItem) SetVersionNumber(v int64) *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsResponseSuccessItem {
|
|
s.VersionNumber = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DeleteNatGateway.
|
|
type DeleteNatGatewayInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the NAT gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// NatGatewayId is a required field
|
|
NatGatewayId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteNatGatewayInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteNatGatewayInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteNatGatewayInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteNatGatewayInput"}
|
|
if s.NatGatewayId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NatGatewayId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNatGatewayId sets the NatGatewayId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteNatGatewayInput) SetNatGatewayId(v string) *DeleteNatGatewayInput {
|
|
s.NatGatewayId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DeleteNatGateway.
|
|
type DeleteNatGatewayOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the NAT gateway.
|
|
NatGatewayId *string `locationName:"natGatewayId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteNatGatewayOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteNatGatewayOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNatGatewayId sets the NatGatewayId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteNatGatewayOutput) SetNatGatewayId(v string) *DeleteNatGatewayOutput {
|
|
s.NatGatewayId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DeleteNetworkAclEntry.
|
|
type DeleteNetworkAclEntryInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the rule is an egress rule.
|
|
//
|
|
// Egress is a required field
|
|
Egress *bool `locationName:"egress" type:"boolean" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network ACL.
|
|
//
|
|
// NetworkAclId is a required field
|
|
NetworkAclId *string `locationName:"networkAclId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The rule number of the entry to delete.
|
|
//
|
|
// RuleNumber is a required field
|
|
RuleNumber *int64 `locationName:"ruleNumber" type:"integer" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteNetworkAclEntryInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteNetworkAclEntryInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteNetworkAclEntryInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteNetworkAclEntryInput"}
|
|
if s.Egress == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Egress"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.NetworkAclId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NetworkAclId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RuleNumber == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RuleNumber"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteNetworkAclEntryInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DeleteNetworkAclEntryInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEgress sets the Egress field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteNetworkAclEntryInput) SetEgress(v bool) *DeleteNetworkAclEntryInput {
|
|
s.Egress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkAclId sets the NetworkAclId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteNetworkAclEntryInput) SetNetworkAclId(v string) *DeleteNetworkAclEntryInput {
|
|
s.NetworkAclId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRuleNumber sets the RuleNumber field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteNetworkAclEntryInput) SetRuleNumber(v int64) *DeleteNetworkAclEntryInput {
|
|
s.RuleNumber = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteNetworkAclEntryOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteNetworkAclEntryOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteNetworkAclEntryOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DeleteNetworkAcl.
|
|
type DeleteNetworkAclInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network ACL.
|
|
//
|
|
// NetworkAclId is a required field
|
|
NetworkAclId *string `locationName:"networkAclId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteNetworkAclInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteNetworkAclInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteNetworkAclInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteNetworkAclInput"}
|
|
if s.NetworkAclId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NetworkAclId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteNetworkAclInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DeleteNetworkAclInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkAclId sets the NetworkAclId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteNetworkAclInput) SetNetworkAclId(v string) *DeleteNetworkAclInput {
|
|
s.NetworkAclId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteNetworkAclOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteNetworkAclOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteNetworkAclOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DeleteNetworkInterface.
|
|
type DeleteNetworkInterfaceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// NetworkInterfaceId is a required field
|
|
NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteNetworkInterfaceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteNetworkInterfaceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteNetworkInterfaceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteNetworkInterfaceInput"}
|
|
if s.NetworkInterfaceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NetworkInterfaceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteNetworkInterfaceInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DeleteNetworkInterfaceInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaceId sets the NetworkInterfaceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteNetworkInterfaceInput) SetNetworkInterfaceId(v string) *DeleteNetworkInterfaceInput {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteNetworkInterfaceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteNetworkInterfaceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteNetworkInterfaceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DeleteNetworkInterfacePermission.
|
|
type DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specify true to remove the permission even if the network interface is attached
|
|
// to an instance.
|
|
Force *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network interface permission.
|
|
//
|
|
// NetworkInterfacePermissionId is a required field
|
|
NetworkInterfacePermissionId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionInput"}
|
|
if s.NetworkInterfacePermissionId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NetworkInterfacePermissionId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetForce sets the Force field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionInput) SetForce(v bool) *DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionInput {
|
|
s.Force = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfacePermissionId sets the NetworkInterfacePermissionId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionInput) SetNetworkInterfacePermissionId(v string) *DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionInput {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfacePermissionId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output for DeleteNetworkInterfacePermission.
|
|
type DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Returns true if the request succeeds, otherwise returns an error.
|
|
Return *bool `locationName:"return" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReturn sets the Return field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionOutput) SetReturn(v bool) *DeleteNetworkInterfacePermissionOutput {
|
|
s.Return = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DeletePlacementGroup.
|
|
type DeletePlacementGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the placement group.
|
|
//
|
|
// GroupName is a required field
|
|
GroupName *string `locationName:"groupName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeletePlacementGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeletePlacementGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeletePlacementGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeletePlacementGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.GroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeletePlacementGroupInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DeletePlacementGroupInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeletePlacementGroupInput) SetGroupName(v string) *DeletePlacementGroupInput {
|
|
s.GroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeletePlacementGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeletePlacementGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeletePlacementGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DeleteRoute.
|
|
type DeleteRouteInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv4 CIDR range for the route. The value you specify must match the CIDR
|
|
// for the route exactly.
|
|
DestinationCidrBlock *string `locationName:"destinationCidrBlock" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv6 CIDR range for the route. The value you specify must match the CIDR
|
|
// for the route exactly.
|
|
DestinationIpv6CidrBlock *string `locationName:"destinationIpv6CidrBlock" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the route table.
|
|
//
|
|
// RouteTableId is a required field
|
|
RouteTableId *string `locationName:"routeTableId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteRouteInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteRouteInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteRouteInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteRouteInput"}
|
|
if s.RouteTableId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RouteTableId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDestinationCidrBlock sets the DestinationCidrBlock field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteRouteInput) SetDestinationCidrBlock(v string) *DeleteRouteInput {
|
|
s.DestinationCidrBlock = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDestinationIpv6CidrBlock sets the DestinationIpv6CidrBlock field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteRouteInput) SetDestinationIpv6CidrBlock(v string) *DeleteRouteInput {
|
|
s.DestinationIpv6CidrBlock = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteRouteInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DeleteRouteInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRouteTableId sets the RouteTableId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteRouteInput) SetRouteTableId(v string) *DeleteRouteInput {
|
|
s.RouteTableId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteRouteOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteRouteOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteRouteOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DeleteRouteTable.
|
|
type DeleteRouteTableInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the route table.
|
|
//
|
|
// RouteTableId is a required field
|
|
RouteTableId *string `locationName:"routeTableId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteRouteTableInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteRouteTableInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteRouteTableInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteRouteTableInput"}
|
|
if s.RouteTableId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RouteTableId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteRouteTableInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DeleteRouteTableInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRouteTableId sets the RouteTableId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteRouteTableInput) SetRouteTableId(v string) *DeleteRouteTableInput {
|
|
s.RouteTableId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteRouteTableOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteRouteTableOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteRouteTableOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DeleteSecurityGroup.
|
|
type DeleteSecurityGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the security group. Required for a nondefault VPC.
|
|
GroupId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-Classic, default VPC] The name of the security group. You can specify
|
|
// either the security group name or the security group ID.
|
|
GroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteSecurityGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteSecurityGroupInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DeleteSecurityGroupInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupId sets the GroupId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteSecurityGroupInput) SetGroupId(v string) *DeleteSecurityGroupInput {
|
|
s.GroupId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteSecurityGroupInput) SetGroupName(v string) *DeleteSecurityGroupInput {
|
|
s.GroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteSecurityGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteSecurityGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DeleteSnapshot.
|
|
type DeleteSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the EBS snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// SnapshotId is a required field
|
|
SnapshotId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteSnapshotInput"}
|
|
if s.SnapshotId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteSnapshotInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DeleteSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotId sets the SnapshotId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteSnapshotInput) SetSnapshotId(v string) *DeleteSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.SnapshotId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription.
|
|
type DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DeleteSubnet.
|
|
type DeleteSubnetInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the subnet.
|
|
//
|
|
// SubnetId is a required field
|
|
SubnetId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteSubnetInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteSubnetInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteSubnetInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteSubnetInput"}
|
|
if s.SubnetId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteSubnetInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DeleteSubnetInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteSubnetInput) SetSubnetId(v string) *DeleteSubnetInput {
|
|
s.SubnetId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteSubnetOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteSubnetOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteSubnetOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DeleteTags.
|
|
type DeleteTagsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of one or more resources.
|
|
//
|
|
// Resources is a required field
|
|
Resources []*string `locationName:"resourceId" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more tags to delete. If you omit this parameter, we delete all tags
|
|
// for the specified resources. Specify a tag key and an optional tag value
|
|
// to delete specific tags. If you specify a tag key without a tag value, we
|
|
// delete any tag with this key regardless of its value. If you specify a tag
|
|
// key with an empty string as the tag value, we delete the tag only if its
|
|
// value is an empty string.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tag" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteTagsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteTagsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteTagsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteTagsInput"}
|
|
if s.Resources == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Resources"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteTagsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DeleteTagsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResources sets the Resources field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteTagsInput) SetResources(v []*string) *DeleteTagsInput {
|
|
s.Resources = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteTagsInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *DeleteTagsInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteTagsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteTagsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteTagsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DeleteVolume.
|
|
type DeleteVolumeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the volume.
|
|
//
|
|
// VolumeId is a required field
|
|
VolumeId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVolumeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVolumeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVolumeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteVolumeInput"}
|
|
if s.VolumeId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VolumeId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVolumeInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DeleteVolumeInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeId sets the VolumeId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVolumeInput) SetVolumeId(v string) *DeleteVolumeInput {
|
|
s.VolumeId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteVolumeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVolumeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVolumeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more notification IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// ConnectionNotificationIds is a required field
|
|
ConnectionNotificationIds []*string `locationName:"ConnectionNotificationId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput"}
|
|
if s.ConnectionNotificationIds == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ConnectionNotificationIds"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetConnectionNotificationIds sets the ConnectionNotificationIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput) SetConnectionNotificationIds(v []*string) *DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput {
|
|
s.ConnectionNotificationIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the notifications that could not be deleted successfully.
|
|
Unsuccessful []*UnsuccessfulItem `locationName:"unsuccessful" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUnsuccessful sets the Unsuccessful field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsOutput) SetUnsuccessful(v []*UnsuccessfulItem) *DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsOutput {
|
|
s.Unsuccessful = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of one or more services.
|
|
//
|
|
// ServiceIds is a required field
|
|
ServiceIds []*string `locationName:"ServiceId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput"}
|
|
if s.ServiceIds == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ServiceIds"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServiceIds sets the ServiceIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput) SetServiceIds(v []*string) *DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput {
|
|
s.ServiceIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the service configurations that were not deleted, if applicable.
|
|
Unsuccessful []*UnsuccessfulItem `locationName:"unsuccessful" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUnsuccessful sets the Unsuccessful field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsOutput) SetUnsuccessful(v []*UnsuccessfulItem) *DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsOutput {
|
|
s.Unsuccessful = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DeleteVpcEndpoints.
|
|
type DeleteVpcEndpointsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more VPC endpoint IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpcEndpointIds is a required field
|
|
VpcEndpointIds []*string `locationName:"VpcEndpointId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVpcEndpointsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVpcEndpointsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVpcEndpointsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteVpcEndpointsInput"}
|
|
if s.VpcEndpointIds == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcEndpointIds"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVpcEndpointsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DeleteVpcEndpointsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcEndpointIds sets the VpcEndpointIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVpcEndpointsInput) SetVpcEndpointIds(v []*string) *DeleteVpcEndpointsInput {
|
|
s.VpcEndpointIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DeleteVpcEndpoints.
|
|
type DeleteVpcEndpointsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the VPC endpoints that were not successfully deleted.
|
|
Unsuccessful []*UnsuccessfulItem `locationName:"unsuccessful" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVpcEndpointsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVpcEndpointsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUnsuccessful sets the Unsuccessful field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVpcEndpointsOutput) SetUnsuccessful(v []*UnsuccessfulItem) *DeleteVpcEndpointsOutput {
|
|
s.Unsuccessful = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DeleteVpc.
|
|
type DeleteVpcInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpcId is a required field
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVpcInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVpcInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVpcInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteVpcInput"}
|
|
if s.VpcId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVpcInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DeleteVpcInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVpcInput) SetVpcId(v string) *DeleteVpcInput {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteVpcOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVpcOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVpcOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DeleteVpcPeeringConnection.
|
|
type DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC peering connection.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpcPeeringConnectionId is a required field
|
|
VpcPeeringConnectionId *string `locationName:"vpcPeeringConnectionId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionInput"}
|
|
if s.VpcPeeringConnectionId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcPeeringConnectionId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcPeeringConnectionId sets the VpcPeeringConnectionId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionInput) SetVpcPeeringConnectionId(v string) *DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionInput {
|
|
s.VpcPeeringConnectionId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DeleteVpcPeeringConnection.
|
|
type DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
|
|
Return *bool `locationName:"return" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReturn sets the Return field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionOutput) SetReturn(v bool) *DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionOutput {
|
|
s.Return = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DeleteVpnConnection.
|
|
type DeleteVpnConnectionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPN connection.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpnConnectionId is a required field
|
|
VpnConnectionId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVpnConnectionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVpnConnectionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVpnConnectionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteVpnConnectionInput"}
|
|
if s.VpnConnectionId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpnConnectionId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVpnConnectionInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DeleteVpnConnectionInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpnConnectionId sets the VpnConnectionId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVpnConnectionInput) SetVpnConnectionId(v string) *DeleteVpnConnectionInput {
|
|
s.VpnConnectionId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteVpnConnectionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVpnConnectionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVpnConnectionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DeleteVpnConnectionRoute.
|
|
type DeleteVpnConnectionRouteInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The CIDR block associated with the local subnet of the customer network.
|
|
//
|
|
// DestinationCidrBlock is a required field
|
|
DestinationCidrBlock *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPN connection.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpnConnectionId is a required field
|
|
VpnConnectionId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVpnConnectionRouteInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVpnConnectionRouteInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVpnConnectionRouteInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteVpnConnectionRouteInput"}
|
|
if s.DestinationCidrBlock == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DestinationCidrBlock"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VpnConnectionId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpnConnectionId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDestinationCidrBlock sets the DestinationCidrBlock field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVpnConnectionRouteInput) SetDestinationCidrBlock(v string) *DeleteVpnConnectionRouteInput {
|
|
s.DestinationCidrBlock = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpnConnectionId sets the VpnConnectionId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVpnConnectionRouteInput) SetVpnConnectionId(v string) *DeleteVpnConnectionRouteInput {
|
|
s.VpnConnectionId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteVpnConnectionRouteOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVpnConnectionRouteOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVpnConnectionRouteOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DeleteVpnGateway.
|
|
type DeleteVpnGatewayInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the virtual private gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpnGatewayId is a required field
|
|
VpnGatewayId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVpnGatewayInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVpnGatewayInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVpnGatewayInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteVpnGatewayInput"}
|
|
if s.VpnGatewayId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpnGatewayId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVpnGatewayInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DeleteVpnGatewayInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpnGatewayId sets the VpnGatewayId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVpnGatewayInput) SetVpnGatewayId(v string) *DeleteVpnGatewayInput {
|
|
s.VpnGatewayId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteVpnGatewayOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVpnGatewayOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVpnGatewayOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DeregisterImage.
|
|
type DeregisterImageInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the AMI.
|
|
//
|
|
// ImageId is a required field
|
|
ImageId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeregisterImageInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeregisterImageInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeregisterImageInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeregisterImageInput"}
|
|
if s.ImageId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ImageId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeregisterImageInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DeregisterImageInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImageId sets the ImageId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeregisterImageInput) SetImageId(v string) *DeregisterImageInput {
|
|
s.ImageId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeregisterImageOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeregisterImageOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeregisterImageOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeAccountAttributes.
|
|
type DescribeAccountAttributesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more account attribute names.
|
|
AttributeNames []*string `locationName:"attributeName" locationNameList:"attributeName" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeAccountAttributesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeAccountAttributesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttributeNames sets the AttributeNames field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeAccountAttributesInput) SetAttributeNames(v []*string) *DescribeAccountAttributesInput {
|
|
s.AttributeNames = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeAccountAttributesInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeAccountAttributesInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeAccountAttributes.
|
|
type DescribeAccountAttributesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about one or more account attributes.
|
|
AccountAttributes []*AccountAttribute `locationName:"accountAttributeSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountAttributes sets the AccountAttributes field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) SetAccountAttributes(v []*AccountAttribute) *DescribeAccountAttributesOutput {
|
|
s.AccountAttributes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeAddresses.
|
|
type DescribeAddressesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-VPC] One or more allocation IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Describes all your Elastic IP addresses.
|
|
AllocationIds []*string `locationName:"AllocationId" locationNameList:"AllocationId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// * allocation-id - [EC2-VPC] The allocation ID for the address.
|
|
//
|
|
// * association-id - [EC2-VPC] The association ID for the address.
|
|
//
|
|
// * domain - Indicates whether the address is for use in EC2-Classic (standard)
|
|
// or in a VPC (vpc).
|
|
//
|
|
// * instance-id - The ID of the instance the address is associated with,
|
|
// if any.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface-id - [EC2-VPC] The ID of the network interface that
|
|
// the address is associated with, if any.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface-owner-id - The AWS account ID of the owner.
|
|
//
|
|
// * private-ip-address - [EC2-VPC] The private IP address associated with
|
|
// the Elastic IP address.
|
|
//
|
|
// * public-ip - The Elastic IP address.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag:key=value - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource.
|
|
// Specify the key of the tag in the filter name and the value of the tag
|
|
// in the filter value. For example, for the tag Purpose=X, specify tag:Purpose
|
|
// for the filter name and X for the filter value.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is
|
|
// independent of the tag-value filter. For example, if you use both the
|
|
// filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources
|
|
// assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value
|
|
// is), and the tag value X (regardless of the tag's key). If you want to
|
|
// list only resources where Purpose is X, see the tag:key=value filter.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-Classic] One or more Elastic IP addresses.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Describes all your Elastic IP addresses.
|
|
PublicIps []*string `locationName:"PublicIp" locationNameList:"PublicIp" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeAddressesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeAddressesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllocationIds sets the AllocationIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeAddressesInput) SetAllocationIds(v []*string) *DescribeAddressesInput {
|
|
s.AllocationIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeAddressesInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeAddressesInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeAddressesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeAddressesInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPublicIps sets the PublicIps field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeAddressesInput) SetPublicIps(v []*string) *DescribeAddressesInput {
|
|
s.PublicIps = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeAddresses.
|
|
type DescribeAddressesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about one or more Elastic IP addresses.
|
|
Addresses []*Address `locationName:"addressesSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeAddressesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeAddressesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAddresses sets the Addresses field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeAddressesOutput) SetAddresses(v []*Address) *DescribeAddressesOutput {
|
|
s.Addresses = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeAggregateIdFormatInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeAggregateIdFormatInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeAggregateIdFormatInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeAggregateIdFormatInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeAggregateIdFormatInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeAggregateIdFormatOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about each resource's ID format.
|
|
Statuses []*IdFormat `locationName:"statusSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether all resource types in the region are configured to use
|
|
// longer IDs. This value is only true if all users are configured to use longer
|
|
// IDs for all resources types in the region.
|
|
UseLongIdsAggregated *bool `locationName:"useLongIdsAggregated" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeAggregateIdFormatOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeAggregateIdFormatOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatuses sets the Statuses field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeAggregateIdFormatOutput) SetStatuses(v []*IdFormat) *DescribeAggregateIdFormatOutput {
|
|
s.Statuses = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUseLongIdsAggregated sets the UseLongIdsAggregated field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeAggregateIdFormatOutput) SetUseLongIdsAggregated(v bool) *DescribeAggregateIdFormatOutput {
|
|
s.UseLongIdsAggregated = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeAvailabilityZones.
|
|
type DescribeAvailabilityZonesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * message - Information about the Availability Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// * region-name - The name of the region for the Availability Zone (for
|
|
// example, us-east-1).
|
|
//
|
|
// * state - The state of the Availability Zone (available | information
|
|
// | impaired | unavailable).
|
|
//
|
|
// * zone-name - The name of the Availability Zone (for example, us-east-1a).
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The names of one or more Availability Zones.
|
|
ZoneNames []*string `locationName:"ZoneName" locationNameList:"ZoneName" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeAvailabilityZonesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeAvailabilityZonesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeAvailabilityZonesInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeAvailabilityZonesInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeAvailabilityZonesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeAvailabilityZonesInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetZoneNames sets the ZoneNames field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeAvailabilityZonesInput) SetZoneNames(v []*string) *DescribeAvailabilityZonesInput {
|
|
s.ZoneNames = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeAvailabiltyZones.
|
|
type DescribeAvailabilityZonesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about one or more Availability Zones.
|
|
AvailabilityZones []*AvailabilityZone `locationName:"availabilityZoneInfo" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeAvailabilityZonesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeAvailabilityZonesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeAvailabilityZonesOutput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*AvailabilityZone) *DescribeAvailabilityZonesOutput {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZones = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeBundleTasks.
|
|
type DescribeBundleTasksInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more bundle task IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Describes all your bundle tasks.
|
|
BundleIds []*string `locationName:"BundleId" locationNameList:"BundleId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * bundle-id - The ID of the bundle task.
|
|
//
|
|
// * error-code - If the task failed, the error code returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// * error-message - If the task failed, the error message returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// * instance-id - The ID of the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * progress - The level of task completion, as a percentage (for example,
|
|
// 20%).
|
|
//
|
|
// * s3-bucket - The Amazon S3 bucket to store the AMI.
|
|
//
|
|
// * s3-prefix - The beginning of the AMI name.
|
|
//
|
|
// * start-time - The time the task started (for example, 2013-09-15T17:15:20.000Z).
|
|
//
|
|
// * state - The state of the task (pending | waiting-for-shutdown | bundling
|
|
// | storing | cancelling | complete | failed).
|
|
//
|
|
// * update-time - The time of the most recent update for the task.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeBundleTasksInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeBundleTasksInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBundleIds sets the BundleIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeBundleTasksInput) SetBundleIds(v []*string) *DescribeBundleTasksInput {
|
|
s.BundleIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeBundleTasksInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeBundleTasksInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeBundleTasksInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeBundleTasksInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeBundleTasks.
|
|
type DescribeBundleTasksOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about one or more bundle tasks.
|
|
BundleTasks []*BundleTask `locationName:"bundleInstanceTasksSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeBundleTasksOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeBundleTasksOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBundleTasks sets the BundleTasks field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeBundleTasksOutput) SetBundleTasks(v []*BundleTask) *DescribeBundleTasksOutput {
|
|
s.BundleTasks = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeClassicLinkInstances.
|
|
type DescribeClassicLinkInstancesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * group-id - The ID of a VPC security group that's associated with the
|
|
// instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * instance-id - The ID of the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag:key=value - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is
|
|
// independent of the tag-value filter. For example, if you use both the
|
|
// filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources
|
|
// assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value
|
|
// is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you
|
|
// want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the tag:key=value
|
|
// filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-value - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter
|
|
// is independent of the tag-key filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * vpc-id - The ID of the VPC that the instance is linked to.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more instance IDs. Must be instances linked to a VPC through ClassicLink.
|
|
InstanceIds []*string `locationName:"InstanceId" locationNameList:"InstanceId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page.
|
|
// The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another
|
|
// request with the returned NextToken value. This value can be between 5 and
|
|
// 1000; if MaxResults is given a value larger than 1000, only 1000 results
|
|
// are returned. You cannot specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter
|
|
// in the same request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: If the value is greater than 1000, we return only 1000 items.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to retrieve the next page of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClassicLinkInstancesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClassicLinkInstancesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClassicLinkInstancesInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeClassicLinkInstancesInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClassicLinkInstancesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeClassicLinkInstancesInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceIds sets the InstanceIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClassicLinkInstancesInput) SetInstanceIds(v []*string) *DescribeClassicLinkInstancesInput {
|
|
s.InstanceIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClassicLinkInstancesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeClassicLinkInstancesInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClassicLinkInstancesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeClassicLinkInstancesInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeClassicLinkInstances.
|
|
type DescribeClassicLinkInstancesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about one or more linked EC2-Classic instances.
|
|
Instances []*ClassicLinkInstance `locationName:"instancesSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null
|
|
// when there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClassicLinkInstancesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClassicLinkInstancesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstances sets the Instances field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClassicLinkInstancesOutput) SetInstances(v []*ClassicLinkInstance) *DescribeClassicLinkInstancesOutput {
|
|
s.Instances = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClassicLinkInstancesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeClassicLinkInstancesOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeConversionTasks.
|
|
type DescribeConversionTasksInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more conversion task IDs.
|
|
ConversionTaskIds []*string `locationName:"conversionTaskId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeConversionTasksInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeConversionTasksInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetConversionTaskIds sets the ConversionTaskIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeConversionTasksInput) SetConversionTaskIds(v []*string) *DescribeConversionTasksInput {
|
|
s.ConversionTaskIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeConversionTasksInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeConversionTasksInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output for DescribeConversionTasks.
|
|
type DescribeConversionTasksOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the conversion tasks.
|
|
ConversionTasks []*ConversionTask `locationName:"conversionTasks" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeConversionTasksOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeConversionTasksOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetConversionTasks sets the ConversionTasks field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeConversionTasksOutput) SetConversionTasks(v []*ConversionTask) *DescribeConversionTasksOutput {
|
|
s.ConversionTasks = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeCustomerGateways.
|
|
type DescribeCustomerGatewaysInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more customer gateway IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Describes all your customer gateways.
|
|
CustomerGatewayIds []*string `locationName:"CustomerGatewayId" locationNameList:"CustomerGatewayId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * bgp-asn - The customer gateway's Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) Autonomous
|
|
// System Number (ASN).
|
|
//
|
|
// * customer-gateway-id - The ID of the customer gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ip-address - The IP address of the customer gateway's Internet-routable
|
|
// external interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * state - The state of the customer gateway (pending | available | deleting
|
|
// | deleted).
|
|
//
|
|
// * type - The type of customer gateway. Currently, the only supported type
|
|
// is ipsec.1.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag:key=value - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource.
|
|
// Specify the key of the tag in the filter name and the value of the tag
|
|
// in the filter value. For example, for the tag Purpose=X, specify tag:Purpose
|
|
// for the filter name and X for the filter value.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is
|
|
// independent of the tag-value filter. For example, if you use both the
|
|
// filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources
|
|
// assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value
|
|
// is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you
|
|
// want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the tag:key=value
|
|
// filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-value - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter
|
|
// is independent of the tag-key filter.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeCustomerGatewaysInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeCustomerGatewaysInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCustomerGatewayIds sets the CustomerGatewayIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeCustomerGatewaysInput) SetCustomerGatewayIds(v []*string) *DescribeCustomerGatewaysInput {
|
|
s.CustomerGatewayIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeCustomerGatewaysInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeCustomerGatewaysInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeCustomerGatewaysInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeCustomerGatewaysInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeCustomerGateways.
|
|
type DescribeCustomerGatewaysOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about one or more customer gateways.
|
|
CustomerGateways []*CustomerGateway `locationName:"customerGatewaySet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeCustomerGatewaysOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeCustomerGatewaysOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCustomerGateways sets the CustomerGateways field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeCustomerGatewaysOutput) SetCustomerGateways(v []*CustomerGateway) *DescribeCustomerGatewaysOutput {
|
|
s.CustomerGateways = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeDhcpOptions.
|
|
type DescribeDhcpOptionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of one or more DHCP options sets.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Describes all your DHCP options sets.
|
|
DhcpOptionsIds []*string `locationName:"DhcpOptionsId" locationNameList:"DhcpOptionsId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * dhcp-options-id - The ID of a set of DHCP options.
|
|
//
|
|
// * key - The key for one of the options (for example, domain-name).
|
|
//
|
|
// * value - The value for one of the options.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag:key=value - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource.
|
|
// Specify the key of the tag in the filter name and the value of the tag
|
|
// in the filter value. For example, for the tag Purpose=X, specify tag:Purpose
|
|
// for the filter name and X for the filter value.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is
|
|
// independent of the tag-value filter. For example, if you use both the
|
|
// filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources
|
|
// assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value
|
|
// is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you
|
|
// want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the tag:key=value
|
|
// filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-value - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter
|
|
// is independent of the tag-key filter.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDhcpOptionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDhcpOptionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDhcpOptionsIds sets the DhcpOptionsIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDhcpOptionsInput) SetDhcpOptionsIds(v []*string) *DescribeDhcpOptionsInput {
|
|
s.DhcpOptionsIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDhcpOptionsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeDhcpOptionsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDhcpOptionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDhcpOptionsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeDhcpOptions.
|
|
type DescribeDhcpOptionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about one or more DHCP options sets.
|
|
DhcpOptions []*DhcpOptions `locationName:"dhcpOptionsSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDhcpOptionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDhcpOptionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDhcpOptions sets the DhcpOptions field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDhcpOptionsOutput) SetDhcpOptions(v []*DhcpOptions) *DescribeDhcpOptionsOutput {
|
|
s.DhcpOptions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more egress-only Internet gateway IDs.
|
|
EgressOnlyInternetGatewayIds []*string `locationName:"EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page.
|
|
// The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned
|
|
// NextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 1000; if MaxResults is given
|
|
// a value larger than 1000, only 1000 results are returned.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to retrieve the next page of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEgressOnlyInternetGatewayIds sets the EgressOnlyInternetGatewayIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysInput) SetEgressOnlyInternetGatewayIds(v []*string) *DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysInput {
|
|
s.EgressOnlyInternetGatewayIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the egress-only Internet gateways.
|
|
EgressOnlyInternetGateways []*EgressOnlyInternetGateway `locationName:"egressOnlyInternetGatewaySet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEgressOnlyInternetGateways sets the EgressOnlyInternetGateways field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysOutput) SetEgressOnlyInternetGateways(v []*EgressOnlyInternetGateway) *DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysOutput {
|
|
s.EgressOnlyInternetGateways = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeElasticGpusInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more Elastic GPU IDs.
|
|
ElasticGpuIds []*string `locationName:"ElasticGpuId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * availability-zone - The Availability Zone in which the Elastic GPU resides.
|
|
//
|
|
// * elastic-gpu-health - The status of the Elastic GPU (OK | IMPAIRED).
|
|
//
|
|
// * elastic-gpu-state - The state of the Elastic GPU (ATTACHED).
|
|
//
|
|
// * elastic-gpu-type - The type of Elastic GPU; for example, eg1.medium.
|
|
//
|
|
// * instance-id - The ID of the instance to which the Elastic GPU is associated.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
|
|
// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value. This
|
|
// value can be between 5 and 1000.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to request the next page of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeElasticGpusInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeElasticGpusInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeElasticGpusInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeElasticGpusInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetElasticGpuIds sets the ElasticGpuIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeElasticGpusInput) SetElasticGpuIds(v []*string) *DescribeElasticGpusInput {
|
|
s.ElasticGpuIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeElasticGpusInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeElasticGpusInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeElasticGpusInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeElasticGpusInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeElasticGpusInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeElasticGpusInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeElasticGpusOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the Elastic GPUs.
|
|
ElasticGpuSet []*ElasticGpus `locationName:"elasticGpuSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The total number of items to return. If the total number of items available
|
|
// is more than the value specified in max-items then a Next-Token will be provided
|
|
// in the output that you can use to resume pagination.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null
|
|
// when there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeElasticGpusOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeElasticGpusOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetElasticGpuSet sets the ElasticGpuSet field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeElasticGpusOutput) SetElasticGpuSet(v []*ElasticGpus) *DescribeElasticGpusOutput {
|
|
s.ElasticGpuSet = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeElasticGpusOutput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeElasticGpusOutput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeElasticGpusOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeElasticGpusOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeExportTasks.
|
|
type DescribeExportTasksInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more export task IDs.
|
|
ExportTaskIds []*string `locationName:"exportTaskId" locationNameList:"ExportTaskId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeExportTasksInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeExportTasksInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetExportTaskIds sets the ExportTaskIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeExportTasksInput) SetExportTaskIds(v []*string) *DescribeExportTasksInput {
|
|
s.ExportTaskIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output for DescribeExportTasks.
|
|
type DescribeExportTasksOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the export tasks.
|
|
ExportTasks []*ExportTask `locationName:"exportTaskSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeExportTasksOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeExportTasksOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetExportTasks sets the ExportTasks field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeExportTasksOutput) SetExportTasks(v []*ExportTask) *DescribeExportTasksOutput {
|
|
s.ExportTasks = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeFlowLogs.
|
|
type DescribeFlowLogsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * deliver-log-status - The status of the logs delivery (SUCCESS | FAILED).
|
|
//
|
|
// * flow-log-id - The ID of the flow log.
|
|
//
|
|
// * log-group-name - The name of the log group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * resource-id - The ID of the VPC, subnet, or network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * traffic-type - The type of traffic (ACCEPT | REJECT | ALL)
|
|
Filter []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more flow log IDs.
|
|
FlowLogIds []*string `locationName:"FlowLogId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page.
|
|
// The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned
|
|
// NextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 1000; if MaxResults is given
|
|
// a value larger than 1000, only 1000 results are returned. You cannot specify
|
|
// this parameter and the flow log IDs parameter in the same request.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to retrieve the next page of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeFlowLogsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeFlowLogsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeFlowLogsInput) SetFilter(v []*Filter) *DescribeFlowLogsInput {
|
|
s.Filter = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFlowLogIds sets the FlowLogIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeFlowLogsInput) SetFlowLogIds(v []*string) *DescribeFlowLogsInput {
|
|
s.FlowLogIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeFlowLogsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeFlowLogsInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeFlowLogsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeFlowLogsInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeFlowLogs.
|
|
type DescribeFlowLogsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the flow logs.
|
|
FlowLogs []*FlowLog `locationName:"flowLogSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null
|
|
// when there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeFlowLogsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeFlowLogsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFlowLogs sets the FlowLogs field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeFlowLogsOutput) SetFlowLogs(v []*FlowLog) *DescribeFlowLogsOutput {
|
|
s.FlowLogs = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeFlowLogsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeFlowLogsOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeFpgaImageAttributeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AFI attribute.
|
|
//
|
|
// Attribute is a required field
|
|
Attribute *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"FpgaImageAttributeName"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the AFI.
|
|
//
|
|
// FpgaImageId is a required field
|
|
FpgaImageId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeFpgaImageAttributeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeFpgaImageAttributeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeFpgaImageAttributeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeFpgaImageAttributeInput"}
|
|
if s.Attribute == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Attribute"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.FpgaImageId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FpgaImageId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttribute sets the Attribute field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeFpgaImageAttributeInput) SetAttribute(v string) *DescribeFpgaImageAttributeInput {
|
|
s.Attribute = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeFpgaImageAttributeInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeFpgaImageAttributeInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFpgaImageId sets the FpgaImageId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeFpgaImageAttributeInput) SetFpgaImageId(v string) *DescribeFpgaImageAttributeInput {
|
|
s.FpgaImageId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeFpgaImageAttributeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the attribute.
|
|
FpgaImageAttribute *FpgaImageAttribute `locationName:"fpgaImageAttribute" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeFpgaImageAttributeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeFpgaImageAttributeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFpgaImageAttribute sets the FpgaImageAttribute field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeFpgaImageAttributeOutput) SetFpgaImageAttribute(v *FpgaImageAttribute) *DescribeFpgaImageAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.FpgaImageAttribute = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeFpgaImagesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * create-time - The creation time of the AFI.
|
|
//
|
|
// * fpga-image-id - The FPGA image identifier (AFI ID).
|
|
//
|
|
// * fpga-image-global-id - The global FPGA image identifier (AGFI ID).
|
|
//
|
|
// * name - The name of the AFI.
|
|
//
|
|
// * owner-id - The AWS account ID of the AFI owner.
|
|
//
|
|
// * product-code - The product code.
|
|
//
|
|
// * shell-version - The version of the AWS Shell that was used to create
|
|
// the bitstream.
|
|
//
|
|
// * state - The state of the AFI (pending | failed | available | unavailable).
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag:key=value - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource.
|
|
// Specify the key of the tag in the filter name and the value of the tag
|
|
// in the filter value. For example, for the tag Purpose=X, specify tag:Purpose
|
|
// for the filter name and X for the filter value.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is
|
|
// independent of the tag-value filter. For example, if you use both the
|
|
// filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources
|
|
// assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value
|
|
// is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you
|
|
// want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the tag:key=value
|
|
// filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-value - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter
|
|
// is independent of the tag-key filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * update-time - The time of the most recent update.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more AFI IDs.
|
|
FpgaImageIds []*string `locationName:"FpgaImageId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return in a single call.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `min:"5" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to retrieve the next page of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Filters the AFI by owner. Specify an AWS account ID, self (owner is the sender
|
|
// of the request), or an AWS owner alias (valid values are amazon | aws-marketplace).
|
|
Owners []*string `locationName:"Owner" locationNameList:"Owner" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeFpgaImagesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeFpgaImagesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeFpgaImagesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeFpgaImagesInput"}
|
|
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 5 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 5))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.NextToken != nil && len(*s.NextToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NextToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeFpgaImagesInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeFpgaImagesInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeFpgaImagesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeFpgaImagesInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFpgaImageIds sets the FpgaImageIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeFpgaImagesInput) SetFpgaImageIds(v []*string) *DescribeFpgaImagesInput {
|
|
s.FpgaImageIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeFpgaImagesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeFpgaImagesInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeFpgaImagesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeFpgaImagesInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOwners sets the Owners field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeFpgaImagesInput) SetOwners(v []*string) *DescribeFpgaImagesInput {
|
|
s.Owners = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeFpgaImagesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about one or more FPGA images.
|
|
FpgaImages []*FpgaImage `locationName:"fpgaImageSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null
|
|
// when there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeFpgaImagesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeFpgaImagesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFpgaImages sets the FpgaImages field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeFpgaImagesOutput) SetFpgaImages(v []*FpgaImage) *DescribeFpgaImagesOutput {
|
|
s.FpgaImages = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeFpgaImagesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeFpgaImagesOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeHostReservationOfferingsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * instance-family - The instance family of the offering (e.g., m4).
|
|
//
|
|
// * payment-option - The payment option (NoUpfront | PartialUpfront | AllUpfront).
|
|
Filter []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// This is the maximum duration of the reservation you'd like to purchase, specified
|
|
// in seconds. Reservations are available in one-year and three-year terms.
|
|
// The number of seconds specified must be the number of seconds in a year (365x24x60x60)
|
|
// times one of the supported durations (1 or 3). For example, specify 94608000
|
|
// for three years.
|
|
MaxDuration *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page.
|
|
// The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned
|
|
// nextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 500; if maxResults is given
|
|
// a larger value than 500, you will receive an error.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// This is the minimum duration of the reservation you'd like to purchase, specified
|
|
// in seconds. Reservations are available in one-year and three-year terms.
|
|
// The number of seconds specified must be the number of seconds in a year (365x24x60x60)
|
|
// times one of the supported durations (1 or 3). For example, specify 31536000
|
|
// for one year.
|
|
MinDuration *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the reservation offering.
|
|
OfferingId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeHostReservationOfferingsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeHostReservationOfferingsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHostReservationOfferingsInput) SetFilter(v []*Filter) *DescribeHostReservationOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.Filter = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxDuration sets the MaxDuration field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHostReservationOfferingsInput) SetMaxDuration(v int64) *DescribeHostReservationOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.MaxDuration = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHostReservationOfferingsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeHostReservationOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMinDuration sets the MinDuration field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHostReservationOfferingsInput) SetMinDuration(v int64) *DescribeHostReservationOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.MinDuration = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHostReservationOfferingsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeHostReservationOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHostReservationOfferingsInput) SetOfferingId(v string) *DescribeHostReservationOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.OfferingId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeHostReservationOfferingsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null
|
|
// when there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the offerings.
|
|
OfferingSet []*HostOffering `locationName:"offeringSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeHostReservationOfferingsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeHostReservationOfferingsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHostReservationOfferingsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeHostReservationOfferingsOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOfferingSet sets the OfferingSet field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHostReservationOfferingsOutput) SetOfferingSet(v []*HostOffering) *DescribeHostReservationOfferingsOutput {
|
|
s.OfferingSet = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeHostReservationsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * instance-family - The instance family (e.g., m4).
|
|
//
|
|
// * payment-option - The payment option (NoUpfront | PartialUpfront | AllUpfront).
|
|
//
|
|
// * state - The state of the reservation (payment-pending | payment-failed
|
|
// | active | retired).
|
|
Filter []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more host reservation IDs.
|
|
HostReservationIdSet []*string `locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page.
|
|
// The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned
|
|
// nextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 500; if maxResults is given
|
|
// a larger value than 500, you will receive an error.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeHostReservationsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeHostReservationsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHostReservationsInput) SetFilter(v []*Filter) *DescribeHostReservationsInput {
|
|
s.Filter = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHostReservationIdSet sets the HostReservationIdSet field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHostReservationsInput) SetHostReservationIdSet(v []*string) *DescribeHostReservationsInput {
|
|
s.HostReservationIdSet = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHostReservationsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeHostReservationsInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHostReservationsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeHostReservationsInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeHostReservationsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Details about the reservation's configuration.
|
|
HostReservationSet []*HostReservation `locationName:"hostReservationSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null
|
|
// when there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeHostReservationsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeHostReservationsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHostReservationSet sets the HostReservationSet field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHostReservationsOutput) SetHostReservationSet(v []*HostReservation) *DescribeHostReservationsOutput {
|
|
s.HostReservationSet = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHostReservationsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeHostReservationsOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeHosts.
|
|
type DescribeHostsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * instance-type - The instance type size that the Dedicated Host is configured
|
|
// to support.
|
|
//
|
|
// * auto-placement - Whether auto-placement is enabled or disabled (on |
|
|
// off).
|
|
//
|
|
// * host-reservation-id - The ID of the reservation assigned to this host.
|
|
//
|
|
// * client-token - The idempotency token you provided when you launched
|
|
// the instance
|
|
//
|
|
// * state- The allocation state of the Dedicated Host (available | under-assessment
|
|
// | permanent-failure | released | released-permanent-failure).
|
|
//
|
|
// * availability-zone - The Availability Zone of the host.
|
|
Filter []*Filter `locationName:"filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts. The IDs are used for targeted instance launches.
|
|
HostIds []*string `locationName:"hostId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page.
|
|
// The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned
|
|
// nextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 500; if maxResults is given
|
|
// a larger value than 500, you will receive an error. You cannot specify this
|
|
// parameter and the host IDs parameter in the same request.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to retrieve the next page of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeHostsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeHostsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHostsInput) SetFilter(v []*Filter) *DescribeHostsInput {
|
|
s.Filter = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHostIds sets the HostIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHostsInput) SetHostIds(v []*string) *DescribeHostsInput {
|
|
s.HostIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHostsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeHostsInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHostsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeHostsInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeHosts.
|
|
type DescribeHostsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the Dedicated Hosts.
|
|
Hosts []*Host `locationName:"hostSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null
|
|
// when there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeHostsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeHostsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHosts sets the Hosts field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHostsOutput) SetHosts(v []*Host) *DescribeHostsOutput {
|
|
s.Hosts = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHostsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeHostsOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more IAM instance profile associations.
|
|
AssociationIds []*string `locationName:"AssociationId" locationNameList:"AssociationId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * instance-id - The ID of the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * state - The state of the association (associating | associated | disassociating
|
|
// | disassociated).
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
|
|
// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `min:"5" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to request the next page of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsInput"}
|
|
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 5 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 5))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.NextToken != nil && len(*s.NextToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NextToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssociationIds sets the AssociationIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsInput) SetAssociationIds(v []*string) *DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsInput {
|
|
s.AssociationIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about one or more IAM instance profile associations.
|
|
IamInstanceProfileAssociations []*IamInstanceProfileAssociation `locationName:"iamInstanceProfileAssociationSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null
|
|
// when there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIamInstanceProfileAssociations sets the IamInstanceProfileAssociations field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsOutput) SetIamInstanceProfileAssociations(v []*IamInstanceProfileAssociation) *DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsOutput {
|
|
s.IamInstanceProfileAssociations = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeIdFormat.
|
|
type DescribeIdFormatInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of resource: bundle | conversion-task | dhcp-options | elastic-ip-allocation
|
|
// | elastic-ip-association | export-task | flow-log | image | import-task |
|
|
// instance | internet-gateway | network-acl | network-acl-association | network-interface
|
|
// | network-interface-attachment | prefix-list | reservation | route-table
|
|
// | route-table-association | security-group | snapshot | subnet | subnet-cidr-block-association
|
|
// | volume | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association | vpc-peering-connection
|
|
Resource *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeIdFormatInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeIdFormatInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResource sets the Resource field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeIdFormatInput) SetResource(v string) *DescribeIdFormatInput {
|
|
s.Resource = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeIdFormat.
|
|
type DescribeIdFormatOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the ID format for the resource.
|
|
Statuses []*IdFormat `locationName:"statusSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeIdFormatOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeIdFormatOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatuses sets the Statuses field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeIdFormatOutput) SetStatuses(v []*IdFormat) *DescribeIdFormatOutput {
|
|
s.Statuses = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeIdentityIdFormat.
|
|
type DescribeIdentityIdFormatInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN of the principal, which can be an IAM role, IAM user, or the root
|
|
// user.
|
|
//
|
|
// PrincipalArn is a required field
|
|
PrincipalArn *string `locationName:"principalArn" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of resource: bundle | conversion-task | dhcp-options | elastic-ip-allocation
|
|
// | elastic-ip-association | export-task | flow-log | image | import-task |
|
|
// instance | internet-gateway | network-acl | network-acl-association | network-interface
|
|
// | network-interface-attachment | prefix-list | reservation | route-table
|
|
// | route-table-association | security-group | snapshot | subnet | subnet-cidr-block-association
|
|
// | volume | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association | vpc-peering-connection
|
|
Resource *string `locationName:"resource" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeIdentityIdFormatInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeIdentityIdFormatInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeIdentityIdFormatInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeIdentityIdFormatInput"}
|
|
if s.PrincipalArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PrincipalArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrincipalArn sets the PrincipalArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeIdentityIdFormatInput) SetPrincipalArn(v string) *DescribeIdentityIdFormatInput {
|
|
s.PrincipalArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResource sets the Resource field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeIdentityIdFormatInput) SetResource(v string) *DescribeIdentityIdFormatInput {
|
|
s.Resource = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeIdentityIdFormat.
|
|
type DescribeIdentityIdFormatOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the ID format for the resources.
|
|
Statuses []*IdFormat `locationName:"statusSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeIdentityIdFormatOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeIdentityIdFormatOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatuses sets the Statuses field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeIdentityIdFormatOutput) SetStatuses(v []*IdFormat) *DescribeIdentityIdFormatOutput {
|
|
s.Statuses = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeImageAttribute.
|
|
type DescribeImageAttributeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AMI attribute.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: Depending on your account privileges, the blockDeviceMapping attribute
|
|
// may return a Client.AuthFailure error. If this happens, use DescribeImages
|
|
// to get information about the block device mapping for the AMI.
|
|
//
|
|
// Attribute is a required field
|
|
Attribute *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ImageAttributeName"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the AMI.
|
|
//
|
|
// ImageId is a required field
|
|
ImageId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeImageAttributeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeImageAttributeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeImageAttributeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeImageAttributeInput"}
|
|
if s.Attribute == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Attribute"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ImageId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ImageId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttribute sets the Attribute field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeImageAttributeInput) SetAttribute(v string) *DescribeImageAttributeInput {
|
|
s.Attribute = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeImageAttributeInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeImageAttributeInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImageId sets the ImageId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeImageAttributeInput) SetImageId(v string) *DescribeImageAttributeInput {
|
|
s.ImageId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an image attribute.
|
|
type DescribeImageAttributeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more block device mapping entries.
|
|
BlockDeviceMappings []*BlockDeviceMapping `locationName:"blockDeviceMapping" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A description for the AMI.
|
|
Description *AttributeValue `locationName:"description" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the AMI.
|
|
ImageId *string `locationName:"imageId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The kernel ID.
|
|
KernelId *AttributeValue `locationName:"kernel" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more launch permissions.
|
|
LaunchPermissions []*LaunchPermission `locationName:"launchPermission" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more product codes.
|
|
ProductCodes []*ProductCode `locationName:"productCodes" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The RAM disk ID.
|
|
RamdiskId *AttributeValue `locationName:"ramdisk" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual Function
|
|
// interface is enabled.
|
|
SriovNetSupport *AttributeValue `locationName:"sriovNetSupport" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeImageAttributeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeImageAttributeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBlockDeviceMappings sets the BlockDeviceMappings field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeImageAttributeOutput) SetBlockDeviceMappings(v []*BlockDeviceMapping) *DescribeImageAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.BlockDeviceMappings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeImageAttributeOutput) SetDescription(v *AttributeValue) *DescribeImageAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.Description = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImageId sets the ImageId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeImageAttributeOutput) SetImageId(v string) *DescribeImageAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.ImageId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKernelId sets the KernelId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeImageAttributeOutput) SetKernelId(v *AttributeValue) *DescribeImageAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.KernelId = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchPermissions sets the LaunchPermissions field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeImageAttributeOutput) SetLaunchPermissions(v []*LaunchPermission) *DescribeImageAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.LaunchPermissions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProductCodes sets the ProductCodes field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeImageAttributeOutput) SetProductCodes(v []*ProductCode) *DescribeImageAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.ProductCodes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRamdiskId sets the RamdiskId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeImageAttributeOutput) SetRamdiskId(v *AttributeValue) *DescribeImageAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.RamdiskId = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSriovNetSupport sets the SriovNetSupport field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeImageAttributeOutput) SetSriovNetSupport(v *AttributeValue) *DescribeImageAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.SriovNetSupport = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeImages.
|
|
type DescribeImagesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Scopes the images by users with explicit launch permissions. Specify an AWS
|
|
// account ID, self (the sender of the request), or all (public AMIs).
|
|
ExecutableUsers []*string `locationName:"ExecutableBy" locationNameList:"ExecutableBy" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * architecture - The image architecture (i386 | x86_64).
|
|
//
|
|
// * block-device-mapping.delete-on-termination - A Boolean value that indicates
|
|
// whether the Amazon EBS volume is deleted on instance termination.
|
|
//
|
|
// * block-device-mapping.device-name - The device name specified in the
|
|
// block device mapping (for example, /dev/sdh or xvdh).
|
|
//
|
|
// * block-device-mapping.snapshot-id - The ID of the snapshot used for the
|
|
// EBS volume.
|
|
//
|
|
// * block-device-mapping.volume-size - The volume size of the EBS volume,
|
|
// in GiB.
|
|
//
|
|
// * block-device-mapping.volume-type - The volume type of the EBS volume
|
|
// (gp2 | io1 | st1 | sc1 | standard).
|
|
//
|
|
// * description - The description of the image (provided during image creation).
|
|
//
|
|
// * ena-support - A Boolean that indicates whether enhanced networking with
|
|
// ENA is enabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * hypervisor - The hypervisor type (ovm | xen).
|
|
//
|
|
// * image-id - The ID of the image.
|
|
//
|
|
// * image-type - The image type (machine | kernel | ramdisk).
|
|
//
|
|
// * is-public - A Boolean that indicates whether the image is public.
|
|
//
|
|
// * kernel-id - The kernel ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// * manifest-location - The location of the image manifest.
|
|
//
|
|
// * name - The name of the AMI (provided during image creation).
|
|
//
|
|
// * owner-alias - String value from an Amazon-maintained list (amazon |
|
|
// aws-marketplace | microsoft) of snapshot owners. Not to be confused with
|
|
// the user-configured AWS account alias, which is set from the IAM console.
|
|
//
|
|
// * owner-id - The AWS account ID of the image owner.
|
|
//
|
|
// * platform - The platform. To only list Windows-based AMIs, use windows.
|
|
//
|
|
// * product-code - The product code.
|
|
//
|
|
// * product-code.type - The type of the product code (devpay | marketplace).
|
|
//
|
|
// * ramdisk-id - The RAM disk ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// * root-device-name - The device name of the root device volume (for example,
|
|
// /dev/sda1).
|
|
//
|
|
// * root-device-type - The type of the root device volume (ebs | instance-store).
|
|
//
|
|
// * state - The state of the image (available | pending | failed).
|
|
//
|
|
// * state-reason-code - The reason code for the state change.
|
|
//
|
|
// * state-reason-message - The message for the state change.
|
|
//
|
|
// * sriov-net-support - A value of simple indicates that enhanced networking
|
|
// with the Intel 82599 VF interface is enabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag:key=value - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource.
|
|
// Specify the key of the tag in the filter name and the value of the tag
|
|
// in the filter value. For example, for the tag Purpose=X, specify tag:Purpose
|
|
// for the filter name and X for the filter value.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is
|
|
// independent of the tag-value filter. For example, if you use both the
|
|
// filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources
|
|
// assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value
|
|
// is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you
|
|
// want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the tag:key=value
|
|
// filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-value - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter
|
|
// is independent of the tag-key filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * virtualization-type - The virtualization type (paravirtual | hvm).
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more image IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Describes all images available to you.
|
|
ImageIds []*string `locationName:"ImageId" locationNameList:"ImageId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Filters the images by the owner. Specify an AWS account ID, self (owner is
|
|
// the sender of the request), or an AWS owner alias (valid values are amazon
|
|
// | aws-marketplace | microsoft). Omitting this option returns all images for
|
|
// which you have launch permissions, regardless of ownership.
|
|
Owners []*string `locationName:"Owner" locationNameList:"Owner" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeImagesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeImagesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeImagesInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeImagesInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetExecutableUsers sets the ExecutableUsers field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeImagesInput) SetExecutableUsers(v []*string) *DescribeImagesInput {
|
|
s.ExecutableUsers = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeImagesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeImagesInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImageIds sets the ImageIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeImagesInput) SetImageIds(v []*string) *DescribeImagesInput {
|
|
s.ImageIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOwners sets the Owners field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeImagesInput) SetOwners(v []*string) *DescribeImagesInput {
|
|
s.Owners = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeImages.
|
|
type DescribeImagesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about one or more images.
|
|
Images []*Image `locationName:"imagesSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeImagesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeImagesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImages sets the Images field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeImagesOutput) SetImages(v []*Image) *DescribeImagesOutput {
|
|
s.Images = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeImportImageTasks.
|
|
type DescribeImportImageTasksInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Filter tasks using the task-state filter and one of the following values:
|
|
// active, completed, deleting, deleted.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of import image task IDs.
|
|
ImportTaskIds []*string `locationName:"ImportTaskId" locationNameList:"ImportTaskId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
|
|
// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// A token that indicates the next page of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeImportImageTasksInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeImportImageTasksInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeImportImageTasksInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeImportImageTasksInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeImportImageTasksInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeImportImageTasksInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImportTaskIds sets the ImportTaskIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeImportImageTasksInput) SetImportTaskIds(v []*string) *DescribeImportImageTasksInput {
|
|
s.ImportTaskIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeImportImageTasksInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeImportImageTasksInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeImportImageTasksInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeImportImageTasksInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output for DescribeImportImageTasks.
|
|
type DescribeImportImageTasksOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of zero or more import image tasks that are currently active or were
|
|
// completed or canceled in the previous 7 days.
|
|
ImportImageTasks []*ImportImageTask `locationName:"importImageTaskSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use to get the next page of results. This value is null when
|
|
// there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeImportImageTasksOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeImportImageTasksOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImportImageTasks sets the ImportImageTasks field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeImportImageTasksOutput) SetImportImageTasks(v []*ImportImageTask) *DescribeImportImageTasksOutput {
|
|
s.ImportImageTasks = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeImportImageTasksOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeImportImageTasksOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeImportSnapshotTasks.
|
|
type DescribeImportSnapshotTasksInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of import snapshot task IDs.
|
|
ImportTaskIds []*string `locationName:"ImportTaskId" locationNameList:"ImportTaskId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
|
|
// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// A token that indicates the next page of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeImportSnapshotTasksInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeImportSnapshotTasksInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeImportSnapshotTasksInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeImportSnapshotTasksInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeImportSnapshotTasksInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeImportSnapshotTasksInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImportTaskIds sets the ImportTaskIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeImportSnapshotTasksInput) SetImportTaskIds(v []*string) *DescribeImportSnapshotTasksInput {
|
|
s.ImportTaskIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeImportSnapshotTasksInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeImportSnapshotTasksInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeImportSnapshotTasksInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeImportSnapshotTasksInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output for DescribeImportSnapshotTasks.
|
|
type DescribeImportSnapshotTasksOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of zero or more import snapshot tasks that are currently active or
|
|
// were completed or canceled in the previous 7 days.
|
|
ImportSnapshotTasks []*ImportSnapshotTask `locationName:"importSnapshotTaskSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use to get the next page of results. This value is null when
|
|
// there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeImportSnapshotTasksOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeImportSnapshotTasksOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImportSnapshotTasks sets the ImportSnapshotTasks field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeImportSnapshotTasksOutput) SetImportSnapshotTasks(v []*ImportSnapshotTask) *DescribeImportSnapshotTasksOutput {
|
|
s.ImportSnapshotTasks = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeImportSnapshotTasksOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeImportSnapshotTasksOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeInstanceAttribute.
|
|
type DescribeInstanceAttributeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance attribute.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: The enaSupport attribute is not supported at this time.
|
|
//
|
|
// Attribute is a required field
|
|
Attribute *string `locationName:"attribute" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InstanceAttributeName"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// InstanceId is a required field
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeInstanceAttributeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeInstanceAttributeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceAttributeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeInstanceAttributeInput"}
|
|
if s.Attribute == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Attribute"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.InstanceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttribute sets the Attribute field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceAttributeInput) SetAttribute(v string) *DescribeInstanceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.Attribute = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceAttributeInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeInstanceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceAttributeInput) SetInstanceId(v string) *DescribeInstanceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an instance attribute.
|
|
type DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The block device mapping of the instance.
|
|
BlockDeviceMappings []*InstanceBlockDeviceMapping `locationName:"blockDeviceMapping" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// If the value is true, you can't terminate the instance through the Amazon
|
|
// EC2 console, CLI, or API; otherwise, you can.
|
|
DisableApiTermination *AttributeBooleanValue `locationName:"disableApiTermination" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the instance is optimized for Amazon EBS I/O.
|
|
EbsOptimized *AttributeBooleanValue `locationName:"ebsOptimized" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether enhanced networking with ENA is enabled.
|
|
EnaSupport *AttributeBooleanValue `locationName:"enaSupport" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The security groups associated with the instance.
|
|
Groups []*GroupIdentifier `locationName:"groupSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance.
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether an instance stops or terminates when you initiate shutdown
|
|
// from the instance (using the operating system command for system shutdown).
|
|
InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior *AttributeValue `locationName:"instanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance type.
|
|
InstanceType *AttributeValue `locationName:"instanceType" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The kernel ID.
|
|
KernelId *AttributeValue `locationName:"kernel" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of product codes.
|
|
ProductCodes []*ProductCode `locationName:"productCodes" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The RAM disk ID.
|
|
RamdiskId *AttributeValue `locationName:"ramdisk" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The device name of the root device volume (for example, /dev/sda1).
|
|
RootDeviceName *AttributeValue `locationName:"rootDeviceName" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether source/destination checking is enabled. A value of true
|
|
// means that checking is enabled, and false means that checking is disabled.
|
|
// This value must be false for a NAT instance to perform NAT.
|
|
SourceDestCheck *AttributeBooleanValue `locationName:"sourceDestCheck" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual Function
|
|
// interface is enabled.
|
|
SriovNetSupport *AttributeValue `locationName:"sriovNetSupport" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The user data.
|
|
UserData *AttributeValue `locationName:"userData" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBlockDeviceMappings sets the BlockDeviceMappings field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput) SetBlockDeviceMappings(v []*InstanceBlockDeviceMapping) *DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.BlockDeviceMappings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDisableApiTermination sets the DisableApiTermination field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput) SetDisableApiTermination(v *AttributeBooleanValue) *DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.DisableApiTermination = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEbsOptimized sets the EbsOptimized field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput) SetEbsOptimized(v *AttributeBooleanValue) *DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.EbsOptimized = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnaSupport sets the EnaSupport field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput) SetEnaSupport(v *AttributeBooleanValue) *DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.EnaSupport = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroups sets the Groups field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput) SetGroups(v []*GroupIdentifier) *DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.Groups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput) SetInstanceId(v string) *DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior sets the InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput) SetInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior(v *AttributeValue) *DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceType sets the InstanceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput) SetInstanceType(v *AttributeValue) *DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.InstanceType = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKernelId sets the KernelId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput) SetKernelId(v *AttributeValue) *DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.KernelId = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProductCodes sets the ProductCodes field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput) SetProductCodes(v []*ProductCode) *DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.ProductCodes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRamdiskId sets the RamdiskId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput) SetRamdiskId(v *AttributeValue) *DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.RamdiskId = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRootDeviceName sets the RootDeviceName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput) SetRootDeviceName(v *AttributeValue) *DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.RootDeviceName = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceDestCheck sets the SourceDestCheck field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput) SetSourceDestCheck(v *AttributeBooleanValue) *DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.SourceDestCheck = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSriovNetSupport sets the SriovNetSupport field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput) SetSriovNetSupport(v *AttributeValue) *DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.SriovNetSupport = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserData sets the UserData field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput) SetUserData(v *AttributeValue) *DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.UserData = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * instance-id - The ID of the instance.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more instance IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Describes all your instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Maximum 1000 explicitly specified instance IDs.
|
|
InstanceIds []*string `locationName:"InstanceId" locationNameList:"InstanceId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
|
|
// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value. This
|
|
// value can be between 5 and 1000. You cannot specify this parameter and the
|
|
// instance IDs parameter in the same call.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to retrieve the next page of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceIds sets the InstanceIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsInput) SetInstanceIds(v []*string) *DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsInput {
|
|
s.InstanceIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the credit option for CPU usage of an instance.
|
|
InstanceCreditSpecifications []*InstanceCreditSpecification `locationName:"instanceCreditSpecificationSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null
|
|
// when there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceCreditSpecifications sets the InstanceCreditSpecifications field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsOutput) SetInstanceCreditSpecifications(v []*InstanceCreditSpecification) *DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsOutput {
|
|
s.InstanceCreditSpecifications = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeInstanceStatus.
|
|
type DescribeInstanceStatusInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * availability-zone - The Availability Zone of the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * event.code - The code for the scheduled event (instance-reboot | system-reboot
|
|
// | system-maintenance | instance-retirement | instance-stop).
|
|
//
|
|
// * event.description - A description of the event.
|
|
//
|
|
// * event.not-after - The latest end time for the scheduled event (for example,
|
|
// 2014-09-15T17:15:20.000Z).
|
|
//
|
|
// * event.not-before - The earliest start time for the scheduled event (for
|
|
// example, 2014-09-15T17:15:20.000Z).
|
|
//
|
|
// * instance-state-code - The code for the instance state, as a 16-bit unsigned
|
|
// integer. The high byte is an opaque internal value and should be ignored.
|
|
// The low byte is set based on the state represented. The valid values are
|
|
// 0 (pending), 16 (running), 32 (shutting-down), 48 (terminated), 64 (stopping),
|
|
// and 80 (stopped).
|
|
//
|
|
// * instance-state-name - The state of the instance (pending | running |
|
|
// shutting-down | terminated | stopping | stopped).
|
|
//
|
|
// * instance-status.reachability - Filters on instance status where the
|
|
// name is reachability (passed | failed | initializing | insufficient-data).
|
|
//
|
|
// * instance-status.status - The status of the instance (ok | impaired |
|
|
// initializing | insufficient-data | not-applicable).
|
|
//
|
|
// * system-status.reachability - Filters on system status where the name
|
|
// is reachability (passed | failed | initializing | insufficient-data).
|
|
//
|
|
// * system-status.status - The system status of the instance (ok | impaired
|
|
// | initializing | insufficient-data | not-applicable).
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// When true, includes the health status for all instances. When false, includes
|
|
// the health status for running instances only.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
IncludeAllInstances *bool `locationName:"includeAllInstances" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more instance IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Describes all your instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Maximum 100 explicitly specified instance IDs.
|
|
InstanceIds []*string `locationName:"InstanceId" locationNameList:"InstanceId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
|
|
// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value. This
|
|
// value can be between 5 and 1000. You cannot specify this parameter and the
|
|
// instance IDs parameter in the same call.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to retrieve the next page of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeInstanceStatusInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeInstanceStatusInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceStatusInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeInstanceStatusInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceStatusInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeInstanceStatusInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIncludeAllInstances sets the IncludeAllInstances field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceStatusInput) SetIncludeAllInstances(v bool) *DescribeInstanceStatusInput {
|
|
s.IncludeAllInstances = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceIds sets the InstanceIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceStatusInput) SetInstanceIds(v []*string) *DescribeInstanceStatusInput {
|
|
s.InstanceIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceStatusInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeInstanceStatusInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceStatusInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeInstanceStatusInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeInstanceStatus.
|
|
type DescribeInstanceStatusOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more instance status descriptions.
|
|
InstanceStatuses []*InstanceStatus `locationName:"instanceStatusSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null
|
|
// when there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeInstanceStatusOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeInstanceStatusOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceStatuses sets the InstanceStatuses field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceStatusOutput) SetInstanceStatuses(v []*InstanceStatus) *DescribeInstanceStatusOutput {
|
|
s.InstanceStatuses = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstanceStatusOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeInstanceStatusOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeInstances.
|
|
type DescribeInstancesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * affinity - The affinity setting for an instance running on a Dedicated
|
|
// Host (default | host).
|
|
//
|
|
// * architecture - The instance architecture (i386 | x86_64).
|
|
//
|
|
// * availability-zone - The Availability Zone of the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * block-device-mapping.attach-time - The attach time for an EBS volume
|
|
// mapped to the instance, for example, 2010-09-15T17:15:20.000Z.
|
|
//
|
|
// * block-device-mapping.delete-on-termination - A Boolean that indicates
|
|
// whether the EBS volume is deleted on instance termination.
|
|
//
|
|
// * block-device-mapping.device-name - The device name specified in the
|
|
// block device mapping (for example, /dev/sdh or xvdh).
|
|
//
|
|
// * block-device-mapping.status - The status for the EBS volume (attaching
|
|
// | attached | detaching | detached).
|
|
//
|
|
// * block-device-mapping.volume-id - The volume ID of the EBS volume.
|
|
//
|
|
// * client-token - The idempotency token you provided when you launched
|
|
// the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * dns-name - The public DNS name of the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * group-id - The ID of the security group for the instance. EC2-Classic
|
|
// only.
|
|
//
|
|
// * group-name - The name of the security group for the instance. EC2-Classic
|
|
// only.
|
|
//
|
|
// * host-id - The ID of the Dedicated Host on which the instance is running,
|
|
// if applicable.
|
|
//
|
|
// * hypervisor - The hypervisor type of the instance (ovm | xen).
|
|
//
|
|
// * iam-instance-profile.arn - The instance profile associated with the
|
|
// instance. Specified as an ARN.
|
|
//
|
|
// * image-id - The ID of the image used to launch the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * instance-id - The ID of the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * instance-lifecycle - Indicates whether this is a Spot Instance or a
|
|
// Scheduled Instance (spot | scheduled).
|
|
//
|
|
// * instance-state-code - The state of the instance, as a 16-bit unsigned
|
|
// integer. The high byte is an opaque internal value and should be ignored.
|
|
// The low byte is set based on the state represented. The valid values are:
|
|
// 0 (pending), 16 (running), 32 (shutting-down), 48 (terminated), 64 (stopping),
|
|
// and 80 (stopped).
|
|
//
|
|
// * instance-state-name - The state of the instance (pending | running |
|
|
// shutting-down | terminated | stopping | stopped).
|
|
//
|
|
// * instance-type - The type of instance (for example, t2.micro).
|
|
//
|
|
// * instance.group-id - The ID of the security group for the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * instance.group-name - The name of the security group for the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// * ip-address - The public IPv4 address of the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * kernel-id - The kernel ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// * key-name - The name of the key pair used when the instance was launched.
|
|
//
|
|
// * launch-index - When launching multiple instances, this is the index
|
|
// for the instance in the launch group (for example, 0, 1, 2, and so on).
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// * launch-time - The time when the instance was launched.
|
|
//
|
|
// * monitoring-state - Indicates whether detailed monitoring is enabled
|
|
// (disabled | enabled).
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.addresses.private-ip-address - The private IPv4 address
|
|
// associated with the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.addresses.primary - Specifies whether the IPv4 address
|
|
// of the network interface is the primary private IPv4 address.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.addresses.association.public-ip - The ID of the association
|
|
// of an Elastic IP address (IPv4) with a network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.addresses.association.ip-owner-id - The owner ID of
|
|
// the private IPv4 address associated with the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.association.public-ip - The address of the Elastic
|
|
// IP address (IPv4) bound to the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.association.ip-owner-id - The owner of the Elastic
|
|
// IP address (IPv4) associated with the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.association.allocation-id - The allocation ID returned
|
|
// when you allocated the Elastic IP address (IPv4) for your network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.association.association-id - The association ID returned
|
|
// when the network interface was associated with an IPv4 address.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.attachment.attachment-id - The ID of the interface
|
|
// attachment.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.attachment.instance-id - The ID of the instance to
|
|
// which the network interface is attached.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.attachment.instance-owner-id - The owner ID of the
|
|
// instance to which the network interface is attached.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.attachment.device-index - The device index to which
|
|
// the network interface is attached.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.attachment.status - The status of the attachment (attaching
|
|
// | attached | detaching | detached).
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.attachment.attach-time - The time that the network
|
|
// interface was attached to an instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.attachment.delete-on-termination - Specifies whether
|
|
// the attachment is deleted when an instance is terminated.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.availability-zone - The Availability Zone for the
|
|
// network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.description - The description of the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.group-id - The ID of a security group associated with
|
|
// the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.group-name - The name of a security group associated
|
|
// with the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.ipv6-addresses.ipv6-address - The IPv6 address associated
|
|
// with the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.mac-address - The MAC address of the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.network-interface-id - The ID of the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.owner-id - The ID of the owner of the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.private-dns-name - The private DNS name of the network
|
|
// interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.requester-id - The requester ID for the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.requester-managed - Indicates whether the network
|
|
// interface is being managed by AWS.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.status - The status of the network interface (available)
|
|
// | in-use).
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.source-dest-check - Whether the network interface
|
|
// performs source/destination checking. A value of true means that checking
|
|
// is enabled, and false means that checking is disabled. The value must
|
|
// be false for the network interface to perform network address translation
|
|
// (NAT) in your VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.subnet-id - The ID of the subnet for the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.vpc-id - The ID of the VPC for the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * owner-id - The AWS account ID of the instance owner.
|
|
//
|
|
// * placement-group-name - The name of the placement group for the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * platform - The platform. Use windows if you have Windows instances;
|
|
// otherwise, leave blank.
|
|
//
|
|
// * private-dns-name - The private IPv4 DNS name of the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * private-ip-address - The private IPv4 address of the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * product-code - The product code associated with the AMI used to launch
|
|
// the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * product-code.type - The type of product code (devpay | marketplace).
|
|
//
|
|
// * ramdisk-id - The RAM disk ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// * reason - The reason for the current state of the instance (for example,
|
|
// shows "User Initiated [date]" when you stop or terminate the instance).
|
|
// Similar to the state-reason-code filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * requester-id - The ID of the entity that launched the instance on your
|
|
// behalf (for example, AWS Management Console, Auto Scaling, and so on).
|
|
//
|
|
// * reservation-id - The ID of the instance's reservation. A reservation
|
|
// ID is created any time you launch an instance. A reservation ID has a
|
|
// one-to-one relationship with an instance launch request, but can be associated
|
|
// with more than one instance if you launch multiple instances using the
|
|
// same launch request. For example, if you launch one instance, you get
|
|
// one reservation ID. If you launch ten instances using the same launch
|
|
// request, you also get one reservation ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// * root-device-name - The device name of the root device volume (for example,
|
|
// /dev/sda1).
|
|
//
|
|
// * root-device-type - The type of the root device volume (ebs | instance-store).
|
|
//
|
|
// * source-dest-check - Indicates whether the instance performs source/destination
|
|
// checking. A value of true means that checking is enabled, and false means
|
|
// that checking is disabled. The value must be false for the instance to
|
|
// perform network address translation (NAT) in your VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * spot-instance-request-id - The ID of the Spot Instance request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * state-reason-code - The reason code for the state change.
|
|
//
|
|
// * state-reason-message - A message that describes the state change.
|
|
//
|
|
// * subnet-id - The ID of the subnet for the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag:key=value - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource.
|
|
// Specify the key of the tag in the filter name and the value of the tag
|
|
// in the filter value. For example, for the tag Purpose=X, specify tag:Purpose
|
|
// for the filter name and X for the filter value.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is
|
|
// independent of the tag-value filter. For example, if you use both the
|
|
// filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources
|
|
// assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value
|
|
// is), and the tag value X (regardless of the tag's key). If you want to
|
|
// list only resources where Purpose is X, see the tag:key=value filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-value - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter
|
|
// is independent of the tag-key filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tenancy - The tenancy of an instance (dedicated | default | host).
|
|
//
|
|
// * virtualization-type - The virtualization type of the instance (paravirtual
|
|
// | hvm).
|
|
//
|
|
// * vpc-id - The ID of the VPC that the instance is running in.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more instance IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Describes all your instances.
|
|
InstanceIds []*string `locationName:"InstanceId" locationNameList:"InstanceId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
|
|
// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value. This
|
|
// value can be between 5 and 1000. You cannot specify this parameter and the
|
|
// instance IDs parameter or tag filters in the same call.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to request the next page of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeInstancesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeInstancesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstancesInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeInstancesInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstancesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeInstancesInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceIds sets the InstanceIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstancesInput) SetInstanceIds(v []*string) *DescribeInstancesInput {
|
|
s.InstanceIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstancesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeInstancesInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstancesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeInstancesInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeInstances.
|
|
type DescribeInstancesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null
|
|
// when there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Zero or more reservations.
|
|
Reservations []*Reservation `locationName:"reservationSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeInstancesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeInstancesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstancesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeInstancesOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservations sets the Reservations field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInstancesOutput) SetReservations(v []*Reservation) *DescribeInstancesOutput {
|
|
s.Reservations = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeInternetGateways.
|
|
type DescribeInternetGatewaysInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * attachment.state - The current state of the attachment between the gateway
|
|
// and the VPC (available). Present only if a VPC is attached.
|
|
//
|
|
// * attachment.vpc-id - The ID of an attached VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * internet-gateway-id - The ID of the Internet gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag:key=value - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource.
|
|
// Specify the key of the tag in the filter name and the value of the tag
|
|
// in the filter value. For example, for the tag Purpose=X, specify tag:Purpose
|
|
// for the filter name and X for the filter value.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is
|
|
// independent of the tag-value filter. For example, if you use both the
|
|
// filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources
|
|
// assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value
|
|
// is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you
|
|
// want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the tag:key=value
|
|
// filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-value - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter
|
|
// is independent of the tag-key filter.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more Internet gateway IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Describes all your Internet gateways.
|
|
InternetGatewayIds []*string `locationName:"internetGatewayId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeInternetGatewaysInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeInternetGatewaysInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInternetGatewaysInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeInternetGatewaysInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInternetGatewaysInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeInternetGatewaysInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInternetGatewayIds sets the InternetGatewayIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInternetGatewaysInput) SetInternetGatewayIds(v []*string) *DescribeInternetGatewaysInput {
|
|
s.InternetGatewayIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeInternetGateways.
|
|
type DescribeInternetGatewaysOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about one or more Internet gateways.
|
|
InternetGateways []*InternetGateway `locationName:"internetGatewaySet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeInternetGatewaysOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeInternetGatewaysOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInternetGateways sets the InternetGateways field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeInternetGatewaysOutput) SetInternetGateways(v []*InternetGateway) *DescribeInternetGatewaysOutput {
|
|
s.InternetGateways = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeKeyPairs.
|
|
type DescribeKeyPairsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * fingerprint - The fingerprint of the key pair.
|
|
//
|
|
// * key-name - The name of the key pair.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more key pair names.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Describes all your key pairs.
|
|
KeyNames []*string `locationName:"KeyName" locationNameList:"KeyName" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeKeyPairsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeKeyPairsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeKeyPairsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeKeyPairsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeKeyPairsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeKeyPairsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKeyNames sets the KeyNames field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeKeyPairsInput) SetKeyNames(v []*string) *DescribeKeyPairsInput {
|
|
s.KeyNames = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeKeyPairs.
|
|
type DescribeKeyPairsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about one or more key pairs.
|
|
KeyPairs []*KeyPairInfo `locationName:"keySet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeKeyPairsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeKeyPairsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKeyPairs sets the KeyPairs field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeKeyPairsOutput) SetKeyPairs(v []*KeyPairInfo) *DescribeKeyPairsOutput {
|
|
s.KeyPairs = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * create-time - The time the launch template version was created.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ebs-optimized - A boolean that indicates whether the instance is optimized
|
|
// for Amazon EBS I/O.
|
|
//
|
|
// * iam-instance-profile - The ARN of the IAM instance profile.
|
|
//
|
|
// * image-id - The ID of the AMI.
|
|
//
|
|
// * instance-type - The instance type.
|
|
//
|
|
// * is-default-version - A boolean that indicates whether the launch template
|
|
// version is the default version.
|
|
//
|
|
// * kernel-id - The kernel ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ram-disk-id - The RAM disk ID.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template
|
|
// ID or launch template name in the request.
|
|
LaunchTemplateId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template
|
|
// ID or launch template name in the request.
|
|
LaunchTemplateName *string `min:"3" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
|
|
// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value. This
|
|
// value can be between 5 and 1000.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The version number up to which to describe launch template versions.
|
|
MaxVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The version number after which to describe launch template versions.
|
|
MinVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to request the next page of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more versions of the launch template.
|
|
Versions []*string `locationName:"LaunchTemplateVersion" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput"}
|
|
if s.LaunchTemplateName != nil && len(*s.LaunchTemplateName) < 3 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LaunchTemplateName", 3))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateId sets the LaunchTemplateId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput) SetLaunchTemplateId(v string) *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateName sets the LaunchTemplateName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput) SetLaunchTemplateName(v string) *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxVersion sets the MaxVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput) SetMaxVersion(v string) *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput {
|
|
s.MaxVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMinVersion sets the MinVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput) SetMinVersion(v string) *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput {
|
|
s.MinVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVersions sets the Versions field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput) SetVersions(v []*string) *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput {
|
|
s.Versions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the launch template versions.
|
|
LaunchTemplateVersions []*LaunchTemplateVersion `locationName:"launchTemplateVersionSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null
|
|
// when there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateVersions sets the LaunchTemplateVersions field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput) SetLaunchTemplateVersions(v []*LaunchTemplateVersion) *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateVersions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeLaunchTemplatesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * create-time - The time the launch template was created.
|
|
//
|
|
// * launch-template-name - The name of the launch template.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag:key=value - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource.
|
|
// Specify the key of the tag in the filter name and the value of the tag
|
|
// in the filter value. For example, for the tag Purpose=X, specify tag:Purpose
|
|
// for the filter name and X for the filter value.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is
|
|
// independent of the tag-value filter. For example, if you use both the
|
|
// filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources
|
|
// assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value
|
|
// is), and the tag value X (regardless of the tag's key). If you want to
|
|
// list only resources where Purpose is X, see the tag:key=value filter.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more launch template IDs.
|
|
LaunchTemplateIds []*string `locationName:"LaunchTemplateId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more launch template names.
|
|
LaunchTemplateNames []*string `locationName:"LaunchTemplateName" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
|
|
// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value. This
|
|
// value can be between 5 and 1000.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to request the next page of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeLaunchTemplatesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeLaunchTemplatesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLaunchTemplatesInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeLaunchTemplatesInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLaunchTemplatesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeLaunchTemplatesInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateIds sets the LaunchTemplateIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLaunchTemplatesInput) SetLaunchTemplateIds(v []*string) *DescribeLaunchTemplatesInput {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateNames sets the LaunchTemplateNames field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLaunchTemplatesInput) SetLaunchTemplateNames(v []*string) *DescribeLaunchTemplatesInput {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateNames = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLaunchTemplatesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeLaunchTemplatesInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLaunchTemplatesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeLaunchTemplatesInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeLaunchTemplatesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the launch templates.
|
|
LaunchTemplates []*LaunchTemplate `locationName:"launchTemplates" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null
|
|
// when there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeLaunchTemplatesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeLaunchTemplatesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplates sets the LaunchTemplates field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLaunchTemplatesOutput) SetLaunchTemplates(v []*LaunchTemplate) *DescribeLaunchTemplatesOutput {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplates = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLaunchTemplatesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeLaunchTemplatesOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeMovingAddresses.
|
|
type DescribeMovingAddressesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * moving-status - The status of the Elastic IP address (MovingToVpc |
|
|
// RestoringToClassic).
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page.
|
|
// The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another
|
|
// request with the returned NextToken value. This value can be between 5 and
|
|
// 1000; if MaxResults is given a value outside of this range, an error is returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: If no value is provided, the default is 1000.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more Elastic IP addresses.
|
|
PublicIps []*string `locationName:"publicIp" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeMovingAddressesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeMovingAddressesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeMovingAddressesInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeMovingAddressesInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeMovingAddressesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeMovingAddressesInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeMovingAddressesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeMovingAddressesInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeMovingAddressesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeMovingAddressesInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPublicIps sets the PublicIps field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeMovingAddressesInput) SetPublicIps(v []*string) *DescribeMovingAddressesInput {
|
|
s.PublicIps = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeMovingAddresses.
|
|
type DescribeMovingAddressesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The status for each Elastic IP address.
|
|
MovingAddressStatuses []*MovingAddressStatus `locationName:"movingAddressStatusSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null
|
|
// when there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeMovingAddressesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeMovingAddressesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMovingAddressStatuses sets the MovingAddressStatuses field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeMovingAddressesOutput) SetMovingAddressStatuses(v []*MovingAddressStatus) *DescribeMovingAddressesOutput {
|
|
s.MovingAddressStatuses = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeMovingAddressesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeMovingAddressesOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeNatGateways.
|
|
type DescribeNatGatewaysInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * nat-gateway-id - The ID of the NAT gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// * state - The state of the NAT gateway (pending | failed | available |
|
|
// deleting | deleted).
|
|
//
|
|
// * subnet-id - The ID of the subnet in which the NAT gateway resides.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag:key=value - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource.
|
|
// Specify the key of the tag in the filter name and the value of the tag
|
|
// in the filter value. For example, for the tag Purpose=X, specify tag:Purpose
|
|
// for the filter name and X for the filter value.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is
|
|
// independent of the tag-value filter. For example, if you use both the
|
|
// filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources
|
|
// assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value
|
|
// is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you
|
|
// want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the tag:key=value
|
|
// filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-value - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter
|
|
// is independent of the tag-key filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * vpc-id - The ID of the VPC in which the NAT gateway resides.
|
|
Filter []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns
|
|
// a token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of
|
|
// results.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: If the value specified is greater than 1000, we return only 1000
|
|
// items.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more NAT gateway IDs.
|
|
NatGatewayIds []*string `locationName:"NatGatewayId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to retrieve the next page of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeNatGatewaysInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeNatGatewaysInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNatGatewaysInput) SetFilter(v []*Filter) *DescribeNatGatewaysInput {
|
|
s.Filter = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNatGatewaysInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeNatGatewaysInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNatGatewayIds sets the NatGatewayIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNatGatewaysInput) SetNatGatewayIds(v []*string) *DescribeNatGatewaysInput {
|
|
s.NatGatewayIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNatGatewaysInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeNatGatewaysInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeNatGateways.
|
|
type DescribeNatGatewaysOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the NAT gateways.
|
|
NatGateways []*NatGateway `locationName:"natGatewaySet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null
|
|
// when there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeNatGatewaysOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeNatGatewaysOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNatGateways sets the NatGateways field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNatGatewaysOutput) SetNatGateways(v []*NatGateway) *DescribeNatGatewaysOutput {
|
|
s.NatGateways = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNatGatewaysOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeNatGatewaysOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeNetworkAcls.
|
|
type DescribeNetworkAclsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * association.association-id - The ID of an association ID for the ACL.
|
|
//
|
|
// * association.network-acl-id - The ID of the network ACL involved in the
|
|
// association.
|
|
//
|
|
// * association.subnet-id - The ID of the subnet involved in the association.
|
|
//
|
|
// * default - Indicates whether the ACL is the default network ACL for the
|
|
// VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * entry.cidr - The IPv4 CIDR range specified in the entry.
|
|
//
|
|
// * entry.egress - Indicates whether the entry applies to egress traffic.
|
|
//
|
|
// * entry.icmp.code - The ICMP code specified in the entry, if any.
|
|
//
|
|
// * entry.icmp.type - The ICMP type specified in the entry, if any.
|
|
//
|
|
// * entry.ipv6-cidr - The IPv6 CIDR range specified in the entry.
|
|
//
|
|
// * entry.port-range.from - The start of the port range specified in the
|
|
// entry.
|
|
//
|
|
// * entry.port-range.to - The end of the port range specified in the entry.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// * entry.protocol - The protocol specified in the entry (tcp | udp | icmp
|
|
// or a protocol number).
|
|
//
|
|
// * entry.rule-action - Allows or denies the matching traffic (allow | deny).
|
|
//
|
|
// * entry.rule-number - The number of an entry (in other words, rule) in
|
|
// the ACL's set of entries.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-acl-id - The ID of the network ACL.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag:key=value - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource.
|
|
// Specify the key of the tag in the filter name and the value of the tag
|
|
// in the filter value. For example, for the tag Purpose=X, specify tag:Purpose
|
|
// for the filter name and X for the filter value.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is
|
|
// independent of the tag-value filter. For example, if you use both the
|
|
// filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources
|
|
// assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value
|
|
// is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you
|
|
// want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the tag:key=value
|
|
// filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-value - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter
|
|
// is independent of the tag-key filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * vpc-id - The ID of the VPC for the network ACL.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more network ACL IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Describes all your network ACLs.
|
|
NetworkAclIds []*string `locationName:"NetworkAclId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeNetworkAclsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeNetworkAclsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNetworkAclsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeNetworkAclsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNetworkAclsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeNetworkAclsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkAclIds sets the NetworkAclIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNetworkAclsInput) SetNetworkAclIds(v []*string) *DescribeNetworkAclsInput {
|
|
s.NetworkAclIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeNetworkAcls.
|
|
type DescribeNetworkAclsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about one or more network ACLs.
|
|
NetworkAcls []*NetworkAcl `locationName:"networkAclSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeNetworkAclsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeNetworkAclsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkAcls sets the NetworkAcls field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNetworkAclsOutput) SetNetworkAcls(v []*NetworkAcl) *DescribeNetworkAclsOutput {
|
|
s.NetworkAcls = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute.
|
|
type DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The attribute of the network interface. This parameter is required.
|
|
Attribute *string `locationName:"attribute" type:"string" enum:"NetworkInterfaceAttribute"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// NetworkInterfaceId is a required field
|
|
NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput"}
|
|
if s.NetworkInterfaceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NetworkInterfaceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttribute sets the Attribute field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput) SetAttribute(v string) *DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.Attribute = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaceId sets the NetworkInterfaceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput) SetNetworkInterfaceId(v string) *DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute.
|
|
type DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The attachment (if any) of the network interface.
|
|
Attachment *NetworkInterfaceAttachment `locationName:"attachment" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the network interface.
|
|
Description *AttributeValue `locationName:"description" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The security groups associated with the network interface.
|
|
Groups []*GroupIdentifier `locationName:"groupSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network interface.
|
|
NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether source/destination checking is enabled.
|
|
SourceDestCheck *AttributeBooleanValue `locationName:"sourceDestCheck" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttachment sets the Attachment field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput) SetAttachment(v *NetworkInterfaceAttachment) *DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.Attachment = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput) SetDescription(v *AttributeValue) *DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.Description = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroups sets the Groups field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput) SetGroups(v []*GroupIdentifier) *DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.Groups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaceId sets the NetworkInterfaceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput) SetNetworkInterfaceId(v string) *DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceDestCheck sets the SourceDestCheck field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput) SetSourceDestCheck(v *AttributeBooleanValue) *DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.SourceDestCheck = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissions.
|
|
type DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface-permission.network-interface-permission-id - The ID
|
|
// of the permission.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface-permission.network-interface-id - The ID of the network
|
|
// interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface-permission.aws-account-id - The AWS account ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface-permission.aws-service - The AWS service.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface-permission.permission - The type of permission (INSTANCE-ATTACH
|
|
// | EIP-ASSOCIATE).
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
|
|
// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value. If
|
|
// this parameter is not specified, up to 50 results are returned by default.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more network interface permission IDs.
|
|
NetworkInterfacePermissionIds []*string `locationName:"NetworkInterfacePermissionId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to request the next page of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfacePermissionIds sets the NetworkInterfacePermissionIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsInput) SetNetworkInterfacePermissionIds(v []*string) *DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsInput {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfacePermissionIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output for DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissions.
|
|
type DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The network interface permissions.
|
|
NetworkInterfacePermissions []*NetworkInterfacePermission `locationName:"networkInterfacePermissions" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfacePermissions sets the NetworkInterfacePermissions field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsOutput) SetNetworkInterfacePermissions(v []*NetworkInterfacePermission) *DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsOutput {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfacePermissions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeNetworkInterfaces.
|
|
type DescribeNetworkInterfacesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * addresses.private-ip-address - The private IPv4 addresses associated
|
|
// with the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * addresses.primary - Whether the private IPv4 address is the primary
|
|
// IP address associated with the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * addresses.association.public-ip - The association ID returned when the
|
|
// network interface was associated with the Elastic IP address (IPv4).
|
|
//
|
|
// * addresses.association.owner-id - The owner ID of the addresses associated
|
|
// with the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * association.association-id - The association ID returned when the network
|
|
// interface was associated with an IPv4 address.
|
|
//
|
|
// * association.allocation-id - The allocation ID returned when you allocated
|
|
// the Elastic IP address (IPv4) for your network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * association.ip-owner-id - The owner of the Elastic IP address (IPv4)
|
|
// associated with the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * association.public-ip - The address of the Elastic IP address (IPv4)
|
|
// bound to the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * association.public-dns-name - The public DNS name for the network interface
|
|
// (IPv4).
|
|
//
|
|
// * attachment.attachment-id - The ID of the interface attachment.
|
|
//
|
|
// * attachment.attach.time - The time that the network interface was attached
|
|
// to an instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * attachment.delete-on-termination - Indicates whether the attachment
|
|
// is deleted when an instance is terminated.
|
|
//
|
|
// * attachment.device-index - The device index to which the network interface
|
|
// is attached.
|
|
//
|
|
// * attachment.instance-id - The ID of the instance to which the network
|
|
// interface is attached.
|
|
//
|
|
// * attachment.instance-owner-id - The owner ID of the instance to which
|
|
// the network interface is attached.
|
|
//
|
|
// * attachment.nat-gateway-id - The ID of the NAT gateway to which the network
|
|
// interface is attached.
|
|
//
|
|
// * attachment.status - The status of the attachment (attaching | attached
|
|
// | detaching | detached).
|
|
//
|
|
// * availability-zone - The Availability Zone of the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * description - The description of the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * group-id - The ID of a security group associated with the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * group-name - The name of a security group associated with the network
|
|
// interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ipv6-addresses.ipv6-address - An IPv6 address associated with the network
|
|
// interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * mac-address - The MAC address of the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface-id - The ID of the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * owner-id - The AWS account ID of the network interface owner.
|
|
//
|
|
// * private-ip-address - The private IPv4 address or addresses of the network
|
|
// interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * private-dns-name - The private DNS name of the network interface (IPv4).
|
|
//
|
|
// * requester-id - The ID of the entity that launched the instance on your
|
|
// behalf (for example, AWS Management Console, Auto Scaling, and so on).
|
|
//
|
|
// * requester-managed - Indicates whether the network interface is being
|
|
// managed by an AWS service (for example, AWS Management Console, Auto Scaling,
|
|
// and so on).
|
|
//
|
|
// * source-desk-check - Indicates whether the network interface performs
|
|
// source/destination checking. A value of true means checking is enabled,
|
|
// and false means checking is disabled. The value must be false for the
|
|
// network interface to perform network address translation (NAT) in your
|
|
// VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * status - The status of the network interface. If the network interface
|
|
// is not attached to an instance, the status is available; if a network
|
|
// interface is attached to an instance the status is in-use.
|
|
//
|
|
// * subnet-id - The ID of the subnet for the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag:key=value - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource.
|
|
// Specify the key of the tag in the filter name and the value of the tag
|
|
// in the filter value. For example, for the tag Purpose=X, specify tag:Purpose
|
|
// for the filter name and X for the filter value.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is
|
|
// independent of the tag-value filter. For example, if you use both the
|
|
// filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources
|
|
// assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value
|
|
// is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you
|
|
// want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the tag:key=value
|
|
// filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-value - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter
|
|
// is independent of the tag-key filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * vpc-id - The ID of the VPC for the network interface.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more network interface IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Describes all your network interfaces.
|
|
NetworkInterfaceIds []*string `locationName:"NetworkInterfaceId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeNetworkInterfacesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeNetworkInterfacesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNetworkInterfacesInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeNetworkInterfacesInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNetworkInterfacesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeNetworkInterfacesInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaceIds sets the NetworkInterfaceIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNetworkInterfacesInput) SetNetworkInterfaceIds(v []*string) *DescribeNetworkInterfacesInput {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaceIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeNetworkInterfaces.
|
|
type DescribeNetworkInterfacesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about one or more network interfaces.
|
|
NetworkInterfaces []*NetworkInterface `locationName:"networkInterfaceSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeNetworkInterfacesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeNetworkInterfacesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaces sets the NetworkInterfaces field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNetworkInterfacesOutput) SetNetworkInterfaces(v []*NetworkInterface) *DescribeNetworkInterfacesOutput {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaces = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribePlacementGroups.
|
|
type DescribePlacementGroupsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * group-name - The name of the placement group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * state - The state of the placement group (pending | available | deleting
|
|
// | deleted).
|
|
//
|
|
// * strategy - The strategy of the placement group (cluster | spread).
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more placement group names.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Describes all your placement groups, or only those otherwise specified.
|
|
GroupNames []*string `locationName:"groupName" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribePlacementGroupsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribePlacementGroupsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePlacementGroupsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribePlacementGroupsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePlacementGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribePlacementGroupsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupNames sets the GroupNames field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePlacementGroupsInput) SetGroupNames(v []*string) *DescribePlacementGroupsInput {
|
|
s.GroupNames = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribePlacementGroups.
|
|
type DescribePlacementGroupsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more placement groups.
|
|
PlacementGroups []*PlacementGroup `locationName:"placementGroupSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribePlacementGroupsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribePlacementGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPlacementGroups sets the PlacementGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePlacementGroupsOutput) SetPlacementGroups(v []*PlacementGroup) *DescribePlacementGroupsOutput {
|
|
s.PlacementGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribePrefixLists.
|
|
type DescribePrefixListsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * prefix-list-id: The ID of a prefix list.
|
|
//
|
|
// * prefix-list-name: The name of a prefix list.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns
|
|
// a token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of
|
|
// results.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: If the value specified is greater than 1000, we return only 1000
|
|
// items.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token for the next set of items to return. (You received this token from
|
|
// a prior call.)
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more prefix list IDs.
|
|
PrefixListIds []*string `locationName:"PrefixListId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribePrefixListsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribePrefixListsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePrefixListsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribePrefixListsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePrefixListsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribePrefixListsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePrefixListsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribePrefixListsInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePrefixListsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribePrefixListsInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrefixListIds sets the PrefixListIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePrefixListsInput) SetPrefixListIds(v []*string) *DescribePrefixListsInput {
|
|
s.PrefixListIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribePrefixLists.
|
|
type DescribePrefixListsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use when requesting the next set of items. If there are no additional
|
|
// items to return, the string is empty.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// All available prefix lists.
|
|
PrefixLists []*PrefixList `locationName:"prefixListSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribePrefixListsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribePrefixListsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePrefixListsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribePrefixListsOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrefixLists sets the PrefixLists field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePrefixListsOutput) SetPrefixLists(v []*PrefixList) *DescribePrefixListsOutput {
|
|
s.PrefixLists = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribePrincipalIdFormatInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
|
|
// remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to request the next page of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of resource: bundle | conversion-task | dhcp-options | elastic-ip-allocation
|
|
// | elastic-ip-association | export-task | flow-log | image | import-task |
|
|
// instance | internet-gateway | network-acl | network-acl-association | network-interface
|
|
// | network-interface-attachment | prefix-list | reservation | route-table
|
|
// | route-table-association | security-group | snapshot | subnet | subnet-cidr-block-association
|
|
// | volume | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association | vpc-peering-connection
|
|
Resources []*string `locationName:"Resource" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribePrincipalIdFormatInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribePrincipalIdFormatInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePrincipalIdFormatInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribePrincipalIdFormatInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePrincipalIdFormatInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribePrincipalIdFormatInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePrincipalIdFormatInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribePrincipalIdFormatInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResources sets the Resources field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePrincipalIdFormatInput) SetResources(v []*string) *DescribePrincipalIdFormatInput {
|
|
s.Resources = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribePrincipalIdFormatOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null
|
|
// when there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the ID format settings for the ARN.
|
|
Principals []*PrincipalIdFormat `locationName:"principalSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribePrincipalIdFormatOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribePrincipalIdFormatOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePrincipalIdFormatOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribePrincipalIdFormatOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrincipals sets the Principals field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePrincipalIdFormatOutput) SetPrincipals(v []*PrincipalIdFormat) *DescribePrincipalIdFormatOutput {
|
|
s.Principals = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeRegions.
|
|
type DescribeRegionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * endpoint - The endpoint of the region (for example, ec2.us-east-1.amazonaws.com).
|
|
//
|
|
// * region-name - The name of the region (for example, us-east-1).
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The names of one or more regions.
|
|
RegionNames []*string `locationName:"RegionName" locationNameList:"RegionName" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeRegionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeRegionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeRegionsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeRegionsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeRegionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeRegionsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRegionNames sets the RegionNames field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeRegionsInput) SetRegionNames(v []*string) *DescribeRegionsInput {
|
|
s.RegionNames = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeRegions.
|
|
type DescribeRegionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about one or more regions.
|
|
Regions []*Region `locationName:"regionInfo" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeRegionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeRegionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRegions sets the Regions field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeRegionsOutput) SetRegions(v []*Region) *DescribeRegionsOutput {
|
|
s.Regions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeReservedInstances.
|
|
type DescribeReservedInstancesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * availability-zone - The Availability Zone where the Reserved Instance
|
|
// can be used.
|
|
//
|
|
// * duration - The duration of the Reserved Instance (one year or three
|
|
// years), in seconds (31536000 | 94608000).
|
|
//
|
|
// * end - The time when the Reserved Instance expires (for example, 2015-08-07T11:54:42.000Z).
|
|
//
|
|
// * fixed-price - The purchase price of the Reserved Instance (for example,
|
|
// 9800.0).
|
|
//
|
|
// * instance-type - The instance type that is covered by the reservation.
|
|
//
|
|
// * scope - The scope of the Reserved Instance (Region or Availability Zone).
|
|
//
|
|
// * product-description - The Reserved Instance product platform description.
|
|
// Instances that include (Amazon VPC) in the product platform description
|
|
// will only be displayed to EC2-Classic account holders and are for use
|
|
// with Amazon VPC (Linux/UNIX | Linux/UNIX (Amazon VPC) | SUSE Linux | SUSE
|
|
// Linux (Amazon VPC) | Red Hat Enterprise Linux | Red Hat Enterprise Linux
|
|
// (Amazon VPC) | Windows | Windows (Amazon VPC) | Windows with SQL Server
|
|
// Standard | Windows with SQL Server Standard (Amazon VPC) | Windows with
|
|
// SQL Server Web | Windows with SQL Server Web (Amazon VPC) | Windows with
|
|
// SQL Server Enterprise | Windows with SQL Server Enterprise (Amazon VPC)).
|
|
//
|
|
// * reserved-instances-id - The ID of the Reserved Instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * start - The time at which the Reserved Instance purchase request was
|
|
// placed (for example, 2014-08-07T11:54:42.000Z).
|
|
//
|
|
// * state - The state of the Reserved Instance (payment-pending | active
|
|
// | payment-failed | retired).
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag:key=value - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource.
|
|
// Specify the key of the tag in the filter name and the value of the tag
|
|
// in the filter value. For example, for the tag Purpose=X, specify tag:Purpose
|
|
// for the filter name and X for the filter value.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is
|
|
// independent of the tag-value filter. For example, if you use both the
|
|
// filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources
|
|
// assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value
|
|
// is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you
|
|
// want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the tag:key=value
|
|
// filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-value - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter
|
|
// is independent of the tag-key filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * usage-price - The usage price of the Reserved Instance, per hour (for
|
|
// example, 0.84).
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes whether the Reserved Instance is Standard or Convertible.
|
|
OfferingClass *string `type:"string" enum:"OfferingClassType"`
|
|
|
|
// The Reserved Instance offering type. If you are using tools that predate
|
|
// the 2011-11-01 API version, you only have access to the Medium Utilization
|
|
// Reserved Instance offering type.
|
|
OfferingType *string `locationName:"offeringType" type:"string" enum:"OfferingTypeValues"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more Reserved Instance IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Describes all your Reserved Instances, or only those otherwise specified.
|
|
ReservedInstancesIds []*string `locationName:"ReservedInstancesId" locationNameList:"ReservedInstancesId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedInstancesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedInstancesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedInstancesInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeReservedInstancesInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedInstancesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeReservedInstancesInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOfferingClass sets the OfferingClass field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedInstancesInput) SetOfferingClass(v string) *DescribeReservedInstancesInput {
|
|
s.OfferingClass = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedInstancesInput) SetOfferingType(v string) *DescribeReservedInstancesInput {
|
|
s.OfferingType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedInstancesIds sets the ReservedInstancesIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedInstancesInput) SetReservedInstancesIds(v []*string) *DescribeReservedInstancesInput {
|
|
s.ReservedInstancesIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeReservedInstancesListings.
|
|
type DescribeReservedInstancesListingsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * reserved-instances-id - The ID of the Reserved Instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// * reserved-instances-listing-id - The ID of the Reserved Instances listing.
|
|
//
|
|
// * status - The status of the Reserved Instance listing (pending | active
|
|
// | cancelled | closed).
|
|
//
|
|
// * status-message - The reason for the status.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more Reserved Instance IDs.
|
|
ReservedInstancesId *string `locationName:"reservedInstancesId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more Reserved Instance listing IDs.
|
|
ReservedInstancesListingId *string `locationName:"reservedInstancesListingId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedInstancesListingsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedInstancesListingsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedInstancesListingsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeReservedInstancesListingsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedInstancesId sets the ReservedInstancesId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedInstancesListingsInput) SetReservedInstancesId(v string) *DescribeReservedInstancesListingsInput {
|
|
s.ReservedInstancesId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedInstancesListingId sets the ReservedInstancesListingId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedInstancesListingsInput) SetReservedInstancesListingId(v string) *DescribeReservedInstancesListingsInput {
|
|
s.ReservedInstancesListingId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeReservedInstancesListings.
|
|
type DescribeReservedInstancesListingsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the Reserved Instance listing.
|
|
ReservedInstancesListings []*ReservedInstancesListing `locationName:"reservedInstancesListingsSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedInstancesListingsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedInstancesListingsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedInstancesListings sets the ReservedInstancesListings field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedInstancesListingsOutput) SetReservedInstancesListings(v []*ReservedInstancesListing) *DescribeReservedInstancesListingsOutput {
|
|
s.ReservedInstancesListings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeReservedInstancesModifications.
|
|
type DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * client-token - The idempotency token for the modification request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * create-date - The time when the modification request was created.
|
|
//
|
|
// * effective-date - The time when the modification becomes effective.
|
|
//
|
|
// * modification-result.reserved-instances-id - The ID for the Reserved
|
|
// Instances created as part of the modification request. This ID is only
|
|
// available when the status of the modification is fulfilled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * modification-result.target-configuration.availability-zone - The Availability
|
|
// Zone for the new Reserved Instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// * modification-result.target-configuration.instance-count - The number
|
|
// of new Reserved Instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// * modification-result.target-configuration.instance-type - The instance
|
|
// type of the new Reserved Instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// * modification-result.target-configuration.platform - The network platform
|
|
// of the new Reserved Instances (EC2-Classic | EC2-VPC).
|
|
//
|
|
// * reserved-instances-id - The ID of the Reserved Instances modified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * reserved-instances-modification-id - The ID of the modification request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * status - The status of the Reserved Instances modification request (processing
|
|
// | fulfilled | failed).
|
|
//
|
|
// * status-message - The reason for the status.
|
|
//
|
|
// * update-date - The time when the modification request was last updated.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to retrieve the next page of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// IDs for the submitted modification request.
|
|
ReservedInstancesModificationIds []*string `locationName:"ReservedInstancesModificationId" locationNameList:"ReservedInstancesModificationId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedInstancesModificationIds sets the ReservedInstancesModificationIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsInput) SetReservedInstancesModificationIds(v []*string) *DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsInput {
|
|
s.ReservedInstancesModificationIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeReservedInstancesModifications.
|
|
type DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null
|
|
// when there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Reserved Instance modification information.
|
|
ReservedInstancesModifications []*ReservedInstancesModification `locationName:"reservedInstancesModificationsSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedInstancesModifications sets the ReservedInstancesModifications field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsOutput) SetReservedInstancesModifications(v []*ReservedInstancesModification) *DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsOutput {
|
|
s.ReservedInstancesModifications = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings.
|
|
type DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone in which the Reserved Instance can be used.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * availability-zone - The Availability Zone where the Reserved Instance
|
|
// can be used.
|
|
//
|
|
// * duration - The duration of the Reserved Instance (for example, one year
|
|
// or three years), in seconds (31536000 | 94608000).
|
|
//
|
|
// * fixed-price - The purchase price of the Reserved Instance (for example,
|
|
// 9800.0).
|
|
//
|
|
// * instance-type - The instance type that is covered by the reservation.
|
|
//
|
|
// * marketplace - Set to true to show only Reserved Instance Marketplace
|
|
// offerings. When this filter is not used, which is the default behavior,
|
|
// all offerings from both AWS and the Reserved Instance Marketplace are
|
|
// listed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * product-description - The Reserved Instance product platform description.
|
|
// Instances that include (Amazon VPC) in the product platform description
|
|
// will only be displayed to EC2-Classic account holders and are for use
|
|
// with Amazon VPC. (Linux/UNIX | Linux/UNIX (Amazon VPC) | SUSE Linux |
|
|
// SUSE Linux (Amazon VPC) | Red Hat Enterprise Linux | Red Hat Enterprise
|
|
// Linux (Amazon VPC) | Windows | Windows (Amazon VPC) | Windows with SQL
|
|
// Server Standard | Windows with SQL Server Standard (Amazon VPC) | Windows
|
|
// with SQL Server Web | Windows with SQL Server Web (Amazon VPC) | Windows
|
|
// with SQL Server Enterprise | Windows with SQL Server Enterprise (Amazon
|
|
// VPC))
|
|
//
|
|
// * reserved-instances-offering-id - The Reserved Instances offering ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// * scope - The scope of the Reserved Instance (Availability Zone or Region).
|
|
//
|
|
// * usage-price - The usage price of the Reserved Instance, per hour (for
|
|
// example, 0.84).
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Include Reserved Instance Marketplace offerings in the response.
|
|
IncludeMarketplace *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The tenancy of the instances covered by the reservation. A Reserved Instance
|
|
// with a tenancy of dedicated is applied to instances that run in a VPC on
|
|
// single-tenant hardware (i.e., Dedicated Instances).
|
|
//
|
|
// Important: The host value cannot be used with this parameter. Use the default
|
|
// or dedicated values only.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: default
|
|
InstanceTenancy *string `locationName:"instanceTenancy" type:"string" enum:"Tenancy"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance type that the reservation will cover (for example, m1.small).
|
|
// For more information, see Instance Types (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
InstanceType *string `type:"string" enum:"InstanceType"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum duration (in seconds) to filter when searching for offerings.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 94608000 (3 years)
|
|
MaxDuration *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of instances to filter when searching for offerings.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 20
|
|
MaxInstanceCount *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page.
|
|
// The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another
|
|
// request with the returned NextToken value. The maximum is 100.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The minimum duration (in seconds) to filter when searching for offerings.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 2592000 (1 month)
|
|
MinDuration *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to retrieve the next page of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The offering class of the Reserved Instance. Can be standard or convertible.
|
|
OfferingClass *string `type:"string" enum:"OfferingClassType"`
|
|
|
|
// The Reserved Instance offering type. If you are using tools that predate
|
|
// the 2011-11-01 API version, you only have access to the Medium Utilization
|
|
// Reserved Instance offering type.
|
|
OfferingType *string `locationName:"offeringType" type:"string" enum:"OfferingTypeValues"`
|
|
|
|
// The Reserved Instance product platform description. Instances that include
|
|
// (Amazon VPC) in the description are for use with Amazon VPC.
|
|
ProductDescription *string `type:"string" enum:"RIProductDescription"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more Reserved Instances offering IDs.
|
|
ReservedInstancesOfferingIds []*string `locationName:"ReservedInstancesOfferingId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIncludeMarketplace sets the IncludeMarketplace field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput) SetIncludeMarketplace(v bool) *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.IncludeMarketplace = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceTenancy sets the InstanceTenancy field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput) SetInstanceTenancy(v string) *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.InstanceTenancy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceType sets the InstanceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput) SetInstanceType(v string) *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.InstanceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxDuration sets the MaxDuration field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput) SetMaxDuration(v int64) *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.MaxDuration = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxInstanceCount sets the MaxInstanceCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput) SetMaxInstanceCount(v int64) *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.MaxInstanceCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMinDuration sets the MinDuration field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput) SetMinDuration(v int64) *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.MinDuration = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOfferingClass sets the OfferingClass field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput) SetOfferingClass(v string) *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.OfferingClass = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput) SetOfferingType(v string) *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.OfferingType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProductDescription sets the ProductDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput) SetProductDescription(v string) *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.ProductDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedInstancesOfferingIds sets the ReservedInstancesOfferingIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput) SetReservedInstancesOfferingIds(v []*string) *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.ReservedInstancesOfferingIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings.
|
|
type DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null
|
|
// when there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of Reserved Instances offerings.
|
|
ReservedInstancesOfferings []*ReservedInstancesOffering `locationName:"reservedInstancesOfferingsSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedInstancesOfferings sets the ReservedInstancesOfferings field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsOutput) SetReservedInstancesOfferings(v []*ReservedInstancesOffering) *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsOutput {
|
|
s.ReservedInstancesOfferings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output for DescribeReservedInstances.
|
|
type DescribeReservedInstancesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of Reserved Instances.
|
|
ReservedInstances []*ReservedInstances `locationName:"reservedInstancesSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedInstancesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedInstancesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedInstances sets the ReservedInstances field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedInstancesOutput) SetReservedInstances(v []*ReservedInstances) *DescribeReservedInstancesOutput {
|
|
s.ReservedInstances = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeRouteTables.
|
|
type DescribeRouteTablesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * association.route-table-association-id - The ID of an association ID
|
|
// for the route table.
|
|
//
|
|
// * association.route-table-id - The ID of the route table involved in the
|
|
// association.
|
|
//
|
|
// * association.subnet-id - The ID of the subnet involved in the association.
|
|
//
|
|
// * association.main - Indicates whether the route table is the main route
|
|
// table for the VPC (true | false). Route tables that do not have an association
|
|
// ID are not returned in the response.
|
|
//
|
|
// * route-table-id - The ID of the route table.
|
|
//
|
|
// * route.destination-cidr-block - The IPv4 CIDR range specified in a route
|
|
// in the table.
|
|
//
|
|
// * route.destination-ipv6-cidr-block - The IPv6 CIDR range specified in
|
|
// a route in the route table.
|
|
//
|
|
// * route.destination-prefix-list-id - The ID (prefix) of the AWS service
|
|
// specified in a route in the table.
|
|
//
|
|
// * route.egress-only-internet-gateway-id - The ID of an egress-only Internet
|
|
// gateway specified in a route in the route table.
|
|
//
|
|
// * route.gateway-id - The ID of a gateway specified in a route in the table.
|
|
//
|
|
// * route.instance-id - The ID of an instance specified in a route in the
|
|
// table.
|
|
//
|
|
// * route.nat-gateway-id - The ID of a NAT gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// * route.origin - Describes how the route was created. CreateRouteTable
|
|
// indicates that the route was automatically created when the route table
|
|
// was created; CreateRoute indicates that the route was manually added to
|
|
// the route table; EnableVgwRoutePropagation indicates that the route was
|
|
// propagated by route propagation.
|
|
//
|
|
// * route.state - The state of a route in the route table (active | blackhole).
|
|
// The blackhole state indicates that the route's target isn't available
|
|
// (for example, the specified gateway isn't attached to the VPC, the specified
|
|
// NAT instance has been terminated, and so on).
|
|
//
|
|
// * route.vpc-peering-connection-id - The ID of a VPC peering connection
|
|
// specified in a route in the table.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag:key=value - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource.
|
|
// Specify the key of the tag in the filter name and the value of the tag
|
|
// in the filter value. For example, for the tag Purpose=X, specify tag:Purpose
|
|
// for the filter name and X for the filter value.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is
|
|
// independent of the tag-value filter. For example, if you use both the
|
|
// filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources
|
|
// assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value
|
|
// is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you
|
|
// want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the tag:key=value
|
|
// filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-value - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter
|
|
// is independent of the tag-key filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * vpc-id - The ID of the VPC for the route table.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more route table IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Describes all your route tables.
|
|
RouteTableIds []*string `locationName:"RouteTableId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeRouteTablesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeRouteTablesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeRouteTablesInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeRouteTablesInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeRouteTablesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeRouteTablesInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRouteTableIds sets the RouteTableIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeRouteTablesInput) SetRouteTableIds(v []*string) *DescribeRouteTablesInput {
|
|
s.RouteTableIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeRouteTables.
|
|
type DescribeRouteTablesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about one or more route tables.
|
|
RouteTables []*RouteTable `locationName:"routeTableSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeRouteTablesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeRouteTablesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRouteTables sets the RouteTables field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeRouteTablesOutput) SetRouteTables(v []*RouteTable) *DescribeRouteTablesOutput {
|
|
s.RouteTables = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability.
|
|
type DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * availability-zone - The Availability Zone (for example, us-west-2a).
|
|
//
|
|
// * instance-type - The instance type (for example, c4.large).
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-platform - The network platform (EC2-Classic or EC2-VPC).
|
|
//
|
|
// * platform - The platform (Linux/UNIX or Windows).
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The time period for the first schedule to start.
|
|
//
|
|
// FirstSlotStartTimeRange is a required field
|
|
FirstSlotStartTimeRange *SlotDateTimeRangeRequest `type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. This value can
|
|
// be between 5 and 300. The default value is 300. To retrieve the remaining
|
|
// results, make another call with the returned NextToken value.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum available duration, in hours. This value must be greater than
|
|
// MinSlotDurationInHours and less than 1,720.
|
|
MaxSlotDurationInHours *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The minimum available duration, in hours. The minimum required duration is
|
|
// 1,200 hours per year. For example, the minimum daily schedule is 4 hours,
|
|
// the minimum weekly schedule is 24 hours, and the minimum monthly schedule
|
|
// is 100 hours.
|
|
MinSlotDurationInHours *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token for the next set of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The schedule recurrence.
|
|
//
|
|
// Recurrence is a required field
|
|
Recurrence *ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest `type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput"}
|
|
if s.FirstSlotStartTimeRange == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FirstSlotStartTimeRange"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Recurrence == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Recurrence"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.FirstSlotStartTimeRange != nil {
|
|
if err := s.FirstSlotStartTimeRange.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("FirstSlotStartTimeRange", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFirstSlotStartTimeRange sets the FirstSlotStartTimeRange field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput) SetFirstSlotStartTimeRange(v *SlotDateTimeRangeRequest) *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput {
|
|
s.FirstSlotStartTimeRange = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxSlotDurationInHours sets the MaxSlotDurationInHours field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput) SetMaxSlotDurationInHours(v int64) *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput {
|
|
s.MaxSlotDurationInHours = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMinSlotDurationInHours sets the MinSlotDurationInHours field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput) SetMinSlotDurationInHours(v int64) *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput {
|
|
s.MinSlotDurationInHours = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRecurrence sets the Recurrence field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput) SetRecurrence(v *ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest) *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput {
|
|
s.Recurrence = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability.
|
|
type DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The token required to retrieve the next set of results. This value is null
|
|
// when there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the available Scheduled Instances.
|
|
ScheduledInstanceAvailabilitySet []*ScheduledInstanceAvailability `locationName:"scheduledInstanceAvailabilitySet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetScheduledInstanceAvailabilitySet sets the ScheduledInstanceAvailabilitySet field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityOutput) SetScheduledInstanceAvailabilitySet(v []*ScheduledInstanceAvailability) *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityOutput {
|
|
s.ScheduledInstanceAvailabilitySet = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeScheduledInstances.
|
|
type DescribeScheduledInstancesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * availability-zone - The Availability Zone (for example, us-west-2a).
|
|
//
|
|
// * instance-type - The instance type (for example, c4.large).
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-platform - The network platform (EC2-Classic or EC2-VPC).
|
|
//
|
|
// * platform - The platform (Linux/UNIX or Windows).
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. This value can
|
|
// be between 5 and 300. The default value is 100. To retrieve the remaining
|
|
// results, make another call with the returned NextToken value.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token for the next set of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more Scheduled Instance IDs.
|
|
ScheduledInstanceIds []*string `locationName:"ScheduledInstanceId" locationNameList:"ScheduledInstanceId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The time period for the first schedule to start.
|
|
SlotStartTimeRange *SlotStartTimeRangeRequest `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeScheduledInstancesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeScheduledInstancesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeScheduledInstancesInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeScheduledInstancesInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeScheduledInstancesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeScheduledInstancesInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeScheduledInstancesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeScheduledInstancesInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeScheduledInstancesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeScheduledInstancesInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetScheduledInstanceIds sets the ScheduledInstanceIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeScheduledInstancesInput) SetScheduledInstanceIds(v []*string) *DescribeScheduledInstancesInput {
|
|
s.ScheduledInstanceIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSlotStartTimeRange sets the SlotStartTimeRange field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeScheduledInstancesInput) SetSlotStartTimeRange(v *SlotStartTimeRangeRequest) *DescribeScheduledInstancesInput {
|
|
s.SlotStartTimeRange = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeScheduledInstances.
|
|
type DescribeScheduledInstancesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The token required to retrieve the next set of results. This value is null
|
|
// when there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the Scheduled Instances.
|
|
ScheduledInstanceSet []*ScheduledInstance `locationName:"scheduledInstanceSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeScheduledInstancesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeScheduledInstancesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeScheduledInstancesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeScheduledInstancesOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetScheduledInstanceSet sets the ScheduledInstanceSet field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeScheduledInstancesOutput) SetScheduledInstanceSet(v []*ScheduledInstance) *DescribeScheduledInstancesOutput {
|
|
s.ScheduledInstanceSet = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more security group IDs in your account.
|
|
//
|
|
// GroupId is a required field
|
|
GroupId []*string `locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesInput"}
|
|
if s.GroupId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GroupId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupId sets the GroupId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesInput) SetGroupId(v []*string) *DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesInput {
|
|
s.GroupId = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the VPCs with the referencing security groups.
|
|
SecurityGroupReferenceSet []*SecurityGroupReference `locationName:"securityGroupReferenceSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSecurityGroupReferenceSet sets the SecurityGroupReferenceSet field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesOutput) SetSecurityGroupReferenceSet(v []*SecurityGroupReference) *DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesOutput {
|
|
s.SecurityGroupReferenceSet = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeSecurityGroups.
|
|
type DescribeSecurityGroupsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters. If using multiple filters for rules, the results include
|
|
// security groups for which any combination of rules - not necessarily a single
|
|
// rule - match all filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * description - The description of the security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * egress.ip-permission.cidr - An IPv4 CIDR block for an outbound security
|
|
// group rule.
|
|
//
|
|
// * egress.ip-permission.from-port - For an outbound rule, the start of
|
|
// port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type number.
|
|
//
|
|
// * egress.ip-permission.group-id - The ID of a security group that has
|
|
// been referenced in an outbound security group rule.
|
|
//
|
|
// * egress.ip-permission.group-name - The name of a security group that
|
|
// has been referenced in an outbound security group rule.
|
|
//
|
|
// * egress.ip-permission.ipv6-cidr - An IPv6 CIDR block for an outbound
|
|
// security group rule.
|
|
//
|
|
// * egress.ip-permission.prefix-list-id - The ID (prefix) of the AWS service
|
|
// to which a security group rule allows outbound access.
|
|
//
|
|
// * egress.ip-permission.protocol - The IP protocol for an outbound security
|
|
// group rule (tcp | udp | icmp or a protocol number).
|
|
//
|
|
// * egress.ip-permission.to-port - For an outbound rule, the end of port
|
|
// range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP code.
|
|
//
|
|
// * egress.ip-permission.user-id - The ID of an AWS account that has been
|
|
// referenced in an outbound security group rule.
|
|
//
|
|
// * group-id - The ID of the security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * group-name - The name of the security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ip-permission.cidr - An IPv4 CIDR block for an inbound security group
|
|
// rule.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ip-permission.from-port - For an inbound rule, the start of port range
|
|
// for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type number.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ip-permission.group-id - The ID of a security group that has been referenced
|
|
// in an inbound security group rule.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ip-permission.group-name - The name of a security group that has been
|
|
// referenced in an inbound security group rule.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ip-permission.ipv6-cidr - An IPv6 CIDR block for an inbound security
|
|
// group rule.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ip-permission.prefix-list-id - The ID (prefix) of the AWS service from
|
|
// which a security group rule allows inbound access.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ip-permission.protocol - The IP protocol for an inbound security group
|
|
// rule (tcp | udp | icmp or a protocol number).
|
|
//
|
|
// * ip-permission.to-port - For an inbound rule, the end of port range for
|
|
// the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP code.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ip-permission.user-id - The ID of an AWS account that has been referenced
|
|
// in an inbound security group rule.
|
|
//
|
|
// * owner-id - The AWS account ID of the owner of the security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-value - The value of a tag assigned to the security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * vpc-id - The ID of the VPC specified when the security group was created.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more security group IDs. Required for security groups in a nondefault
|
|
// VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Describes all your security groups.
|
|
GroupIds []*string `locationName:"GroupId" locationNameList:"groupId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-Classic and default VPC only] One or more security group names. You
|
|
// can specify either the security group name or the security group ID. For
|
|
// security groups in a nondefault VPC, use the group-name filter to describe
|
|
// security groups by name.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Describes all your security groups.
|
|
GroupNames []*string `locationName:"GroupName" locationNameList:"GroupName" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
|
|
// remaining results, make another request with the returned NextToken value.
|
|
// This value can be between 5 and 1000. If this parameter is not specified,
|
|
// then all results are returned.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to request the next page of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSecurityGroupsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSecurityGroupsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSecurityGroupsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeSecurityGroupsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSecurityGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeSecurityGroupsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupIds sets the GroupIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSecurityGroupsInput) SetGroupIds(v []*string) *DescribeSecurityGroupsInput {
|
|
s.GroupIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupNames sets the GroupNames field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSecurityGroupsInput) SetGroupNames(v []*string) *DescribeSecurityGroupsInput {
|
|
s.GroupNames = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSecurityGroupsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeSecurityGroupsInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSecurityGroupsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeSecurityGroupsInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeSecurityGroups.
|
|
type DescribeSecurityGroupsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null
|
|
// when there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about one or more security groups.
|
|
SecurityGroups []*SecurityGroup `locationName:"securityGroupInfo" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSecurityGroupsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSecurityGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSecurityGroupsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeSecurityGroupsOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSecurityGroupsOutput) SetSecurityGroups(v []*SecurityGroup) *DescribeSecurityGroupsOutput {
|
|
s.SecurityGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeSnapshotAttribute.
|
|
type DescribeSnapshotAttributeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The snapshot attribute you would like to view.
|
|
//
|
|
// Attribute is a required field
|
|
Attribute *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"SnapshotAttributeName"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the EBS snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// SnapshotId is a required field
|
|
SnapshotId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSnapshotAttributeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSnapshotAttributeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSnapshotAttributeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeSnapshotAttributeInput"}
|
|
if s.Attribute == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Attribute"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SnapshotId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttribute sets the Attribute field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSnapshotAttributeInput) SetAttribute(v string) *DescribeSnapshotAttributeInput {
|
|
s.Attribute = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSnapshotAttributeInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeSnapshotAttributeInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotId sets the SnapshotId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSnapshotAttributeInput) SetSnapshotId(v string) *DescribeSnapshotAttributeInput {
|
|
s.SnapshotId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeSnapshotAttribute.
|
|
type DescribeSnapshotAttributeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of permissions for creating volumes from the snapshot.
|
|
CreateVolumePermissions []*CreateVolumePermission `locationName:"createVolumePermission" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of product codes.
|
|
ProductCodes []*ProductCode `locationName:"productCodes" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the EBS snapshot.
|
|
SnapshotId *string `locationName:"snapshotId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSnapshotAttributeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSnapshotAttributeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreateVolumePermissions sets the CreateVolumePermissions field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSnapshotAttributeOutput) SetCreateVolumePermissions(v []*CreateVolumePermission) *DescribeSnapshotAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.CreateVolumePermissions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProductCodes sets the ProductCodes field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSnapshotAttributeOutput) SetProductCodes(v []*ProductCode) *DescribeSnapshotAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.ProductCodes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotId sets the SnapshotId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSnapshotAttributeOutput) SetSnapshotId(v string) *DescribeSnapshotAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.SnapshotId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeSnapshots.
|
|
type DescribeSnapshotsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * description - A description of the snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * owner-alias - Value from an Amazon-maintained list (amazon | aws-marketplace
|
|
// | microsoft) of snapshot owners. Not to be confused with the user-configured
|
|
// AWS account alias, which is set from the IAM console.
|
|
//
|
|
// * owner-id - The ID of the AWS account that owns the snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * progress - The progress of the snapshot, as a percentage (for example,
|
|
// 80%).
|
|
//
|
|
// * snapshot-id - The snapshot ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// * start-time - The time stamp when the snapshot was initiated.
|
|
//
|
|
// * status - The status of the snapshot (pending | completed | error).
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag:key=value - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource.
|
|
// Specify the key of the tag in the filter name and the value of the tag
|
|
// in the filter value. For example, for the tag Purpose=X, specify tag:Purpose
|
|
// for the filter name and X for the filter value.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is
|
|
// independent of the tag-value filter. For example, if you use both the
|
|
// filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources
|
|
// assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value
|
|
// is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you
|
|
// want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the tag:key=value
|
|
// filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-value - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter
|
|
// is independent of the tag-key filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * volume-id - The ID of the volume the snapshot is for.
|
|
//
|
|
// * volume-size - The size of the volume, in GiB.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of snapshot results returned by DescribeSnapshots in paginated
|
|
// output. When this parameter is used, DescribeSnapshots only returns MaxResults
|
|
// results in a single page along with a NextToken response element. The remaining
|
|
// results of the initial request can be seen by sending another DescribeSnapshots
|
|
// request with the returned NextToken value. This value can be between 5 and
|
|
// 1000; if MaxResults is given a value larger than 1000, only 1000 results
|
|
// are returned. If this parameter is not used, then DescribeSnapshots returns
|
|
// all results. You cannot specify this parameter and the snapshot IDs parameter
|
|
// in the same request.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The NextToken value returned from a previous paginated DescribeSnapshots
|
|
// request where MaxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that
|
|
// parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that
|
|
// returned the NextToken value. This value is null when there are no more results
|
|
// to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Returns the snapshots owned by the specified owner. Multiple owners can be
|
|
// specified.
|
|
OwnerIds []*string `locationName:"Owner" locationNameList:"Owner" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more AWS accounts IDs that can create volumes from the snapshot.
|
|
RestorableByUserIds []*string `locationName:"RestorableBy" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more snapshot IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Describes snapshots for which you have launch permissions.
|
|
SnapshotIds []*string `locationName:"SnapshotId" locationNameList:"SnapshotId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSnapshotsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSnapshotsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSnapshotsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSnapshotsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSnapshotsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSnapshotsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOwnerIds sets the OwnerIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSnapshotsInput) SetOwnerIds(v []*string) *DescribeSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.OwnerIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRestorableByUserIds sets the RestorableByUserIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSnapshotsInput) SetRestorableByUserIds(v []*string) *DescribeSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.RestorableByUserIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotIds sets the SnapshotIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSnapshotsInput) SetSnapshotIds(v []*string) *DescribeSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.SnapshotIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeSnapshots.
|
|
type DescribeSnapshotsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The NextToken value to include in a future DescribeSnapshots request. When
|
|
// the results of a DescribeSnapshots request exceed MaxResults, this value
|
|
// can be used to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
|
|
// there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the snapshots.
|
|
Snapshots []*Snapshot `locationName:"snapshotSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSnapshotsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSnapshotsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSnapshotsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeSnapshotsOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshots sets the Snapshots field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSnapshotsOutput) SetSnapshots(v []*Snapshot) *DescribeSnapshotsOutput {
|
|
s.Snapshots = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription.
|
|
type DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription.
|
|
type DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Spot Instance data feed subscription.
|
|
SpotDatafeedSubscription *SpotDatafeedSubscription `locationName:"spotDatafeedSubscription" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotDatafeedSubscription sets the SpotDatafeedSubscription field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput) SetSpotDatafeedSubscription(v *SpotDatafeedSubscription) *DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput {
|
|
s.SpotDatafeedSubscription = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeSpotFleetInstances.
|
|
type DescribeSpotFleetInstancesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. Specify a value
|
|
// between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1000. To retrieve the remaining
|
|
// results, make another call with the returned NextToken value.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token for the next set of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Spot Fleet request.
|
|
//
|
|
// SpotFleetRequestId is a required field
|
|
SpotFleetRequestId *string `locationName:"spotFleetRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSpotFleetInstancesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSpotFleetInstancesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotFleetInstancesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeSpotFleetInstancesInput"}
|
|
if s.SpotFleetRequestId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SpotFleetRequestId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotFleetInstancesInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeSpotFleetInstancesInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotFleetInstancesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeSpotFleetInstancesInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotFleetInstancesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeSpotFleetInstancesInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotFleetRequestId sets the SpotFleetRequestId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotFleetInstancesInput) SetSpotFleetRequestId(v string) *DescribeSpotFleetInstancesInput {
|
|
s.SpotFleetRequestId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeSpotFleetInstances.
|
|
type DescribeSpotFleetInstancesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The running instances. Note that this list is refreshed periodically and
|
|
// might be out of date.
|
|
//
|
|
// ActiveInstances is a required field
|
|
ActiveInstances []*ActiveInstance `locationName:"activeInstanceSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The token required to retrieve the next set of results. This value is null
|
|
// when there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Spot Fleet request.
|
|
//
|
|
// SpotFleetRequestId is a required field
|
|
SpotFleetRequestId *string `locationName:"spotFleetRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSpotFleetInstancesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSpotFleetInstancesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetActiveInstances sets the ActiveInstances field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotFleetInstancesOutput) SetActiveInstances(v []*ActiveInstance) *DescribeSpotFleetInstancesOutput {
|
|
s.ActiveInstances = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotFleetInstancesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeSpotFleetInstancesOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotFleetRequestId sets the SpotFleetRequestId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotFleetInstancesOutput) SetSpotFleetRequestId(v string) *DescribeSpotFleetInstancesOutput {
|
|
s.SpotFleetRequestId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory.
|
|
type DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of events to describe. By default, all events are described.
|
|
EventType *string `locationName:"eventType" type:"string" enum:"EventType"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. Specify a value
|
|
// between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1000. To retrieve the remaining
|
|
// results, make another call with the returned NextToken value.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token for the next set of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Spot Fleet request.
|
|
//
|
|
// SpotFleetRequestId is a required field
|
|
SpotFleetRequestId *string `locationName:"spotFleetRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The starting date and time for the events, in UTC format (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ).
|
|
//
|
|
// StartTime is a required field
|
|
StartTime *time.Time `locationName:"startTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryInput"}
|
|
if s.SpotFleetRequestId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SpotFleetRequestId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.StartTime == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("StartTime"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventType sets the EventType field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryInput) SetEventType(v string) *DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryInput {
|
|
s.EventType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotFleetRequestId sets the SpotFleetRequestId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryInput) SetSpotFleetRequestId(v string) *DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryInput {
|
|
s.SpotFleetRequestId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryInput) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryInput {
|
|
s.StartTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory.
|
|
type DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the events in the history of the Spot Fleet request.
|
|
//
|
|
// HistoryRecords is a required field
|
|
HistoryRecords []*HistoryRecord `locationName:"historyRecordSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The last date and time for the events, in UTC format (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ).
|
|
// All records up to this time were retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// If nextToken indicates that there are more results, this value is not present.
|
|
//
|
|
// LastEvaluatedTime is a required field
|
|
LastEvaluatedTime *time.Time `locationName:"lastEvaluatedTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The token required to retrieve the next set of results. This value is null
|
|
// when there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Spot Fleet request.
|
|
//
|
|
// SpotFleetRequestId is a required field
|
|
SpotFleetRequestId *string `locationName:"spotFleetRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The starting date and time for the events, in UTC format (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ).
|
|
//
|
|
// StartTime is a required field
|
|
StartTime *time.Time `locationName:"startTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHistoryRecords sets the HistoryRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryOutput) SetHistoryRecords(v []*HistoryRecord) *DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryOutput {
|
|
s.HistoryRecords = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLastEvaluatedTime sets the LastEvaluatedTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryOutput) SetLastEvaluatedTime(v time.Time) *DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryOutput {
|
|
s.LastEvaluatedTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotFleetRequestId sets the SpotFleetRequestId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryOutput) SetSpotFleetRequestId(v string) *DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryOutput {
|
|
s.SpotFleetRequestId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryOutput) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryOutput {
|
|
s.StartTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeSpotFleetRequests.
|
|
type DescribeSpotFleetRequestsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. Specify a value
|
|
// between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1000. To retrieve the remaining
|
|
// results, make another call with the returned NextToken value.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token for the next set of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of the Spot Fleet requests.
|
|
SpotFleetRequestIds []*string `locationName:"spotFleetRequestId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSpotFleetRequestsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSpotFleetRequestsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotFleetRequestsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeSpotFleetRequestsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotFleetRequestsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeSpotFleetRequestsInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotFleetRequestsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeSpotFleetRequestsInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotFleetRequestIds sets the SpotFleetRequestIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotFleetRequestsInput) SetSpotFleetRequestIds(v []*string) *DescribeSpotFleetRequestsInput {
|
|
s.SpotFleetRequestIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeSpotFleetRequests.
|
|
type DescribeSpotFleetRequestsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The token required to retrieve the next set of results. This value is null
|
|
// when there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the configuration of your Spot Fleet.
|
|
//
|
|
// SpotFleetRequestConfigs is a required field
|
|
SpotFleetRequestConfigs []*SpotFleetRequestConfig `locationName:"spotFleetRequestConfigSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSpotFleetRequestsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSpotFleetRequestsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotFleetRequestsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeSpotFleetRequestsOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotFleetRequestConfigs sets the SpotFleetRequestConfigs field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotFleetRequestsOutput) SetSpotFleetRequestConfigs(v []*SpotFleetRequestConfig) *DescribeSpotFleetRequestsOutput {
|
|
s.SpotFleetRequestConfigs = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeSpotInstanceRequests.
|
|
type DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * availability-zone-group - The Availability Zone group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * create-time - The time stamp when the Spot Instance request was created.
|
|
//
|
|
// * fault-code - The fault code related to the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * fault-message - The fault message related to the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * instance-id - The ID of the instance that fulfilled the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * launch-group - The Spot Instance launch group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * launch.block-device-mapping.delete-on-termination - Indicates whether
|
|
// the EBS volume is deleted on instance termination.
|
|
//
|
|
// * launch.block-device-mapping.device-name - The device name for the volume
|
|
// in the block device mapping (for example, /dev/sdh or xvdh).
|
|
//
|
|
// * launch.block-device-mapping.snapshot-id - The ID of the snapshot for
|
|
// the EBS volume.
|
|
//
|
|
// * launch.block-device-mapping.volume-size - The size of the EBS volume,
|
|
// in GiB.
|
|
//
|
|
// * launch.block-device-mapping.volume-type - The type of EBS volume: gp2
|
|
// for General Purpose SSD, io1 for Provisioned IOPS SSD, st1 for Throughput
|
|
// Optimized HDD, sc1for Cold HDD, or standard for Magnetic.
|
|
//
|
|
// * launch.group-id - The security group for the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * launch.image-id - The ID of the AMI.
|
|
//
|
|
// * launch.instance-type - The type of instance (for example, m3.medium).
|
|
//
|
|
// * launch.kernel-id - The kernel ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// * launch.key-name - The name of the key pair the instance launched with.
|
|
//
|
|
// * launch.monitoring-enabled - Whether detailed monitoring is enabled for
|
|
// the Spot Instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * launch.ramdisk-id - The RAM disk ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// * launched-availability-zone - The Availability Zone in which the request
|
|
// is launched.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.addresses.primary - Indicates whether the IP address
|
|
// is the primary private IP address.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.delete-on-termination - Indicates whether the network
|
|
// interface is deleted when the instance is terminated.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.description - A description of the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.device-index - The index of the device for the network
|
|
// interface attachment on the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.group-id - The ID of the security group associated
|
|
// with the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.network-interface-id - The ID of the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.private-ip-address - The primary private IP address
|
|
// of the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-interface.subnet-id - The ID of the subnet for the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * product-description - The product description associated with the instance
|
|
// (Linux/UNIX | Windows).
|
|
//
|
|
// * spot-instance-request-id - The Spot Instance request ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// * spot-price - The maximum hourly price for any Spot Instance launched
|
|
// to fulfill the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * state - The state of the Spot Instance request (open | active | closed
|
|
// | cancelled | failed). Spot request status information can help you track
|
|
// your Amazon EC2 Spot Instance requests. For more information, see Spot
|
|
// Request Status (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-bid-status.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// * status-code - The short code describing the most recent evaluation of
|
|
// your Spot Instance request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * status-message - The message explaining the status of the Spot Instance
|
|
// request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag:key=value - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource.
|
|
// Specify the key of the tag in the filter name and the value of the tag
|
|
// in the filter value. For example, for the tag Purpose=X, specify tag:Purpose
|
|
// for the filter name and X for the filter value.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is
|
|
// independent of the tag-value filter. For example, if you use both the
|
|
// filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources
|
|
// assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value
|
|
// is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you
|
|
// want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the tag:key=value
|
|
// filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-value - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter
|
|
// is independent of the tag-key filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * type - The type of Spot Instance request (one-time | persistent).
|
|
//
|
|
// * valid-from - The start date of the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * valid-until - The end date of the request.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more Spot Instance request IDs.
|
|
SpotInstanceRequestIds []*string `locationName:"SpotInstanceRequestId" locationNameList:"SpotInstanceRequestId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotInstanceRequestIds sets the SpotInstanceRequestIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsInput) SetSpotInstanceRequestIds(v []*string) *DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsInput {
|
|
s.SpotInstanceRequestIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeSpotInstanceRequests.
|
|
type DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more Spot Instance requests.
|
|
SpotInstanceRequests []*SpotInstanceRequest `locationName:"spotInstanceRequestSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotInstanceRequests sets the SpotInstanceRequests field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsOutput) SetSpotInstanceRequests(v []*SpotInstanceRequest) *DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsOutput {
|
|
s.SpotInstanceRequests = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeSpotPriceHistory.
|
|
type DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Filters the results by the specified Availability Zone.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time, up to the current date, from which to stop retrieving
|
|
// the price history data, in UTC format (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ).
|
|
EndTime *time.Time `locationName:"endTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * availability-zone - The Availability Zone for which prices should be
|
|
// returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// * instance-type - The type of instance (for example, m3.medium).
|
|
//
|
|
// * product-description - The product description for the Spot price (Linux/UNIX
|
|
// | SUSE Linux | Windows | Linux/UNIX (Amazon VPC) | SUSE Linux (Amazon
|
|
// VPC) | Windows (Amazon VPC)).
|
|
//
|
|
// * spot-price - The Spot price. The value must match exactly (or use wildcards;
|
|
// greater than or less than comparison is not supported).
|
|
//
|
|
// * timestamp - The timestamp of the Spot price history, in UTC format (for
|
|
// example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ). You can use wildcards (* and ?). Greater
|
|
// than or less than comparison is not supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Filters the results by the specified instance types.
|
|
InstanceTypes []*string `locationName:"InstanceType" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. Specify a value
|
|
// between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1000. To retrieve the remaining
|
|
// results, make another call with the returned NextToken value.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token for the next set of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Filters the results by the specified basic product descriptions.
|
|
ProductDescriptions []*string `locationName:"ProductDescription" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time, up to the past 90 days, from which to start retrieving
|
|
// the price history data, in UTC format (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ).
|
|
StartTime *time.Time `locationName:"startTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndTime sets the EndTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput) SetEndTime(v time.Time) *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput {
|
|
s.EndTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceTypes sets the InstanceTypes field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput) SetInstanceTypes(v []*string) *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput {
|
|
s.InstanceTypes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProductDescriptions sets the ProductDescriptions field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput) SetProductDescriptions(v []*string) *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput {
|
|
s.ProductDescriptions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput {
|
|
s.StartTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeSpotPriceHistory.
|
|
type DescribeSpotPriceHistoryOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The token required to retrieve the next set of results. This value is an
|
|
// empty string when there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The historical Spot prices.
|
|
SpotPriceHistory []*SpotPrice `locationName:"spotPriceHistorySet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSpotPriceHistoryOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSpotPriceHistoryOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotPriceHistory sets the SpotPriceHistory field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryOutput) SetSpotPriceHistory(v []*SpotPrice) *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryOutput {
|
|
s.SpotPriceHistory = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns
|
|
// a token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of
|
|
// results.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `min:"5" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token for the next set of items to return. (You received this token from
|
|
// a prior call.)
|
|
NextToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpcId is a required field
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsInput"}
|
|
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 5 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 5))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.NextToken != nil && len(*s.NextToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NextToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VpcId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsInput) SetVpcId(v string) *DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsInput {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use when requesting the next set of items. If there are no additional
|
|
// items to return, the string is empty.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the stale security groups.
|
|
StaleSecurityGroupSet []*StaleSecurityGroup `locationName:"staleSecurityGroupSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStaleSecurityGroupSet sets the StaleSecurityGroupSet field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsOutput) SetStaleSecurityGroupSet(v []*StaleSecurityGroup) *DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsOutput {
|
|
s.StaleSecurityGroupSet = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeSubnets.
|
|
type DescribeSubnetsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * availabilityZone - The Availability Zone for the subnet. You can also
|
|
// use availability-zone as the filter name.
|
|
//
|
|
// * available-ip-address-count - The number of IPv4 addresses in the subnet
|
|
// that are available.
|
|
//
|
|
// * cidrBlock - The IPv4 CIDR block of the subnet. The CIDR block you specify
|
|
// must exactly match the subnet's CIDR block for information to be returned
|
|
// for the subnet. You can also use cidr or cidr-block as the filter names.
|
|
//
|
|
// * defaultForAz - Indicates whether this is the default subnet for the
|
|
// Availability Zone. You can also use default-for-az as the filter name.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ipv6-cidr-block-association.ipv6-cidr-block - An IPv6 CIDR block associated
|
|
// with the subnet.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ipv6-cidr-block-association.association-id - An association ID for an
|
|
// IPv6 CIDR block associated with the subnet.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ipv6-cidr-block-association.state - The state of an IPv6 CIDR block
|
|
// associated with the subnet.
|
|
//
|
|
// * state - The state of the subnet (pending | available).
|
|
//
|
|
// * subnet-id - The ID of the subnet.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag:key=value - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource.
|
|
// Specify the key of the tag in the filter name and the value of the tag
|
|
// in the filter value. For example, for the tag Purpose=X, specify tag:Purpose
|
|
// for the filter name and X for the filter value.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is
|
|
// independent of the tag-value filter. For example, if you use both the
|
|
// filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources
|
|
// assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value
|
|
// is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you
|
|
// want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the tag:key=value
|
|
// filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-value - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter
|
|
// is independent of the tag-key filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * vpc-id - The ID of the VPC for the subnet.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more subnet IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Describes all your subnets.
|
|
SubnetIds []*string `locationName:"SubnetId" locationNameList:"SubnetId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSubnetsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSubnetsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSubnetsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeSubnetsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSubnetsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeSubnetsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSubnetsInput) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *DescribeSubnetsInput {
|
|
s.SubnetIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeSubnets.
|
|
type DescribeSubnetsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about one or more subnets.
|
|
Subnets []*Subnet `locationName:"subnetSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSubnetsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSubnetsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnets sets the Subnets field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSubnetsOutput) SetSubnets(v []*Subnet) *DescribeSubnetsOutput {
|
|
s.Subnets = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeTags.
|
|
type DescribeTagsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * key - The tag key.
|
|
//
|
|
// * resource-id - The resource ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// * resource-type - The resource type (customer-gateway | dhcp-options |
|
|
// elastic-ip | fpga-image | image | instance | internet-gateway | launch-template
|
|
// | natgateway | network-acl | network-interface | reserved-instances |
|
|
// route-table | security-group | snapshot | spot-instances-request | subnet
|
|
// | volume | vpc | vpc-peering-connection | vpn-connection | vpn-gateway).
|
|
//
|
|
// * value - The tag value.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. This value can
|
|
// be between 5 and 1000. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call
|
|
// with the returned NextToken value.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to retrieve the next page of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTagsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTagsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTagsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeTagsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTagsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeTagsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTagsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeTagsInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTagsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeTagsInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeTags.
|
|
type DescribeTagsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null
|
|
// when there are no more results to return..
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags.
|
|
Tags []*TagDescription `locationName:"tagSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTagsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTagsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTagsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeTagsOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTagsOutput) SetTags(v []*TagDescription) *DescribeTagsOutput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeVolumeAttribute.
|
|
type DescribeVolumeAttributeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The attribute of the volume. This parameter is required.
|
|
Attribute *string `type:"string" enum:"VolumeAttributeName"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the volume.
|
|
//
|
|
// VolumeId is a required field
|
|
VolumeId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVolumeAttributeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVolumeAttributeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVolumeAttributeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeVolumeAttributeInput"}
|
|
if s.VolumeId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VolumeId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttribute sets the Attribute field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVolumeAttributeInput) SetAttribute(v string) *DescribeVolumeAttributeInput {
|
|
s.Attribute = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVolumeAttributeInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeVolumeAttributeInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeId sets the VolumeId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVolumeAttributeInput) SetVolumeId(v string) *DescribeVolumeAttributeInput {
|
|
s.VolumeId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeVolumeAttribute.
|
|
type DescribeVolumeAttributeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of autoEnableIO attribute.
|
|
AutoEnableIO *AttributeBooleanValue `locationName:"autoEnableIO" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of product codes.
|
|
ProductCodes []*ProductCode `locationName:"productCodes" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the volume.
|
|
VolumeId *string `locationName:"volumeId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVolumeAttributeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVolumeAttributeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAutoEnableIO sets the AutoEnableIO field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVolumeAttributeOutput) SetAutoEnableIO(v *AttributeBooleanValue) *DescribeVolumeAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.AutoEnableIO = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProductCodes sets the ProductCodes field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVolumeAttributeOutput) SetProductCodes(v []*ProductCode) *DescribeVolumeAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.ProductCodes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeId sets the VolumeId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVolumeAttributeOutput) SetVolumeId(v string) *DescribeVolumeAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.VolumeId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeVolumeStatus.
|
|
type DescribeVolumeStatusInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * action.code - The action code for the event (for example, enable-volume-io).
|
|
//
|
|
// * action.description - A description of the action.
|
|
//
|
|
// * action.event-id - The event ID associated with the action.
|
|
//
|
|
// * availability-zone - The Availability Zone of the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * event.description - A description of the event.
|
|
//
|
|
// * event.event-id - The event ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// * event.event-type - The event type (for io-enabled: passed | failed;
|
|
// for io-performance: io-performance:degraded | io-performance:severely-degraded
|
|
// | io-performance:stalled).
|
|
//
|
|
// * event.not-after - The latest end time for the event.
|
|
//
|
|
// * event.not-before - The earliest start time for the event.
|
|
//
|
|
// * volume-status.details-name - The cause for volume-status.status (io-enabled
|
|
// | io-performance).
|
|
//
|
|
// * volume-status.details-status - The status of volume-status.details-name
|
|
// (for io-enabled: passed | failed; for io-performance: normal | degraded
|
|
// | severely-degraded | stalled).
|
|
//
|
|
// * volume-status.status - The status of the volume (ok | impaired | warning
|
|
// | insufficient-data).
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of volume results returned by DescribeVolumeStatus in
|
|
// paginated output. When this parameter is used, the request only returns MaxResults
|
|
// results in a single page along with a NextToken response element. The remaining
|
|
// results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request with
|
|
// the returned NextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 1000; if MaxResults
|
|
// is given a value larger than 1000, only 1000 results are returned. If this
|
|
// parameter is not used, then DescribeVolumeStatus returns all results. You
|
|
// cannot specify this parameter and the volume IDs parameter in the same request.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The NextToken value to include in a future DescribeVolumeStatus request.
|
|
// When the results of the request exceed MaxResults, this value can be used
|
|
// to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when there are no
|
|
// more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more volume IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Describes all your volumes.
|
|
VolumeIds []*string `locationName:"VolumeId" locationNameList:"VolumeId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVolumeStatusInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVolumeStatusInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVolumeStatusInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeVolumeStatusInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVolumeStatusInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeVolumeStatusInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVolumeStatusInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeVolumeStatusInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVolumeStatusInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeVolumeStatusInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeIds sets the VolumeIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVolumeStatusInput) SetVolumeIds(v []*string) *DescribeVolumeStatusInput {
|
|
s.VolumeIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeVolumeStatus.
|
|
type DescribeVolumeStatusOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null
|
|
// when there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of volumes.
|
|
VolumeStatuses []*VolumeStatusItem `locationName:"volumeStatusSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVolumeStatusOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVolumeStatusOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVolumeStatusOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeVolumeStatusOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeStatuses sets the VolumeStatuses field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVolumeStatusOutput) SetVolumeStatuses(v []*VolumeStatusItem) *DescribeVolumeStatusOutput {
|
|
s.VolumeStatuses = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeVolumes.
|
|
type DescribeVolumesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * attachment.attach-time - The time stamp when the attachment initiated.
|
|
//
|
|
// * attachment.delete-on-termination - Whether the volume is deleted on
|
|
// instance termination.
|
|
//
|
|
// * attachment.device - The device name specified in the block device mapping
|
|
// (for example, /dev/sda1).
|
|
//
|
|
// * attachment.instance-id - The ID of the instance the volume is attached
|
|
// to.
|
|
//
|
|
// * attachment.status - The attachment state (attaching | attached | detaching
|
|
// | detached).
|
|
//
|
|
// * availability-zone - The Availability Zone in which the volume was created.
|
|
//
|
|
// * create-time - The time stamp when the volume was created.
|
|
//
|
|
// * encrypted - The encryption status of the volume.
|
|
//
|
|
// * size - The size of the volume, in GiB.
|
|
//
|
|
// * snapshot-id - The snapshot from which the volume was created.
|
|
//
|
|
// * status - The status of the volume (creating | available | in-use | deleting
|
|
// | deleted | error).
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag:key=value - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource.
|
|
// Specify the key of the tag in the filter name and the value of the tag
|
|
// in the filter value. For example, for the tag Purpose=X, specify tag:Purpose
|
|
// for the filter name and X for the filter value.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is
|
|
// independent of the tag-value filter. For example, if you use both the
|
|
// filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources
|
|
// assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value
|
|
// is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you
|
|
// want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the tag:key=value
|
|
// filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-value - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter
|
|
// is independent of the tag-key filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * volume-id - The volume ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// * volume-type - The Amazon EBS volume type. This can be gp2 for General
|
|
// Purpose SSD, io1 for Provisioned IOPS SSD, st1 for Throughput Optimized
|
|
// HDD, sc1 for Cold HDD, or standard for Magnetic volumes.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of volume results returned by DescribeVolumes in paginated
|
|
// output. When this parameter is used, DescribeVolumes only returns MaxResults
|
|
// results in a single page along with a NextToken response element. The remaining
|
|
// results of the initial request can be seen by sending another DescribeVolumes
|
|
// request with the returned NextToken value. This value can be between 5 and
|
|
// 500; if MaxResults is given a value larger than 500, only 500 results are
|
|
// returned. If this parameter is not used, then DescribeVolumes returns all
|
|
// results. You cannot specify this parameter and the volume IDs parameter in
|
|
// the same request.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The NextToken value returned from a previous paginated DescribeVolumes request
|
|
// where MaxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter.
|
|
// Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the
|
|
// NextToken value. This value is null when there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more volume IDs.
|
|
VolumeIds []*string `locationName:"VolumeId" locationNameList:"VolumeId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVolumesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVolumesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVolumesInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeVolumesInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVolumesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeVolumesInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVolumesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeVolumesInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVolumesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeVolumesInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeIds sets the VolumeIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVolumesInput) SetVolumeIds(v []*string) *DescribeVolumesInput {
|
|
s.VolumeIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeVolumesModificationsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters. Supported filters: volume-id, modification-state, target-size,
|
|
// target-iops, target-volume-type, original-size, original-iops, original-volume-type,
|
|
// start-time.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results (up to a limit of 500) to be returned in a
|
|
// paginated request.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The nextToken value returned by a previous paginated request.
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more volume IDs for which in-progress modifications will be described.
|
|
VolumeIds []*string `locationName:"VolumeId" locationNameList:"VolumeId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVolumesModificationsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVolumesModificationsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVolumesModificationsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeVolumesModificationsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVolumesModificationsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeVolumesModificationsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVolumesModificationsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeVolumesModificationsInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVolumesModificationsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeVolumesModificationsInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeIds sets the VolumeIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVolumesModificationsInput) SetVolumeIds(v []*string) *DescribeVolumesModificationsInput {
|
|
s.VolumeIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeVolumesModificationsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Token for pagination, null if there are no more results
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of returned VolumeModification objects.
|
|
VolumesModifications []*VolumeModification `locationName:"volumeModificationSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVolumesModificationsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVolumesModificationsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVolumesModificationsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeVolumesModificationsOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumesModifications sets the VolumesModifications field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVolumesModificationsOutput) SetVolumesModifications(v []*VolumeModification) *DescribeVolumesModificationsOutput {
|
|
s.VolumesModifications = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeVolumes.
|
|
type DescribeVolumesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The NextToken value to include in a future DescribeVolumes request. When
|
|
// the results of a DescribeVolumes request exceed MaxResults, this value can
|
|
// be used to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when there
|
|
// are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the volumes.
|
|
Volumes []*Volume `locationName:"volumeSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVolumesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVolumesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVolumesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeVolumesOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumes sets the Volumes field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVolumesOutput) SetVolumes(v []*Volume) *DescribeVolumesOutput {
|
|
s.Volumes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeVpcAttribute.
|
|
type DescribeVpcAttributeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The VPC attribute.
|
|
//
|
|
// Attribute is a required field
|
|
Attribute *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"VpcAttributeName"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpcId is a required field
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcAttributeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcAttributeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcAttributeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeVpcAttributeInput"}
|
|
if s.Attribute == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Attribute"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VpcId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttribute sets the Attribute field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcAttributeInput) SetAttribute(v string) *DescribeVpcAttributeInput {
|
|
s.Attribute = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcAttributeInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeVpcAttributeInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcAttributeInput) SetVpcId(v string) *DescribeVpcAttributeInput {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeVpcAttribute.
|
|
type DescribeVpcAttributeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the instances launched in the VPC get DNS hostnames. If
|
|
// this attribute is true, instances in the VPC get DNS hostnames; otherwise,
|
|
// they do not.
|
|
EnableDnsHostnames *AttributeBooleanValue `locationName:"enableDnsHostnames" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether DNS resolution is enabled for the VPC. If this attribute
|
|
// is true, the Amazon DNS server resolves DNS hostnames for your instances
|
|
// to their corresponding IP addresses; otherwise, it does not.
|
|
EnableDnsSupport *AttributeBooleanValue `locationName:"enableDnsSupport" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC.
|
|
VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcAttributeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcAttributeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnableDnsHostnames sets the EnableDnsHostnames field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcAttributeOutput) SetEnableDnsHostnames(v *AttributeBooleanValue) *DescribeVpcAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.EnableDnsHostnames = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnableDnsSupport sets the EnableDnsSupport field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcAttributeOutput) SetEnableDnsSupport(v *AttributeBooleanValue) *DescribeVpcAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.EnableDnsSupport = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcAttributeOutput) SetVpcId(v string) *DescribeVpcAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport.
|
|
type DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns
|
|
// a token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of
|
|
// results.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" min:"5" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token for the next set of items to return. (You received this token from
|
|
// a prior call.)
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more VPC IDs.
|
|
VpcIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput"}
|
|
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 5 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 5))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.NextToken != nil && len(*s.NextToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NextToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcIds sets the VpcIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput) SetVpcIds(v []*string) *DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput {
|
|
s.VpcIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport.
|
|
type DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use when requesting the next set of items.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the ClassicLink DNS support status of the VPCs.
|
|
Vpcs []*ClassicLinkDnsSupport `locationName:"vpcs" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcs sets the Vpcs field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput) SetVpcs(v []*ClassicLinkDnsSupport) *DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput {
|
|
s.Vpcs = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeVpcClassicLink.
|
|
type DescribeVpcClassicLinkInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * is-classic-link-enabled - Whether the VPC is enabled for ClassicLink
|
|
// (true | false).
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag:key=value - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource.
|
|
// Specify the key of the tag in the filter name and the value of the tag
|
|
// in the filter value. For example, for the tag Purpose=X, specify tag:Purpose
|
|
// for the filter name and X for the filter value.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is
|
|
// independent of the tag-value filter. For example, if you use both the
|
|
// filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources
|
|
// assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value
|
|
// is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you
|
|
// want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the tag:key=value
|
|
// filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-value - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter
|
|
// is independent of the tag-key filter.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more VPCs for which you want to describe the ClassicLink status.
|
|
VpcIds []*string `locationName:"VpcId" locationNameList:"VpcId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcClassicLinkInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcClassicLinkInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcClassicLinkInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeVpcClassicLinkInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcClassicLinkInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeVpcClassicLinkInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcIds sets the VpcIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcClassicLinkInput) SetVpcIds(v []*string) *DescribeVpcClassicLinkInput {
|
|
s.VpcIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeVpcClassicLink.
|
|
type DescribeVpcClassicLinkOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ClassicLink status of one or more VPCs.
|
|
Vpcs []*VpcClassicLink `locationName:"vpcSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcClassicLinkOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcClassicLinkOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcs sets the Vpcs field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcClassicLinkOutput) SetVpcs(v []*VpcClassicLink) *DescribeVpcClassicLinkOutput {
|
|
s.Vpcs = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the notification.
|
|
ConnectionNotificationId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * connection-notification-arn - The ARN of SNS topic for the notification.
|
|
//
|
|
// * connection-notification-id - The ID of the notification.
|
|
//
|
|
// * connection-notification-state - The state of the notification (Enabled
|
|
// | Disabled).
|
|
//
|
|
// * connection-notification-type - The type of notification (Topic).
|
|
//
|
|
// * service-id - The ID of the endpoint service.
|
|
//
|
|
// * vpc-endpoint-id - The ID of the VPC endpoint.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
|
|
// remaining results, make another request with the returned NextToken value.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to request the next page of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetConnectionNotificationId sets the ConnectionNotificationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput) SetConnectionNotificationId(v string) *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput {
|
|
s.ConnectionNotificationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more notifications.
|
|
ConnectionNotificationSet []*ConnectionNotification `locationName:"connectionNotificationSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null
|
|
// when there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetConnectionNotificationSet sets the ConnectionNotificationSet field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsOutput) SetConnectionNotificationSet(v []*ConnectionNotification) *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsOutput {
|
|
s.ConnectionNotificationSet = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * service-id - The ID of the service.
|
|
//
|
|
// * vpc-endpoint-owner - The AWS account number of the owner of the endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// * vpc-endpoint-state - The state of the endpoint (pendingAcceptance |
|
|
// pending | available | deleting | deleted | rejected | failed).
|
|
//
|
|
// * vpc-endpoint-id - The ID of the endpoint.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page.
|
|
// The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another
|
|
// request with the returned NextToken value. This value can be between 5 and
|
|
// 1000; if MaxResults is given a value larger than 1000, only 1000 results
|
|
// are returned.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to retrieve the next page of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null
|
|
// when there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about one or more VPC endpoint connections.
|
|
VpcEndpointConnections []*VpcEndpointConnection `locationName:"vpcEndpointConnectionSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcEndpointConnections sets the VpcEndpointConnections field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput) SetVpcEndpointConnections(v []*VpcEndpointConnection) *DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput {
|
|
s.VpcEndpointConnections = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * service-name - The name of the service.
|
|
//
|
|
// * service-id - The ID of the service.
|
|
//
|
|
// * service-state - The state of the service (Pending | Available | Deleting
|
|
// | Deleted | Failed).
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page.
|
|
// The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another
|
|
// request with the returned NextToken value. This value can be between 5 and
|
|
// 1000; if MaxResults is given a value larger than 1000, only 1000 results
|
|
// are returned.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to retrieve the next page of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of one or more services.
|
|
ServiceIds []*string `locationName:"ServiceId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServiceIds sets the ServiceIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput) SetServiceIds(v []*string) *DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput {
|
|
s.ServiceIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null
|
|
// when there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about one or more services.
|
|
ServiceConfigurations []*ServiceConfiguration `locationName:"serviceConfigurationSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServiceConfigurations sets the ServiceConfigurations field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsOutput) SetServiceConfigurations(v []*ServiceConfiguration) *DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsOutput {
|
|
s.ServiceConfigurations = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * principal - The ARN of the principal.
|
|
//
|
|
// * principal-type - The principal type (All | Service | OrganizationUnit
|
|
// | Account | User | Role).
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page.
|
|
// The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another
|
|
// request with the returned NextToken value. This value can be between 5 and
|
|
// 1000; if MaxResults is given a value larger than 1000, only 1000 results
|
|
// are returned.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to retrieve the next page of results.
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the service.
|
|
//
|
|
// ServiceId is a required field
|
|
ServiceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput"}
|
|
if s.ServiceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ServiceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServiceId sets the ServiceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput) SetServiceId(v string) *DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput {
|
|
s.ServiceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about one or more allowed principals.
|
|
AllowedPrincipals []*AllowedPrincipal `locationName:"allowedPrincipals" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null
|
|
// when there are no more results to return.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllowedPrincipals sets the AllowedPrincipals field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsOutput) SetAllowedPrincipals(v []*AllowedPrincipal) *DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsOutput {
|
|
s.AllowedPrincipals = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeVpcEndpointServices.
|
|
type DescribeVpcEndpointServicesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * service-name: The name of the service.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns
|
|
// a token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of
|
|
// results.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: If the value is greater than 1000, we return only 1000 items.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token for the next set of items to return. (You received this token from
|
|
// a prior call.)
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more service names.
|
|
ServiceNames []*string `locationName:"ServiceName" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcEndpointServicesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcEndpointServicesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointServicesInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeVpcEndpointServicesInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointServicesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeVpcEndpointServicesInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointServicesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeVpcEndpointServicesInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointServicesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeVpcEndpointServicesInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServiceNames sets the ServiceNames field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointServicesInput) SetServiceNames(v []*string) *DescribeVpcEndpointServicesInput {
|
|
s.ServiceNames = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeVpcEndpointServices.
|
|
type DescribeVpcEndpointServicesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use when requesting the next set of items. If there are no additional
|
|
// items to return, the string is empty.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the service.
|
|
ServiceDetails []*ServiceDetail `locationName:"serviceDetailSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of supported services.
|
|
ServiceNames []*string `locationName:"serviceNameSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcEndpointServicesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcEndpointServicesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointServicesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeVpcEndpointServicesOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServiceDetails sets the ServiceDetails field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointServicesOutput) SetServiceDetails(v []*ServiceDetail) *DescribeVpcEndpointServicesOutput {
|
|
s.ServiceDetails = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServiceNames sets the ServiceNames field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointServicesOutput) SetServiceNames(v []*string) *DescribeVpcEndpointServicesOutput {
|
|
s.ServiceNames = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeVpcEndpoints.
|
|
type DescribeVpcEndpointsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * service-name: The name of the service.
|
|
//
|
|
// * vpc-id: The ID of the VPC in which the endpoint resides.
|
|
//
|
|
// * vpc-endpoint-id: The ID of the endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// * vpc-endpoint-state: The state of the endpoint. (pending | available
|
|
// | deleting | deleted)
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns
|
|
// a token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of
|
|
// results.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: If the value is greater than 1000, we return only 1000 items.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The token for the next set of items to return. (You received this token from
|
|
// a prior call.)
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more endpoint IDs.
|
|
VpcEndpointIds []*string `locationName:"VpcEndpointId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcEndpointsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcEndpointsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeVpcEndpointsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeVpcEndpointsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeVpcEndpointsInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeVpcEndpointsInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcEndpointIds sets the VpcEndpointIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointsInput) SetVpcEndpointIds(v []*string) *DescribeVpcEndpointsInput {
|
|
s.VpcEndpointIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeVpcEndpoints.
|
|
type DescribeVpcEndpointsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to use when requesting the next set of items. If there are no additional
|
|
// items to return, the string is empty.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the endpoints.
|
|
VpcEndpoints []*VpcEndpoint `locationName:"vpcEndpointSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcEndpointsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcEndpointsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeVpcEndpointsOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcEndpoints sets the VpcEndpoints field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcEndpointsOutput) SetVpcEndpoints(v []*VpcEndpoint) *DescribeVpcEndpointsOutput {
|
|
s.VpcEndpoints = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeVpcPeeringConnections.
|
|
type DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * accepter-vpc-info.cidr-block - The IPv4 CIDR block of the accepter VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * accepter-vpc-info.owner-id - The AWS account ID of the owner of the
|
|
// accepter VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * accepter-vpc-info.vpc-id - The ID of the accepter VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * expiration-time - The expiration date and time for the VPC peering connection.
|
|
//
|
|
// * requester-vpc-info.cidr-block - The IPv4 CIDR block of the requester's
|
|
// VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * requester-vpc-info.owner-id - The AWS account ID of the owner of the
|
|
// requester VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * requester-vpc-info.vpc-id - The ID of the requester VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * status-code - The status of the VPC peering connection (pending-acceptance
|
|
// | failed | expired | provisioning | active | deleting | deleted | rejected).
|
|
//
|
|
// * status-message - A message that provides more information about the
|
|
// status of the VPC peering connection, if applicable.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag:key=value - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource.
|
|
// Specify the key of the tag in the filter name and the value of the tag
|
|
// in the filter value. For example, for the tag Purpose=X, specify tag:Purpose
|
|
// for the filter name and X for the filter value.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is
|
|
// independent of the tag-value filter. For example, if you use both the
|
|
// filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources
|
|
// assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value
|
|
// is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you
|
|
// want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the tag:key=value
|
|
// filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-value - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter
|
|
// is independent of the tag-key filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * vpc-peering-connection-id - The ID of the VPC peering connection.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more VPC peering connection IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Describes all your VPC peering connections.
|
|
VpcPeeringConnectionIds []*string `locationName:"VpcPeeringConnectionId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcPeeringConnectionIds sets the VpcPeeringConnectionIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsInput) SetVpcPeeringConnectionIds(v []*string) *DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsInput {
|
|
s.VpcPeeringConnectionIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeVpcPeeringConnections.
|
|
type DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the VPC peering connections.
|
|
VpcPeeringConnections []*VpcPeeringConnection `locationName:"vpcPeeringConnectionSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcPeeringConnections sets the VpcPeeringConnections field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsOutput) SetVpcPeeringConnections(v []*VpcPeeringConnection) *DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsOutput {
|
|
s.VpcPeeringConnections = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeVpcs.
|
|
type DescribeVpcsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * cidr - The primary IPv4 CIDR block of the VPC. The CIDR block you specify
|
|
// must exactly match the VPC's CIDR block for information to be returned
|
|
// for the VPC. Must contain the slash followed by one or two digits (for
|
|
// example, /28).
|
|
//
|
|
// * cidr-block-association.cidr-block - An IPv4 CIDR block associated with
|
|
// the VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * cidr-block-association.association-id - The association ID for an IPv4
|
|
// CIDR block associated with the VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * cidr-block-association.state - The state of an IPv4 CIDR block associated
|
|
// with the VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * dhcp-options-id - The ID of a set of DHCP options.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ipv6-cidr-block-association.ipv6-cidr-block - An IPv6 CIDR block associated
|
|
// with the VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ipv6-cidr-block-association.association-id - The association ID for
|
|
// an IPv6 CIDR block associated with the VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ipv6-cidr-block-association.state - The state of an IPv6 CIDR block
|
|
// associated with the VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * isDefault - Indicates whether the VPC is the default VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * state - The state of the VPC (pending | available).
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag:key=value - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource.
|
|
// Specify the key of the tag in the filter name and the value of the tag
|
|
// in the filter value. For example, for the tag Purpose=X, specify tag:Purpose
|
|
// for the filter name and X for the filter value.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is
|
|
// independent of the tag-value filter. For example, if you use both the
|
|
// filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources
|
|
// assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value
|
|
// is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you
|
|
// want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the tag:key=value
|
|
// filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-value - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter
|
|
// is independent of the tag-key filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * vpc-id - The ID of the VPC.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more VPC IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Describes all your VPCs.
|
|
VpcIds []*string `locationName:"VpcId" locationNameList:"VpcId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeVpcsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeVpcsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcIds sets the VpcIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcsInput) SetVpcIds(v []*string) *DescribeVpcsInput {
|
|
s.VpcIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeVpcs.
|
|
type DescribeVpcsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about one or more VPCs.
|
|
Vpcs []*Vpc `locationName:"vpcSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpcsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcs sets the Vpcs field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpcsOutput) SetVpcs(v []*Vpc) *DescribeVpcsOutput {
|
|
s.Vpcs = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeVpnConnections.
|
|
type DescribeVpnConnectionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * customer-gateway-configuration - The configuration information for the
|
|
// customer gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// * customer-gateway-id - The ID of a customer gateway associated with the
|
|
// VPN connection.
|
|
//
|
|
// * state - The state of the VPN connection (pending | available | deleting
|
|
// | deleted).
|
|
//
|
|
// * option.static-routes-only - Indicates whether the connection has static
|
|
// routes only. Used for devices that do not support Border Gateway Protocol
|
|
// (BGP).
|
|
//
|
|
// * route.destination-cidr-block - The destination CIDR block. This corresponds
|
|
// to the subnet used in a customer data center.
|
|
//
|
|
// * bgp-asn - The BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN) associated with a BGP
|
|
// device.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag:key=value - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource.
|
|
// Specify the key of the tag in the filter name and the value of the tag
|
|
// in the filter value. For example, for the tag Purpose=X, specify tag:Purpose
|
|
// for the filter name and X for the filter value.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is
|
|
// independent of the tag-value filter. For example, if you use both the
|
|
// filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources
|
|
// assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value
|
|
// is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you
|
|
// want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the tag:key=value
|
|
// filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-value - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter
|
|
// is independent of the tag-key filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * type - The type of VPN connection. Currently the only supported type
|
|
// is ipsec.1.
|
|
//
|
|
// * vpn-connection-id - The ID of the VPN connection.
|
|
//
|
|
// * vpn-gateway-id - The ID of a virtual private gateway associated with
|
|
// the VPN connection.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more VPN connection IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Describes your VPN connections.
|
|
VpnConnectionIds []*string `locationName:"VpnConnectionId" locationNameList:"VpnConnectionId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpnConnectionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpnConnectionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpnConnectionsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeVpnConnectionsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpnConnectionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeVpnConnectionsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpnConnectionIds sets the VpnConnectionIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpnConnectionsInput) SetVpnConnectionIds(v []*string) *DescribeVpnConnectionsInput {
|
|
s.VpnConnectionIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeVpnConnections.
|
|
type DescribeVpnConnectionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about one or more VPN connections.
|
|
VpnConnections []*VpnConnection `locationName:"vpnConnectionSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpnConnectionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpnConnectionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpnConnections sets the VpnConnections field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpnConnectionsOutput) SetVpnConnections(v []*VpnConnection) *DescribeVpnConnectionsOutput {
|
|
s.VpnConnections = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DescribeVpnGateways.
|
|
type DescribeVpnGatewaysInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * amazon-side-asn - The Autonomous System Number (ASN) for the Amazon
|
|
// side of the gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// * attachment.state - The current state of the attachment between the gateway
|
|
// and the VPC (attaching | attached | detaching | detached).
|
|
//
|
|
// * attachment.vpc-id - The ID of an attached VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * availability-zone - The Availability Zone for the virtual private gateway
|
|
// (if applicable).
|
|
//
|
|
// * state - The state of the virtual private gateway (pending | available
|
|
// | deleting | deleted).
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag:key=value - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource.
|
|
// Specify the key of the tag in the filter name and the value of the tag
|
|
// in the filter value. For example, for the tag Purpose=X, specify tag:Purpose
|
|
// for the filter name and X for the filter value.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is
|
|
// independent of the tag-value filter. For example, if you use both the
|
|
// filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources
|
|
// assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value
|
|
// is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you
|
|
// want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the tag:key=value
|
|
// filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * tag-value - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter
|
|
// is independent of the tag-key filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * type - The type of virtual private gateway. Currently the only supported
|
|
// type is ipsec.1.
|
|
//
|
|
// * vpn-gateway-id - The ID of the virtual private gateway.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more virtual private gateway IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Describes all your virtual private gateways.
|
|
VpnGatewayIds []*string `locationName:"VpnGatewayId" locationNameList:"VpnGatewayId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpnGatewaysInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpnGatewaysInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpnGatewaysInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeVpnGatewaysInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpnGatewaysInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeVpnGatewaysInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpnGatewayIds sets the VpnGatewayIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpnGatewaysInput) SetVpnGatewayIds(v []*string) *DescribeVpnGatewaysInput {
|
|
s.VpnGatewayIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DescribeVpnGateways.
|
|
type DescribeVpnGatewaysOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about one or more virtual private gateways.
|
|
VpnGateways []*VpnGateway `locationName:"vpnGatewaySet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpnGatewaysOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVpnGatewaysOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpnGateways sets the VpnGateways field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVpnGatewaysOutput) SetVpnGateways(v []*VpnGateway) *DescribeVpnGatewaysOutput {
|
|
s.VpnGateways = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DetachClassicLinkVpc.
|
|
type DetachClassicLinkVpcInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance to unlink from the VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// InstanceId is a required field
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC to which the instance is linked.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpcId is a required field
|
|
VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DetachClassicLinkVpcInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DetachClassicLinkVpcInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DetachClassicLinkVpcInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DetachClassicLinkVpcInput"}
|
|
if s.InstanceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VpcId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DetachClassicLinkVpcInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DetachClassicLinkVpcInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DetachClassicLinkVpcInput) SetInstanceId(v string) *DetachClassicLinkVpcInput {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DetachClassicLinkVpcInput) SetVpcId(v string) *DetachClassicLinkVpcInput {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DetachClassicLinkVpc.
|
|
type DetachClassicLinkVpcOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
|
|
Return *bool `locationName:"return" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DetachClassicLinkVpcOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DetachClassicLinkVpcOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReturn sets the Return field's value.
|
|
func (s *DetachClassicLinkVpcOutput) SetReturn(v bool) *DetachClassicLinkVpcOutput {
|
|
s.Return = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DetachInternetGateway.
|
|
type DetachInternetGatewayInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Internet gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// InternetGatewayId is a required field
|
|
InternetGatewayId *string `locationName:"internetGatewayId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpcId is a required field
|
|
VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DetachInternetGatewayInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DetachInternetGatewayInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DetachInternetGatewayInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DetachInternetGatewayInput"}
|
|
if s.InternetGatewayId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InternetGatewayId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VpcId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DetachInternetGatewayInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DetachInternetGatewayInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInternetGatewayId sets the InternetGatewayId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DetachInternetGatewayInput) SetInternetGatewayId(v string) *DetachInternetGatewayInput {
|
|
s.InternetGatewayId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DetachInternetGatewayInput) SetVpcId(v string) *DetachInternetGatewayInput {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DetachInternetGatewayOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DetachInternetGatewayOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DetachInternetGatewayOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DetachNetworkInterface.
|
|
type DetachNetworkInterfaceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the attachment.
|
|
//
|
|
// AttachmentId is a required field
|
|
AttachmentId *string `locationName:"attachmentId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether to force a detachment.
|
|
Force *bool `locationName:"force" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DetachNetworkInterfaceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DetachNetworkInterfaceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DetachNetworkInterfaceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DetachNetworkInterfaceInput"}
|
|
if s.AttachmentId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AttachmentId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttachmentId sets the AttachmentId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DetachNetworkInterfaceInput) SetAttachmentId(v string) *DetachNetworkInterfaceInput {
|
|
s.AttachmentId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DetachNetworkInterfaceInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DetachNetworkInterfaceInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetForce sets the Force field's value.
|
|
func (s *DetachNetworkInterfaceInput) SetForce(v bool) *DetachNetworkInterfaceInput {
|
|
s.Force = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DetachNetworkInterfaceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DetachNetworkInterfaceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DetachNetworkInterfaceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DetachVolume.
|
|
type DetachVolumeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The device name.
|
|
Device *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Forces detachment if the previous detachment attempt did not occur cleanly
|
|
// (for example, logging into an instance, unmounting the volume, and detaching
|
|
// normally). This option can lead to data loss or a corrupted file system.
|
|
// Use this option only as a last resort to detach a volume from a failed instance.
|
|
// The instance won't have an opportunity to flush file system caches or file
|
|
// system metadata. If you use this option, you must perform file system check
|
|
// and repair procedures.
|
|
Force *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance.
|
|
InstanceId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the volume.
|
|
//
|
|
// VolumeId is a required field
|
|
VolumeId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DetachVolumeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DetachVolumeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DetachVolumeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DetachVolumeInput"}
|
|
if s.VolumeId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VolumeId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDevice sets the Device field's value.
|
|
func (s *DetachVolumeInput) SetDevice(v string) *DetachVolumeInput {
|
|
s.Device = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DetachVolumeInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DetachVolumeInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetForce sets the Force field's value.
|
|
func (s *DetachVolumeInput) SetForce(v bool) *DetachVolumeInput {
|
|
s.Force = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DetachVolumeInput) SetInstanceId(v string) *DetachVolumeInput {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeId sets the VolumeId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DetachVolumeInput) SetVolumeId(v string) *DetachVolumeInput {
|
|
s.VolumeId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DetachVpnGateway.
|
|
type DetachVpnGatewayInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpcId is a required field
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the virtual private gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpnGatewayId is a required field
|
|
VpnGatewayId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DetachVpnGatewayInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DetachVpnGatewayInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DetachVpnGatewayInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DetachVpnGatewayInput"}
|
|
if s.VpcId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VpnGatewayId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpnGatewayId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DetachVpnGatewayInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DetachVpnGatewayInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DetachVpnGatewayInput) SetVpcId(v string) *DetachVpnGatewayInput {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpnGatewayId sets the VpnGatewayId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DetachVpnGatewayInput) SetVpnGatewayId(v string) *DetachVpnGatewayInput {
|
|
s.VpnGatewayId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DetachVpnGatewayOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DetachVpnGatewayOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DetachVpnGatewayOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a DHCP configuration option.
|
|
type DhcpConfiguration struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of a DHCP option.
|
|
Key *string `locationName:"key" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more values for the DHCP option.
|
|
Values []*AttributeValue `locationName:"valueSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DhcpConfiguration) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DhcpConfiguration) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
|
|
func (s *DhcpConfiguration) SetKey(v string) *DhcpConfiguration {
|
|
s.Key = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValues sets the Values field's value.
|
|
func (s *DhcpConfiguration) SetValues(v []*AttributeValue) *DhcpConfiguration {
|
|
s.Values = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a set of DHCP options.
|
|
type DhcpOptions struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more DHCP options in the set.
|
|
DhcpConfigurations []*DhcpConfiguration `locationName:"dhcpConfigurationSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the set of DHCP options.
|
|
DhcpOptionsId *string `locationName:"dhcpOptionsId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Any tags assigned to the DHCP options set.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tagSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DhcpOptions) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DhcpOptions) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDhcpConfigurations sets the DhcpConfigurations field's value.
|
|
func (s *DhcpOptions) SetDhcpConfigurations(v []*DhcpConfiguration) *DhcpOptions {
|
|
s.DhcpConfigurations = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDhcpOptionsId sets the DhcpOptionsId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DhcpOptions) SetDhcpOptionsId(v string) *DhcpOptions {
|
|
s.DhcpOptionsId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *DhcpOptions) SetTags(v []*Tag) *DhcpOptions {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DisableVgwRoutePropagation.
|
|
type DisableVgwRoutePropagationInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the virtual private gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// GatewayId is a required field
|
|
GatewayId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the route table.
|
|
//
|
|
// RouteTableId is a required field
|
|
RouteTableId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisableVgwRoutePropagationInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisableVgwRoutePropagationInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DisableVgwRoutePropagationInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DisableVgwRoutePropagationInput"}
|
|
if s.GatewayId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GatewayId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RouteTableId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RouteTableId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGatewayId sets the GatewayId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DisableVgwRoutePropagationInput) SetGatewayId(v string) *DisableVgwRoutePropagationInput {
|
|
s.GatewayId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRouteTableId sets the RouteTableId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DisableVgwRoutePropagationInput) SetRouteTableId(v string) *DisableVgwRoutePropagationInput {
|
|
s.RouteTableId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DisableVgwRoutePropagationOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisableVgwRoutePropagationOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisableVgwRoutePropagationOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport.
|
|
type DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC.
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput) SetVpcId(v string) *DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport.
|
|
type DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
|
|
Return *bool `locationName:"return" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReturn sets the Return field's value.
|
|
func (s *DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput) SetReturn(v bool) *DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput {
|
|
s.Return = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DisableVpcClassicLink.
|
|
type DisableVpcClassicLinkInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpcId is a required field
|
|
VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisableVpcClassicLinkInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisableVpcClassicLinkInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DisableVpcClassicLinkInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DisableVpcClassicLinkInput"}
|
|
if s.VpcId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DisableVpcClassicLinkInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DisableVpcClassicLinkInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DisableVpcClassicLinkInput) SetVpcId(v string) *DisableVpcClassicLinkInput {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of DisableVpcClassicLink.
|
|
type DisableVpcClassicLinkOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
|
|
Return *bool `locationName:"return" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisableVpcClassicLinkOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisableVpcClassicLinkOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReturn sets the Return field's value.
|
|
func (s *DisableVpcClassicLinkOutput) SetReturn(v bool) *DisableVpcClassicLinkOutput {
|
|
s.Return = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DisassociateAddress.
|
|
type DisassociateAddressInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-VPC] The association ID. Required for EC2-VPC.
|
|
AssociationId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-Classic] The Elastic IP address. Required for EC2-Classic.
|
|
PublicIp *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisassociateAddressInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisassociateAddressInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssociationId sets the AssociationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DisassociateAddressInput) SetAssociationId(v string) *DisassociateAddressInput {
|
|
s.AssociationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DisassociateAddressInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DisassociateAddressInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPublicIp sets the PublicIp field's value.
|
|
func (s *DisassociateAddressInput) SetPublicIp(v string) *DisassociateAddressInput {
|
|
s.PublicIp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DisassociateAddressOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisassociateAddressOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisassociateAddressOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DisassociateIamInstanceProfileInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the IAM instance profile association.
|
|
//
|
|
// AssociationId is a required field
|
|
AssociationId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisassociateIamInstanceProfileInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisassociateIamInstanceProfileInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DisassociateIamInstanceProfileInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DisassociateIamInstanceProfileInput"}
|
|
if s.AssociationId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AssociationId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssociationId sets the AssociationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DisassociateIamInstanceProfileInput) SetAssociationId(v string) *DisassociateIamInstanceProfileInput {
|
|
s.AssociationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DisassociateIamInstanceProfileOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the IAM instance profile association.
|
|
IamInstanceProfileAssociation *IamInstanceProfileAssociation `locationName:"iamInstanceProfileAssociation" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisassociateIamInstanceProfileOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisassociateIamInstanceProfileOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIamInstanceProfileAssociation sets the IamInstanceProfileAssociation field's value.
|
|
func (s *DisassociateIamInstanceProfileOutput) SetIamInstanceProfileAssociation(v *IamInstanceProfileAssociation) *DisassociateIamInstanceProfileOutput {
|
|
s.IamInstanceProfileAssociation = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for DisassociateRouteTable.
|
|
type DisassociateRouteTableInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The association ID representing the current association between the route
|
|
// table and subnet.
|
|
//
|
|
// AssociationId is a required field
|
|
AssociationId *string `locationName:"associationId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisassociateRouteTableInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisassociateRouteTableInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DisassociateRouteTableInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DisassociateRouteTableInput"}
|
|
if s.AssociationId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AssociationId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssociationId sets the AssociationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DisassociateRouteTableInput) SetAssociationId(v string) *DisassociateRouteTableInput {
|
|
s.AssociationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *DisassociateRouteTableInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DisassociateRouteTableInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DisassociateRouteTableOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisassociateRouteTableOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisassociateRouteTableOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The association ID for the CIDR block.
|
|
//
|
|
// AssociationId is a required field
|
|
AssociationId *string `locationName:"associationId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockInput"}
|
|
if s.AssociationId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AssociationId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssociationId sets the AssociationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockInput) SetAssociationId(v string) *DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockInput {
|
|
s.AssociationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the IPv6 CIDR block association.
|
|
Ipv6CidrBlockAssociation *SubnetIpv6CidrBlockAssociation `locationName:"ipv6CidrBlockAssociation" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the subnet.
|
|
SubnetId *string `locationName:"subnetId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6CidrBlockAssociation sets the Ipv6CidrBlockAssociation field's value.
|
|
func (s *DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockOutput) SetIpv6CidrBlockAssociation(v *SubnetIpv6CidrBlockAssociation) *DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockOutput {
|
|
s.Ipv6CidrBlockAssociation = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockOutput) SetSubnetId(v string) *DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockOutput {
|
|
s.SubnetId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DisassociateVpcCidrBlockInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The association ID for the CIDR block.
|
|
//
|
|
// AssociationId is a required field
|
|
AssociationId *string `locationName:"associationId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisassociateVpcCidrBlockInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisassociateVpcCidrBlockInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DisassociateVpcCidrBlockInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DisassociateVpcCidrBlockInput"}
|
|
if s.AssociationId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AssociationId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssociationId sets the AssociationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DisassociateVpcCidrBlockInput) SetAssociationId(v string) *DisassociateVpcCidrBlockInput {
|
|
s.AssociationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DisassociateVpcCidrBlockOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the IPv4 CIDR block association.
|
|
CidrBlockAssociation *VpcCidrBlockAssociation `locationName:"cidrBlockAssociation" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the IPv6 CIDR block association.
|
|
Ipv6CidrBlockAssociation *VpcIpv6CidrBlockAssociation `locationName:"ipv6CidrBlockAssociation" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC.
|
|
VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisassociateVpcCidrBlockOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisassociateVpcCidrBlockOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCidrBlockAssociation sets the CidrBlockAssociation field's value.
|
|
func (s *DisassociateVpcCidrBlockOutput) SetCidrBlockAssociation(v *VpcCidrBlockAssociation) *DisassociateVpcCidrBlockOutput {
|
|
s.CidrBlockAssociation = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6CidrBlockAssociation sets the Ipv6CidrBlockAssociation field's value.
|
|
func (s *DisassociateVpcCidrBlockOutput) SetIpv6CidrBlockAssociation(v *VpcIpv6CidrBlockAssociation) *DisassociateVpcCidrBlockOutput {
|
|
s.Ipv6CidrBlockAssociation = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DisassociateVpcCidrBlockOutput) SetVpcId(v string) *DisassociateVpcCidrBlockOutput {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a disk image.
|
|
type DiskImage struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A description of the disk image.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the disk image.
|
|
Image *DiskImageDetail `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the volume.
|
|
Volume *VolumeDetail `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DiskImage) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DiskImage) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DiskImage) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DiskImage"}
|
|
if s.Image != nil {
|
|
if err := s.Image.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("Image", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Volume != nil {
|
|
if err := s.Volume.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("Volume", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *DiskImage) SetDescription(v string) *DiskImage {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImage sets the Image field's value.
|
|
func (s *DiskImage) SetImage(v *DiskImageDetail) *DiskImage {
|
|
s.Image = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolume sets the Volume field's value.
|
|
func (s *DiskImage) SetVolume(v *VolumeDetail) *DiskImage {
|
|
s.Volume = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a disk image.
|
|
type DiskImageDescription struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The checksum computed for the disk image.
|
|
Checksum *string `locationName:"checksum" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The disk image format.
|
|
//
|
|
// Format is a required field
|
|
Format *string `locationName:"format" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DiskImageFormat"`
|
|
|
|
// A presigned URL for the import manifest stored in Amazon S3. For information
|
|
// about creating a presigned URL for an Amazon S3 object, read the "Query String
|
|
// Request Authentication Alternative" section of the Authenticating REST Requests
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html)
|
|
// topic in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// For information about the import manifest referenced by this API action,
|
|
// see VM Import Manifest (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/manifest.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// ImportManifestUrl is a required field
|
|
ImportManifestUrl *string `locationName:"importManifestUrl" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The size of the disk image, in GiB.
|
|
//
|
|
// Size is a required field
|
|
Size *int64 `locationName:"size" type:"long" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DiskImageDescription) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DiskImageDescription) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetChecksum sets the Checksum field's value.
|
|
func (s *DiskImageDescription) SetChecksum(v string) *DiskImageDescription {
|
|
s.Checksum = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFormat sets the Format field's value.
|
|
func (s *DiskImageDescription) SetFormat(v string) *DiskImageDescription {
|
|
s.Format = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImportManifestUrl sets the ImportManifestUrl field's value.
|
|
func (s *DiskImageDescription) SetImportManifestUrl(v string) *DiskImageDescription {
|
|
s.ImportManifestUrl = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSize sets the Size field's value.
|
|
func (s *DiskImageDescription) SetSize(v int64) *DiskImageDescription {
|
|
s.Size = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a disk image.
|
|
type DiskImageDetail struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The size of the disk image, in GiB.
|
|
//
|
|
// Bytes is a required field
|
|
Bytes *int64 `locationName:"bytes" type:"long" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The disk image format.
|
|
//
|
|
// Format is a required field
|
|
Format *string `locationName:"format" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DiskImageFormat"`
|
|
|
|
// A presigned URL for the import manifest stored in Amazon S3 and presented
|
|
// here as an Amazon S3 presigned URL. For information about creating a presigned
|
|
// URL for an Amazon S3 object, read the "Query String Request Authentication
|
|
// Alternative" section of the Authenticating REST Requests (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html)
|
|
// topic in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// For information about the import manifest referenced by this API action,
|
|
// see VM Import Manifest (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/manifest.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// ImportManifestUrl is a required field
|
|
ImportManifestUrl *string `locationName:"importManifestUrl" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DiskImageDetail) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DiskImageDetail) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DiskImageDetail) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DiskImageDetail"}
|
|
if s.Bytes == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bytes"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Format == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Format"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ImportManifestUrl == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ImportManifestUrl"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBytes sets the Bytes field's value.
|
|
func (s *DiskImageDetail) SetBytes(v int64) *DiskImageDetail {
|
|
s.Bytes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFormat sets the Format field's value.
|
|
func (s *DiskImageDetail) SetFormat(v string) *DiskImageDetail {
|
|
s.Format = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImportManifestUrl sets the ImportManifestUrl field's value.
|
|
func (s *DiskImageDetail) SetImportManifestUrl(v string) *DiskImageDetail {
|
|
s.ImportManifestUrl = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a disk image volume.
|
|
type DiskImageVolumeDescription struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The volume identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// Id is a required field
|
|
Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The size of the volume, in GiB.
|
|
Size *int64 `locationName:"size" type:"long"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DiskImageVolumeDescription) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DiskImageVolumeDescription) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
|
|
func (s *DiskImageVolumeDescription) SetId(v string) *DiskImageVolumeDescription {
|
|
s.Id = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSize sets the Size field's value.
|
|
func (s *DiskImageVolumeDescription) SetSize(v int64) *DiskImageVolumeDescription {
|
|
s.Size = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a DNS entry.
|
|
type DnsEntry struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The DNS name.
|
|
DnsName *string `locationName:"dnsName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the private hosted zone.
|
|
HostedZoneId *string `locationName:"hostedZoneId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DnsEntry) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DnsEntry) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDnsName sets the DnsName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DnsEntry) SetDnsName(v string) *DnsEntry {
|
|
s.DnsName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHostedZoneId sets the HostedZoneId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DnsEntry) SetHostedZoneId(v string) *DnsEntry {
|
|
s.HostedZoneId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a block device for an EBS volume.
|
|
type EbsBlockDevice struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the EBS volume is deleted on instance termination.
|
|
DeleteOnTermination *bool `locationName:"deleteOnTermination" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the EBS volume is encrypted. Encrypted volumes can only
|
|
// be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. If you are creating
|
|
// a volume from a snapshot, you can't specify an encryption value. This is
|
|
// because only blank volumes can be encrypted on creation.
|
|
Encrypted *bool `locationName:"encrypted" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of I/O operations per second (IOPS) that the volume supports.
|
|
// For io1, this represents the number of IOPS that are provisioned for the
|
|
// volume. For gp2, this represents the baseline performance of the volume and
|
|
// the rate at which the volume accumulates I/O credits for bursting. For more
|
|
// information about General Purpose SSD baseline performance, I/O credits,
|
|
// and bursting, see Amazon EBS Volume Types (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSVolumeTypes.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: Range is 100-20000 IOPS for io1 volumes and 100-10000 IOPS for
|
|
// gp2 volumes.
|
|
//
|
|
// Condition: This parameter is required for requests to create io1 volumes;
|
|
// it is not used in requests to create gp2, st1, sc1, or standard volumes.
|
|
Iops *int64 `locationName:"iops" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Identifier (key ID, key alias, ID ARN, or alias ARN) for a user-managed CMK
|
|
// under which the EBS volume is encrypted.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This parameter is only supported on BlockDeviceMapping objects called
|
|
// by RunInstances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html),
|
|
// RequestSpotFleet (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotFleet.html),
|
|
// and RequestSpotInstances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotInstances.html).
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the snapshot.
|
|
SnapshotId *string `locationName:"snapshotId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The size of the volume, in GiB.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: 1-16384 for General Purpose SSD (gp2), 4-16384 for Provisioned
|
|
// IOPS SSD (io1), 500-16384 for Throughput Optimized HDD (st1), 500-16384 for
|
|
// Cold HDD (sc1), and 1-1024 for Magnetic (standard) volumes. If you specify
|
|
// a snapshot, the volume size must be equal to or larger than the snapshot
|
|
// size.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: If you're creating the volume from a snapshot and don't specify
|
|
// a volume size, the default is the snapshot size.
|
|
VolumeSize *int64 `locationName:"volumeSize" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The volume type: gp2, io1, st1, sc1, or standard.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: standard
|
|
VolumeType *string `locationName:"volumeType" type:"string" enum:"VolumeType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EbsBlockDevice) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EbsBlockDevice) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeleteOnTermination sets the DeleteOnTermination field's value.
|
|
func (s *EbsBlockDevice) SetDeleteOnTermination(v bool) *EbsBlockDevice {
|
|
s.DeleteOnTermination = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEncrypted sets the Encrypted field's value.
|
|
func (s *EbsBlockDevice) SetEncrypted(v bool) *EbsBlockDevice {
|
|
s.Encrypted = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
|
|
func (s *EbsBlockDevice) SetIops(v int64) *EbsBlockDevice {
|
|
s.Iops = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *EbsBlockDevice) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *EbsBlockDevice {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotId sets the SnapshotId field's value.
|
|
func (s *EbsBlockDevice) SetSnapshotId(v string) *EbsBlockDevice {
|
|
s.SnapshotId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeSize sets the VolumeSize field's value.
|
|
func (s *EbsBlockDevice) SetVolumeSize(v int64) *EbsBlockDevice {
|
|
s.VolumeSize = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeType sets the VolumeType field's value.
|
|
func (s *EbsBlockDevice) SetVolumeType(v string) *EbsBlockDevice {
|
|
s.VolumeType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a parameter used to set up an EBS volume in a block device mapping.
|
|
type EbsInstanceBlockDevice struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The time stamp when the attachment initiated.
|
|
AttachTime *time.Time `locationName:"attachTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the volume is deleted on instance termination.
|
|
DeleteOnTermination *bool `locationName:"deleteOnTermination" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The attachment state.
|
|
Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"AttachmentStatus"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the EBS volume.
|
|
VolumeId *string `locationName:"volumeId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EbsInstanceBlockDevice) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EbsInstanceBlockDevice) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttachTime sets the AttachTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *EbsInstanceBlockDevice) SetAttachTime(v time.Time) *EbsInstanceBlockDevice {
|
|
s.AttachTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeleteOnTermination sets the DeleteOnTermination field's value.
|
|
func (s *EbsInstanceBlockDevice) SetDeleteOnTermination(v bool) *EbsInstanceBlockDevice {
|
|
s.DeleteOnTermination = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *EbsInstanceBlockDevice) SetStatus(v string) *EbsInstanceBlockDevice {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeId sets the VolumeId field's value.
|
|
func (s *EbsInstanceBlockDevice) SetVolumeId(v string) *EbsInstanceBlockDevice {
|
|
s.VolumeId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes information used to set up an EBS volume specified in a block device
|
|
// mapping.
|
|
type EbsInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the volume is deleted on instance termination.
|
|
DeleteOnTermination *bool `locationName:"deleteOnTermination" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the EBS volume.
|
|
VolumeId *string `locationName:"volumeId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EbsInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EbsInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeleteOnTermination sets the DeleteOnTermination field's value.
|
|
func (s *EbsInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification) SetDeleteOnTermination(v bool) *EbsInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification {
|
|
s.DeleteOnTermination = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeId sets the VolumeId field's value.
|
|
func (s *EbsInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification) SetVolumeId(v string) *EbsInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification {
|
|
s.VolumeId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an egress-only Internet gateway.
|
|
type EgressOnlyInternetGateway struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the attachment of the egress-only Internet gateway.
|
|
Attachments []*InternetGatewayAttachment `locationName:"attachmentSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the egress-only Internet gateway.
|
|
EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId *string `locationName:"egressOnlyInternetGatewayId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EgressOnlyInternetGateway) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EgressOnlyInternetGateway) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttachments sets the Attachments field's value.
|
|
func (s *EgressOnlyInternetGateway) SetAttachments(v []*InternetGatewayAttachment) *EgressOnlyInternetGateway {
|
|
s.Attachments = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId sets the EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId field's value.
|
|
func (s *EgressOnlyInternetGateway) SetEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId(v string) *EgressOnlyInternetGateway {
|
|
s.EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the association between an instance and an Elastic GPU.
|
|
type ElasticGpuAssociation struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the association.
|
|
ElasticGpuAssociationId *string `locationName:"elasticGpuAssociationId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of the association between the instance and the Elastic GPU.
|
|
ElasticGpuAssociationState *string `locationName:"elasticGpuAssociationState" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The time the Elastic GPU was associated with the instance.
|
|
ElasticGpuAssociationTime *string `locationName:"elasticGpuAssociationTime" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Elastic GPU.
|
|
ElasticGpuId *string `locationName:"elasticGpuId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ElasticGpuAssociation) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ElasticGpuAssociation) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetElasticGpuAssociationId sets the ElasticGpuAssociationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ElasticGpuAssociation) SetElasticGpuAssociationId(v string) *ElasticGpuAssociation {
|
|
s.ElasticGpuAssociationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetElasticGpuAssociationState sets the ElasticGpuAssociationState field's value.
|
|
func (s *ElasticGpuAssociation) SetElasticGpuAssociationState(v string) *ElasticGpuAssociation {
|
|
s.ElasticGpuAssociationState = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetElasticGpuAssociationTime sets the ElasticGpuAssociationTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *ElasticGpuAssociation) SetElasticGpuAssociationTime(v string) *ElasticGpuAssociation {
|
|
s.ElasticGpuAssociationTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetElasticGpuId sets the ElasticGpuId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ElasticGpuAssociation) SetElasticGpuId(v string) *ElasticGpuAssociation {
|
|
s.ElasticGpuId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the status of an Elastic GPU.
|
|
type ElasticGpuHealth struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The health status.
|
|
Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"ElasticGpuStatus"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ElasticGpuHealth) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ElasticGpuHealth) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *ElasticGpuHealth) SetStatus(v string) *ElasticGpuHealth {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// A specification for an Elastic GPU.
|
|
type ElasticGpuSpecification struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of Elastic GPU.
|
|
//
|
|
// Type is a required field
|
|
Type *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ElasticGpuSpecification) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ElasticGpuSpecification) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ElasticGpuSpecification) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ElasticGpuSpecification"}
|
|
if s.Type == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
|
|
func (s *ElasticGpuSpecification) SetType(v string) *ElasticGpuSpecification {
|
|
s.Type = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an elastic GPU.
|
|
type ElasticGpuSpecificationResponse struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The elastic GPU type.
|
|
Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ElasticGpuSpecificationResponse) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ElasticGpuSpecificationResponse) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
|
|
func (s *ElasticGpuSpecificationResponse) SetType(v string) *ElasticGpuSpecificationResponse {
|
|
s.Type = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an Elastic GPU.
|
|
type ElasticGpus struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone in the which the Elastic GPU resides.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the Elastic GPU.
|
|
ElasticGpuHealth *ElasticGpuHealth `locationName:"elasticGpuHealth" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Elastic GPU.
|
|
ElasticGpuId *string `locationName:"elasticGpuId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of the Elastic GPU.
|
|
ElasticGpuState *string `locationName:"elasticGpuState" type:"string" enum:"ElasticGpuState"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of Elastic GPU.
|
|
ElasticGpuType *string `locationName:"elasticGpuType" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance to which the Elastic GPU is attached.
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ElasticGpus) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ElasticGpus) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *ElasticGpus) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *ElasticGpus {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetElasticGpuHealth sets the ElasticGpuHealth field's value.
|
|
func (s *ElasticGpus) SetElasticGpuHealth(v *ElasticGpuHealth) *ElasticGpus {
|
|
s.ElasticGpuHealth = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetElasticGpuId sets the ElasticGpuId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ElasticGpus) SetElasticGpuId(v string) *ElasticGpus {
|
|
s.ElasticGpuId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetElasticGpuState sets the ElasticGpuState field's value.
|
|
func (s *ElasticGpus) SetElasticGpuState(v string) *ElasticGpus {
|
|
s.ElasticGpuState = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetElasticGpuType sets the ElasticGpuType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ElasticGpus) SetElasticGpuType(v string) *ElasticGpus {
|
|
s.ElasticGpuType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ElasticGpus) SetInstanceId(v string) *ElasticGpus {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for EnableVgwRoutePropagation.
|
|
type EnableVgwRoutePropagationInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the virtual private gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// GatewayId is a required field
|
|
GatewayId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the route table.
|
|
//
|
|
// RouteTableId is a required field
|
|
RouteTableId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EnableVgwRoutePropagationInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EnableVgwRoutePropagationInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *EnableVgwRoutePropagationInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EnableVgwRoutePropagationInput"}
|
|
if s.GatewayId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GatewayId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RouteTableId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RouteTableId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGatewayId sets the GatewayId field's value.
|
|
func (s *EnableVgwRoutePropagationInput) SetGatewayId(v string) *EnableVgwRoutePropagationInput {
|
|
s.GatewayId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRouteTableId sets the RouteTableId field's value.
|
|
func (s *EnableVgwRoutePropagationInput) SetRouteTableId(v string) *EnableVgwRoutePropagationInput {
|
|
s.RouteTableId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type EnableVgwRoutePropagationOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EnableVgwRoutePropagationOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EnableVgwRoutePropagationOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for EnableVolumeIO.
|
|
type EnableVolumeIOInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the volume.
|
|
//
|
|
// VolumeId is a required field
|
|
VolumeId *string `locationName:"volumeId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EnableVolumeIOInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EnableVolumeIOInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *EnableVolumeIOInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EnableVolumeIOInput"}
|
|
if s.VolumeId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VolumeId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *EnableVolumeIOInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *EnableVolumeIOInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeId sets the VolumeId field's value.
|
|
func (s *EnableVolumeIOInput) SetVolumeId(v string) *EnableVolumeIOInput {
|
|
s.VolumeId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type EnableVolumeIOOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EnableVolumeIOOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EnableVolumeIOOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport.
|
|
type EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC.
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput) SetVpcId(v string) *EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport.
|
|
type EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
|
|
Return *bool `locationName:"return" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReturn sets the Return field's value.
|
|
func (s *EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput) SetReturn(v bool) *EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput {
|
|
s.Return = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for EnableVpcClassicLink.
|
|
type EnableVpcClassicLinkInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpcId is a required field
|
|
VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EnableVpcClassicLinkInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EnableVpcClassicLinkInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *EnableVpcClassicLinkInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EnableVpcClassicLinkInput"}
|
|
if s.VpcId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *EnableVpcClassicLinkInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *EnableVpcClassicLinkInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *EnableVpcClassicLinkInput) SetVpcId(v string) *EnableVpcClassicLinkInput {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of EnableVpcClassicLink.
|
|
type EnableVpcClassicLinkOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
|
|
Return *bool `locationName:"return" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EnableVpcClassicLinkOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EnableVpcClassicLinkOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReturn sets the Return field's value.
|
|
func (s *EnableVpcClassicLinkOutput) SetReturn(v bool) *EnableVpcClassicLinkOutput {
|
|
s.Return = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a Spot Fleet event.
|
|
type EventInformation struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the event.
|
|
EventDescription *string `locationName:"eventDescription" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The event.
|
|
//
|
|
// The following are the error events:
|
|
//
|
|
// * iamFleetRoleInvalid - The Spot Fleet did not have the required permissions
|
|
// either to launch or terminate an instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * launchSpecTemporarilyBlacklisted - The configuration is not valid and
|
|
// several attempts to launch instances have failed. For more information,
|
|
// see the description of the event.
|
|
//
|
|
// * spotFleetRequestConfigurationInvalid - The configuration is not valid.
|
|
// For more information, see the description of the event.
|
|
//
|
|
// * spotInstanceCountLimitExceeded - You've reached the limit on the number
|
|
// of Spot Instances that you can launch.
|
|
//
|
|
// The following are the fleetRequestChange events:
|
|
//
|
|
// * active - The Spot Fleet has been validated and Amazon EC2 is attempting
|
|
// to maintain the target number of running Spot Instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// * cancelled - The Spot Fleet is canceled and has no running Spot Instances.
|
|
// The Spot Fleet will be deleted two days after its instances were terminated.
|
|
//
|
|
// * cancelled_running - The Spot Fleet is canceled and will not launch additional
|
|
// Spot Instances, but its existing Spot Instances continue to run until
|
|
// they are interrupted or terminated.
|
|
//
|
|
// * cancelled_terminating - The Spot Fleet is canceled and its Spot Instances
|
|
// are terminating.
|
|
//
|
|
// * expired - The Spot Fleet request has expired. A subsequent event indicates
|
|
// that the instances were terminated, if the request was created with TerminateInstancesWithExpiration
|
|
// set.
|
|
//
|
|
// * modify_in_progress - A request to modify the Spot Fleet request was
|
|
// accepted and is in progress.
|
|
//
|
|
// * modify_successful - The Spot Fleet request was modified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * price_update - The price for a launch configuration was adjusted because
|
|
// it was too high. This change is permanent.
|
|
//
|
|
// * submitted - The Spot Fleet request is being evaluated and Amazon EC2
|
|
// is preparing to launch the target number of Spot Instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// The following are the instanceChange events:
|
|
//
|
|
// * launched - A request was fulfilled and a new instance was launched.
|
|
//
|
|
// * terminated - An instance was terminated by the user.
|
|
//
|
|
// The following are the Information events:
|
|
//
|
|
// * launchSpecUnusable - The price in a launch specification is not valid
|
|
// because it is below the Spot price or the Spot price is above the On-Demand
|
|
// price.
|
|
//
|
|
// * fleetProgressHalted - The price in every launch specification is not
|
|
// valid. A launch specification might become valid if the Spot price changes.
|
|
EventSubType *string `locationName:"eventSubType" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance. This information is available only for instanceChange
|
|
// events.
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EventInformation) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EventInformation) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventDescription sets the EventDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventInformation) SetEventDescription(v string) *EventInformation {
|
|
s.EventDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventSubType sets the EventSubType field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventInformation) SetEventSubType(v string) *EventInformation {
|
|
s.EventSubType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventInformation) SetInstanceId(v string) *EventInformation {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an instance export task.
|
|
type ExportTask struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A description of the resource being exported.
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the export task.
|
|
ExportTaskId *string `locationName:"exportTaskId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the export task.
|
|
ExportToS3Task *ExportToS3Task `locationName:"exportToS3" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the instance to export.
|
|
InstanceExportDetails *InstanceExportDetails `locationName:"instanceExport" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of the export task.
|
|
State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ExportTaskState"`
|
|
|
|
// The status message related to the export task.
|
|
StatusMessage *string `locationName:"statusMessage" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ExportTask) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ExportTask) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *ExportTask) SetDescription(v string) *ExportTask {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetExportTaskId sets the ExportTaskId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ExportTask) SetExportTaskId(v string) *ExportTask {
|
|
s.ExportTaskId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetExportToS3Task sets the ExportToS3Task field's value.
|
|
func (s *ExportTask) SetExportToS3Task(v *ExportToS3Task) *ExportTask {
|
|
s.ExportToS3Task = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceExportDetails sets the InstanceExportDetails field's value.
|
|
func (s *ExportTask) SetInstanceExportDetails(v *InstanceExportDetails) *ExportTask {
|
|
s.InstanceExportDetails = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *ExportTask) SetState(v string) *ExportTask {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatusMessage sets the StatusMessage field's value.
|
|
func (s *ExportTask) SetStatusMessage(v string) *ExportTask {
|
|
s.StatusMessage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the format and location for an instance export task.
|
|
type ExportToS3Task struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The container format used to combine disk images with metadata (such as OVF).
|
|
// If absent, only the disk image is exported.
|
|
ContainerFormat *string `locationName:"containerFormat" type:"string" enum:"ContainerFormat"`
|
|
|
|
// The format for the exported image.
|
|
DiskImageFormat *string `locationName:"diskImageFormat" type:"string" enum:"DiskImageFormat"`
|
|
|
|
// The S3 bucket for the destination image. The destination bucket must exist
|
|
// and grant WRITE and READ_ACP permissions to the AWS account vm-import-export@amazon.com.
|
|
S3Bucket *string `locationName:"s3Bucket" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The encryption key for your S3 bucket.
|
|
S3Key *string `locationName:"s3Key" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ExportToS3Task) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ExportToS3Task) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetContainerFormat sets the ContainerFormat field's value.
|
|
func (s *ExportToS3Task) SetContainerFormat(v string) *ExportToS3Task {
|
|
s.ContainerFormat = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDiskImageFormat sets the DiskImageFormat field's value.
|
|
func (s *ExportToS3Task) SetDiskImageFormat(v string) *ExportToS3Task {
|
|
s.DiskImageFormat = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetS3Bucket sets the S3Bucket field's value.
|
|
func (s *ExportToS3Task) SetS3Bucket(v string) *ExportToS3Task {
|
|
s.S3Bucket = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetS3Key sets the S3Key field's value.
|
|
func (s *ExportToS3Task) SetS3Key(v string) *ExportToS3Task {
|
|
s.S3Key = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an instance export task.
|
|
type ExportToS3TaskSpecification struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The container format used to combine disk images with metadata (such as OVF).
|
|
// If absent, only the disk image is exported.
|
|
ContainerFormat *string `locationName:"containerFormat" type:"string" enum:"ContainerFormat"`
|
|
|
|
// The format for the exported image.
|
|
DiskImageFormat *string `locationName:"diskImageFormat" type:"string" enum:"DiskImageFormat"`
|
|
|
|
// The S3 bucket for the destination image. The destination bucket must exist
|
|
// and grant WRITE and READ_ACP permissions to the AWS account vm-import-export@amazon.com.
|
|
S3Bucket *string `locationName:"s3Bucket" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The image is written to a single object in the S3 bucket at the S3 key s3prefix
|
|
// + exportTaskId + '.' + diskImageFormat.
|
|
S3Prefix *string `locationName:"s3Prefix" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ExportToS3TaskSpecification) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ExportToS3TaskSpecification) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetContainerFormat sets the ContainerFormat field's value.
|
|
func (s *ExportToS3TaskSpecification) SetContainerFormat(v string) *ExportToS3TaskSpecification {
|
|
s.ContainerFormat = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDiskImageFormat sets the DiskImageFormat field's value.
|
|
func (s *ExportToS3TaskSpecification) SetDiskImageFormat(v string) *ExportToS3TaskSpecification {
|
|
s.DiskImageFormat = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetS3Bucket sets the S3Bucket field's value.
|
|
func (s *ExportToS3TaskSpecification) SetS3Bucket(v string) *ExportToS3TaskSpecification {
|
|
s.S3Bucket = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetS3Prefix sets the S3Prefix field's value.
|
|
func (s *ExportToS3TaskSpecification) SetS3Prefix(v string) *ExportToS3TaskSpecification {
|
|
s.S3Prefix = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// A filter name and value pair that is used to return a more specific list
|
|
// of results. Filters can be used to match a set of resources by various criteria,
|
|
// such as tags, attributes, or IDs.
|
|
type Filter struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the filter. Filter names are case-sensitive.
|
|
Name *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filter values. Filter values are case-sensitive.
|
|
Values []*string `locationName:"Value" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Filter) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Filter) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *Filter) SetName(v string) *Filter {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValues sets the Values field's value.
|
|
func (s *Filter) SetValues(v []*string) *Filter {
|
|
s.Values = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a launch template.
|
|
type FleetLaunchTemplateSpecification struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the launch template. You must specify either a template ID or a
|
|
// template name.
|
|
LaunchTemplateId *string `locationName:"launchTemplateId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the launch template. You must specify either a template name
|
|
// or a template ID.
|
|
LaunchTemplateName *string `locationName:"launchTemplateName" min:"3" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The version number. By default, the default version of the launch template
|
|
// is used.
|
|
Version *string `locationName:"version" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s FleetLaunchTemplateSpecification) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s FleetLaunchTemplateSpecification) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *FleetLaunchTemplateSpecification) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FleetLaunchTemplateSpecification"}
|
|
if s.LaunchTemplateName != nil && len(*s.LaunchTemplateName) < 3 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LaunchTemplateName", 3))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateId sets the LaunchTemplateId field's value.
|
|
func (s *FleetLaunchTemplateSpecification) SetLaunchTemplateId(v string) *FleetLaunchTemplateSpecification {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateName sets the LaunchTemplateName field's value.
|
|
func (s *FleetLaunchTemplateSpecification) SetLaunchTemplateName(v string) *FleetLaunchTemplateSpecification {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVersion sets the Version field's value.
|
|
func (s *FleetLaunchTemplateSpecification) SetVersion(v string) *FleetLaunchTemplateSpecification {
|
|
s.Version = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a flow log.
|
|
type FlowLog struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time the flow log was created.
|
|
CreationTime *time.Time `locationName:"creationTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the error that occurred. Rate limited indicates that CloudWatch
|
|
// logs throttling has been applied for one or more network interfaces, or that
|
|
// you've reached the limit on the number of CloudWatch Logs log groups that
|
|
// you can create. Access error indicates that the IAM role associated with
|
|
// the flow log does not have sufficient permissions to publish to CloudWatch
|
|
// Logs. Unknown error indicates an internal error.
|
|
DeliverLogsErrorMessage *string `locationName:"deliverLogsErrorMessage" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN of the IAM role that posts logs to CloudWatch Logs.
|
|
DeliverLogsPermissionArn *string `locationName:"deliverLogsPermissionArn" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the logs delivery (SUCCESS | FAILED).
|
|
DeliverLogsStatus *string `locationName:"deliverLogsStatus" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The flow log ID.
|
|
FlowLogId *string `locationName:"flowLogId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the flow log (ACTIVE).
|
|
FlowLogStatus *string `locationName:"flowLogStatus" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the flow log group.
|
|
LogGroupName *string `locationName:"logGroupName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the resource on which the flow log was created.
|
|
ResourceId *string `locationName:"resourceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of traffic captured for the flow log.
|
|
TrafficType *string `locationName:"trafficType" type:"string" enum:"TrafficType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s FlowLog) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s FlowLog) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreationTime sets the CreationTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *FlowLog) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) *FlowLog {
|
|
s.CreationTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeliverLogsErrorMessage sets the DeliverLogsErrorMessage field's value.
|
|
func (s *FlowLog) SetDeliverLogsErrorMessage(v string) *FlowLog {
|
|
s.DeliverLogsErrorMessage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeliverLogsPermissionArn sets the DeliverLogsPermissionArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *FlowLog) SetDeliverLogsPermissionArn(v string) *FlowLog {
|
|
s.DeliverLogsPermissionArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeliverLogsStatus sets the DeliverLogsStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *FlowLog) SetDeliverLogsStatus(v string) *FlowLog {
|
|
s.DeliverLogsStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFlowLogId sets the FlowLogId field's value.
|
|
func (s *FlowLog) SetFlowLogId(v string) *FlowLog {
|
|
s.FlowLogId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFlowLogStatus sets the FlowLogStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *FlowLog) SetFlowLogStatus(v string) *FlowLog {
|
|
s.FlowLogStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLogGroupName sets the LogGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *FlowLog) SetLogGroupName(v string) *FlowLog {
|
|
s.LogGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceId sets the ResourceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *FlowLog) SetResourceId(v string) *FlowLog {
|
|
s.ResourceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTrafficType sets the TrafficType field's value.
|
|
func (s *FlowLog) SetTrafficType(v string) *FlowLog {
|
|
s.TrafficType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an Amazon FPGA image (AFI).
|
|
type FpgaImage struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time the AFI was created.
|
|
CreateTime *time.Time `locationName:"createTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the AFI.
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The global FPGA image identifier (AGFI ID).
|
|
FpgaImageGlobalId *string `locationName:"fpgaImageGlobalId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The FPGA image identifier (AFI ID).
|
|
FpgaImageId *string `locationName:"fpgaImageId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the AFI.
|
|
Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The alias of the AFI owner. Possible values include self, amazon, and aws-marketplace.
|
|
OwnerAlias *string `locationName:"ownerAlias" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS account ID of the AFI owner.
|
|
OwnerId *string `locationName:"ownerId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the PCI bus.
|
|
PciId *PciId `locationName:"pciId" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The product codes for the AFI.
|
|
ProductCodes []*ProductCode `locationName:"productCodes" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the AFI is public.
|
|
Public *bool `locationName:"public" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The version of the AWS Shell that was used to create the bitstream.
|
|
ShellVersion *string `locationName:"shellVersion" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the state of the AFI.
|
|
State *FpgaImageState `locationName:"state" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Any tags assigned to the AFI.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tags" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The time of the most recent update to the AFI.
|
|
UpdateTime *time.Time `locationName:"updateTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s FpgaImage) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s FpgaImage) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *FpgaImage) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *FpgaImage {
|
|
s.CreateTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *FpgaImage) SetDescription(v string) *FpgaImage {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFpgaImageGlobalId sets the FpgaImageGlobalId field's value.
|
|
func (s *FpgaImage) SetFpgaImageGlobalId(v string) *FpgaImage {
|
|
s.FpgaImageGlobalId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFpgaImageId sets the FpgaImageId field's value.
|
|
func (s *FpgaImage) SetFpgaImageId(v string) *FpgaImage {
|
|
s.FpgaImageId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *FpgaImage) SetName(v string) *FpgaImage {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOwnerAlias sets the OwnerAlias field's value.
|
|
func (s *FpgaImage) SetOwnerAlias(v string) *FpgaImage {
|
|
s.OwnerAlias = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOwnerId sets the OwnerId field's value.
|
|
func (s *FpgaImage) SetOwnerId(v string) *FpgaImage {
|
|
s.OwnerId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPciId sets the PciId field's value.
|
|
func (s *FpgaImage) SetPciId(v *PciId) *FpgaImage {
|
|
s.PciId = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProductCodes sets the ProductCodes field's value.
|
|
func (s *FpgaImage) SetProductCodes(v []*ProductCode) *FpgaImage {
|
|
s.ProductCodes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPublic sets the Public field's value.
|
|
func (s *FpgaImage) SetPublic(v bool) *FpgaImage {
|
|
s.Public = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetShellVersion sets the ShellVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *FpgaImage) SetShellVersion(v string) *FpgaImage {
|
|
s.ShellVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *FpgaImage) SetState(v *FpgaImageState) *FpgaImage {
|
|
s.State = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *FpgaImage) SetTags(v []*Tag) *FpgaImage {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUpdateTime sets the UpdateTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *FpgaImage) SetUpdateTime(v time.Time) *FpgaImage {
|
|
s.UpdateTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an Amazon FPGA image (AFI) attribute.
|
|
type FpgaImageAttribute struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the AFI.
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the AFI.
|
|
FpgaImageId *string `locationName:"fpgaImageId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more load permissions.
|
|
LoadPermissions []*LoadPermission `locationName:"loadPermissions" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the AFI.
|
|
Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more product codes.
|
|
ProductCodes []*ProductCode `locationName:"productCodes" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s FpgaImageAttribute) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s FpgaImageAttribute) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *FpgaImageAttribute) SetDescription(v string) *FpgaImageAttribute {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFpgaImageId sets the FpgaImageId field's value.
|
|
func (s *FpgaImageAttribute) SetFpgaImageId(v string) *FpgaImageAttribute {
|
|
s.FpgaImageId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLoadPermissions sets the LoadPermissions field's value.
|
|
func (s *FpgaImageAttribute) SetLoadPermissions(v []*LoadPermission) *FpgaImageAttribute {
|
|
s.LoadPermissions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *FpgaImageAttribute) SetName(v string) *FpgaImageAttribute {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProductCodes sets the ProductCodes field's value.
|
|
func (s *FpgaImageAttribute) SetProductCodes(v []*ProductCode) *FpgaImageAttribute {
|
|
s.ProductCodes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the state of the bitstream generation process for an Amazon FPGA
|
|
// image (AFI).
|
|
type FpgaImageState struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The state. The following are the possible values:
|
|
//
|
|
// * pending - AFI bitstream generation is in progress.
|
|
//
|
|
// * available - The AFI is available for use.
|
|
//
|
|
// * failed - AFI bitstream generation failed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * unavailable - The AFI is no longer available for use.
|
|
Code *string `locationName:"code" type:"string" enum:"FpgaImageStateCode"`
|
|
|
|
// If the state is failed, this is the error message.
|
|
Message *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s FpgaImageState) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s FpgaImageState) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCode sets the Code field's value.
|
|
func (s *FpgaImageState) SetCode(v string) *FpgaImageState {
|
|
s.Code = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
|
|
func (s *FpgaImageState) SetMessage(v string) *FpgaImageState {
|
|
s.Message = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for GetConsoleOutput.
|
|
type GetConsoleOutputInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// InstanceId is a required field
|
|
InstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetConsoleOutputInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetConsoleOutputInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *GetConsoleOutputInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetConsoleOutputInput"}
|
|
if s.InstanceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetConsoleOutputInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *GetConsoleOutputInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetConsoleOutputInput) SetInstanceId(v string) *GetConsoleOutputInput {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of GetConsoleOutput.
|
|
type GetConsoleOutputOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance.
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The console output, Base64-encoded. If using a command line tool, the tool
|
|
// decodes the output for you.
|
|
Output *string `locationName:"output" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The time the output was last updated.
|
|
Timestamp *time.Time `locationName:"timestamp" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetConsoleOutputOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetConsoleOutputOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetConsoleOutputOutput) SetInstanceId(v string) *GetConsoleOutputOutput {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOutput sets the Output field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetConsoleOutputOutput) SetOutput(v string) *GetConsoleOutputOutput {
|
|
s.Output = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTimestamp sets the Timestamp field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetConsoleOutputOutput) SetTimestamp(v time.Time) *GetConsoleOutputOutput {
|
|
s.Timestamp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for the request.
|
|
type GetConsoleScreenshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// InstanceId is a required field
|
|
InstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// When set to true, acts as keystroke input and wakes up an instance that's
|
|
// in standby or "sleep" mode.
|
|
WakeUp *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetConsoleScreenshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetConsoleScreenshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *GetConsoleScreenshotInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetConsoleScreenshotInput"}
|
|
if s.InstanceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetConsoleScreenshotInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *GetConsoleScreenshotInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetConsoleScreenshotInput) SetInstanceId(v string) *GetConsoleScreenshotInput {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetWakeUp sets the WakeUp field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetConsoleScreenshotInput) SetWakeUp(v bool) *GetConsoleScreenshotInput {
|
|
s.WakeUp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of the request.
|
|
type GetConsoleScreenshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The data that comprises the image.
|
|
ImageData *string `locationName:"imageData" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance.
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetConsoleScreenshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetConsoleScreenshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImageData sets the ImageData field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetConsoleScreenshotOutput) SetImageData(v string) *GetConsoleScreenshotOutput {
|
|
s.ImageData = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetConsoleScreenshotOutput) SetInstanceId(v string) *GetConsoleScreenshotOutput {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID/s of the Dedicated Host/s that the reservation will be associated
|
|
// with.
|
|
//
|
|
// HostIdSet is a required field
|
|
HostIdSet []*string `locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The offering ID of the reservation.
|
|
//
|
|
// OfferingId is a required field
|
|
OfferingId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewInput"}
|
|
if s.HostIdSet == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HostIdSet"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.OfferingId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OfferingId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHostIdSet sets the HostIdSet field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewInput) SetHostIdSet(v []*string) *GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewInput {
|
|
s.HostIdSet = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewInput) SetOfferingId(v string) *GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewInput {
|
|
s.OfferingId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The currency in which the totalUpfrontPrice and totalHourlyPrice amounts
|
|
// are specified. At this time, the only supported currency is USD.
|
|
CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string" enum:"CurrencyCodeValues"`
|
|
|
|
// The purchase information of the Dedicated Host Reservation and the Dedicated
|
|
// Hosts associated with it.
|
|
Purchase []*Purchase `locationName:"purchase" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The potential total hourly price of the reservation per hour.
|
|
TotalHourlyPrice *string `locationName:"totalHourlyPrice" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The potential total upfront price. This is billed immediately.
|
|
TotalUpfrontPrice *string `locationName:"totalUpfrontPrice" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewOutput) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewOutput {
|
|
s.CurrencyCode = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPurchase sets the Purchase field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewOutput) SetPurchase(v []*Purchase) *GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewOutput {
|
|
s.Purchase = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTotalHourlyPrice sets the TotalHourlyPrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewOutput) SetTotalHourlyPrice(v string) *GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewOutput {
|
|
s.TotalHourlyPrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTotalUpfrontPrice sets the TotalUpfrontPrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewOutput) SetTotalUpfrontPrice(v string) *GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewOutput {
|
|
s.TotalUpfrontPrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type GetLaunchTemplateDataInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// InstanceId is a required field
|
|
InstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetLaunchTemplateDataInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetLaunchTemplateDataInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *GetLaunchTemplateDataInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetLaunchTemplateDataInput"}
|
|
if s.InstanceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetLaunchTemplateDataInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *GetLaunchTemplateDataInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetLaunchTemplateDataInput) SetInstanceId(v string) *GetLaunchTemplateDataInput {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type GetLaunchTemplateDataOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance data.
|
|
LaunchTemplateData *ResponseLaunchTemplateData `locationName:"launchTemplateData" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetLaunchTemplateDataOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetLaunchTemplateDataOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateData sets the LaunchTemplateData field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetLaunchTemplateDataOutput) SetLaunchTemplateData(v *ResponseLaunchTemplateData) *GetLaunchTemplateDataOutput {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateData = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for GetPasswordData.
|
|
type GetPasswordDataInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Windows instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// InstanceId is a required field
|
|
InstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetPasswordDataInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetPasswordDataInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *GetPasswordDataInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetPasswordDataInput"}
|
|
if s.InstanceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetPasswordDataInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *GetPasswordDataInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetPasswordDataInput) SetInstanceId(v string) *GetPasswordDataInput {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of GetPasswordData.
|
|
type GetPasswordDataOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Windows instance.
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The password of the instance. Returns an empty string if the password is
|
|
// not available.
|
|
PasswordData *string `locationName:"passwordData" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The time the data was last updated.
|
|
Timestamp *time.Time `locationName:"timestamp" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetPasswordDataOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetPasswordDataOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetPasswordDataOutput) SetInstanceId(v string) *GetPasswordDataOutput {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPasswordData sets the PasswordData field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetPasswordDataOutput) SetPasswordData(v string) *GetPasswordDataOutput {
|
|
s.PasswordData = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTimestamp sets the Timestamp field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetPasswordDataOutput) SetTimestamp(v time.Time) *GetPasswordDataOutput {
|
|
s.Timestamp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for GetReservedInstanceExchangeQuote.
|
|
type GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of the Convertible Reserved Instances to exchange.
|
|
//
|
|
// ReservedInstanceIds is a required field
|
|
ReservedInstanceIds []*string `locationName:"ReservedInstanceId" locationNameList:"ReservedInstanceId" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The configuration of the target Convertible Reserved Instance to exchange
|
|
// for your current Convertible Reserved Instances.
|
|
TargetConfigurations []*TargetConfigurationRequest `locationName:"TargetConfiguration" locationNameList:"TargetConfigurationRequest" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput"}
|
|
if s.ReservedInstanceIds == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReservedInstanceIds"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TargetConfigurations != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.TargetConfigurations {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "TargetConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedInstanceIds sets the ReservedInstanceIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput) SetReservedInstanceIds(v []*string) *GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput {
|
|
s.ReservedInstanceIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetConfigurations sets the TargetConfigurations field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput) SetTargetConfigurations(v []*TargetConfigurationRequest) *GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput {
|
|
s.TargetConfigurations = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote.
|
|
type GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The currency of the transaction.
|
|
CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, the exchange is valid. If false, the exchange cannot be completed.
|
|
IsValidExchange *bool `locationName:"isValidExchange" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The new end date of the reservation term.
|
|
OutputReservedInstancesWillExpireAt *time.Time `locationName:"outputReservedInstancesWillExpireAt" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The total true upfront charge for the exchange.
|
|
PaymentDue *string `locationName:"paymentDue" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The cost associated with the Reserved Instance.
|
|
ReservedInstanceValueRollup *ReservationValue `locationName:"reservedInstanceValueRollup" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The configuration of your Convertible Reserved Instances.
|
|
ReservedInstanceValueSet []*ReservedInstanceReservationValue `locationName:"reservedInstanceValueSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The cost associated with the Reserved Instance.
|
|
TargetConfigurationValueRollup *ReservationValue `locationName:"targetConfigurationValueRollup" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The values of the target Convertible Reserved Instances.
|
|
TargetConfigurationValueSet []*TargetReservationValue `locationName:"targetConfigurationValueSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes the reason why the exchange cannot be completed.
|
|
ValidationFailureReason *string `locationName:"validationFailureReason" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput {
|
|
s.CurrencyCode = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIsValidExchange sets the IsValidExchange field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput) SetIsValidExchange(v bool) *GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput {
|
|
s.IsValidExchange = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOutputReservedInstancesWillExpireAt sets the OutputReservedInstancesWillExpireAt field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput) SetOutputReservedInstancesWillExpireAt(v time.Time) *GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput {
|
|
s.OutputReservedInstancesWillExpireAt = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPaymentDue sets the PaymentDue field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput) SetPaymentDue(v string) *GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput {
|
|
s.PaymentDue = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedInstanceValueRollup sets the ReservedInstanceValueRollup field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput) SetReservedInstanceValueRollup(v *ReservationValue) *GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput {
|
|
s.ReservedInstanceValueRollup = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedInstanceValueSet sets the ReservedInstanceValueSet field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput) SetReservedInstanceValueSet(v []*ReservedInstanceReservationValue) *GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput {
|
|
s.ReservedInstanceValueSet = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetConfigurationValueRollup sets the TargetConfigurationValueRollup field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput) SetTargetConfigurationValueRollup(v *ReservationValue) *GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput {
|
|
s.TargetConfigurationValueRollup = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetConfigurationValueSet sets the TargetConfigurationValueSet field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput) SetTargetConfigurationValueSet(v []*TargetReservationValue) *GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput {
|
|
s.TargetConfigurationValueSet = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValidationFailureReason sets the ValidationFailureReason field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput) SetValidationFailureReason(v string) *GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput {
|
|
s.ValidationFailureReason = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a security group.
|
|
type GroupIdentifier struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the security group.
|
|
GroupId *string `locationName:"groupId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the security group.
|
|
GroupName *string `locationName:"groupName" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GroupIdentifier) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GroupIdentifier) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupId sets the GroupId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GroupIdentifier) SetGroupId(v string) *GroupIdentifier {
|
|
s.GroupId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *GroupIdentifier) SetGroupName(v string) *GroupIdentifier {
|
|
s.GroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an event in the history of the Spot Fleet request.
|
|
type HistoryRecord struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the event.
|
|
//
|
|
// EventInformation is a required field
|
|
EventInformation *EventInformation `locationName:"eventInformation" type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The event type.
|
|
//
|
|
// * error - An error with the Spot Fleet request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * fleetRequestChange - A change in the status or configuration of the
|
|
// Spot Fleet request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * instanceChange - An instance was launched or terminated.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Information - An informational event.
|
|
//
|
|
// EventType is a required field
|
|
EventType *string `locationName:"eventType" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"EventType"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time of the event, in UTC format (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ).
|
|
//
|
|
// Timestamp is a required field
|
|
Timestamp *time.Time `locationName:"timestamp" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s HistoryRecord) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s HistoryRecord) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventInformation sets the EventInformation field's value.
|
|
func (s *HistoryRecord) SetEventInformation(v *EventInformation) *HistoryRecord {
|
|
s.EventInformation = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventType sets the EventType field's value.
|
|
func (s *HistoryRecord) SetEventType(v string) *HistoryRecord {
|
|
s.EventType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTimestamp sets the Timestamp field's value.
|
|
func (s *HistoryRecord) SetTimestamp(v time.Time) *HistoryRecord {
|
|
s.Timestamp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the properties of the Dedicated Host.
|
|
type Host struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Whether auto-placement is on or off.
|
|
AutoPlacement *string `locationName:"autoPlacement" type:"string" enum:"AutoPlacement"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone of the Dedicated Host.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of new instances that can be launched onto the Dedicated Host.
|
|
AvailableCapacity *AvailableCapacity `locationName:"availableCapacity" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the
|
|
// request. For more information, see How to Ensure Idempotency (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
ClientToken *string `locationName:"clientToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Dedicated Host.
|
|
HostId *string `locationName:"hostId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The hardware specifications of the Dedicated Host.
|
|
HostProperties *HostProperties `locationName:"hostProperties" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The reservation ID of the Dedicated Host. This returns a null response if
|
|
// the Dedicated Host doesn't have an associated reservation.
|
|
HostReservationId *string `locationName:"hostReservationId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs and instance type that are currently running on the Dedicated Host.
|
|
Instances []*HostInstance `locationName:"instances" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The Dedicated Host's state.
|
|
State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"AllocationState"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Host) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Host) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAutoPlacement sets the AutoPlacement field's value.
|
|
func (s *Host) SetAutoPlacement(v string) *Host {
|
|
s.AutoPlacement = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *Host) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *Host {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailableCapacity sets the AvailableCapacity field's value.
|
|
func (s *Host) SetAvailableCapacity(v *AvailableCapacity) *Host {
|
|
s.AvailableCapacity = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *Host) SetClientToken(v string) *Host {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHostId sets the HostId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Host) SetHostId(v string) *Host {
|
|
s.HostId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHostProperties sets the HostProperties field's value.
|
|
func (s *Host) SetHostProperties(v *HostProperties) *Host {
|
|
s.HostProperties = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHostReservationId sets the HostReservationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Host) SetHostReservationId(v string) *Host {
|
|
s.HostReservationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstances sets the Instances field's value.
|
|
func (s *Host) SetInstances(v []*HostInstance) *Host {
|
|
s.Instances = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *Host) SetState(v string) *Host {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an instance running on a Dedicated Host.
|
|
type HostInstance struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// the IDs of instances that are running on the Dedicated Host.
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance type size (for example, m3.medium) of the running instance.
|
|
InstanceType *string `locationName:"instanceType" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s HostInstance) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s HostInstance) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *HostInstance) SetInstanceId(v string) *HostInstance {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceType sets the InstanceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *HostInstance) SetInstanceType(v string) *HostInstance {
|
|
s.InstanceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Details about the Dedicated Host Reservation offering.
|
|
type HostOffering struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The currency of the offering.
|
|
CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string" enum:"CurrencyCodeValues"`
|
|
|
|
// The duration of the offering (in seconds).
|
|
Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The hourly price of the offering.
|
|
HourlyPrice *string `locationName:"hourlyPrice" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance family of the offering.
|
|
InstanceFamily *string `locationName:"instanceFamily" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the offering.
|
|
OfferingId *string `locationName:"offeringId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The available payment option.
|
|
PaymentOption *string `locationName:"paymentOption" type:"string" enum:"PaymentOption"`
|
|
|
|
// The upfront price of the offering. Does not apply to No Upfront offerings.
|
|
UpfrontPrice *string `locationName:"upfrontPrice" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s HostOffering) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s HostOffering) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.
|
|
func (s *HostOffering) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *HostOffering {
|
|
s.CurrencyCode = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
|
|
func (s *HostOffering) SetDuration(v int64) *HostOffering {
|
|
s.Duration = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHourlyPrice sets the HourlyPrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *HostOffering) SetHourlyPrice(v string) *HostOffering {
|
|
s.HourlyPrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceFamily sets the InstanceFamily field's value.
|
|
func (s *HostOffering) SetInstanceFamily(v string) *HostOffering {
|
|
s.InstanceFamily = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value.
|
|
func (s *HostOffering) SetOfferingId(v string) *HostOffering {
|
|
s.OfferingId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPaymentOption sets the PaymentOption field's value.
|
|
func (s *HostOffering) SetPaymentOption(v string) *HostOffering {
|
|
s.PaymentOption = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUpfrontPrice sets the UpfrontPrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *HostOffering) SetUpfrontPrice(v string) *HostOffering {
|
|
s.UpfrontPrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes properties of a Dedicated Host.
|
|
type HostProperties struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of cores on the Dedicated Host.
|
|
Cores *int64 `locationName:"cores" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance type size that the Dedicated Host supports (for example, m3.medium).
|
|
InstanceType *string `locationName:"instanceType" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of sockets on the Dedicated Host.
|
|
Sockets *int64 `locationName:"sockets" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of vCPUs on the Dedicated Host.
|
|
TotalVCpus *int64 `locationName:"totalVCpus" type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s HostProperties) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s HostProperties) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCores sets the Cores field's value.
|
|
func (s *HostProperties) SetCores(v int64) *HostProperties {
|
|
s.Cores = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceType sets the InstanceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *HostProperties) SetInstanceType(v string) *HostProperties {
|
|
s.InstanceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSockets sets the Sockets field's value.
|
|
func (s *HostProperties) SetSockets(v int64) *HostProperties {
|
|
s.Sockets = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTotalVCpus sets the TotalVCpus field's value.
|
|
func (s *HostProperties) SetTotalVCpus(v int64) *HostProperties {
|
|
s.TotalVCpus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Details about the Dedicated Host Reservation and associated Dedicated Hosts.
|
|
type HostReservation struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of Dedicated Hosts the reservation is associated with.
|
|
Count *int64 `locationName:"count" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The currency in which the upfrontPrice and hourlyPrice amounts are specified.
|
|
// At this time, the only supported currency is USD.
|
|
CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string" enum:"CurrencyCodeValues"`
|
|
|
|
// The length of the reservation's term, specified in seconds. Can be 31536000
|
|
// (1 year) | 94608000 (3 years).
|
|
Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time that the reservation ends.
|
|
End *time.Time `locationName:"end" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts associated with the reservation.
|
|
HostIdSet []*string `locationName:"hostIdSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the reservation that specifies the associated Dedicated Hosts.
|
|
HostReservationId *string `locationName:"hostReservationId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The hourly price of the reservation.
|
|
HourlyPrice *string `locationName:"hourlyPrice" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance family of the Dedicated Host Reservation. The instance family
|
|
// on the Dedicated Host must be the same in order for it to benefit from the
|
|
// reservation.
|
|
InstanceFamily *string `locationName:"instanceFamily" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the reservation. This remains the same regardless of which Dedicated
|
|
// Hosts are associated with it.
|
|
OfferingId *string `locationName:"offeringId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The payment option selected for this reservation.
|
|
PaymentOption *string `locationName:"paymentOption" type:"string" enum:"PaymentOption"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time that the reservation started.
|
|
Start *time.Time `locationName:"start" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of the reservation.
|
|
State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ReservationState"`
|
|
|
|
// The upfront price of the reservation.
|
|
UpfrontPrice *string `locationName:"upfrontPrice" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s HostReservation) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s HostReservation) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCount sets the Count field's value.
|
|
func (s *HostReservation) SetCount(v int64) *HostReservation {
|
|
s.Count = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.
|
|
func (s *HostReservation) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *HostReservation {
|
|
s.CurrencyCode = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
|
|
func (s *HostReservation) SetDuration(v int64) *HostReservation {
|
|
s.Duration = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnd sets the End field's value.
|
|
func (s *HostReservation) SetEnd(v time.Time) *HostReservation {
|
|
s.End = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHostIdSet sets the HostIdSet field's value.
|
|
func (s *HostReservation) SetHostIdSet(v []*string) *HostReservation {
|
|
s.HostIdSet = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHostReservationId sets the HostReservationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *HostReservation) SetHostReservationId(v string) *HostReservation {
|
|
s.HostReservationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHourlyPrice sets the HourlyPrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *HostReservation) SetHourlyPrice(v string) *HostReservation {
|
|
s.HourlyPrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceFamily sets the InstanceFamily field's value.
|
|
func (s *HostReservation) SetInstanceFamily(v string) *HostReservation {
|
|
s.InstanceFamily = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value.
|
|
func (s *HostReservation) SetOfferingId(v string) *HostReservation {
|
|
s.OfferingId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPaymentOption sets the PaymentOption field's value.
|
|
func (s *HostReservation) SetPaymentOption(v string) *HostReservation {
|
|
s.PaymentOption = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStart sets the Start field's value.
|
|
func (s *HostReservation) SetStart(v time.Time) *HostReservation {
|
|
s.Start = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *HostReservation) SetState(v string) *HostReservation {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUpfrontPrice sets the UpfrontPrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *HostReservation) SetUpfrontPrice(v string) *HostReservation {
|
|
s.UpfrontPrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an IAM instance profile.
|
|
type IamInstanceProfile struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the instance profile.
|
|
Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance profile.
|
|
Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s IamInstanceProfile) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s IamInstanceProfile) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
|
|
func (s *IamInstanceProfile) SetArn(v string) *IamInstanceProfile {
|
|
s.Arn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
|
|
func (s *IamInstanceProfile) SetId(v string) *IamInstanceProfile {
|
|
s.Id = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an association between an IAM instance profile and an instance.
|
|
type IamInstanceProfileAssociation struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the association.
|
|
AssociationId *string `locationName:"associationId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The IAM instance profile.
|
|
IamInstanceProfile *IamInstanceProfile `locationName:"iamInstanceProfile" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance.
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of the association.
|
|
State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"IamInstanceProfileAssociationState"`
|
|
|
|
// The time the IAM instance profile was associated with the instance.
|
|
Timestamp *time.Time `locationName:"timestamp" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s IamInstanceProfileAssociation) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s IamInstanceProfileAssociation) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssociationId sets the AssociationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *IamInstanceProfileAssociation) SetAssociationId(v string) *IamInstanceProfileAssociation {
|
|
s.AssociationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIamInstanceProfile sets the IamInstanceProfile field's value.
|
|
func (s *IamInstanceProfileAssociation) SetIamInstanceProfile(v *IamInstanceProfile) *IamInstanceProfileAssociation {
|
|
s.IamInstanceProfile = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *IamInstanceProfileAssociation) SetInstanceId(v string) *IamInstanceProfileAssociation {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *IamInstanceProfileAssociation) SetState(v string) *IamInstanceProfileAssociation {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTimestamp sets the Timestamp field's value.
|
|
func (s *IamInstanceProfileAssociation) SetTimestamp(v time.Time) *IamInstanceProfileAssociation {
|
|
s.Timestamp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an IAM instance profile.
|
|
type IamInstanceProfileSpecification struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the instance profile.
|
|
Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the instance profile.
|
|
Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s IamInstanceProfileSpecification) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s IamInstanceProfileSpecification) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
|
|
func (s *IamInstanceProfileSpecification) SetArn(v string) *IamInstanceProfileSpecification {
|
|
s.Arn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *IamInstanceProfileSpecification) SetName(v string) *IamInstanceProfileSpecification {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the ICMP type and code.
|
|
type IcmpTypeCode struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ICMP code. A value of -1 means all codes for the specified ICMP type.
|
|
Code *int64 `locationName:"code" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The ICMP type. A value of -1 means all types.
|
|
Type *int64 `locationName:"type" type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s IcmpTypeCode) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s IcmpTypeCode) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCode sets the Code field's value.
|
|
func (s *IcmpTypeCode) SetCode(v int64) *IcmpTypeCode {
|
|
s.Code = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
|
|
func (s *IcmpTypeCode) SetType(v int64) *IcmpTypeCode {
|
|
s.Type = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the ID format for a resource.
|
|
type IdFormat struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The date in UTC at which you are permanently switched over to using longer
|
|
// IDs. If a deadline is not yet available for this resource type, this field
|
|
// is not returned.
|
|
Deadline *time.Time `locationName:"deadline" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of resource.
|
|
Resource *string `locationName:"resource" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether longer IDs (17-character IDs) are enabled for the resource.
|
|
UseLongIds *bool `locationName:"useLongIds" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s IdFormat) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s IdFormat) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeadline sets the Deadline field's value.
|
|
func (s *IdFormat) SetDeadline(v time.Time) *IdFormat {
|
|
s.Deadline = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResource sets the Resource field's value.
|
|
func (s *IdFormat) SetResource(v string) *IdFormat {
|
|
s.Resource = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUseLongIds sets the UseLongIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *IdFormat) SetUseLongIds(v bool) *IdFormat {
|
|
s.UseLongIds = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an image.
|
|
type Image struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The architecture of the image.
|
|
Architecture *string `locationName:"architecture" type:"string" enum:"ArchitectureValues"`
|
|
|
|
// Any block device mapping entries.
|
|
BlockDeviceMappings []*BlockDeviceMapping `locationName:"blockDeviceMapping" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time the image was created.
|
|
CreationDate *string `locationName:"creationDate" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the AMI that was provided during image creation.
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether enhanced networking with ENA is enabled.
|
|
EnaSupport *bool `locationName:"enaSupport" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The hypervisor type of the image.
|
|
Hypervisor *string `locationName:"hypervisor" type:"string" enum:"HypervisorType"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the AMI.
|
|
ImageId *string `locationName:"imageId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The location of the AMI.
|
|
ImageLocation *string `locationName:"imageLocation" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS account alias (for example, amazon, self) or the AWS account ID of
|
|
// the AMI owner.
|
|
ImageOwnerAlias *string `locationName:"imageOwnerAlias" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of image.
|
|
ImageType *string `locationName:"imageType" type:"string" enum:"ImageTypeValues"`
|
|
|
|
// The kernel associated with the image, if any. Only applicable for machine
|
|
// images.
|
|
KernelId *string `locationName:"kernelId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the AMI that was provided during image creation.
|
|
Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS account ID of the image owner.
|
|
OwnerId *string `locationName:"imageOwnerId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The value is Windows for Windows AMIs; otherwise blank.
|
|
Platform *string `locationName:"platform" type:"string" enum:"PlatformValues"`
|
|
|
|
// Any product codes associated with the AMI.
|
|
ProductCodes []*ProductCode `locationName:"productCodes" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the image has public launch permissions. The value is true
|
|
// if this image has public launch permissions or false if it has only implicit
|
|
// and explicit launch permissions.
|
|
Public *bool `locationName:"isPublic" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The RAM disk associated with the image, if any. Only applicable for machine
|
|
// images.
|
|
RamdiskId *string `locationName:"ramdiskId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The device name of the root device volume (for example, /dev/sda1).
|
|
RootDeviceName *string `locationName:"rootDeviceName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of root device used by the AMI. The AMI can use an EBS volume or
|
|
// an instance store volume.
|
|
RootDeviceType *string `locationName:"rootDeviceType" type:"string" enum:"DeviceType"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual Function
|
|
// interface is enabled.
|
|
SriovNetSupport *string `locationName:"sriovNetSupport" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The current state of the AMI. If the state is available, the image is successfully
|
|
// registered and can be used to launch an instance.
|
|
State *string `locationName:"imageState" type:"string" enum:"ImageState"`
|
|
|
|
// The reason for the state change.
|
|
StateReason *StateReason `locationName:"stateReason" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Any tags assigned to the image.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tagSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of virtualization of the AMI.
|
|
VirtualizationType *string `locationName:"virtualizationType" type:"string" enum:"VirtualizationType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Image) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Image) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetArchitecture sets the Architecture field's value.
|
|
func (s *Image) SetArchitecture(v string) *Image {
|
|
s.Architecture = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBlockDeviceMappings sets the BlockDeviceMappings field's value.
|
|
func (s *Image) SetBlockDeviceMappings(v []*BlockDeviceMapping) *Image {
|
|
s.BlockDeviceMappings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *Image) SetCreationDate(v string) *Image {
|
|
s.CreationDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *Image) SetDescription(v string) *Image {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnaSupport sets the EnaSupport field's value.
|
|
func (s *Image) SetEnaSupport(v bool) *Image {
|
|
s.EnaSupport = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHypervisor sets the Hypervisor field's value.
|
|
func (s *Image) SetHypervisor(v string) *Image {
|
|
s.Hypervisor = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImageId sets the ImageId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Image) SetImageId(v string) *Image {
|
|
s.ImageId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImageLocation sets the ImageLocation field's value.
|
|
func (s *Image) SetImageLocation(v string) *Image {
|
|
s.ImageLocation = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImageOwnerAlias sets the ImageOwnerAlias field's value.
|
|
func (s *Image) SetImageOwnerAlias(v string) *Image {
|
|
s.ImageOwnerAlias = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImageType sets the ImageType field's value.
|
|
func (s *Image) SetImageType(v string) *Image {
|
|
s.ImageType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKernelId sets the KernelId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Image) SetKernelId(v string) *Image {
|
|
s.KernelId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *Image) SetName(v string) *Image {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOwnerId sets the OwnerId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Image) SetOwnerId(v string) *Image {
|
|
s.OwnerId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPlatform sets the Platform field's value.
|
|
func (s *Image) SetPlatform(v string) *Image {
|
|
s.Platform = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProductCodes sets the ProductCodes field's value.
|
|
func (s *Image) SetProductCodes(v []*ProductCode) *Image {
|
|
s.ProductCodes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPublic sets the Public field's value.
|
|
func (s *Image) SetPublic(v bool) *Image {
|
|
s.Public = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRamdiskId sets the RamdiskId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Image) SetRamdiskId(v string) *Image {
|
|
s.RamdiskId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRootDeviceName sets the RootDeviceName field's value.
|
|
func (s *Image) SetRootDeviceName(v string) *Image {
|
|
s.RootDeviceName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRootDeviceType sets the RootDeviceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *Image) SetRootDeviceType(v string) *Image {
|
|
s.RootDeviceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSriovNetSupport sets the SriovNetSupport field's value.
|
|
func (s *Image) SetSriovNetSupport(v string) *Image {
|
|
s.SriovNetSupport = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *Image) SetState(v string) *Image {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStateReason sets the StateReason field's value.
|
|
func (s *Image) SetStateReason(v *StateReason) *Image {
|
|
s.StateReason = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *Image) SetTags(v []*Tag) *Image {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVirtualizationType sets the VirtualizationType field's value.
|
|
func (s *Image) SetVirtualizationType(v string) *Image {
|
|
s.VirtualizationType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the disk container object for an import image task.
|
|
type ImageDiskContainer struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the disk image.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The block device mapping for the disk.
|
|
DeviceName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The format of the disk image being imported.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: VHD | VMDK | OVA
|
|
Format *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the EBS snapshot to be used for importing the snapshot.
|
|
SnapshotId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The URL to the Amazon S3-based disk image being imported. The URL can either
|
|
// be a https URL (https://..) or an Amazon S3 URL (s3://..)
|
|
Url *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The S3 bucket for the disk image.
|
|
UserBucket *UserBucket `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImageDiskContainer) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImageDiskContainer) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImageDiskContainer) SetDescription(v string) *ImageDiskContainer {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeviceName sets the DeviceName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImageDiskContainer) SetDeviceName(v string) *ImageDiskContainer {
|
|
s.DeviceName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFormat sets the Format field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImageDiskContainer) SetFormat(v string) *ImageDiskContainer {
|
|
s.Format = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotId sets the SnapshotId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImageDiskContainer) SetSnapshotId(v string) *ImageDiskContainer {
|
|
s.SnapshotId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUrl sets the Url field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImageDiskContainer) SetUrl(v string) *ImageDiskContainer {
|
|
s.Url = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserBucket sets the UserBucket field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImageDiskContainer) SetUserBucket(v *UserBucket) *ImageDiskContainer {
|
|
s.UserBucket = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for ImportImage.
|
|
type ImportImageInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The architecture of the virtual machine.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: i386 | x86_64
|
|
Architecture *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The client-specific data.
|
|
ClientData *ClientData `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The token to enable idempotency for VM import requests.
|
|
ClientToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A description string for the import image task.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the disk containers.
|
|
DiskContainers []*ImageDiskContainer `locationName:"DiskContainer" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The target hypervisor platform.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: xen
|
|
Hypervisor *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The license type to be used for the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) after importing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You may only use BYOL if you have existing licenses with rights to
|
|
// use these licenses in a third party cloud like AWS. For more information,
|
|
// see Prerequisites (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/vmimport-image-import.html#prerequisites-image)
|
|
// in the VM Import/Export User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: AWS | BYOL
|
|
LicenseType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The operating system of the virtual machine.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: Windows | Linux
|
|
Platform *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the role to use when not using the default role, 'vmimport'.
|
|
RoleName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportImageInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportImageInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetArchitecture sets the Architecture field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportImageInput) SetArchitecture(v string) *ImportImageInput {
|
|
s.Architecture = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientData sets the ClientData field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportImageInput) SetClientData(v *ClientData) *ImportImageInput {
|
|
s.ClientData = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportImageInput) SetClientToken(v string) *ImportImageInput {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportImageInput) SetDescription(v string) *ImportImageInput {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDiskContainers sets the DiskContainers field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportImageInput) SetDiskContainers(v []*ImageDiskContainer) *ImportImageInput {
|
|
s.DiskContainers = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportImageInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ImportImageInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHypervisor sets the Hypervisor field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportImageInput) SetHypervisor(v string) *ImportImageInput {
|
|
s.Hypervisor = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLicenseType sets the LicenseType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportImageInput) SetLicenseType(v string) *ImportImageInput {
|
|
s.LicenseType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPlatform sets the Platform field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportImageInput) SetPlatform(v string) *ImportImageInput {
|
|
s.Platform = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRoleName sets the RoleName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportImageInput) SetRoleName(v string) *ImportImageInput {
|
|
s.RoleName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output for ImportImage.
|
|
type ImportImageOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The architecture of the virtual machine.
|
|
Architecture *string `locationName:"architecture" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A description of the import task.
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The target hypervisor of the import task.
|
|
Hypervisor *string `locationName:"hypervisor" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) created by the import task.
|
|
ImageId *string `locationName:"imageId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The task ID of the import image task.
|
|
ImportTaskId *string `locationName:"importTaskId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The license type of the virtual machine.
|
|
LicenseType *string `locationName:"licenseType" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The operating system of the virtual machine.
|
|
Platform *string `locationName:"platform" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The progress of the task.
|
|
Progress *string `locationName:"progress" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the snapshots.
|
|
SnapshotDetails []*SnapshotDetail `locationName:"snapshotDetailSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A brief status of the task.
|
|
Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A detailed status message of the import task.
|
|
StatusMessage *string `locationName:"statusMessage" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportImageOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportImageOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetArchitecture sets the Architecture field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportImageOutput) SetArchitecture(v string) *ImportImageOutput {
|
|
s.Architecture = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportImageOutput) SetDescription(v string) *ImportImageOutput {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHypervisor sets the Hypervisor field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportImageOutput) SetHypervisor(v string) *ImportImageOutput {
|
|
s.Hypervisor = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImageId sets the ImageId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportImageOutput) SetImageId(v string) *ImportImageOutput {
|
|
s.ImageId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImportTaskId sets the ImportTaskId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportImageOutput) SetImportTaskId(v string) *ImportImageOutput {
|
|
s.ImportTaskId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLicenseType sets the LicenseType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportImageOutput) SetLicenseType(v string) *ImportImageOutput {
|
|
s.LicenseType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPlatform sets the Platform field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportImageOutput) SetPlatform(v string) *ImportImageOutput {
|
|
s.Platform = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProgress sets the Progress field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportImageOutput) SetProgress(v string) *ImportImageOutput {
|
|
s.Progress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotDetails sets the SnapshotDetails field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportImageOutput) SetSnapshotDetails(v []*SnapshotDetail) *ImportImageOutput {
|
|
s.SnapshotDetails = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportImageOutput) SetStatus(v string) *ImportImageOutput {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatusMessage sets the StatusMessage field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportImageOutput) SetStatusMessage(v string) *ImportImageOutput {
|
|
s.StatusMessage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an import image task.
|
|
type ImportImageTask struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The architecture of the virtual machine.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: i386 | x86_64
|
|
Architecture *string `locationName:"architecture" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A description of the import task.
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The target hypervisor for the import task.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: xen
|
|
Hypervisor *string `locationName:"hypervisor" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) of the imported virtual machine.
|
|
ImageId *string `locationName:"imageId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the import image task.
|
|
ImportTaskId *string `locationName:"importTaskId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The license type of the virtual machine.
|
|
LicenseType *string `locationName:"licenseType" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The description string for the import image task.
|
|
Platform *string `locationName:"platform" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The percentage of progress of the import image task.
|
|
Progress *string `locationName:"progress" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the snapshots.
|
|
SnapshotDetails []*SnapshotDetail `locationName:"snapshotDetailSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A brief status for the import image task.
|
|
Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A descriptive status message for the import image task.
|
|
StatusMessage *string `locationName:"statusMessage" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportImageTask) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportImageTask) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetArchitecture sets the Architecture field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportImageTask) SetArchitecture(v string) *ImportImageTask {
|
|
s.Architecture = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportImageTask) SetDescription(v string) *ImportImageTask {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHypervisor sets the Hypervisor field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportImageTask) SetHypervisor(v string) *ImportImageTask {
|
|
s.Hypervisor = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImageId sets the ImageId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportImageTask) SetImageId(v string) *ImportImageTask {
|
|
s.ImageId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImportTaskId sets the ImportTaskId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportImageTask) SetImportTaskId(v string) *ImportImageTask {
|
|
s.ImportTaskId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLicenseType sets the LicenseType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportImageTask) SetLicenseType(v string) *ImportImageTask {
|
|
s.LicenseType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPlatform sets the Platform field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportImageTask) SetPlatform(v string) *ImportImageTask {
|
|
s.Platform = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProgress sets the Progress field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportImageTask) SetProgress(v string) *ImportImageTask {
|
|
s.Progress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotDetails sets the SnapshotDetails field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportImageTask) SetSnapshotDetails(v []*SnapshotDetail) *ImportImageTask {
|
|
s.SnapshotDetails = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportImageTask) SetStatus(v string) *ImportImageTask {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatusMessage sets the StatusMessage field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportImageTask) SetStatusMessage(v string) *ImportImageTask {
|
|
s.StatusMessage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for ImportInstance.
|
|
type ImportInstanceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A description for the instance being imported.
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The disk image.
|
|
DiskImages []*DiskImage `locationName:"diskImage" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The launch specification.
|
|
LaunchSpecification *ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification `locationName:"launchSpecification" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance operating system.
|
|
//
|
|
// Platform is a required field
|
|
Platform *string `locationName:"platform" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"PlatformValues"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportInstanceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportInstanceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ImportInstanceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ImportInstanceInput"}
|
|
if s.Platform == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Platform"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DiskImages != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.DiskImages {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "DiskImages", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportInstanceInput) SetDescription(v string) *ImportInstanceInput {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDiskImages sets the DiskImages field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportInstanceInput) SetDiskImages(v []*DiskImage) *ImportInstanceInput {
|
|
s.DiskImages = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportInstanceInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ImportInstanceInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchSpecification sets the LaunchSpecification field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportInstanceInput) SetLaunchSpecification(v *ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification) *ImportInstanceInput {
|
|
s.LaunchSpecification = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPlatform sets the Platform field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportInstanceInput) SetPlatform(v string) *ImportInstanceInput {
|
|
s.Platform = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the launch specification for VM import.
|
|
type ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Reserved.
|
|
AdditionalInfo *string `locationName:"additionalInfo" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The architecture of the instance.
|
|
Architecture *string `locationName:"architecture" type:"string" enum:"ArchitectureValues"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more security group IDs.
|
|
GroupIds []*string `locationName:"GroupId" locationNameList:"SecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more security group names.
|
|
GroupNames []*string `locationName:"GroupName" locationNameList:"SecurityGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether an instance stops or terminates when you initiate shutdown
|
|
// from the instance (using the operating system command for system shutdown).
|
|
InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior *string `locationName:"instanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior" type:"string" enum:"ShutdownBehavior"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance type. For more information about the instance types that you
|
|
// can import, see Instance Types (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/vmie_prereqs.html#vmimport-instance-types)
|
|
// in the VM Import/Export User Guide.
|
|
InstanceType *string `locationName:"instanceType" type:"string" enum:"InstanceType"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether monitoring is enabled.
|
|
Monitoring *bool `locationName:"monitoring" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The placement information for the instance.
|
|
Placement *Placement `locationName:"placement" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-VPC] An available IP address from the IP address range of the subnet.
|
|
PrivateIpAddress *string `locationName:"privateIpAddress" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-VPC] The ID of the subnet in which to launch the instance.
|
|
SubnetId *string `locationName:"subnetId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Base64-encoded user data to make available to the instance.
|
|
UserData *UserData `locationName:"userData" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAdditionalInfo sets the AdditionalInfo field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification) SetAdditionalInfo(v string) *ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.AdditionalInfo = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetArchitecture sets the Architecture field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification) SetArchitecture(v string) *ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.Architecture = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupIds sets the GroupIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification) SetGroupIds(v []*string) *ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.GroupIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupNames sets the GroupNames field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification) SetGroupNames(v []*string) *ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.GroupNames = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior sets the InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification) SetInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior(v string) *ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceType sets the InstanceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification) SetInstanceType(v string) *ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.InstanceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMonitoring sets the Monitoring field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification) SetMonitoring(v bool) *ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.Monitoring = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPlacement sets the Placement field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification) SetPlacement(v *Placement) *ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.Placement = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateIpAddress sets the PrivateIpAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification) SetPrivateIpAddress(v string) *ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.PrivateIpAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification) SetSubnetId(v string) *ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.SubnetId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserData sets the UserData field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification) SetUserData(v *UserData) *ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.UserData = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output for ImportInstance.
|
|
type ImportInstanceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the conversion task.
|
|
ConversionTask *ConversionTask `locationName:"conversionTask" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportInstanceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetConversionTask sets the ConversionTask field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportInstanceOutput) SetConversionTask(v *ConversionTask) *ImportInstanceOutput {
|
|
s.ConversionTask = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an import instance task.
|
|
type ImportInstanceTaskDetails struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A description of the task.
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance.
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance operating system.
|
|
Platform *string `locationName:"platform" type:"string" enum:"PlatformValues"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more volumes.
|
|
//
|
|
// Volumes is a required field
|
|
Volumes []*ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem `locationName:"volumes" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportInstanceTaskDetails) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportInstanceTaskDetails) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportInstanceTaskDetails) SetDescription(v string) *ImportInstanceTaskDetails {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportInstanceTaskDetails) SetInstanceId(v string) *ImportInstanceTaskDetails {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPlatform sets the Platform field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportInstanceTaskDetails) SetPlatform(v string) *ImportInstanceTaskDetails {
|
|
s.Platform = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumes sets the Volumes field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportInstanceTaskDetails) SetVolumes(v []*ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem) *ImportInstanceTaskDetails {
|
|
s.Volumes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an import volume task.
|
|
type ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone where the resulting instance will reside.
|
|
//
|
|
// AvailabilityZone is a required field
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of bytes converted so far.
|
|
//
|
|
// BytesConverted is a required field
|
|
BytesConverted *int64 `locationName:"bytesConverted" type:"long" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A description of the task.
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The image.
|
|
//
|
|
// Image is a required field
|
|
Image *DiskImageDescription `locationName:"image" type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the import of this particular disk image.
|
|
//
|
|
// Status is a required field
|
|
Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The status information or errors related to the disk image.
|
|
StatusMessage *string `locationName:"statusMessage" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The volume.
|
|
//
|
|
// Volume is a required field
|
|
Volume *DiskImageVolumeDescription `locationName:"volume" type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBytesConverted sets the BytesConverted field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem) SetBytesConverted(v int64) *ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem {
|
|
s.BytesConverted = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem) SetDescription(v string) *ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImage sets the Image field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem) SetImage(v *DiskImageDescription) *ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem {
|
|
s.Image = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem) SetStatus(v string) *ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatusMessage sets the StatusMessage field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem) SetStatusMessage(v string) *ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem {
|
|
s.StatusMessage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolume sets the Volume field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem) SetVolume(v *DiskImageVolumeDescription) *ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem {
|
|
s.Volume = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for ImportKeyPair.
|
|
type ImportKeyPairInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A unique name for the key pair.
|
|
//
|
|
// KeyName is a required field
|
|
KeyName *string `locationName:"keyName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The public key. For API calls, the text must be base64-encoded. For command
|
|
// line tools, base64 encoding is performed for you.
|
|
//
|
|
// PublicKeyMaterial is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
|
|
//
|
|
// PublicKeyMaterial is a required field
|
|
PublicKeyMaterial []byte `locationName:"publicKeyMaterial" type:"blob" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportKeyPairInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportKeyPairInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ImportKeyPairInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ImportKeyPairInput"}
|
|
if s.KeyName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("KeyName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.PublicKeyMaterial == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PublicKeyMaterial"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportKeyPairInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ImportKeyPairInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKeyName sets the KeyName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportKeyPairInput) SetKeyName(v string) *ImportKeyPairInput {
|
|
s.KeyName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPublicKeyMaterial sets the PublicKeyMaterial field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportKeyPairInput) SetPublicKeyMaterial(v []byte) *ImportKeyPairInput {
|
|
s.PublicKeyMaterial = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of ImportKeyPair.
|
|
type ImportKeyPairOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The MD5 public key fingerprint as specified in section 4 of RFC 4716.
|
|
KeyFingerprint *string `locationName:"keyFingerprint" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The key pair name you provided.
|
|
KeyName *string `locationName:"keyName" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportKeyPairOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportKeyPairOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKeyFingerprint sets the KeyFingerprint field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportKeyPairOutput) SetKeyFingerprint(v string) *ImportKeyPairOutput {
|
|
s.KeyFingerprint = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKeyName sets the KeyName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportKeyPairOutput) SetKeyName(v string) *ImportKeyPairOutput {
|
|
s.KeyName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for ImportSnapshot.
|
|
type ImportSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The client-specific data.
|
|
ClientData *ClientData `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Token to enable idempotency for VM import requests.
|
|
ClientToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The description string for the import snapshot task.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the disk container.
|
|
DiskContainer *SnapshotDiskContainer `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the role to use when not using the default role, 'vmimport'.
|
|
RoleName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientData sets the ClientData field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportSnapshotInput) SetClientData(v *ClientData) *ImportSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.ClientData = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportSnapshotInput) SetClientToken(v string) *ImportSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportSnapshotInput) SetDescription(v string) *ImportSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDiskContainer sets the DiskContainer field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportSnapshotInput) SetDiskContainer(v *SnapshotDiskContainer) *ImportSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.DiskContainer = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportSnapshotInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ImportSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRoleName sets the RoleName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportSnapshotInput) SetRoleName(v string) *ImportSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.RoleName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output for ImportSnapshot.
|
|
type ImportSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A description of the import snapshot task.
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the import snapshot task.
|
|
ImportTaskId *string `locationName:"importTaskId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the import snapshot task.
|
|
SnapshotTaskDetail *SnapshotTaskDetail `locationName:"snapshotTaskDetail" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportSnapshotOutput) SetDescription(v string) *ImportSnapshotOutput {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImportTaskId sets the ImportTaskId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportSnapshotOutput) SetImportTaskId(v string) *ImportSnapshotOutput {
|
|
s.ImportTaskId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotTaskDetail sets the SnapshotTaskDetail field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportSnapshotOutput) SetSnapshotTaskDetail(v *SnapshotTaskDetail) *ImportSnapshotOutput {
|
|
s.SnapshotTaskDetail = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an import snapshot task.
|
|
type ImportSnapshotTask struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A description of the import snapshot task.
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the import snapshot task.
|
|
ImportTaskId *string `locationName:"importTaskId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes an import snapshot task.
|
|
SnapshotTaskDetail *SnapshotTaskDetail `locationName:"snapshotTaskDetail" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportSnapshotTask) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportSnapshotTask) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportSnapshotTask) SetDescription(v string) *ImportSnapshotTask {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImportTaskId sets the ImportTaskId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportSnapshotTask) SetImportTaskId(v string) *ImportSnapshotTask {
|
|
s.ImportTaskId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotTaskDetail sets the SnapshotTaskDetail field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportSnapshotTask) SetSnapshotTaskDetail(v *SnapshotTaskDetail) *ImportSnapshotTask {
|
|
s.SnapshotTaskDetail = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for ImportVolume.
|
|
type ImportVolumeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone for the resulting EBS volume.
|
|
//
|
|
// AvailabilityZone is a required field
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A description of the volume.
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The disk image.
|
|
//
|
|
// Image is a required field
|
|
Image *DiskImageDetail `locationName:"image" type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The volume size.
|
|
//
|
|
// Volume is a required field
|
|
Volume *VolumeDetail `locationName:"volume" type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportVolumeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportVolumeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ImportVolumeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ImportVolumeInput"}
|
|
if s.AvailabilityZone == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AvailabilityZone"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Image == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Image"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Volume == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Volume"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Image != nil {
|
|
if err := s.Image.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("Image", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Volume != nil {
|
|
if err := s.Volume.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("Volume", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportVolumeInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *ImportVolumeInput {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportVolumeInput) SetDescription(v string) *ImportVolumeInput {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportVolumeInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ImportVolumeInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImage sets the Image field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportVolumeInput) SetImage(v *DiskImageDetail) *ImportVolumeInput {
|
|
s.Image = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolume sets the Volume field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportVolumeInput) SetVolume(v *VolumeDetail) *ImportVolumeInput {
|
|
s.Volume = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output for ImportVolume.
|
|
type ImportVolumeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the conversion task.
|
|
ConversionTask *ConversionTask `locationName:"conversionTask" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportVolumeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportVolumeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetConversionTask sets the ConversionTask field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportVolumeOutput) SetConversionTask(v *ConversionTask) *ImportVolumeOutput {
|
|
s.ConversionTask = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an import volume task.
|
|
type ImportVolumeTaskDetails struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone where the resulting volume will reside.
|
|
//
|
|
// AvailabilityZone is a required field
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of bytes converted so far.
|
|
//
|
|
// BytesConverted is a required field
|
|
BytesConverted *int64 `locationName:"bytesConverted" type:"long" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The description you provided when starting the import volume task.
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The image.
|
|
//
|
|
// Image is a required field
|
|
Image *DiskImageDescription `locationName:"image" type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The volume.
|
|
//
|
|
// Volume is a required field
|
|
Volume *DiskImageVolumeDescription `locationName:"volume" type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportVolumeTaskDetails) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportVolumeTaskDetails) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportVolumeTaskDetails) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *ImportVolumeTaskDetails {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBytesConverted sets the BytesConverted field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportVolumeTaskDetails) SetBytesConverted(v int64) *ImportVolumeTaskDetails {
|
|
s.BytesConverted = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportVolumeTaskDetails) SetDescription(v string) *ImportVolumeTaskDetails {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImage sets the Image field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportVolumeTaskDetails) SetImage(v *DiskImageDescription) *ImportVolumeTaskDetails {
|
|
s.Image = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolume sets the Volume field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportVolumeTaskDetails) SetVolume(v *DiskImageVolumeDescription) *ImportVolumeTaskDetails {
|
|
s.Volume = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an instance.
|
|
type Instance struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AMI launch index, which can be used to find this instance in the launch
|
|
// group.
|
|
AmiLaunchIndex *int64 `locationName:"amiLaunchIndex" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The architecture of the image.
|
|
Architecture *string `locationName:"architecture" type:"string" enum:"ArchitectureValues"`
|
|
|
|
// Any block device mapping entries for the instance.
|
|
BlockDeviceMappings []*InstanceBlockDeviceMapping `locationName:"blockDeviceMapping" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The idempotency token you provided when you launched the instance, if applicable.
|
|
ClientToken *string `locationName:"clientToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the instance is optimized for Amazon EBS I/O. This optimization
|
|
// provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration
|
|
// stack to provide optimal I/O performance. This optimization isn't available
|
|
// with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS
|
|
// Optimized instance.
|
|
EbsOptimized *bool `locationName:"ebsOptimized" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The Elastic GPU associated with the instance.
|
|
ElasticGpuAssociations []*ElasticGpuAssociation `locationName:"elasticGpuAssociationSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether enhanced networking with ENA is enabled.
|
|
EnaSupport *bool `locationName:"enaSupport" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The hypervisor type of the instance.
|
|
Hypervisor *string `locationName:"hypervisor" type:"string" enum:"HypervisorType"`
|
|
|
|
// The IAM instance profile associated with the instance, if applicable.
|
|
IamInstanceProfile *IamInstanceProfile `locationName:"iamInstanceProfile" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the AMI used to launch the instance.
|
|
ImageId *string `locationName:"imageId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance.
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether this is a Spot Instance or a Scheduled Instance.
|
|
InstanceLifecycle *string `locationName:"instanceLifecycle" type:"string" enum:"InstanceLifecycleType"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance type.
|
|
InstanceType *string `locationName:"instanceType" type:"string" enum:"InstanceType"`
|
|
|
|
// The kernel associated with this instance, if applicable.
|
|
KernelId *string `locationName:"kernelId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the key pair, if this instance was launched with an associated
|
|
// key pair.
|
|
KeyName *string `locationName:"keyName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The time the instance was launched.
|
|
LaunchTime *time.Time `locationName:"launchTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The monitoring for the instance.
|
|
Monitoring *Monitoring `locationName:"monitoring" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-VPC] One or more network interfaces for the instance.
|
|
NetworkInterfaces []*InstanceNetworkInterface `locationName:"networkInterfaceSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The location where the instance launched, if applicable.
|
|
Placement *Placement `locationName:"placement" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The value is Windows for Windows instances; otherwise blank.
|
|
Platform *string `locationName:"platform" type:"string" enum:"PlatformValues"`
|
|
|
|
// (IPv4 only) The private DNS hostname name assigned to the instance. This
|
|
// DNS hostname can only be used inside the Amazon EC2 network. This name is
|
|
// not available until the instance enters the running state.
|
|
//
|
|
// [EC2-VPC] The Amazon-provided DNS server resolves Amazon-provided private
|
|
// DNS hostnames if you've enabled DNS resolution and DNS hostnames in your
|
|
// VPC. If you are not using the Amazon-provided DNS server in your VPC, your
|
|
// custom domain name servers must resolve the hostname as appropriate.
|
|
PrivateDnsName *string `locationName:"privateDnsName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The private IPv4 address assigned to the instance.
|
|
PrivateIpAddress *string `locationName:"privateIpAddress" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The product codes attached to this instance, if applicable.
|
|
ProductCodes []*ProductCode `locationName:"productCodes" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// (IPv4 only) The public DNS name assigned to the instance. This name is not
|
|
// available until the instance enters the running state. For EC2-VPC, this
|
|
// name is only available if you've enabled DNS hostnames for your VPC.
|
|
PublicDnsName *string `locationName:"dnsName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The public IPv4 address assigned to the instance, if applicable.
|
|
PublicIpAddress *string `locationName:"ipAddress" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The RAM disk associated with this instance, if applicable.
|
|
RamdiskId *string `locationName:"ramdiskId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The device name of the root device volume (for example, /dev/sda1).
|
|
RootDeviceName *string `locationName:"rootDeviceName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The root device type used by the AMI. The AMI can use an EBS volume or an
|
|
// instance store volume.
|
|
RootDeviceType *string `locationName:"rootDeviceType" type:"string" enum:"DeviceType"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more security groups for the instance.
|
|
SecurityGroups []*GroupIdentifier `locationName:"groupSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether to enable an instance launched in a VPC to perform NAT.
|
|
// This controls whether source/destination checking is enabled on the instance.
|
|
// A value of true means that checking is enabled, and false means that checking
|
|
// is disabled. The value must be false for the instance to perform NAT. For
|
|
// more information, see NAT Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_NAT_Instance.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
SourceDestCheck *bool `locationName:"sourceDestCheck" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// If the request is a Spot Instance request, the ID of the request.
|
|
SpotInstanceRequestId *string `locationName:"spotInstanceRequestId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual Function
|
|
// interface is enabled.
|
|
SriovNetSupport *string `locationName:"sriovNetSupport" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The current state of the instance.
|
|
State *InstanceState `locationName:"instanceState" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The reason for the most recent state transition.
|
|
StateReason *StateReason `locationName:"stateReason" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The reason for the most recent state transition. This might be an empty string.
|
|
StateTransitionReason *string `locationName:"reason" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-VPC] The ID of the subnet in which the instance is running.
|
|
SubnetId *string `locationName:"subnetId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Any tags assigned to the instance.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tagSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The virtualization type of the instance.
|
|
VirtualizationType *string `locationName:"virtualizationType" type:"string" enum:"VirtualizationType"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-VPC] The ID of the VPC in which the instance is running.
|
|
VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Instance) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Instance) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAmiLaunchIndex sets the AmiLaunchIndex field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetAmiLaunchIndex(v int64) *Instance {
|
|
s.AmiLaunchIndex = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetArchitecture sets the Architecture field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetArchitecture(v string) *Instance {
|
|
s.Architecture = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBlockDeviceMappings sets the BlockDeviceMappings field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetBlockDeviceMappings(v []*InstanceBlockDeviceMapping) *Instance {
|
|
s.BlockDeviceMappings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetClientToken(v string) *Instance {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEbsOptimized sets the EbsOptimized field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetEbsOptimized(v bool) *Instance {
|
|
s.EbsOptimized = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetElasticGpuAssociations sets the ElasticGpuAssociations field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetElasticGpuAssociations(v []*ElasticGpuAssociation) *Instance {
|
|
s.ElasticGpuAssociations = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnaSupport sets the EnaSupport field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetEnaSupport(v bool) *Instance {
|
|
s.EnaSupport = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHypervisor sets the Hypervisor field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetHypervisor(v string) *Instance {
|
|
s.Hypervisor = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIamInstanceProfile sets the IamInstanceProfile field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetIamInstanceProfile(v *IamInstanceProfile) *Instance {
|
|
s.IamInstanceProfile = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImageId sets the ImageId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetImageId(v string) *Instance {
|
|
s.ImageId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetInstanceId(v string) *Instance {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceLifecycle sets the InstanceLifecycle field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetInstanceLifecycle(v string) *Instance {
|
|
s.InstanceLifecycle = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceType sets the InstanceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetInstanceType(v string) *Instance {
|
|
s.InstanceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKernelId sets the KernelId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetKernelId(v string) *Instance {
|
|
s.KernelId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKeyName sets the KeyName field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetKeyName(v string) *Instance {
|
|
s.KeyName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTime sets the LaunchTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetLaunchTime(v time.Time) *Instance {
|
|
s.LaunchTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMonitoring sets the Monitoring field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetMonitoring(v *Monitoring) *Instance {
|
|
s.Monitoring = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaces sets the NetworkInterfaces field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetNetworkInterfaces(v []*InstanceNetworkInterface) *Instance {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaces = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPlacement sets the Placement field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetPlacement(v *Placement) *Instance {
|
|
s.Placement = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPlatform sets the Platform field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetPlatform(v string) *Instance {
|
|
s.Platform = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateDnsName sets the PrivateDnsName field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetPrivateDnsName(v string) *Instance {
|
|
s.PrivateDnsName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateIpAddress sets the PrivateIpAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetPrivateIpAddress(v string) *Instance {
|
|
s.PrivateIpAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProductCodes sets the ProductCodes field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetProductCodes(v []*ProductCode) *Instance {
|
|
s.ProductCodes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPublicDnsName sets the PublicDnsName field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetPublicDnsName(v string) *Instance {
|
|
s.PublicDnsName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPublicIpAddress sets the PublicIpAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetPublicIpAddress(v string) *Instance {
|
|
s.PublicIpAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRamdiskId sets the RamdiskId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetRamdiskId(v string) *Instance {
|
|
s.RamdiskId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRootDeviceName sets the RootDeviceName field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetRootDeviceName(v string) *Instance {
|
|
s.RootDeviceName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRootDeviceType sets the RootDeviceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetRootDeviceType(v string) *Instance {
|
|
s.RootDeviceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetSecurityGroups(v []*GroupIdentifier) *Instance {
|
|
s.SecurityGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceDestCheck sets the SourceDestCheck field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetSourceDestCheck(v bool) *Instance {
|
|
s.SourceDestCheck = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotInstanceRequestId sets the SpotInstanceRequestId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetSpotInstanceRequestId(v string) *Instance {
|
|
s.SpotInstanceRequestId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSriovNetSupport sets the SriovNetSupport field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetSriovNetSupport(v string) *Instance {
|
|
s.SriovNetSupport = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetState(v *InstanceState) *Instance {
|
|
s.State = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStateReason sets the StateReason field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetStateReason(v *StateReason) *Instance {
|
|
s.StateReason = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStateTransitionReason sets the StateTransitionReason field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetStateTransitionReason(v string) *Instance {
|
|
s.StateTransitionReason = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetSubnetId(v string) *Instance {
|
|
s.SubnetId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetTags(v []*Tag) *Instance {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVirtualizationType sets the VirtualizationType field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetVirtualizationType(v string) *Instance {
|
|
s.VirtualizationType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Instance) SetVpcId(v string) *Instance {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a block device mapping.
|
|
type InstanceBlockDeviceMapping struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The device name (for example, /dev/sdh or xvdh).
|
|
DeviceName *string `locationName:"deviceName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Parameters used to automatically set up EBS volumes when the instance is
|
|
// launched.
|
|
Ebs *EbsInstanceBlockDevice `locationName:"ebs" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceBlockDeviceMapping) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceBlockDeviceMapping) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeviceName sets the DeviceName field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceBlockDeviceMapping) SetDeviceName(v string) *InstanceBlockDeviceMapping {
|
|
s.DeviceName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEbs sets the Ebs field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceBlockDeviceMapping) SetEbs(v *EbsInstanceBlockDevice) *InstanceBlockDeviceMapping {
|
|
s.Ebs = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a block device mapping entry.
|
|
type InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The device name (for example, /dev/sdh or xvdh).
|
|
DeviceName *string `locationName:"deviceName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Parameters used to automatically set up EBS volumes when the instance is
|
|
// launched.
|
|
Ebs *EbsInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification `locationName:"ebs" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// suppress the specified device included in the block device mapping.
|
|
NoDevice *string `locationName:"noDevice" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The virtual device name.
|
|
VirtualName *string `locationName:"virtualName" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeviceName sets the DeviceName field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification) SetDeviceName(v string) *InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification {
|
|
s.DeviceName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEbs sets the Ebs field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification) SetEbs(v *EbsInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification) *InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification {
|
|
s.Ebs = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNoDevice sets the NoDevice field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification) SetNoDevice(v string) *InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification {
|
|
s.NoDevice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVirtualName sets the VirtualName field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification) SetVirtualName(v string) *InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification {
|
|
s.VirtualName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about the instance type that the Dedicated Host supports.
|
|
type InstanceCapacity struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of instances that can still be launched onto the Dedicated Host.
|
|
AvailableCapacity *int64 `locationName:"availableCapacity" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance type size supported by the Dedicated Host.
|
|
InstanceType *string `locationName:"instanceType" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The total number of instances that can be launched onto the Dedicated Host.
|
|
TotalCapacity *int64 `locationName:"totalCapacity" type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceCapacity) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceCapacity) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailableCapacity sets the AvailableCapacity field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceCapacity) SetAvailableCapacity(v int64) *InstanceCapacity {
|
|
s.AvailableCapacity = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceType sets the InstanceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceCapacity) SetInstanceType(v string) *InstanceCapacity {
|
|
s.InstanceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTotalCapacity sets the TotalCapacity field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceCapacity) SetTotalCapacity(v int64) *InstanceCapacity {
|
|
s.TotalCapacity = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a Reserved Instance listing state.
|
|
type InstanceCount struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of listed Reserved Instances in the state specified by the state.
|
|
InstanceCount *int64 `locationName:"instanceCount" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The states of the listed Reserved Instances.
|
|
State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ListingState"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceCount) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceCount) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceCount sets the InstanceCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceCount) SetInstanceCount(v int64) *InstanceCount {
|
|
s.InstanceCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceCount) SetState(v string) *InstanceCount {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the credit option for CPU usage of a T2 instance.
|
|
type InstanceCreditSpecification struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The credit option for CPU usage of the instance. Valid values are standard
|
|
// and unlimited.
|
|
CpuCredits *string `locationName:"cpuCredits" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance.
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceCreditSpecification) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceCreditSpecification) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCpuCredits sets the CpuCredits field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceCreditSpecification) SetCpuCredits(v string) *InstanceCreditSpecification {
|
|
s.CpuCredits = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceCreditSpecification) SetInstanceId(v string) *InstanceCreditSpecification {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the credit option for CPU usage of a T2 instance.
|
|
type InstanceCreditSpecificationRequest struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The credit option for CPU usage of the instance. Valid values are standard
|
|
// and unlimited.
|
|
CpuCredits *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance.
|
|
InstanceId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceCreditSpecificationRequest) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceCreditSpecificationRequest) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCpuCredits sets the CpuCredits field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceCreditSpecificationRequest) SetCpuCredits(v string) *InstanceCreditSpecificationRequest {
|
|
s.CpuCredits = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceCreditSpecificationRequest) SetInstanceId(v string) *InstanceCreditSpecificationRequest {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an instance to export.
|
|
type InstanceExportDetails struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the resource being exported.
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The target virtualization environment.
|
|
TargetEnvironment *string `locationName:"targetEnvironment" type:"string" enum:"ExportEnvironment"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceExportDetails) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceExportDetails) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceExportDetails) SetInstanceId(v string) *InstanceExportDetails {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetEnvironment sets the TargetEnvironment field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceExportDetails) SetTargetEnvironment(v string) *InstanceExportDetails {
|
|
s.TargetEnvironment = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an IPv6 address.
|
|
type InstanceIpv6Address struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv6 address.
|
|
Ipv6Address *string `locationName:"ipv6Address" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceIpv6Address) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceIpv6Address) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6Address sets the Ipv6Address field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceIpv6Address) SetIpv6Address(v string) *InstanceIpv6Address {
|
|
s.Ipv6Address = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an IPv6 address.
|
|
type InstanceIpv6AddressRequest struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv6 address.
|
|
Ipv6Address *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceIpv6AddressRequest) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceIpv6AddressRequest) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6Address sets the Ipv6Address field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceIpv6AddressRequest) SetIpv6Address(v string) *InstanceIpv6AddressRequest {
|
|
s.Ipv6Address = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the market (purchasing) option for the instances.
|
|
type InstanceMarketOptionsRequest struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The market type.
|
|
MarketType *string `type:"string" enum:"MarketType"`
|
|
|
|
// The options for Spot Instances.
|
|
SpotOptions *SpotMarketOptions `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceMarketOptionsRequest) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceMarketOptionsRequest) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarketType sets the MarketType field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceMarketOptionsRequest) SetMarketType(v string) *InstanceMarketOptionsRequest {
|
|
s.MarketType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotOptions sets the SpotOptions field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceMarketOptionsRequest) SetSpotOptions(v *SpotMarketOptions) *InstanceMarketOptionsRequest {
|
|
s.SpotOptions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the monitoring of an instance.
|
|
type InstanceMonitoring struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance.
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The monitoring for the instance.
|
|
Monitoring *Monitoring `locationName:"monitoring" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceMonitoring) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceMonitoring) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceMonitoring) SetInstanceId(v string) *InstanceMonitoring {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMonitoring sets the Monitoring field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceMonitoring) SetMonitoring(v *Monitoring) *InstanceMonitoring {
|
|
s.Monitoring = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a network interface.
|
|
type InstanceNetworkInterface struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The association information for an Elastic IPv4 associated with the network
|
|
// interface.
|
|
Association *InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation `locationName:"association" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The network interface attachment.
|
|
Attachment *InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment `locationName:"attachment" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The description.
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more security groups.
|
|
Groups []*GroupIdentifier `locationName:"groupSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more IPv6 addresses associated with the network interface.
|
|
Ipv6Addresses []*InstanceIpv6Address `locationName:"ipv6AddressesSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The MAC address.
|
|
MacAddress *string `locationName:"macAddress" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network interface.
|
|
NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the AWS account that created the network interface.
|
|
OwnerId *string `locationName:"ownerId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The private DNS name.
|
|
PrivateDnsName *string `locationName:"privateDnsName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv4 address of the network interface within the subnet.
|
|
PrivateIpAddress *string `locationName:"privateIpAddress" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more private IPv4 addresses associated with the network interface.
|
|
PrivateIpAddresses []*InstancePrivateIpAddress `locationName:"privateIpAddressesSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether to validate network traffic to or from this network interface.
|
|
SourceDestCheck *bool `locationName:"sourceDestCheck" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the network interface.
|
|
Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"NetworkInterfaceStatus"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the subnet.
|
|
SubnetId *string `locationName:"subnetId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC.
|
|
VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceNetworkInterface) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceNetworkInterface) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssociation sets the Association field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterface) SetAssociation(v *InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation) *InstanceNetworkInterface {
|
|
s.Association = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttachment sets the Attachment field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterface) SetAttachment(v *InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment) *InstanceNetworkInterface {
|
|
s.Attachment = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterface) SetDescription(v string) *InstanceNetworkInterface {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroups sets the Groups field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterface) SetGroups(v []*GroupIdentifier) *InstanceNetworkInterface {
|
|
s.Groups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6Addresses sets the Ipv6Addresses field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterface) SetIpv6Addresses(v []*InstanceIpv6Address) *InstanceNetworkInterface {
|
|
s.Ipv6Addresses = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMacAddress sets the MacAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterface) SetMacAddress(v string) *InstanceNetworkInterface {
|
|
s.MacAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaceId sets the NetworkInterfaceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterface) SetNetworkInterfaceId(v string) *InstanceNetworkInterface {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOwnerId sets the OwnerId field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterface) SetOwnerId(v string) *InstanceNetworkInterface {
|
|
s.OwnerId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateDnsName sets the PrivateDnsName field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterface) SetPrivateDnsName(v string) *InstanceNetworkInterface {
|
|
s.PrivateDnsName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateIpAddress sets the PrivateIpAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterface) SetPrivateIpAddress(v string) *InstanceNetworkInterface {
|
|
s.PrivateIpAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateIpAddresses sets the PrivateIpAddresses field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterface) SetPrivateIpAddresses(v []*InstancePrivateIpAddress) *InstanceNetworkInterface {
|
|
s.PrivateIpAddresses = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceDestCheck sets the SourceDestCheck field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterface) SetSourceDestCheck(v bool) *InstanceNetworkInterface {
|
|
s.SourceDestCheck = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterface) SetStatus(v string) *InstanceNetworkInterface {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterface) SetSubnetId(v string) *InstanceNetworkInterface {
|
|
s.SubnetId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterface) SetVpcId(v string) *InstanceNetworkInterface {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes association information for an Elastic IP address (IPv4).
|
|
type InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the owner of the Elastic IP address.
|
|
IpOwnerId *string `locationName:"ipOwnerId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The public DNS name.
|
|
PublicDnsName *string `locationName:"publicDnsName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The public IP address or Elastic IP address bound to the network interface.
|
|
PublicIp *string `locationName:"publicIp" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpOwnerId sets the IpOwnerId field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation) SetIpOwnerId(v string) *InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation {
|
|
s.IpOwnerId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPublicDnsName sets the PublicDnsName field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation) SetPublicDnsName(v string) *InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation {
|
|
s.PublicDnsName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPublicIp sets the PublicIp field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation) SetPublicIp(v string) *InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation {
|
|
s.PublicIp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a network interface attachment.
|
|
type InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The time stamp when the attachment initiated.
|
|
AttachTime *time.Time `locationName:"attachTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network interface attachment.
|
|
AttachmentId *string `locationName:"attachmentId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the network interface is deleted when the instance is terminated.
|
|
DeleteOnTermination *bool `locationName:"deleteOnTermination" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The index of the device on the instance for the network interface attachment.
|
|
DeviceIndex *int64 `locationName:"deviceIndex" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The attachment state.
|
|
Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"AttachmentStatus"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttachTime sets the AttachTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment) SetAttachTime(v time.Time) *InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment {
|
|
s.AttachTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttachmentId sets the AttachmentId field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment) SetAttachmentId(v string) *InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment {
|
|
s.AttachmentId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeleteOnTermination sets the DeleteOnTermination field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment) SetDeleteOnTermination(v bool) *InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment {
|
|
s.DeleteOnTermination = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeviceIndex sets the DeviceIndex field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment) SetDeviceIndex(v int64) *InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment {
|
|
s.DeviceIndex = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment) SetStatus(v string) *InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a network interface.
|
|
type InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether to assign a public IPv4 address to an instance you launch
|
|
// in a VPC. The public IP address can only be assigned to a network interface
|
|
// for eth0, and can only be assigned to a new network interface, not an existing
|
|
// one. You cannot specify more than one network interface in the request. If
|
|
// launching into a default subnet, the default value is true.
|
|
AssociatePublicIpAddress *bool `locationName:"associatePublicIpAddress" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// If set to true, the interface is deleted when the instance is terminated.
|
|
// You can specify true only if creating a new network interface when launching
|
|
// an instance.
|
|
DeleteOnTermination *bool `locationName:"deleteOnTermination" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the network interface. Applies only if creating a network
|
|
// interface when launching an instance.
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The index of the device on the instance for the network interface attachment.
|
|
// If you are specifying a network interface in a RunInstances request, you
|
|
// must provide the device index.
|
|
DeviceIndex *int64 `locationName:"deviceIndex" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of the security groups for the network interface. Applies only if
|
|
// creating a network interface when launching an instance.
|
|
Groups []*string `locationName:"SecurityGroupId" locationNameList:"SecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A number of IPv6 addresses to assign to the network interface. Amazon EC2
|
|
// chooses the IPv6 addresses from the range of the subnet. You cannot specify
|
|
// this option and the option to assign specific IPv6 addresses in the same
|
|
// request. You can specify this option if you've specified a minimum number
|
|
// of instances to launch.
|
|
Ipv6AddressCount *int64 `locationName:"ipv6AddressCount" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more IPv6 addresses to assign to the network interface. You cannot
|
|
// specify this option and the option to assign a number of IPv6 addresses in
|
|
// the same request. You cannot specify this option if you've specified a minimum
|
|
// number of instances to launch.
|
|
Ipv6Addresses []*InstanceIpv6Address `locationName:"ipv6AddressesSet" queryName:"Ipv6Addresses" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network interface.
|
|
NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The private IPv4 address of the network interface. Applies only if creating
|
|
// a network interface when launching an instance. You cannot specify this option
|
|
// if you're launching more than one instance in a RunInstances request.
|
|
PrivateIpAddress *string `locationName:"privateIpAddress" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more private IPv4 addresses to assign to the network interface. Only
|
|
// one private IPv4 address can be designated as primary. You cannot specify
|
|
// this option if you're launching more than one instance in a RunInstances
|
|
// request.
|
|
PrivateIpAddresses []*PrivateIpAddressSpecification `locationName:"privateIpAddressesSet" queryName:"PrivateIpAddresses" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of secondary private IPv4 addresses. You can't specify this option
|
|
// and specify more than one private IP address using the private IP addresses
|
|
// option. You cannot specify this option if you're launching more than one
|
|
// instance in a RunInstances request.
|
|
SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount *int64 `locationName:"secondaryPrivateIpAddressCount" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the subnet associated with the network string. Applies only if
|
|
// creating a network interface when launching an instance.
|
|
SubnetId *string `locationName:"subnetId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification"}
|
|
if s.PrivateIpAddresses != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.PrivateIpAddresses {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "PrivateIpAddresses", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssociatePublicIpAddress sets the AssociatePublicIpAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) SetAssociatePublicIpAddress(v bool) *InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification {
|
|
s.AssociatePublicIpAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeleteOnTermination sets the DeleteOnTermination field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) SetDeleteOnTermination(v bool) *InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification {
|
|
s.DeleteOnTermination = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) SetDescription(v string) *InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeviceIndex sets the DeviceIndex field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) SetDeviceIndex(v int64) *InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification {
|
|
s.DeviceIndex = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroups sets the Groups field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) SetGroups(v []*string) *InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification {
|
|
s.Groups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6AddressCount sets the Ipv6AddressCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) SetIpv6AddressCount(v int64) *InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification {
|
|
s.Ipv6AddressCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6Addresses sets the Ipv6Addresses field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) SetIpv6Addresses(v []*InstanceIpv6Address) *InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification {
|
|
s.Ipv6Addresses = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaceId sets the NetworkInterfaceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) SetNetworkInterfaceId(v string) *InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateIpAddress sets the PrivateIpAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) SetPrivateIpAddress(v string) *InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification {
|
|
s.PrivateIpAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateIpAddresses sets the PrivateIpAddresses field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) SetPrivateIpAddresses(v []*PrivateIpAddressSpecification) *InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification {
|
|
s.PrivateIpAddresses = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount sets the SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) SetSecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount(v int64) *InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification {
|
|
s.SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) SetSubnetId(v string) *InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification {
|
|
s.SubnetId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a private IPv4 address.
|
|
type InstancePrivateIpAddress struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The association information for an Elastic IP address for the network interface.
|
|
Association *InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation `locationName:"association" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether this IPv4 address is the primary private IP address of
|
|
// the network interface.
|
|
Primary *bool `locationName:"primary" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The private IPv4 DNS name.
|
|
PrivateDnsName *string `locationName:"privateDnsName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The private IPv4 address of the network interface.
|
|
PrivateIpAddress *string `locationName:"privateIpAddress" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstancePrivateIpAddress) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstancePrivateIpAddress) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssociation sets the Association field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstancePrivateIpAddress) SetAssociation(v *InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation) *InstancePrivateIpAddress {
|
|
s.Association = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrimary sets the Primary field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstancePrivateIpAddress) SetPrimary(v bool) *InstancePrivateIpAddress {
|
|
s.Primary = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateDnsName sets the PrivateDnsName field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstancePrivateIpAddress) SetPrivateDnsName(v string) *InstancePrivateIpAddress {
|
|
s.PrivateDnsName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateIpAddress sets the PrivateIpAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstancePrivateIpAddress) SetPrivateIpAddress(v string) *InstancePrivateIpAddress {
|
|
s.PrivateIpAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the current state of an instance.
|
|
type InstanceState struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The low byte represents the state. The high byte is an opaque internal value
|
|
// and should be ignored.
|
|
//
|
|
// * 0 : pending
|
|
//
|
|
// * 16 : running
|
|
//
|
|
// * 32 : shutting-down
|
|
//
|
|
// * 48 : terminated
|
|
//
|
|
// * 64 : stopping
|
|
//
|
|
// * 80 : stopped
|
|
Code *int64 `locationName:"code" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The current state of the instance.
|
|
Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" enum:"InstanceStateName"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceState) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceState) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCode sets the Code field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceState) SetCode(v int64) *InstanceState {
|
|
s.Code = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceState) SetName(v string) *InstanceState {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an instance state change.
|
|
type InstanceStateChange struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The current state of the instance.
|
|
CurrentState *InstanceState `locationName:"currentState" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance.
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The previous state of the instance.
|
|
PreviousState *InstanceState `locationName:"previousState" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceStateChange) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceStateChange) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCurrentState sets the CurrentState field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceStateChange) SetCurrentState(v *InstanceState) *InstanceStateChange {
|
|
s.CurrentState = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceStateChange) SetInstanceId(v string) *InstanceStateChange {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreviousState sets the PreviousState field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceStateChange) SetPreviousState(v *InstanceState) *InstanceStateChange {
|
|
s.PreviousState = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the status of an instance.
|
|
type InstanceStatus struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone of the instance.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Any scheduled events associated with the instance.
|
|
Events []*InstanceStatusEvent `locationName:"eventsSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance.
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The intended state of the instance. DescribeInstanceStatus requires that
|
|
// an instance be in the running state.
|
|
InstanceState *InstanceState `locationName:"instanceState" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Reports impaired functionality that stems from issues internal to the instance,
|
|
// such as impaired reachability.
|
|
InstanceStatus *InstanceStatusSummary `locationName:"instanceStatus" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Reports impaired functionality that stems from issues related to the systems
|
|
// that support an instance, such as hardware failures and network connectivity
|
|
// problems.
|
|
SystemStatus *InstanceStatusSummary `locationName:"systemStatus" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceStatus) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceStatus) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceStatus) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *InstanceStatus {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceStatus) SetEvents(v []*InstanceStatusEvent) *InstanceStatus {
|
|
s.Events = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceStatus) SetInstanceId(v string) *InstanceStatus {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceState sets the InstanceState field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceStatus) SetInstanceState(v *InstanceState) *InstanceStatus {
|
|
s.InstanceState = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceStatus sets the InstanceStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceStatus) SetInstanceStatus(v *InstanceStatusSummary) *InstanceStatus {
|
|
s.InstanceStatus = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSystemStatus sets the SystemStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceStatus) SetSystemStatus(v *InstanceStatusSummary) *InstanceStatus {
|
|
s.SystemStatus = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the instance status.
|
|
type InstanceStatusDetails struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The time when a status check failed. For an instance that was launched and
|
|
// impaired, this is the time when the instance was launched.
|
|
ImpairedSince *time.Time `locationName:"impairedSince" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of instance status.
|
|
Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" enum:"StatusName"`
|
|
|
|
// The status.
|
|
Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"StatusType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceStatusDetails) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceStatusDetails) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImpairedSince sets the ImpairedSince field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceStatusDetails) SetImpairedSince(v time.Time) *InstanceStatusDetails {
|
|
s.ImpairedSince = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceStatusDetails) SetName(v string) *InstanceStatusDetails {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceStatusDetails) SetStatus(v string) *InstanceStatusDetails {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a scheduled event for an instance.
|
|
type InstanceStatusEvent struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The event code.
|
|
Code *string `locationName:"code" type:"string" enum:"EventCode"`
|
|
|
|
// A description of the event.
|
|
//
|
|
// After a scheduled event is completed, it can still be described for up to
|
|
// a week. If the event has been completed, this description starts with the
|
|
// following text: [Completed].
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The latest scheduled end time for the event.
|
|
NotAfter *time.Time `locationName:"notAfter" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The earliest scheduled start time for the event.
|
|
NotBefore *time.Time `locationName:"notBefore" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceStatusEvent) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceStatusEvent) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCode sets the Code field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceStatusEvent) SetCode(v string) *InstanceStatusEvent {
|
|
s.Code = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceStatusEvent) SetDescription(v string) *InstanceStatusEvent {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNotAfter sets the NotAfter field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceStatusEvent) SetNotAfter(v time.Time) *InstanceStatusEvent {
|
|
s.NotAfter = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNotBefore sets the NotBefore field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceStatusEvent) SetNotBefore(v time.Time) *InstanceStatusEvent {
|
|
s.NotBefore = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the status of an instance.
|
|
type InstanceStatusSummary struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The system instance health or application instance health.
|
|
Details []*InstanceStatusDetails `locationName:"details" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The status.
|
|
Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"SummaryStatus"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceStatusSummary) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InstanceStatusSummary) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDetails sets the Details field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceStatusSummary) SetDetails(v []*InstanceStatusDetails) *InstanceStatusSummary {
|
|
s.Details = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *InstanceStatusSummary) SetStatus(v string) *InstanceStatusSummary {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an Internet gateway.
|
|
type InternetGateway struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Any VPCs attached to the Internet gateway.
|
|
Attachments []*InternetGatewayAttachment `locationName:"attachmentSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Internet gateway.
|
|
InternetGatewayId *string `locationName:"internetGatewayId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Any tags assigned to the Internet gateway.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tagSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InternetGateway) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InternetGateway) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttachments sets the Attachments field's value.
|
|
func (s *InternetGateway) SetAttachments(v []*InternetGatewayAttachment) *InternetGateway {
|
|
s.Attachments = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInternetGatewayId sets the InternetGatewayId field's value.
|
|
func (s *InternetGateway) SetInternetGatewayId(v string) *InternetGateway {
|
|
s.InternetGatewayId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *InternetGateway) SetTags(v []*Tag) *InternetGateway {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the attachment of a VPC to an Internet gateway or an egress-only
|
|
// Internet gateway.
|
|
type InternetGatewayAttachment struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The current state of the attachment. For an Internet gateway, the state is
|
|
// available when attached to a VPC; otherwise, this value is not returned.
|
|
State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"AttachmentStatus"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC.
|
|
VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InternetGatewayAttachment) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InternetGatewayAttachment) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *InternetGatewayAttachment) SetState(v string) *InternetGatewayAttachment {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *InternetGatewayAttachment) SetVpcId(v string) *InternetGatewayAttachment {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a set of permissions for a security group rule.
|
|
type IpPermission struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The start of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP/ICMPv6
|
|
// type number. A value of -1 indicates all ICMP/ICMPv6 types. If you specify
|
|
// all ICMP/ICMPv6 types, you must specify all codes.
|
|
FromPort *int64 `locationName:"fromPort" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The IP protocol name (tcp, udp, icmp) or number (see Protocol Numbers (http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers/protocol-numbers.xhtml)).
|
|
//
|
|
// [EC2-VPC only] Use -1 to specify all protocols. When authorizing security
|
|
// group rules, specifying -1 or a protocol number other than tcp, udp, icmp,
|
|
// or 58 (ICMPv6) allows traffic on all ports, regardless of any port range
|
|
// you specify. For tcp, udp, and icmp, you must specify a port range. For 58
|
|
// (ICMPv6), you can optionally specify a port range; if you don't, traffic
|
|
// for all types and codes is allowed when authorizing rules.
|
|
IpProtocol *string `locationName:"ipProtocol" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more IPv4 ranges.
|
|
IpRanges []*IpRange `locationName:"ipRanges" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-VPC only] One or more IPv6 ranges.
|
|
Ipv6Ranges []*Ipv6Range `locationName:"ipv6Ranges" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// (EC2-VPC only; valid for AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress, RevokeSecurityGroupEgress
|
|
// and DescribeSecurityGroups only) One or more prefix list IDs for an AWS service.
|
|
// In an AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress request, this is the AWS service that
|
|
// you want to access through a VPC endpoint from instances associated with
|
|
// the security group.
|
|
PrefixListIds []*PrefixListId `locationName:"prefixListIds" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The end of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP/ICMPv6 code.
|
|
// A value of -1 indicates all ICMP/ICMPv6 codes for the specified ICMP type.
|
|
// If you specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 types, you must specify all codes.
|
|
ToPort *int64 `locationName:"toPort" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more security group and AWS account ID pairs.
|
|
UserIdGroupPairs []*UserIdGroupPair `locationName:"groups" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s IpPermission) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s IpPermission) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFromPort sets the FromPort field's value.
|
|
func (s *IpPermission) SetFromPort(v int64) *IpPermission {
|
|
s.FromPort = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpProtocol sets the IpProtocol field's value.
|
|
func (s *IpPermission) SetIpProtocol(v string) *IpPermission {
|
|
s.IpProtocol = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpRanges sets the IpRanges field's value.
|
|
func (s *IpPermission) SetIpRanges(v []*IpRange) *IpPermission {
|
|
s.IpRanges = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6Ranges sets the Ipv6Ranges field's value.
|
|
func (s *IpPermission) SetIpv6Ranges(v []*Ipv6Range) *IpPermission {
|
|
s.Ipv6Ranges = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrefixListIds sets the PrefixListIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *IpPermission) SetPrefixListIds(v []*PrefixListId) *IpPermission {
|
|
s.PrefixListIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetToPort sets the ToPort field's value.
|
|
func (s *IpPermission) SetToPort(v int64) *IpPermission {
|
|
s.ToPort = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserIdGroupPairs sets the UserIdGroupPairs field's value.
|
|
func (s *IpPermission) SetUserIdGroupPairs(v []*UserIdGroupPair) *IpPermission {
|
|
s.UserIdGroupPairs = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an IPv4 range.
|
|
type IpRange struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv4 CIDR range. You can either specify a CIDR range or a source security
|
|
// group, not both. To specify a single IPv4 address, use the /32 prefix length.
|
|
CidrIp *string `locationName:"cidrIp" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A description for the security group rule that references this IPv4 address
|
|
// range.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Allowed characters are a-z,
|
|
// A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=;{}!$*
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s IpRange) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s IpRange) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCidrIp sets the CidrIp field's value.
|
|
func (s *IpRange) SetCidrIp(v string) *IpRange {
|
|
s.CidrIp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *IpRange) SetDescription(v string) *IpRange {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an IPv6 CIDR block.
|
|
type Ipv6CidrBlock struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv6 CIDR block.
|
|
Ipv6CidrBlock *string `locationName:"ipv6CidrBlock" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Ipv6CidrBlock) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Ipv6CidrBlock) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6CidrBlock sets the Ipv6CidrBlock field's value.
|
|
func (s *Ipv6CidrBlock) SetIpv6CidrBlock(v string) *Ipv6CidrBlock {
|
|
s.Ipv6CidrBlock = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-VPC only] Describes an IPv6 range.
|
|
type Ipv6Range struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv6 CIDR range. You can either specify a CIDR range or a source security
|
|
// group, not both. To specify a single IPv6 address, use the /128 prefix length.
|
|
CidrIpv6 *string `locationName:"cidrIpv6" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A description for the security group rule that references this IPv6 address
|
|
// range.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Allowed characters are a-z,
|
|
// A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=;{}!$*
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Ipv6Range) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Ipv6Range) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCidrIpv6 sets the CidrIpv6 field's value.
|
|
func (s *Ipv6Range) SetCidrIpv6(v string) *Ipv6Range {
|
|
s.CidrIpv6 = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *Ipv6Range) SetDescription(v string) *Ipv6Range {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a key pair.
|
|
type KeyPairInfo struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// If you used CreateKeyPair to create the key pair, this is the SHA-1 digest
|
|
// of the DER encoded private key. If you used ImportKeyPair to provide AWS
|
|
// the public key, this is the MD5 public key fingerprint as specified in section
|
|
// 4 of RFC4716.
|
|
KeyFingerprint *string `locationName:"keyFingerprint" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the key pair.
|
|
KeyName *string `locationName:"keyName" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s KeyPairInfo) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s KeyPairInfo) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKeyFingerprint sets the KeyFingerprint field's value.
|
|
func (s *KeyPairInfo) SetKeyFingerprint(v string) *KeyPairInfo {
|
|
s.KeyFingerprint = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKeyName sets the KeyName field's value.
|
|
func (s *KeyPairInfo) SetKeyName(v string) *KeyPairInfo {
|
|
s.KeyName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a launch permission.
|
|
type LaunchPermission struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the group.
|
|
Group *string `locationName:"group" type:"string" enum:"PermissionGroup"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS account ID.
|
|
UserId *string `locationName:"userId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchPermission) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchPermission) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroup sets the Group field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchPermission) SetGroup(v string) *LaunchPermission {
|
|
s.Group = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserId sets the UserId field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchPermission) SetUserId(v string) *LaunchPermission {
|
|
s.UserId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a launch permission modification.
|
|
type LaunchPermissionModifications struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS account ID to add to the list of launch permissions for the AMI.
|
|
Add []*LaunchPermission `locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS account ID to remove from the list of launch permissions for the
|
|
// AMI.
|
|
Remove []*LaunchPermission `locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchPermissionModifications) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchPermissionModifications) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAdd sets the Add field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchPermissionModifications) SetAdd(v []*LaunchPermission) *LaunchPermissionModifications {
|
|
s.Add = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRemove sets the Remove field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchPermissionModifications) SetRemove(v []*LaunchPermission) *LaunchPermissionModifications {
|
|
s.Remove = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the launch specification for an instance.
|
|
type LaunchSpecification struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Deprecated.
|
|
AddressingType *string `locationName:"addressingType" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more block device mapping entries.
|
|
BlockDeviceMappings []*BlockDeviceMapping `locationName:"blockDeviceMapping" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the instance is optimized for EBS I/O. This optimization
|
|
// provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration
|
|
// stack to provide optimal EBS I/O performance. This optimization isn't available
|
|
// with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS
|
|
// Optimized instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
EbsOptimized *bool `locationName:"ebsOptimized" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The IAM instance profile.
|
|
IamInstanceProfile *IamInstanceProfileSpecification `locationName:"iamInstanceProfile" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the AMI.
|
|
ImageId *string `locationName:"imageId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance type.
|
|
InstanceType *string `locationName:"instanceType" type:"string" enum:"InstanceType"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the kernel.
|
|
KernelId *string `locationName:"kernelId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the key pair.
|
|
KeyName *string `locationName:"keyName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes the monitoring of an instance.
|
|
Monitoring *RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled `locationName:"monitoring" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more network interfaces. If you specify a network interface, you must
|
|
// specify subnet IDs and security group IDs using the network interface.
|
|
NetworkInterfaces []*InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification `locationName:"networkInterfaceSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The placement information for the instance.
|
|
Placement *SpotPlacement `locationName:"placement" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the RAM disk.
|
|
RamdiskId *string `locationName:"ramdiskId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more security groups. When requesting instances in a VPC, you must
|
|
// specify the IDs of the security groups. When requesting instances in EC2-Classic,
|
|
// you can specify the names or the IDs of the security groups.
|
|
SecurityGroups []*GroupIdentifier `locationName:"groupSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the subnet in which to launch the instance.
|
|
SubnetId *string `locationName:"subnetId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Base64-encoded user data for the instance.
|
|
UserData *string `locationName:"userData" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchSpecification) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchSpecification) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAddressingType sets the AddressingType field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchSpecification) SetAddressingType(v string) *LaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.AddressingType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBlockDeviceMappings sets the BlockDeviceMappings field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchSpecification) SetBlockDeviceMappings(v []*BlockDeviceMapping) *LaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.BlockDeviceMappings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEbsOptimized sets the EbsOptimized field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchSpecification) SetEbsOptimized(v bool) *LaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.EbsOptimized = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIamInstanceProfile sets the IamInstanceProfile field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchSpecification) SetIamInstanceProfile(v *IamInstanceProfileSpecification) *LaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.IamInstanceProfile = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImageId sets the ImageId field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchSpecification) SetImageId(v string) *LaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.ImageId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceType sets the InstanceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchSpecification) SetInstanceType(v string) *LaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.InstanceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKernelId sets the KernelId field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchSpecification) SetKernelId(v string) *LaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.KernelId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKeyName sets the KeyName field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchSpecification) SetKeyName(v string) *LaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.KeyName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMonitoring sets the Monitoring field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchSpecification) SetMonitoring(v *RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled) *LaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.Monitoring = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaces sets the NetworkInterfaces field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchSpecification) SetNetworkInterfaces(v []*InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) *LaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaces = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPlacement sets the Placement field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchSpecification) SetPlacement(v *SpotPlacement) *LaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.Placement = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRamdiskId sets the RamdiskId field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchSpecification) SetRamdiskId(v string) *LaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.RamdiskId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchSpecification) SetSecurityGroups(v []*GroupIdentifier) *LaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.SecurityGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchSpecification) SetSubnetId(v string) *LaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.SubnetId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserData sets the UserData field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchSpecification) SetUserData(v string) *LaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.UserData = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a launch template.
|
|
type LaunchTemplate struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The time launch template was created.
|
|
CreateTime *time.Time `locationName:"createTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The principal that created the launch template.
|
|
CreatedBy *string `locationName:"createdBy" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The version number of the default version of the launch template.
|
|
DefaultVersionNumber *int64 `locationName:"defaultVersionNumber" type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The version number of the latest version of the launch template.
|
|
LatestVersionNumber *int64 `locationName:"latestVersionNumber" type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the launch template.
|
|
LaunchTemplateId *string `locationName:"launchTemplateId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the launch template.
|
|
LaunchTemplateName *string `locationName:"launchTemplateName" min:"3" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The tags for the launch template.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tagSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplate) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplate) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplate) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *LaunchTemplate {
|
|
s.CreateTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreatedBy sets the CreatedBy field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplate) SetCreatedBy(v string) *LaunchTemplate {
|
|
s.CreatedBy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDefaultVersionNumber sets the DefaultVersionNumber field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplate) SetDefaultVersionNumber(v int64) *LaunchTemplate {
|
|
s.DefaultVersionNumber = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLatestVersionNumber sets the LatestVersionNumber field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplate) SetLatestVersionNumber(v int64) *LaunchTemplate {
|
|
s.LatestVersionNumber = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateId sets the LaunchTemplateId field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplate) SetLaunchTemplateId(v string) *LaunchTemplate {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateName sets the LaunchTemplateName field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplate) SetLaunchTemplateName(v string) *LaunchTemplate {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplate) SetTags(v []*Tag) *LaunchTemplate {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a block device mapping.
|
|
type LaunchTemplateBlockDeviceMapping struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The device name.
|
|
DeviceName *string `locationName:"deviceName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the block device for an EBS volume.
|
|
Ebs *LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDevice `locationName:"ebs" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Suppresses the specified device included in the block device mapping of the
|
|
// AMI.
|
|
NoDevice *string `locationName:"noDevice" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The virtual device name (ephemeralN).
|
|
VirtualName *string `locationName:"virtualName" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateBlockDeviceMapping) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateBlockDeviceMapping) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeviceName sets the DeviceName field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateBlockDeviceMapping) SetDeviceName(v string) *LaunchTemplateBlockDeviceMapping {
|
|
s.DeviceName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEbs sets the Ebs field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateBlockDeviceMapping) SetEbs(v *LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDevice) *LaunchTemplateBlockDeviceMapping {
|
|
s.Ebs = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNoDevice sets the NoDevice field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateBlockDeviceMapping) SetNoDevice(v string) *LaunchTemplateBlockDeviceMapping {
|
|
s.NoDevice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVirtualName sets the VirtualName field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateBlockDeviceMapping) SetVirtualName(v string) *LaunchTemplateBlockDeviceMapping {
|
|
s.VirtualName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a block device mapping.
|
|
type LaunchTemplateBlockDeviceMappingRequest struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The device name (for example, /dev/sdh or xvdh).
|
|
DeviceName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Parameters used to automatically set up EBS volumes when the instance is
|
|
// launched.
|
|
Ebs *LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDeviceRequest `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Suppresses the specified device included in the block device mapping of the
|
|
// AMI.
|
|
NoDevice *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The virtual device name (ephemeralN). Instance store volumes are numbered
|
|
// starting from 0. An instance type with 2 available instance store volumes
|
|
// can specify mappings for ephemeral0 and ephemeral1. The number of available
|
|
// instance store volumes depends on the instance type. After you connect to
|
|
// the instance, you must mount the volume.
|
|
VirtualName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateBlockDeviceMappingRequest) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateBlockDeviceMappingRequest) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeviceName sets the DeviceName field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateBlockDeviceMappingRequest) SetDeviceName(v string) *LaunchTemplateBlockDeviceMappingRequest {
|
|
s.DeviceName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEbs sets the Ebs field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateBlockDeviceMappingRequest) SetEbs(v *LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDeviceRequest) *LaunchTemplateBlockDeviceMappingRequest {
|
|
s.Ebs = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNoDevice sets the NoDevice field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateBlockDeviceMappingRequest) SetNoDevice(v string) *LaunchTemplateBlockDeviceMappingRequest {
|
|
s.NoDevice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVirtualName sets the VirtualName field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateBlockDeviceMappingRequest) SetVirtualName(v string) *LaunchTemplateBlockDeviceMappingRequest {
|
|
s.VirtualName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a launch template and overrides.
|
|
type LaunchTemplateConfig struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The launch template.
|
|
LaunchTemplateSpecification *FleetLaunchTemplateSpecification `locationName:"launchTemplateSpecification" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Any parameters that you specify override the same parameters in the launch
|
|
// template.
|
|
Overrides []*LaunchTemplateOverrides `locationName:"overrides" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateConfig) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateConfig) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateConfig) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LaunchTemplateConfig"}
|
|
if s.LaunchTemplateSpecification != nil {
|
|
if err := s.LaunchTemplateSpecification.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("LaunchTemplateSpecification", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateSpecification sets the LaunchTemplateSpecification field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateConfig) SetLaunchTemplateSpecification(v *FleetLaunchTemplateSpecification) *LaunchTemplateConfig {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateSpecification = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOverrides sets the Overrides field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateConfig) SetOverrides(v []*LaunchTemplateOverrides) *LaunchTemplateConfig {
|
|
s.Overrides = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a block device for an EBS volume.
|
|
type LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDevice struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the EBS volume is deleted on instance termination.
|
|
DeleteOnTermination *bool `locationName:"deleteOnTermination" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the EBS volume is encrypted.
|
|
Encrypted *bool `locationName:"encrypted" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of I/O operations per second (IOPS) that the volume supports.
|
|
Iops *int64 `locationName:"iops" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) CMK used for encryption.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `locationName:"kmsKeyId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the snapshot.
|
|
SnapshotId *string `locationName:"snapshotId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The size of the volume, in GiB.
|
|
VolumeSize *int64 `locationName:"volumeSize" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The volume type.
|
|
VolumeType *string `locationName:"volumeType" type:"string" enum:"VolumeType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDevice) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDevice) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeleteOnTermination sets the DeleteOnTermination field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDevice) SetDeleteOnTermination(v bool) *LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDevice {
|
|
s.DeleteOnTermination = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEncrypted sets the Encrypted field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDevice) SetEncrypted(v bool) *LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDevice {
|
|
s.Encrypted = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDevice) SetIops(v int64) *LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDevice {
|
|
s.Iops = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDevice) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDevice {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotId sets the SnapshotId field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDevice) SetSnapshotId(v string) *LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDevice {
|
|
s.SnapshotId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeSize sets the VolumeSize field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDevice) SetVolumeSize(v int64) *LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDevice {
|
|
s.VolumeSize = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeType sets the VolumeType field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDevice) SetVolumeType(v string) *LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDevice {
|
|
s.VolumeType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The parameters for a block device for an EBS volume.
|
|
type LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDeviceRequest struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the EBS volume is deleted on instance termination.
|
|
DeleteOnTermination *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the EBS volume is encrypted. Encrypted volumes can only
|
|
// be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. If you are creating
|
|
// a volume from a snapshot, you can't specify an encryption value.
|
|
Encrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of I/O operations per second (IOPS) that the volume supports.
|
|
// For io1, this represents the number of IOPS that are provisioned for the
|
|
// volume. For gp2, this represents the baseline performance of the volume and
|
|
// the rate at which the volume accumulates I/O credits for bursting. For more
|
|
// information about General Purpose SSD baseline performance, I/O credits,
|
|
// and bursting, see Amazon EBS Volume Types in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud
|
|
// User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Condition: This parameter is required for requests to create io1 volumes;
|
|
// it is not used in requests to create gp2, st1, sc1, or standard volumes.
|
|
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) CMK used for encryption.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the snapshot.
|
|
SnapshotId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The size of the volume, in GiB.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: If you're creating the volume from a snapshot and don't specify
|
|
// a volume size, the default is the snapshot size.
|
|
VolumeSize *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The volume type.
|
|
VolumeType *string `type:"string" enum:"VolumeType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDeviceRequest) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDeviceRequest) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeleteOnTermination sets the DeleteOnTermination field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDeviceRequest) SetDeleteOnTermination(v bool) *LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDeviceRequest {
|
|
s.DeleteOnTermination = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEncrypted sets the Encrypted field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDeviceRequest) SetEncrypted(v bool) *LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDeviceRequest {
|
|
s.Encrypted = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDeviceRequest) SetIops(v int64) *LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDeviceRequest {
|
|
s.Iops = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDeviceRequest) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDeviceRequest {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotId sets the SnapshotId field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDeviceRequest) SetSnapshotId(v string) *LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDeviceRequest {
|
|
s.SnapshotId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeSize sets the VolumeSize field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDeviceRequest) SetVolumeSize(v int64) *LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDeviceRequest {
|
|
s.VolumeSize = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeType sets the VolumeType field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDeviceRequest) SetVolumeType(v string) *LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDeviceRequest {
|
|
s.VolumeType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an IAM instance profile.
|
|
type LaunchTemplateIamInstanceProfileSpecification struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the instance profile.
|
|
Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the instance profile.
|
|
Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateIamInstanceProfileSpecification) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateIamInstanceProfileSpecification) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateIamInstanceProfileSpecification) SetArn(v string) *LaunchTemplateIamInstanceProfileSpecification {
|
|
s.Arn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateIamInstanceProfileSpecification) SetName(v string) *LaunchTemplateIamInstanceProfileSpecification {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// An IAM instance profile.
|
|
type LaunchTemplateIamInstanceProfileSpecificationRequest struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the instance profile.
|
|
Arn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the instance profile.
|
|
Name *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateIamInstanceProfileSpecificationRequest) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateIamInstanceProfileSpecificationRequest) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateIamInstanceProfileSpecificationRequest) SetArn(v string) *LaunchTemplateIamInstanceProfileSpecificationRequest {
|
|
s.Arn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateIamInstanceProfileSpecificationRequest) SetName(v string) *LaunchTemplateIamInstanceProfileSpecificationRequest {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The market (purchasing) option for the instances.
|
|
type LaunchTemplateInstanceMarketOptions struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The market type.
|
|
MarketType *string `locationName:"marketType" type:"string" enum:"MarketType"`
|
|
|
|
// The options for Spot Instances.
|
|
SpotOptions *LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptions `locationName:"spotOptions" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateInstanceMarketOptions) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateInstanceMarketOptions) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarketType sets the MarketType field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateInstanceMarketOptions) SetMarketType(v string) *LaunchTemplateInstanceMarketOptions {
|
|
s.MarketType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotOptions sets the SpotOptions field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateInstanceMarketOptions) SetSpotOptions(v *LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptions) *LaunchTemplateInstanceMarketOptions {
|
|
s.SpotOptions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The market (purchasing) option for the instances.
|
|
type LaunchTemplateInstanceMarketOptionsRequest struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The market type.
|
|
MarketType *string `type:"string" enum:"MarketType"`
|
|
|
|
// The options for Spot Instances.
|
|
SpotOptions *LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptionsRequest `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateInstanceMarketOptionsRequest) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateInstanceMarketOptionsRequest) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarketType sets the MarketType field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateInstanceMarketOptionsRequest) SetMarketType(v string) *LaunchTemplateInstanceMarketOptionsRequest {
|
|
s.MarketType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotOptions sets the SpotOptions field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateInstanceMarketOptionsRequest) SetSpotOptions(v *LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptionsRequest) *LaunchTemplateInstanceMarketOptionsRequest {
|
|
s.SpotOptions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a network interface.
|
|
type LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether to associate a public IPv4 address with eth0 for a new
|
|
// network interface.
|
|
AssociatePublicIpAddress *bool `locationName:"associatePublicIpAddress" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the network interface is deleted when the instance is terminated.
|
|
DeleteOnTermination *bool `locationName:"deleteOnTermination" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A description for the network interface.
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The device index for the network interface attachment.
|
|
DeviceIndex *int64 `locationName:"deviceIndex" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of one or more security groups.
|
|
Groups []*string `locationName:"groupSet" locationNameList:"groupId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of IPv6 addresses for the network interface.
|
|
Ipv6AddressCount *int64 `locationName:"ipv6AddressCount" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv6 addresses for the network interface.
|
|
Ipv6Addresses []*InstanceIpv6Address `locationName:"ipv6AddressesSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network interface.
|
|
NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The primary private IPv4 address of the network interface.
|
|
PrivateIpAddress *string `locationName:"privateIpAddress" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more private IPv4 addresses.
|
|
PrivateIpAddresses []*PrivateIpAddressSpecification `locationName:"privateIpAddressesSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of secondary private IPv4 addresses for the network interface.
|
|
SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount *int64 `locationName:"secondaryPrivateIpAddressCount" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the subnet for the network interface.
|
|
SubnetId *string `locationName:"subnetId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssociatePublicIpAddress sets the AssociatePublicIpAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) SetAssociatePublicIpAddress(v bool) *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification {
|
|
s.AssociatePublicIpAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeleteOnTermination sets the DeleteOnTermination field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) SetDeleteOnTermination(v bool) *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification {
|
|
s.DeleteOnTermination = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) SetDescription(v string) *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeviceIndex sets the DeviceIndex field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) SetDeviceIndex(v int64) *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification {
|
|
s.DeviceIndex = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroups sets the Groups field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) SetGroups(v []*string) *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification {
|
|
s.Groups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6AddressCount sets the Ipv6AddressCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) SetIpv6AddressCount(v int64) *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification {
|
|
s.Ipv6AddressCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6Addresses sets the Ipv6Addresses field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) SetIpv6Addresses(v []*InstanceIpv6Address) *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification {
|
|
s.Ipv6Addresses = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaceId sets the NetworkInterfaceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) SetNetworkInterfaceId(v string) *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateIpAddress sets the PrivateIpAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) SetPrivateIpAddress(v string) *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification {
|
|
s.PrivateIpAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateIpAddresses sets the PrivateIpAddresses field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) SetPrivateIpAddresses(v []*PrivateIpAddressSpecification) *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification {
|
|
s.PrivateIpAddresses = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount sets the SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) SetSecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount(v int64) *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification {
|
|
s.SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) SetSubnetId(v string) *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification {
|
|
s.SubnetId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The parameters for a network interface.
|
|
type LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Associates a public IPv4 address with eth0 for a new network interface.
|
|
AssociatePublicIpAddress *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the network interface is deleted when the instance is terminated.
|
|
DeleteOnTermination *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A description for the network interface.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The device index for the network interface attachment.
|
|
DeviceIndex *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of one or more security groups.
|
|
Groups []*string `locationName:"SecurityGroupId" locationNameList:"SecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of IPv6 addresses to assign to a network interface. Amazon EC2
|
|
// automatically selects the IPv6 addresses from the subnet range. You can't
|
|
// use this option if specifying specific IPv6 addresses.
|
|
Ipv6AddressCount *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more specific IPv6 addresses from the IPv6 CIDR block range of your
|
|
// subnet. You can't use this option if you're specifying a number of IPv6 addresses.
|
|
Ipv6Addresses []*InstanceIpv6AddressRequest `locationNameList:"InstanceIpv6Address" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network interface.
|
|
NetworkInterfaceId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The primary private IPv4 address of the network interface.
|
|
PrivateIpAddress *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more private IPv4 addresses.
|
|
PrivateIpAddresses []*PrivateIpAddressSpecification `locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of secondary private IPv4 addresses to assign to a network interface.
|
|
SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the subnet for the network interface.
|
|
SubnetId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest"}
|
|
if s.PrivateIpAddresses != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.PrivateIpAddresses {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "PrivateIpAddresses", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssociatePublicIpAddress sets the AssociatePublicIpAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest) SetAssociatePublicIpAddress(v bool) *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest {
|
|
s.AssociatePublicIpAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeleteOnTermination sets the DeleteOnTermination field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest) SetDeleteOnTermination(v bool) *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest {
|
|
s.DeleteOnTermination = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest) SetDescription(v string) *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeviceIndex sets the DeviceIndex field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest) SetDeviceIndex(v int64) *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest {
|
|
s.DeviceIndex = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroups sets the Groups field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest) SetGroups(v []*string) *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest {
|
|
s.Groups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6AddressCount sets the Ipv6AddressCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest) SetIpv6AddressCount(v int64) *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest {
|
|
s.Ipv6AddressCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6Addresses sets the Ipv6Addresses field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest) SetIpv6Addresses(v []*InstanceIpv6AddressRequest) *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest {
|
|
s.Ipv6Addresses = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaceId sets the NetworkInterfaceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest) SetNetworkInterfaceId(v string) *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateIpAddress sets the PrivateIpAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest) SetPrivateIpAddress(v string) *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest {
|
|
s.PrivateIpAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateIpAddresses sets the PrivateIpAddresses field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest) SetPrivateIpAddresses(v []*PrivateIpAddressSpecification) *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest {
|
|
s.PrivateIpAddresses = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount sets the SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest) SetSecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount(v int64) *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest {
|
|
s.SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest) SetSubnetId(v string) *LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest {
|
|
s.SubnetId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes overrides for a launch template.
|
|
type LaunchTemplateOverrides struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone in which to launch the instances.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance type.
|
|
InstanceType *string `locationName:"instanceType" type:"string" enum:"InstanceType"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum price per unit hour that you are willing to pay for a Spot Instance.
|
|
SpotPrice *string `locationName:"spotPrice" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the subnet in which to launch the instances.
|
|
SubnetId *string `locationName:"subnetId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of units provided by the specified instance type.
|
|
WeightedCapacity *float64 `locationName:"weightedCapacity" type:"double"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateOverrides) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateOverrides) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateOverrides) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *LaunchTemplateOverrides {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceType sets the InstanceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateOverrides) SetInstanceType(v string) *LaunchTemplateOverrides {
|
|
s.InstanceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotPrice sets the SpotPrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateOverrides) SetSpotPrice(v string) *LaunchTemplateOverrides {
|
|
s.SpotPrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateOverrides) SetSubnetId(v string) *LaunchTemplateOverrides {
|
|
s.SubnetId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetWeightedCapacity sets the WeightedCapacity field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateOverrides) SetWeightedCapacity(v float64) *LaunchTemplateOverrides {
|
|
s.WeightedCapacity = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the placement of an instance.
|
|
type LaunchTemplatePlacement struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The affinity setting for the instance on the Dedicated Host.
|
|
Affinity *string `locationName:"affinity" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone of the instance.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the placement group for the instance.
|
|
GroupName *string `locationName:"groupName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Dedicated Host for the instance.
|
|
HostId *string `locationName:"hostId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Reserved for future use.
|
|
SpreadDomain *string `locationName:"spreadDomain" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The tenancy of the instance (if the instance is running in a VPC). An instance
|
|
// with a tenancy of dedicated runs on single-tenant hardware.
|
|
Tenancy *string `locationName:"tenancy" type:"string" enum:"Tenancy"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplatePlacement) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplatePlacement) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAffinity sets the Affinity field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplatePlacement) SetAffinity(v string) *LaunchTemplatePlacement {
|
|
s.Affinity = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplatePlacement) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *LaunchTemplatePlacement {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplatePlacement) SetGroupName(v string) *LaunchTemplatePlacement {
|
|
s.GroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHostId sets the HostId field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplatePlacement) SetHostId(v string) *LaunchTemplatePlacement {
|
|
s.HostId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpreadDomain sets the SpreadDomain field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplatePlacement) SetSpreadDomain(v string) *LaunchTemplatePlacement {
|
|
s.SpreadDomain = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTenancy sets the Tenancy field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplatePlacement) SetTenancy(v string) *LaunchTemplatePlacement {
|
|
s.Tenancy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The placement for the instance.
|
|
type LaunchTemplatePlacementRequest struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The affinity setting for an instance on a Dedicated Host.
|
|
Affinity *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone for the instance.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the placement group for the instance.
|
|
GroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Dedicated Host for the instance.
|
|
HostId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Reserved for future use.
|
|
SpreadDomain *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The tenancy of the instance (if the instance is running in a VPC). An instance
|
|
// with a tenancy of dedicated runs on single-tenant hardware.
|
|
Tenancy *string `type:"string" enum:"Tenancy"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplatePlacementRequest) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplatePlacementRequest) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAffinity sets the Affinity field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplatePlacementRequest) SetAffinity(v string) *LaunchTemplatePlacementRequest {
|
|
s.Affinity = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplatePlacementRequest) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *LaunchTemplatePlacementRequest {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplatePlacementRequest) SetGroupName(v string) *LaunchTemplatePlacementRequest {
|
|
s.GroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHostId sets the HostId field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplatePlacementRequest) SetHostId(v string) *LaunchTemplatePlacementRequest {
|
|
s.HostId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpreadDomain sets the SpreadDomain field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplatePlacementRequest) SetSpreadDomain(v string) *LaunchTemplatePlacementRequest {
|
|
s.SpreadDomain = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTenancy sets the Tenancy field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplatePlacementRequest) SetTenancy(v string) *LaunchTemplatePlacementRequest {
|
|
s.Tenancy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The launch template to use. You must specify either the launch template ID
|
|
// or launch template name in the request.
|
|
type LaunchTemplateSpecification struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the launch template.
|
|
LaunchTemplateId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the launch template.
|
|
LaunchTemplateName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The version number of the launch template.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The default version for the launch template.
|
|
Version *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateSpecification) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateSpecification) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateId sets the LaunchTemplateId field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateSpecification) SetLaunchTemplateId(v string) *LaunchTemplateSpecification {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateName sets the LaunchTemplateName field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateSpecification) SetLaunchTemplateName(v string) *LaunchTemplateSpecification {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVersion sets the Version field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateSpecification) SetVersion(v string) *LaunchTemplateSpecification {
|
|
s.Version = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The options for Spot Instances.
|
|
type LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptions struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The required duration for the Spot Instances (also known as Spot blocks),
|
|
// in minutes. This value must be a multiple of 60 (60, 120, 180, 240, 300,
|
|
// or 360).
|
|
BlockDurationMinutes *int64 `locationName:"blockDurationMinutes" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The behavior when a Spot Instance is interrupted.
|
|
InstanceInterruptionBehavior *string `locationName:"instanceInterruptionBehavior" type:"string" enum:"InstanceInterruptionBehavior"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum hourly price you're willing to pay for the Spot Instances.
|
|
MaxPrice *string `locationName:"maxPrice" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Spot Instance request type.
|
|
SpotInstanceType *string `locationName:"spotInstanceType" type:"string" enum:"SpotInstanceType"`
|
|
|
|
// The end date of the request. For a one-time request, the request remains
|
|
// active until all instances launch, the request is canceled, or this date
|
|
// is reached. If the request is persistent, it remains active until it is canceled
|
|
// or this date and time is reached.
|
|
ValidUntil *time.Time `locationName:"validUntil" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptions) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptions) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBlockDurationMinutes sets the BlockDurationMinutes field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptions) SetBlockDurationMinutes(v int64) *LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptions {
|
|
s.BlockDurationMinutes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceInterruptionBehavior sets the InstanceInterruptionBehavior field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptions) SetInstanceInterruptionBehavior(v string) *LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptions {
|
|
s.InstanceInterruptionBehavior = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxPrice sets the MaxPrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptions) SetMaxPrice(v string) *LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptions {
|
|
s.MaxPrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotInstanceType sets the SpotInstanceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptions) SetSpotInstanceType(v string) *LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptions {
|
|
s.SpotInstanceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValidUntil sets the ValidUntil field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptions) SetValidUntil(v time.Time) *LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptions {
|
|
s.ValidUntil = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The options for Spot Instances.
|
|
type LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptionsRequest struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The required duration for the Spot Instances (also known as Spot blocks),
|
|
// in minutes. This value must be a multiple of 60 (60, 120, 180, 240, 300,
|
|
// or 360).
|
|
BlockDurationMinutes *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The behavior when a Spot Instance is interrupted. The default is terminate.
|
|
InstanceInterruptionBehavior *string `type:"string" enum:"InstanceInterruptionBehavior"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum hourly price you're willing to pay for the Spot Instances.
|
|
MaxPrice *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Spot Instance request type.
|
|
SpotInstanceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SpotInstanceType"`
|
|
|
|
// The end date of the request. For a one-time request, the request remains
|
|
// active until all instances launch, the request is canceled, or this date
|
|
// is reached. If the request is persistent, it remains active until it is canceled
|
|
// or this date and time is reached. The default end date is 7 days from the
|
|
// current date.
|
|
ValidUntil *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptionsRequest) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptionsRequest) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBlockDurationMinutes sets the BlockDurationMinutes field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptionsRequest) SetBlockDurationMinutes(v int64) *LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptionsRequest {
|
|
s.BlockDurationMinutes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceInterruptionBehavior sets the InstanceInterruptionBehavior field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptionsRequest) SetInstanceInterruptionBehavior(v string) *LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptionsRequest {
|
|
s.InstanceInterruptionBehavior = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxPrice sets the MaxPrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptionsRequest) SetMaxPrice(v string) *LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptionsRequest {
|
|
s.MaxPrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotInstanceType sets the SpotInstanceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptionsRequest) SetSpotInstanceType(v string) *LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptionsRequest {
|
|
s.SpotInstanceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValidUntil sets the ValidUntil field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptionsRequest) SetValidUntil(v time.Time) *LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptionsRequest {
|
|
s.ValidUntil = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The tag specification for the launch template.
|
|
type LaunchTemplateTagSpecification struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of resource.
|
|
ResourceType *string `locationName:"resourceType" type:"string" enum:"ResourceType"`
|
|
|
|
// The tags for the resource.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tagSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateTagSpecification) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateTagSpecification) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateTagSpecification) SetResourceType(v string) *LaunchTemplateTagSpecification {
|
|
s.ResourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateTagSpecification) SetTags(v []*Tag) *LaunchTemplateTagSpecification {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The tags specification for the launch template.
|
|
type LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationRequest struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of resource to tag. Currently, the resource types that support tagging
|
|
// on creation are instance and volume.
|
|
ResourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"ResourceType"`
|
|
|
|
// The tags to apply to the resource.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationRequest) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationRequest) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationRequest) SetResourceType(v string) *LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationRequest {
|
|
s.ResourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationRequest) SetTags(v []*Tag) *LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationRequest {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a launch template version.
|
|
type LaunchTemplateVersion struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The time the version was created.
|
|
CreateTime *time.Time `locationName:"createTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The principal that created the version.
|
|
CreatedBy *string `locationName:"createdBy" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the version is the default version.
|
|
DefaultVersion *bool `locationName:"defaultVersion" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the launch template.
|
|
LaunchTemplateData *ResponseLaunchTemplateData `locationName:"launchTemplateData" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the launch template.
|
|
LaunchTemplateId *string `locationName:"launchTemplateId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the launch template.
|
|
LaunchTemplateName *string `locationName:"launchTemplateName" min:"3" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The description for the version.
|
|
VersionDescription *string `locationName:"versionDescription" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The version number.
|
|
VersionNumber *int64 `locationName:"versionNumber" type:"long"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateVersion) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplateVersion) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateVersion) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *LaunchTemplateVersion {
|
|
s.CreateTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreatedBy sets the CreatedBy field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateVersion) SetCreatedBy(v string) *LaunchTemplateVersion {
|
|
s.CreatedBy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDefaultVersion sets the DefaultVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateVersion) SetDefaultVersion(v bool) *LaunchTemplateVersion {
|
|
s.DefaultVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateData sets the LaunchTemplateData field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateVersion) SetLaunchTemplateData(v *ResponseLaunchTemplateData) *LaunchTemplateVersion {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateData = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateId sets the LaunchTemplateId field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateVersion) SetLaunchTemplateId(v string) *LaunchTemplateVersion {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateName sets the LaunchTemplateName field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateVersion) SetLaunchTemplateName(v string) *LaunchTemplateVersion {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVersionDescription sets the VersionDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateVersion) SetVersionDescription(v string) *LaunchTemplateVersion {
|
|
s.VersionDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVersionNumber sets the VersionNumber field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplateVersion) SetVersionNumber(v int64) *LaunchTemplateVersion {
|
|
s.VersionNumber = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the monitoring for the instance.
|
|
type LaunchTemplatesMonitoring struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether detailed monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, basic monitoring
|
|
// is enabled.
|
|
Enabled *bool `locationName:"enabled" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplatesMonitoring) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplatesMonitoring) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplatesMonitoring) SetEnabled(v bool) *LaunchTemplatesMonitoring {
|
|
s.Enabled = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the monitoring for the instance.
|
|
type LaunchTemplatesMonitoringRequest struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specify true to enable detailed monitoring. Otherwise, basic monitoring is
|
|
// enabled.
|
|
Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplatesMonitoringRequest) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LaunchTemplatesMonitoringRequest) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.
|
|
func (s *LaunchTemplatesMonitoringRequest) SetEnabled(v bool) *LaunchTemplatesMonitoringRequest {
|
|
s.Enabled = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the Classic Load Balancers and target groups to attach to a Spot
|
|
// Fleet request.
|
|
type LoadBalancersConfig struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Classic Load Balancers.
|
|
ClassicLoadBalancersConfig *ClassicLoadBalancersConfig `locationName:"classicLoadBalancersConfig" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The target groups.
|
|
TargetGroupsConfig *TargetGroupsConfig `locationName:"targetGroupsConfig" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LoadBalancersConfig) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LoadBalancersConfig) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *LoadBalancersConfig) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LoadBalancersConfig"}
|
|
if s.ClassicLoadBalancersConfig != nil {
|
|
if err := s.ClassicLoadBalancersConfig.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("ClassicLoadBalancersConfig", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TargetGroupsConfig != nil {
|
|
if err := s.TargetGroupsConfig.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("TargetGroupsConfig", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClassicLoadBalancersConfig sets the ClassicLoadBalancersConfig field's value.
|
|
func (s *LoadBalancersConfig) SetClassicLoadBalancersConfig(v *ClassicLoadBalancersConfig) *LoadBalancersConfig {
|
|
s.ClassicLoadBalancersConfig = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetGroupsConfig sets the TargetGroupsConfig field's value.
|
|
func (s *LoadBalancersConfig) SetTargetGroupsConfig(v *TargetGroupsConfig) *LoadBalancersConfig {
|
|
s.TargetGroupsConfig = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a load permission.
|
|
type LoadPermission struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the group.
|
|
Group *string `locationName:"group" type:"string" enum:"PermissionGroup"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS account ID.
|
|
UserId *string `locationName:"userId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LoadPermission) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LoadPermission) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroup sets the Group field's value.
|
|
func (s *LoadPermission) SetGroup(v string) *LoadPermission {
|
|
s.Group = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserId sets the UserId field's value.
|
|
func (s *LoadPermission) SetUserId(v string) *LoadPermission {
|
|
s.UserId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes modifications to the load permissions of an Amazon FPGA image (AFI).
|
|
type LoadPermissionModifications struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The load permissions to add.
|
|
Add []*LoadPermissionRequest `locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The load permissions to remove.
|
|
Remove []*LoadPermissionRequest `locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LoadPermissionModifications) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LoadPermissionModifications) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAdd sets the Add field's value.
|
|
func (s *LoadPermissionModifications) SetAdd(v []*LoadPermissionRequest) *LoadPermissionModifications {
|
|
s.Add = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRemove sets the Remove field's value.
|
|
func (s *LoadPermissionModifications) SetRemove(v []*LoadPermissionRequest) *LoadPermissionModifications {
|
|
s.Remove = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a load permission.
|
|
type LoadPermissionRequest struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the group.
|
|
Group *string `type:"string" enum:"PermissionGroup"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS account ID.
|
|
UserId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LoadPermissionRequest) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LoadPermissionRequest) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroup sets the Group field's value.
|
|
func (s *LoadPermissionRequest) SetGroup(v string) *LoadPermissionRequest {
|
|
s.Group = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserId sets the UserId field's value.
|
|
func (s *LoadPermissionRequest) SetUserId(v string) *LoadPermissionRequest {
|
|
s.UserId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyFpgaImageAttributeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the attribute.
|
|
Attribute *string `type:"string" enum:"FpgaImageAttributeName"`
|
|
|
|
// A description for the AFI.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the AFI.
|
|
//
|
|
// FpgaImageId is a required field
|
|
FpgaImageId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The load permission for the AFI.
|
|
LoadPermission *LoadPermissionModifications `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A name for the AFI.
|
|
Name *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The operation type.
|
|
OperationType *string `type:"string" enum:"OperationType"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more product codes. After you add a product code to an AFI, it can't
|
|
// be removed. This parameter is valid only when modifying the productCodes
|
|
// attribute.
|
|
ProductCodes []*string `locationName:"ProductCode" locationNameList:"ProductCode" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more user groups. This parameter is valid only when modifying the
|
|
// loadPermission attribute.
|
|
UserGroups []*string `locationName:"UserGroup" locationNameList:"UserGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more AWS account IDs. This parameter is valid only when modifying
|
|
// the loadPermission attribute.
|
|
UserIds []*string `locationName:"UserId" locationNameList:"UserId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyFpgaImageAttributeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyFpgaImageAttributeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyFpgaImageAttributeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyFpgaImageAttributeInput"}
|
|
if s.FpgaImageId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FpgaImageId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttribute sets the Attribute field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyFpgaImageAttributeInput) SetAttribute(v string) *ModifyFpgaImageAttributeInput {
|
|
s.Attribute = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyFpgaImageAttributeInput) SetDescription(v string) *ModifyFpgaImageAttributeInput {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyFpgaImageAttributeInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ModifyFpgaImageAttributeInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFpgaImageId sets the FpgaImageId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyFpgaImageAttributeInput) SetFpgaImageId(v string) *ModifyFpgaImageAttributeInput {
|
|
s.FpgaImageId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLoadPermission sets the LoadPermission field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyFpgaImageAttributeInput) SetLoadPermission(v *LoadPermissionModifications) *ModifyFpgaImageAttributeInput {
|
|
s.LoadPermission = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyFpgaImageAttributeInput) SetName(v string) *ModifyFpgaImageAttributeInput {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOperationType sets the OperationType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyFpgaImageAttributeInput) SetOperationType(v string) *ModifyFpgaImageAttributeInput {
|
|
s.OperationType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProductCodes sets the ProductCodes field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyFpgaImageAttributeInput) SetProductCodes(v []*string) *ModifyFpgaImageAttributeInput {
|
|
s.ProductCodes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserGroups sets the UserGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyFpgaImageAttributeInput) SetUserGroups(v []*string) *ModifyFpgaImageAttributeInput {
|
|
s.UserGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserIds sets the UserIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyFpgaImageAttributeInput) SetUserIds(v []*string) *ModifyFpgaImageAttributeInput {
|
|
s.UserIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyFpgaImageAttributeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the attribute.
|
|
FpgaImageAttribute *FpgaImageAttribute `locationName:"fpgaImageAttribute" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyFpgaImageAttributeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyFpgaImageAttributeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFpgaImageAttribute sets the FpgaImageAttribute field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyFpgaImageAttributeOutput) SetFpgaImageAttribute(v *FpgaImageAttribute) *ModifyFpgaImageAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.FpgaImageAttribute = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for ModifyHosts.
|
|
type ModifyHostsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specify whether to enable or disable auto-placement.
|
|
//
|
|
// AutoPlacement is a required field
|
|
AutoPlacement *string `locationName:"autoPlacement" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"AutoPlacement"`
|
|
|
|
// The host IDs of the Dedicated Hosts you want to modify.
|
|
//
|
|
// HostIds is a required field
|
|
HostIds []*string `locationName:"hostId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyHostsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyHostsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyHostsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyHostsInput"}
|
|
if s.AutoPlacement == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AutoPlacement"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.HostIds == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HostIds"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAutoPlacement sets the AutoPlacement field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyHostsInput) SetAutoPlacement(v string) *ModifyHostsInput {
|
|
s.AutoPlacement = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHostIds sets the HostIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyHostsInput) SetHostIds(v []*string) *ModifyHostsInput {
|
|
s.HostIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of ModifyHosts.
|
|
type ModifyHostsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts that were successfully modified.
|
|
Successful []*string `locationName:"successful" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts that could not be modified. Check whether
|
|
// the setting you requested can be used.
|
|
Unsuccessful []*UnsuccessfulItem `locationName:"unsuccessful" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyHostsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyHostsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSuccessful sets the Successful field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyHostsOutput) SetSuccessful(v []*string) *ModifyHostsOutput {
|
|
s.Successful = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUnsuccessful sets the Unsuccessful field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyHostsOutput) SetUnsuccessful(v []*UnsuccessfulItem) *ModifyHostsOutput {
|
|
s.Unsuccessful = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters of ModifyIdFormat.
|
|
type ModifyIdFormatInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of resource: bundle | conversion-task | dhcp-options | elastic-ip-allocation
|
|
// | elastic-ip-association | export-task | flow-log | image | import-task |
|
|
// internet-gateway | network-acl | network-acl-association | network-interface
|
|
// | network-interface-attachment | prefix-list | route-table | route-table-association
|
|
// | security-group | subnet | subnet-cidr-block-association | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association
|
|
// | vpc-peering-connection.
|
|
//
|
|
// Alternatively, use the all-current option to include all resource types that
|
|
// are currently within their opt-in period for longer IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Resource is a required field
|
|
Resource *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicate whether the resource should use longer IDs (17-character IDs).
|
|
//
|
|
// UseLongIds is a required field
|
|
UseLongIds *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyIdFormatInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyIdFormatInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyIdFormatInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyIdFormatInput"}
|
|
if s.Resource == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Resource"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.UseLongIds == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UseLongIds"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResource sets the Resource field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyIdFormatInput) SetResource(v string) *ModifyIdFormatInput {
|
|
s.Resource = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUseLongIds sets the UseLongIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyIdFormatInput) SetUseLongIds(v bool) *ModifyIdFormatInput {
|
|
s.UseLongIds = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyIdFormatOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyIdFormatOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyIdFormatOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters of ModifyIdentityIdFormat.
|
|
type ModifyIdentityIdFormatInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN of the principal, which can be an IAM user, IAM role, or the root
|
|
// user. Specify all to modify the ID format for all IAM users, IAM roles, and
|
|
// the root user of the account.
|
|
//
|
|
// PrincipalArn is a required field
|
|
PrincipalArn *string `locationName:"principalArn" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of resource: bundle | conversion-task | dhcp-options | elastic-ip-allocation
|
|
// | elastic-ip-association | export-task | flow-log | image | import-task |
|
|
// internet-gateway | network-acl | network-acl-association | network-interface
|
|
// | network-interface-attachment | prefix-list | route-table | route-table-association
|
|
// | security-group | subnet | subnet-cidr-block-association | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association
|
|
// | vpc-peering-connection.
|
|
//
|
|
// Alternatively, use the all-current option to include all resource types that
|
|
// are currently within their opt-in period for longer IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Resource is a required field
|
|
Resource *string `locationName:"resource" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the resource should use longer IDs (17-character IDs)
|
|
//
|
|
// UseLongIds is a required field
|
|
UseLongIds *bool `locationName:"useLongIds" type:"boolean" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyIdentityIdFormatInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyIdentityIdFormatInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyIdentityIdFormatInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyIdentityIdFormatInput"}
|
|
if s.PrincipalArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PrincipalArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Resource == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Resource"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.UseLongIds == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UseLongIds"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrincipalArn sets the PrincipalArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyIdentityIdFormatInput) SetPrincipalArn(v string) *ModifyIdentityIdFormatInput {
|
|
s.PrincipalArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResource sets the Resource field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyIdentityIdFormatInput) SetResource(v string) *ModifyIdentityIdFormatInput {
|
|
s.Resource = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUseLongIds sets the UseLongIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyIdentityIdFormatInput) SetUseLongIds(v bool) *ModifyIdentityIdFormatInput {
|
|
s.UseLongIds = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyIdentityIdFormatOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyIdentityIdFormatOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyIdentityIdFormatOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for ModifyImageAttribute.
|
|
type ModifyImageAttributeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the attribute to modify. The valid values are description, launchPermission,
|
|
// and productCodes.
|
|
Attribute *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A new description for the AMI.
|
|
Description *AttributeValue `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the AMI.
|
|
//
|
|
// ImageId is a required field
|
|
ImageId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A new launch permission for the AMI.
|
|
LaunchPermission *LaunchPermissionModifications `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The operation type. This parameter can be used only when the Attribute parameter
|
|
// is launchPermission.
|
|
OperationType *string `type:"string" enum:"OperationType"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more DevPay product codes. After you add a product code to an AMI,
|
|
// it can't be removed.
|
|
ProductCodes []*string `locationName:"ProductCode" locationNameList:"ProductCode" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more user groups. This parameter can be used only when the Attribute
|
|
// parameter is launchPermission.
|
|
UserGroups []*string `locationName:"UserGroup" locationNameList:"UserGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more AWS account IDs. This parameter can be used only when the Attribute
|
|
// parameter is launchPermission.
|
|
UserIds []*string `locationName:"UserId" locationNameList:"UserId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The value of the attribute being modified. This parameter can be used only
|
|
// when the Attribute parameter is description or productCodes.
|
|
Value *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyImageAttributeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyImageAttributeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyImageAttributeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyImageAttributeInput"}
|
|
if s.ImageId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ImageId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttribute sets the Attribute field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyImageAttributeInput) SetAttribute(v string) *ModifyImageAttributeInput {
|
|
s.Attribute = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyImageAttributeInput) SetDescription(v *AttributeValue) *ModifyImageAttributeInput {
|
|
s.Description = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyImageAttributeInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ModifyImageAttributeInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImageId sets the ImageId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyImageAttributeInput) SetImageId(v string) *ModifyImageAttributeInput {
|
|
s.ImageId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchPermission sets the LaunchPermission field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyImageAttributeInput) SetLaunchPermission(v *LaunchPermissionModifications) *ModifyImageAttributeInput {
|
|
s.LaunchPermission = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOperationType sets the OperationType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyImageAttributeInput) SetOperationType(v string) *ModifyImageAttributeInput {
|
|
s.OperationType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProductCodes sets the ProductCodes field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyImageAttributeInput) SetProductCodes(v []*string) *ModifyImageAttributeInput {
|
|
s.ProductCodes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserGroups sets the UserGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyImageAttributeInput) SetUserGroups(v []*string) *ModifyImageAttributeInput {
|
|
s.UserGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserIds sets the UserIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyImageAttributeInput) SetUserIds(v []*string) *ModifyImageAttributeInput {
|
|
s.UserIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyImageAttributeInput) SetValue(v string) *ModifyImageAttributeInput {
|
|
s.Value = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyImageAttributeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyImageAttributeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyImageAttributeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for ModifyInstanceAttribute.
|
|
type ModifyInstanceAttributeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the attribute.
|
|
Attribute *string `locationName:"attribute" type:"string" enum:"InstanceAttributeName"`
|
|
|
|
// Modifies the DeleteOnTermination attribute for volumes that are currently
|
|
// attached. The volume must be owned by the caller. If no value is specified
|
|
// for DeleteOnTermination, the default is true and the volume is deleted when
|
|
// the instance is terminated.
|
|
//
|
|
// To add instance store volumes to an Amazon EBS-backed instance, you must
|
|
// add them when you launch the instance. For more information, see Updating
|
|
// the Block Device Mapping when Launching an Instance (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/block-device-mapping-concepts.html#Using_OverridingAMIBDM)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
BlockDeviceMappings []*InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification `locationName:"blockDeviceMapping" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// If the value is true, you can't terminate the instance using the Amazon EC2
|
|
// console, CLI, or API; otherwise, you can. You cannot use this parameter for
|
|
// Spot Instances.
|
|
DisableApiTermination *AttributeBooleanValue `locationName:"disableApiTermination" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether the instance is optimized for Amazon EBS I/O. This optimization
|
|
// provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration
|
|
// stack to provide optimal EBS I/O performance. This optimization isn't available
|
|
// with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS
|
|
// Optimized instance.
|
|
EbsOptimized *AttributeBooleanValue `locationName:"ebsOptimized" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Set to true to enable enhanced networking with ENA for the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// This option is supported only for HVM instances. Specifying this option with
|
|
// a PV instance can make it unreachable.
|
|
EnaSupport *AttributeBooleanValue `locationName:"enaSupport" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-VPC] Changes the security groups of the instance. You must specify at
|
|
// least one security group, even if it's just the default security group for
|
|
// the VPC. You must specify the security group ID, not the security group name.
|
|
Groups []*string `locationName:"GroupId" locationNameList:"groupId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// InstanceId is a required field
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether an instance stops or terminates when you initiate shutdown
|
|
// from the instance (using the operating system command for system shutdown).
|
|
InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior *AttributeValue `locationName:"instanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Changes the instance type to the specified value. For more information, see
|
|
// Instance Types (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html).
|
|
// If the instance type is not valid, the error returned is InvalidInstanceAttributeValue.
|
|
InstanceType *AttributeValue `locationName:"instanceType" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Changes the instance's kernel to the specified value. We recommend that you
|
|
// use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see PV-GRUB
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/UserProvidedKernels.html).
|
|
Kernel *AttributeValue `locationName:"kernel" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Changes the instance's RAM disk to the specified value. We recommend that
|
|
// you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see
|
|
// PV-GRUB (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/UserProvidedKernels.html).
|
|
Ramdisk *AttributeValue `locationName:"ramdisk" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether source/destination checking is enabled. A value of true
|
|
// means that checking is enabled, and false means that checking is disabled.
|
|
// This value must be false for a NAT instance to perform NAT.
|
|
SourceDestCheck *AttributeBooleanValue `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Set to simple to enable enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual
|
|
// Function interface for the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// There is no way to disable enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual
|
|
// Function interface at this time.
|
|
//
|
|
// This option is supported only for HVM instances. Specifying this option with
|
|
// a PV instance can make it unreachable.
|
|
SriovNetSupport *AttributeValue `locationName:"sriovNetSupport" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Changes the instance's user data to the specified value. If you are using
|
|
// an AWS SDK or command line tool, base64-encoding is performed for you, and
|
|
// you can load the text from a file. Otherwise, you must provide base64-encoded
|
|
// text.
|
|
UserData *BlobAttributeValue `locationName:"userData" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A new value for the attribute. Use only with the kernel, ramdisk, userData,
|
|
// disableApiTermination, or instanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior attribute.
|
|
Value *string `locationName:"value" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyInstanceAttributeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyInstanceAttributeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyInstanceAttributeInput"}
|
|
if s.InstanceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttribute sets the Attribute field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput) SetAttribute(v string) *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.Attribute = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBlockDeviceMappings sets the BlockDeviceMappings field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput) SetBlockDeviceMappings(v []*InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification) *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.BlockDeviceMappings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDisableApiTermination sets the DisableApiTermination field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput) SetDisableApiTermination(v *AttributeBooleanValue) *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.DisableApiTermination = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEbsOptimized sets the EbsOptimized field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput) SetEbsOptimized(v *AttributeBooleanValue) *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.EbsOptimized = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnaSupport sets the EnaSupport field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput) SetEnaSupport(v *AttributeBooleanValue) *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.EnaSupport = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroups sets the Groups field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput) SetGroups(v []*string) *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.Groups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput) SetInstanceId(v string) *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior sets the InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput) SetInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior(v *AttributeValue) *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceType sets the InstanceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput) SetInstanceType(v *AttributeValue) *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.InstanceType = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKernel sets the Kernel field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput) SetKernel(v *AttributeValue) *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.Kernel = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRamdisk sets the Ramdisk field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput) SetRamdisk(v *AttributeValue) *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.Ramdisk = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceDestCheck sets the SourceDestCheck field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput) SetSourceDestCheck(v *AttributeBooleanValue) *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.SourceDestCheck = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSriovNetSupport sets the SriovNetSupport field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput) SetSriovNetSupport(v *AttributeValue) *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.SriovNetSupport = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserData sets the UserData field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput) SetUserData(v *BlobAttributeValue) *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.UserData = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput) SetValue(v string) *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.Value = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyInstanceAttributeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyInstanceAttributeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyInstanceAttributeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of
|
|
// your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
|
|
ClientToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the credit option for CPU usage.
|
|
//
|
|
// InstanceCreditSpecifications is a required field
|
|
InstanceCreditSpecifications []*InstanceCreditSpecificationRequest `locationName:"InstanceCreditSpecification" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationInput"}
|
|
if s.InstanceCreditSpecifications == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceCreditSpecifications"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationInput) SetClientToken(v string) *ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationInput {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceCreditSpecifications sets the InstanceCreditSpecifications field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationInput) SetInstanceCreditSpecifications(v []*InstanceCreditSpecificationRequest) *ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationInput {
|
|
s.InstanceCreditSpecifications = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the instances whose credit option for CPU usage was successfully
|
|
// modified.
|
|
SuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecifications []*SuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationItem `locationName:"successfulInstanceCreditSpecificationSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the instances whose credit option for CPU usage was not
|
|
// modified.
|
|
UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecifications []*UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationItem `locationName:"unsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecifications sets the SuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecifications field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationOutput) SetSuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecifications(v []*SuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationItem) *ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationOutput {
|
|
s.SuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecifications = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecifications sets the UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecifications field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationOutput) SetUnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecifications(v []*UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationItem) *ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationOutput {
|
|
s.UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecifications = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for ModifyInstancePlacement.
|
|
type ModifyInstancePlacementInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The new affinity setting for the instance.
|
|
Affinity *string `locationName:"affinity" type:"string" enum:"Affinity"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Dedicated Host that the instance will have affinity with.
|
|
HostId *string `locationName:"hostId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance that you are modifying.
|
|
//
|
|
// InstanceId is a required field
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The tenancy of the instance that you are modifying.
|
|
Tenancy *string `locationName:"tenancy" type:"string" enum:"HostTenancy"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyInstancePlacementInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyInstancePlacementInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyInstancePlacementInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyInstancePlacementInput"}
|
|
if s.InstanceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAffinity sets the Affinity field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyInstancePlacementInput) SetAffinity(v string) *ModifyInstancePlacementInput {
|
|
s.Affinity = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHostId sets the HostId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyInstancePlacementInput) SetHostId(v string) *ModifyInstancePlacementInput {
|
|
s.HostId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyInstancePlacementInput) SetInstanceId(v string) *ModifyInstancePlacementInput {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTenancy sets the Tenancy field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyInstancePlacementInput) SetTenancy(v string) *ModifyInstancePlacementInput {
|
|
s.Tenancy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of ModifyInstancePlacement.
|
|
type ModifyInstancePlacementOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Is true if the request succeeds, and an error otherwise.
|
|
Return *bool `locationName:"return" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyInstancePlacementOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyInstancePlacementOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReturn sets the Return field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyInstancePlacementOutput) SetReturn(v bool) *ModifyInstancePlacementOutput {
|
|
s.Return = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyLaunchTemplateInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of
|
|
// the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
|
|
ClientToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The version number of the launch template to set as the default version.
|
|
DefaultVersion *string `locationName:"SetDefaultVersion" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template
|
|
// ID or launch template name in the request.
|
|
LaunchTemplateId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template
|
|
// ID or launch template name in the request.
|
|
LaunchTemplateName *string `min:"3" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyLaunchTemplateInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyLaunchTemplateInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyLaunchTemplateInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyLaunchTemplateInput"}
|
|
if s.LaunchTemplateName != nil && len(*s.LaunchTemplateName) < 3 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LaunchTemplateName", 3))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyLaunchTemplateInput) SetClientToken(v string) *ModifyLaunchTemplateInput {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDefaultVersion sets the DefaultVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyLaunchTemplateInput) SetDefaultVersion(v string) *ModifyLaunchTemplateInput {
|
|
s.DefaultVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyLaunchTemplateInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ModifyLaunchTemplateInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateId sets the LaunchTemplateId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyLaunchTemplateInput) SetLaunchTemplateId(v string) *ModifyLaunchTemplateInput {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateName sets the LaunchTemplateName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyLaunchTemplateInput) SetLaunchTemplateName(v string) *ModifyLaunchTemplateInput {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyLaunchTemplateOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the launch template.
|
|
LaunchTemplate *LaunchTemplate `locationName:"launchTemplate" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyLaunchTemplateOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyLaunchTemplateOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplate sets the LaunchTemplate field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyLaunchTemplateOutput) SetLaunchTemplate(v *LaunchTemplate) *ModifyLaunchTemplateOutput {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplate = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute.
|
|
type ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the interface attachment. If modifying the 'delete on termination'
|
|
// attribute, you must specify the ID of the interface attachment.
|
|
Attachment *NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges `locationName:"attachment" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A description for the network interface.
|
|
Description *AttributeValue `locationName:"description" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Changes the security groups for the network interface. The new set of groups
|
|
// you specify replaces the current set. You must specify at least one group,
|
|
// even if it's just the default security group in the VPC. You must specify
|
|
// the ID of the security group, not the name.
|
|
Groups []*string `locationName:"SecurityGroupId" locationNameList:"SecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// NetworkInterfaceId is a required field
|
|
NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether source/destination checking is enabled. A value of true
|
|
// means checking is enabled, and false means checking is disabled. This value
|
|
// must be false for a NAT instance to perform NAT. For more information, see
|
|
// NAT Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_NAT_Instance.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
SourceDestCheck *AttributeBooleanValue `locationName:"sourceDestCheck" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput"}
|
|
if s.NetworkInterfaceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NetworkInterfaceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttachment sets the Attachment field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput) SetAttachment(v *NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges) *ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.Attachment = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput) SetDescription(v *AttributeValue) *ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.Description = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroups sets the Groups field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput) SetGroups(v []*string) *ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.Groups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaceId sets the NetworkInterfaceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput) SetNetworkInterfaceId(v string) *ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceDestCheck sets the SourceDestCheck field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput) SetSourceDestCheck(v *AttributeBooleanValue) *ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.SourceDestCheck = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for ModifyReservedInstances.
|
|
type ModifyReservedInstancesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A unique, case-sensitive token you provide to ensure idempotency of your
|
|
// modification request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
|
|
ClientToken *string `locationName:"clientToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of the Reserved Instances to modify.
|
|
//
|
|
// ReservedInstancesIds is a required field
|
|
ReservedInstancesIds []*string `locationName:"ReservedInstancesId" locationNameList:"ReservedInstancesId" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The configuration settings for the Reserved Instances to modify.
|
|
//
|
|
// TargetConfigurations is a required field
|
|
TargetConfigurations []*ReservedInstancesConfiguration `locationName:"ReservedInstancesConfigurationSetItemType" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyReservedInstancesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyReservedInstancesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReservedInstancesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyReservedInstancesInput"}
|
|
if s.ReservedInstancesIds == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReservedInstancesIds"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TargetConfigurations == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetConfigurations"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReservedInstancesInput) SetClientToken(v string) *ModifyReservedInstancesInput {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedInstancesIds sets the ReservedInstancesIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReservedInstancesInput) SetReservedInstancesIds(v []*string) *ModifyReservedInstancesInput {
|
|
s.ReservedInstancesIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetConfigurations sets the TargetConfigurations field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReservedInstancesInput) SetTargetConfigurations(v []*ReservedInstancesConfiguration) *ModifyReservedInstancesInput {
|
|
s.TargetConfigurations = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of ModifyReservedInstances.
|
|
type ModifyReservedInstancesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID for the modification.
|
|
ReservedInstancesModificationId *string `locationName:"reservedInstancesModificationId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyReservedInstancesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyReservedInstancesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedInstancesModificationId sets the ReservedInstancesModificationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReservedInstancesOutput) SetReservedInstancesModificationId(v string) *ModifyReservedInstancesOutput {
|
|
s.ReservedInstancesModificationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for ModifySnapshotAttribute.
|
|
type ModifySnapshotAttributeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The snapshot attribute to modify.
|
|
//
|
|
// Only volume creation permissions may be modified at the customer level.
|
|
Attribute *string `type:"string" enum:"SnapshotAttributeName"`
|
|
|
|
// A JSON representation of the snapshot attribute modification.
|
|
CreateVolumePermission *CreateVolumePermissionModifications `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The group to modify for the snapshot.
|
|
GroupNames []*string `locationName:"UserGroup" locationNameList:"GroupName" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of operation to perform to the attribute.
|
|
OperationType *string `type:"string" enum:"OperationType"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// SnapshotId is a required field
|
|
SnapshotId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The account ID to modify for the snapshot.
|
|
UserIds []*string `locationName:"UserId" locationNameList:"UserId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifySnapshotAttributeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifySnapshotAttributeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifySnapshotAttributeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifySnapshotAttributeInput"}
|
|
if s.SnapshotId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttribute sets the Attribute field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifySnapshotAttributeInput) SetAttribute(v string) *ModifySnapshotAttributeInput {
|
|
s.Attribute = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreateVolumePermission sets the CreateVolumePermission field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifySnapshotAttributeInput) SetCreateVolumePermission(v *CreateVolumePermissionModifications) *ModifySnapshotAttributeInput {
|
|
s.CreateVolumePermission = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifySnapshotAttributeInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ModifySnapshotAttributeInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupNames sets the GroupNames field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifySnapshotAttributeInput) SetGroupNames(v []*string) *ModifySnapshotAttributeInput {
|
|
s.GroupNames = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOperationType sets the OperationType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifySnapshotAttributeInput) SetOperationType(v string) *ModifySnapshotAttributeInput {
|
|
s.OperationType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotId sets the SnapshotId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifySnapshotAttributeInput) SetSnapshotId(v string) *ModifySnapshotAttributeInput {
|
|
s.SnapshotId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserIds sets the UserIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifySnapshotAttributeInput) SetUserIds(v []*string) *ModifySnapshotAttributeInput {
|
|
s.UserIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifySnapshotAttributeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifySnapshotAttributeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifySnapshotAttributeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for ModifySpotFleetRequest.
|
|
type ModifySpotFleetRequestInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether running Spot Instances should be terminated if the target
|
|
// capacity of the Spot Fleet request is decreased below the current size of
|
|
// the Spot Fleet.
|
|
ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy *string `locationName:"excessCapacityTerminationPolicy" type:"string" enum:"ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Spot Fleet request.
|
|
//
|
|
// SpotFleetRequestId is a required field
|
|
SpotFleetRequestId *string `locationName:"spotFleetRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The size of the fleet.
|
|
TargetCapacity *int64 `locationName:"targetCapacity" type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifySpotFleetRequestInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifySpotFleetRequestInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifySpotFleetRequestInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifySpotFleetRequestInput"}
|
|
if s.SpotFleetRequestId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SpotFleetRequestId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy sets the ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifySpotFleetRequestInput) SetExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy(v string) *ModifySpotFleetRequestInput {
|
|
s.ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotFleetRequestId sets the SpotFleetRequestId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifySpotFleetRequestInput) SetSpotFleetRequestId(v string) *ModifySpotFleetRequestInput {
|
|
s.SpotFleetRequestId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetCapacity sets the TargetCapacity field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifySpotFleetRequestInput) SetTargetCapacity(v int64) *ModifySpotFleetRequestInput {
|
|
s.TargetCapacity = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of ModifySpotFleetRequest.
|
|
type ModifySpotFleetRequestOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Is true if the request succeeds, and an error otherwise.
|
|
Return *bool `locationName:"return" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifySpotFleetRequestOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifySpotFleetRequestOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReturn sets the Return field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifySpotFleetRequestOutput) SetReturn(v bool) *ModifySpotFleetRequestOutput {
|
|
s.Return = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for ModifySubnetAttribute.
|
|
type ModifySubnetAttributeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specify true to indicate that network interfaces created in the specified
|
|
// subnet should be assigned an IPv6 address. This includes a network interface
|
|
// that's created when launching an instance into the subnet (the instance therefore
|
|
// receives an IPv6 address).
|
|
//
|
|
// If you enable the IPv6 addressing feature for your subnet, your network interface
|
|
// or instance only receives an IPv6 address if it's created using version 2016-11-15
|
|
// or later of the Amazon EC2 API.
|
|
AssignIpv6AddressOnCreation *AttributeBooleanValue `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specify true to indicate that network interfaces created in the specified
|
|
// subnet should be assigned a public IPv4 address. This includes a network
|
|
// interface that's created when launching an instance into the subnet (the
|
|
// instance therefore receives a public IPv4 address).
|
|
MapPublicIpOnLaunch *AttributeBooleanValue `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the subnet.
|
|
//
|
|
// SubnetId is a required field
|
|
SubnetId *string `locationName:"subnetId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifySubnetAttributeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifySubnetAttributeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifySubnetAttributeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifySubnetAttributeInput"}
|
|
if s.SubnetId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssignIpv6AddressOnCreation sets the AssignIpv6AddressOnCreation field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifySubnetAttributeInput) SetAssignIpv6AddressOnCreation(v *AttributeBooleanValue) *ModifySubnetAttributeInput {
|
|
s.AssignIpv6AddressOnCreation = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMapPublicIpOnLaunch sets the MapPublicIpOnLaunch field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifySubnetAttributeInput) SetMapPublicIpOnLaunch(v *AttributeBooleanValue) *ModifySubnetAttributeInput {
|
|
s.MapPublicIpOnLaunch = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifySubnetAttributeInput) SetSubnetId(v string) *ModifySubnetAttributeInput {
|
|
s.SubnetId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifySubnetAttributeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifySubnetAttributeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifySubnetAttributeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for ModifyVolumeAttribute.
|
|
type ModifyVolumeAttributeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the volume should be auto-enabled for I/O operations.
|
|
AutoEnableIO *AttributeBooleanValue `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the volume.
|
|
//
|
|
// VolumeId is a required field
|
|
VolumeId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVolumeAttributeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVolumeAttributeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVolumeAttributeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyVolumeAttributeInput"}
|
|
if s.VolumeId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VolumeId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAutoEnableIO sets the AutoEnableIO field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVolumeAttributeInput) SetAutoEnableIO(v *AttributeBooleanValue) *ModifyVolumeAttributeInput {
|
|
s.AutoEnableIO = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVolumeAttributeInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ModifyVolumeAttributeInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeId sets the VolumeId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVolumeAttributeInput) SetVolumeId(v string) *ModifyVolumeAttributeInput {
|
|
s.VolumeId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyVolumeAttributeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVolumeAttributeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVolumeAttributeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyVolumeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Target IOPS rate of the volume to be modified.
|
|
//
|
|
// Only valid for Provisioned IOPS SSD (io1) volumes. For more information about
|
|
// io1 IOPS configuration, see http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSVolumeTypes.html#EBSVolumeTypes_piops
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSVolumeTypes.html#EBSVolumeTypes_piops).
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: If no IOPS value is specified, the existing value is retained.
|
|
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Target size in GiB of the volume to be modified. Target volume size must
|
|
// be greater than or equal to than the existing size of the volume. For information
|
|
// about available EBS volume sizes, see http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSVolumeTypes.html
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSVolumeTypes.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: If no size is specified, the existing size is retained.
|
|
Size *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// VolumeId is a required field
|
|
VolumeId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Target EBS volume type of the volume to be modified
|
|
//
|
|
// The API does not support modifications for volume type standard. You also
|
|
// cannot change the type of a volume to standard.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: If no type is specified, the existing type is retained.
|
|
VolumeType *string `type:"string" enum:"VolumeType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVolumeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVolumeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVolumeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyVolumeInput"}
|
|
if s.VolumeId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VolumeId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVolumeInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ModifyVolumeInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVolumeInput) SetIops(v int64) *ModifyVolumeInput {
|
|
s.Iops = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSize sets the Size field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVolumeInput) SetSize(v int64) *ModifyVolumeInput {
|
|
s.Size = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeId sets the VolumeId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVolumeInput) SetVolumeId(v string) *ModifyVolumeInput {
|
|
s.VolumeId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeType sets the VolumeType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVolumeInput) SetVolumeType(v string) *ModifyVolumeInput {
|
|
s.VolumeType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyVolumeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A VolumeModification object.
|
|
VolumeModification *VolumeModification `locationName:"volumeModification" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVolumeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVolumeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeModification sets the VolumeModification field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVolumeOutput) SetVolumeModification(v *VolumeModification) *ModifyVolumeOutput {
|
|
s.VolumeModification = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for ModifyVpcAttribute.
|
|
type ModifyVpcAttributeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the instances launched in the VPC get DNS hostnames. If
|
|
// enabled, instances in the VPC get DNS hostnames; otherwise, they do not.
|
|
//
|
|
// You cannot modify the DNS resolution and DNS hostnames attributes in the
|
|
// same request. Use separate requests for each attribute. You can only enable
|
|
// DNS hostnames if you've enabled DNS support.
|
|
EnableDnsHostnames *AttributeBooleanValue `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the DNS resolution is supported for the VPC. If enabled,
|
|
// queries to the Amazon provided DNS server at the 169.254.169.253 IP address,
|
|
// or the reserved IP address at the base of the VPC network range "plus two"
|
|
// will succeed. If disabled, the Amazon provided DNS service in the VPC that
|
|
// resolves public DNS hostnames to IP addresses is not enabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// You cannot modify the DNS resolution and DNS hostnames attributes in the
|
|
// same request. Use separate requests for each attribute.
|
|
EnableDnsSupport *AttributeBooleanValue `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpcId is a required field
|
|
VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVpcAttributeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVpcAttributeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcAttributeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyVpcAttributeInput"}
|
|
if s.VpcId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnableDnsHostnames sets the EnableDnsHostnames field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcAttributeInput) SetEnableDnsHostnames(v *AttributeBooleanValue) *ModifyVpcAttributeInput {
|
|
s.EnableDnsHostnames = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnableDnsSupport sets the EnableDnsSupport field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcAttributeInput) SetEnableDnsSupport(v *AttributeBooleanValue) *ModifyVpcAttributeInput {
|
|
s.EnableDnsSupport = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcAttributeInput) SetVpcId(v string) *ModifyVpcAttributeInput {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyVpcAttributeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVpcAttributeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVpcAttributeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more events for the endpoint. Valid values are Accept, Connect, Delete,
|
|
// and Reject.
|
|
ConnectionEvents []*string `locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN for the SNS topic for the notification.
|
|
ConnectionNotificationArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the notification.
|
|
//
|
|
// ConnectionNotificationId is a required field
|
|
ConnectionNotificationId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput"}
|
|
if s.ConnectionNotificationId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ConnectionNotificationId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetConnectionEvents sets the ConnectionEvents field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput) SetConnectionEvents(v []*string) *ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput {
|
|
s.ConnectionEvents = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetConnectionNotificationArn sets the ConnectionNotificationArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput) SetConnectionNotificationArn(v string) *ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput {
|
|
s.ConnectionNotificationArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetConnectionNotificationId sets the ConnectionNotificationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput) SetConnectionNotificationId(v string) *ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput {
|
|
s.ConnectionNotificationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
|
|
ReturnValue *bool `locationName:"return" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReturnValue sets the ReturnValue field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationOutput) SetReturnValue(v bool) *ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationOutput {
|
|
s.ReturnValue = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for ModifyVpcEndpoint.
|
|
type ModifyVpcEndpointInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// (Gateway endpoint) One or more route tables IDs to associate with the endpoint.
|
|
AddRouteTableIds []*string `locationName:"AddRouteTableId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// (Interface endpoint) One or more security group IDs to associate with the
|
|
// network interface.
|
|
AddSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationName:"AddSecurityGroupId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// (Interface endpoint) One or more subnet IDs in which to serve the endpoint.
|
|
AddSubnetIds []*string `locationName:"AddSubnetId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// (Gateway endpoint) A policy document to attach to the endpoint. The policy
|
|
// must be in valid JSON format.
|
|
PolicyDocument *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// (Interface endpoint) Indicate whether a private hosted zone is associated
|
|
// with the VPC.
|
|
PrivateDnsEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// (Gateway endpoint) One or more route table IDs to disassociate from the endpoint.
|
|
RemoveRouteTableIds []*string `locationName:"RemoveRouteTableId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// (Interface endpoint) One or more security group IDs to disassociate from
|
|
// the network interface.
|
|
RemoveSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationName:"RemoveSecurityGroupId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// (Interface endpoint) One or more subnets IDs in which to remove the endpoint.
|
|
RemoveSubnetIds []*string `locationName:"RemoveSubnetId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// (Gateway endpoint) Specify true to reset the policy document to the default
|
|
// policy. The default policy allows full access to the service.
|
|
ResetPolicy *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpcEndpointId is a required field
|
|
VpcEndpointId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVpcEndpointInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVpcEndpointInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcEndpointInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyVpcEndpointInput"}
|
|
if s.VpcEndpointId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcEndpointId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAddRouteTableIds sets the AddRouteTableIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcEndpointInput) SetAddRouteTableIds(v []*string) *ModifyVpcEndpointInput {
|
|
s.AddRouteTableIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAddSecurityGroupIds sets the AddSecurityGroupIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcEndpointInput) SetAddSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *ModifyVpcEndpointInput {
|
|
s.AddSecurityGroupIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAddSubnetIds sets the AddSubnetIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcEndpointInput) SetAddSubnetIds(v []*string) *ModifyVpcEndpointInput {
|
|
s.AddSubnetIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcEndpointInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ModifyVpcEndpointInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPolicyDocument sets the PolicyDocument field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcEndpointInput) SetPolicyDocument(v string) *ModifyVpcEndpointInput {
|
|
s.PolicyDocument = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateDnsEnabled sets the PrivateDnsEnabled field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcEndpointInput) SetPrivateDnsEnabled(v bool) *ModifyVpcEndpointInput {
|
|
s.PrivateDnsEnabled = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRemoveRouteTableIds sets the RemoveRouteTableIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcEndpointInput) SetRemoveRouteTableIds(v []*string) *ModifyVpcEndpointInput {
|
|
s.RemoveRouteTableIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRemoveSecurityGroupIds sets the RemoveSecurityGroupIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcEndpointInput) SetRemoveSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *ModifyVpcEndpointInput {
|
|
s.RemoveSecurityGroupIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRemoveSubnetIds sets the RemoveSubnetIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcEndpointInput) SetRemoveSubnetIds(v []*string) *ModifyVpcEndpointInput {
|
|
s.RemoveSubnetIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResetPolicy sets the ResetPolicy field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcEndpointInput) SetResetPolicy(v bool) *ModifyVpcEndpointInput {
|
|
s.ResetPolicy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcEndpointId sets the VpcEndpointId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcEndpointInput) SetVpcEndpointId(v string) *ModifyVpcEndpointInput {
|
|
s.VpcEndpointId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyVpcEndpointOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
|
|
Return *bool `locationName:"return" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVpcEndpointOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVpcEndpointOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReturn sets the Return field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcEndpointOutput) SetReturn(v bool) *ModifyVpcEndpointOutput {
|
|
s.Return = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicate whether requests to create an endpoint to your service must be accepted.
|
|
AcceptanceRequired *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of Network Load Balancers to add to your
|
|
// service configuration.
|
|
AddNetworkLoadBalancerArns []*string `locationName:"AddNetworkLoadBalancerArn" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of Network Load Balancers to remove from
|
|
// your service configuration.
|
|
RemoveNetworkLoadBalancerArns []*string `locationName:"RemoveNetworkLoadBalancerArn" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the service.
|
|
//
|
|
// ServiceId is a required field
|
|
ServiceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput"}
|
|
if s.ServiceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ServiceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAcceptanceRequired sets the AcceptanceRequired field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput) SetAcceptanceRequired(v bool) *ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput {
|
|
s.AcceptanceRequired = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAddNetworkLoadBalancerArns sets the AddNetworkLoadBalancerArns field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput) SetAddNetworkLoadBalancerArns(v []*string) *ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput {
|
|
s.AddNetworkLoadBalancerArns = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRemoveNetworkLoadBalancerArns sets the RemoveNetworkLoadBalancerArns field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput) SetRemoveNetworkLoadBalancerArns(v []*string) *ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput {
|
|
s.RemoveNetworkLoadBalancerArns = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServiceId sets the ServiceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput) SetServiceId(v string) *ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput {
|
|
s.ServiceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
|
|
Return *bool `locationName:"return" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReturn sets the Return field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationOutput) SetReturn(v bool) *ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationOutput {
|
|
s.Return = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of principals for which to allow
|
|
// permission. Specify * to allow all principals.
|
|
AddAllowedPrincipals []*string `locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of principals for which to remove
|
|
// permission.
|
|
RemoveAllowedPrincipals []*string `locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the service.
|
|
//
|
|
// ServiceId is a required field
|
|
ServiceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput"}
|
|
if s.ServiceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ServiceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAddAllowedPrincipals sets the AddAllowedPrincipals field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput) SetAddAllowedPrincipals(v []*string) *ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput {
|
|
s.AddAllowedPrincipals = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRemoveAllowedPrincipals sets the RemoveAllowedPrincipals field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput) SetRemoveAllowedPrincipals(v []*string) *ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput {
|
|
s.RemoveAllowedPrincipals = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServiceId sets the ServiceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput) SetServiceId(v string) *ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput {
|
|
s.ServiceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
|
|
ReturnValue *bool `locationName:"return" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReturnValue sets the ReturnValue field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsOutput) SetReturnValue(v bool) *ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsOutput {
|
|
s.ReturnValue = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The VPC peering connection options for the accepter VPC.
|
|
AccepterPeeringConnectionOptions *PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The VPC peering connection options for the requester VPC.
|
|
RequesterPeeringConnectionOptions *PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC peering connection.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpcPeeringConnectionId is a required field
|
|
VpcPeeringConnectionId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsInput"}
|
|
if s.VpcPeeringConnectionId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcPeeringConnectionId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccepterPeeringConnectionOptions sets the AccepterPeeringConnectionOptions field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsInput) SetAccepterPeeringConnectionOptions(v *PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest) *ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsInput {
|
|
s.AccepterPeeringConnectionOptions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRequesterPeeringConnectionOptions sets the RequesterPeeringConnectionOptions field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsInput) SetRequesterPeeringConnectionOptions(v *PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest) *ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsInput {
|
|
s.RequesterPeeringConnectionOptions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcPeeringConnectionId sets the VpcPeeringConnectionId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsInput) SetVpcPeeringConnectionId(v string) *ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsInput {
|
|
s.VpcPeeringConnectionId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the VPC peering connection options for the accepter VPC.
|
|
AccepterPeeringConnectionOptions *PeeringConnectionOptions `locationName:"accepterPeeringConnectionOptions" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the VPC peering connection options for the requester VPC.
|
|
RequesterPeeringConnectionOptions *PeeringConnectionOptions `locationName:"requesterPeeringConnectionOptions" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccepterPeeringConnectionOptions sets the AccepterPeeringConnectionOptions field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsOutput) SetAccepterPeeringConnectionOptions(v *PeeringConnectionOptions) *ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsOutput {
|
|
s.AccepterPeeringConnectionOptions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRequesterPeeringConnectionOptions sets the RequesterPeeringConnectionOptions field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsOutput) SetRequesterPeeringConnectionOptions(v *PeeringConnectionOptions) *ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsOutput {
|
|
s.RequesterPeeringConnectionOptions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for ModifyVpcTenancy.
|
|
type ModifyVpcTenancyInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance tenancy attribute for the VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// InstanceTenancy is a required field
|
|
InstanceTenancy *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"VpcTenancy"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpcId is a required field
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVpcTenancyInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVpcTenancyInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcTenancyInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyVpcTenancyInput"}
|
|
if s.InstanceTenancy == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceTenancy"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VpcId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcTenancyInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ModifyVpcTenancyInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceTenancy sets the InstanceTenancy field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcTenancyInput) SetInstanceTenancy(v string) *ModifyVpcTenancyInput {
|
|
s.InstanceTenancy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcTenancyInput) SetVpcId(v string) *ModifyVpcTenancyInput {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of ModifyVpcTenancy.
|
|
type ModifyVpcTenancyOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, returns an error.
|
|
ReturnValue *bool `locationName:"return" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVpcTenancyOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyVpcTenancyOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReturnValue sets the ReturnValue field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyVpcTenancyOutput) SetReturnValue(v bool) *ModifyVpcTenancyOutput {
|
|
s.ReturnValue = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for MonitorInstances.
|
|
type MonitorInstancesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more instance IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// InstanceIds is a required field
|
|
InstanceIds []*string `locationName:"InstanceId" locationNameList:"InstanceId" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s MonitorInstancesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s MonitorInstancesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *MonitorInstancesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MonitorInstancesInput"}
|
|
if s.InstanceIds == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceIds"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *MonitorInstancesInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *MonitorInstancesInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceIds sets the InstanceIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *MonitorInstancesInput) SetInstanceIds(v []*string) *MonitorInstancesInput {
|
|
s.InstanceIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of MonitorInstances.
|
|
type MonitorInstancesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The monitoring information.
|
|
InstanceMonitorings []*InstanceMonitoring `locationName:"instancesSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s MonitorInstancesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s MonitorInstancesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceMonitorings sets the InstanceMonitorings field's value.
|
|
func (s *MonitorInstancesOutput) SetInstanceMonitorings(v []*InstanceMonitoring) *MonitorInstancesOutput {
|
|
s.InstanceMonitorings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the monitoring of an instance.
|
|
type Monitoring struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether detailed monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, basic monitoring
|
|
// is enabled.
|
|
State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"MonitoringState"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Monitoring) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Monitoring) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *Monitoring) SetState(v string) *Monitoring {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for MoveAddressToVpc.
|
|
type MoveAddressToVpcInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The Elastic IP address.
|
|
//
|
|
// PublicIp is a required field
|
|
PublicIp *string `locationName:"publicIp" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s MoveAddressToVpcInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s MoveAddressToVpcInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *MoveAddressToVpcInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MoveAddressToVpcInput"}
|
|
if s.PublicIp == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PublicIp"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *MoveAddressToVpcInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *MoveAddressToVpcInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPublicIp sets the PublicIp field's value.
|
|
func (s *MoveAddressToVpcInput) SetPublicIp(v string) *MoveAddressToVpcInput {
|
|
s.PublicIp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of MoveAddressToVpc.
|
|
type MoveAddressToVpcOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The allocation ID for the Elastic IP address.
|
|
AllocationId *string `locationName:"allocationId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the move of the IP address.
|
|
Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"Status"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s MoveAddressToVpcOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s MoveAddressToVpcOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllocationId sets the AllocationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *MoveAddressToVpcOutput) SetAllocationId(v string) *MoveAddressToVpcOutput {
|
|
s.AllocationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *MoveAddressToVpcOutput) SetStatus(v string) *MoveAddressToVpcOutput {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the status of a moving Elastic IP address.
|
|
type MovingAddressStatus struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the Elastic IP address that's being moved to the EC2-VPC platform,
|
|
// or restored to the EC2-Classic platform.
|
|
MoveStatus *string `locationName:"moveStatus" type:"string" enum:"MoveStatus"`
|
|
|
|
// The Elastic IP address.
|
|
PublicIp *string `locationName:"publicIp" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s MovingAddressStatus) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s MovingAddressStatus) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMoveStatus sets the MoveStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *MovingAddressStatus) SetMoveStatus(v string) *MovingAddressStatus {
|
|
s.MoveStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPublicIp sets the PublicIp field's value.
|
|
func (s *MovingAddressStatus) SetPublicIp(v string) *MovingAddressStatus {
|
|
s.PublicIp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a NAT gateway.
|
|
type NatGateway struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time the NAT gateway was created.
|
|
CreateTime *time.Time `locationName:"createTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time the NAT gateway was deleted, if applicable.
|
|
DeleteTime *time.Time `locationName:"deleteTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// If the NAT gateway could not be created, specifies the error code for the
|
|
// failure. (InsufficientFreeAddressesInSubnet | Gateway.NotAttached | InvalidAllocationID.NotFound
|
|
// | Resource.AlreadyAssociated | InternalError | InvalidSubnetID.NotFound)
|
|
FailureCode *string `locationName:"failureCode" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If the NAT gateway could not be created, specifies the error message for
|
|
// the failure, that corresponds to the error code.
|
|
//
|
|
// * For InsufficientFreeAddressesInSubnet: "Subnet has insufficient free
|
|
// addresses to create this NAT gateway"
|
|
//
|
|
// * For Gateway.NotAttached: "Network vpc-xxxxxxxx has no Internet gateway
|
|
// attached"
|
|
//
|
|
// * For InvalidAllocationID.NotFound: "Elastic IP address eipalloc-xxxxxxxx
|
|
// could not be associated with this NAT gateway"
|
|
//
|
|
// * For Resource.AlreadyAssociated: "Elastic IP address eipalloc-xxxxxxxx
|
|
// is already associated"
|
|
//
|
|
// * For InternalError: "Network interface eni-xxxxxxxx, created and used
|
|
// internally by this NAT gateway is in an invalid state. Please try again."
|
|
//
|
|
// * For InvalidSubnetID.NotFound: "The specified subnet subnet-xxxxxxxx
|
|
// does not exist or could not be found."
|
|
FailureMessage *string `locationName:"failureMessage" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the IP addresses and network interface associated with
|
|
// the NAT gateway.
|
|
NatGatewayAddresses []*NatGatewayAddress `locationName:"natGatewayAddressSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the NAT gateway.
|
|
NatGatewayId *string `locationName:"natGatewayId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the documented limits
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/vpc-nat-gateway.html),
|
|
// contact us through the Support Center (https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home?).
|
|
ProvisionedBandwidth *ProvisionedBandwidth `locationName:"provisionedBandwidth" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of the NAT gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// * pending: The NAT gateway is being created and is not ready to process
|
|
// traffic.
|
|
//
|
|
// * failed: The NAT gateway could not be created. Check the failureCode
|
|
// and failureMessage fields for the reason.
|
|
//
|
|
// * available: The NAT gateway is able to process traffic. This status remains
|
|
// until you delete the NAT gateway, and does not indicate the health of
|
|
// the NAT gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// * deleting: The NAT gateway is in the process of being terminated and
|
|
// may still be processing traffic.
|
|
//
|
|
// * deleted: The NAT gateway has been terminated and is no longer processing
|
|
// traffic.
|
|
State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"NatGatewayState"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the subnet in which the NAT gateway is located.
|
|
SubnetId *string `locationName:"subnetId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The tags for the NAT gateway.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tagSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC in which the NAT gateway is located.
|
|
VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s NatGateway) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s NatGateway) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *NatGateway) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *NatGateway {
|
|
s.CreateTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeleteTime sets the DeleteTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *NatGateway) SetDeleteTime(v time.Time) *NatGateway {
|
|
s.DeleteTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFailureCode sets the FailureCode field's value.
|
|
func (s *NatGateway) SetFailureCode(v string) *NatGateway {
|
|
s.FailureCode = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFailureMessage sets the FailureMessage field's value.
|
|
func (s *NatGateway) SetFailureMessage(v string) *NatGateway {
|
|
s.FailureMessage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNatGatewayAddresses sets the NatGatewayAddresses field's value.
|
|
func (s *NatGateway) SetNatGatewayAddresses(v []*NatGatewayAddress) *NatGateway {
|
|
s.NatGatewayAddresses = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNatGatewayId sets the NatGatewayId field's value.
|
|
func (s *NatGateway) SetNatGatewayId(v string) *NatGateway {
|
|
s.NatGatewayId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProvisionedBandwidth sets the ProvisionedBandwidth field's value.
|
|
func (s *NatGateway) SetProvisionedBandwidth(v *ProvisionedBandwidth) *NatGateway {
|
|
s.ProvisionedBandwidth = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *NatGateway) SetState(v string) *NatGateway {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
|
|
func (s *NatGateway) SetSubnetId(v string) *NatGateway {
|
|
s.SubnetId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *NatGateway) SetTags(v []*Tag) *NatGateway {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *NatGateway) SetVpcId(v string) *NatGateway {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the IP addresses and network interface associated with a NAT gateway.
|
|
type NatGatewayAddress struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The allocation ID of the Elastic IP address that's associated with the NAT
|
|
// gateway.
|
|
AllocationId *string `locationName:"allocationId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network interface associated with the NAT gateway.
|
|
NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The private IP address associated with the Elastic IP address.
|
|
PrivateIp *string `locationName:"privateIp" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Elastic IP address associated with the NAT gateway.
|
|
PublicIp *string `locationName:"publicIp" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s NatGatewayAddress) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s NatGatewayAddress) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllocationId sets the AllocationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *NatGatewayAddress) SetAllocationId(v string) *NatGatewayAddress {
|
|
s.AllocationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaceId sets the NetworkInterfaceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *NatGatewayAddress) SetNetworkInterfaceId(v string) *NatGatewayAddress {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateIp sets the PrivateIp field's value.
|
|
func (s *NatGatewayAddress) SetPrivateIp(v string) *NatGatewayAddress {
|
|
s.PrivateIp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPublicIp sets the PublicIp field's value.
|
|
func (s *NatGatewayAddress) SetPublicIp(v string) *NatGatewayAddress {
|
|
s.PublicIp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a network ACL.
|
|
type NetworkAcl struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Any associations between the network ACL and one or more subnets
|
|
Associations []*NetworkAclAssociation `locationName:"associationSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more entries (rules) in the network ACL.
|
|
Entries []*NetworkAclEntry `locationName:"entrySet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether this is the default network ACL for the VPC.
|
|
IsDefault *bool `locationName:"default" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network ACL.
|
|
NetworkAclId *string `locationName:"networkAclId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Any tags assigned to the network ACL.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tagSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC for the network ACL.
|
|
VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s NetworkAcl) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s NetworkAcl) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssociations sets the Associations field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkAcl) SetAssociations(v []*NetworkAclAssociation) *NetworkAcl {
|
|
s.Associations = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEntries sets the Entries field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkAcl) SetEntries(v []*NetworkAclEntry) *NetworkAcl {
|
|
s.Entries = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIsDefault sets the IsDefault field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkAcl) SetIsDefault(v bool) *NetworkAcl {
|
|
s.IsDefault = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkAclId sets the NetworkAclId field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkAcl) SetNetworkAclId(v string) *NetworkAcl {
|
|
s.NetworkAclId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkAcl) SetTags(v []*Tag) *NetworkAcl {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkAcl) SetVpcId(v string) *NetworkAcl {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an association between a network ACL and a subnet.
|
|
type NetworkAclAssociation struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the association between a network ACL and a subnet.
|
|
NetworkAclAssociationId *string `locationName:"networkAclAssociationId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network ACL.
|
|
NetworkAclId *string `locationName:"networkAclId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the subnet.
|
|
SubnetId *string `locationName:"subnetId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s NetworkAclAssociation) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s NetworkAclAssociation) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkAclAssociationId sets the NetworkAclAssociationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkAclAssociation) SetNetworkAclAssociationId(v string) *NetworkAclAssociation {
|
|
s.NetworkAclAssociationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkAclId sets the NetworkAclId field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkAclAssociation) SetNetworkAclId(v string) *NetworkAclAssociation {
|
|
s.NetworkAclId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkAclAssociation) SetSubnetId(v string) *NetworkAclAssociation {
|
|
s.SubnetId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an entry in a network ACL.
|
|
type NetworkAclEntry struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv4 network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation.
|
|
CidrBlock *string `locationName:"cidrBlock" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the rule is an egress rule (applied to traffic leaving
|
|
// the subnet).
|
|
Egress *bool `locationName:"egress" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// ICMP protocol: The ICMP type and code.
|
|
IcmpTypeCode *IcmpTypeCode `locationName:"icmpTypeCode" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv6 network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation.
|
|
Ipv6CidrBlock *string `locationName:"ipv6CidrBlock" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// TCP or UDP protocols: The range of ports the rule applies to.
|
|
PortRange *PortRange `locationName:"portRange" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The protocol. A value of -1 means all protocols.
|
|
Protocol *string `locationName:"protocol" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether to allow or deny the traffic that matches the rule.
|
|
RuleAction *string `locationName:"ruleAction" type:"string" enum:"RuleAction"`
|
|
|
|
// The rule number for the entry. ACL entries are processed in ascending order
|
|
// by rule number.
|
|
RuleNumber *int64 `locationName:"ruleNumber" type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s NetworkAclEntry) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s NetworkAclEntry) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCidrBlock sets the CidrBlock field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkAclEntry) SetCidrBlock(v string) *NetworkAclEntry {
|
|
s.CidrBlock = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEgress sets the Egress field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkAclEntry) SetEgress(v bool) *NetworkAclEntry {
|
|
s.Egress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIcmpTypeCode sets the IcmpTypeCode field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkAclEntry) SetIcmpTypeCode(v *IcmpTypeCode) *NetworkAclEntry {
|
|
s.IcmpTypeCode = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6CidrBlock sets the Ipv6CidrBlock field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkAclEntry) SetIpv6CidrBlock(v string) *NetworkAclEntry {
|
|
s.Ipv6CidrBlock = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPortRange sets the PortRange field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkAclEntry) SetPortRange(v *PortRange) *NetworkAclEntry {
|
|
s.PortRange = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkAclEntry) SetProtocol(v string) *NetworkAclEntry {
|
|
s.Protocol = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRuleAction sets the RuleAction field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkAclEntry) SetRuleAction(v string) *NetworkAclEntry {
|
|
s.RuleAction = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRuleNumber sets the RuleNumber field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkAclEntry) SetRuleNumber(v int64) *NetworkAclEntry {
|
|
s.RuleNumber = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a network interface.
|
|
type NetworkInterface struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The association information for an Elastic IP address (IPv4) associated with
|
|
// the network interface.
|
|
Association *NetworkInterfaceAssociation `locationName:"association" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The network interface attachment.
|
|
Attachment *NetworkInterfaceAttachment `locationName:"attachment" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A description.
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Any security groups for the network interface.
|
|
Groups []*GroupIdentifier `locationName:"groupSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of interface.
|
|
InterfaceType *string `locationName:"interfaceType" type:"string" enum:"NetworkInterfaceType"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv6 addresses associated with the network interface.
|
|
Ipv6Addresses []*NetworkInterfaceIpv6Address `locationName:"ipv6AddressesSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The MAC address.
|
|
MacAddress *string `locationName:"macAddress" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network interface.
|
|
NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS account ID of the owner of the network interface.
|
|
OwnerId *string `locationName:"ownerId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The private DNS name.
|
|
PrivateDnsName *string `locationName:"privateDnsName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv4 address of the network interface within the subnet.
|
|
PrivateIpAddress *string `locationName:"privateIpAddress" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The private IPv4 addresses associated with the network interface.
|
|
PrivateIpAddresses []*NetworkInterfacePrivateIpAddress `locationName:"privateIpAddressesSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the entity that launched the instance on your behalf (for example,
|
|
// AWS Management Console or Auto Scaling).
|
|
RequesterId *string `locationName:"requesterId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the network interface is being managed by AWS.
|
|
RequesterManaged *bool `locationName:"requesterManaged" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether traffic to or from the instance is validated.
|
|
SourceDestCheck *bool `locationName:"sourceDestCheck" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the network interface.
|
|
Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"NetworkInterfaceStatus"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the subnet.
|
|
SubnetId *string `locationName:"subnetId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Any tags assigned to the network interface.
|
|
TagSet []*Tag `locationName:"tagSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC.
|
|
VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s NetworkInterface) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s NetworkInterface) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssociation sets the Association field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterface) SetAssociation(v *NetworkInterfaceAssociation) *NetworkInterface {
|
|
s.Association = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttachment sets the Attachment field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterface) SetAttachment(v *NetworkInterfaceAttachment) *NetworkInterface {
|
|
s.Attachment = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterface) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *NetworkInterface {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterface) SetDescription(v string) *NetworkInterface {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroups sets the Groups field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterface) SetGroups(v []*GroupIdentifier) *NetworkInterface {
|
|
s.Groups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInterfaceType sets the InterfaceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterface) SetInterfaceType(v string) *NetworkInterface {
|
|
s.InterfaceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6Addresses sets the Ipv6Addresses field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterface) SetIpv6Addresses(v []*NetworkInterfaceIpv6Address) *NetworkInterface {
|
|
s.Ipv6Addresses = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMacAddress sets the MacAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterface) SetMacAddress(v string) *NetworkInterface {
|
|
s.MacAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaceId sets the NetworkInterfaceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterface) SetNetworkInterfaceId(v string) *NetworkInterface {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOwnerId sets the OwnerId field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterface) SetOwnerId(v string) *NetworkInterface {
|
|
s.OwnerId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateDnsName sets the PrivateDnsName field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterface) SetPrivateDnsName(v string) *NetworkInterface {
|
|
s.PrivateDnsName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateIpAddress sets the PrivateIpAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterface) SetPrivateIpAddress(v string) *NetworkInterface {
|
|
s.PrivateIpAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateIpAddresses sets the PrivateIpAddresses field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterface) SetPrivateIpAddresses(v []*NetworkInterfacePrivateIpAddress) *NetworkInterface {
|
|
s.PrivateIpAddresses = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRequesterId sets the RequesterId field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterface) SetRequesterId(v string) *NetworkInterface {
|
|
s.RequesterId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRequesterManaged sets the RequesterManaged field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterface) SetRequesterManaged(v bool) *NetworkInterface {
|
|
s.RequesterManaged = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceDestCheck sets the SourceDestCheck field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterface) SetSourceDestCheck(v bool) *NetworkInterface {
|
|
s.SourceDestCheck = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterface) SetStatus(v string) *NetworkInterface {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterface) SetSubnetId(v string) *NetworkInterface {
|
|
s.SubnetId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagSet sets the TagSet field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterface) SetTagSet(v []*Tag) *NetworkInterface {
|
|
s.TagSet = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterface) SetVpcId(v string) *NetworkInterface {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes association information for an Elastic IP address (IPv4 only).
|
|
type NetworkInterfaceAssociation struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The allocation ID.
|
|
AllocationId *string `locationName:"allocationId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The association ID.
|
|
AssociationId *string `locationName:"associationId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Elastic IP address owner.
|
|
IpOwnerId *string `locationName:"ipOwnerId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The public DNS name.
|
|
PublicDnsName *string `locationName:"publicDnsName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The address of the Elastic IP address bound to the network interface.
|
|
PublicIp *string `locationName:"publicIp" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s NetworkInterfaceAssociation) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s NetworkInterfaceAssociation) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllocationId sets the AllocationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterfaceAssociation) SetAllocationId(v string) *NetworkInterfaceAssociation {
|
|
s.AllocationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssociationId sets the AssociationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterfaceAssociation) SetAssociationId(v string) *NetworkInterfaceAssociation {
|
|
s.AssociationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpOwnerId sets the IpOwnerId field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterfaceAssociation) SetIpOwnerId(v string) *NetworkInterfaceAssociation {
|
|
s.IpOwnerId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPublicDnsName sets the PublicDnsName field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterfaceAssociation) SetPublicDnsName(v string) *NetworkInterfaceAssociation {
|
|
s.PublicDnsName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPublicIp sets the PublicIp field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterfaceAssociation) SetPublicIp(v string) *NetworkInterfaceAssociation {
|
|
s.PublicIp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a network interface attachment.
|
|
type NetworkInterfaceAttachment struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The timestamp indicating when the attachment initiated.
|
|
AttachTime *time.Time `locationName:"attachTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network interface attachment.
|
|
AttachmentId *string `locationName:"attachmentId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the network interface is deleted when the instance is terminated.
|
|
DeleteOnTermination *bool `locationName:"deleteOnTermination" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The device index of the network interface attachment on the instance.
|
|
DeviceIndex *int64 `locationName:"deviceIndex" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance.
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS account ID of the owner of the instance.
|
|
InstanceOwnerId *string `locationName:"instanceOwnerId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The attachment state.
|
|
Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"AttachmentStatus"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s NetworkInterfaceAttachment) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s NetworkInterfaceAttachment) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttachTime sets the AttachTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterfaceAttachment) SetAttachTime(v time.Time) *NetworkInterfaceAttachment {
|
|
s.AttachTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttachmentId sets the AttachmentId field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterfaceAttachment) SetAttachmentId(v string) *NetworkInterfaceAttachment {
|
|
s.AttachmentId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeleteOnTermination sets the DeleteOnTermination field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterfaceAttachment) SetDeleteOnTermination(v bool) *NetworkInterfaceAttachment {
|
|
s.DeleteOnTermination = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeviceIndex sets the DeviceIndex field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterfaceAttachment) SetDeviceIndex(v int64) *NetworkInterfaceAttachment {
|
|
s.DeviceIndex = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterfaceAttachment) SetInstanceId(v string) *NetworkInterfaceAttachment {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceOwnerId sets the InstanceOwnerId field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterfaceAttachment) SetInstanceOwnerId(v string) *NetworkInterfaceAttachment {
|
|
s.InstanceOwnerId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterfaceAttachment) SetStatus(v string) *NetworkInterfaceAttachment {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an attachment change.
|
|
type NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network interface attachment.
|
|
AttachmentId *string `locationName:"attachmentId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the network interface is deleted when the instance is terminated.
|
|
DeleteOnTermination *bool `locationName:"deleteOnTermination" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttachmentId sets the AttachmentId field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges) SetAttachmentId(v string) *NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges {
|
|
s.AttachmentId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeleteOnTermination sets the DeleteOnTermination field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges) SetDeleteOnTermination(v bool) *NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges {
|
|
s.DeleteOnTermination = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an IPv6 address associated with a network interface.
|
|
type NetworkInterfaceIpv6Address struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv6 address.
|
|
Ipv6Address *string `locationName:"ipv6Address" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s NetworkInterfaceIpv6Address) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s NetworkInterfaceIpv6Address) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6Address sets the Ipv6Address field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterfaceIpv6Address) SetIpv6Address(v string) *NetworkInterfaceIpv6Address {
|
|
s.Ipv6Address = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a permission for a network interface.
|
|
type NetworkInterfacePermission struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS account ID.
|
|
AwsAccountId *string `locationName:"awsAccountId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS service.
|
|
AwsService *string `locationName:"awsService" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network interface.
|
|
NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network interface permission.
|
|
NetworkInterfacePermissionId *string `locationName:"networkInterfacePermissionId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of permission.
|
|
Permission *string `locationName:"permission" type:"string" enum:"InterfacePermissionType"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the state of the permission.
|
|
PermissionState *NetworkInterfacePermissionState `locationName:"permissionState" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s NetworkInterfacePermission) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s NetworkInterfacePermission) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterfacePermission) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *NetworkInterfacePermission {
|
|
s.AwsAccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAwsService sets the AwsService field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterfacePermission) SetAwsService(v string) *NetworkInterfacePermission {
|
|
s.AwsService = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaceId sets the NetworkInterfaceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterfacePermission) SetNetworkInterfaceId(v string) *NetworkInterfacePermission {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfacePermissionId sets the NetworkInterfacePermissionId field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterfacePermission) SetNetworkInterfacePermissionId(v string) *NetworkInterfacePermission {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfacePermissionId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPermission sets the Permission field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterfacePermission) SetPermission(v string) *NetworkInterfacePermission {
|
|
s.Permission = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPermissionState sets the PermissionState field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterfacePermission) SetPermissionState(v *NetworkInterfacePermissionState) *NetworkInterfacePermission {
|
|
s.PermissionState = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the state of a network interface permission.
|
|
type NetworkInterfacePermissionState struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of the permission.
|
|
State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"NetworkInterfacePermissionStateCode"`
|
|
|
|
// A status message, if applicable.
|
|
StatusMessage *string `locationName:"statusMessage" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s NetworkInterfacePermissionState) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s NetworkInterfacePermissionState) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterfacePermissionState) SetState(v string) *NetworkInterfacePermissionState {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatusMessage sets the StatusMessage field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterfacePermissionState) SetStatusMessage(v string) *NetworkInterfacePermissionState {
|
|
s.StatusMessage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the private IPv4 address of a network interface.
|
|
type NetworkInterfacePrivateIpAddress struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The association information for an Elastic IP address (IPv4) associated with
|
|
// the network interface.
|
|
Association *NetworkInterfaceAssociation `locationName:"association" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether this IPv4 address is the primary private IPv4 address of
|
|
// the network interface.
|
|
Primary *bool `locationName:"primary" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The private DNS name.
|
|
PrivateDnsName *string `locationName:"privateDnsName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The private IPv4 address.
|
|
PrivateIpAddress *string `locationName:"privateIpAddress" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s NetworkInterfacePrivateIpAddress) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s NetworkInterfacePrivateIpAddress) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssociation sets the Association field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterfacePrivateIpAddress) SetAssociation(v *NetworkInterfaceAssociation) *NetworkInterfacePrivateIpAddress {
|
|
s.Association = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrimary sets the Primary field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterfacePrivateIpAddress) SetPrimary(v bool) *NetworkInterfacePrivateIpAddress {
|
|
s.Primary = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateDnsName sets the PrivateDnsName field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterfacePrivateIpAddress) SetPrivateDnsName(v string) *NetworkInterfacePrivateIpAddress {
|
|
s.PrivateDnsName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateIpAddress sets the PrivateIpAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *NetworkInterfacePrivateIpAddress) SetPrivateIpAddress(v string) *NetworkInterfacePrivateIpAddress {
|
|
s.PrivateIpAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type NewDhcpConfiguration struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
Key *string `locationName:"key" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
Values []*string `locationName:"Value" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s NewDhcpConfiguration) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s NewDhcpConfiguration) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
|
|
func (s *NewDhcpConfiguration) SetKey(v string) *NewDhcpConfiguration {
|
|
s.Key = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValues sets the Values field's value.
|
|
func (s *NewDhcpConfiguration) SetValues(v []*string) *NewDhcpConfiguration {
|
|
s.Values = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the data that identifies an Amazon FPGA image (AFI) on the PCI
|
|
// bus.
|
|
type PciId struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the device.
|
|
DeviceId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the subsystem.
|
|
SubsystemId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the vendor for the subsystem.
|
|
SubsystemVendorId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the vendor.
|
|
VendorId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PciId) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PciId) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeviceId sets the DeviceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PciId) SetDeviceId(v string) *PciId {
|
|
s.DeviceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubsystemId sets the SubsystemId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PciId) SetSubsystemId(v string) *PciId {
|
|
s.SubsystemId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubsystemVendorId sets the SubsystemVendorId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PciId) SetSubsystemVendorId(v string) *PciId {
|
|
s.SubsystemVendorId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVendorId sets the VendorId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PciId) SetVendorId(v string) *PciId {
|
|
s.VendorId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the VPC peering connection options.
|
|
type PeeringConnectionOptions struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, enables a local VPC to resolve public DNS hostnames to private IP
|
|
// addresses when queried from instances in the peer VPC.
|
|
AllowDnsResolutionFromRemoteVpc *bool `locationName:"allowDnsResolutionFromRemoteVpc" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, enables outbound communication from an EC2-Classic instance that's
|
|
// linked to a local VPC via ClassicLink to instances in a peer VPC.
|
|
AllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVpc *bool `locationName:"allowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVpc" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, enables outbound communication from instances in a local VPC to
|
|
// an EC2-Classic instance that's linked to a peer VPC via ClassicLink.
|
|
AllowEgressFromLocalVpcToRemoteClassicLink *bool `locationName:"allowEgressFromLocalVpcToRemoteClassicLink" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PeeringConnectionOptions) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PeeringConnectionOptions) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllowDnsResolutionFromRemoteVpc sets the AllowDnsResolutionFromRemoteVpc field's value.
|
|
func (s *PeeringConnectionOptions) SetAllowDnsResolutionFromRemoteVpc(v bool) *PeeringConnectionOptions {
|
|
s.AllowDnsResolutionFromRemoteVpc = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVpc sets the AllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVpc field's value.
|
|
func (s *PeeringConnectionOptions) SetAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVpc(v bool) *PeeringConnectionOptions {
|
|
s.AllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVpc = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllowEgressFromLocalVpcToRemoteClassicLink sets the AllowEgressFromLocalVpcToRemoteClassicLink field's value.
|
|
func (s *PeeringConnectionOptions) SetAllowEgressFromLocalVpcToRemoteClassicLink(v bool) *PeeringConnectionOptions {
|
|
s.AllowEgressFromLocalVpcToRemoteClassicLink = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The VPC peering connection options.
|
|
type PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, enables a local VPC to resolve public DNS hostnames to private IP
|
|
// addresses when queried from instances in the peer VPC.
|
|
AllowDnsResolutionFromRemoteVpc *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, enables outbound communication from an EC2-Classic instance that's
|
|
// linked to a local VPC via ClassicLink to instances in a peer VPC.
|
|
AllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVpc *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, enables outbound communication from instances in a local VPC to
|
|
// an EC2-Classic instance that's linked to a peer VPC via ClassicLink.
|
|
AllowEgressFromLocalVpcToRemoteClassicLink *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllowDnsResolutionFromRemoteVpc sets the AllowDnsResolutionFromRemoteVpc field's value.
|
|
func (s *PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest) SetAllowDnsResolutionFromRemoteVpc(v bool) *PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest {
|
|
s.AllowDnsResolutionFromRemoteVpc = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVpc sets the AllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVpc field's value.
|
|
func (s *PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest) SetAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVpc(v bool) *PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest {
|
|
s.AllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVpc = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllowEgressFromLocalVpcToRemoteClassicLink sets the AllowEgressFromLocalVpcToRemoteClassicLink field's value.
|
|
func (s *PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest) SetAllowEgressFromLocalVpcToRemoteClassicLink(v bool) *PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest {
|
|
s.AllowEgressFromLocalVpcToRemoteClassicLink = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the placement of an instance.
|
|
type Placement struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The affinity setting for the instance on the Dedicated Host. This parameter
|
|
// is not supported for the ImportInstance command.
|
|
Affinity *string `locationName:"affinity" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone of the instance.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the placement group the instance is in (for cluster compute instances).
|
|
GroupName *string `locationName:"groupName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Dedicated Host on which the instance resides. This parameter
|
|
// is not supported for the ImportInstance command.
|
|
HostId *string `locationName:"hostId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Reserved for future use.
|
|
SpreadDomain *string `locationName:"spreadDomain" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The tenancy of the instance (if the instance is running in a VPC). An instance
|
|
// with a tenancy of dedicated runs on single-tenant hardware. The host tenancy
|
|
// is not supported for the ImportInstance command.
|
|
Tenancy *string `locationName:"tenancy" type:"string" enum:"Tenancy"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Placement) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Placement) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAffinity sets the Affinity field's value.
|
|
func (s *Placement) SetAffinity(v string) *Placement {
|
|
s.Affinity = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *Placement) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *Placement {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *Placement) SetGroupName(v string) *Placement {
|
|
s.GroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHostId sets the HostId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Placement) SetHostId(v string) *Placement {
|
|
s.HostId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpreadDomain sets the SpreadDomain field's value.
|
|
func (s *Placement) SetSpreadDomain(v string) *Placement {
|
|
s.SpreadDomain = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTenancy sets the Tenancy field's value.
|
|
func (s *Placement) SetTenancy(v string) *Placement {
|
|
s.Tenancy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a placement group.
|
|
type PlacementGroup struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the placement group.
|
|
GroupName *string `locationName:"groupName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of the placement group.
|
|
State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"PlacementGroupState"`
|
|
|
|
// The placement strategy.
|
|
Strategy *string `locationName:"strategy" type:"string" enum:"PlacementStrategy"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PlacementGroup) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PlacementGroup) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *PlacementGroup) SetGroupName(v string) *PlacementGroup {
|
|
s.GroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *PlacementGroup) SetState(v string) *PlacementGroup {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStrategy sets the Strategy field's value.
|
|
func (s *PlacementGroup) SetStrategy(v string) *PlacementGroup {
|
|
s.Strategy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a range of ports.
|
|
type PortRange struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The first port in the range.
|
|
From *int64 `locationName:"from" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The last port in the range.
|
|
To *int64 `locationName:"to" type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PortRange) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PortRange) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFrom sets the From field's value.
|
|
func (s *PortRange) SetFrom(v int64) *PortRange {
|
|
s.From = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTo sets the To field's value.
|
|
func (s *PortRange) SetTo(v int64) *PortRange {
|
|
s.To = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes prefixes for AWS services.
|
|
type PrefixList struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IP address range of the AWS service.
|
|
Cidrs []*string `locationName:"cidrSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the prefix.
|
|
PrefixListId *string `locationName:"prefixListId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the prefix.
|
|
PrefixListName *string `locationName:"prefixListName" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PrefixList) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PrefixList) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCidrs sets the Cidrs field's value.
|
|
func (s *PrefixList) SetCidrs(v []*string) *PrefixList {
|
|
s.Cidrs = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrefixListId sets the PrefixListId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PrefixList) SetPrefixListId(v string) *PrefixList {
|
|
s.PrefixListId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrefixListName sets the PrefixListName field's value.
|
|
func (s *PrefixList) SetPrefixListName(v string) *PrefixList {
|
|
s.PrefixListName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-VPC only] The ID of the prefix.
|
|
type PrefixListId struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A description for the security group rule that references this prefix list
|
|
// ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Allowed characters are a-z,
|
|
// A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=;{}!$*
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the prefix.
|
|
PrefixListId *string `locationName:"prefixListId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PrefixListId) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PrefixListId) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *PrefixListId) SetDescription(v string) *PrefixListId {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrefixListId sets the PrefixListId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PrefixListId) SetPrefixListId(v string) *PrefixListId {
|
|
s.PrefixListId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the price for a Reserved Instance.
|
|
type PriceSchedule struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The current price schedule, as determined by the term remaining for the Reserved
|
|
// Instance in the listing.
|
|
//
|
|
// A specific price schedule is always in effect, but only one price schedule
|
|
// can be active at any time. Take, for example, a Reserved Instance listing
|
|
// that has five months remaining in its term. When you specify price schedules
|
|
// for five months and two months, this means that schedule 1, covering the
|
|
// first three months of the remaining term, will be active during months 5,
|
|
// 4, and 3. Then schedule 2, covering the last two months of the term, will
|
|
// be active for months 2 and 1.
|
|
Active *bool `locationName:"active" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The currency for transacting the Reserved Instance resale. At this time,
|
|
// the only supported currency is USD.
|
|
CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string" enum:"CurrencyCodeValues"`
|
|
|
|
// The fixed price for the term.
|
|
Price *float64 `locationName:"price" type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of months remaining in the reservation. For example, 2 is the
|
|
// second to the last month before the capacity reservation expires.
|
|
Term *int64 `locationName:"term" type:"long"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PriceSchedule) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PriceSchedule) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetActive sets the Active field's value.
|
|
func (s *PriceSchedule) SetActive(v bool) *PriceSchedule {
|
|
s.Active = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.
|
|
func (s *PriceSchedule) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *PriceSchedule {
|
|
s.CurrencyCode = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrice sets the Price field's value.
|
|
func (s *PriceSchedule) SetPrice(v float64) *PriceSchedule {
|
|
s.Price = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTerm sets the Term field's value.
|
|
func (s *PriceSchedule) SetTerm(v int64) *PriceSchedule {
|
|
s.Term = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the price for a Reserved Instance.
|
|
type PriceScheduleSpecification struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The currency for transacting the Reserved Instance resale. At this time,
|
|
// the only supported currency is USD.
|
|
CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string" enum:"CurrencyCodeValues"`
|
|
|
|
// The fixed price for the term.
|
|
Price *float64 `locationName:"price" type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of months remaining in the reservation. For example, 2 is the
|
|
// second to the last month before the capacity reservation expires.
|
|
Term *int64 `locationName:"term" type:"long"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PriceScheduleSpecification) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PriceScheduleSpecification) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.
|
|
func (s *PriceScheduleSpecification) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *PriceScheduleSpecification {
|
|
s.CurrencyCode = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrice sets the Price field's value.
|
|
func (s *PriceScheduleSpecification) SetPrice(v float64) *PriceScheduleSpecification {
|
|
s.Price = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTerm sets the Term field's value.
|
|
func (s *PriceScheduleSpecification) SetTerm(v int64) *PriceScheduleSpecification {
|
|
s.Term = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a Reserved Instance offering.
|
|
type PricingDetail struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of reservations available for the price.
|
|
Count *int64 `locationName:"count" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The price per instance.
|
|
Price *float64 `locationName:"price" type:"double"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PricingDetail) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PricingDetail) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCount sets the Count field's value.
|
|
func (s *PricingDetail) SetCount(v int64) *PricingDetail {
|
|
s.Count = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrice sets the Price field's value.
|
|
func (s *PricingDetail) SetPrice(v float64) *PricingDetail {
|
|
s.Price = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// PrincipalIdFormat description
|
|
type PrincipalIdFormat struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// PrincipalIdFormatARN description
|
|
Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// PrincipalIdFormatStatuses description
|
|
Statuses []*IdFormat `locationName:"statusSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PrincipalIdFormat) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PrincipalIdFormat) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
|
|
func (s *PrincipalIdFormat) SetArn(v string) *PrincipalIdFormat {
|
|
s.Arn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatuses sets the Statuses field's value.
|
|
func (s *PrincipalIdFormat) SetStatuses(v []*IdFormat) *PrincipalIdFormat {
|
|
s.Statuses = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a secondary private IPv4 address for a network interface.
|
|
type PrivateIpAddressSpecification struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the private IPv4 address is the primary private IPv4 address.
|
|
// Only one IPv4 address can be designated as primary.
|
|
Primary *bool `locationName:"primary" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The private IPv4 addresses.
|
|
//
|
|
// PrivateIpAddress is a required field
|
|
PrivateIpAddress *string `locationName:"privateIpAddress" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PrivateIpAddressSpecification) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PrivateIpAddressSpecification) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *PrivateIpAddressSpecification) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PrivateIpAddressSpecification"}
|
|
if s.PrivateIpAddress == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PrivateIpAddress"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrimary sets the Primary field's value.
|
|
func (s *PrivateIpAddressSpecification) SetPrimary(v bool) *PrivateIpAddressSpecification {
|
|
s.Primary = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateIpAddress sets the PrivateIpAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *PrivateIpAddressSpecification) SetPrivateIpAddress(v string) *PrivateIpAddressSpecification {
|
|
s.PrivateIpAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a product code.
|
|
type ProductCode struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The product code.
|
|
ProductCodeId *string `locationName:"productCode" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of product code.
|
|
ProductCodeType *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"ProductCodeValues"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ProductCode) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ProductCode) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProductCodeId sets the ProductCodeId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ProductCode) SetProductCodeId(v string) *ProductCode {
|
|
s.ProductCodeId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProductCodeType sets the ProductCodeType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ProductCode) SetProductCodeType(v string) *ProductCode {
|
|
s.ProductCodeType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a virtual private gateway propagating route.
|
|
type PropagatingVgw struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the virtual private gateway (VGW).
|
|
GatewayId *string `locationName:"gatewayId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PropagatingVgw) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PropagatingVgw) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGatewayId sets the GatewayId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PropagatingVgw) SetGatewayId(v string) *PropagatingVgw {
|
|
s.GatewayId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the documented limits
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/vpc-nat-gateway.html),
|
|
// contact us through the Support Center (https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home?).
|
|
type ProvisionedBandwidth struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the documented limits
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/vpc-nat-gateway.html),
|
|
// contact us through the Support Center (https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home?).
|
|
ProvisionTime *time.Time `locationName:"provisionTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the documented limits
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/vpc-nat-gateway.html),
|
|
// contact us through the Support Center (https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home?).
|
|
Provisioned *string `locationName:"provisioned" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the documented limits
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/vpc-nat-gateway.html),
|
|
// contact us through the Support Center (https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home?).
|
|
RequestTime *time.Time `locationName:"requestTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the documented limits
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/vpc-nat-gateway.html),
|
|
// contact us through the Support Center (https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home?).
|
|
Requested *string `locationName:"requested" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the documented limits
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/vpc-nat-gateway.html),
|
|
// contact us through the Support Center (https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home?).
|
|
Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ProvisionedBandwidth) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ProvisionedBandwidth) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProvisionTime sets the ProvisionTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *ProvisionedBandwidth) SetProvisionTime(v time.Time) *ProvisionedBandwidth {
|
|
s.ProvisionTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProvisioned sets the Provisioned field's value.
|
|
func (s *ProvisionedBandwidth) SetProvisioned(v string) *ProvisionedBandwidth {
|
|
s.Provisioned = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRequestTime sets the RequestTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *ProvisionedBandwidth) SetRequestTime(v time.Time) *ProvisionedBandwidth {
|
|
s.RequestTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRequested sets the Requested field's value.
|
|
func (s *ProvisionedBandwidth) SetRequested(v string) *ProvisionedBandwidth {
|
|
s.Requested = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *ProvisionedBandwidth) SetStatus(v string) *ProvisionedBandwidth {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the result of the purchase.
|
|
type Purchase struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The currency in which the UpfrontPrice and HourlyPrice amounts are specified.
|
|
// At this time, the only supported currency is USD.
|
|
CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string" enum:"CurrencyCodeValues"`
|
|
|
|
// The duration of the reservation's term in seconds.
|
|
Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts associated with the reservation.
|
|
HostIdSet []*string `locationName:"hostIdSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the reservation.
|
|
HostReservationId *string `locationName:"hostReservationId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The hourly price of the reservation per hour.
|
|
HourlyPrice *string `locationName:"hourlyPrice" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance family on the Dedicated Host that the reservation can be associated
|
|
// with.
|
|
InstanceFamily *string `locationName:"instanceFamily" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The payment option for the reservation.
|
|
PaymentOption *string `locationName:"paymentOption" type:"string" enum:"PaymentOption"`
|
|
|
|
// The upfront price of the reservation.
|
|
UpfrontPrice *string `locationName:"upfrontPrice" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Purchase) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Purchase) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.
|
|
func (s *Purchase) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *Purchase {
|
|
s.CurrencyCode = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
|
|
func (s *Purchase) SetDuration(v int64) *Purchase {
|
|
s.Duration = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHostIdSet sets the HostIdSet field's value.
|
|
func (s *Purchase) SetHostIdSet(v []*string) *Purchase {
|
|
s.HostIdSet = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHostReservationId sets the HostReservationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Purchase) SetHostReservationId(v string) *Purchase {
|
|
s.HostReservationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHourlyPrice sets the HourlyPrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *Purchase) SetHourlyPrice(v string) *Purchase {
|
|
s.HourlyPrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceFamily sets the InstanceFamily field's value.
|
|
func (s *Purchase) SetInstanceFamily(v string) *Purchase {
|
|
s.InstanceFamily = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPaymentOption sets the PaymentOption field's value.
|
|
func (s *Purchase) SetPaymentOption(v string) *Purchase {
|
|
s.PaymentOption = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUpfrontPrice sets the UpfrontPrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *Purchase) SetUpfrontPrice(v string) *Purchase {
|
|
s.UpfrontPrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type PurchaseHostReservationInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the
|
|
// request. For more information, see How to Ensure Idempotency (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
ClientToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The currency in which the totalUpfrontPrice, LimitPrice, and totalHourlyPrice
|
|
// amounts are specified. At this time, the only supported currency is USD.
|
|
CurrencyCode *string `type:"string" enum:"CurrencyCodeValues"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID/s of the Dedicated Host/s that the reservation will be associated
|
|
// with.
|
|
//
|
|
// HostIdSet is a required field
|
|
HostIdSet []*string `locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The specified limit is checked against the total upfront cost of the reservation
|
|
// (calculated as the offering's upfront cost multiplied by the host count).
|
|
// If the total upfront cost is greater than the specified price limit, the
|
|
// request will fail. This is used to ensure that the purchase does not exceed
|
|
// the expected upfront cost of the purchase. At this time, the only supported
|
|
// currency is USD. For example, to indicate a limit price of USD 100, specify
|
|
// 100.00.
|
|
LimitPrice *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the offering.
|
|
//
|
|
// OfferingId is a required field
|
|
OfferingId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseHostReservationInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseHostReservationInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseHostReservationInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PurchaseHostReservationInput"}
|
|
if s.HostIdSet == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HostIdSet"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.OfferingId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OfferingId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseHostReservationInput) SetClientToken(v string) *PurchaseHostReservationInput {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseHostReservationInput) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *PurchaseHostReservationInput {
|
|
s.CurrencyCode = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHostIdSet sets the HostIdSet field's value.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseHostReservationInput) SetHostIdSet(v []*string) *PurchaseHostReservationInput {
|
|
s.HostIdSet = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLimitPrice sets the LimitPrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseHostReservationInput) SetLimitPrice(v string) *PurchaseHostReservationInput {
|
|
s.LimitPrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseHostReservationInput) SetOfferingId(v string) *PurchaseHostReservationInput {
|
|
s.OfferingId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type PurchaseHostReservationOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the
|
|
// request. For more information, see How to Ensure Idempotency (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide
|
|
ClientToken *string `locationName:"clientToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The currency in which the totalUpfrontPrice and totalHourlyPrice amounts
|
|
// are specified. At this time, the only supported currency is USD.
|
|
CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string" enum:"CurrencyCodeValues"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes the details of the purchase.
|
|
Purchase []*Purchase `locationName:"purchase" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The total hourly price of the reservation calculated per hour.
|
|
TotalHourlyPrice *string `locationName:"totalHourlyPrice" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The total amount that will be charged to your account when you purchase the
|
|
// reservation.
|
|
TotalUpfrontPrice *string `locationName:"totalUpfrontPrice" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseHostReservationOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseHostReservationOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseHostReservationOutput) SetClientToken(v string) *PurchaseHostReservationOutput {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseHostReservationOutput) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *PurchaseHostReservationOutput {
|
|
s.CurrencyCode = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPurchase sets the Purchase field's value.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseHostReservationOutput) SetPurchase(v []*Purchase) *PurchaseHostReservationOutput {
|
|
s.Purchase = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTotalHourlyPrice sets the TotalHourlyPrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseHostReservationOutput) SetTotalHourlyPrice(v string) *PurchaseHostReservationOutput {
|
|
s.TotalHourlyPrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTotalUpfrontPrice sets the TotalUpfrontPrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseHostReservationOutput) SetTotalUpfrontPrice(v string) *PurchaseHostReservationOutput {
|
|
s.TotalUpfrontPrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a request to purchase Scheduled Instances.
|
|
type PurchaseRequest struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// InstanceCount is a required field
|
|
InstanceCount *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The purchase token.
|
|
//
|
|
// PurchaseToken is a required field
|
|
PurchaseToken *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseRequest) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseRequest) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseRequest) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PurchaseRequest"}
|
|
if s.InstanceCount == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceCount"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.PurchaseToken == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PurchaseToken"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceCount sets the InstanceCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseRequest) SetInstanceCount(v int64) *PurchaseRequest {
|
|
s.InstanceCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPurchaseToken sets the PurchaseToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseRequest) SetPurchaseToken(v string) *PurchaseRequest {
|
|
s.PurchaseToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering.
|
|
type PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of Reserved Instances to purchase.
|
|
//
|
|
// InstanceCount is a required field
|
|
InstanceCount *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Specified for Reserved Instance Marketplace offerings to limit the total
|
|
// order and ensure that the Reserved Instances are not purchased at unexpected
|
|
// prices.
|
|
LimitPrice *ReservedInstanceLimitPrice `locationName:"limitPrice" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Reserved Instance offering to purchase.
|
|
//
|
|
// ReservedInstancesOfferingId is a required field
|
|
ReservedInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingInput"}
|
|
if s.InstanceCount == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceCount"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ReservedInstancesOfferingId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReservedInstancesOfferingId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceCount sets the InstanceCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingInput) SetInstanceCount(v int64) *PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingInput {
|
|
s.InstanceCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLimitPrice sets the LimitPrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingInput) SetLimitPrice(v *ReservedInstanceLimitPrice) *PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingInput {
|
|
s.LimitPrice = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedInstancesOfferingId sets the ReservedInstancesOfferingId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingInput) SetReservedInstancesOfferingId(v string) *PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingInput {
|
|
s.ReservedInstancesOfferingId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering.
|
|
type PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of the purchased Reserved Instances.
|
|
ReservedInstancesId *string `locationName:"reservedInstancesId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedInstancesId sets the ReservedInstancesId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingOutput) SetReservedInstancesId(v string) *PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingOutput {
|
|
s.ReservedInstancesId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for PurchaseScheduledInstances.
|
|
type PurchaseScheduledInstancesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that ensures the idempotency of the request.
|
|
// For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
|
|
ClientToken *string `type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more purchase requests.
|
|
//
|
|
// PurchaseRequests is a required field
|
|
PurchaseRequests []*PurchaseRequest `locationName:"PurchaseRequest" locationNameList:"PurchaseRequest" min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseScheduledInstancesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseScheduledInstancesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseScheduledInstancesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PurchaseScheduledInstancesInput"}
|
|
if s.PurchaseRequests == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PurchaseRequests"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.PurchaseRequests != nil && len(s.PurchaseRequests) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PurchaseRequests", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.PurchaseRequests != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.PurchaseRequests {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "PurchaseRequests", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseScheduledInstancesInput) SetClientToken(v string) *PurchaseScheduledInstancesInput {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseScheduledInstancesInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *PurchaseScheduledInstancesInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPurchaseRequests sets the PurchaseRequests field's value.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseScheduledInstancesInput) SetPurchaseRequests(v []*PurchaseRequest) *PurchaseScheduledInstancesInput {
|
|
s.PurchaseRequests = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of PurchaseScheduledInstances.
|
|
type PurchaseScheduledInstancesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the Scheduled Instances.
|
|
ScheduledInstanceSet []*ScheduledInstance `locationName:"scheduledInstanceSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseScheduledInstancesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseScheduledInstancesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetScheduledInstanceSet sets the ScheduledInstanceSet field's value.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseScheduledInstancesOutput) SetScheduledInstanceSet(v []*ScheduledInstance) *PurchaseScheduledInstancesOutput {
|
|
s.ScheduledInstanceSet = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for RebootInstances.
|
|
type RebootInstancesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more instance IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// InstanceIds is a required field
|
|
InstanceIds []*string `locationName:"InstanceId" locationNameList:"InstanceId" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RebootInstancesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RebootInstancesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RebootInstancesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RebootInstancesInput"}
|
|
if s.InstanceIds == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceIds"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *RebootInstancesInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *RebootInstancesInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceIds sets the InstanceIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *RebootInstancesInput) SetInstanceIds(v []*string) *RebootInstancesInput {
|
|
s.InstanceIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RebootInstancesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RebootInstancesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RebootInstancesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a recurring charge.
|
|
type RecurringCharge struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount of the recurring charge.
|
|
Amount *float64 `locationName:"amount" type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// The frequency of the recurring charge.
|
|
Frequency *string `locationName:"frequency" type:"string" enum:"RecurringChargeFrequency"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RecurringCharge) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RecurringCharge) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAmount sets the Amount field's value.
|
|
func (s *RecurringCharge) SetAmount(v float64) *RecurringCharge {
|
|
s.Amount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFrequency sets the Frequency field's value.
|
|
func (s *RecurringCharge) SetFrequency(v string) *RecurringCharge {
|
|
s.Frequency = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a region.
|
|
type Region struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The region service endpoint.
|
|
Endpoint *string `locationName:"regionEndpoint" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the region.
|
|
RegionName *string `locationName:"regionName" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Region) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Region) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value.
|
|
func (s *Region) SetEndpoint(v string) *Region {
|
|
s.Endpoint = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRegionName sets the RegionName field's value.
|
|
func (s *Region) SetRegionName(v string) *Region {
|
|
s.RegionName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for RegisterImage.
|
|
type RegisterImageInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The architecture of the AMI.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: For Amazon EBS-backed AMIs, i386. For instance store-backed AMIs,
|
|
// the architecture specified in the manifest file.
|
|
Architecture *string `locationName:"architecture" type:"string" enum:"ArchitectureValues"`
|
|
|
|
// The billing product codes. Your account must be authorized to specify billing
|
|
// product codes. Otherwise, you can use the AWS Marketplace to bill for the
|
|
// use of an AMI.
|
|
BillingProducts []*string `locationName:"BillingProduct" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more block device mapping entries.
|
|
BlockDeviceMappings []*BlockDeviceMapping `locationName:"BlockDeviceMapping" locationNameList:"BlockDeviceMapping" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A description for your AMI.
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Set to true to enable enhanced networking with ENA for the AMI and any instances
|
|
// that you launch from the AMI.
|
|
//
|
|
// This option is supported only for HVM AMIs. Specifying this option with a
|
|
// PV AMI can make instances launched from the AMI unreachable.
|
|
EnaSupport *bool `locationName:"enaSupport" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The full path to your AMI manifest in Amazon S3 storage.
|
|
ImageLocation *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the kernel.
|
|
KernelId *string `locationName:"kernelId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A name for your AMI.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: 3-128 alphanumeric characters, parentheses (()), square brackets
|
|
// ([]), spaces ( ), periods (.), slashes (/), dashes (-), single quotes ('),
|
|
// at-signs (@), or underscores(_)
|
|
//
|
|
// Name is a required field
|
|
Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the RAM disk.
|
|
RamdiskId *string `locationName:"ramdiskId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The device name of the root device volume (for example, /dev/sda1).
|
|
RootDeviceName *string `locationName:"rootDeviceName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Set to simple to enable enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual
|
|
// Function interface for the AMI and any instances that you launch from the
|
|
// AMI.
|
|
//
|
|
// There is no way to disable sriovNetSupport at this time.
|
|
//
|
|
// This option is supported only for HVM AMIs. Specifying this option with a
|
|
// PV AMI can make instances launched from the AMI unreachable.
|
|
SriovNetSupport *string `locationName:"sriovNetSupport" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of virtualization (hvm | paravirtual).
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: paravirtual
|
|
VirtualizationType *string `locationName:"virtualizationType" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RegisterImageInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RegisterImageInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RegisterImageInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RegisterImageInput"}
|
|
if s.Name == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetArchitecture sets the Architecture field's value.
|
|
func (s *RegisterImageInput) SetArchitecture(v string) *RegisterImageInput {
|
|
s.Architecture = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBillingProducts sets the BillingProducts field's value.
|
|
func (s *RegisterImageInput) SetBillingProducts(v []*string) *RegisterImageInput {
|
|
s.BillingProducts = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBlockDeviceMappings sets the BlockDeviceMappings field's value.
|
|
func (s *RegisterImageInput) SetBlockDeviceMappings(v []*BlockDeviceMapping) *RegisterImageInput {
|
|
s.BlockDeviceMappings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *RegisterImageInput) SetDescription(v string) *RegisterImageInput {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *RegisterImageInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *RegisterImageInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnaSupport sets the EnaSupport field's value.
|
|
func (s *RegisterImageInput) SetEnaSupport(v bool) *RegisterImageInput {
|
|
s.EnaSupport = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImageLocation sets the ImageLocation field's value.
|
|
func (s *RegisterImageInput) SetImageLocation(v string) *RegisterImageInput {
|
|
s.ImageLocation = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKernelId sets the KernelId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RegisterImageInput) SetKernelId(v string) *RegisterImageInput {
|
|
s.KernelId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *RegisterImageInput) SetName(v string) *RegisterImageInput {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRamdiskId sets the RamdiskId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RegisterImageInput) SetRamdiskId(v string) *RegisterImageInput {
|
|
s.RamdiskId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRootDeviceName sets the RootDeviceName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RegisterImageInput) SetRootDeviceName(v string) *RegisterImageInput {
|
|
s.RootDeviceName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSriovNetSupport sets the SriovNetSupport field's value.
|
|
func (s *RegisterImageInput) SetSriovNetSupport(v string) *RegisterImageInput {
|
|
s.SriovNetSupport = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVirtualizationType sets the VirtualizationType field's value.
|
|
func (s *RegisterImageInput) SetVirtualizationType(v string) *RegisterImageInput {
|
|
s.VirtualizationType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of RegisterImage.
|
|
type RegisterImageOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the newly registered AMI.
|
|
ImageId *string `locationName:"imageId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RegisterImageOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RegisterImageOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImageId sets the ImageId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RegisterImageOutput) SetImageId(v string) *RegisterImageOutput {
|
|
s.ImageId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the service.
|
|
//
|
|
// ServiceId is a required field
|
|
ServiceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of one or more VPC endpoints.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpcEndpointIds is a required field
|
|
VpcEndpointIds []*string `locationName:"VpcEndpointId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsInput"}
|
|
if s.ServiceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ServiceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VpcEndpointIds == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcEndpointIds"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServiceId sets the ServiceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsInput) SetServiceId(v string) *RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsInput {
|
|
s.ServiceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcEndpointIds sets the VpcEndpointIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsInput) SetVpcEndpointIds(v []*string) *RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsInput {
|
|
s.VpcEndpointIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the endpoints that were not rejected, if applicable.
|
|
Unsuccessful []*UnsuccessfulItem `locationName:"unsuccessful" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUnsuccessful sets the Unsuccessful field's value.
|
|
func (s *RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput) SetUnsuccessful(v []*UnsuccessfulItem) *RejectVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput {
|
|
s.Unsuccessful = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for RejectVpcPeeringConnection.
|
|
type RejectVpcPeeringConnectionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC peering connection.
|
|
//
|
|
// VpcPeeringConnectionId is a required field
|
|
VpcPeeringConnectionId *string `locationName:"vpcPeeringConnectionId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RejectVpcPeeringConnectionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RejectVpcPeeringConnectionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RejectVpcPeeringConnectionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RejectVpcPeeringConnectionInput"}
|
|
if s.VpcPeeringConnectionId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcPeeringConnectionId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *RejectVpcPeeringConnectionInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *RejectVpcPeeringConnectionInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcPeeringConnectionId sets the VpcPeeringConnectionId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RejectVpcPeeringConnectionInput) SetVpcPeeringConnectionId(v string) *RejectVpcPeeringConnectionInput {
|
|
s.VpcPeeringConnectionId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of RejectVpcPeeringConnection.
|
|
type RejectVpcPeeringConnectionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.
|
|
Return *bool `locationName:"return" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RejectVpcPeeringConnectionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RejectVpcPeeringConnectionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReturn sets the Return field's value.
|
|
func (s *RejectVpcPeeringConnectionOutput) SetReturn(v bool) *RejectVpcPeeringConnectionOutput {
|
|
s.Return = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for ReleaseAddress.
|
|
type ReleaseAddressInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-VPC] The allocation ID. Required for EC2-VPC.
|
|
AllocationId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-Classic] The Elastic IP address. Required for EC2-Classic.
|
|
PublicIp *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReleaseAddressInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReleaseAddressInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllocationId sets the AllocationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReleaseAddressInput) SetAllocationId(v string) *ReleaseAddressInput {
|
|
s.AllocationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReleaseAddressInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ReleaseAddressInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPublicIp sets the PublicIp field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReleaseAddressInput) SetPublicIp(v string) *ReleaseAddressInput {
|
|
s.PublicIp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ReleaseAddressOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReleaseAddressOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReleaseAddressOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for ReleaseHosts.
|
|
type ReleaseHostsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts you want to release.
|
|
//
|
|
// HostIds is a required field
|
|
HostIds []*string `locationName:"hostId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReleaseHostsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReleaseHostsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ReleaseHostsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReleaseHostsInput"}
|
|
if s.HostIds == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HostIds"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHostIds sets the HostIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReleaseHostsInput) SetHostIds(v []*string) *ReleaseHostsInput {
|
|
s.HostIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of ReleaseHosts.
|
|
type ReleaseHostsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts that were successfully released.
|
|
Successful []*string `locationName:"successful" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts that could not be released, including an error
|
|
// message.
|
|
Unsuccessful []*UnsuccessfulItem `locationName:"unsuccessful" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReleaseHostsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReleaseHostsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSuccessful sets the Successful field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReleaseHostsOutput) SetSuccessful(v []*string) *ReleaseHostsOutput {
|
|
s.Successful = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUnsuccessful sets the Unsuccessful field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReleaseHostsOutput) SetUnsuccessful(v []*UnsuccessfulItem) *ReleaseHostsOutput {
|
|
s.Unsuccessful = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the existing IAM instance profile association.
|
|
//
|
|
// AssociationId is a required field
|
|
AssociationId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The IAM instance profile.
|
|
//
|
|
// IamInstanceProfile is a required field
|
|
IamInstanceProfile *IamInstanceProfileSpecification `type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationInput"}
|
|
if s.AssociationId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AssociationId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.IamInstanceProfile == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IamInstanceProfile"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssociationId sets the AssociationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationInput) SetAssociationId(v string) *ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationInput {
|
|
s.AssociationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIamInstanceProfile sets the IamInstanceProfile field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationInput) SetIamInstanceProfile(v *IamInstanceProfileSpecification) *ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationInput {
|
|
s.IamInstanceProfile = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the IAM instance profile association.
|
|
IamInstanceProfileAssociation *IamInstanceProfileAssociation `locationName:"iamInstanceProfileAssociation" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIamInstanceProfileAssociation sets the IamInstanceProfileAssociation field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationOutput) SetIamInstanceProfileAssociation(v *IamInstanceProfileAssociation) *ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationOutput {
|
|
s.IamInstanceProfileAssociation = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for ReplaceNetworkAclAssociation.
|
|
type ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the current association between the original network ACL and the
|
|
// subnet.
|
|
//
|
|
// AssociationId is a required field
|
|
AssociationId *string `locationName:"associationId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the new network ACL to associate with the subnet.
|
|
//
|
|
// NetworkAclId is a required field
|
|
NetworkAclId *string `locationName:"networkAclId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationInput"}
|
|
if s.AssociationId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AssociationId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.NetworkAclId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NetworkAclId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssociationId sets the AssociationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationInput) SetAssociationId(v string) *ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationInput {
|
|
s.AssociationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkAclId sets the NetworkAclId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationInput) SetNetworkAclId(v string) *ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationInput {
|
|
s.NetworkAclId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of ReplaceNetworkAclAssociation.
|
|
type ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the new association.
|
|
NewAssociationId *string `locationName:"newAssociationId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNewAssociationId sets the NewAssociationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationOutput) SetNewAssociationId(v string) *ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationOutput {
|
|
s.NewAssociationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for ReplaceNetworkAclEntry.
|
|
type ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv4 network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation (for example 172.16.0.0/24).
|
|
CidrBlock *string `locationName:"cidrBlock" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether to replace the egress rule.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: If no value is specified, we replace the ingress rule.
|
|
//
|
|
// Egress is a required field
|
|
Egress *bool `locationName:"egress" type:"boolean" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// ICMP protocol: The ICMP or ICMPv6 type and code. Required if specifying the
|
|
// ICMP (1) protocol, or protocol 58 (ICMPv6) with an IPv6 CIDR block.
|
|
IcmpTypeCode *IcmpTypeCode `locationName:"Icmp" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv6 network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation (for example 2001:bd8:1234:1a00::/64).
|
|
Ipv6CidrBlock *string `locationName:"ipv6CidrBlock" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the ACL.
|
|
//
|
|
// NetworkAclId is a required field
|
|
NetworkAclId *string `locationName:"networkAclId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// TCP or UDP protocols: The range of ports the rule applies to. Required if
|
|
// specifying TCP (6) or UDP (17) for the protocol.
|
|
PortRange *PortRange `locationName:"portRange" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IP protocol. You can specify all or -1 to mean all protocols. If you
|
|
// specify all, -1, or a protocol number other than tcp, udp, or icmp, traffic
|
|
// on all ports is allowed, regardless of any ports or ICMP types or codes you
|
|
// specify. If you specify protocol 58 (ICMPv6) and specify an IPv4 CIDR block,
|
|
// traffic for all ICMP types and codes allowed, regardless of any that you
|
|
// specify. If you specify protocol 58 (ICMPv6) and specify an IPv6 CIDR block,
|
|
// you must specify an ICMP type and code.
|
|
//
|
|
// Protocol is a required field
|
|
Protocol *string `locationName:"protocol" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether to allow or deny the traffic that matches the rule.
|
|
//
|
|
// RuleAction is a required field
|
|
RuleAction *string `locationName:"ruleAction" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"RuleAction"`
|
|
|
|
// The rule number of the entry to replace.
|
|
//
|
|
// RuleNumber is a required field
|
|
RuleNumber *int64 `locationName:"ruleNumber" type:"integer" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput"}
|
|
if s.Egress == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Egress"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.NetworkAclId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NetworkAclId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Protocol == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Protocol"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RuleAction == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RuleAction"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RuleNumber == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RuleNumber"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCidrBlock sets the CidrBlock field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput) SetCidrBlock(v string) *ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput {
|
|
s.CidrBlock = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEgress sets the Egress field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput) SetEgress(v bool) *ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput {
|
|
s.Egress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIcmpTypeCode sets the IcmpTypeCode field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput) SetIcmpTypeCode(v *IcmpTypeCode) *ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput {
|
|
s.IcmpTypeCode = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6CidrBlock sets the Ipv6CidrBlock field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput) SetIpv6CidrBlock(v string) *ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput {
|
|
s.Ipv6CidrBlock = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkAclId sets the NetworkAclId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput) SetNetworkAclId(v string) *ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput {
|
|
s.NetworkAclId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPortRange sets the PortRange field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput) SetPortRange(v *PortRange) *ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput {
|
|
s.PortRange = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput) SetProtocol(v string) *ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput {
|
|
s.Protocol = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRuleAction sets the RuleAction field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput) SetRuleAction(v string) *ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput {
|
|
s.RuleAction = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRuleNumber sets the RuleNumber field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput) SetRuleNumber(v int64) *ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput {
|
|
s.RuleNumber = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ReplaceNetworkAclEntryOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplaceNetworkAclEntryOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplaceNetworkAclEntryOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for ReplaceRoute.
|
|
type ReplaceRouteInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv4 CIDR address block used for the destination match. The value you
|
|
// provide must match the CIDR of an existing route in the table.
|
|
DestinationCidrBlock *string `locationName:"destinationCidrBlock" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv6 CIDR address block used for the destination match. The value you
|
|
// provide must match the CIDR of an existing route in the table.
|
|
DestinationIpv6CidrBlock *string `locationName:"destinationIpv6CidrBlock" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// [IPv6 traffic only] The ID of an egress-only Internet gateway.
|
|
EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId *string `locationName:"egressOnlyInternetGatewayId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of an Internet gateway or virtual private gateway.
|
|
GatewayId *string `locationName:"gatewayId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of a NAT instance in your VPC.
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// [IPv4 traffic only] The ID of a NAT gateway.
|
|
NatGatewayId *string `locationName:"natGatewayId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of a network interface.
|
|
NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the route table.
|
|
//
|
|
// RouteTableId is a required field
|
|
RouteTableId *string `locationName:"routeTableId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of a VPC peering connection.
|
|
VpcPeeringConnectionId *string `locationName:"vpcPeeringConnectionId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplaceRouteInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplaceRouteInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceRouteInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplaceRouteInput"}
|
|
if s.RouteTableId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RouteTableId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDestinationCidrBlock sets the DestinationCidrBlock field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceRouteInput) SetDestinationCidrBlock(v string) *ReplaceRouteInput {
|
|
s.DestinationCidrBlock = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDestinationIpv6CidrBlock sets the DestinationIpv6CidrBlock field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceRouteInput) SetDestinationIpv6CidrBlock(v string) *ReplaceRouteInput {
|
|
s.DestinationIpv6CidrBlock = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceRouteInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ReplaceRouteInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId sets the EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceRouteInput) SetEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId(v string) *ReplaceRouteInput {
|
|
s.EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGatewayId sets the GatewayId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceRouteInput) SetGatewayId(v string) *ReplaceRouteInput {
|
|
s.GatewayId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceRouteInput) SetInstanceId(v string) *ReplaceRouteInput {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNatGatewayId sets the NatGatewayId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceRouteInput) SetNatGatewayId(v string) *ReplaceRouteInput {
|
|
s.NatGatewayId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaceId sets the NetworkInterfaceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceRouteInput) SetNetworkInterfaceId(v string) *ReplaceRouteInput {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRouteTableId sets the RouteTableId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceRouteInput) SetRouteTableId(v string) *ReplaceRouteInput {
|
|
s.RouteTableId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcPeeringConnectionId sets the VpcPeeringConnectionId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceRouteInput) SetVpcPeeringConnectionId(v string) *ReplaceRouteInput {
|
|
s.VpcPeeringConnectionId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ReplaceRouteOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplaceRouteOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplaceRouteOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for ReplaceRouteTableAssociation.
|
|
type ReplaceRouteTableAssociationInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The association ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AssociationId is a required field
|
|
AssociationId *string `locationName:"associationId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the new route table to associate with the subnet.
|
|
//
|
|
// RouteTableId is a required field
|
|
RouteTableId *string `locationName:"routeTableId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplaceRouteTableAssociationInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplaceRouteTableAssociationInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceRouteTableAssociationInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplaceRouteTableAssociationInput"}
|
|
if s.AssociationId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AssociationId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RouteTableId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RouteTableId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssociationId sets the AssociationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceRouteTableAssociationInput) SetAssociationId(v string) *ReplaceRouteTableAssociationInput {
|
|
s.AssociationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceRouteTableAssociationInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ReplaceRouteTableAssociationInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRouteTableId sets the RouteTableId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceRouteTableAssociationInput) SetRouteTableId(v string) *ReplaceRouteTableAssociationInput {
|
|
s.RouteTableId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of ReplaceRouteTableAssociation.
|
|
type ReplaceRouteTableAssociationOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the new association.
|
|
NewAssociationId *string `locationName:"newAssociationId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplaceRouteTableAssociationOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplaceRouteTableAssociationOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNewAssociationId sets the NewAssociationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplaceRouteTableAssociationOutput) SetNewAssociationId(v string) *ReplaceRouteTableAssociationOutput {
|
|
s.NewAssociationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for ReportInstanceStatus.
|
|
type ReportInstanceStatusInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Descriptive text about the health state of your instance.
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The time at which the reported instance health state ended.
|
|
EndTime *time.Time `locationName:"endTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// Instances is a required field
|
|
Instances []*string `locationName:"instanceId" locationNameList:"InstanceId" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more reason codes that describe the health state of your instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * instance-stuck-in-state: My instance is stuck in a state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * unresponsive: My instance is unresponsive.
|
|
//
|
|
// * not-accepting-credentials: My instance is not accepting my credentials.
|
|
//
|
|
// * password-not-available: A password is not available for my instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * performance-network: My instance is experiencing performance problems
|
|
// that I believe are network related.
|
|
//
|
|
// * performance-instance-store: My instance is experiencing performance
|
|
// problems that I believe are related to the instance stores.
|
|
//
|
|
// * performance-ebs-volume: My instance is experiencing performance problems
|
|
// that I believe are related to an EBS volume.
|
|
//
|
|
// * performance-other: My instance is experiencing performance problems.
|
|
//
|
|
// * other: [explain using the description parameter]
|
|
//
|
|
// ReasonCodes is a required field
|
|
ReasonCodes []*string `locationName:"reasonCode" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The time at which the reported instance health state began.
|
|
StartTime *time.Time `locationName:"startTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of all instances listed.
|
|
//
|
|
// Status is a required field
|
|
Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ReportStatusType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReportInstanceStatusInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReportInstanceStatusInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ReportInstanceStatusInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReportInstanceStatusInput"}
|
|
if s.Instances == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Instances"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ReasonCodes == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReasonCodes"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Status == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReportInstanceStatusInput) SetDescription(v string) *ReportInstanceStatusInput {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReportInstanceStatusInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ReportInstanceStatusInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndTime sets the EndTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReportInstanceStatusInput) SetEndTime(v time.Time) *ReportInstanceStatusInput {
|
|
s.EndTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstances sets the Instances field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReportInstanceStatusInput) SetInstances(v []*string) *ReportInstanceStatusInput {
|
|
s.Instances = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReasonCodes sets the ReasonCodes field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReportInstanceStatusInput) SetReasonCodes(v []*string) *ReportInstanceStatusInput {
|
|
s.ReasonCodes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReportInstanceStatusInput) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *ReportInstanceStatusInput {
|
|
s.StartTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReportInstanceStatusInput) SetStatus(v string) *ReportInstanceStatusInput {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ReportInstanceStatusOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReportInstanceStatusOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReportInstanceStatusOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The information to include in the launch template.
|
|
type RequestLaunchTemplateData struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The block device mapping.
|
|
//
|
|
// Supplying both a snapshot ID and an encryption value as arguments for block-device
|
|
// mapping results in an error. This is because only blank volumes can be encrypted
|
|
// on start, and these are not created from a snapshot. If a snapshot is the
|
|
// basis for the volume, it contains data by definition and its encryption status
|
|
// cannot be changed using this action.
|
|
BlockDeviceMappings []*LaunchTemplateBlockDeviceMappingRequest `locationName:"BlockDeviceMapping" locationNameList:"BlockDeviceMapping" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The credit option for CPU usage of the instance. Valid for T2 instances only.
|
|
CreditSpecification *CreditSpecificationRequest `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// If set to true, you can't terminate the instance using the Amazon EC2 console,
|
|
// CLI, or API. To change this attribute to false after launch, use ModifyInstanceAttribute.
|
|
DisableApiTermination *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the instance is optimized for Amazon EBS I/O. This optimization
|
|
// provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration
|
|
// stack to provide optimal Amazon EBS I/O performance. This optimization isn't
|
|
// available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using
|
|
// an EBS-optimized instance.
|
|
EbsOptimized *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// An elastic GPU to associate with the instance.
|
|
ElasticGpuSpecifications []*ElasticGpuSpecification `locationName:"ElasticGpuSpecification" locationNameList:"ElasticGpuSpecification" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The IAM instance profile.
|
|
IamInstanceProfile *LaunchTemplateIamInstanceProfileSpecificationRequest `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the AMI, which you can get by using DescribeImages.
|
|
ImageId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether an instance stops or terminates when you initiate shutdown
|
|
// from the instance (using the operating system command for system shutdown).
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: stop
|
|
InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior *string `type:"string" enum:"ShutdownBehavior"`
|
|
|
|
// The market (purchasing) option for the instances.
|
|
InstanceMarketOptions *LaunchTemplateInstanceMarketOptionsRequest `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance type. For more information, see Instance Types (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
InstanceType *string `type:"string" enum:"InstanceType"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the kernel.
|
|
//
|
|
// We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more
|
|
// information, see User Provided Kernels (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/UserProvidedkernels.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
KernelId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the key pair. You can create a key pair using CreateKeyPair or
|
|
// ImportKeyPair.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you do not specify a key pair, you can't connect to the instance unless
|
|
// you choose an AMI that is configured to allow users another way to log in.
|
|
KeyName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The monitoring for the instance.
|
|
Monitoring *LaunchTemplatesMonitoringRequest `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more network interfaces.
|
|
NetworkInterfaces []*LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest `locationName:"NetworkInterface" locationNameList:"InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The placement for the instance.
|
|
Placement *LaunchTemplatePlacementRequest `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the RAM disk.
|
|
//
|
|
// We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more
|
|
// information, see User Provided Kernels (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/UserProvidedkernels.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
RamDiskId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more security group IDs. You can create a security group using CreateSecurityGroup.
|
|
// You cannot specify both a security group ID and security name in the same
|
|
// request.
|
|
SecurityGroupIds []*string `locationName:"SecurityGroupId" locationNameList:"SecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-Classic, default VPC] One or more security group names. For a nondefault
|
|
// VPC, you must use security group IDs instead. You cannot specify both a security
|
|
// group ID and security name in the same request.
|
|
SecurityGroups []*string `locationName:"SecurityGroup" locationNameList:"SecurityGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The tags to apply to the resources during launch. You can tag instances and
|
|
// volumes. The specified tags are applied to all instances or volumes that
|
|
// are created during launch.
|
|
TagSpecifications []*LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationRequest `locationName:"TagSpecification" locationNameList:"LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationRequest" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The Base64-encoded user data to make available to the instance. For more
|
|
// information, see Running Commands on Your Linux Instance at Launch (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/user-data.html)
|
|
// (Linux) and Adding User Data (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html#instancedata-add-user-data)
|
|
// (Windows).
|
|
UserData *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RequestLaunchTemplateData) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RequestLaunchTemplateData) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RequestLaunchTemplateData) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RequestLaunchTemplateData"}
|
|
if s.CreditSpecification != nil {
|
|
if err := s.CreditSpecification.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("CreditSpecification", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ElasticGpuSpecifications != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.ElasticGpuSpecifications {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "ElasticGpuSpecifications", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if s.NetworkInterfaces != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.NetworkInterfaces {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "NetworkInterfaces", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBlockDeviceMappings sets the BlockDeviceMappings field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestLaunchTemplateData) SetBlockDeviceMappings(v []*LaunchTemplateBlockDeviceMappingRequest) *RequestLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.BlockDeviceMappings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreditSpecification sets the CreditSpecification field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestLaunchTemplateData) SetCreditSpecification(v *CreditSpecificationRequest) *RequestLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.CreditSpecification = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDisableApiTermination sets the DisableApiTermination field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestLaunchTemplateData) SetDisableApiTermination(v bool) *RequestLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.DisableApiTermination = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEbsOptimized sets the EbsOptimized field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestLaunchTemplateData) SetEbsOptimized(v bool) *RequestLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.EbsOptimized = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetElasticGpuSpecifications sets the ElasticGpuSpecifications field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestLaunchTemplateData) SetElasticGpuSpecifications(v []*ElasticGpuSpecification) *RequestLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.ElasticGpuSpecifications = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIamInstanceProfile sets the IamInstanceProfile field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestLaunchTemplateData) SetIamInstanceProfile(v *LaunchTemplateIamInstanceProfileSpecificationRequest) *RequestLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.IamInstanceProfile = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImageId sets the ImageId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestLaunchTemplateData) SetImageId(v string) *RequestLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.ImageId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior sets the InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestLaunchTemplateData) SetInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior(v string) *RequestLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceMarketOptions sets the InstanceMarketOptions field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestLaunchTemplateData) SetInstanceMarketOptions(v *LaunchTemplateInstanceMarketOptionsRequest) *RequestLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.InstanceMarketOptions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceType sets the InstanceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestLaunchTemplateData) SetInstanceType(v string) *RequestLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.InstanceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKernelId sets the KernelId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestLaunchTemplateData) SetKernelId(v string) *RequestLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.KernelId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKeyName sets the KeyName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestLaunchTemplateData) SetKeyName(v string) *RequestLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.KeyName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMonitoring sets the Monitoring field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestLaunchTemplateData) SetMonitoring(v *LaunchTemplatesMonitoringRequest) *RequestLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.Monitoring = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaces sets the NetworkInterfaces field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestLaunchTemplateData) SetNetworkInterfaces(v []*LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest) *RequestLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaces = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPlacement sets the Placement field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestLaunchTemplateData) SetPlacement(v *LaunchTemplatePlacementRequest) *RequestLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.Placement = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRamDiskId sets the RamDiskId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestLaunchTemplateData) SetRamDiskId(v string) *RequestLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.RamDiskId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSecurityGroupIds sets the SecurityGroupIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestLaunchTemplateData) SetSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RequestLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.SecurityGroupIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestLaunchTemplateData) SetSecurityGroups(v []*string) *RequestLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.SecurityGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagSpecifications sets the TagSpecifications field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestLaunchTemplateData) SetTagSpecifications(v []*LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationRequest) *RequestLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.TagSpecifications = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserData sets the UserData field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestLaunchTemplateData) SetUserData(v string) *RequestLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.UserData = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for RequestSpotFleet.
|
|
type RequestSpotFleetInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The configuration for the Spot Fleet request.
|
|
//
|
|
// SpotFleetRequestConfig is a required field
|
|
SpotFleetRequestConfig *SpotFleetRequestConfigData `locationName:"spotFleetRequestConfig" type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RequestSpotFleetInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RequestSpotFleetInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotFleetInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RequestSpotFleetInput"}
|
|
if s.SpotFleetRequestConfig == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SpotFleetRequestConfig"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SpotFleetRequestConfig != nil {
|
|
if err := s.SpotFleetRequestConfig.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("SpotFleetRequestConfig", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotFleetInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *RequestSpotFleetInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotFleetRequestConfig sets the SpotFleetRequestConfig field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotFleetInput) SetSpotFleetRequestConfig(v *SpotFleetRequestConfigData) *RequestSpotFleetInput {
|
|
s.SpotFleetRequestConfig = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of RequestSpotFleet.
|
|
type RequestSpotFleetOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Spot Fleet request.
|
|
//
|
|
// SpotFleetRequestId is a required field
|
|
SpotFleetRequestId *string `locationName:"spotFleetRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RequestSpotFleetOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RequestSpotFleetOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotFleetRequestId sets the SpotFleetRequestId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotFleetOutput) SetSpotFleetRequestId(v string) *RequestSpotFleetOutput {
|
|
s.SpotFleetRequestId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for RequestSpotInstances.
|
|
type RequestSpotInstancesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The user-specified name for a logical grouping of requests.
|
|
//
|
|
// When you specify an Availability Zone group in a Spot Instance request, all
|
|
// Spot Instances in the request are launched in the same Availability Zone.
|
|
// Instance proximity is maintained with this parameter, but the choice of Availability
|
|
// Zone is not. The group applies only to requests for Spot Instances of the
|
|
// same instance type. Any additional Spot Instance requests that are specified
|
|
// with the same Availability Zone group name are launched in that same Availability
|
|
// Zone, as long as at least one instance from the group is still active.
|
|
//
|
|
// If there is no active instance running in the Availability Zone group that
|
|
// you specify for a new Spot Instance request (all instances are terminated,
|
|
// the request is expired, or the maximum price you specified falls below current
|
|
// Spot price), then Amazon EC2 launches the instance in any Availability Zone
|
|
// where the constraint can be met. Consequently, the subsequent set of Spot
|
|
// Instances could be placed in a different zone from the original request,
|
|
// even if you specified the same Availability Zone group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Instances are launched in any available Availability Zone.
|
|
AvailabilityZoneGroup *string `locationName:"availabilityZoneGroup" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The required duration for the Spot Instances (also known as Spot blocks),
|
|
// in minutes. This value must be a multiple of 60 (60, 120, 180, 240, 300,
|
|
// or 360).
|
|
//
|
|
// The duration period starts as soon as your Spot Instance receives its instance
|
|
// ID. At the end of the duration period, Amazon EC2 marks the Spot Instance
|
|
// for termination and provides a Spot Instance termination notice, which gives
|
|
// the instance a two-minute warning before it terminates.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note that you can't specify an Availability Zone group or a launch group
|
|
// if you specify a duration.
|
|
BlockDurationMinutes *int64 `locationName:"blockDurationMinutes" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency
|
|
// of the request. For more information, see How to Ensure Idempotency (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
ClientToken *string `locationName:"clientToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of Spot Instances to launch.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1
|
|
InstanceCount *int64 `locationName:"instanceCount" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The behavior when a Spot Instance is interrupted. The default is terminate.
|
|
InstanceInterruptionBehavior *string `type:"string" enum:"InstanceInterruptionBehavior"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance launch group. Launch groups are Spot Instances that launch together
|
|
// and terminate together.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Instances are launched and terminated individually
|
|
LaunchGroup *string `locationName:"launchGroup" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The launch specification.
|
|
LaunchSpecification *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum price per hour that you are willing to pay for a Spot Instance.
|
|
// The default is the On-Demand price.
|
|
SpotPrice *string `locationName:"spotPrice" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Spot Instance request type.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: one-time
|
|
Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"SpotInstanceType"`
|
|
|
|
// The start date of the request. If this is a one-time request, the request
|
|
// becomes active at this date and time and remains active until all instances
|
|
// launch, the request expires, or the request is canceled. If the request is
|
|
// persistent, the request becomes active at this date and time and remains
|
|
// active until it expires or is canceled.
|
|
ValidFrom *time.Time `locationName:"validFrom" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The end date of the request. If this is a one-time request, the request remains
|
|
// active until all instances launch, the request is canceled, or this date
|
|
// is reached. If the request is persistent, it remains active until it is canceled
|
|
// or this date is reached. The default end date is 7 days from the current
|
|
// date.
|
|
ValidUntil *time.Time `locationName:"validUntil" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RequestSpotInstancesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RequestSpotInstancesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotInstancesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RequestSpotInstancesInput"}
|
|
if s.LaunchSpecification != nil {
|
|
if err := s.LaunchSpecification.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("LaunchSpecification", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZoneGroup sets the AvailabilityZoneGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotInstancesInput) SetAvailabilityZoneGroup(v string) *RequestSpotInstancesInput {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZoneGroup = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBlockDurationMinutes sets the BlockDurationMinutes field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotInstancesInput) SetBlockDurationMinutes(v int64) *RequestSpotInstancesInput {
|
|
s.BlockDurationMinutes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotInstancesInput) SetClientToken(v string) *RequestSpotInstancesInput {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotInstancesInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *RequestSpotInstancesInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceCount sets the InstanceCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotInstancesInput) SetInstanceCount(v int64) *RequestSpotInstancesInput {
|
|
s.InstanceCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceInterruptionBehavior sets the InstanceInterruptionBehavior field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotInstancesInput) SetInstanceInterruptionBehavior(v string) *RequestSpotInstancesInput {
|
|
s.InstanceInterruptionBehavior = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchGroup sets the LaunchGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotInstancesInput) SetLaunchGroup(v string) *RequestSpotInstancesInput {
|
|
s.LaunchGroup = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchSpecification sets the LaunchSpecification field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotInstancesInput) SetLaunchSpecification(v *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification) *RequestSpotInstancesInput {
|
|
s.LaunchSpecification = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotPrice sets the SpotPrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotInstancesInput) SetSpotPrice(v string) *RequestSpotInstancesInput {
|
|
s.SpotPrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotInstancesInput) SetType(v string) *RequestSpotInstancesInput {
|
|
s.Type = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValidFrom sets the ValidFrom field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotInstancesInput) SetValidFrom(v time.Time) *RequestSpotInstancesInput {
|
|
s.ValidFrom = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValidUntil sets the ValidUntil field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotInstancesInput) SetValidUntil(v time.Time) *RequestSpotInstancesInput {
|
|
s.ValidUntil = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of RequestSpotInstances.
|
|
type RequestSpotInstancesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more Spot Instance requests.
|
|
SpotInstanceRequests []*SpotInstanceRequest `locationName:"spotInstanceRequestSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RequestSpotInstancesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RequestSpotInstancesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotInstanceRequests sets the SpotInstanceRequests field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotInstancesOutput) SetSpotInstanceRequests(v []*SpotInstanceRequest) *RequestSpotInstancesOutput {
|
|
s.SpotInstanceRequests = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the launch specification for an instance.
|
|
type RequestSpotLaunchSpecification struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Deprecated.
|
|
AddressingType *string `locationName:"addressingType" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more block device mapping entries. You can't specify both a snapshot
|
|
// ID and an encryption value. This is because only blank volumes can be encrypted
|
|
// on creation. If a snapshot is the basis for a volume, it is not blank and
|
|
// its encryption status is used for the volume encryption status.
|
|
BlockDeviceMappings []*BlockDeviceMapping `locationName:"blockDeviceMapping" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the instance is optimized for EBS I/O. This optimization
|
|
// provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration
|
|
// stack to provide optimal EBS I/O performance. This optimization isn't available
|
|
// with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS
|
|
// Optimized instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
EbsOptimized *bool `locationName:"ebsOptimized" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The IAM instance profile.
|
|
IamInstanceProfile *IamInstanceProfileSpecification `locationName:"iamInstanceProfile" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the AMI.
|
|
ImageId *string `locationName:"imageId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance type.
|
|
InstanceType *string `locationName:"instanceType" type:"string" enum:"InstanceType"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the kernel.
|
|
KernelId *string `locationName:"kernelId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the key pair.
|
|
KeyName *string `locationName:"keyName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether basic or detailed monitoring is enabled for the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Disabled
|
|
Monitoring *RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled `locationName:"monitoring" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more network interfaces. If you specify a network interface, you must
|
|
// specify subnet IDs and security group IDs using the network interface.
|
|
NetworkInterfaces []*InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification `locationName:"NetworkInterface" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The placement information for the instance.
|
|
Placement *SpotPlacement `locationName:"placement" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the RAM disk.
|
|
RamdiskId *string `locationName:"ramdiskId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more security group IDs.
|
|
SecurityGroupIds []*string `locationName:"SecurityGroupId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more security groups. When requesting instances in a VPC, you must
|
|
// specify the IDs of the security groups. When requesting instances in EC2-Classic,
|
|
// you can specify the names or the IDs of the security groups.
|
|
SecurityGroups []*string `locationName:"SecurityGroup" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the subnet in which to launch the instance.
|
|
SubnetId *string `locationName:"subnetId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Base64-encoded user data for the instance.
|
|
UserData *string `locationName:"userData" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RequestSpotLaunchSpecification) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RequestSpotLaunchSpecification) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RequestSpotLaunchSpecification"}
|
|
if s.Monitoring != nil {
|
|
if err := s.Monitoring.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("Monitoring", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if s.NetworkInterfaces != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.NetworkInterfaces {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "NetworkInterfaces", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAddressingType sets the AddressingType field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification) SetAddressingType(v string) *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.AddressingType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBlockDeviceMappings sets the BlockDeviceMappings field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification) SetBlockDeviceMappings(v []*BlockDeviceMapping) *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.BlockDeviceMappings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEbsOptimized sets the EbsOptimized field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification) SetEbsOptimized(v bool) *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.EbsOptimized = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIamInstanceProfile sets the IamInstanceProfile field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification) SetIamInstanceProfile(v *IamInstanceProfileSpecification) *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.IamInstanceProfile = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImageId sets the ImageId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification) SetImageId(v string) *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.ImageId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceType sets the InstanceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification) SetInstanceType(v string) *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.InstanceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKernelId sets the KernelId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification) SetKernelId(v string) *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.KernelId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKeyName sets the KeyName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification) SetKeyName(v string) *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.KeyName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMonitoring sets the Monitoring field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification) SetMonitoring(v *RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled) *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.Monitoring = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaces sets the NetworkInterfaces field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification) SetNetworkInterfaces(v []*InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaces = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPlacement sets the Placement field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification) SetPlacement(v *SpotPlacement) *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.Placement = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRamdiskId sets the RamdiskId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification) SetRamdiskId(v string) *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.RamdiskId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSecurityGroupIds sets the SecurityGroupIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification) SetSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.SecurityGroupIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification) SetSecurityGroups(v []*string) *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.SecurityGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification) SetSubnetId(v string) *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.SubnetId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserData sets the UserData field's value.
|
|
func (s *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification) SetUserData(v string) *RequestSpotLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.UserData = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a reservation.
|
|
type Reservation struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-Classic only] One or more security groups.
|
|
Groups []*GroupIdentifier `locationName:"groupSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more instances.
|
|
Instances []*Instance `locationName:"instancesSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the AWS account that owns the reservation.
|
|
OwnerId *string `locationName:"ownerId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the requester that launched the instances on your behalf (for example,
|
|
// AWS Management Console or Auto Scaling).
|
|
RequesterId *string `locationName:"requesterId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the reservation.
|
|
ReservationId *string `locationName:"reservationId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Reservation) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Reservation) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroups sets the Groups field's value.
|
|
func (s *Reservation) SetGroups(v []*GroupIdentifier) *Reservation {
|
|
s.Groups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstances sets the Instances field's value.
|
|
func (s *Reservation) SetInstances(v []*Instance) *Reservation {
|
|
s.Instances = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOwnerId sets the OwnerId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Reservation) SetOwnerId(v string) *Reservation {
|
|
s.OwnerId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRequesterId sets the RequesterId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Reservation) SetRequesterId(v string) *Reservation {
|
|
s.RequesterId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Reservation) SetReservationId(v string) *Reservation {
|
|
s.ReservationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The cost associated with the Reserved Instance.
|
|
type ReservationValue struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The hourly rate of the reservation.
|
|
HourlyPrice *string `locationName:"hourlyPrice" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The balance of the total value (the sum of remainingUpfrontValue + hourlyPrice
|
|
// * number of hours remaining).
|
|
RemainingTotalValue *string `locationName:"remainingTotalValue" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The remaining upfront cost of the reservation.
|
|
RemainingUpfrontValue *string `locationName:"remainingUpfrontValue" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservationValue) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservationValue) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHourlyPrice sets the HourlyPrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservationValue) SetHourlyPrice(v string) *ReservationValue {
|
|
s.HourlyPrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRemainingTotalValue sets the RemainingTotalValue field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservationValue) SetRemainingTotalValue(v string) *ReservationValue {
|
|
s.RemainingTotalValue = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRemainingUpfrontValue sets the RemainingUpfrontValue field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservationValue) SetRemainingUpfrontValue(v string) *ReservationValue {
|
|
s.RemainingUpfrontValue = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the limit price of a Reserved Instance offering.
|
|
type ReservedInstanceLimitPrice struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Used for Reserved Instance Marketplace offerings. Specifies the limit price
|
|
// on the total order (instanceCount * price).
|
|
Amount *float64 `locationName:"amount" type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// The currency in which the limitPrice amount is specified. At this time, the
|
|
// only supported currency is USD.
|
|
CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string" enum:"CurrencyCodeValues"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedInstanceLimitPrice) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedInstanceLimitPrice) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAmount sets the Amount field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstanceLimitPrice) SetAmount(v float64) *ReservedInstanceLimitPrice {
|
|
s.Amount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstanceLimitPrice) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *ReservedInstanceLimitPrice {
|
|
s.CurrencyCode = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The total value of the Convertible Reserved Instance.
|
|
type ReservedInstanceReservationValue struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The total value of the Convertible Reserved Instance that you are exchanging.
|
|
ReservationValue *ReservationValue `locationName:"reservationValue" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Convertible Reserved Instance that you are exchanging.
|
|
ReservedInstanceId *string `locationName:"reservedInstanceId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedInstanceReservationValue) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedInstanceReservationValue) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservationValue sets the ReservationValue field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstanceReservationValue) SetReservationValue(v *ReservationValue) *ReservedInstanceReservationValue {
|
|
s.ReservationValue = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedInstanceId sets the ReservedInstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstanceReservationValue) SetReservedInstanceId(v string) *ReservedInstanceReservationValue {
|
|
s.ReservedInstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a Reserved Instance.
|
|
type ReservedInstances struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone in which the Reserved Instance can be used.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The currency of the Reserved Instance. It's specified using ISO 4217 standard
|
|
// currency codes. At this time, the only supported currency is USD.
|
|
CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string" enum:"CurrencyCodeValues"`
|
|
|
|
// The duration of the Reserved Instance, in seconds.
|
|
Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The time when the Reserved Instance expires.
|
|
End *time.Time `locationName:"end" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The purchase price of the Reserved Instance.
|
|
FixedPrice *float64 `locationName:"fixedPrice" type:"float"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of reservations purchased.
|
|
InstanceCount *int64 `locationName:"instanceCount" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The tenancy of the instance.
|
|
InstanceTenancy *string `locationName:"instanceTenancy" type:"string" enum:"Tenancy"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance type on which the Reserved Instance can be used.
|
|
InstanceType *string `locationName:"instanceType" type:"string" enum:"InstanceType"`
|
|
|
|
// The offering class of the Reserved Instance.
|
|
OfferingClass *string `locationName:"offeringClass" type:"string" enum:"OfferingClassType"`
|
|
|
|
// The Reserved Instance offering type.
|
|
OfferingType *string `locationName:"offeringType" type:"string" enum:"OfferingTypeValues"`
|
|
|
|
// The Reserved Instance product platform description.
|
|
ProductDescription *string `locationName:"productDescription" type:"string" enum:"RIProductDescription"`
|
|
|
|
// The recurring charge tag assigned to the resource.
|
|
RecurringCharges []*RecurringCharge `locationName:"recurringCharges" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Reserved Instance.
|
|
ReservedInstancesId *string `locationName:"reservedInstancesId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The scope of the Reserved Instance.
|
|
Scope *string `locationName:"scope" type:"string" enum:"scope"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time the Reserved Instance started.
|
|
Start *time.Time `locationName:"start" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of the Reserved Instance purchase.
|
|
State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ReservedInstanceState"`
|
|
|
|
// Any tags assigned to the resource.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tagSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The usage price of the Reserved Instance, per hour.
|
|
UsagePrice *float64 `locationName:"usagePrice" type:"float"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedInstances) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedInstances) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstances) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *ReservedInstances {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstances) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *ReservedInstances {
|
|
s.CurrencyCode = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstances) SetDuration(v int64) *ReservedInstances {
|
|
s.Duration = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnd sets the End field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstances) SetEnd(v time.Time) *ReservedInstances {
|
|
s.End = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstances) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *ReservedInstances {
|
|
s.FixedPrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceCount sets the InstanceCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstances) SetInstanceCount(v int64) *ReservedInstances {
|
|
s.InstanceCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceTenancy sets the InstanceTenancy field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstances) SetInstanceTenancy(v string) *ReservedInstances {
|
|
s.InstanceTenancy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceType sets the InstanceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstances) SetInstanceType(v string) *ReservedInstances {
|
|
s.InstanceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOfferingClass sets the OfferingClass field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstances) SetOfferingClass(v string) *ReservedInstances {
|
|
s.OfferingClass = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstances) SetOfferingType(v string) *ReservedInstances {
|
|
s.OfferingType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProductDescription sets the ProductDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstances) SetProductDescription(v string) *ReservedInstances {
|
|
s.ProductDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRecurringCharges sets the RecurringCharges field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstances) SetRecurringCharges(v []*RecurringCharge) *ReservedInstances {
|
|
s.RecurringCharges = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedInstancesId sets the ReservedInstancesId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstances) SetReservedInstancesId(v string) *ReservedInstances {
|
|
s.ReservedInstancesId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetScope sets the Scope field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstances) SetScope(v string) *ReservedInstances {
|
|
s.Scope = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStart sets the Start field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstances) SetStart(v time.Time) *ReservedInstances {
|
|
s.Start = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstances) SetState(v string) *ReservedInstances {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstances) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ReservedInstances {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstances) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *ReservedInstances {
|
|
s.UsagePrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the configuration settings for the modified Reserved Instances.
|
|
type ReservedInstancesConfiguration struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone for the modified Reserved Instances.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of modified Reserved Instances.
|
|
InstanceCount *int64 `locationName:"instanceCount" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance type for the modified Reserved Instances.
|
|
InstanceType *string `locationName:"instanceType" type:"string" enum:"InstanceType"`
|
|
|
|
// The network platform of the modified Reserved Instances, which is either
|
|
// EC2-Classic or EC2-VPC.
|
|
Platform *string `locationName:"platform" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Whether the Reserved Instance is applied to instances in a region or instances
|
|
// in a specific Availability Zone.
|
|
Scope *string `locationName:"scope" type:"string" enum:"scope"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedInstancesConfiguration) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedInstancesConfiguration) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesConfiguration) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *ReservedInstancesConfiguration {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceCount sets the InstanceCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesConfiguration) SetInstanceCount(v int64) *ReservedInstancesConfiguration {
|
|
s.InstanceCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceType sets the InstanceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesConfiguration) SetInstanceType(v string) *ReservedInstancesConfiguration {
|
|
s.InstanceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPlatform sets the Platform field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesConfiguration) SetPlatform(v string) *ReservedInstancesConfiguration {
|
|
s.Platform = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetScope sets the Scope field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesConfiguration) SetScope(v string) *ReservedInstancesConfiguration {
|
|
s.Scope = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the ID of a Reserved Instance.
|
|
type ReservedInstancesId struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Reserved Instance.
|
|
ReservedInstancesId *string `locationName:"reservedInstancesId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedInstancesId) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedInstancesId) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedInstancesId sets the ReservedInstancesId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesId) SetReservedInstancesId(v string) *ReservedInstancesId {
|
|
s.ReservedInstancesId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a Reserved Instance listing.
|
|
type ReservedInstancesListing struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A unique, case-sensitive key supplied by the client to ensure that the request
|
|
// is idempotent. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
|
|
ClientToken *string `locationName:"clientToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The time the listing was created.
|
|
CreateDate *time.Time `locationName:"createDate" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of instances in this state.
|
|
InstanceCounts []*InstanceCount `locationName:"instanceCounts" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The price of the Reserved Instance listing.
|
|
PriceSchedules []*PriceSchedule `locationName:"priceSchedules" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Reserved Instance.
|
|
ReservedInstancesId *string `locationName:"reservedInstancesId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Reserved Instance listing.
|
|
ReservedInstancesListingId *string `locationName:"reservedInstancesListingId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the Reserved Instance listing.
|
|
Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"ListingStatus"`
|
|
|
|
// The reason for the current status of the Reserved Instance listing. The response
|
|
// can be blank.
|
|
StatusMessage *string `locationName:"statusMessage" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Any tags assigned to the resource.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tagSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The last modified timestamp of the listing.
|
|
UpdateDate *time.Time `locationName:"updateDate" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedInstancesListing) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedInstancesListing) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesListing) SetClientToken(v string) *ReservedInstancesListing {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreateDate sets the CreateDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesListing) SetCreateDate(v time.Time) *ReservedInstancesListing {
|
|
s.CreateDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceCounts sets the InstanceCounts field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesListing) SetInstanceCounts(v []*InstanceCount) *ReservedInstancesListing {
|
|
s.InstanceCounts = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPriceSchedules sets the PriceSchedules field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesListing) SetPriceSchedules(v []*PriceSchedule) *ReservedInstancesListing {
|
|
s.PriceSchedules = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedInstancesId sets the ReservedInstancesId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesListing) SetReservedInstancesId(v string) *ReservedInstancesListing {
|
|
s.ReservedInstancesId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedInstancesListingId sets the ReservedInstancesListingId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesListing) SetReservedInstancesListingId(v string) *ReservedInstancesListing {
|
|
s.ReservedInstancesListingId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesListing) SetStatus(v string) *ReservedInstancesListing {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatusMessage sets the StatusMessage field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesListing) SetStatusMessage(v string) *ReservedInstancesListing {
|
|
s.StatusMessage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesListing) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ReservedInstancesListing {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUpdateDate sets the UpdateDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesListing) SetUpdateDate(v time.Time) *ReservedInstancesListing {
|
|
s.UpdateDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a Reserved Instance modification.
|
|
type ReservedInstancesModification struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A unique, case-sensitive key supplied by the client to ensure that the request
|
|
// is idempotent. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
|
|
ClientToken *string `locationName:"clientToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The time when the modification request was created.
|
|
CreateDate *time.Time `locationName:"createDate" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The time for the modification to become effective.
|
|
EffectiveDate *time.Time `locationName:"effectiveDate" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains target configurations along with their corresponding new Reserved
|
|
// Instance IDs.
|
|
ModificationResults []*ReservedInstancesModificationResult `locationName:"modificationResultSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of one or more Reserved Instances.
|
|
ReservedInstancesIds []*ReservedInstancesId `locationName:"reservedInstancesSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A unique ID for the Reserved Instance modification.
|
|
ReservedInstancesModificationId *string `locationName:"reservedInstancesModificationId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the Reserved Instances modification request.
|
|
Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The reason for the status.
|
|
StatusMessage *string `locationName:"statusMessage" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The time when the modification request was last updated.
|
|
UpdateDate *time.Time `locationName:"updateDate" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedInstancesModification) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedInstancesModification) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesModification) SetClientToken(v string) *ReservedInstancesModification {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreateDate sets the CreateDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesModification) SetCreateDate(v time.Time) *ReservedInstancesModification {
|
|
s.CreateDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEffectiveDate sets the EffectiveDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesModification) SetEffectiveDate(v time.Time) *ReservedInstancesModification {
|
|
s.EffectiveDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetModificationResults sets the ModificationResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesModification) SetModificationResults(v []*ReservedInstancesModificationResult) *ReservedInstancesModification {
|
|
s.ModificationResults = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedInstancesIds sets the ReservedInstancesIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesModification) SetReservedInstancesIds(v []*ReservedInstancesId) *ReservedInstancesModification {
|
|
s.ReservedInstancesIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedInstancesModificationId sets the ReservedInstancesModificationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesModification) SetReservedInstancesModificationId(v string) *ReservedInstancesModification {
|
|
s.ReservedInstancesModificationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesModification) SetStatus(v string) *ReservedInstancesModification {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatusMessage sets the StatusMessage field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesModification) SetStatusMessage(v string) *ReservedInstancesModification {
|
|
s.StatusMessage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUpdateDate sets the UpdateDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesModification) SetUpdateDate(v time.Time) *ReservedInstancesModification {
|
|
s.UpdateDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the modification request/s.
|
|
type ReservedInstancesModificationResult struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID for the Reserved Instances that were created as part of the modification
|
|
// request. This field is only available when the modification is fulfilled.
|
|
ReservedInstancesId *string `locationName:"reservedInstancesId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The target Reserved Instances configurations supplied as part of the modification
|
|
// request.
|
|
TargetConfiguration *ReservedInstancesConfiguration `locationName:"targetConfiguration" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedInstancesModificationResult) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedInstancesModificationResult) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedInstancesId sets the ReservedInstancesId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesModificationResult) SetReservedInstancesId(v string) *ReservedInstancesModificationResult {
|
|
s.ReservedInstancesId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetConfiguration sets the TargetConfiguration field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesModificationResult) SetTargetConfiguration(v *ReservedInstancesConfiguration) *ReservedInstancesModificationResult {
|
|
s.TargetConfiguration = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a Reserved Instance offering.
|
|
type ReservedInstancesOffering struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone in which the Reserved Instance can be used.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The currency of the Reserved Instance offering you are purchasing. It's specified
|
|
// using ISO 4217 standard currency codes. At this time, the only supported
|
|
// currency is USD.
|
|
CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string" enum:"CurrencyCodeValues"`
|
|
|
|
// The duration of the Reserved Instance, in seconds.
|
|
Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The purchase price of the Reserved Instance.
|
|
FixedPrice *float64 `locationName:"fixedPrice" type:"float"`
|
|
|
|
// The tenancy of the instance.
|
|
InstanceTenancy *string `locationName:"instanceTenancy" type:"string" enum:"Tenancy"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance type on which the Reserved Instance can be used.
|
|
InstanceType *string `locationName:"instanceType" type:"string" enum:"InstanceType"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the offering is available through the Reserved Instance
|
|
// Marketplace (resale) or AWS. If it's a Reserved Instance Marketplace offering,
|
|
// this is true.
|
|
Marketplace *bool `locationName:"marketplace" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// If convertible it can be exchanged for Reserved Instances of the same or
|
|
// higher monetary value, with different configurations. If standard, it is
|
|
// not possible to perform an exchange.
|
|
OfferingClass *string `locationName:"offeringClass" type:"string" enum:"OfferingClassType"`
|
|
|
|
// The Reserved Instance offering type.
|
|
OfferingType *string `locationName:"offeringType" type:"string" enum:"OfferingTypeValues"`
|
|
|
|
// The pricing details of the Reserved Instance offering.
|
|
PricingDetails []*PricingDetail `locationName:"pricingDetailsSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The Reserved Instance product platform description.
|
|
ProductDescription *string `locationName:"productDescription" type:"string" enum:"RIProductDescription"`
|
|
|
|
// The recurring charge tag assigned to the resource.
|
|
RecurringCharges []*RecurringCharge `locationName:"recurringCharges" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Reserved Instance offering. This is the offering ID used in
|
|
// GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote to confirm that an exchange can be made.
|
|
ReservedInstancesOfferingId *string `locationName:"reservedInstancesOfferingId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Whether the Reserved Instance is applied to instances in a region or an Availability
|
|
// Zone.
|
|
Scope *string `locationName:"scope" type:"string" enum:"scope"`
|
|
|
|
// The usage price of the Reserved Instance, per hour.
|
|
UsagePrice *float64 `locationName:"usagePrice" type:"float"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedInstancesOffering) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedInstancesOffering) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesOffering) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *ReservedInstancesOffering {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesOffering) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *ReservedInstancesOffering {
|
|
s.CurrencyCode = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesOffering) SetDuration(v int64) *ReservedInstancesOffering {
|
|
s.Duration = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesOffering) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *ReservedInstancesOffering {
|
|
s.FixedPrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceTenancy sets the InstanceTenancy field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesOffering) SetInstanceTenancy(v string) *ReservedInstancesOffering {
|
|
s.InstanceTenancy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceType sets the InstanceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesOffering) SetInstanceType(v string) *ReservedInstancesOffering {
|
|
s.InstanceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarketplace sets the Marketplace field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesOffering) SetMarketplace(v bool) *ReservedInstancesOffering {
|
|
s.Marketplace = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOfferingClass sets the OfferingClass field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesOffering) SetOfferingClass(v string) *ReservedInstancesOffering {
|
|
s.OfferingClass = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesOffering) SetOfferingType(v string) *ReservedInstancesOffering {
|
|
s.OfferingType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPricingDetails sets the PricingDetails field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesOffering) SetPricingDetails(v []*PricingDetail) *ReservedInstancesOffering {
|
|
s.PricingDetails = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProductDescription sets the ProductDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesOffering) SetProductDescription(v string) *ReservedInstancesOffering {
|
|
s.ProductDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRecurringCharges sets the RecurringCharges field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesOffering) SetRecurringCharges(v []*RecurringCharge) *ReservedInstancesOffering {
|
|
s.RecurringCharges = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedInstancesOfferingId sets the ReservedInstancesOfferingId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesOffering) SetReservedInstancesOfferingId(v string) *ReservedInstancesOffering {
|
|
s.ReservedInstancesOfferingId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetScope sets the Scope field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesOffering) SetScope(v string) *ReservedInstancesOffering {
|
|
s.Scope = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedInstancesOffering) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *ReservedInstancesOffering {
|
|
s.UsagePrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ResetFpgaImageAttributeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The attribute.
|
|
Attribute *string `type:"string" enum:"ResetFpgaImageAttributeName"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the AFI.
|
|
//
|
|
// FpgaImageId is a required field
|
|
FpgaImageId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetFpgaImageAttributeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetFpgaImageAttributeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ResetFpgaImageAttributeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResetFpgaImageAttributeInput"}
|
|
if s.FpgaImageId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FpgaImageId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttribute sets the Attribute field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResetFpgaImageAttributeInput) SetAttribute(v string) *ResetFpgaImageAttributeInput {
|
|
s.Attribute = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResetFpgaImageAttributeInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ResetFpgaImageAttributeInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFpgaImageId sets the FpgaImageId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResetFpgaImageAttributeInput) SetFpgaImageId(v string) *ResetFpgaImageAttributeInput {
|
|
s.FpgaImageId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ResetFpgaImageAttributeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Is true if the request succeeds, and an error otherwise.
|
|
Return *bool `locationName:"return" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetFpgaImageAttributeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetFpgaImageAttributeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReturn sets the Return field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResetFpgaImageAttributeOutput) SetReturn(v bool) *ResetFpgaImageAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.Return = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for ResetImageAttribute.
|
|
type ResetImageAttributeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The attribute to reset (currently you can only reset the launch permission
|
|
// attribute).
|
|
//
|
|
// Attribute is a required field
|
|
Attribute *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ResetImageAttributeName"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the AMI.
|
|
//
|
|
// ImageId is a required field
|
|
ImageId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetImageAttributeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetImageAttributeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ResetImageAttributeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResetImageAttributeInput"}
|
|
if s.Attribute == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Attribute"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ImageId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ImageId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttribute sets the Attribute field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResetImageAttributeInput) SetAttribute(v string) *ResetImageAttributeInput {
|
|
s.Attribute = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResetImageAttributeInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ResetImageAttributeInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImageId sets the ImageId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResetImageAttributeInput) SetImageId(v string) *ResetImageAttributeInput {
|
|
s.ImageId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ResetImageAttributeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetImageAttributeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetImageAttributeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for ResetInstanceAttribute.
|
|
type ResetInstanceAttributeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The attribute to reset.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can only reset the following attributes: kernel | ramdisk | sourceDestCheck.
|
|
// To change an instance attribute, use ModifyInstanceAttribute.
|
|
//
|
|
// Attribute is a required field
|
|
Attribute *string `locationName:"attribute" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InstanceAttributeName"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// InstanceId is a required field
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetInstanceAttributeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetInstanceAttributeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ResetInstanceAttributeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResetInstanceAttributeInput"}
|
|
if s.Attribute == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Attribute"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.InstanceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttribute sets the Attribute field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResetInstanceAttributeInput) SetAttribute(v string) *ResetInstanceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.Attribute = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResetInstanceAttributeInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ResetInstanceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResetInstanceAttributeInput) SetInstanceId(v string) *ResetInstanceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ResetInstanceAttributeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetInstanceAttributeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetInstanceAttributeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute.
|
|
type ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// NetworkInterfaceId is a required field
|
|
NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The source/destination checking attribute. Resets the value to true.
|
|
SourceDestCheck *string `locationName:"sourceDestCheck" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput"}
|
|
if s.NetworkInterfaceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NetworkInterfaceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaceId sets the NetworkInterfaceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput) SetNetworkInterfaceId(v string) *ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceDestCheck sets the SourceDestCheck field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput) SetSourceDestCheck(v string) *ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput {
|
|
s.SourceDestCheck = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for ResetSnapshotAttribute.
|
|
type ResetSnapshotAttributeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The attribute to reset. Currently, only the attribute for permission to create
|
|
// volumes can be reset.
|
|
//
|
|
// Attribute is a required field
|
|
Attribute *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"SnapshotAttributeName"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// SnapshotId is a required field
|
|
SnapshotId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetSnapshotAttributeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetSnapshotAttributeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ResetSnapshotAttributeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResetSnapshotAttributeInput"}
|
|
if s.Attribute == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Attribute"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SnapshotId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttribute sets the Attribute field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResetSnapshotAttributeInput) SetAttribute(v string) *ResetSnapshotAttributeInput {
|
|
s.Attribute = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResetSnapshotAttributeInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ResetSnapshotAttributeInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotId sets the SnapshotId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResetSnapshotAttributeInput) SetSnapshotId(v string) *ResetSnapshotAttributeInput {
|
|
s.SnapshotId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ResetSnapshotAttributeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetSnapshotAttributeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetSnapshotAttributeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the error that's returned when you cannot delete a launch template
|
|
// version.
|
|
type ResponseError struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The error code.
|
|
Code *string `locationName:"code" type:"string" enum:"LaunchTemplateErrorCode"`
|
|
|
|
// The error message, if applicable.
|
|
Message *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResponseError) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResponseError) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCode sets the Code field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResponseError) SetCode(v string) *ResponseError {
|
|
s.Code = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResponseError) SetMessage(v string) *ResponseError {
|
|
s.Message = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The information for a launch template.
|
|
type ResponseLaunchTemplateData struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The block device mappings.
|
|
BlockDeviceMappings []*LaunchTemplateBlockDeviceMapping `locationName:"blockDeviceMappingSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The credit option for CPU usage of the instance.
|
|
CreditSpecification *CreditSpecification `locationName:"creditSpecification" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// If set to true, indicates that the instance cannot be terminated using the
|
|
// Amazon EC2 console, command line tool, or API.
|
|
DisableApiTermination *bool `locationName:"disableApiTermination" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the instance is optimized for Amazon EBS I/O.
|
|
EbsOptimized *bool `locationName:"ebsOptimized" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The elastic GPU specification.
|
|
ElasticGpuSpecifications []*ElasticGpuSpecificationResponse `locationName:"elasticGpuSpecificationSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The IAM instance profile.
|
|
IamInstanceProfile *LaunchTemplateIamInstanceProfileSpecification `locationName:"iamInstanceProfile" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the AMI that was used to launch the instance.
|
|
ImageId *string `locationName:"imageId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether an instance stops or terminates when you initiate shutdown
|
|
// from the instance (using the operating system command for system shutdown).
|
|
InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior *string `locationName:"instanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior" type:"string" enum:"ShutdownBehavior"`
|
|
|
|
// The market (purchasing) option for the instances.
|
|
InstanceMarketOptions *LaunchTemplateInstanceMarketOptions `locationName:"instanceMarketOptions" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance type.
|
|
InstanceType *string `locationName:"instanceType" type:"string" enum:"InstanceType"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the kernel, if applicable.
|
|
KernelId *string `locationName:"kernelId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the key pair.
|
|
KeyName *string `locationName:"keyName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The monitoring for the instance.
|
|
Monitoring *LaunchTemplatesMonitoring `locationName:"monitoring" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The network interfaces.
|
|
NetworkInterfaces []*LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification `locationName:"networkInterfaceSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The placement of the instance.
|
|
Placement *LaunchTemplatePlacement `locationName:"placement" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the RAM disk, if applicable.
|
|
RamDiskId *string `locationName:"ramDiskId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The security group IDs.
|
|
SecurityGroupIds []*string `locationName:"securityGroupIdSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The security group names.
|
|
SecurityGroups []*string `locationName:"securityGroupSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The tags.
|
|
TagSpecifications []*LaunchTemplateTagSpecification `locationName:"tagSpecificationSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The user data for the instance.
|
|
UserData *string `locationName:"userData" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResponseLaunchTemplateData) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResponseLaunchTemplateData) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBlockDeviceMappings sets the BlockDeviceMappings field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResponseLaunchTemplateData) SetBlockDeviceMappings(v []*LaunchTemplateBlockDeviceMapping) *ResponseLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.BlockDeviceMappings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreditSpecification sets the CreditSpecification field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResponseLaunchTemplateData) SetCreditSpecification(v *CreditSpecification) *ResponseLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.CreditSpecification = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDisableApiTermination sets the DisableApiTermination field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResponseLaunchTemplateData) SetDisableApiTermination(v bool) *ResponseLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.DisableApiTermination = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEbsOptimized sets the EbsOptimized field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResponseLaunchTemplateData) SetEbsOptimized(v bool) *ResponseLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.EbsOptimized = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetElasticGpuSpecifications sets the ElasticGpuSpecifications field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResponseLaunchTemplateData) SetElasticGpuSpecifications(v []*ElasticGpuSpecificationResponse) *ResponseLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.ElasticGpuSpecifications = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIamInstanceProfile sets the IamInstanceProfile field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResponseLaunchTemplateData) SetIamInstanceProfile(v *LaunchTemplateIamInstanceProfileSpecification) *ResponseLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.IamInstanceProfile = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImageId sets the ImageId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResponseLaunchTemplateData) SetImageId(v string) *ResponseLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.ImageId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior sets the InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResponseLaunchTemplateData) SetInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior(v string) *ResponseLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceMarketOptions sets the InstanceMarketOptions field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResponseLaunchTemplateData) SetInstanceMarketOptions(v *LaunchTemplateInstanceMarketOptions) *ResponseLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.InstanceMarketOptions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceType sets the InstanceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResponseLaunchTemplateData) SetInstanceType(v string) *ResponseLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.InstanceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKernelId sets the KernelId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResponseLaunchTemplateData) SetKernelId(v string) *ResponseLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.KernelId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKeyName sets the KeyName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResponseLaunchTemplateData) SetKeyName(v string) *ResponseLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.KeyName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMonitoring sets the Monitoring field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResponseLaunchTemplateData) SetMonitoring(v *LaunchTemplatesMonitoring) *ResponseLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.Monitoring = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaces sets the NetworkInterfaces field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResponseLaunchTemplateData) SetNetworkInterfaces(v []*LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) *ResponseLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaces = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPlacement sets the Placement field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResponseLaunchTemplateData) SetPlacement(v *LaunchTemplatePlacement) *ResponseLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.Placement = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRamDiskId sets the RamDiskId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResponseLaunchTemplateData) SetRamDiskId(v string) *ResponseLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.RamDiskId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSecurityGroupIds sets the SecurityGroupIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResponseLaunchTemplateData) SetSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *ResponseLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.SecurityGroupIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResponseLaunchTemplateData) SetSecurityGroups(v []*string) *ResponseLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.SecurityGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagSpecifications sets the TagSpecifications field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResponseLaunchTemplateData) SetTagSpecifications(v []*LaunchTemplateTagSpecification) *ResponseLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.TagSpecifications = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserData sets the UserData field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResponseLaunchTemplateData) SetUserData(v string) *ResponseLaunchTemplateData {
|
|
s.UserData = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for RestoreAddressToClassic.
|
|
type RestoreAddressToClassicInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The Elastic IP address.
|
|
//
|
|
// PublicIp is a required field
|
|
PublicIp *string `locationName:"publicIp" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreAddressToClassicInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreAddressToClassicInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RestoreAddressToClassicInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreAddressToClassicInput"}
|
|
if s.PublicIp == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PublicIp"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreAddressToClassicInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *RestoreAddressToClassicInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPublicIp sets the PublicIp field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreAddressToClassicInput) SetPublicIp(v string) *RestoreAddressToClassicInput {
|
|
s.PublicIp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of RestoreAddressToClassic.
|
|
type RestoreAddressToClassicOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Elastic IP address.
|
|
PublicIp *string `locationName:"publicIp" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The move status for the IP address.
|
|
Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"Status"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreAddressToClassicOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreAddressToClassicOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPublicIp sets the PublicIp field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreAddressToClassicOutput) SetPublicIp(v string) *RestoreAddressToClassicOutput {
|
|
s.PublicIp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreAddressToClassicOutput) SetStatus(v string) *RestoreAddressToClassicOutput {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for RevokeSecurityGroupEgress.
|
|
type RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the CIDR.
|
|
CidrIp *string `locationName:"cidrIp" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the port.
|
|
FromPort *int64 `locationName:"fromPort" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// GroupId is a required field
|
|
GroupId *string `locationName:"groupId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more sets of IP permissions. You can't specify a destination security
|
|
// group and a CIDR IP address range in the same set of permissions.
|
|
IpPermissions []*IpPermission `locationName:"ipPermissions" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the protocol name or
|
|
// number.
|
|
IpProtocol *string `locationName:"ipProtocol" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify a destination security
|
|
// group.
|
|
SourceSecurityGroupName *string `locationName:"sourceSecurityGroupName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify a destination security
|
|
// group.
|
|
SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId *string `locationName:"sourceSecurityGroupOwnerId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the port.
|
|
ToPort *int64 `locationName:"toPort" type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput"}
|
|
if s.GroupId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GroupId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCidrIp sets the CidrIp field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput) SetCidrIp(v string) *RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput {
|
|
s.CidrIp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFromPort sets the FromPort field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput) SetFromPort(v int64) *RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput {
|
|
s.FromPort = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupId sets the GroupId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput) SetGroupId(v string) *RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput {
|
|
s.GroupId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpPermissions sets the IpPermissions field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput) SetIpPermissions(v []*IpPermission) *RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput {
|
|
s.IpPermissions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpProtocol sets the IpProtocol field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput) SetIpProtocol(v string) *RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput {
|
|
s.IpProtocol = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceSecurityGroupName sets the SourceSecurityGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput) SetSourceSecurityGroupName(v string) *RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput {
|
|
s.SourceSecurityGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId sets the SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput) SetSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId(v string) *RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput {
|
|
s.SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetToPort sets the ToPort field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput) SetToPort(v int64) *RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput {
|
|
s.ToPort = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RevokeSecurityGroupEgressOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RevokeSecurityGroupEgressOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RevokeSecurityGroupEgressOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for RevokeSecurityGroupIngress.
|
|
type RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The CIDR IP address range. You can't specify this parameter when specifying
|
|
// a source security group.
|
|
CidrIp *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The start of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type number.
|
|
// For the ICMP type number, use -1 to specify all ICMP types.
|
|
FromPort *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the security group. You must specify either the security group
|
|
// ID or the security group name in the request. For security groups in a nondefault
|
|
// VPC, you must specify the security group ID.
|
|
GroupId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-Classic, default VPC] The name of the security group. You must specify
|
|
// either the security group ID or the security group name in the request.
|
|
GroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more sets of IP permissions. You can't specify a source security group
|
|
// and a CIDR IP address range in the same set of permissions.
|
|
IpPermissions []*IpPermission `locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The IP protocol name (tcp, udp, icmp) or number (see Protocol Numbers (http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers/protocol-numbers.xhtml)).
|
|
// Use -1 to specify all.
|
|
IpProtocol *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-Classic, default VPC] The name of the source security group. You can't
|
|
// specify this parameter in combination with the following parameters: the
|
|
// CIDR IP address range, the start of the port range, the IP protocol, and
|
|
// the end of the port range. For EC2-VPC, the source security group must be
|
|
// in the same VPC. To revoke a specific rule for an IP protocol and port range,
|
|
// use a set of IP permissions instead.
|
|
SourceSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-Classic] The AWS account ID of the source security group, if the source
|
|
// security group is in a different account. You can't specify this parameter
|
|
// in combination with the following parameters: the CIDR IP address range,
|
|
// the IP protocol, the start of the port range, and the end of the port range.
|
|
// To revoke a specific rule for an IP protocol and port range, use a set of
|
|
// IP permissions instead.
|
|
SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The end of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP code number.
|
|
// For the ICMP code number, use -1 to specify all ICMP codes for the ICMP type.
|
|
ToPort *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCidrIp sets the CidrIp field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetCidrIp(v string) *RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.CidrIp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFromPort sets the FromPort field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetFromPort(v int64) *RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.FromPort = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupId sets the GroupId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetGroupId(v string) *RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.GroupId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetGroupName(v string) *RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.GroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpPermissions sets the IpPermissions field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetIpPermissions(v []*IpPermission) *RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.IpPermissions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpProtocol sets the IpProtocol field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetIpProtocol(v string) *RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.IpProtocol = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceSecurityGroupName sets the SourceSecurityGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetSourceSecurityGroupName(v string) *RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.SourceSecurityGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId sets the SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId(v string) *RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetToPort sets the ToPort field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetToPort(v int64) *RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.ToPort = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RevokeSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RevokeSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RevokeSecurityGroupIngressOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a route in a route table.
|
|
type Route struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv4 CIDR block used for the destination match.
|
|
DestinationCidrBlock *string `locationName:"destinationCidrBlock" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv6 CIDR block used for the destination match.
|
|
DestinationIpv6CidrBlock *string `locationName:"destinationIpv6CidrBlock" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The prefix of the AWS service.
|
|
DestinationPrefixListId *string `locationName:"destinationPrefixListId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the egress-only Internet gateway.
|
|
EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId *string `locationName:"egressOnlyInternetGatewayId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of a gateway attached to your VPC.
|
|
GatewayId *string `locationName:"gatewayId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of a NAT instance in your VPC.
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS account ID of the owner of the instance.
|
|
InstanceOwnerId *string `locationName:"instanceOwnerId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of a NAT gateway.
|
|
NatGatewayId *string `locationName:"natGatewayId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network interface.
|
|
NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes how the route was created.
|
|
//
|
|
// * CreateRouteTable - The route was automatically created when the route
|
|
// table was created.
|
|
//
|
|
// * CreateRoute - The route was manually added to the route table.
|
|
//
|
|
// * EnableVgwRoutePropagation - The route was propagated by route propagation.
|
|
Origin *string `locationName:"origin" type:"string" enum:"RouteOrigin"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of the route. The blackhole state indicates that the route's target
|
|
// isn't available (for example, the specified gateway isn't attached to the
|
|
// VPC, or the specified NAT instance has been terminated).
|
|
State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"RouteState"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC peering connection.
|
|
VpcPeeringConnectionId *string `locationName:"vpcPeeringConnectionId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Route) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Route) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDestinationCidrBlock sets the DestinationCidrBlock field's value.
|
|
func (s *Route) SetDestinationCidrBlock(v string) *Route {
|
|
s.DestinationCidrBlock = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDestinationIpv6CidrBlock sets the DestinationIpv6CidrBlock field's value.
|
|
func (s *Route) SetDestinationIpv6CidrBlock(v string) *Route {
|
|
s.DestinationIpv6CidrBlock = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDestinationPrefixListId sets the DestinationPrefixListId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Route) SetDestinationPrefixListId(v string) *Route {
|
|
s.DestinationPrefixListId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId sets the EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Route) SetEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId(v string) *Route {
|
|
s.EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGatewayId sets the GatewayId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Route) SetGatewayId(v string) *Route {
|
|
s.GatewayId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Route) SetInstanceId(v string) *Route {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceOwnerId sets the InstanceOwnerId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Route) SetInstanceOwnerId(v string) *Route {
|
|
s.InstanceOwnerId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNatGatewayId sets the NatGatewayId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Route) SetNatGatewayId(v string) *Route {
|
|
s.NatGatewayId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaceId sets the NetworkInterfaceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Route) SetNetworkInterfaceId(v string) *Route {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOrigin sets the Origin field's value.
|
|
func (s *Route) SetOrigin(v string) *Route {
|
|
s.Origin = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *Route) SetState(v string) *Route {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcPeeringConnectionId sets the VpcPeeringConnectionId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Route) SetVpcPeeringConnectionId(v string) *Route {
|
|
s.VpcPeeringConnectionId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a route table.
|
|
type RouteTable struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The associations between the route table and one or more subnets.
|
|
Associations []*RouteTableAssociation `locationName:"associationSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Any virtual private gateway (VGW) propagating routes.
|
|
PropagatingVgws []*PropagatingVgw `locationName:"propagatingVgwSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the route table.
|
|
RouteTableId *string `locationName:"routeTableId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The routes in the route table.
|
|
Routes []*Route `locationName:"routeSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Any tags assigned to the route table.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tagSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC.
|
|
VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RouteTable) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RouteTable) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssociations sets the Associations field's value.
|
|
func (s *RouteTable) SetAssociations(v []*RouteTableAssociation) *RouteTable {
|
|
s.Associations = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPropagatingVgws sets the PropagatingVgws field's value.
|
|
func (s *RouteTable) SetPropagatingVgws(v []*PropagatingVgw) *RouteTable {
|
|
s.PropagatingVgws = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRouteTableId sets the RouteTableId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RouteTable) SetRouteTableId(v string) *RouteTable {
|
|
s.RouteTableId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRoutes sets the Routes field's value.
|
|
func (s *RouteTable) SetRoutes(v []*Route) *RouteTable {
|
|
s.Routes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *RouteTable) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RouteTable {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RouteTable) SetVpcId(v string) *RouteTable {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an association between a route table and a subnet.
|
|
type RouteTableAssociation struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether this is the main route table.
|
|
Main *bool `locationName:"main" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the association between a route table and a subnet.
|
|
RouteTableAssociationId *string `locationName:"routeTableAssociationId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the route table.
|
|
RouteTableId *string `locationName:"routeTableId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the subnet. A subnet ID is not returned for an implicit association.
|
|
SubnetId *string `locationName:"subnetId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RouteTableAssociation) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RouteTableAssociation) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMain sets the Main field's value.
|
|
func (s *RouteTableAssociation) SetMain(v bool) *RouteTableAssociation {
|
|
s.Main = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRouteTableAssociationId sets the RouteTableAssociationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RouteTableAssociation) SetRouteTableAssociationId(v string) *RouteTableAssociation {
|
|
s.RouteTableAssociationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRouteTableId sets the RouteTableId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RouteTableAssociation) SetRouteTableId(v string) *RouteTableAssociation {
|
|
s.RouteTableId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RouteTableAssociation) SetSubnetId(v string) *RouteTableAssociation {
|
|
s.SubnetId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for RunInstances.
|
|
type RunInstancesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Reserved.
|
|
AdditionalInfo *string `locationName:"additionalInfo" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more block device mapping entries. You can't specify both a snapshot
|
|
// ID and an encryption value. This is because only blank volumes can be encrypted
|
|
// on creation. If a snapshot is the basis for a volume, it is not blank and
|
|
// its encryption status is used for the volume encryption status.
|
|
BlockDeviceMappings []*BlockDeviceMapping `locationName:"BlockDeviceMapping" locationNameList:"BlockDeviceMapping" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of
|
|
// the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Maximum 64 ASCII characters
|
|
ClientToken *string `locationName:"clientToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The credit option for CPU usage of the instance. Valid values are standard
|
|
// and unlimited. To change this attribute after launch, use ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification.
|
|
// For more information, see T2 Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/t2-instances.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: standard
|
|
CreditSpecification *CreditSpecificationRequest `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// If you set this parameter to true, you can't terminate the instance using
|
|
// the Amazon EC2 console, CLI, or API; otherwise, you can. To change this attribute
|
|
// to false after launch, use ModifyInstanceAttribute. Alternatively, if you
|
|
// set InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior to terminate, you can terminate the
|
|
// instance by running the shutdown command from the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
DisableApiTermination *bool `locationName:"disableApiTermination" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the instance is optimized for Amazon EBS I/O. This optimization
|
|
// provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration
|
|
// stack to provide optimal Amazon EBS I/O performance. This optimization isn't
|
|
// available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using
|
|
// an EBS-optimized instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
EbsOptimized *bool `locationName:"ebsOptimized" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// An elastic GPU to associate with the instance.
|
|
ElasticGpuSpecification []*ElasticGpuSpecification `locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The IAM instance profile.
|
|
IamInstanceProfile *IamInstanceProfileSpecification `locationName:"iamInstanceProfile" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the AMI, which you can get by calling DescribeImages. An AMI is
|
|
// required to launch an instance and must be specified here or in a launch
|
|
// template.
|
|
ImageId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether an instance stops or terminates when you initiate shutdown
|
|
// from the instance (using the operating system command for system shutdown).
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: stop
|
|
InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior *string `locationName:"instanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior" type:"string" enum:"ShutdownBehavior"`
|
|
|
|
// The market (purchasing) option for the instances.
|
|
InstanceMarketOptions *InstanceMarketOptionsRequest `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance type. For more information, see Instance Types (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: m1.small
|
|
InstanceType *string `type:"string" enum:"InstanceType"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-VPC] A number of IPv6 addresses to associate with the primary network
|
|
// interface. Amazon EC2 chooses the IPv6 addresses from the range of your subnet.
|
|
// You cannot specify this option and the option to assign specific IPv6 addresses
|
|
// in the same request. You can specify this option if you've specified a minimum
|
|
// number of instances to launch.
|
|
Ipv6AddressCount *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-VPC] Specify one or more IPv6 addresses from the range of the subnet
|
|
// to associate with the primary network interface. You cannot specify this
|
|
// option and the option to assign a number of IPv6 addresses in the same request.
|
|
// You cannot specify this option if you've specified a minimum number of instances
|
|
// to launch.
|
|
Ipv6Addresses []*InstanceIpv6Address `locationName:"Ipv6Address" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the kernel.
|
|
//
|
|
// We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more
|
|
// information, see PV-GRUB (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/UserProvidedkernels.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
KernelId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the key pair. You can create a key pair using CreateKeyPair or
|
|
// ImportKeyPair.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you do not specify a key pair, you can't connect to the instance unless
|
|
// you choose an AMI that is configured to allow users another way to log in.
|
|
KeyName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The launch template to use to launch the instances. Any parameters that you
|
|
// specify in RunInstances override the same parameters in the launch template.
|
|
LaunchTemplate *LaunchTemplateSpecification `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of instances to launch. If you specify more instances
|
|
// than Amazon EC2 can launch in the target Availability Zone, Amazon EC2 launches
|
|
// the largest possible number of instances above MinCount.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Between 1 and the maximum number you're allowed for the specified
|
|
// instance type. For more information about the default limits, and how to
|
|
// request an increase, see How many instances can I run in Amazon EC2 (http://aws.amazon.com/ec2/faqs/#How_many_instances_can_I_run_in_Amazon_EC2)
|
|
// in the Amazon EC2 FAQ.
|
|
//
|
|
// MaxCount is a required field
|
|
MaxCount *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The minimum number of instances to launch. If you specify a minimum that
|
|
// is more instances than Amazon EC2 can launch in the target Availability Zone,
|
|
// Amazon EC2 launches no instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Between 1 and the maximum number you're allowed for the specified
|
|
// instance type. For more information about the default limits, and how to
|
|
// request an increase, see How many instances can I run in Amazon EC2 (http://aws.amazon.com/ec2/faqs/#How_many_instances_can_I_run_in_Amazon_EC2)
|
|
// in the Amazon EC2 General FAQ.
|
|
//
|
|
// MinCount is a required field
|
|
MinCount *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The monitoring for the instance.
|
|
Monitoring *RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more network interfaces.
|
|
NetworkInterfaces []*InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification `locationName:"networkInterface" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The placement for the instance.
|
|
Placement *Placement `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-VPC] The primary IPv4 address. You must specify a value from the IPv4
|
|
// address range of the subnet.
|
|
//
|
|
// Only one private IP address can be designated as primary. You can't specify
|
|
// this option if you've specified the option to designate a private IP address
|
|
// as the primary IP address in a network interface specification. You cannot
|
|
// specify this option if you're launching more than one instance in the request.
|
|
PrivateIpAddress *string `locationName:"privateIpAddress" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the RAM disk.
|
|
//
|
|
// We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more
|
|
// information, see PV-GRUB (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/UserProvidedkernels.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
RamdiskId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more security group IDs. You can create a security group using CreateSecurityGroup.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Amazon EC2 uses the default security group.
|
|
SecurityGroupIds []*string `locationName:"SecurityGroupId" locationNameList:"SecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-Classic, default VPC] One or more security group names. For a nondefault
|
|
// VPC, you must use security group IDs instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Amazon EC2 uses the default security group.
|
|
SecurityGroups []*string `locationName:"SecurityGroup" locationNameList:"SecurityGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-VPC] The ID of the subnet to launch the instance into.
|
|
SubnetId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The tags to apply to the resources during launch. You can tag instances and
|
|
// volumes. The specified tags are applied to all instances or volumes that
|
|
// are created during launch.
|
|
TagSpecifications []*TagSpecification `locationName:"TagSpecification" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The user data to make available to the instance. For more information, see
|
|
// Running Commands on Your Linux Instance at Launch (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/user-data.html)
|
|
// (Linux) and Adding User Data (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html#instancedata-add-user-data)
|
|
// (Windows). If you are using a command line tool, base64-encoding is performed
|
|
// for you, and you can load the text from a file. Otherwise, you must provide
|
|
// base64-encoded text.
|
|
UserData *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RunInstancesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RunInstancesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RunInstancesInput"}
|
|
if s.MaxCount == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MaxCount"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.MinCount == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MinCount"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.CreditSpecification != nil {
|
|
if err := s.CreditSpecification.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("CreditSpecification", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ElasticGpuSpecification != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.ElasticGpuSpecification {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "ElasticGpuSpecification", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Monitoring != nil {
|
|
if err := s.Monitoring.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("Monitoring", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if s.NetworkInterfaces != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.NetworkInterfaces {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "NetworkInterfaces", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAdditionalInfo sets the AdditionalInfo field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetAdditionalInfo(v string) *RunInstancesInput {
|
|
s.AdditionalInfo = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBlockDeviceMappings sets the BlockDeviceMappings field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetBlockDeviceMappings(v []*BlockDeviceMapping) *RunInstancesInput {
|
|
s.BlockDeviceMappings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetClientToken(v string) *RunInstancesInput {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreditSpecification sets the CreditSpecification field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetCreditSpecification(v *CreditSpecificationRequest) *RunInstancesInput {
|
|
s.CreditSpecification = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDisableApiTermination sets the DisableApiTermination field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetDisableApiTermination(v bool) *RunInstancesInput {
|
|
s.DisableApiTermination = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *RunInstancesInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEbsOptimized sets the EbsOptimized field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetEbsOptimized(v bool) *RunInstancesInput {
|
|
s.EbsOptimized = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetElasticGpuSpecification sets the ElasticGpuSpecification field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetElasticGpuSpecification(v []*ElasticGpuSpecification) *RunInstancesInput {
|
|
s.ElasticGpuSpecification = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIamInstanceProfile sets the IamInstanceProfile field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetIamInstanceProfile(v *IamInstanceProfileSpecification) *RunInstancesInput {
|
|
s.IamInstanceProfile = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImageId sets the ImageId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetImageId(v string) *RunInstancesInput {
|
|
s.ImageId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior sets the InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior(v string) *RunInstancesInput {
|
|
s.InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceMarketOptions sets the InstanceMarketOptions field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetInstanceMarketOptions(v *InstanceMarketOptionsRequest) *RunInstancesInput {
|
|
s.InstanceMarketOptions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceType sets the InstanceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetInstanceType(v string) *RunInstancesInput {
|
|
s.InstanceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6AddressCount sets the Ipv6AddressCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetIpv6AddressCount(v int64) *RunInstancesInput {
|
|
s.Ipv6AddressCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6Addresses sets the Ipv6Addresses field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetIpv6Addresses(v []*InstanceIpv6Address) *RunInstancesInput {
|
|
s.Ipv6Addresses = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKernelId sets the KernelId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetKernelId(v string) *RunInstancesInput {
|
|
s.KernelId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKeyName sets the KeyName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetKeyName(v string) *RunInstancesInput {
|
|
s.KeyName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplate sets the LaunchTemplate field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetLaunchTemplate(v *LaunchTemplateSpecification) *RunInstancesInput {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplate = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxCount sets the MaxCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetMaxCount(v int64) *RunInstancesInput {
|
|
s.MaxCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMinCount sets the MinCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetMinCount(v int64) *RunInstancesInput {
|
|
s.MinCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMonitoring sets the Monitoring field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetMonitoring(v *RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled) *RunInstancesInput {
|
|
s.Monitoring = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaces sets the NetworkInterfaces field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetNetworkInterfaces(v []*InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) *RunInstancesInput {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaces = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPlacement sets the Placement field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetPlacement(v *Placement) *RunInstancesInput {
|
|
s.Placement = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateIpAddress sets the PrivateIpAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetPrivateIpAddress(v string) *RunInstancesInput {
|
|
s.PrivateIpAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRamdiskId sets the RamdiskId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetRamdiskId(v string) *RunInstancesInput {
|
|
s.RamdiskId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSecurityGroupIds sets the SecurityGroupIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RunInstancesInput {
|
|
s.SecurityGroupIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetSecurityGroups(v []*string) *RunInstancesInput {
|
|
s.SecurityGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetSubnetId(v string) *RunInstancesInput {
|
|
s.SubnetId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagSpecifications sets the TagSpecifications field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetTagSpecifications(v []*TagSpecification) *RunInstancesInput {
|
|
s.TagSpecifications = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserData sets the UserData field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetUserData(v string) *RunInstancesInput {
|
|
s.UserData = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the monitoring of an instance.
|
|
type RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether detailed monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, basic monitoring
|
|
// is enabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// Enabled is a required field
|
|
Enabled *bool `locationName:"enabled" type:"boolean" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled"}
|
|
if s.Enabled == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Enabled"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled) SetEnabled(v bool) *RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled {
|
|
s.Enabled = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for RunScheduledInstances.
|
|
type RunScheduledInstancesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that ensures the idempotency of the request.
|
|
// For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
|
|
ClientToken *string `type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1
|
|
InstanceCount *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The launch specification. You must match the instance type, Availability
|
|
// Zone, network, and platform of the schedule that you purchased.
|
|
//
|
|
// LaunchSpecification is a required field
|
|
LaunchSpecification *ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification `type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The Scheduled Instance ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// ScheduledInstanceId is a required field
|
|
ScheduledInstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RunScheduledInstancesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RunScheduledInstancesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RunScheduledInstancesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RunScheduledInstancesInput"}
|
|
if s.LaunchSpecification == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LaunchSpecification"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ScheduledInstanceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ScheduledInstanceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.LaunchSpecification != nil {
|
|
if err := s.LaunchSpecification.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("LaunchSpecification", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunScheduledInstancesInput) SetClientToken(v string) *RunScheduledInstancesInput {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunScheduledInstancesInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *RunScheduledInstancesInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceCount sets the InstanceCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunScheduledInstancesInput) SetInstanceCount(v int64) *RunScheduledInstancesInput {
|
|
s.InstanceCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchSpecification sets the LaunchSpecification field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunScheduledInstancesInput) SetLaunchSpecification(v *ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification) *RunScheduledInstancesInput {
|
|
s.LaunchSpecification = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetScheduledInstanceId sets the ScheduledInstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunScheduledInstancesInput) SetScheduledInstanceId(v string) *RunScheduledInstancesInput {
|
|
s.ScheduledInstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of RunScheduledInstances.
|
|
type RunScheduledInstancesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of the newly launched instances.
|
|
InstanceIdSet []*string `locationName:"instanceIdSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RunScheduledInstancesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RunScheduledInstancesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceIdSet sets the InstanceIdSet field's value.
|
|
func (s *RunScheduledInstancesOutput) SetInstanceIdSet(v []*string) *RunScheduledInstancesOutput {
|
|
s.InstanceIdSet = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the storage parameters for S3 and S3 buckets for an instance store-backed
|
|
// AMI.
|
|
type S3Storage struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The access key ID of the owner of the bucket. Before you specify a value
|
|
// for your access key ID, review and follow the guidance in Best Practices
|
|
// for Managing AWS Access Keys (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-access-keys-best-practices.html).
|
|
AWSAccessKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The bucket in which to store the AMI. You can specify a bucket that you already
|
|
// own or a new bucket that Amazon EC2 creates on your behalf. If you specify
|
|
// a bucket that belongs to someone else, Amazon EC2 returns an error.
|
|
Bucket *string `locationName:"bucket" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The beginning of the file name of the AMI.
|
|
Prefix *string `locationName:"prefix" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An Amazon S3 upload policy that gives Amazon EC2 permission to upload items
|
|
// into Amazon S3 on your behalf.
|
|
//
|
|
// UploadPolicy is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
|
|
UploadPolicy []byte `locationName:"uploadPolicy" type:"blob"`
|
|
|
|
// The signature of the JSON document.
|
|
UploadPolicySignature *string `locationName:"uploadPolicySignature" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s S3Storage) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s S3Storage) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAWSAccessKeyId sets the AWSAccessKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *S3Storage) SetAWSAccessKeyId(v string) *S3Storage {
|
|
s.AWSAccessKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
|
|
func (s *S3Storage) SetBucket(v string) *S3Storage {
|
|
s.Bucket = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
|
|
func (s *S3Storage) SetPrefix(v string) *S3Storage {
|
|
s.Prefix = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUploadPolicy sets the UploadPolicy field's value.
|
|
func (s *S3Storage) SetUploadPolicy(v []byte) *S3Storage {
|
|
s.UploadPolicy = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUploadPolicySignature sets the UploadPolicySignature field's value.
|
|
func (s *S3Storage) SetUploadPolicySignature(v string) *S3Storage {
|
|
s.UploadPolicySignature = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a Scheduled Instance.
|
|
type ScheduledInstance struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The date when the Scheduled Instance was purchased.
|
|
CreateDate *time.Time `locationName:"createDate" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The hourly price for a single instance.
|
|
HourlyPrice *string `locationName:"hourlyPrice" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of instances.
|
|
InstanceCount *int64 `locationName:"instanceCount" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance type.
|
|
InstanceType *string `locationName:"instanceType" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The network platform (EC2-Classic or EC2-VPC).
|
|
NetworkPlatform *string `locationName:"networkPlatform" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The time for the next schedule to start.
|
|
NextSlotStartTime *time.Time `locationName:"nextSlotStartTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The platform (Linux/UNIX or Windows).
|
|
Platform *string `locationName:"platform" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The time that the previous schedule ended or will end.
|
|
PreviousSlotEndTime *time.Time `locationName:"previousSlotEndTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The schedule recurrence.
|
|
Recurrence *ScheduledInstanceRecurrence `locationName:"recurrence" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Scheduled Instance ID.
|
|
ScheduledInstanceId *string `locationName:"scheduledInstanceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of hours in the schedule.
|
|
SlotDurationInHours *int64 `locationName:"slotDurationInHours" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The end date for the Scheduled Instance.
|
|
TermEndDate *time.Time `locationName:"termEndDate" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The start date for the Scheduled Instance.
|
|
TermStartDate *time.Time `locationName:"termStartDate" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The total number of hours for a single instance for the entire term.
|
|
TotalScheduledInstanceHours *int64 `locationName:"totalScheduledInstanceHours" type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ScheduledInstance) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ScheduledInstance) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstance) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *ScheduledInstance {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreateDate sets the CreateDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstance) SetCreateDate(v time.Time) *ScheduledInstance {
|
|
s.CreateDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHourlyPrice sets the HourlyPrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstance) SetHourlyPrice(v string) *ScheduledInstance {
|
|
s.HourlyPrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceCount sets the InstanceCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstance) SetInstanceCount(v int64) *ScheduledInstance {
|
|
s.InstanceCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceType sets the InstanceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstance) SetInstanceType(v string) *ScheduledInstance {
|
|
s.InstanceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkPlatform sets the NetworkPlatform field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstance) SetNetworkPlatform(v string) *ScheduledInstance {
|
|
s.NetworkPlatform = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextSlotStartTime sets the NextSlotStartTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstance) SetNextSlotStartTime(v time.Time) *ScheduledInstance {
|
|
s.NextSlotStartTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPlatform sets the Platform field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstance) SetPlatform(v string) *ScheduledInstance {
|
|
s.Platform = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreviousSlotEndTime sets the PreviousSlotEndTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstance) SetPreviousSlotEndTime(v time.Time) *ScheduledInstance {
|
|
s.PreviousSlotEndTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRecurrence sets the Recurrence field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstance) SetRecurrence(v *ScheduledInstanceRecurrence) *ScheduledInstance {
|
|
s.Recurrence = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetScheduledInstanceId sets the ScheduledInstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstance) SetScheduledInstanceId(v string) *ScheduledInstance {
|
|
s.ScheduledInstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSlotDurationInHours sets the SlotDurationInHours field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstance) SetSlotDurationInHours(v int64) *ScheduledInstance {
|
|
s.SlotDurationInHours = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTermEndDate sets the TermEndDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstance) SetTermEndDate(v time.Time) *ScheduledInstance {
|
|
s.TermEndDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTermStartDate sets the TermStartDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstance) SetTermStartDate(v time.Time) *ScheduledInstance {
|
|
s.TermStartDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTotalScheduledInstanceHours sets the TotalScheduledInstanceHours field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstance) SetTotalScheduledInstanceHours(v int64) *ScheduledInstance {
|
|
s.TotalScheduledInstanceHours = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a schedule that is available for your Scheduled Instances.
|
|
type ScheduledInstanceAvailability struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of available instances.
|
|
AvailableInstanceCount *int64 `locationName:"availableInstanceCount" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The time period for the first schedule to start.
|
|
FirstSlotStartTime *time.Time `locationName:"firstSlotStartTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The hourly price for a single instance.
|
|
HourlyPrice *string `locationName:"hourlyPrice" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance type. You can specify one of the C3, C4, M4, or R3 instance
|
|
// types.
|
|
InstanceType *string `locationName:"instanceType" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum term. The only possible value is 365 days.
|
|
MaxTermDurationInDays *int64 `locationName:"maxTermDurationInDays" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The minimum term. The only possible value is 365 days.
|
|
MinTermDurationInDays *int64 `locationName:"minTermDurationInDays" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The network platform (EC2-Classic or EC2-VPC).
|
|
NetworkPlatform *string `locationName:"networkPlatform" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The platform (Linux/UNIX or Windows).
|
|
Platform *string `locationName:"platform" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The purchase token. This token expires in two hours.
|
|
PurchaseToken *string `locationName:"purchaseToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The schedule recurrence.
|
|
Recurrence *ScheduledInstanceRecurrence `locationName:"recurrence" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of hours in the schedule.
|
|
SlotDurationInHours *int64 `locationName:"slotDurationInHours" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The total number of hours for a single instance for the entire term.
|
|
TotalScheduledInstanceHours *int64 `locationName:"totalScheduledInstanceHours" type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ScheduledInstanceAvailability) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ScheduledInstanceAvailability) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstanceAvailability) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *ScheduledInstanceAvailability {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailableInstanceCount sets the AvailableInstanceCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstanceAvailability) SetAvailableInstanceCount(v int64) *ScheduledInstanceAvailability {
|
|
s.AvailableInstanceCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFirstSlotStartTime sets the FirstSlotStartTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstanceAvailability) SetFirstSlotStartTime(v time.Time) *ScheduledInstanceAvailability {
|
|
s.FirstSlotStartTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHourlyPrice sets the HourlyPrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstanceAvailability) SetHourlyPrice(v string) *ScheduledInstanceAvailability {
|
|
s.HourlyPrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceType sets the InstanceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstanceAvailability) SetInstanceType(v string) *ScheduledInstanceAvailability {
|
|
s.InstanceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxTermDurationInDays sets the MaxTermDurationInDays field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstanceAvailability) SetMaxTermDurationInDays(v int64) *ScheduledInstanceAvailability {
|
|
s.MaxTermDurationInDays = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMinTermDurationInDays sets the MinTermDurationInDays field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstanceAvailability) SetMinTermDurationInDays(v int64) *ScheduledInstanceAvailability {
|
|
s.MinTermDurationInDays = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkPlatform sets the NetworkPlatform field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstanceAvailability) SetNetworkPlatform(v string) *ScheduledInstanceAvailability {
|
|
s.NetworkPlatform = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPlatform sets the Platform field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstanceAvailability) SetPlatform(v string) *ScheduledInstanceAvailability {
|
|
s.Platform = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPurchaseToken sets the PurchaseToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstanceAvailability) SetPurchaseToken(v string) *ScheduledInstanceAvailability {
|
|
s.PurchaseToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRecurrence sets the Recurrence field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstanceAvailability) SetRecurrence(v *ScheduledInstanceRecurrence) *ScheduledInstanceAvailability {
|
|
s.Recurrence = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSlotDurationInHours sets the SlotDurationInHours field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstanceAvailability) SetSlotDurationInHours(v int64) *ScheduledInstanceAvailability {
|
|
s.SlotDurationInHours = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTotalScheduledInstanceHours sets the TotalScheduledInstanceHours field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstanceAvailability) SetTotalScheduledInstanceHours(v int64) *ScheduledInstanceAvailability {
|
|
s.TotalScheduledInstanceHours = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the recurring schedule for a Scheduled Instance.
|
|
type ScheduledInstanceRecurrence struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The frequency (Daily, Weekly, or Monthly).
|
|
Frequency *string `locationName:"frequency" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The interval quantity. The interval unit depends on the value of frequency.
|
|
// For example, every 2 weeks or every 2 months.
|
|
Interval *int64 `locationName:"interval" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The days. For a monthly schedule, this is one or more days of the month (1-31).
|
|
// For a weekly schedule, this is one or more days of the week (1-7, where 1
|
|
// is Sunday).
|
|
OccurrenceDaySet []*int64 `locationName:"occurrenceDaySet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the occurrence is relative to the end of the specified
|
|
// week or month.
|
|
OccurrenceRelativeToEnd *bool `locationName:"occurrenceRelativeToEnd" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The unit for occurrenceDaySet (DayOfWeek or DayOfMonth).
|
|
OccurrenceUnit *string `locationName:"occurrenceUnit" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ScheduledInstanceRecurrence) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ScheduledInstanceRecurrence) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFrequency sets the Frequency field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstanceRecurrence) SetFrequency(v string) *ScheduledInstanceRecurrence {
|
|
s.Frequency = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInterval sets the Interval field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstanceRecurrence) SetInterval(v int64) *ScheduledInstanceRecurrence {
|
|
s.Interval = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOccurrenceDaySet sets the OccurrenceDaySet field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstanceRecurrence) SetOccurrenceDaySet(v []*int64) *ScheduledInstanceRecurrence {
|
|
s.OccurrenceDaySet = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOccurrenceRelativeToEnd sets the OccurrenceRelativeToEnd field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstanceRecurrence) SetOccurrenceRelativeToEnd(v bool) *ScheduledInstanceRecurrence {
|
|
s.OccurrenceRelativeToEnd = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOccurrenceUnit sets the OccurrenceUnit field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstanceRecurrence) SetOccurrenceUnit(v string) *ScheduledInstanceRecurrence {
|
|
s.OccurrenceUnit = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the recurring schedule for a Scheduled Instance.
|
|
type ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The frequency (Daily, Weekly, or Monthly).
|
|
Frequency *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The interval quantity. The interval unit depends on the value of Frequency.
|
|
// For example, every 2 weeks or every 2 months.
|
|
Interval *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The days. For a monthly schedule, this is one or more days of the month (1-31).
|
|
// For a weekly schedule, this is one or more days of the week (1-7, where 1
|
|
// is Sunday). You can't specify this value with a daily schedule. If the occurrence
|
|
// is relative to the end of the month, you can specify only a single day.
|
|
OccurrenceDays []*int64 `locationName:"OccurrenceDay" locationNameList:"OccurenceDay" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the occurrence is relative to the end of the specified
|
|
// week or month. You can't specify this value with a daily schedule.
|
|
OccurrenceRelativeToEnd *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The unit for OccurrenceDays (DayOfWeek or DayOfMonth). This value is required
|
|
// for a monthly schedule. You can't specify DayOfWeek with a weekly schedule.
|
|
// You can't specify this value with a daily schedule.
|
|
OccurrenceUnit *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFrequency sets the Frequency field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest) SetFrequency(v string) *ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest {
|
|
s.Frequency = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInterval sets the Interval field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest) SetInterval(v int64) *ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest {
|
|
s.Interval = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOccurrenceDays sets the OccurrenceDays field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest) SetOccurrenceDays(v []*int64) *ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest {
|
|
s.OccurrenceDays = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOccurrenceRelativeToEnd sets the OccurrenceRelativeToEnd field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest) SetOccurrenceRelativeToEnd(v bool) *ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest {
|
|
s.OccurrenceRelativeToEnd = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOccurrenceUnit sets the OccurrenceUnit field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest) SetOccurrenceUnit(v string) *ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest {
|
|
s.OccurrenceUnit = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a block device mapping for a Scheduled Instance.
|
|
type ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The device name (for example, /dev/sdh or xvdh).
|
|
DeviceName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Parameters used to set up EBS volumes automatically when the instance is
|
|
// launched.
|
|
Ebs *ScheduledInstancesEbs `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Suppresses the specified device included in the block device mapping of the
|
|
// AMI.
|
|
NoDevice *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The virtual device name (ephemeralN). Instance store volumes are numbered
|
|
// starting from 0. An instance type with two available instance store volumes
|
|
// can specify mappings for ephemeral0 and ephemeral1. The number of available
|
|
// instance store volumes depends on the instance type. After you connect to
|
|
// the instance, you must mount the volume.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: For M3 instances, you must specify instance store volumes in
|
|
// the block device mapping for the instance. When you launch an M3 instance,
|
|
// we ignore any instance store volumes specified in the block device mapping
|
|
// for the AMI.
|
|
VirtualName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeviceName sets the DeviceName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping) SetDeviceName(v string) *ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping {
|
|
s.DeviceName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEbs sets the Ebs field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping) SetEbs(v *ScheduledInstancesEbs) *ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping {
|
|
s.Ebs = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNoDevice sets the NoDevice field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping) SetNoDevice(v string) *ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping {
|
|
s.NoDevice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVirtualName sets the VirtualName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping) SetVirtualName(v string) *ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping {
|
|
s.VirtualName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an EBS volume for a Scheduled Instance.
|
|
type ScheduledInstancesEbs struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the volume is deleted on instance termination.
|
|
DeleteOnTermination *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the volume is encrypted. You can attached encrypted volumes
|
|
// only to instances that support them.
|
|
Encrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of I/O operations per second (IOPS) that the volume supports.
|
|
// For io1 volumes, this represents the number of IOPS that are provisioned
|
|
// for the volume. For gp2 volumes, this represents the baseline performance
|
|
// of the volume and the rate at which the volume accumulates I/O credits for
|
|
// bursting. For more information about gp2 baseline performance, I/O credits,
|
|
// and bursting, see Amazon EBS Volume Types (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSVolumeTypes.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: Range is 100-20000 IOPS for io1 volumes and 100-10000 IOPS for
|
|
// gp2 volumes.
|
|
//
|
|
// Condition: This parameter is required for requests to create io1volumes;
|
|
// it is not used in requests to create gp2, st1, sc1, or standard volumes.
|
|
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the snapshot.
|
|
SnapshotId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The size of the volume, in GiB.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: If you're creating the volume from a snapshot and don't specify
|
|
// a volume size, the default is the snapshot size.
|
|
VolumeSize *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The volume type. gp2 for General Purpose SSD, io1 for Provisioned IOPS SSD,
|
|
// Throughput Optimized HDD for st1, Cold HDD for sc1, or standard for Magnetic.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: standard
|
|
VolumeType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ScheduledInstancesEbs) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ScheduledInstancesEbs) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeleteOnTermination sets the DeleteOnTermination field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesEbs) SetDeleteOnTermination(v bool) *ScheduledInstancesEbs {
|
|
s.DeleteOnTermination = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEncrypted sets the Encrypted field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesEbs) SetEncrypted(v bool) *ScheduledInstancesEbs {
|
|
s.Encrypted = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesEbs) SetIops(v int64) *ScheduledInstancesEbs {
|
|
s.Iops = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotId sets the SnapshotId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesEbs) SetSnapshotId(v string) *ScheduledInstancesEbs {
|
|
s.SnapshotId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeSize sets the VolumeSize field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesEbs) SetVolumeSize(v int64) *ScheduledInstancesEbs {
|
|
s.VolumeSize = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeType sets the VolumeType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesEbs) SetVolumeType(v string) *ScheduledInstancesEbs {
|
|
s.VolumeType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an IAM instance profile for a Scheduled Instance.
|
|
type ScheduledInstancesIamInstanceProfile struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN).
|
|
Arn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name.
|
|
Name *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ScheduledInstancesIamInstanceProfile) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ScheduledInstancesIamInstanceProfile) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesIamInstanceProfile) SetArn(v string) *ScheduledInstancesIamInstanceProfile {
|
|
s.Arn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesIamInstanceProfile) SetName(v string) *ScheduledInstancesIamInstanceProfile {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an IPv6 address.
|
|
type ScheduledInstancesIpv6Address struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv6 address.
|
|
Ipv6Address *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ScheduledInstancesIpv6Address) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ScheduledInstancesIpv6Address) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6Address sets the Ipv6Address field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesIpv6Address) SetIpv6Address(v string) *ScheduledInstancesIpv6Address {
|
|
s.Ipv6Address = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the launch specification for a Scheduled Instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you are launching the Scheduled Instance in EC2-VPC, you must specify
|
|
// the ID of the subnet. You can specify the subnet using either SubnetId or
|
|
// NetworkInterface.
|
|
type ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more block device mapping entries.
|
|
BlockDeviceMappings []*ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping `locationName:"BlockDeviceMapping" locationNameList:"BlockDeviceMapping" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the instances are optimized for EBS I/O. This optimization
|
|
// provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration
|
|
// stack to provide optimal EBS I/O performance. This optimization isn't available
|
|
// with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS-optimized
|
|
// instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
EbsOptimized *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The IAM instance profile.
|
|
IamInstanceProfile *ScheduledInstancesIamInstanceProfile `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Amazon Machine Image (AMI).
|
|
//
|
|
// ImageId is a required field
|
|
ImageId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance type.
|
|
InstanceType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the kernel.
|
|
KernelId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the key pair.
|
|
KeyName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Enable or disable monitoring for the instances.
|
|
Monitoring *ScheduledInstancesMonitoring `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more network interfaces.
|
|
NetworkInterfaces []*ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface `locationName:"NetworkInterface" locationNameList:"NetworkInterface" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The placement information.
|
|
Placement *ScheduledInstancesPlacement `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the RAM disk.
|
|
RamdiskId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of one or more security groups.
|
|
SecurityGroupIds []*string `locationName:"SecurityGroupId" locationNameList:"SecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the subnet in which to launch the instances.
|
|
SubnetId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The base64-encoded MIME user data.
|
|
UserData *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification"}
|
|
if s.ImageId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ImageId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBlockDeviceMappings sets the BlockDeviceMappings field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification) SetBlockDeviceMappings(v []*ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping) *ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.BlockDeviceMappings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEbsOptimized sets the EbsOptimized field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification) SetEbsOptimized(v bool) *ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.EbsOptimized = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIamInstanceProfile sets the IamInstanceProfile field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification) SetIamInstanceProfile(v *ScheduledInstancesIamInstanceProfile) *ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.IamInstanceProfile = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImageId sets the ImageId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification) SetImageId(v string) *ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.ImageId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceType sets the InstanceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification) SetInstanceType(v string) *ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.InstanceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKernelId sets the KernelId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification) SetKernelId(v string) *ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.KernelId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKeyName sets the KeyName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification) SetKeyName(v string) *ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.KeyName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMonitoring sets the Monitoring field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification) SetMonitoring(v *ScheduledInstancesMonitoring) *ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.Monitoring = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaces sets the NetworkInterfaces field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification) SetNetworkInterfaces(v []*ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface) *ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaces = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPlacement sets the Placement field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification) SetPlacement(v *ScheduledInstancesPlacement) *ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.Placement = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRamdiskId sets the RamdiskId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification) SetRamdiskId(v string) *ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.RamdiskId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSecurityGroupIds sets the SecurityGroupIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification) SetSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.SecurityGroupIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification) SetSubnetId(v string) *ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.SubnetId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserData sets the UserData field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification) SetUserData(v string) *ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.UserData = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes whether monitoring is enabled for a Scheduled Instance.
|
|
type ScheduledInstancesMonitoring struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether monitoring is enabled.
|
|
Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ScheduledInstancesMonitoring) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ScheduledInstancesMonitoring) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesMonitoring) SetEnabled(v bool) *ScheduledInstancesMonitoring {
|
|
s.Enabled = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a network interface for a Scheduled Instance.
|
|
type ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether to assign a public IPv4 address to instances launched in
|
|
// a VPC. The public IPv4 address can only be assigned to a network interface
|
|
// for eth0, and can only be assigned to a new network interface, not an existing
|
|
// one. You cannot specify more than one network interface in the request. If
|
|
// launching into a default subnet, the default value is true.
|
|
AssociatePublicIpAddress *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether to delete the interface when the instance is terminated.
|
|
DeleteOnTermination *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The description.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The index of the device for the network interface attachment.
|
|
DeviceIndex *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of one or more security groups.
|
|
Groups []*string `locationName:"Group" locationNameList:"SecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of IPv6 addresses to assign to the network interface. The IPv6
|
|
// addresses are automatically selected from the subnet range.
|
|
Ipv6AddressCount *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more specific IPv6 addresses from the subnet range.
|
|
Ipv6Addresses []*ScheduledInstancesIpv6Address `locationName:"Ipv6Address" locationNameList:"Ipv6Address" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network interface.
|
|
NetworkInterfaceId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv4 address of the network interface within the subnet.
|
|
PrivateIpAddress *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The private IPv4 addresses.
|
|
PrivateIpAddressConfigs []*ScheduledInstancesPrivateIpAddressConfig `locationName:"PrivateIpAddressConfig" locationNameList:"PrivateIpAddressConfigSet" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of secondary private IPv4 addresses.
|
|
SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the subnet.
|
|
SubnetId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssociatePublicIpAddress sets the AssociatePublicIpAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface) SetAssociatePublicIpAddress(v bool) *ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface {
|
|
s.AssociatePublicIpAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeleteOnTermination sets the DeleteOnTermination field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface) SetDeleteOnTermination(v bool) *ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface {
|
|
s.DeleteOnTermination = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface) SetDescription(v string) *ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeviceIndex sets the DeviceIndex field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface) SetDeviceIndex(v int64) *ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface {
|
|
s.DeviceIndex = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroups sets the Groups field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface) SetGroups(v []*string) *ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface {
|
|
s.Groups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6AddressCount sets the Ipv6AddressCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface) SetIpv6AddressCount(v int64) *ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface {
|
|
s.Ipv6AddressCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6Addresses sets the Ipv6Addresses field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface) SetIpv6Addresses(v []*ScheduledInstancesIpv6Address) *ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface {
|
|
s.Ipv6Addresses = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaceId sets the NetworkInterfaceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface) SetNetworkInterfaceId(v string) *ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateIpAddress sets the PrivateIpAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface) SetPrivateIpAddress(v string) *ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface {
|
|
s.PrivateIpAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateIpAddressConfigs sets the PrivateIpAddressConfigs field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface) SetPrivateIpAddressConfigs(v []*ScheduledInstancesPrivateIpAddressConfig) *ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface {
|
|
s.PrivateIpAddressConfigs = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount sets the SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface) SetSecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount(v int64) *ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface {
|
|
s.SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface) SetSubnetId(v string) *ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface {
|
|
s.SubnetId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the placement for a Scheduled Instance.
|
|
type ScheduledInstancesPlacement struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the placement group.
|
|
GroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ScheduledInstancesPlacement) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ScheduledInstancesPlacement) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesPlacement) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *ScheduledInstancesPlacement {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesPlacement) SetGroupName(v string) *ScheduledInstancesPlacement {
|
|
s.GroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a private IPv4 address for a Scheduled Instance.
|
|
type ScheduledInstancesPrivateIpAddressConfig struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether this is a primary IPv4 address. Otherwise, this is a secondary
|
|
// IPv4 address.
|
|
Primary *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv4 address.
|
|
PrivateIpAddress *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ScheduledInstancesPrivateIpAddressConfig) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ScheduledInstancesPrivateIpAddressConfig) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrimary sets the Primary field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesPrivateIpAddressConfig) SetPrimary(v bool) *ScheduledInstancesPrivateIpAddressConfig {
|
|
s.Primary = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateIpAddress sets the PrivateIpAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *ScheduledInstancesPrivateIpAddressConfig) SetPrivateIpAddress(v string) *ScheduledInstancesPrivateIpAddressConfig {
|
|
s.PrivateIpAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a security group
|
|
type SecurityGroup struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A description of the security group.
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"groupDescription" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the security group.
|
|
GroupId *string `locationName:"groupId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the security group.
|
|
GroupName *string `locationName:"groupName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more inbound rules associated with the security group.
|
|
IpPermissions []*IpPermission `locationName:"ipPermissions" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-VPC] One or more outbound rules associated with the security group.
|
|
IpPermissionsEgress []*IpPermission `locationName:"ipPermissionsEgress" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS account ID of the owner of the security group.
|
|
OwnerId *string `locationName:"ownerId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Any tags assigned to the security group.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tagSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-VPC] The ID of the VPC for the security group.
|
|
VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SecurityGroup) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SecurityGroup) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *SecurityGroup) SetDescription(v string) *SecurityGroup {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupId sets the GroupId field's value.
|
|
func (s *SecurityGroup) SetGroupId(v string) *SecurityGroup {
|
|
s.GroupId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *SecurityGroup) SetGroupName(v string) *SecurityGroup {
|
|
s.GroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpPermissions sets the IpPermissions field's value.
|
|
func (s *SecurityGroup) SetIpPermissions(v []*IpPermission) *SecurityGroup {
|
|
s.IpPermissions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpPermissionsEgress sets the IpPermissionsEgress field's value.
|
|
func (s *SecurityGroup) SetIpPermissionsEgress(v []*IpPermission) *SecurityGroup {
|
|
s.IpPermissionsEgress = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOwnerId sets the OwnerId field's value.
|
|
func (s *SecurityGroup) SetOwnerId(v string) *SecurityGroup {
|
|
s.OwnerId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *SecurityGroup) SetTags(v []*Tag) *SecurityGroup {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *SecurityGroup) SetVpcId(v string) *SecurityGroup {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a security group.
|
|
type SecurityGroupIdentifier struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the security group.
|
|
GroupId *string `locationName:"groupId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the security group.
|
|
GroupName *string `locationName:"groupName" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SecurityGroupIdentifier) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SecurityGroupIdentifier) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupId sets the GroupId field's value.
|
|
func (s *SecurityGroupIdentifier) SetGroupId(v string) *SecurityGroupIdentifier {
|
|
s.GroupId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *SecurityGroupIdentifier) SetGroupName(v string) *SecurityGroupIdentifier {
|
|
s.GroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a VPC with a security group that references your security group.
|
|
type SecurityGroupReference struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of your security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// GroupId is a required field
|
|
GroupId *string `locationName:"groupId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC with the referencing security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// ReferencingVpcId is a required field
|
|
ReferencingVpcId *string `locationName:"referencingVpcId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC peering connection.
|
|
VpcPeeringConnectionId *string `locationName:"vpcPeeringConnectionId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SecurityGroupReference) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SecurityGroupReference) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupId sets the GroupId field's value.
|
|
func (s *SecurityGroupReference) SetGroupId(v string) *SecurityGroupReference {
|
|
s.GroupId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReferencingVpcId sets the ReferencingVpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *SecurityGroupReference) SetReferencingVpcId(v string) *SecurityGroupReference {
|
|
s.ReferencingVpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcPeeringConnectionId sets the VpcPeeringConnectionId field's value.
|
|
func (s *SecurityGroupReference) SetVpcPeeringConnectionId(v string) *SecurityGroupReference {
|
|
s.VpcPeeringConnectionId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a service configuration for a VPC endpoint service.
|
|
type ServiceConfiguration struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether requests from other AWS accounts to create an endpoint
|
|
// to the service must first be accepted.
|
|
AcceptanceRequired *bool `locationName:"acceptanceRequired" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// In the Availability Zones in which the service is available.
|
|
AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZoneSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The DNS names for the service.
|
|
BaseEndpointDnsNames []*string `locationName:"baseEndpointDnsNameSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the Network Load Balancers for the service.
|
|
NetworkLoadBalancerArns []*string `locationName:"networkLoadBalancerArnSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The private DNS name for the service.
|
|
PrivateDnsName *string `locationName:"privateDnsName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the service.
|
|
ServiceId *string `locationName:"serviceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the service.
|
|
ServiceName *string `locationName:"serviceName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The service state.
|
|
ServiceState *string `locationName:"serviceState" type:"string" enum:"ServiceState"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of service.
|
|
ServiceType []*ServiceTypeDetail `locationName:"serviceType" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ServiceConfiguration) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ServiceConfiguration) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAcceptanceRequired sets the AcceptanceRequired field's value.
|
|
func (s *ServiceConfiguration) SetAcceptanceRequired(v bool) *ServiceConfiguration {
|
|
s.AcceptanceRequired = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
|
|
func (s *ServiceConfiguration) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *ServiceConfiguration {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZones = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBaseEndpointDnsNames sets the BaseEndpointDnsNames field's value.
|
|
func (s *ServiceConfiguration) SetBaseEndpointDnsNames(v []*string) *ServiceConfiguration {
|
|
s.BaseEndpointDnsNames = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkLoadBalancerArns sets the NetworkLoadBalancerArns field's value.
|
|
func (s *ServiceConfiguration) SetNetworkLoadBalancerArns(v []*string) *ServiceConfiguration {
|
|
s.NetworkLoadBalancerArns = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateDnsName sets the PrivateDnsName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ServiceConfiguration) SetPrivateDnsName(v string) *ServiceConfiguration {
|
|
s.PrivateDnsName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServiceId sets the ServiceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ServiceConfiguration) SetServiceId(v string) *ServiceConfiguration {
|
|
s.ServiceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServiceName sets the ServiceName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ServiceConfiguration) SetServiceName(v string) *ServiceConfiguration {
|
|
s.ServiceName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServiceState sets the ServiceState field's value.
|
|
func (s *ServiceConfiguration) SetServiceState(v string) *ServiceConfiguration {
|
|
s.ServiceState = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServiceType sets the ServiceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ServiceConfiguration) SetServiceType(v []*ServiceTypeDetail) *ServiceConfiguration {
|
|
s.ServiceType = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a VPC endpoint service.
|
|
type ServiceDetail struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether VPC endpoint connection requests to the service must be
|
|
// accepted by the service owner.
|
|
AcceptanceRequired *bool `locationName:"acceptanceRequired" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zones in which the service is available.
|
|
AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZoneSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The DNS names for the service.
|
|
BaseEndpointDnsNames []*string `locationName:"baseEndpointDnsNameSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS account ID of the service owner.
|
|
Owner *string `locationName:"owner" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The private DNS name for the service.
|
|
PrivateDnsName *string `locationName:"privateDnsName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service.
|
|
ServiceName *string `locationName:"serviceName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of service.
|
|
ServiceType []*ServiceTypeDetail `locationName:"serviceType" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the service supports endpoint policies.
|
|
VpcEndpointPolicySupported *bool `locationName:"vpcEndpointPolicySupported" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ServiceDetail) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ServiceDetail) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAcceptanceRequired sets the AcceptanceRequired field's value.
|
|
func (s *ServiceDetail) SetAcceptanceRequired(v bool) *ServiceDetail {
|
|
s.AcceptanceRequired = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
|
|
func (s *ServiceDetail) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *ServiceDetail {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZones = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBaseEndpointDnsNames sets the BaseEndpointDnsNames field's value.
|
|
func (s *ServiceDetail) SetBaseEndpointDnsNames(v []*string) *ServiceDetail {
|
|
s.BaseEndpointDnsNames = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
|
|
func (s *ServiceDetail) SetOwner(v string) *ServiceDetail {
|
|
s.Owner = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateDnsName sets the PrivateDnsName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ServiceDetail) SetPrivateDnsName(v string) *ServiceDetail {
|
|
s.PrivateDnsName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServiceName sets the ServiceName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ServiceDetail) SetServiceName(v string) *ServiceDetail {
|
|
s.ServiceName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServiceType sets the ServiceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ServiceDetail) SetServiceType(v []*ServiceTypeDetail) *ServiceDetail {
|
|
s.ServiceType = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcEndpointPolicySupported sets the VpcEndpointPolicySupported field's value.
|
|
func (s *ServiceDetail) SetVpcEndpointPolicySupported(v bool) *ServiceDetail {
|
|
s.VpcEndpointPolicySupported = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the type of service for a VPC endpoint.
|
|
type ServiceTypeDetail struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of service.
|
|
ServiceType *string `locationName:"serviceType" type:"string" enum:"ServiceType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ServiceTypeDetail) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ServiceTypeDetail) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServiceType sets the ServiceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ServiceTypeDetail) SetServiceType(v string) *ServiceTypeDetail {
|
|
s.ServiceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the time period for a Scheduled Instance to start its first schedule.
|
|
// The time period must span less than one day.
|
|
type SlotDateTimeRangeRequest struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The earliest date and time, in UTC, for the Scheduled Instance to start.
|
|
//
|
|
// EarliestTime is a required field
|
|
EarliestTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The latest date and time, in UTC, for the Scheduled Instance to start. This
|
|
// value must be later than or equal to the earliest date and at most three
|
|
// months in the future.
|
|
//
|
|
// LatestTime is a required field
|
|
LatestTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SlotDateTimeRangeRequest) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SlotDateTimeRangeRequest) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *SlotDateTimeRangeRequest) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SlotDateTimeRangeRequest"}
|
|
if s.EarliestTime == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EarliestTime"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.LatestTime == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LatestTime"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEarliestTime sets the EarliestTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *SlotDateTimeRangeRequest) SetEarliestTime(v time.Time) *SlotDateTimeRangeRequest {
|
|
s.EarliestTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLatestTime sets the LatestTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *SlotDateTimeRangeRequest) SetLatestTime(v time.Time) *SlotDateTimeRangeRequest {
|
|
s.LatestTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the time period for a Scheduled Instance to start its first schedule.
|
|
type SlotStartTimeRangeRequest struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The earliest date and time, in UTC, for the Scheduled Instance to start.
|
|
EarliestTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The latest date and time, in UTC, for the Scheduled Instance to start.
|
|
LatestTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SlotStartTimeRangeRequest) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SlotStartTimeRangeRequest) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEarliestTime sets the EarliestTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *SlotStartTimeRangeRequest) SetEarliestTime(v time.Time) *SlotStartTimeRangeRequest {
|
|
s.EarliestTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLatestTime sets the LatestTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *SlotStartTimeRangeRequest) SetLatestTime(v time.Time) *SlotStartTimeRangeRequest {
|
|
s.LatestTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a snapshot.
|
|
type Snapshot struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The data encryption key identifier for the snapshot. This value is a unique
|
|
// identifier that corresponds to the data encryption key that was used to encrypt
|
|
// the original volume or snapshot copy. Because data encryption keys are inherited
|
|
// by volumes created from snapshots, and vice versa, if snapshots share the
|
|
// same data encryption key identifier, then they belong to the same volume/snapshot
|
|
// lineage. This parameter is only returned by the DescribeSnapshots API operation.
|
|
DataEncryptionKeyId *string `locationName:"dataEncryptionKeyId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The description for the snapshot.
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the snapshot is encrypted.
|
|
Encrypted *bool `locationName:"encrypted" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The full ARN of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master
|
|
// key (CMK) that was used to protect the volume encryption key for the parent
|
|
// volume.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `locationName:"kmsKeyId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Value from an Amazon-maintained list (amazon | aws-marketplace | microsoft)
|
|
// of snapshot owners. Not to be confused with the user-configured AWS account
|
|
// alias, which is set from the IAM console.
|
|
OwnerAlias *string `locationName:"ownerAlias" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS account ID of the EBS snapshot owner.
|
|
OwnerId *string `locationName:"ownerId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The progress of the snapshot, as a percentage.
|
|
Progress *string `locationName:"progress" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the snapshot. Each snapshot receives a unique identifier when it
|
|
// is created.
|
|
SnapshotId *string `locationName:"snapshotId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The time stamp when the snapshot was initiated.
|
|
StartTime *time.Time `locationName:"startTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The snapshot state.
|
|
State *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"SnapshotState"`
|
|
|
|
// Encrypted Amazon EBS snapshots are copied asynchronously. If a snapshot copy
|
|
// operation fails (for example, if the proper AWS Key Management Service (AWS
|
|
// KMS) permissions are not obtained) this field displays error state details
|
|
// to help you diagnose why the error occurred. This parameter is only returned
|
|
// by the DescribeSnapshots API operation.
|
|
StateMessage *string `locationName:"statusMessage" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Any tags assigned to the snapshot.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tagSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the volume that was used to create the snapshot. Snapshots created
|
|
// by the CopySnapshot action have an arbitrary volume ID that should not be
|
|
// used for any purpose.
|
|
VolumeId *string `locationName:"volumeId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The size of the volume, in GiB.
|
|
VolumeSize *int64 `locationName:"volumeSize" type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Snapshot) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Snapshot) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDataEncryptionKeyId sets the DataEncryptionKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetDataEncryptionKeyId(v string) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.DataEncryptionKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetDescription(v string) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEncrypted sets the Encrypted field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetEncrypted(v bool) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.Encrypted = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOwnerAlias sets the OwnerAlias field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetOwnerAlias(v string) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.OwnerAlias = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOwnerId sets the OwnerId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetOwnerId(v string) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.OwnerId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProgress sets the Progress field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetProgress(v string) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.Progress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotId sets the SnapshotId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetSnapshotId(v string) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.SnapshotId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.StartTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetState(v string) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStateMessage sets the StateMessage field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetStateMessage(v string) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.StateMessage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetTags(v []*Tag) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeId sets the VolumeId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetVolumeId(v string) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.VolumeId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeSize sets the VolumeSize field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetVolumeSize(v int64) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.VolumeSize = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the snapshot created from the imported disk.
|
|
type SnapshotDetail struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A description for the snapshot.
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The block device mapping for the snapshot.
|
|
DeviceName *string `locationName:"deviceName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The size of the disk in the snapshot, in GiB.
|
|
DiskImageSize *float64 `locationName:"diskImageSize" type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// The format of the disk image from which the snapshot is created.
|
|
Format *string `locationName:"format" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The percentage of progress for the task.
|
|
Progress *string `locationName:"progress" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The snapshot ID of the disk being imported.
|
|
SnapshotId *string `locationName:"snapshotId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A brief status of the snapshot creation.
|
|
Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A detailed status message for the snapshot creation.
|
|
StatusMessage *string `locationName:"statusMessage" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The URL used to access the disk image.
|
|
Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The S3 bucket for the disk image.
|
|
UserBucket *UserBucketDetails `locationName:"userBucket" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SnapshotDetail) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SnapshotDetail) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *SnapshotDetail) SetDescription(v string) *SnapshotDetail {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeviceName sets the DeviceName field's value.
|
|
func (s *SnapshotDetail) SetDeviceName(v string) *SnapshotDetail {
|
|
s.DeviceName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDiskImageSize sets the DiskImageSize field's value.
|
|
func (s *SnapshotDetail) SetDiskImageSize(v float64) *SnapshotDetail {
|
|
s.DiskImageSize = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFormat sets the Format field's value.
|
|
func (s *SnapshotDetail) SetFormat(v string) *SnapshotDetail {
|
|
s.Format = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProgress sets the Progress field's value.
|
|
func (s *SnapshotDetail) SetProgress(v string) *SnapshotDetail {
|
|
s.Progress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotId sets the SnapshotId field's value.
|
|
func (s *SnapshotDetail) SetSnapshotId(v string) *SnapshotDetail {
|
|
s.SnapshotId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *SnapshotDetail) SetStatus(v string) *SnapshotDetail {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatusMessage sets the StatusMessage field's value.
|
|
func (s *SnapshotDetail) SetStatusMessage(v string) *SnapshotDetail {
|
|
s.StatusMessage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUrl sets the Url field's value.
|
|
func (s *SnapshotDetail) SetUrl(v string) *SnapshotDetail {
|
|
s.Url = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserBucket sets the UserBucket field's value.
|
|
func (s *SnapshotDetail) SetUserBucket(v *UserBucketDetails) *SnapshotDetail {
|
|
s.UserBucket = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The disk container object for the import snapshot request.
|
|
type SnapshotDiskContainer struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the disk image being imported.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The format of the disk image being imported.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: VHD | VMDK | OVA
|
|
Format *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The URL to the Amazon S3-based disk image being imported. It can either be
|
|
// a https URL (https://..) or an Amazon S3 URL (s3://..).
|
|
Url *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The S3 bucket for the disk image.
|
|
UserBucket *UserBucket `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SnapshotDiskContainer) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SnapshotDiskContainer) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *SnapshotDiskContainer) SetDescription(v string) *SnapshotDiskContainer {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFormat sets the Format field's value.
|
|
func (s *SnapshotDiskContainer) SetFormat(v string) *SnapshotDiskContainer {
|
|
s.Format = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUrl sets the Url field's value.
|
|
func (s *SnapshotDiskContainer) SetUrl(v string) *SnapshotDiskContainer {
|
|
s.Url = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserBucket sets the UserBucket field's value.
|
|
func (s *SnapshotDiskContainer) SetUserBucket(v *UserBucket) *SnapshotDiskContainer {
|
|
s.UserBucket = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Details about the import snapshot task.
|
|
type SnapshotTaskDetail struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the snapshot.
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The size of the disk in the snapshot, in GiB.
|
|
DiskImageSize *float64 `locationName:"diskImageSize" type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// The format of the disk image from which the snapshot is created.
|
|
Format *string `locationName:"format" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The percentage of completion for the import snapshot task.
|
|
Progress *string `locationName:"progress" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The snapshot ID of the disk being imported.
|
|
SnapshotId *string `locationName:"snapshotId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A brief status for the import snapshot task.
|
|
Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A detailed status message for the import snapshot task.
|
|
StatusMessage *string `locationName:"statusMessage" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The URL of the disk image from which the snapshot is created.
|
|
Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The S3 bucket for the disk image.
|
|
UserBucket *UserBucketDetails `locationName:"userBucket" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SnapshotTaskDetail) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SnapshotTaskDetail) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *SnapshotTaskDetail) SetDescription(v string) *SnapshotTaskDetail {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDiskImageSize sets the DiskImageSize field's value.
|
|
func (s *SnapshotTaskDetail) SetDiskImageSize(v float64) *SnapshotTaskDetail {
|
|
s.DiskImageSize = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFormat sets the Format field's value.
|
|
func (s *SnapshotTaskDetail) SetFormat(v string) *SnapshotTaskDetail {
|
|
s.Format = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProgress sets the Progress field's value.
|
|
func (s *SnapshotTaskDetail) SetProgress(v string) *SnapshotTaskDetail {
|
|
s.Progress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotId sets the SnapshotId field's value.
|
|
func (s *SnapshotTaskDetail) SetSnapshotId(v string) *SnapshotTaskDetail {
|
|
s.SnapshotId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *SnapshotTaskDetail) SetStatus(v string) *SnapshotTaskDetail {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatusMessage sets the StatusMessage field's value.
|
|
func (s *SnapshotTaskDetail) SetStatusMessage(v string) *SnapshotTaskDetail {
|
|
s.StatusMessage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUrl sets the Url field's value.
|
|
func (s *SnapshotTaskDetail) SetUrl(v string) *SnapshotTaskDetail {
|
|
s.Url = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserBucket sets the UserBucket field's value.
|
|
func (s *SnapshotTaskDetail) SetUserBucket(v *UserBucketDetails) *SnapshotTaskDetail {
|
|
s.UserBucket = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the data feed for a Spot Instance.
|
|
type SpotDatafeedSubscription struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon S3 bucket where the Spot Instance data feed is located.
|
|
Bucket *string `locationName:"bucket" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The fault codes for the Spot Instance request, if any.
|
|
Fault *SpotInstanceStateFault `locationName:"fault" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS account ID of the account.
|
|
OwnerId *string `locationName:"ownerId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The prefix that is prepended to data feed files.
|
|
Prefix *string `locationName:"prefix" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of the Spot Instance data feed subscription.
|
|
State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"DatafeedSubscriptionState"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SpotDatafeedSubscription) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SpotDatafeedSubscription) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotDatafeedSubscription) SetBucket(v string) *SpotDatafeedSubscription {
|
|
s.Bucket = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFault sets the Fault field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotDatafeedSubscription) SetFault(v *SpotInstanceStateFault) *SpotDatafeedSubscription {
|
|
s.Fault = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOwnerId sets the OwnerId field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotDatafeedSubscription) SetOwnerId(v string) *SpotDatafeedSubscription {
|
|
s.OwnerId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotDatafeedSubscription) SetPrefix(v string) *SpotDatafeedSubscription {
|
|
s.Prefix = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotDatafeedSubscription) SetState(v string) *SpotDatafeedSubscription {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the launch specification for one or more Spot Instances.
|
|
type SpotFleetLaunchSpecification struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Deprecated.
|
|
AddressingType *string `locationName:"addressingType" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more block device mapping entries. You can't specify both a snapshot
|
|
// ID and an encryption value. This is because only blank volumes can be encrypted
|
|
// on creation. If a snapshot is the basis for a volume, it is not blank and
|
|
// its encryption status is used for the volume encryption status.
|
|
BlockDeviceMappings []*BlockDeviceMapping `locationName:"blockDeviceMapping" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the instances are optimized for EBS I/O. This optimization
|
|
// provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration
|
|
// stack to provide optimal EBS I/O performance. This optimization isn't available
|
|
// with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS
|
|
// Optimized instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
EbsOptimized *bool `locationName:"ebsOptimized" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The IAM instance profile.
|
|
IamInstanceProfile *IamInstanceProfileSpecification `locationName:"iamInstanceProfile" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the AMI.
|
|
ImageId *string `locationName:"imageId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance type.
|
|
InstanceType *string `locationName:"instanceType" type:"string" enum:"InstanceType"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the kernel.
|
|
KernelId *string `locationName:"kernelId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the key pair.
|
|
KeyName *string `locationName:"keyName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Enable or disable monitoring for the instances.
|
|
Monitoring *SpotFleetMonitoring `locationName:"monitoring" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more network interfaces. If you specify a network interface, you must
|
|
// specify subnet IDs and security group IDs using the network interface.
|
|
NetworkInterfaces []*InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification `locationName:"networkInterfaceSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The placement information.
|
|
Placement *SpotPlacement `locationName:"placement" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the RAM disk.
|
|
RamdiskId *string `locationName:"ramdiskId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more security groups. When requesting instances in a VPC, you must
|
|
// specify the IDs of the security groups. When requesting instances in EC2-Classic,
|
|
// you can specify the names or the IDs of the security groups.
|
|
SecurityGroups []*GroupIdentifier `locationName:"groupSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum price per unit hour that you are willing to pay for a Spot Instance.
|
|
// If this value is not specified, the default is the Spot price specified for
|
|
// the fleet. To determine the Spot price per unit hour, divide the Spot price
|
|
// by the value of WeightedCapacity.
|
|
SpotPrice *string `locationName:"spotPrice" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the subnet in which to launch the instances. To specify multiple
|
|
// subnets, separate them using commas; for example, "subnet-a61dafcf, subnet-65ea5f08".
|
|
SubnetId *string `locationName:"subnetId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The tags to apply during creation.
|
|
TagSpecifications []*SpotFleetTagSpecification `locationName:"tagSpecificationSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The Base64-encoded user data to make available to the instances.
|
|
UserData *string `locationName:"userData" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of units provided by the specified instance type. These are the
|
|
// same units that you chose to set the target capacity in terms (instances
|
|
// or a performance characteristic such as vCPUs, memory, or I/O).
|
|
//
|
|
// If the target capacity divided by this value is not a whole number, we round
|
|
// the number of instances to the next whole number. If this value is not specified,
|
|
// the default is 1.
|
|
WeightedCapacity *float64 `locationName:"weightedCapacity" type:"double"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SpotFleetLaunchSpecification) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SpotFleetLaunchSpecification) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SpotFleetLaunchSpecification"}
|
|
if s.NetworkInterfaces != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.NetworkInterfaces {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "NetworkInterfaces", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAddressingType sets the AddressingType field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification) SetAddressingType(v string) *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.AddressingType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBlockDeviceMappings sets the BlockDeviceMappings field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification) SetBlockDeviceMappings(v []*BlockDeviceMapping) *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.BlockDeviceMappings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEbsOptimized sets the EbsOptimized field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification) SetEbsOptimized(v bool) *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.EbsOptimized = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIamInstanceProfile sets the IamInstanceProfile field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification) SetIamInstanceProfile(v *IamInstanceProfileSpecification) *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.IamInstanceProfile = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImageId sets the ImageId field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification) SetImageId(v string) *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.ImageId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceType sets the InstanceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification) SetInstanceType(v string) *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.InstanceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKernelId sets the KernelId field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification) SetKernelId(v string) *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.KernelId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKeyName sets the KeyName field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification) SetKeyName(v string) *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.KeyName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMonitoring sets the Monitoring field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification) SetMonitoring(v *SpotFleetMonitoring) *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.Monitoring = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaces sets the NetworkInterfaces field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification) SetNetworkInterfaces(v []*InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification) *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaces = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPlacement sets the Placement field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification) SetPlacement(v *SpotPlacement) *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.Placement = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRamdiskId sets the RamdiskId field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification) SetRamdiskId(v string) *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.RamdiskId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification) SetSecurityGroups(v []*GroupIdentifier) *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.SecurityGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotPrice sets the SpotPrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification) SetSpotPrice(v string) *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.SpotPrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification) SetSubnetId(v string) *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.SubnetId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagSpecifications sets the TagSpecifications field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification) SetTagSpecifications(v []*SpotFleetTagSpecification) *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.TagSpecifications = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserData sets the UserData field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification) SetUserData(v string) *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.UserData = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetWeightedCapacity sets the WeightedCapacity field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification) SetWeightedCapacity(v float64) *SpotFleetLaunchSpecification {
|
|
s.WeightedCapacity = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes whether monitoring is enabled.
|
|
type SpotFleetMonitoring struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Enables monitoring for the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
Enabled *bool `locationName:"enabled" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SpotFleetMonitoring) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SpotFleetMonitoring) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetMonitoring) SetEnabled(v bool) *SpotFleetMonitoring {
|
|
s.Enabled = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a Spot Fleet request.
|
|
type SpotFleetRequestConfig struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The progress of the Spot Fleet request. If there is an error, the status
|
|
// is error. After all requests are placed, the status is pending_fulfillment.
|
|
// If the size of the fleet is equal to or greater than its target capacity,
|
|
// the status is fulfilled. If the size of the fleet is decreased, the status
|
|
// is pending_termination while Spot Instances are terminating.
|
|
ActivityStatus *string `locationName:"activityStatus" type:"string" enum:"ActivityStatus"`
|
|
|
|
// The creation date and time of the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// CreateTime is a required field
|
|
CreateTime *time.Time `locationName:"createTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The configuration of the Spot Fleet request.
|
|
//
|
|
// SpotFleetRequestConfig is a required field
|
|
SpotFleetRequestConfig *SpotFleetRequestConfigData `locationName:"spotFleetRequestConfig" type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Spot Fleet request.
|
|
//
|
|
// SpotFleetRequestId is a required field
|
|
SpotFleetRequestId *string `locationName:"spotFleetRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of the Spot Fleet request.
|
|
//
|
|
// SpotFleetRequestState is a required field
|
|
SpotFleetRequestState *string `locationName:"spotFleetRequestState" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"BatchState"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SpotFleetRequestConfig) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SpotFleetRequestConfig) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetActivityStatus sets the ActivityStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetRequestConfig) SetActivityStatus(v string) *SpotFleetRequestConfig {
|
|
s.ActivityStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetRequestConfig) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *SpotFleetRequestConfig {
|
|
s.CreateTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotFleetRequestConfig sets the SpotFleetRequestConfig field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetRequestConfig) SetSpotFleetRequestConfig(v *SpotFleetRequestConfigData) *SpotFleetRequestConfig {
|
|
s.SpotFleetRequestConfig = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotFleetRequestId sets the SpotFleetRequestId field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetRequestConfig) SetSpotFleetRequestId(v string) *SpotFleetRequestConfig {
|
|
s.SpotFleetRequestId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotFleetRequestState sets the SpotFleetRequestState field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetRequestConfig) SetSpotFleetRequestState(v string) *SpotFleetRequestConfig {
|
|
s.SpotFleetRequestState = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the configuration of a Spot Fleet request.
|
|
type SpotFleetRequestConfigData struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates how to allocate the target capacity across the Spot pools specified
|
|
// by the Spot Fleet request. The default is lowestPrice.
|
|
AllocationStrategy *string `locationName:"allocationStrategy" type:"string" enum:"AllocationStrategy"`
|
|
|
|
// A unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of
|
|
// your listings. This helps avoid duplicate listings. For more information,
|
|
// see Ensuring Idempotency (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html).
|
|
ClientToken *string `locationName:"clientToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether running Spot Instances should be terminated if the target
|
|
// capacity of the Spot Fleet request is decreased below the current size of
|
|
// the Spot Fleet.
|
|
ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy *string `locationName:"excessCapacityTerminationPolicy" type:"string" enum:"ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of units fulfilled by this request compared to the set target
|
|
// capacity.
|
|
FulfilledCapacity *float64 `locationName:"fulfilledCapacity" type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// Grants the Spot Fleet permission to terminate Spot Instances on your behalf
|
|
// when you cancel its Spot Fleet request using CancelSpotFleetRequests or when
|
|
// the Spot Fleet request expires, if you set terminateInstancesWithExpiration.
|
|
//
|
|
// IamFleetRole is a required field
|
|
IamFleetRole *string `locationName:"iamFleetRole" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The behavior when a Spot Instance is interrupted. The default is terminate.
|
|
InstanceInterruptionBehavior *string `locationName:"instanceInterruptionBehavior" type:"string" enum:"InstanceInterruptionBehavior"`
|
|
|
|
// The launch specifications for the Spot Fleet request.
|
|
LaunchSpecifications []*SpotFleetLaunchSpecification `locationName:"launchSpecifications" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The launch template and overrides.
|
|
LaunchTemplateConfigs []*LaunchTemplateConfig `locationName:"launchTemplateConfigs" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more Classic Load Balancers and target groups to attach to the Spot
|
|
// Fleet request. Spot Fleet registers the running Spot Instances with the specified
|
|
// Classic Load Balancers and target groups.
|
|
//
|
|
// With Network Load Balancers, Spot Fleet cannot register instances that have
|
|
// the following instance types: C1, CC1, CC2, CG1, CG2, CR1, CS1, G1, G2, HI1,
|
|
// HS1, M1, M2, M3, and T1.
|
|
LoadBalancersConfig *LoadBalancersConfig `locationName:"loadBalancersConfig" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether Spot Fleet should replace unhealthy instances.
|
|
ReplaceUnhealthyInstances *bool `locationName:"replaceUnhealthyInstances" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum price per unit hour that you are willing to pay for a Spot Instance.
|
|
// The default is the On-Demand price.
|
|
SpotPrice *string `locationName:"spotPrice" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of units to request. You can choose to set the target capacity
|
|
// in terms of instances or a performance characteristic that is important to
|
|
// your application workload, such as vCPUs, memory, or I/O. If the request
|
|
// type is maintain, you can specify a target capacity of 0 and add capacity
|
|
// later.
|
|
//
|
|
// TargetCapacity is a required field
|
|
TargetCapacity *int64 `locationName:"targetCapacity" type:"integer" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether running Spot Instances should be terminated when the Spot
|
|
// Fleet request expires.
|
|
TerminateInstancesWithExpiration *bool `locationName:"terminateInstancesWithExpiration" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of request. Indicates whether the fleet will only request the target
|
|
// capacity or also attempt to maintain it. When you request a certain target
|
|
// capacity, the fleet will only place the required requests. It will not attempt
|
|
// to replenish Spot Instances if capacity is diminished, nor will it submit
|
|
// requests in alternative Spot pools if capacity is not available. When you
|
|
// want to maintain a certain target capacity, fleet will place the required
|
|
// requests to meet this target capacity. It will also automatically replenish
|
|
// any interrupted instances. Default: maintain.
|
|
Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"FleetType"`
|
|
|
|
// The start date and time of the request, in UTC format (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ).
|
|
// The default is to start fulfilling the request immediately.
|
|
ValidFrom *time.Time `locationName:"validFrom" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The end date and time of the request, in UTC format (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ).
|
|
// At this point, no new Spot Instance requests are placed or able to fulfill
|
|
// the request. The default end date is 7 days from the current date.
|
|
ValidUntil *time.Time `locationName:"validUntil" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SpotFleetRequestConfigData) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SpotFleetRequestConfigData) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetRequestConfigData) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SpotFleetRequestConfigData"}
|
|
if s.IamFleetRole == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IamFleetRole"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TargetCapacity == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetCapacity"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.LaunchSpecifications != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.LaunchSpecifications {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "LaunchSpecifications", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if s.LaunchTemplateConfigs != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.LaunchTemplateConfigs {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "LaunchTemplateConfigs", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if s.LoadBalancersConfig != nil {
|
|
if err := s.LoadBalancersConfig.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("LoadBalancersConfig", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllocationStrategy sets the AllocationStrategy field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetRequestConfigData) SetAllocationStrategy(v string) *SpotFleetRequestConfigData {
|
|
s.AllocationStrategy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetRequestConfigData) SetClientToken(v string) *SpotFleetRequestConfigData {
|
|
s.ClientToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy sets the ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetRequestConfigData) SetExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy(v string) *SpotFleetRequestConfigData {
|
|
s.ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFulfilledCapacity sets the FulfilledCapacity field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetRequestConfigData) SetFulfilledCapacity(v float64) *SpotFleetRequestConfigData {
|
|
s.FulfilledCapacity = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIamFleetRole sets the IamFleetRole field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetRequestConfigData) SetIamFleetRole(v string) *SpotFleetRequestConfigData {
|
|
s.IamFleetRole = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceInterruptionBehavior sets the InstanceInterruptionBehavior field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetRequestConfigData) SetInstanceInterruptionBehavior(v string) *SpotFleetRequestConfigData {
|
|
s.InstanceInterruptionBehavior = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchSpecifications sets the LaunchSpecifications field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetRequestConfigData) SetLaunchSpecifications(v []*SpotFleetLaunchSpecification) *SpotFleetRequestConfigData {
|
|
s.LaunchSpecifications = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchTemplateConfigs sets the LaunchTemplateConfigs field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetRequestConfigData) SetLaunchTemplateConfigs(v []*LaunchTemplateConfig) *SpotFleetRequestConfigData {
|
|
s.LaunchTemplateConfigs = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLoadBalancersConfig sets the LoadBalancersConfig field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetRequestConfigData) SetLoadBalancersConfig(v *LoadBalancersConfig) *SpotFleetRequestConfigData {
|
|
s.LoadBalancersConfig = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplaceUnhealthyInstances sets the ReplaceUnhealthyInstances field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetRequestConfigData) SetReplaceUnhealthyInstances(v bool) *SpotFleetRequestConfigData {
|
|
s.ReplaceUnhealthyInstances = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotPrice sets the SpotPrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetRequestConfigData) SetSpotPrice(v string) *SpotFleetRequestConfigData {
|
|
s.SpotPrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetCapacity sets the TargetCapacity field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetRequestConfigData) SetTargetCapacity(v int64) *SpotFleetRequestConfigData {
|
|
s.TargetCapacity = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTerminateInstancesWithExpiration sets the TerminateInstancesWithExpiration field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetRequestConfigData) SetTerminateInstancesWithExpiration(v bool) *SpotFleetRequestConfigData {
|
|
s.TerminateInstancesWithExpiration = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetRequestConfigData) SetType(v string) *SpotFleetRequestConfigData {
|
|
s.Type = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValidFrom sets the ValidFrom field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetRequestConfigData) SetValidFrom(v time.Time) *SpotFleetRequestConfigData {
|
|
s.ValidFrom = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValidUntil sets the ValidUntil field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetRequestConfigData) SetValidUntil(v time.Time) *SpotFleetRequestConfigData {
|
|
s.ValidUntil = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The tags for a Spot Fleet resource.
|
|
type SpotFleetTagSpecification struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of resource. Currently, the only resource type that is supported
|
|
// is instance.
|
|
ResourceType *string `locationName:"resourceType" type:"string" enum:"ResourceType"`
|
|
|
|
// The tags.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tag" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SpotFleetTagSpecification) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SpotFleetTagSpecification) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetTagSpecification) SetResourceType(v string) *SpotFleetTagSpecification {
|
|
s.ResourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotFleetTagSpecification) SetTags(v []*Tag) *SpotFleetTagSpecification {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a Spot Instance request.
|
|
type SpotInstanceRequest struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// If you specified a duration and your Spot Instance request was fulfilled,
|
|
// this is the fixed hourly price in effect for the Spot Instance while it runs.
|
|
ActualBlockHourlyPrice *string `locationName:"actualBlockHourlyPrice" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone group. If you specify the same Availability Zone group
|
|
// for all Spot Instance requests, all Spot Instances are launched in the same
|
|
// Availability Zone.
|
|
AvailabilityZoneGroup *string `locationName:"availabilityZoneGroup" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The duration for the Spot Instance, in minutes.
|
|
BlockDurationMinutes *int64 `locationName:"blockDurationMinutes" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time when the Spot Instance request was created, in UTC format
|
|
// (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ).
|
|
CreateTime *time.Time `locationName:"createTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The fault codes for the Spot Instance request, if any.
|
|
Fault *SpotInstanceStateFault `locationName:"fault" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance ID, if an instance has been launched to fulfill the Spot Instance
|
|
// request.
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The behavior when a Spot Instance is interrupted.
|
|
InstanceInterruptionBehavior *string `locationName:"instanceInterruptionBehavior" type:"string" enum:"InstanceInterruptionBehavior"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance launch group. Launch groups are Spot Instances that launch together
|
|
// and terminate together.
|
|
LaunchGroup *string `locationName:"launchGroup" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Additional information for launching instances.
|
|
LaunchSpecification *LaunchSpecification `locationName:"launchSpecification" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone in which the request is launched.
|
|
LaunchedAvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"launchedAvailabilityZone" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The product description associated with the Spot Instance.
|
|
ProductDescription *string `locationName:"productDescription" type:"string" enum:"RIProductDescription"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Spot Instance request.
|
|
SpotInstanceRequestId *string `locationName:"spotInstanceRequestId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum price per hour that you are willing to pay for a Spot Instance.
|
|
SpotPrice *string `locationName:"spotPrice" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of the Spot Instance request. Spot status information can help
|
|
// you track your Spot Instance requests. For more information, see Spot Status
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-bid-status.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"SpotInstanceState"`
|
|
|
|
// The status code and status message describing the Spot Instance request.
|
|
Status *SpotInstanceStatus `locationName:"status" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Any tags assigned to the resource.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tagSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The Spot Instance request type.
|
|
Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"SpotInstanceType"`
|
|
|
|
// The start date of the request, in UTC format (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ).
|
|
// The request becomes active at this date and time.
|
|
ValidFrom *time.Time `locationName:"validFrom" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The end date of the request, in UTC format (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ).
|
|
// If this is a one-time request, it remains active until all instances launch,
|
|
// the request is canceled, or this date is reached. If the request is persistent,
|
|
// it remains active until it is canceled or this date is reached. The default
|
|
// end date is 7 days from the current date.
|
|
ValidUntil *time.Time `locationName:"validUntil" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SpotInstanceRequest) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SpotInstanceRequest) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetActualBlockHourlyPrice sets the ActualBlockHourlyPrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotInstanceRequest) SetActualBlockHourlyPrice(v string) *SpotInstanceRequest {
|
|
s.ActualBlockHourlyPrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZoneGroup sets the AvailabilityZoneGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotInstanceRequest) SetAvailabilityZoneGroup(v string) *SpotInstanceRequest {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZoneGroup = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBlockDurationMinutes sets the BlockDurationMinutes field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotInstanceRequest) SetBlockDurationMinutes(v int64) *SpotInstanceRequest {
|
|
s.BlockDurationMinutes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotInstanceRequest) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *SpotInstanceRequest {
|
|
s.CreateTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFault sets the Fault field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotInstanceRequest) SetFault(v *SpotInstanceStateFault) *SpotInstanceRequest {
|
|
s.Fault = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotInstanceRequest) SetInstanceId(v string) *SpotInstanceRequest {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceInterruptionBehavior sets the InstanceInterruptionBehavior field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotInstanceRequest) SetInstanceInterruptionBehavior(v string) *SpotInstanceRequest {
|
|
s.InstanceInterruptionBehavior = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchGroup sets the LaunchGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotInstanceRequest) SetLaunchGroup(v string) *SpotInstanceRequest {
|
|
s.LaunchGroup = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchSpecification sets the LaunchSpecification field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotInstanceRequest) SetLaunchSpecification(v *LaunchSpecification) *SpotInstanceRequest {
|
|
s.LaunchSpecification = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLaunchedAvailabilityZone sets the LaunchedAvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotInstanceRequest) SetLaunchedAvailabilityZone(v string) *SpotInstanceRequest {
|
|
s.LaunchedAvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProductDescription sets the ProductDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotInstanceRequest) SetProductDescription(v string) *SpotInstanceRequest {
|
|
s.ProductDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotInstanceRequestId sets the SpotInstanceRequestId field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotInstanceRequest) SetSpotInstanceRequestId(v string) *SpotInstanceRequest {
|
|
s.SpotInstanceRequestId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotPrice sets the SpotPrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotInstanceRequest) SetSpotPrice(v string) *SpotInstanceRequest {
|
|
s.SpotPrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotInstanceRequest) SetState(v string) *SpotInstanceRequest {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotInstanceRequest) SetStatus(v *SpotInstanceStatus) *SpotInstanceRequest {
|
|
s.Status = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotInstanceRequest) SetTags(v []*Tag) *SpotInstanceRequest {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotInstanceRequest) SetType(v string) *SpotInstanceRequest {
|
|
s.Type = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValidFrom sets the ValidFrom field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotInstanceRequest) SetValidFrom(v time.Time) *SpotInstanceRequest {
|
|
s.ValidFrom = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValidUntil sets the ValidUntil field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotInstanceRequest) SetValidUntil(v time.Time) *SpotInstanceRequest {
|
|
s.ValidUntil = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a Spot Instance state change.
|
|
type SpotInstanceStateFault struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The reason code for the Spot Instance state change.
|
|
Code *string `locationName:"code" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The message for the Spot Instance state change.
|
|
Message *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SpotInstanceStateFault) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SpotInstanceStateFault) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCode sets the Code field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotInstanceStateFault) SetCode(v string) *SpotInstanceStateFault {
|
|
s.Code = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotInstanceStateFault) SetMessage(v string) *SpotInstanceStateFault {
|
|
s.Message = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the status of a Spot Instance request.
|
|
type SpotInstanceStatus struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The status code. For a list of status codes, see Spot Status Codes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-bid-status.html#spot-instance-bid-status-understand)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
Code *string `locationName:"code" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The description for the status code.
|
|
Message *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time of the most recent status update, in UTC format (for example,
|
|
// YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ).
|
|
UpdateTime *time.Time `locationName:"updateTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SpotInstanceStatus) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SpotInstanceStatus) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCode sets the Code field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotInstanceStatus) SetCode(v string) *SpotInstanceStatus {
|
|
s.Code = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotInstanceStatus) SetMessage(v string) *SpotInstanceStatus {
|
|
s.Message = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUpdateTime sets the UpdateTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotInstanceStatus) SetUpdateTime(v time.Time) *SpotInstanceStatus {
|
|
s.UpdateTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The options for Spot Instances.
|
|
type SpotMarketOptions struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The required duration for the Spot Instances (also known as Spot blocks),
|
|
// in minutes. This value must be a multiple of 60 (60, 120, 180, 240, 300,
|
|
// or 360).
|
|
BlockDurationMinutes *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The behavior when a Spot Instance is interrupted. The default is terminate.
|
|
InstanceInterruptionBehavior *string `type:"string" enum:"InstanceInterruptionBehavior"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum hourly price you're willing to pay for the Spot Instances. The
|
|
// default is the On-Demand price.
|
|
MaxPrice *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Spot Instance request type.
|
|
SpotInstanceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SpotInstanceType"`
|
|
|
|
// The end date of the request. For a one-time request, the request remains
|
|
// active until all instances launch, the request is canceled, or this date
|
|
// is reached. If the request is persistent, it remains active until it is canceled
|
|
// or this date and time is reached. The default end date is 7 days from the
|
|
// current date.
|
|
ValidUntil *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SpotMarketOptions) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SpotMarketOptions) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBlockDurationMinutes sets the BlockDurationMinutes field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotMarketOptions) SetBlockDurationMinutes(v int64) *SpotMarketOptions {
|
|
s.BlockDurationMinutes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceInterruptionBehavior sets the InstanceInterruptionBehavior field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotMarketOptions) SetInstanceInterruptionBehavior(v string) *SpotMarketOptions {
|
|
s.InstanceInterruptionBehavior = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxPrice sets the MaxPrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotMarketOptions) SetMaxPrice(v string) *SpotMarketOptions {
|
|
s.MaxPrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotInstanceType sets the SpotInstanceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotMarketOptions) SetSpotInstanceType(v string) *SpotMarketOptions {
|
|
s.SpotInstanceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValidUntil sets the ValidUntil field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotMarketOptions) SetValidUntil(v time.Time) *SpotMarketOptions {
|
|
s.ValidUntil = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes Spot Instance placement.
|
|
type SpotPlacement struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// [Spot Fleet only] To specify multiple Availability Zones, separate them using
|
|
// commas; for example, "us-west-2a, us-west-2b".
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the placement group.
|
|
GroupName *string `locationName:"groupName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The tenancy of the instance (if the instance is running in a VPC). An instance
|
|
// with a tenancy of dedicated runs on single-tenant hardware. The host tenancy
|
|
// is not supported for Spot Instances.
|
|
Tenancy *string `locationName:"tenancy" type:"string" enum:"Tenancy"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SpotPlacement) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SpotPlacement) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotPlacement) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *SpotPlacement {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotPlacement) SetGroupName(v string) *SpotPlacement {
|
|
s.GroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTenancy sets the Tenancy field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotPlacement) SetTenancy(v string) *SpotPlacement {
|
|
s.Tenancy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the maximum price per hour that you are willing to pay for a Spot
|
|
// Instance.
|
|
type SpotPrice struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The instance type.
|
|
InstanceType *string `locationName:"instanceType" type:"string" enum:"InstanceType"`
|
|
|
|
// A general description of the AMI.
|
|
ProductDescription *string `locationName:"productDescription" type:"string" enum:"RIProductDescription"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum price per hour that you are willing to pay for a Spot Instance.
|
|
SpotPrice *string `locationName:"spotPrice" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time the request was created, in UTC format (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ).
|
|
Timestamp *time.Time `locationName:"timestamp" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SpotPrice) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SpotPrice) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotPrice) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *SpotPrice {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceType sets the InstanceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotPrice) SetInstanceType(v string) *SpotPrice {
|
|
s.InstanceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProductDescription sets the ProductDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotPrice) SetProductDescription(v string) *SpotPrice {
|
|
s.ProductDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSpotPrice sets the SpotPrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotPrice) SetSpotPrice(v string) *SpotPrice {
|
|
s.SpotPrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTimestamp sets the Timestamp field's value.
|
|
func (s *SpotPrice) SetTimestamp(v time.Time) *SpotPrice {
|
|
s.Timestamp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a stale rule in a security group.
|
|
type StaleIpPermission struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The start of the port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type
|
|
// number. A value of -1 indicates all ICMP types.
|
|
FromPort *int64 `locationName:"fromPort" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The IP protocol name (for tcp, udp, and icmp) or number (see Protocol Numbers)
|
|
// (http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers/protocol-numbers.xhtml).
|
|
IpProtocol *string `locationName:"ipProtocol" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more IP ranges. Not applicable for stale security group rules.
|
|
IpRanges []*string `locationName:"ipRanges" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more prefix list IDs for an AWS service. Not applicable for stale
|
|
// security group rules.
|
|
PrefixListIds []*string `locationName:"prefixListIds" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The end of the port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type
|
|
// number. A value of -1 indicates all ICMP types.
|
|
ToPort *int64 `locationName:"toPort" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more security group pairs. Returns the ID of the referenced security
|
|
// group and VPC, and the ID and status of the VPC peering connection.
|
|
UserIdGroupPairs []*UserIdGroupPair `locationName:"groups" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StaleIpPermission) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StaleIpPermission) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFromPort sets the FromPort field's value.
|
|
func (s *StaleIpPermission) SetFromPort(v int64) *StaleIpPermission {
|
|
s.FromPort = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpProtocol sets the IpProtocol field's value.
|
|
func (s *StaleIpPermission) SetIpProtocol(v string) *StaleIpPermission {
|
|
s.IpProtocol = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpRanges sets the IpRanges field's value.
|
|
func (s *StaleIpPermission) SetIpRanges(v []*string) *StaleIpPermission {
|
|
s.IpRanges = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrefixListIds sets the PrefixListIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *StaleIpPermission) SetPrefixListIds(v []*string) *StaleIpPermission {
|
|
s.PrefixListIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetToPort sets the ToPort field's value.
|
|
func (s *StaleIpPermission) SetToPort(v int64) *StaleIpPermission {
|
|
s.ToPort = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserIdGroupPairs sets the UserIdGroupPairs field's value.
|
|
func (s *StaleIpPermission) SetUserIdGroupPairs(v []*UserIdGroupPair) *StaleIpPermission {
|
|
s.UserIdGroupPairs = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a stale security group (a security group that contains stale rules).
|
|
type StaleSecurityGroup struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the security group.
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// GroupId is a required field
|
|
GroupId *string `locationName:"groupId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the security group.
|
|
GroupName *string `locationName:"groupName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the stale inbound rules in the security group.
|
|
StaleIpPermissions []*StaleIpPermission `locationName:"staleIpPermissions" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the stale outbound rules in the security group.
|
|
StaleIpPermissionsEgress []*StaleIpPermission `locationName:"staleIpPermissionsEgress" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC for the security group.
|
|
VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StaleSecurityGroup) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StaleSecurityGroup) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *StaleSecurityGroup) SetDescription(v string) *StaleSecurityGroup {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupId sets the GroupId field's value.
|
|
func (s *StaleSecurityGroup) SetGroupId(v string) *StaleSecurityGroup {
|
|
s.GroupId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *StaleSecurityGroup) SetGroupName(v string) *StaleSecurityGroup {
|
|
s.GroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStaleIpPermissions sets the StaleIpPermissions field's value.
|
|
func (s *StaleSecurityGroup) SetStaleIpPermissions(v []*StaleIpPermission) *StaleSecurityGroup {
|
|
s.StaleIpPermissions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStaleIpPermissionsEgress sets the StaleIpPermissionsEgress field's value.
|
|
func (s *StaleSecurityGroup) SetStaleIpPermissionsEgress(v []*StaleIpPermission) *StaleSecurityGroup {
|
|
s.StaleIpPermissionsEgress = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *StaleSecurityGroup) SetVpcId(v string) *StaleSecurityGroup {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for StartInstances.
|
|
type StartInstancesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Reserved.
|
|
AdditionalInfo *string `locationName:"additionalInfo" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more instance IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// InstanceIds is a required field
|
|
InstanceIds []*string `locationName:"InstanceId" locationNameList:"InstanceId" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StartInstancesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StartInstancesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *StartInstancesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartInstancesInput"}
|
|
if s.InstanceIds == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceIds"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAdditionalInfo sets the AdditionalInfo field's value.
|
|
func (s *StartInstancesInput) SetAdditionalInfo(v string) *StartInstancesInput {
|
|
s.AdditionalInfo = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *StartInstancesInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *StartInstancesInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceIds sets the InstanceIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *StartInstancesInput) SetInstanceIds(v []*string) *StartInstancesInput {
|
|
s.InstanceIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of StartInstances.
|
|
type StartInstancesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about one or more started instances.
|
|
StartingInstances []*InstanceStateChange `locationName:"instancesSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StartInstancesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StartInstancesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStartingInstances sets the StartingInstances field's value.
|
|
func (s *StartInstancesOutput) SetStartingInstances(v []*InstanceStateChange) *StartInstancesOutput {
|
|
s.StartingInstances = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a state change.
|
|
type StateReason struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The reason code for the state change.
|
|
Code *string `locationName:"code" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The message for the state change.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Server.InsufficientInstanceCapacity: There was insufficient instance
|
|
// capacity to satisfy the launch request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Server.InternalError: An internal error occurred during instance launch,
|
|
// resulting in termination.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Server.ScheduledStop: The instance was stopped due to a scheduled retirement.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Server.SpotInstanceTermination: A Spot Instance was terminated due to
|
|
// an increase in the Spot price.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Client.InternalError: A client error caused the instance to terminate
|
|
// on launch.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Client.InstanceInitiatedShutdown: The instance was shut down using the
|
|
// shutdown -h command from the instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Client.InstanceTerminated: The instance was terminated or rebooted during
|
|
// AMI creation.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Client.UserInitiatedShutdown: The instance was shut down using the Amazon
|
|
// EC2 API.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Client.VolumeLimitExceeded: The limit on the number of EBS volumes or
|
|
// total storage was exceeded. Decrease usage or request an increase in your
|
|
// limits.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Client.InvalidSnapshot.NotFound: The specified snapshot was not found.
|
|
Message *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StateReason) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StateReason) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCode sets the Code field's value.
|
|
func (s *StateReason) SetCode(v string) *StateReason {
|
|
s.Code = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
|
|
func (s *StateReason) SetMessage(v string) *StateReason {
|
|
s.Message = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for StopInstances.
|
|
type StopInstancesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Forces the instances to stop. The instances do not have an opportunity to
|
|
// flush file system caches or file system metadata. If you use this option,
|
|
// you must perform file system check and repair procedures. This option is
|
|
// not recommended for Windows instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
Force *bool `locationName:"force" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more instance IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// InstanceIds is a required field
|
|
InstanceIds []*string `locationName:"InstanceId" locationNameList:"InstanceId" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StopInstancesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StopInstancesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *StopInstancesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopInstancesInput"}
|
|
if s.InstanceIds == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceIds"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *StopInstancesInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *StopInstancesInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetForce sets the Force field's value.
|
|
func (s *StopInstancesInput) SetForce(v bool) *StopInstancesInput {
|
|
s.Force = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceIds sets the InstanceIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *StopInstancesInput) SetInstanceIds(v []*string) *StopInstancesInput {
|
|
s.InstanceIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of StopInstances.
|
|
type StopInstancesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about one or more stopped instances.
|
|
StoppingInstances []*InstanceStateChange `locationName:"instancesSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StopInstancesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StopInstancesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStoppingInstances sets the StoppingInstances field's value.
|
|
func (s *StopInstancesOutput) SetStoppingInstances(v []*InstanceStateChange) *StopInstancesOutput {
|
|
s.StoppingInstances = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the storage location for an instance store-backed AMI.
|
|
type Storage struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An Amazon S3 storage location.
|
|
S3 *S3Storage `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Storage) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Storage) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetS3 sets the S3 field's value.
|
|
func (s *Storage) SetS3(v *S3Storage) *Storage {
|
|
s.S3 = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a storage location in Amazon S3.
|
|
type StorageLocation struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the S3 bucket.
|
|
Bucket *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The key.
|
|
Key *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StorageLocation) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StorageLocation) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
|
|
func (s *StorageLocation) SetBucket(v string) *StorageLocation {
|
|
s.Bucket = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
|
|
func (s *StorageLocation) SetKey(v string) *StorageLocation {
|
|
s.Key = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a subnet.
|
|
type Subnet struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether a network interface created in this subnet (including a
|
|
// network interface created by RunInstances) receives an IPv6 address.
|
|
AssignIpv6AddressOnCreation *bool `locationName:"assignIpv6AddressOnCreation" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone of the subnet.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of unused private IPv4 addresses in the subnet. Note that the
|
|
// IPv4 addresses for any stopped instances are considered unavailable.
|
|
AvailableIpAddressCount *int64 `locationName:"availableIpAddressCount" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv4 CIDR block assigned to the subnet.
|
|
CidrBlock *string `locationName:"cidrBlock" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether this is the default subnet for the Availability Zone.
|
|
DefaultForAz *bool `locationName:"defaultForAz" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the IPv6 CIDR blocks associated with the subnet.
|
|
Ipv6CidrBlockAssociationSet []*SubnetIpv6CidrBlockAssociation `locationName:"ipv6CidrBlockAssociationSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether instances launched in this subnet receive a public IPv4
|
|
// address.
|
|
MapPublicIpOnLaunch *bool `locationName:"mapPublicIpOnLaunch" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The current state of the subnet.
|
|
State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"SubnetState"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the subnet.
|
|
SubnetId *string `locationName:"subnetId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Any tags assigned to the subnet.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tagSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC the subnet is in.
|
|
VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Subnet) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Subnet) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssignIpv6AddressOnCreation sets the AssignIpv6AddressOnCreation field's value.
|
|
func (s *Subnet) SetAssignIpv6AddressOnCreation(v bool) *Subnet {
|
|
s.AssignIpv6AddressOnCreation = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *Subnet) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *Subnet {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailableIpAddressCount sets the AvailableIpAddressCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *Subnet) SetAvailableIpAddressCount(v int64) *Subnet {
|
|
s.AvailableIpAddressCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCidrBlock sets the CidrBlock field's value.
|
|
func (s *Subnet) SetCidrBlock(v string) *Subnet {
|
|
s.CidrBlock = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDefaultForAz sets the DefaultForAz field's value.
|
|
func (s *Subnet) SetDefaultForAz(v bool) *Subnet {
|
|
s.DefaultForAz = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6CidrBlockAssociationSet sets the Ipv6CidrBlockAssociationSet field's value.
|
|
func (s *Subnet) SetIpv6CidrBlockAssociationSet(v []*SubnetIpv6CidrBlockAssociation) *Subnet {
|
|
s.Ipv6CidrBlockAssociationSet = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMapPublicIpOnLaunch sets the MapPublicIpOnLaunch field's value.
|
|
func (s *Subnet) SetMapPublicIpOnLaunch(v bool) *Subnet {
|
|
s.MapPublicIpOnLaunch = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *Subnet) SetState(v string) *Subnet {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetId(v string) *Subnet {
|
|
s.SubnetId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *Subnet) SetTags(v []*Tag) *Subnet {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Subnet) SetVpcId(v string) *Subnet {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the state of a CIDR block.
|
|
type SubnetCidrBlockState struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of a CIDR block.
|
|
State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"SubnetCidrBlockStateCode"`
|
|
|
|
// A message about the status of the CIDR block, if applicable.
|
|
StatusMessage *string `locationName:"statusMessage" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SubnetCidrBlockState) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SubnetCidrBlockState) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *SubnetCidrBlockState) SetState(v string) *SubnetCidrBlockState {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatusMessage sets the StatusMessage field's value.
|
|
func (s *SubnetCidrBlockState) SetStatusMessage(v string) *SubnetCidrBlockState {
|
|
s.StatusMessage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an IPv6 CIDR block associated with a subnet.
|
|
type SubnetIpv6CidrBlockAssociation struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The association ID for the CIDR block.
|
|
AssociationId *string `locationName:"associationId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv6 CIDR block.
|
|
Ipv6CidrBlock *string `locationName:"ipv6CidrBlock" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the state of the CIDR block.
|
|
Ipv6CidrBlockState *SubnetCidrBlockState `locationName:"ipv6CidrBlockState" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SubnetIpv6CidrBlockAssociation) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SubnetIpv6CidrBlockAssociation) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssociationId sets the AssociationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *SubnetIpv6CidrBlockAssociation) SetAssociationId(v string) *SubnetIpv6CidrBlockAssociation {
|
|
s.AssociationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6CidrBlock sets the Ipv6CidrBlock field's value.
|
|
func (s *SubnetIpv6CidrBlockAssociation) SetIpv6CidrBlock(v string) *SubnetIpv6CidrBlockAssociation {
|
|
s.Ipv6CidrBlock = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6CidrBlockState sets the Ipv6CidrBlockState field's value.
|
|
func (s *SubnetIpv6CidrBlockAssociation) SetIpv6CidrBlockState(v *SubnetCidrBlockState) *SubnetIpv6CidrBlockAssociation {
|
|
s.Ipv6CidrBlockState = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the T2 instance whose credit option for CPU usage was successfully
|
|
// modified.
|
|
type SuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationItem struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance.
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationItem) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationItem) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *SuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationItem) SetInstanceId(v string) *SuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationItem {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a tag.
|
|
type Tag struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The key of the tag.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Tag keys are case-sensitive and accept a maximum of 127 Unicode
|
|
// characters. May not begin with aws:
|
|
Key *string `locationName:"key" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The value of the tag.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Tag values are case-sensitive and accept a maximum of 255 Unicode
|
|
// characters.
|
|
Value *string `locationName:"value" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Tag) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Tag) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
|
|
func (s *Tag) SetKey(v string) *Tag {
|
|
s.Key = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
|
|
func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag {
|
|
s.Value = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a tag.
|
|
type TagDescription struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The tag key.
|
|
Key *string `locationName:"key" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the resource. For example, ami-1a2b3c4d.
|
|
ResourceId *string `locationName:"resourceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The resource type.
|
|
ResourceType *string `locationName:"resourceType" type:"string" enum:"ResourceType"`
|
|
|
|
// The tag value.
|
|
Value *string `locationName:"value" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TagDescription) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TagDescription) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
|
|
func (s *TagDescription) SetKey(v string) *TagDescription {
|
|
s.Key = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceId sets the ResourceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *TagDescription) SetResourceId(v string) *TagDescription {
|
|
s.ResourceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *TagDescription) SetResourceType(v string) *TagDescription {
|
|
s.ResourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
|
|
func (s *TagDescription) SetValue(v string) *TagDescription {
|
|
s.Value = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The tags to apply to a resource when the resource is being created.
|
|
type TagSpecification struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of resource to tag. Currently, the resource types that support tagging
|
|
// on creation are instance and volume.
|
|
ResourceType *string `locationName:"resourceType" type:"string" enum:"ResourceType"`
|
|
|
|
// The tags to apply to the resource.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TagSpecification) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TagSpecification) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *TagSpecification) SetResourceType(v string) *TagSpecification {
|
|
s.ResourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *TagSpecification) SetTags(v []*Tag) *TagSpecification {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about the Convertible Reserved Instance offering.
|
|
type TargetConfiguration struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of instances the Convertible Reserved Instance offering can be
|
|
// applied to. This parameter is reserved and cannot be specified in a request
|
|
InstanceCount *int64 `locationName:"instanceCount" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Convertible Reserved Instance offering.
|
|
OfferingId *string `locationName:"offeringId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TargetConfiguration) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TargetConfiguration) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceCount sets the InstanceCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetConfiguration) SetInstanceCount(v int64) *TargetConfiguration {
|
|
s.InstanceCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetConfiguration) SetOfferingId(v string) *TargetConfiguration {
|
|
s.OfferingId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Details about the target configuration.
|
|
type TargetConfigurationRequest struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of instances the Covertible Reserved Instance offering can be
|
|
// applied to. This parameter is reserved and cannot be specified in a request
|
|
InstanceCount *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The Convertible Reserved Instance offering ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// OfferingId is a required field
|
|
OfferingId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TargetConfigurationRequest) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TargetConfigurationRequest) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *TargetConfigurationRequest) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TargetConfigurationRequest"}
|
|
if s.OfferingId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OfferingId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceCount sets the InstanceCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetConfigurationRequest) SetInstanceCount(v int64) *TargetConfigurationRequest {
|
|
s.InstanceCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetConfigurationRequest) SetOfferingId(v string) *TargetConfigurationRequest {
|
|
s.OfferingId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a load balancer target group.
|
|
type TargetGroup struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Arn is a required field
|
|
Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TargetGroup) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TargetGroup) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *TargetGroup) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TargetGroup"}
|
|
if s.Arn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Arn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetGroup) SetArn(v string) *TargetGroup {
|
|
s.Arn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the target groups to attach to a Spot Fleet. Spot Fleet registers
|
|
// the running Spot Instances with these target groups.
|
|
type TargetGroupsConfig struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more target groups.
|
|
//
|
|
// TargetGroups is a required field
|
|
TargetGroups []*TargetGroup `locationName:"targetGroups" locationNameList:"item" min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TargetGroupsConfig) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TargetGroupsConfig) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *TargetGroupsConfig) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TargetGroupsConfig"}
|
|
if s.TargetGroups == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetGroups"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TargetGroups != nil && len(s.TargetGroups) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TargetGroups", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TargetGroups != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.TargetGroups {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "TargetGroups", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetGroups sets the TargetGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetGroupsConfig) SetTargetGroups(v []*TargetGroup) *TargetGroupsConfig {
|
|
s.TargetGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The total value of the new Convertible Reserved Instances.
|
|
type TargetReservationValue struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The total value of the Convertible Reserved Instances that make up the exchange.
|
|
// This is the sum of the list value, remaining upfront price, and additional
|
|
// upfront cost of the exchange.
|
|
ReservationValue *ReservationValue `locationName:"reservationValue" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The configuration of the Convertible Reserved Instances that make up the
|
|
// exchange.
|
|
TargetConfiguration *TargetConfiguration `locationName:"targetConfiguration" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TargetReservationValue) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TargetReservationValue) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservationValue sets the ReservationValue field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetReservationValue) SetReservationValue(v *ReservationValue) *TargetReservationValue {
|
|
s.ReservationValue = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetConfiguration sets the TargetConfiguration field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetReservationValue) SetTargetConfiguration(v *TargetConfiguration) *TargetReservationValue {
|
|
s.TargetConfiguration = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for TerminateInstances.
|
|
type TerminateInstancesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more instance IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Up to 1000 instance IDs. We recommend breaking up this request
|
|
// into smaller batches.
|
|
//
|
|
// InstanceIds is a required field
|
|
InstanceIds []*string `locationName:"InstanceId" locationNameList:"InstanceId" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TerminateInstancesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TerminateInstancesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *TerminateInstancesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TerminateInstancesInput"}
|
|
if s.InstanceIds == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceIds"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *TerminateInstancesInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *TerminateInstancesInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceIds sets the InstanceIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *TerminateInstancesInput) SetInstanceIds(v []*string) *TerminateInstancesInput {
|
|
s.InstanceIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of TerminateInstances.
|
|
type TerminateInstancesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about one or more terminated instances.
|
|
TerminatingInstances []*InstanceStateChange `locationName:"instancesSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TerminateInstancesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TerminateInstancesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTerminatingInstances sets the TerminatingInstances field's value.
|
|
func (s *TerminateInstancesOutput) SetTerminatingInstances(v []*InstanceStateChange) *TerminateInstancesOutput {
|
|
s.TerminatingInstances = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type UnassignIpv6AddressesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv6 addresses to unassign from the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// Ipv6Addresses is a required field
|
|
Ipv6Addresses []*string `locationName:"ipv6Addresses" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// NetworkInterfaceId is a required field
|
|
NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UnassignIpv6AddressesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UnassignIpv6AddressesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *UnassignIpv6AddressesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UnassignIpv6AddressesInput"}
|
|
if s.Ipv6Addresses == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Ipv6Addresses"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.NetworkInterfaceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NetworkInterfaceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6Addresses sets the Ipv6Addresses field's value.
|
|
func (s *UnassignIpv6AddressesInput) SetIpv6Addresses(v []*string) *UnassignIpv6AddressesInput {
|
|
s.Ipv6Addresses = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaceId sets the NetworkInterfaceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *UnassignIpv6AddressesInput) SetNetworkInterfaceId(v string) *UnassignIpv6AddressesInput {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type UnassignIpv6AddressesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network interface.
|
|
NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv6 addresses that have been unassigned from the network interface.
|
|
UnassignedIpv6Addresses []*string `locationName:"unassignedIpv6Addresses" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UnassignIpv6AddressesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UnassignIpv6AddressesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaceId sets the NetworkInterfaceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *UnassignIpv6AddressesOutput) SetNetworkInterfaceId(v string) *UnassignIpv6AddressesOutput {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUnassignedIpv6Addresses sets the UnassignedIpv6Addresses field's value.
|
|
func (s *UnassignIpv6AddressesOutput) SetUnassignedIpv6Addresses(v []*string) *UnassignIpv6AddressesOutput {
|
|
s.UnassignedIpv6Addresses = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for UnassignPrivateIpAddresses.
|
|
type UnassignPrivateIpAddressesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the network interface.
|
|
//
|
|
// NetworkInterfaceId is a required field
|
|
NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The secondary private IP addresses to unassign from the network interface.
|
|
// You can specify this option multiple times to unassign more than one IP address.
|
|
//
|
|
// PrivateIpAddresses is a required field
|
|
PrivateIpAddresses []*string `locationName:"privateIpAddress" locationNameList:"PrivateIpAddress" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UnassignPrivateIpAddressesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UnassignPrivateIpAddressesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *UnassignPrivateIpAddressesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UnassignPrivateIpAddressesInput"}
|
|
if s.NetworkInterfaceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NetworkInterfaceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.PrivateIpAddresses == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PrivateIpAddresses"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaceId sets the NetworkInterfaceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *UnassignPrivateIpAddressesInput) SetNetworkInterfaceId(v string) *UnassignPrivateIpAddressesInput {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateIpAddresses sets the PrivateIpAddresses field's value.
|
|
func (s *UnassignPrivateIpAddressesInput) SetPrivateIpAddresses(v []*string) *UnassignPrivateIpAddressesInput {
|
|
s.PrivateIpAddresses = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type UnassignPrivateIpAddressesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UnassignPrivateIpAddressesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UnassignPrivateIpAddressesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for UnmonitorInstances.
|
|
type UnmonitorInstancesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more instance IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// InstanceIds is a required field
|
|
InstanceIds []*string `locationName:"InstanceId" locationNameList:"InstanceId" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UnmonitorInstancesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UnmonitorInstancesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *UnmonitorInstancesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UnmonitorInstancesInput"}
|
|
if s.InstanceIds == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceIds"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *UnmonitorInstancesInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *UnmonitorInstancesInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceIds sets the InstanceIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *UnmonitorInstancesInput) SetInstanceIds(v []*string) *UnmonitorInstancesInput {
|
|
s.InstanceIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of UnmonitorInstances.
|
|
type UnmonitorInstancesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The monitoring information.
|
|
InstanceMonitorings []*InstanceMonitoring `locationName:"instancesSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UnmonitorInstancesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UnmonitorInstancesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceMonitorings sets the InstanceMonitorings field's value.
|
|
func (s *UnmonitorInstancesOutput) SetInstanceMonitorings(v []*InstanceMonitoring) *UnmonitorInstancesOutput {
|
|
s.InstanceMonitorings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the T2 instance whose credit option for CPU usage was not modified.
|
|
type UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationItem struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The applicable error for the T2 instance whose credit option for CPU usage
|
|
// was not modified.
|
|
Error *UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationItemError `locationName:"error" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance.
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationItem) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationItem) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetError sets the Error field's value.
|
|
func (s *UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationItem) SetError(v *UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationItemError) *UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationItem {
|
|
s.Error = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationItem) SetInstanceId(v string) *UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationItem {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about the error for the T2 instance whose credit option for CPU
|
|
// usage was not modified.
|
|
type UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationItemError struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The error code.
|
|
Code *string `locationName:"code" type:"string" enum:"UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationErrorCode"`
|
|
|
|
// The applicable error message.
|
|
Message *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationItemError) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationItemError) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCode sets the Code field's value.
|
|
func (s *UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationItemError) SetCode(v string) *UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationItemError {
|
|
s.Code = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
|
|
func (s *UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationItemError) SetMessage(v string) *UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationItemError {
|
|
s.Message = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about items that were not successfully processed in a batch call.
|
|
type UnsuccessfulItem struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// Error is a required field
|
|
Error *UnsuccessfulItemError `locationName:"error" type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the resource.
|
|
ResourceId *string `locationName:"resourceId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UnsuccessfulItem) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UnsuccessfulItem) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetError sets the Error field's value.
|
|
func (s *UnsuccessfulItem) SetError(v *UnsuccessfulItemError) *UnsuccessfulItem {
|
|
s.Error = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceId sets the ResourceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *UnsuccessfulItem) SetResourceId(v string) *UnsuccessfulItem {
|
|
s.ResourceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about the error that occurred. For more information about errors,
|
|
// see Error Codes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/errors-overview.html).
|
|
type UnsuccessfulItemError struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The error code.
|
|
//
|
|
// Code is a required field
|
|
Code *string `locationName:"code" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The error message accompanying the error code.
|
|
//
|
|
// Message is a required field
|
|
Message *string `locationName:"message" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UnsuccessfulItemError) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UnsuccessfulItemError) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCode sets the Code field's value.
|
|
func (s *UnsuccessfulItemError) SetCode(v string) *UnsuccessfulItemError {
|
|
s.Code = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
|
|
func (s *UnsuccessfulItemError) SetMessage(v string) *UnsuccessfulItemError {
|
|
s.Message = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgress.
|
|
type UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the security group. You must specify either the security group
|
|
// ID or the security group name in the request. For security groups in a nondefault
|
|
// VPC, you must specify the security group ID.
|
|
GroupId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// [Default VPC] The name of the security group. You must specify either the
|
|
// security group ID or the security group name in the request.
|
|
GroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The IP permissions for the security group rule.
|
|
//
|
|
// IpPermissions is a required field
|
|
IpPermissions []*IpPermission `locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressInput"}
|
|
if s.IpPermissions == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IpPermissions"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupId sets the GroupId field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressInput) SetGroupId(v string) *UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressInput {
|
|
s.GroupId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressInput) SetGroupName(v string) *UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressInput {
|
|
s.GroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpPermissions sets the IpPermissions field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressInput) SetIpPermissions(v []*IpPermission) *UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressInput {
|
|
s.IpPermissions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgress.
|
|
type UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, returns an error.
|
|
Return *bool `locationName:"return" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReturn sets the Return field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressOutput) SetReturn(v bool) *UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsEgressOutput {
|
|
s.Return = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters for UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngress.
|
|
type UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
|
|
// actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
|
|
// the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
|
|
// it is UnauthorizedOperation.
|
|
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the security group. You must specify either the security group
|
|
// ID or the security group name in the request. For security groups in a nondefault
|
|
// VPC, you must specify the security group ID.
|
|
GroupId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// [EC2-Classic, default VPC] The name of the security group. You must specify
|
|
// either the security group ID or the security group name in the request.
|
|
GroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The IP permissions for the security group rule.
|
|
//
|
|
// IpPermissions is a required field
|
|
IpPermissions []*IpPermission `locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressInput"}
|
|
if s.IpPermissions == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IpPermissions"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressInput {
|
|
s.DryRun = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupId sets the GroupId field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressInput) SetGroupId(v string) *UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressInput {
|
|
s.GroupId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressInput) SetGroupName(v string) *UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressInput {
|
|
s.GroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpPermissions sets the IpPermissions field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressInput) SetIpPermissions(v []*IpPermission) *UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressInput {
|
|
s.IpPermissions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output of UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngress.
|
|
type UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, returns an error.
|
|
Return *bool `locationName:"return" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReturn sets the Return field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressOutput) SetReturn(v bool) *UpdateSecurityGroupRuleDescriptionsIngressOutput {
|
|
s.Return = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the S3 bucket for the disk image.
|
|
type UserBucket struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the S3 bucket where the disk image is located.
|
|
S3Bucket *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The file name of the disk image.
|
|
S3Key *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UserBucket) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UserBucket) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetS3Bucket sets the S3Bucket field's value.
|
|
func (s *UserBucket) SetS3Bucket(v string) *UserBucket {
|
|
s.S3Bucket = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetS3Key sets the S3Key field's value.
|
|
func (s *UserBucket) SetS3Key(v string) *UserBucket {
|
|
s.S3Key = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the S3 bucket for the disk image.
|
|
type UserBucketDetails struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The S3 bucket from which the disk image was created.
|
|
S3Bucket *string `locationName:"s3Bucket" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The file name of the disk image.
|
|
S3Key *string `locationName:"s3Key" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UserBucketDetails) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UserBucketDetails) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetS3Bucket sets the S3Bucket field's value.
|
|
func (s *UserBucketDetails) SetS3Bucket(v string) *UserBucketDetails {
|
|
s.S3Bucket = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetS3Key sets the S3Key field's value.
|
|
func (s *UserBucketDetails) SetS3Key(v string) *UserBucketDetails {
|
|
s.S3Key = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the user data for an instance.
|
|
type UserData struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The user data. If you are using an AWS SDK or command line tool, Base64-encoding
|
|
// is performed for you, and you can load the text from a file. Otherwise, you
|
|
// must provide Base64-encoded text.
|
|
Data *string `locationName:"data" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UserData) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UserData) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetData sets the Data field's value.
|
|
func (s *UserData) SetData(v string) *UserData {
|
|
s.Data = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a security group and AWS account ID pair.
|
|
type UserIdGroupPair struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A description for the security group rule that references this user ID group
|
|
// pair.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Allowed characters are a-z,
|
|
// A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=;{}!$*
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the security group.
|
|
GroupId *string `locationName:"groupId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the security group. In a request, use this parameter for a security
|
|
// group in EC2-Classic or a default VPC only. For a security group in a nondefault
|
|
// VPC, use the security group ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// For a referenced security group in another VPC, this value is not returned
|
|
// if the referenced security group is deleted.
|
|
GroupName *string `locationName:"groupName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of a VPC peering connection, if applicable.
|
|
PeeringStatus *string `locationName:"peeringStatus" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of an AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// For a referenced security group in another VPC, the account ID of the referenced
|
|
// security group is returned in the response. If the referenced security group
|
|
// is deleted, this value is not returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// [EC2-Classic] Required when adding or removing rules that reference a security
|
|
// group in another AWS account.
|
|
UserId *string `locationName:"userId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC for the referenced security group, if applicable.
|
|
VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC peering connection, if applicable.
|
|
VpcPeeringConnectionId *string `locationName:"vpcPeeringConnectionId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UserIdGroupPair) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UserIdGroupPair) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *UserIdGroupPair) SetDescription(v string) *UserIdGroupPair {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupId sets the GroupId field's value.
|
|
func (s *UserIdGroupPair) SetGroupId(v string) *UserIdGroupPair {
|
|
s.GroupId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *UserIdGroupPair) SetGroupName(v string) *UserIdGroupPair {
|
|
s.GroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPeeringStatus sets the PeeringStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *UserIdGroupPair) SetPeeringStatus(v string) *UserIdGroupPair {
|
|
s.PeeringStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserId sets the UserId field's value.
|
|
func (s *UserIdGroupPair) SetUserId(v string) *UserIdGroupPair {
|
|
s.UserId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *UserIdGroupPair) SetVpcId(v string) *UserIdGroupPair {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcPeeringConnectionId sets the VpcPeeringConnectionId field's value.
|
|
func (s *UserIdGroupPair) SetVpcPeeringConnectionId(v string) *UserIdGroupPair {
|
|
s.VpcPeeringConnectionId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes telemetry for a VPN tunnel.
|
|
type VgwTelemetry struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of accepted routes.
|
|
AcceptedRouteCount *int64 `locationName:"acceptedRouteCount" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time of the last change in status.
|
|
LastStatusChange *time.Time `locationName:"lastStatusChange" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The Internet-routable IP address of the virtual private gateway's outside
|
|
// interface.
|
|
OutsideIpAddress *string `locationName:"outsideIpAddress" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the VPN tunnel.
|
|
Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"TelemetryStatus"`
|
|
|
|
// If an error occurs, a description of the error.
|
|
StatusMessage *string `locationName:"statusMessage" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VgwTelemetry) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VgwTelemetry) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAcceptedRouteCount sets the AcceptedRouteCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *VgwTelemetry) SetAcceptedRouteCount(v int64) *VgwTelemetry {
|
|
s.AcceptedRouteCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLastStatusChange sets the LastStatusChange field's value.
|
|
func (s *VgwTelemetry) SetLastStatusChange(v time.Time) *VgwTelemetry {
|
|
s.LastStatusChange = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOutsideIpAddress sets the OutsideIpAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *VgwTelemetry) SetOutsideIpAddress(v string) *VgwTelemetry {
|
|
s.OutsideIpAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *VgwTelemetry) SetStatus(v string) *VgwTelemetry {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatusMessage sets the StatusMessage field's value.
|
|
func (s *VgwTelemetry) SetStatusMessage(v string) *VgwTelemetry {
|
|
s.StatusMessage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a volume.
|
|
type Volume struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the volume attachments.
|
|
Attachments []*VolumeAttachment `locationName:"attachmentSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone for the volume.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The time stamp when volume creation was initiated.
|
|
CreateTime *time.Time `locationName:"createTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the volume will be encrypted.
|
|
Encrypted *bool `locationName:"encrypted" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of I/O operations per second (IOPS) that the volume supports.
|
|
// For Provisioned IOPS SSD volumes, this represents the number of IOPS that
|
|
// are provisioned for the volume. For General Purpose SSD volumes, this represents
|
|
// the baseline performance of the volume and the rate at which the volume accumulates
|
|
// I/O credits for bursting. For more information on General Purpose SSD baseline
|
|
// performance, I/O credits, and bursting, see Amazon EBS Volume Types (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSVolumeTypes.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: Range is 100-20000 IOPS for io1 volumes and 100-10000 IOPS for
|
|
// gp2 volumes.
|
|
//
|
|
// Condition: This parameter is required for requests to create io1 volumes;
|
|
// it is not used in requests to create gp2, st1, sc1, or standard volumes.
|
|
Iops *int64 `locationName:"iops" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The full ARN of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master
|
|
// key (CMK) that was used to protect the volume encryption key for the volume.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `locationName:"kmsKeyId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The size of the volume, in GiBs.
|
|
Size *int64 `locationName:"size" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The snapshot from which the volume was created, if applicable.
|
|
SnapshotId *string `locationName:"snapshotId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The volume state.
|
|
State *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"VolumeState"`
|
|
|
|
// Any tags assigned to the volume.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tagSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the volume.
|
|
VolumeId *string `locationName:"volumeId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The volume type. This can be gp2 for General Purpose SSD, io1 for Provisioned
|
|
// IOPS SSD, st1 for Throughput Optimized HDD, sc1 for Cold HDD, or standard
|
|
// for Magnetic volumes.
|
|
VolumeType *string `locationName:"volumeType" type:"string" enum:"VolumeType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Volume) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Volume) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttachments sets the Attachments field's value.
|
|
func (s *Volume) SetAttachments(v []*VolumeAttachment) *Volume {
|
|
s.Attachments = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *Volume) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *Volume {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *Volume) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *Volume {
|
|
s.CreateTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEncrypted sets the Encrypted field's value.
|
|
func (s *Volume) SetEncrypted(v bool) *Volume {
|
|
s.Encrypted = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
|
|
func (s *Volume) SetIops(v int64) *Volume {
|
|
s.Iops = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Volume) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *Volume {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSize sets the Size field's value.
|
|
func (s *Volume) SetSize(v int64) *Volume {
|
|
s.Size = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotId sets the SnapshotId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Volume) SetSnapshotId(v string) *Volume {
|
|
s.SnapshotId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *Volume) SetState(v string) *Volume {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *Volume) SetTags(v []*Tag) *Volume {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeId sets the VolumeId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Volume) SetVolumeId(v string) *Volume {
|
|
s.VolumeId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeType sets the VolumeType field's value.
|
|
func (s *Volume) SetVolumeType(v string) *Volume {
|
|
s.VolumeType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes volume attachment details.
|
|
type VolumeAttachment struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The time stamp when the attachment initiated.
|
|
AttachTime *time.Time `locationName:"attachTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the EBS volume is deleted on instance termination.
|
|
DeleteOnTermination *bool `locationName:"deleteOnTermination" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The device name.
|
|
Device *string `locationName:"device" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the instance.
|
|
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The attachment state of the volume.
|
|
State *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"VolumeAttachmentState"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the volume.
|
|
VolumeId *string `locationName:"volumeId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VolumeAttachment) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VolumeAttachment) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttachTime sets the AttachTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeAttachment) SetAttachTime(v time.Time) *VolumeAttachment {
|
|
s.AttachTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeleteOnTermination sets the DeleteOnTermination field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeAttachment) SetDeleteOnTermination(v bool) *VolumeAttachment {
|
|
s.DeleteOnTermination = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDevice sets the Device field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeAttachment) SetDevice(v string) *VolumeAttachment {
|
|
s.Device = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeAttachment) SetInstanceId(v string) *VolumeAttachment {
|
|
s.InstanceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeAttachment) SetState(v string) *VolumeAttachment {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeId sets the VolumeId field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeAttachment) SetVolumeId(v string) *VolumeAttachment {
|
|
s.VolumeId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an EBS volume.
|
|
type VolumeDetail struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The size of the volume, in GiB.
|
|
//
|
|
// Size is a required field
|
|
Size *int64 `locationName:"size" type:"long" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VolumeDetail) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VolumeDetail) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *VolumeDetail) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "VolumeDetail"}
|
|
if s.Size == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Size"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSize sets the Size field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeDetail) SetSize(v int64) *VolumeDetail {
|
|
s.Size = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the modification status of an EBS volume.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the volume has never been modified, some element values will be null.
|
|
type VolumeModification struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Modification completion or failure time.
|
|
EndTime *time.Time `locationName:"endTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// Current state of modification. Modification state is null for unmodified
|
|
// volumes.
|
|
ModificationState *string `locationName:"modificationState" type:"string" enum:"VolumeModificationState"`
|
|
|
|
// Original IOPS rate of the volume being modified.
|
|
OriginalIops *int64 `locationName:"originalIops" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Original size of the volume being modified.
|
|
OriginalSize *int64 `locationName:"originalSize" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Original EBS volume type of the volume being modified.
|
|
OriginalVolumeType *string `locationName:"originalVolumeType" type:"string" enum:"VolumeType"`
|
|
|
|
// Modification progress from 0 to 100%.
|
|
Progress *int64 `locationName:"progress" type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// Modification start time
|
|
StartTime *time.Time `locationName:"startTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// Generic status message on modification progress or failure.
|
|
StatusMessage *string `locationName:"statusMessage" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Target IOPS rate of the volume being modified.
|
|
TargetIops *int64 `locationName:"targetIops" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Target size of the volume being modified.
|
|
TargetSize *int64 `locationName:"targetSize" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Target EBS volume type of the volume being modified.
|
|
TargetVolumeType *string `locationName:"targetVolumeType" type:"string" enum:"VolumeType"`
|
|
|
|
// ID of the volume being modified.
|
|
VolumeId *string `locationName:"volumeId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VolumeModification) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VolumeModification) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndTime sets the EndTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeModification) SetEndTime(v time.Time) *VolumeModification {
|
|
s.EndTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetModificationState sets the ModificationState field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeModification) SetModificationState(v string) *VolumeModification {
|
|
s.ModificationState = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOriginalIops sets the OriginalIops field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeModification) SetOriginalIops(v int64) *VolumeModification {
|
|
s.OriginalIops = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOriginalSize sets the OriginalSize field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeModification) SetOriginalSize(v int64) *VolumeModification {
|
|
s.OriginalSize = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOriginalVolumeType sets the OriginalVolumeType field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeModification) SetOriginalVolumeType(v string) *VolumeModification {
|
|
s.OriginalVolumeType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProgress sets the Progress field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeModification) SetProgress(v int64) *VolumeModification {
|
|
s.Progress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeModification) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *VolumeModification {
|
|
s.StartTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatusMessage sets the StatusMessage field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeModification) SetStatusMessage(v string) *VolumeModification {
|
|
s.StatusMessage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetIops sets the TargetIops field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeModification) SetTargetIops(v int64) *VolumeModification {
|
|
s.TargetIops = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetSize sets the TargetSize field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeModification) SetTargetSize(v int64) *VolumeModification {
|
|
s.TargetSize = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetVolumeType sets the TargetVolumeType field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeModification) SetTargetVolumeType(v string) *VolumeModification {
|
|
s.TargetVolumeType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeId sets the VolumeId field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeModification) SetVolumeId(v string) *VolumeModification {
|
|
s.VolumeId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a volume status operation code.
|
|
type VolumeStatusAction struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The code identifying the operation, for example, enable-volume-io.
|
|
Code *string `locationName:"code" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A description of the operation.
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the event associated with this operation.
|
|
EventId *string `locationName:"eventId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The event type associated with this operation.
|
|
EventType *string `locationName:"eventType" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VolumeStatusAction) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VolumeStatusAction) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCode sets the Code field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeStatusAction) SetCode(v string) *VolumeStatusAction {
|
|
s.Code = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeStatusAction) SetDescription(v string) *VolumeStatusAction {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventId sets the EventId field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeStatusAction) SetEventId(v string) *VolumeStatusAction {
|
|
s.EventId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventType sets the EventType field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeStatusAction) SetEventType(v string) *VolumeStatusAction {
|
|
s.EventType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a volume status.
|
|
type VolumeStatusDetails struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the volume status.
|
|
Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" enum:"VolumeStatusName"`
|
|
|
|
// The intended status of the volume status.
|
|
Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VolumeStatusDetails) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VolumeStatusDetails) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeStatusDetails) SetName(v string) *VolumeStatusDetails {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeStatusDetails) SetStatus(v string) *VolumeStatusDetails {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a volume status event.
|
|
type VolumeStatusEvent struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A description of the event.
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of this event.
|
|
EventId *string `locationName:"eventId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of this event.
|
|
EventType *string `locationName:"eventType" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The latest end time of the event.
|
|
NotAfter *time.Time `locationName:"notAfter" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The earliest start time of the event.
|
|
NotBefore *time.Time `locationName:"notBefore" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VolumeStatusEvent) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VolumeStatusEvent) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeStatusEvent) SetDescription(v string) *VolumeStatusEvent {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventId sets the EventId field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeStatusEvent) SetEventId(v string) *VolumeStatusEvent {
|
|
s.EventId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventType sets the EventType field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeStatusEvent) SetEventType(v string) *VolumeStatusEvent {
|
|
s.EventType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNotAfter sets the NotAfter field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeStatusEvent) SetNotAfter(v time.Time) *VolumeStatusEvent {
|
|
s.NotAfter = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNotBefore sets the NotBefore field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeStatusEvent) SetNotBefore(v time.Time) *VolumeStatusEvent {
|
|
s.NotBefore = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the status of a volume.
|
|
type VolumeStatusInfo struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The details of the volume status.
|
|
Details []*VolumeStatusDetails `locationName:"details" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the volume.
|
|
Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"VolumeStatusInfoStatus"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VolumeStatusInfo) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VolumeStatusInfo) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDetails sets the Details field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeStatusInfo) SetDetails(v []*VolumeStatusDetails) *VolumeStatusInfo {
|
|
s.Details = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeStatusInfo) SetStatus(v string) *VolumeStatusInfo {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the volume status.
|
|
type VolumeStatusItem struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The details of the operation.
|
|
Actions []*VolumeStatusAction `locationName:"actionsSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone of the volume.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of events associated with the volume.
|
|
Events []*VolumeStatusEvent `locationName:"eventsSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The volume ID.
|
|
VolumeId *string `locationName:"volumeId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The volume status.
|
|
VolumeStatus *VolumeStatusInfo `locationName:"volumeStatus" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VolumeStatusItem) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VolumeStatusItem) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetActions sets the Actions field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeStatusItem) SetActions(v []*VolumeStatusAction) *VolumeStatusItem {
|
|
s.Actions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeStatusItem) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *VolumeStatusItem {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeStatusItem) SetEvents(v []*VolumeStatusEvent) *VolumeStatusItem {
|
|
s.Events = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeId sets the VolumeId field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeStatusItem) SetVolumeId(v string) *VolumeStatusItem {
|
|
s.VolumeId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVolumeStatus sets the VolumeStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *VolumeStatusItem) SetVolumeStatus(v *VolumeStatusInfo) *VolumeStatusItem {
|
|
s.VolumeStatus = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a VPC.
|
|
type Vpc struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The primary IPv4 CIDR block for the VPC.
|
|
CidrBlock *string `locationName:"cidrBlock" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the IPv4 CIDR blocks associated with the VPC.
|
|
CidrBlockAssociationSet []*VpcCidrBlockAssociation `locationName:"cidrBlockAssociationSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the set of DHCP options you've associated with the VPC (or default
|
|
// if the default options are associated with the VPC).
|
|
DhcpOptionsId *string `locationName:"dhcpOptionsId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The allowed tenancy of instances launched into the VPC.
|
|
InstanceTenancy *string `locationName:"instanceTenancy" type:"string" enum:"Tenancy"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the IPv6 CIDR blocks associated with the VPC.
|
|
Ipv6CidrBlockAssociationSet []*VpcIpv6CidrBlockAssociation `locationName:"ipv6CidrBlockAssociationSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the VPC is the default VPC.
|
|
IsDefault *bool `locationName:"isDefault" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The current state of the VPC.
|
|
State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"VpcState"`
|
|
|
|
// Any tags assigned to the VPC.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tagSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC.
|
|
VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Vpc) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Vpc) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCidrBlock sets the CidrBlock field's value.
|
|
func (s *Vpc) SetCidrBlock(v string) *Vpc {
|
|
s.CidrBlock = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCidrBlockAssociationSet sets the CidrBlockAssociationSet field's value.
|
|
func (s *Vpc) SetCidrBlockAssociationSet(v []*VpcCidrBlockAssociation) *Vpc {
|
|
s.CidrBlockAssociationSet = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDhcpOptionsId sets the DhcpOptionsId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Vpc) SetDhcpOptionsId(v string) *Vpc {
|
|
s.DhcpOptionsId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceTenancy sets the InstanceTenancy field's value.
|
|
func (s *Vpc) SetInstanceTenancy(v string) *Vpc {
|
|
s.InstanceTenancy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6CidrBlockAssociationSet sets the Ipv6CidrBlockAssociationSet field's value.
|
|
func (s *Vpc) SetIpv6CidrBlockAssociationSet(v []*VpcIpv6CidrBlockAssociation) *Vpc {
|
|
s.Ipv6CidrBlockAssociationSet = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIsDefault sets the IsDefault field's value.
|
|
func (s *Vpc) SetIsDefault(v bool) *Vpc {
|
|
s.IsDefault = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *Vpc) SetState(v string) *Vpc {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *Vpc) SetTags(v []*Tag) *Vpc {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Vpc) SetVpcId(v string) *Vpc {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an attachment between a virtual private gateway and a VPC.
|
|
type VpcAttachment struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The current state of the attachment.
|
|
State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"AttachmentStatus"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC.
|
|
VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcAttachment) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcAttachment) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcAttachment) SetState(v string) *VpcAttachment {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcAttachment) SetVpcId(v string) *VpcAttachment {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an IPv4 CIDR block associated with a VPC.
|
|
type VpcCidrBlockAssociation struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The association ID for the IPv4 CIDR block.
|
|
AssociationId *string `locationName:"associationId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv4 CIDR block.
|
|
CidrBlock *string `locationName:"cidrBlock" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the state of the CIDR block.
|
|
CidrBlockState *VpcCidrBlockState `locationName:"cidrBlockState" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcCidrBlockAssociation) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcCidrBlockAssociation) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssociationId sets the AssociationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcCidrBlockAssociation) SetAssociationId(v string) *VpcCidrBlockAssociation {
|
|
s.AssociationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCidrBlock sets the CidrBlock field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcCidrBlockAssociation) SetCidrBlock(v string) *VpcCidrBlockAssociation {
|
|
s.CidrBlock = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCidrBlockState sets the CidrBlockState field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcCidrBlockAssociation) SetCidrBlockState(v *VpcCidrBlockState) *VpcCidrBlockAssociation {
|
|
s.CidrBlockState = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the state of a CIDR block.
|
|
type VpcCidrBlockState struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of the CIDR block.
|
|
State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"VpcCidrBlockStateCode"`
|
|
|
|
// A message about the status of the CIDR block, if applicable.
|
|
StatusMessage *string `locationName:"statusMessage" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcCidrBlockState) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcCidrBlockState) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcCidrBlockState) SetState(v string) *VpcCidrBlockState {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatusMessage sets the StatusMessage field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcCidrBlockState) SetStatusMessage(v string) *VpcCidrBlockState {
|
|
s.StatusMessage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes whether a VPC is enabled for ClassicLink.
|
|
type VpcClassicLink struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the VPC is enabled for ClassicLink.
|
|
ClassicLinkEnabled *bool `locationName:"classicLinkEnabled" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Any tags assigned to the VPC.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tagSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC.
|
|
VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcClassicLink) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcClassicLink) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClassicLinkEnabled sets the ClassicLinkEnabled field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcClassicLink) SetClassicLinkEnabled(v bool) *VpcClassicLink {
|
|
s.ClassicLinkEnabled = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcClassicLink) SetTags(v []*Tag) *VpcClassicLink {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcClassicLink) SetVpcId(v string) *VpcClassicLink {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a VPC endpoint.
|
|
type VpcEndpoint struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time the VPC endpoint was created.
|
|
CreationTimestamp *time.Time `locationName:"creationTimestamp" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// (Interface endpoint) The DNS entries for the endpoint.
|
|
DnsEntries []*DnsEntry `locationName:"dnsEntrySet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// (Interface endpoint) Information about the security groups associated with
|
|
// the network interface.
|
|
Groups []*SecurityGroupIdentifier `locationName:"groupSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// (Interface endpoint) One or more network interfaces for the endpoint.
|
|
NetworkInterfaceIds []*string `locationName:"networkInterfaceIdSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The policy document associated with the endpoint, if applicable.
|
|
PolicyDocument *string `locationName:"policyDocument" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// (Interface endpoint) Indicates whether the VPC is associated with a private
|
|
// hosted zone.
|
|
PrivateDnsEnabled *bool `locationName:"privateDnsEnabled" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// (Gateway endpoint) One or more route tables associated with the endpoint.
|
|
RouteTableIds []*string `locationName:"routeTableIdSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the service to which the endpoint is associated.
|
|
ServiceName *string `locationName:"serviceName" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of the VPC endpoint.
|
|
State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"State"`
|
|
|
|
// (Interface endpoint) One or more subnets in which the endpoint is located.
|
|
SubnetIds []*string `locationName:"subnetIdSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC endpoint.
|
|
VpcEndpointId *string `locationName:"vpcEndpointId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of endpoint.
|
|
VpcEndpointType *string `locationName:"vpcEndpointType" type:"string" enum:"VpcEndpointType"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC to which the endpoint is associated.
|
|
VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcEndpoint) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcEndpoint) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreationTimestamp sets the CreationTimestamp field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcEndpoint) SetCreationTimestamp(v time.Time) *VpcEndpoint {
|
|
s.CreationTimestamp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDnsEntries sets the DnsEntries field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcEndpoint) SetDnsEntries(v []*DnsEntry) *VpcEndpoint {
|
|
s.DnsEntries = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroups sets the Groups field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcEndpoint) SetGroups(v []*SecurityGroupIdentifier) *VpcEndpoint {
|
|
s.Groups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNetworkInterfaceIds sets the NetworkInterfaceIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcEndpoint) SetNetworkInterfaceIds(v []*string) *VpcEndpoint {
|
|
s.NetworkInterfaceIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPolicyDocument sets the PolicyDocument field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcEndpoint) SetPolicyDocument(v string) *VpcEndpoint {
|
|
s.PolicyDocument = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateDnsEnabled sets the PrivateDnsEnabled field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcEndpoint) SetPrivateDnsEnabled(v bool) *VpcEndpoint {
|
|
s.PrivateDnsEnabled = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRouteTableIds sets the RouteTableIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcEndpoint) SetRouteTableIds(v []*string) *VpcEndpoint {
|
|
s.RouteTableIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServiceName sets the ServiceName field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcEndpoint) SetServiceName(v string) *VpcEndpoint {
|
|
s.ServiceName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcEndpoint) SetState(v string) *VpcEndpoint {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcEndpoint) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *VpcEndpoint {
|
|
s.SubnetIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcEndpointId sets the VpcEndpointId field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcEndpoint) SetVpcEndpointId(v string) *VpcEndpoint {
|
|
s.VpcEndpointId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcEndpointType sets the VpcEndpointType field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcEndpoint) SetVpcEndpointType(v string) *VpcEndpoint {
|
|
s.VpcEndpointType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcEndpoint) SetVpcId(v string) *VpcEndpoint {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a VPC endpoint connection to a service.
|
|
type VpcEndpointConnection struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time the VPC endpoint was created.
|
|
CreationTimestamp *time.Time `locationName:"creationTimestamp" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the service to which the endpoint is connected.
|
|
ServiceId *string `locationName:"serviceId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC endpoint.
|
|
VpcEndpointId *string `locationName:"vpcEndpointId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS account ID of the owner of the VPC endpoint.
|
|
VpcEndpointOwner *string `locationName:"vpcEndpointOwner" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of the VPC endpoint.
|
|
VpcEndpointState *string `locationName:"vpcEndpointState" type:"string" enum:"State"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcEndpointConnection) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcEndpointConnection) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreationTimestamp sets the CreationTimestamp field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcEndpointConnection) SetCreationTimestamp(v time.Time) *VpcEndpointConnection {
|
|
s.CreationTimestamp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServiceId sets the ServiceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcEndpointConnection) SetServiceId(v string) *VpcEndpointConnection {
|
|
s.ServiceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcEndpointId sets the VpcEndpointId field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcEndpointConnection) SetVpcEndpointId(v string) *VpcEndpointConnection {
|
|
s.VpcEndpointId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcEndpointOwner sets the VpcEndpointOwner field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcEndpointConnection) SetVpcEndpointOwner(v string) *VpcEndpointConnection {
|
|
s.VpcEndpointOwner = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcEndpointState sets the VpcEndpointState field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcEndpointConnection) SetVpcEndpointState(v string) *VpcEndpointConnection {
|
|
s.VpcEndpointState = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an IPv6 CIDR block associated with a VPC.
|
|
type VpcIpv6CidrBlockAssociation struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The association ID for the IPv6 CIDR block.
|
|
AssociationId *string `locationName:"associationId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv6 CIDR block.
|
|
Ipv6CidrBlock *string `locationName:"ipv6CidrBlock" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the state of the CIDR block.
|
|
Ipv6CidrBlockState *VpcCidrBlockState `locationName:"ipv6CidrBlockState" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcIpv6CidrBlockAssociation) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcIpv6CidrBlockAssociation) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssociationId sets the AssociationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcIpv6CidrBlockAssociation) SetAssociationId(v string) *VpcIpv6CidrBlockAssociation {
|
|
s.AssociationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6CidrBlock sets the Ipv6CidrBlock field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcIpv6CidrBlockAssociation) SetIpv6CidrBlock(v string) *VpcIpv6CidrBlockAssociation {
|
|
s.Ipv6CidrBlock = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6CidrBlockState sets the Ipv6CidrBlockState field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcIpv6CidrBlockAssociation) SetIpv6CidrBlockState(v *VpcCidrBlockState) *VpcIpv6CidrBlockAssociation {
|
|
s.Ipv6CidrBlockState = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a VPC peering connection.
|
|
type VpcPeeringConnection struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the accepter VPC. CIDR block information is only returned
|
|
// when describing an active VPC peering connection.
|
|
AccepterVpcInfo *VpcPeeringConnectionVpcInfo `locationName:"accepterVpcInfo" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The time that an unaccepted VPC peering connection will expire.
|
|
ExpirationTime *time.Time `locationName:"expirationTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the requester VPC. CIDR block information is only returned
|
|
// when describing an active VPC peering connection.
|
|
RequesterVpcInfo *VpcPeeringConnectionVpcInfo `locationName:"requesterVpcInfo" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the VPC peering connection.
|
|
Status *VpcPeeringConnectionStateReason `locationName:"status" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Any tags assigned to the resource.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tagSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC peering connection.
|
|
VpcPeeringConnectionId *string `locationName:"vpcPeeringConnectionId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcPeeringConnection) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcPeeringConnection) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccepterVpcInfo sets the AccepterVpcInfo field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcPeeringConnection) SetAccepterVpcInfo(v *VpcPeeringConnectionVpcInfo) *VpcPeeringConnection {
|
|
s.AccepterVpcInfo = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetExpirationTime sets the ExpirationTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcPeeringConnection) SetExpirationTime(v time.Time) *VpcPeeringConnection {
|
|
s.ExpirationTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRequesterVpcInfo sets the RequesterVpcInfo field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcPeeringConnection) SetRequesterVpcInfo(v *VpcPeeringConnectionVpcInfo) *VpcPeeringConnection {
|
|
s.RequesterVpcInfo = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcPeeringConnection) SetStatus(v *VpcPeeringConnectionStateReason) *VpcPeeringConnection {
|
|
s.Status = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcPeeringConnection) SetTags(v []*Tag) *VpcPeeringConnection {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcPeeringConnectionId sets the VpcPeeringConnectionId field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcPeeringConnection) SetVpcPeeringConnectionId(v string) *VpcPeeringConnection {
|
|
s.VpcPeeringConnectionId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the VPC peering connection options.
|
|
type VpcPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether a local VPC can resolve public DNS hostnames to private
|
|
// IP addresses when queried from instances in a peer VPC.
|
|
AllowDnsResolutionFromRemoteVpc *bool `locationName:"allowDnsResolutionFromRemoteVpc" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether a local ClassicLink connection can communicate with the
|
|
// peer VPC over the VPC peering connection.
|
|
AllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVpc *bool `locationName:"allowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVpc" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether a local VPC can communicate with a ClassicLink connection
|
|
// in the peer VPC over the VPC peering connection.
|
|
AllowEgressFromLocalVpcToRemoteClassicLink *bool `locationName:"allowEgressFromLocalVpcToRemoteClassicLink" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllowDnsResolutionFromRemoteVpc sets the AllowDnsResolutionFromRemoteVpc field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription) SetAllowDnsResolutionFromRemoteVpc(v bool) *VpcPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription {
|
|
s.AllowDnsResolutionFromRemoteVpc = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVpc sets the AllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVpc field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription) SetAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVpc(v bool) *VpcPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription {
|
|
s.AllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVpc = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllowEgressFromLocalVpcToRemoteClassicLink sets the AllowEgressFromLocalVpcToRemoteClassicLink field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription) SetAllowEgressFromLocalVpcToRemoteClassicLink(v bool) *VpcPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription {
|
|
s.AllowEgressFromLocalVpcToRemoteClassicLink = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the status of a VPC peering connection.
|
|
type VpcPeeringConnectionStateReason struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the VPC peering connection.
|
|
Code *string `locationName:"code" type:"string" enum:"VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode"`
|
|
|
|
// A message that provides more information about the status, if applicable.
|
|
Message *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcPeeringConnectionStateReason) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcPeeringConnectionStateReason) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCode sets the Code field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcPeeringConnectionStateReason) SetCode(v string) *VpcPeeringConnectionStateReason {
|
|
s.Code = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcPeeringConnectionStateReason) SetMessage(v string) *VpcPeeringConnectionStateReason {
|
|
s.Message = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a VPC in a VPC peering connection.
|
|
type VpcPeeringConnectionVpcInfo struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv4 CIDR block for the VPC.
|
|
CidrBlock *string `locationName:"cidrBlock" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the IPv4 CIDR blocks for the VPC.
|
|
CidrBlockSet []*CidrBlock `locationName:"cidrBlockSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The IPv6 CIDR block for the VPC.
|
|
Ipv6CidrBlockSet []*Ipv6CidrBlock `locationName:"ipv6CidrBlockSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS account ID of the VPC owner.
|
|
OwnerId *string `locationName:"ownerId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the VPC peering connection options for the accepter or
|
|
// requester VPC.
|
|
PeeringOptions *VpcPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription `locationName:"peeringOptions" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The region in which the VPC is located.
|
|
Region *string `locationName:"region" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC.
|
|
VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcPeeringConnectionVpcInfo) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcPeeringConnectionVpcInfo) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCidrBlock sets the CidrBlock field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcPeeringConnectionVpcInfo) SetCidrBlock(v string) *VpcPeeringConnectionVpcInfo {
|
|
s.CidrBlock = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCidrBlockSet sets the CidrBlockSet field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcPeeringConnectionVpcInfo) SetCidrBlockSet(v []*CidrBlock) *VpcPeeringConnectionVpcInfo {
|
|
s.CidrBlockSet = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpv6CidrBlockSet sets the Ipv6CidrBlockSet field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcPeeringConnectionVpcInfo) SetIpv6CidrBlockSet(v []*Ipv6CidrBlock) *VpcPeeringConnectionVpcInfo {
|
|
s.Ipv6CidrBlockSet = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOwnerId sets the OwnerId field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcPeeringConnectionVpcInfo) SetOwnerId(v string) *VpcPeeringConnectionVpcInfo {
|
|
s.OwnerId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPeeringOptions sets the PeeringOptions field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcPeeringConnectionVpcInfo) SetPeeringOptions(v *VpcPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription) *VpcPeeringConnectionVpcInfo {
|
|
s.PeeringOptions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRegion sets the Region field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcPeeringConnectionVpcInfo) SetRegion(v string) *VpcPeeringConnectionVpcInfo {
|
|
s.Region = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcPeeringConnectionVpcInfo) SetVpcId(v string) *VpcPeeringConnectionVpcInfo {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a VPN connection.
|
|
type VpnConnection struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The category of the VPN connection. A value of VPN indicates an AWS VPN connection.
|
|
// A value of VPN-Classic indicates an AWS Classic VPN connection. For more
|
|
// information, see AWS Managed VPN Categories (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_VPN.html#vpn-categories)
|
|
// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
|
|
Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The configuration information for the VPN connection's customer gateway (in
|
|
// the native XML format). This element is always present in the CreateVpnConnection
|
|
// response; however, it's present in the DescribeVpnConnections response only
|
|
// if the VPN connection is in the pending or available state.
|
|
CustomerGatewayConfiguration *string `locationName:"customerGatewayConfiguration" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the customer gateway at your end of the VPN connection.
|
|
CustomerGatewayId *string `locationName:"customerGatewayId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The VPN connection options.
|
|
Options *VpnConnectionOptions `locationName:"options" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The static routes associated with the VPN connection.
|
|
Routes []*VpnStaticRoute `locationName:"routes" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The current state of the VPN connection.
|
|
State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"VpnState"`
|
|
|
|
// Any tags assigned to the VPN connection.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tagSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of VPN connection.
|
|
Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"GatewayType"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the VPN tunnel.
|
|
VgwTelemetry []*VgwTelemetry `locationName:"vgwTelemetry" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPN connection.
|
|
VpnConnectionId *string `locationName:"vpnConnectionId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the virtual private gateway at the AWS side of the VPN connection.
|
|
VpnGatewayId *string `locationName:"vpnGatewayId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpnConnection) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpnConnection) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCategory sets the Category field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpnConnection) SetCategory(v string) *VpnConnection {
|
|
s.Category = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCustomerGatewayConfiguration sets the CustomerGatewayConfiguration field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpnConnection) SetCustomerGatewayConfiguration(v string) *VpnConnection {
|
|
s.CustomerGatewayConfiguration = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCustomerGatewayId sets the CustomerGatewayId field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpnConnection) SetCustomerGatewayId(v string) *VpnConnection {
|
|
s.CustomerGatewayId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptions sets the Options field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpnConnection) SetOptions(v *VpnConnectionOptions) *VpnConnection {
|
|
s.Options = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRoutes sets the Routes field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpnConnection) SetRoutes(v []*VpnStaticRoute) *VpnConnection {
|
|
s.Routes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpnConnection) SetState(v string) *VpnConnection {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpnConnection) SetTags(v []*Tag) *VpnConnection {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpnConnection) SetType(v string) *VpnConnection {
|
|
s.Type = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVgwTelemetry sets the VgwTelemetry field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpnConnection) SetVgwTelemetry(v []*VgwTelemetry) *VpnConnection {
|
|
s.VgwTelemetry = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpnConnectionId sets the VpnConnectionId field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpnConnection) SetVpnConnectionId(v string) *VpnConnection {
|
|
s.VpnConnectionId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpnGatewayId sets the VpnGatewayId field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpnConnection) SetVpnGatewayId(v string) *VpnConnection {
|
|
s.VpnGatewayId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes VPN connection options.
|
|
type VpnConnectionOptions struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the VPN connection uses static routes only. Static routes
|
|
// must be used for devices that don't support BGP.
|
|
StaticRoutesOnly *bool `locationName:"staticRoutesOnly" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpnConnectionOptions) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpnConnectionOptions) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStaticRoutesOnly sets the StaticRoutesOnly field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpnConnectionOptions) SetStaticRoutesOnly(v bool) *VpnConnectionOptions {
|
|
s.StaticRoutesOnly = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes VPN connection options.
|
|
type VpnConnectionOptionsSpecification struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicate whether the VPN connection uses static routes only. If you are creating
|
|
// a VPN connection for a device that does not support BGP, you must specify
|
|
// true. Use CreateVpnConnectionRoute to create a static route.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
StaticRoutesOnly *bool `locationName:"staticRoutesOnly" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The tunnel options for the VPN connection.
|
|
TunnelOptions []*VpnTunnelOptionsSpecification `locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpnConnectionOptionsSpecification) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpnConnectionOptionsSpecification) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStaticRoutesOnly sets the StaticRoutesOnly field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpnConnectionOptionsSpecification) SetStaticRoutesOnly(v bool) *VpnConnectionOptionsSpecification {
|
|
s.StaticRoutesOnly = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTunnelOptions sets the TunnelOptions field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpnConnectionOptionsSpecification) SetTunnelOptions(v []*VpnTunnelOptionsSpecification) *VpnConnectionOptionsSpecification {
|
|
s.TunnelOptions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a virtual private gateway.
|
|
type VpnGateway struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The private Autonomous System Number (ASN) for the Amazon side of a BGP session.
|
|
AmazonSideAsn *int64 `locationName:"amazonSideAsn" type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone where the virtual private gateway was created, if applicable.
|
|
// This field may be empty or not returned.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The current state of the virtual private gateway.
|
|
State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"VpnState"`
|
|
|
|
// Any tags assigned to the virtual private gateway.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tagSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of VPN connection the virtual private gateway supports.
|
|
Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"GatewayType"`
|
|
|
|
// Any VPCs attached to the virtual private gateway.
|
|
VpcAttachments []*VpcAttachment `locationName:"attachments" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the virtual private gateway.
|
|
VpnGatewayId *string `locationName:"vpnGatewayId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpnGateway) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpnGateway) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAmazonSideAsn sets the AmazonSideAsn field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpnGateway) SetAmazonSideAsn(v int64) *VpnGateway {
|
|
s.AmazonSideAsn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpnGateway) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *VpnGateway {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpnGateway) SetState(v string) *VpnGateway {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpnGateway) SetTags(v []*Tag) *VpnGateway {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpnGateway) SetType(v string) *VpnGateway {
|
|
s.Type = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcAttachments sets the VpcAttachments field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpnGateway) SetVpcAttachments(v []*VpcAttachment) *VpnGateway {
|
|
s.VpcAttachments = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpnGatewayId sets the VpnGatewayId field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpnGateway) SetVpnGatewayId(v string) *VpnGateway {
|
|
s.VpnGatewayId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a static route for a VPN connection.
|
|
type VpnStaticRoute struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The CIDR block associated with the local subnet of the customer data center.
|
|
DestinationCidrBlock *string `locationName:"destinationCidrBlock" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates how the routes were provided.
|
|
Source *string `locationName:"source" type:"string" enum:"VpnStaticRouteSource"`
|
|
|
|
// The current state of the static route.
|
|
State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"VpnState"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpnStaticRoute) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpnStaticRoute) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDestinationCidrBlock sets the DestinationCidrBlock field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpnStaticRoute) SetDestinationCidrBlock(v string) *VpnStaticRoute {
|
|
s.DestinationCidrBlock = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSource sets the Source field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpnStaticRoute) SetSource(v string) *VpnStaticRoute {
|
|
s.Source = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpnStaticRoute) SetState(v string) *VpnStaticRoute {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The tunnel options for a VPN connection.
|
|
type VpnTunnelOptionsSpecification struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The pre-shared key (PSK) to establish initial authentication between the
|
|
// virtual private gateway and customer gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Allowed characters are alphanumeric characters and ._. Must
|
|
// be between 8 and 64 characters in length and cannot start with zero (0).
|
|
PreSharedKey *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The range of inside IP addresses for the tunnel. Any specified CIDR blocks
|
|
// must be unique across all VPN connections that use the same virtual private
|
|
// gateway.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: A size /30 CIDR block from the 169.254.0.0/16 range. The following
|
|
// CIDR blocks are reserved and cannot be used:
|
|
//
|
|
// * 169.254.0.0/30
|
|
//
|
|
// * 169.254.1.0/30
|
|
//
|
|
// * 169.254.2.0/30
|
|
//
|
|
// * 169.254.3.0/30
|
|
//
|
|
// * 169.254.4.0/30
|
|
//
|
|
// * 169.254.5.0/30
|
|
//
|
|
// * 169.254.169.252/30
|
|
TunnelInsideCidr *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpnTunnelOptionsSpecification) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpnTunnelOptionsSpecification) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreSharedKey sets the PreSharedKey field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpnTunnelOptionsSpecification) SetPreSharedKey(v string) *VpnTunnelOptionsSpecification {
|
|
s.PreSharedKey = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTunnelInsideCidr sets the TunnelInsideCidr field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpnTunnelOptionsSpecification) SetTunnelInsideCidr(v string) *VpnTunnelOptionsSpecification {
|
|
s.TunnelInsideCidr = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// AccountAttributeNameSupportedPlatforms is a AccountAttributeName enum value
|
|
AccountAttributeNameSupportedPlatforms = "supported-platforms"
|
|
|
|
// AccountAttributeNameDefaultVpc is a AccountAttributeName enum value
|
|
AccountAttributeNameDefaultVpc = "default-vpc"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ActivityStatusError is a ActivityStatus enum value
|
|
ActivityStatusError = "error"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityStatusPendingFulfillment is a ActivityStatus enum value
|
|
ActivityStatusPendingFulfillment = "pending_fulfillment"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityStatusPendingTermination is a ActivityStatus enum value
|
|
ActivityStatusPendingTermination = "pending_termination"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityStatusFulfilled is a ActivityStatus enum value
|
|
ActivityStatusFulfilled = "fulfilled"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// AffinityDefault is a Affinity enum value
|
|
AffinityDefault = "default"
|
|
|
|
// AffinityHost is a Affinity enum value
|
|
AffinityHost = "host"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// AllocationStateAvailable is a AllocationState enum value
|
|
AllocationStateAvailable = "available"
|
|
|
|
// AllocationStateUnderAssessment is a AllocationState enum value
|
|
AllocationStateUnderAssessment = "under-assessment"
|
|
|
|
// AllocationStatePermanentFailure is a AllocationState enum value
|
|
AllocationStatePermanentFailure = "permanent-failure"
|
|
|
|
// AllocationStateReleased is a AllocationState enum value
|
|
AllocationStateReleased = "released"
|
|
|
|
// AllocationStateReleasedPermanentFailure is a AllocationState enum value
|
|
AllocationStateReleasedPermanentFailure = "released-permanent-failure"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// AllocationStrategyLowestPrice is a AllocationStrategy enum value
|
|
AllocationStrategyLowestPrice = "lowestPrice"
|
|
|
|
// AllocationStrategyDiversified is a AllocationStrategy enum value
|
|
AllocationStrategyDiversified = "diversified"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ArchitectureValuesI386 is a ArchitectureValues enum value
|
|
ArchitectureValuesI386 = "i386"
|
|
|
|
// ArchitectureValuesX8664 is a ArchitectureValues enum value
|
|
ArchitectureValuesX8664 = "x86_64"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// AttachmentStatusAttaching is a AttachmentStatus enum value
|
|
AttachmentStatusAttaching = "attaching"
|
|
|
|
// AttachmentStatusAttached is a AttachmentStatus enum value
|
|
AttachmentStatusAttached = "attached"
|
|
|
|
// AttachmentStatusDetaching is a AttachmentStatus enum value
|
|
AttachmentStatusDetaching = "detaching"
|
|
|
|
// AttachmentStatusDetached is a AttachmentStatus enum value
|
|
AttachmentStatusDetached = "detached"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// AutoPlacementOn is a AutoPlacement enum value
|
|
AutoPlacementOn = "on"
|
|
|
|
// AutoPlacementOff is a AutoPlacement enum value
|
|
AutoPlacementOff = "off"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// AvailabilityZoneStateAvailable is a AvailabilityZoneState enum value
|
|
AvailabilityZoneStateAvailable = "available"
|
|
|
|
// AvailabilityZoneStateInformation is a AvailabilityZoneState enum value
|
|
AvailabilityZoneStateInformation = "information"
|
|
|
|
// AvailabilityZoneStateImpaired is a AvailabilityZoneState enum value
|
|
AvailabilityZoneStateImpaired = "impaired"
|
|
|
|
// AvailabilityZoneStateUnavailable is a AvailabilityZoneState enum value
|
|
AvailabilityZoneStateUnavailable = "unavailable"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// BatchStateSubmitted is a BatchState enum value
|
|
BatchStateSubmitted = "submitted"
|
|
|
|
// BatchStateActive is a BatchState enum value
|
|
BatchStateActive = "active"
|
|
|
|
// BatchStateCancelled is a BatchState enum value
|
|
BatchStateCancelled = "cancelled"
|
|
|
|
// BatchStateFailed is a BatchState enum value
|
|
BatchStateFailed = "failed"
|
|
|
|
// BatchStateCancelledRunning is a BatchState enum value
|
|
BatchStateCancelledRunning = "cancelled_running"
|
|
|
|
// BatchStateCancelledTerminating is a BatchState enum value
|
|
BatchStateCancelledTerminating = "cancelled_terminating"
|
|
|
|
// BatchStateModifying is a BatchState enum value
|
|
BatchStateModifying = "modifying"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// BundleTaskStatePending is a BundleTaskState enum value
|
|
BundleTaskStatePending = "pending"
|
|
|
|
// BundleTaskStateWaitingForShutdown is a BundleTaskState enum value
|
|
BundleTaskStateWaitingForShutdown = "waiting-for-shutdown"
|
|
|
|
// BundleTaskStateBundling is a BundleTaskState enum value
|
|
BundleTaskStateBundling = "bundling"
|
|
|
|
// BundleTaskStateStoring is a BundleTaskState enum value
|
|
BundleTaskStateStoring = "storing"
|
|
|
|
// BundleTaskStateCancelling is a BundleTaskState enum value
|
|
BundleTaskStateCancelling = "cancelling"
|
|
|
|
// BundleTaskStateComplete is a BundleTaskState enum value
|
|
BundleTaskStateComplete = "complete"
|
|
|
|
// BundleTaskStateFailed is a BundleTaskState enum value
|
|
BundleTaskStateFailed = "failed"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// CancelBatchErrorCodeFleetRequestIdDoesNotExist is a CancelBatchErrorCode enum value
|
|
CancelBatchErrorCodeFleetRequestIdDoesNotExist = "fleetRequestIdDoesNotExist"
|
|
|
|
// CancelBatchErrorCodeFleetRequestIdMalformed is a CancelBatchErrorCode enum value
|
|
CancelBatchErrorCodeFleetRequestIdMalformed = "fleetRequestIdMalformed"
|
|
|
|
// CancelBatchErrorCodeFleetRequestNotInCancellableState is a CancelBatchErrorCode enum value
|
|
CancelBatchErrorCodeFleetRequestNotInCancellableState = "fleetRequestNotInCancellableState"
|
|
|
|
// CancelBatchErrorCodeUnexpectedError is a CancelBatchErrorCode enum value
|
|
CancelBatchErrorCodeUnexpectedError = "unexpectedError"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// CancelSpotInstanceRequestStateActive is a CancelSpotInstanceRequestState enum value
|
|
CancelSpotInstanceRequestStateActive = "active"
|
|
|
|
// CancelSpotInstanceRequestStateOpen is a CancelSpotInstanceRequestState enum value
|
|
CancelSpotInstanceRequestStateOpen = "open"
|
|
|
|
// CancelSpotInstanceRequestStateClosed is a CancelSpotInstanceRequestState enum value
|
|
CancelSpotInstanceRequestStateClosed = "closed"
|
|
|
|
// CancelSpotInstanceRequestStateCancelled is a CancelSpotInstanceRequestState enum value
|
|
CancelSpotInstanceRequestStateCancelled = "cancelled"
|
|
|
|
// CancelSpotInstanceRequestStateCompleted is a CancelSpotInstanceRequestState enum value
|
|
CancelSpotInstanceRequestStateCompleted = "completed"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ConnectionNotificationStateEnabled is a ConnectionNotificationState enum value
|
|
ConnectionNotificationStateEnabled = "Enabled"
|
|
|
|
// ConnectionNotificationStateDisabled is a ConnectionNotificationState enum value
|
|
ConnectionNotificationStateDisabled = "Disabled"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ConnectionNotificationTypeTopic is a ConnectionNotificationType enum value
|
|
ConnectionNotificationTypeTopic = "Topic"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ContainerFormatOva is a ContainerFormat enum value
|
|
ContainerFormatOva = "ova"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ConversionTaskStateActive is a ConversionTaskState enum value
|
|
ConversionTaskStateActive = "active"
|
|
|
|
// ConversionTaskStateCancelling is a ConversionTaskState enum value
|
|
ConversionTaskStateCancelling = "cancelling"
|
|
|
|
// ConversionTaskStateCancelled is a ConversionTaskState enum value
|
|
ConversionTaskStateCancelled = "cancelled"
|
|
|
|
// ConversionTaskStateCompleted is a ConversionTaskState enum value
|
|
ConversionTaskStateCompleted = "completed"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// CurrencyCodeValuesUsd is a CurrencyCodeValues enum value
|
|
CurrencyCodeValuesUsd = "USD"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// DatafeedSubscriptionStateActive is a DatafeedSubscriptionState enum value
|
|
DatafeedSubscriptionStateActive = "Active"
|
|
|
|
// DatafeedSubscriptionStateInactive is a DatafeedSubscriptionState enum value
|
|
DatafeedSubscriptionStateInactive = "Inactive"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// DeviceTypeEbs is a DeviceType enum value
|
|
DeviceTypeEbs = "ebs"
|
|
|
|
// DeviceTypeInstanceStore is a DeviceType enum value
|
|
DeviceTypeInstanceStore = "instance-store"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// DiskImageFormatVmdk is a DiskImageFormat enum value
|
|
DiskImageFormatVmdk = "VMDK"
|
|
|
|
// DiskImageFormatRaw is a DiskImageFormat enum value
|
|
DiskImageFormatRaw = "RAW"
|
|
|
|
// DiskImageFormatVhd is a DiskImageFormat enum value
|
|
DiskImageFormatVhd = "VHD"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// DomainTypeVpc is a DomainType enum value
|
|
DomainTypeVpc = "vpc"
|
|
|
|
// DomainTypeStandard is a DomainType enum value
|
|
DomainTypeStandard = "standard"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ElasticGpuStateAttached is a ElasticGpuState enum value
|
|
ElasticGpuStateAttached = "ATTACHED"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ElasticGpuStatusOk is a ElasticGpuStatus enum value
|
|
ElasticGpuStatusOk = "OK"
|
|
|
|
// ElasticGpuStatusImpaired is a ElasticGpuStatus enum value
|
|
ElasticGpuStatusImpaired = "IMPAIRED"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// EventCodeInstanceReboot is a EventCode enum value
|
|
EventCodeInstanceReboot = "instance-reboot"
|
|
|
|
// EventCodeSystemReboot is a EventCode enum value
|
|
EventCodeSystemReboot = "system-reboot"
|
|
|
|
// EventCodeSystemMaintenance is a EventCode enum value
|
|
EventCodeSystemMaintenance = "system-maintenance"
|
|
|
|
// EventCodeInstanceRetirement is a EventCode enum value
|
|
EventCodeInstanceRetirement = "instance-retirement"
|
|
|
|
// EventCodeInstanceStop is a EventCode enum value
|
|
EventCodeInstanceStop = "instance-stop"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// EventTypeInstanceChange is a EventType enum value
|
|
EventTypeInstanceChange = "instanceChange"
|
|
|
|
// EventTypeFleetRequestChange is a EventType enum value
|
|
EventTypeFleetRequestChange = "fleetRequestChange"
|
|
|
|
// EventTypeError is a EventType enum value
|
|
EventTypeError = "error"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicyNoTermination is a ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy enum value
|
|
ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicyNoTermination = "noTermination"
|
|
|
|
// ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicyDefault is a ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy enum value
|
|
ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicyDefault = "default"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ExportEnvironmentCitrix is a ExportEnvironment enum value
|
|
ExportEnvironmentCitrix = "citrix"
|
|
|
|
// ExportEnvironmentVmware is a ExportEnvironment enum value
|
|
ExportEnvironmentVmware = "vmware"
|
|
|
|
// ExportEnvironmentMicrosoft is a ExportEnvironment enum value
|
|
ExportEnvironmentMicrosoft = "microsoft"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ExportTaskStateActive is a ExportTaskState enum value
|
|
ExportTaskStateActive = "active"
|
|
|
|
// ExportTaskStateCancelling is a ExportTaskState enum value
|
|
ExportTaskStateCancelling = "cancelling"
|
|
|
|
// ExportTaskStateCancelled is a ExportTaskState enum value
|
|
ExportTaskStateCancelled = "cancelled"
|
|
|
|
// ExportTaskStateCompleted is a ExportTaskState enum value
|
|
ExportTaskStateCompleted = "completed"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// FleetTypeRequest is a FleetType enum value
|
|
FleetTypeRequest = "request"
|
|
|
|
// FleetTypeMaintain is a FleetType enum value
|
|
FleetTypeMaintain = "maintain"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// FlowLogsResourceTypeVpc is a FlowLogsResourceType enum value
|
|
FlowLogsResourceTypeVpc = "VPC"
|
|
|
|
// FlowLogsResourceTypeSubnet is a FlowLogsResourceType enum value
|
|
FlowLogsResourceTypeSubnet = "Subnet"
|
|
|
|
// FlowLogsResourceTypeNetworkInterface is a FlowLogsResourceType enum value
|
|
FlowLogsResourceTypeNetworkInterface = "NetworkInterface"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// FpgaImageAttributeNameDescription is a FpgaImageAttributeName enum value
|
|
FpgaImageAttributeNameDescription = "description"
|
|
|
|
// FpgaImageAttributeNameName is a FpgaImageAttributeName enum value
|
|
FpgaImageAttributeNameName = "name"
|
|
|
|
// FpgaImageAttributeNameLoadPermission is a FpgaImageAttributeName enum value
|
|
FpgaImageAttributeNameLoadPermission = "loadPermission"
|
|
|
|
// FpgaImageAttributeNameProductCodes is a FpgaImageAttributeName enum value
|
|
FpgaImageAttributeNameProductCodes = "productCodes"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// FpgaImageStateCodePending is a FpgaImageStateCode enum value
|
|
FpgaImageStateCodePending = "pending"
|
|
|
|
// FpgaImageStateCodeFailed is a FpgaImageStateCode enum value
|
|
FpgaImageStateCodeFailed = "failed"
|
|
|
|
// FpgaImageStateCodeAvailable is a FpgaImageStateCode enum value
|
|
FpgaImageStateCodeAvailable = "available"
|
|
|
|
// FpgaImageStateCodeUnavailable is a FpgaImageStateCode enum value
|
|
FpgaImageStateCodeUnavailable = "unavailable"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// GatewayTypeIpsec1 is a GatewayType enum value
|
|
GatewayTypeIpsec1 = "ipsec.1"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// HostTenancyDedicated is a HostTenancy enum value
|
|
HostTenancyDedicated = "dedicated"
|
|
|
|
// HostTenancyHost is a HostTenancy enum value
|
|
HostTenancyHost = "host"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// HypervisorTypeOvm is a HypervisorType enum value
|
|
HypervisorTypeOvm = "ovm"
|
|
|
|
// HypervisorTypeXen is a HypervisorType enum value
|
|
HypervisorTypeXen = "xen"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// IamInstanceProfileAssociationStateAssociating is a IamInstanceProfileAssociationState enum value
|
|
IamInstanceProfileAssociationStateAssociating = "associating"
|
|
|
|
// IamInstanceProfileAssociationStateAssociated is a IamInstanceProfileAssociationState enum value
|
|
IamInstanceProfileAssociationStateAssociated = "associated"
|
|
|
|
// IamInstanceProfileAssociationStateDisassociating is a IamInstanceProfileAssociationState enum value
|
|
IamInstanceProfileAssociationStateDisassociating = "disassociating"
|
|
|
|
// IamInstanceProfileAssociationStateDisassociated is a IamInstanceProfileAssociationState enum value
|
|
IamInstanceProfileAssociationStateDisassociated = "disassociated"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ImageAttributeNameDescription is a ImageAttributeName enum value
|
|
ImageAttributeNameDescription = "description"
|
|
|
|
// ImageAttributeNameKernel is a ImageAttributeName enum value
|
|
ImageAttributeNameKernel = "kernel"
|
|
|
|
// ImageAttributeNameRamdisk is a ImageAttributeName enum value
|
|
ImageAttributeNameRamdisk = "ramdisk"
|
|
|
|
// ImageAttributeNameLaunchPermission is a ImageAttributeName enum value
|
|
ImageAttributeNameLaunchPermission = "launchPermission"
|
|
|
|
// ImageAttributeNameProductCodes is a ImageAttributeName enum value
|
|
ImageAttributeNameProductCodes = "productCodes"
|
|
|
|
// ImageAttributeNameBlockDeviceMapping is a ImageAttributeName enum value
|
|
ImageAttributeNameBlockDeviceMapping = "blockDeviceMapping"
|
|
|
|
// ImageAttributeNameSriovNetSupport is a ImageAttributeName enum value
|
|
ImageAttributeNameSriovNetSupport = "sriovNetSupport"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ImageStatePending is a ImageState enum value
|
|
ImageStatePending = "pending"
|
|
|
|
// ImageStateAvailable is a ImageState enum value
|
|
ImageStateAvailable = "available"
|
|
|
|
// ImageStateInvalid is a ImageState enum value
|
|
ImageStateInvalid = "invalid"
|
|
|
|
// ImageStateDeregistered is a ImageState enum value
|
|
ImageStateDeregistered = "deregistered"
|
|
|
|
// ImageStateTransient is a ImageState enum value
|
|
ImageStateTransient = "transient"
|
|
|
|
// ImageStateFailed is a ImageState enum value
|
|
ImageStateFailed = "failed"
|
|
|
|
// ImageStateError is a ImageState enum value
|
|
ImageStateError = "error"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ImageTypeValuesMachine is a ImageTypeValues enum value
|
|
ImageTypeValuesMachine = "machine"
|
|
|
|
// ImageTypeValuesKernel is a ImageTypeValues enum value
|
|
ImageTypeValuesKernel = "kernel"
|
|
|
|
// ImageTypeValuesRamdisk is a ImageTypeValues enum value
|
|
ImageTypeValuesRamdisk = "ramdisk"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// InstanceAttributeNameInstanceType is a InstanceAttributeName enum value
|
|
InstanceAttributeNameInstanceType = "instanceType"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceAttributeNameKernel is a InstanceAttributeName enum value
|
|
InstanceAttributeNameKernel = "kernel"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceAttributeNameRamdisk is a InstanceAttributeName enum value
|
|
InstanceAttributeNameRamdisk = "ramdisk"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceAttributeNameUserData is a InstanceAttributeName enum value
|
|
InstanceAttributeNameUserData = "userData"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceAttributeNameDisableApiTermination is a InstanceAttributeName enum value
|
|
InstanceAttributeNameDisableApiTermination = "disableApiTermination"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceAttributeNameInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior is a InstanceAttributeName enum value
|
|
InstanceAttributeNameInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior = "instanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceAttributeNameRootDeviceName is a InstanceAttributeName enum value
|
|
InstanceAttributeNameRootDeviceName = "rootDeviceName"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceAttributeNameBlockDeviceMapping is a InstanceAttributeName enum value
|
|
InstanceAttributeNameBlockDeviceMapping = "blockDeviceMapping"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceAttributeNameProductCodes is a InstanceAttributeName enum value
|
|
InstanceAttributeNameProductCodes = "productCodes"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceAttributeNameSourceDestCheck is a InstanceAttributeName enum value
|
|
InstanceAttributeNameSourceDestCheck = "sourceDestCheck"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceAttributeNameGroupSet is a InstanceAttributeName enum value
|
|
InstanceAttributeNameGroupSet = "groupSet"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceAttributeNameEbsOptimized is a InstanceAttributeName enum value
|
|
InstanceAttributeNameEbsOptimized = "ebsOptimized"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceAttributeNameSriovNetSupport is a InstanceAttributeName enum value
|
|
InstanceAttributeNameSriovNetSupport = "sriovNetSupport"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceAttributeNameEnaSupport is a InstanceAttributeName enum value
|
|
InstanceAttributeNameEnaSupport = "enaSupport"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// InstanceHealthStatusHealthy is a InstanceHealthStatus enum value
|
|
InstanceHealthStatusHealthy = "healthy"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceHealthStatusUnhealthy is a InstanceHealthStatus enum value
|
|
InstanceHealthStatusUnhealthy = "unhealthy"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// InstanceInterruptionBehaviorHibernate is a InstanceInterruptionBehavior enum value
|
|
InstanceInterruptionBehaviorHibernate = "hibernate"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceInterruptionBehaviorStop is a InstanceInterruptionBehavior enum value
|
|
InstanceInterruptionBehaviorStop = "stop"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceInterruptionBehaviorTerminate is a InstanceInterruptionBehavior enum value
|
|
InstanceInterruptionBehaviorTerminate = "terminate"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// InstanceLifecycleTypeSpot is a InstanceLifecycleType enum value
|
|
InstanceLifecycleTypeSpot = "spot"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceLifecycleTypeScheduled is a InstanceLifecycleType enum value
|
|
InstanceLifecycleTypeScheduled = "scheduled"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// InstanceStateNamePending is a InstanceStateName enum value
|
|
InstanceStateNamePending = "pending"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceStateNameRunning is a InstanceStateName enum value
|
|
InstanceStateNameRunning = "running"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceStateNameShuttingDown is a InstanceStateName enum value
|
|
InstanceStateNameShuttingDown = "shutting-down"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceStateNameTerminated is a InstanceStateName enum value
|
|
InstanceStateNameTerminated = "terminated"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceStateNameStopping is a InstanceStateName enum value
|
|
InstanceStateNameStopping = "stopping"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceStateNameStopped is a InstanceStateName enum value
|
|
InstanceStateNameStopped = "stopped"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// InstanceTypeT1Micro is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeT1Micro = "t1.micro"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeT2Nano is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeT2Nano = "t2.nano"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeT2Micro is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeT2Micro = "t2.micro"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeT2Small is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeT2Small = "t2.small"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeT2Medium is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeT2Medium = "t2.medium"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeT2Large is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeT2Large = "t2.large"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeT2Xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeT2Xlarge = "t2.xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeT22xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeT22xlarge = "t2.2xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeM1Small is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeM1Small = "m1.small"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeM1Medium is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeM1Medium = "m1.medium"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeM1Large is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeM1Large = "m1.large"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeM1Xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeM1Xlarge = "m1.xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeM3Medium is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeM3Medium = "m3.medium"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeM3Large is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeM3Large = "m3.large"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeM3Xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeM3Xlarge = "m3.xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeM32xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeM32xlarge = "m3.2xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeM4Large is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeM4Large = "m4.large"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeM4Xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeM4Xlarge = "m4.xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeM42xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeM42xlarge = "m4.2xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeM44xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeM44xlarge = "m4.4xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeM410xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeM410xlarge = "m4.10xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeM416xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeM416xlarge = "m4.16xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeM2Xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeM2Xlarge = "m2.xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeM22xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeM22xlarge = "m2.2xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeM24xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeM24xlarge = "m2.4xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeCr18xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeCr18xlarge = "cr1.8xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeR3Large is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeR3Large = "r3.large"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeR3Xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeR3Xlarge = "r3.xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeR32xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeR32xlarge = "r3.2xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeR34xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeR34xlarge = "r3.4xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeR38xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeR38xlarge = "r3.8xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeR4Large is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeR4Large = "r4.large"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeR4Xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeR4Xlarge = "r4.xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeR42xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeR42xlarge = "r4.2xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeR44xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeR44xlarge = "r4.4xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeR48xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeR48xlarge = "r4.8xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeR416xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeR416xlarge = "r4.16xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeX116xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeX116xlarge = "x1.16xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeX132xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeX132xlarge = "x1.32xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeX1eXlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeX1eXlarge = "x1e.xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeX1e2xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeX1e2xlarge = "x1e.2xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeX1e4xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeX1e4xlarge = "x1e.4xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeX1e8xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeX1e8xlarge = "x1e.8xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeX1e16xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeX1e16xlarge = "x1e.16xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeX1e32xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeX1e32xlarge = "x1e.32xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeI2Xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeI2Xlarge = "i2.xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeI22xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeI22xlarge = "i2.2xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeI24xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeI24xlarge = "i2.4xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeI28xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeI28xlarge = "i2.8xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeI3Large is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeI3Large = "i3.large"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeI3Xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeI3Xlarge = "i3.xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeI32xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeI32xlarge = "i3.2xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeI34xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeI34xlarge = "i3.4xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeI38xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeI38xlarge = "i3.8xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeI316xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeI316xlarge = "i3.16xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeHi14xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeHi14xlarge = "hi1.4xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeHs18xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeHs18xlarge = "hs1.8xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeC1Medium is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeC1Medium = "c1.medium"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeC1Xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeC1Xlarge = "c1.xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeC3Large is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeC3Large = "c3.large"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeC3Xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeC3Xlarge = "c3.xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeC32xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeC32xlarge = "c3.2xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeC34xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeC34xlarge = "c3.4xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeC38xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeC38xlarge = "c3.8xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeC4Large is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeC4Large = "c4.large"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeC4Xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeC4Xlarge = "c4.xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeC42xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeC42xlarge = "c4.2xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeC44xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeC44xlarge = "c4.4xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeC48xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeC48xlarge = "c4.8xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeC5Large is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeC5Large = "c5.large"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeC5Xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeC5Xlarge = "c5.xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeC52xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeC52xlarge = "c5.2xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeC54xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeC54xlarge = "c5.4xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeC59xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeC59xlarge = "c5.9xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeC518xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeC518xlarge = "c5.18xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeCc14xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeCc14xlarge = "cc1.4xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeCc28xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeCc28xlarge = "cc2.8xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeG22xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeG22xlarge = "g2.2xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeG28xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeG28xlarge = "g2.8xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeG34xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeG34xlarge = "g3.4xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeG38xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeG38xlarge = "g3.8xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeG316xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeG316xlarge = "g3.16xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeCg14xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeCg14xlarge = "cg1.4xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeP2Xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeP2Xlarge = "p2.xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeP28xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeP28xlarge = "p2.8xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeP216xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeP216xlarge = "p2.16xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeP32xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeP32xlarge = "p3.2xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeP38xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeP38xlarge = "p3.8xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeP316xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeP316xlarge = "p3.16xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeD2Xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeD2Xlarge = "d2.xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeD22xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeD22xlarge = "d2.2xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeD24xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeD24xlarge = "d2.4xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeD28xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeD28xlarge = "d2.8xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeF12xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeF12xlarge = "f1.2xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeF116xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeF116xlarge = "f1.16xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeM5Large is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeM5Large = "m5.large"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeM5Xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeM5Xlarge = "m5.xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeM52xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeM52xlarge = "m5.2xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeM54xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeM54xlarge = "m5.4xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeM512xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeM512xlarge = "m5.12xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeM524xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeM524xlarge = "m5.24xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeH12xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeH12xlarge = "h1.2xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeH14xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeH14xlarge = "h1.4xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeH18xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeH18xlarge = "h1.8xlarge"
|
|
|
|
// InstanceTypeH116xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
|
|
InstanceTypeH116xlarge = "h1.16xlarge"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// InterfacePermissionTypeInstanceAttach is a InterfacePermissionType enum value
|
|
InterfacePermissionTypeInstanceAttach = "INSTANCE-ATTACH"
|
|
|
|
// InterfacePermissionTypeEipAssociate is a InterfacePermissionType enum value
|
|
InterfacePermissionTypeEipAssociate = "EIP-ASSOCIATE"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// LaunchTemplateErrorCodeLaunchTemplateIdDoesNotExist is a LaunchTemplateErrorCode enum value
|
|
LaunchTemplateErrorCodeLaunchTemplateIdDoesNotExist = "launchTemplateIdDoesNotExist"
|
|
|
|
// LaunchTemplateErrorCodeLaunchTemplateIdMalformed is a LaunchTemplateErrorCode enum value
|
|
LaunchTemplateErrorCodeLaunchTemplateIdMalformed = "launchTemplateIdMalformed"
|
|
|
|
// LaunchTemplateErrorCodeLaunchTemplateNameDoesNotExist is a LaunchTemplateErrorCode enum value
|
|
LaunchTemplateErrorCodeLaunchTemplateNameDoesNotExist = "launchTemplateNameDoesNotExist"
|
|
|
|
// LaunchTemplateErrorCodeLaunchTemplateNameMalformed is a LaunchTemplateErrorCode enum value
|
|
LaunchTemplateErrorCodeLaunchTemplateNameMalformed = "launchTemplateNameMalformed"
|
|
|
|
// LaunchTemplateErrorCodeLaunchTemplateVersionDoesNotExist is a LaunchTemplateErrorCode enum value
|
|
LaunchTemplateErrorCodeLaunchTemplateVersionDoesNotExist = "launchTemplateVersionDoesNotExist"
|
|
|
|
// LaunchTemplateErrorCodeUnexpectedError is a LaunchTemplateErrorCode enum value
|
|
LaunchTemplateErrorCodeUnexpectedError = "unexpectedError"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ListingStateAvailable is a ListingState enum value
|
|
ListingStateAvailable = "available"
|
|
|
|
// ListingStateSold is a ListingState enum value
|
|
ListingStateSold = "sold"
|
|
|
|
// ListingStateCancelled is a ListingState enum value
|
|
ListingStateCancelled = "cancelled"
|
|
|
|
// ListingStatePending is a ListingState enum value
|
|
ListingStatePending = "pending"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ListingStatusActive is a ListingStatus enum value
|
|
ListingStatusActive = "active"
|
|
|
|
// ListingStatusPending is a ListingStatus enum value
|
|
ListingStatusPending = "pending"
|
|
|
|
// ListingStatusCancelled is a ListingStatus enum value
|
|
ListingStatusCancelled = "cancelled"
|
|
|
|
// ListingStatusClosed is a ListingStatus enum value
|
|
ListingStatusClosed = "closed"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// MarketTypeSpot is a MarketType enum value
|
|
MarketTypeSpot = "spot"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// MonitoringStateDisabled is a MonitoringState enum value
|
|
MonitoringStateDisabled = "disabled"
|
|
|
|
// MonitoringStateDisabling is a MonitoringState enum value
|
|
MonitoringStateDisabling = "disabling"
|
|
|
|
// MonitoringStateEnabled is a MonitoringState enum value
|
|
MonitoringStateEnabled = "enabled"
|
|
|
|
// MonitoringStatePending is a MonitoringState enum value
|
|
MonitoringStatePending = "pending"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// MoveStatusMovingToVpc is a MoveStatus enum value
|
|
MoveStatusMovingToVpc = "movingToVpc"
|
|
|
|
// MoveStatusRestoringToClassic is a MoveStatus enum value
|
|
MoveStatusRestoringToClassic = "restoringToClassic"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// NatGatewayStatePending is a NatGatewayState enum value
|
|
NatGatewayStatePending = "pending"
|
|
|
|
// NatGatewayStateFailed is a NatGatewayState enum value
|
|
NatGatewayStateFailed = "failed"
|
|
|
|
// NatGatewayStateAvailable is a NatGatewayState enum value
|
|
NatGatewayStateAvailable = "available"
|
|
|
|
// NatGatewayStateDeleting is a NatGatewayState enum value
|
|
NatGatewayStateDeleting = "deleting"
|
|
|
|
// NatGatewayStateDeleted is a NatGatewayState enum value
|
|
NatGatewayStateDeleted = "deleted"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// NetworkInterfaceAttributeDescription is a NetworkInterfaceAttribute enum value
|
|
NetworkInterfaceAttributeDescription = "description"
|
|
|
|
// NetworkInterfaceAttributeGroupSet is a NetworkInterfaceAttribute enum value
|
|
NetworkInterfaceAttributeGroupSet = "groupSet"
|
|
|
|
// NetworkInterfaceAttributeSourceDestCheck is a NetworkInterfaceAttribute enum value
|
|
NetworkInterfaceAttributeSourceDestCheck = "sourceDestCheck"
|
|
|
|
// NetworkInterfaceAttributeAttachment is a NetworkInterfaceAttribute enum value
|
|
NetworkInterfaceAttributeAttachment = "attachment"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// NetworkInterfacePermissionStateCodePending is a NetworkInterfacePermissionStateCode enum value
|
|
NetworkInterfacePermissionStateCodePending = "pending"
|
|
|
|
// NetworkInterfacePermissionStateCodeGranted is a NetworkInterfacePermissionStateCode enum value
|
|
NetworkInterfacePermissionStateCodeGranted = "granted"
|
|
|
|
// NetworkInterfacePermissionStateCodeRevoking is a NetworkInterfacePermissionStateCode enum value
|
|
NetworkInterfacePermissionStateCodeRevoking = "revoking"
|
|
|
|
// NetworkInterfacePermissionStateCodeRevoked is a NetworkInterfacePermissionStateCode enum value
|
|
NetworkInterfacePermissionStateCodeRevoked = "revoked"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// NetworkInterfaceStatusAvailable is a NetworkInterfaceStatus enum value
|
|
NetworkInterfaceStatusAvailable = "available"
|
|
|
|
// NetworkInterfaceStatusAssociated is a NetworkInterfaceStatus enum value
|
|
NetworkInterfaceStatusAssociated = "associated"
|
|
|
|
// NetworkInterfaceStatusAttaching is a NetworkInterfaceStatus enum value
|
|
NetworkInterfaceStatusAttaching = "attaching"
|
|
|
|
// NetworkInterfaceStatusInUse is a NetworkInterfaceStatus enum value
|
|
NetworkInterfaceStatusInUse = "in-use"
|
|
|
|
// NetworkInterfaceStatusDetaching is a NetworkInterfaceStatus enum value
|
|
NetworkInterfaceStatusDetaching = "detaching"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// NetworkInterfaceTypeInterface is a NetworkInterfaceType enum value
|
|
NetworkInterfaceTypeInterface = "interface"
|
|
|
|
// NetworkInterfaceTypeNatGateway is a NetworkInterfaceType enum value
|
|
NetworkInterfaceTypeNatGateway = "natGateway"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// OfferingClassTypeStandard is a OfferingClassType enum value
|
|
OfferingClassTypeStandard = "standard"
|
|
|
|
// OfferingClassTypeConvertible is a OfferingClassType enum value
|
|
OfferingClassTypeConvertible = "convertible"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// OfferingTypeValuesHeavyUtilization is a OfferingTypeValues enum value
|
|
OfferingTypeValuesHeavyUtilization = "Heavy Utilization"
|
|
|
|
// OfferingTypeValuesMediumUtilization is a OfferingTypeValues enum value
|
|
OfferingTypeValuesMediumUtilization = "Medium Utilization"
|
|
|
|
// OfferingTypeValuesLightUtilization is a OfferingTypeValues enum value
|
|
OfferingTypeValuesLightUtilization = "Light Utilization"
|
|
|
|
// OfferingTypeValuesNoUpfront is a OfferingTypeValues enum value
|
|
OfferingTypeValuesNoUpfront = "No Upfront"
|
|
|
|
// OfferingTypeValuesPartialUpfront is a OfferingTypeValues enum value
|
|
OfferingTypeValuesPartialUpfront = "Partial Upfront"
|
|
|
|
// OfferingTypeValuesAllUpfront is a OfferingTypeValues enum value
|
|
OfferingTypeValuesAllUpfront = "All Upfront"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// OperationTypeAdd is a OperationType enum value
|
|
OperationTypeAdd = "add"
|
|
|
|
// OperationTypeRemove is a OperationType enum value
|
|
OperationTypeRemove = "remove"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// PaymentOptionAllUpfront is a PaymentOption enum value
|
|
PaymentOptionAllUpfront = "AllUpfront"
|
|
|
|
// PaymentOptionPartialUpfront is a PaymentOption enum value
|
|
PaymentOptionPartialUpfront = "PartialUpfront"
|
|
|
|
// PaymentOptionNoUpfront is a PaymentOption enum value
|
|
PaymentOptionNoUpfront = "NoUpfront"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// PermissionGroupAll is a PermissionGroup enum value
|
|
PermissionGroupAll = "all"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// PlacementGroupStatePending is a PlacementGroupState enum value
|
|
PlacementGroupStatePending = "pending"
|
|
|
|
// PlacementGroupStateAvailable is a PlacementGroupState enum value
|
|
PlacementGroupStateAvailable = "available"
|
|
|
|
// PlacementGroupStateDeleting is a PlacementGroupState enum value
|
|
PlacementGroupStateDeleting = "deleting"
|
|
|
|
// PlacementGroupStateDeleted is a PlacementGroupState enum value
|
|
PlacementGroupStateDeleted = "deleted"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// PlacementStrategyCluster is a PlacementStrategy enum value
|
|
PlacementStrategyCluster = "cluster"
|
|
|
|
// PlacementStrategySpread is a PlacementStrategy enum value
|
|
PlacementStrategySpread = "spread"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// PlatformValuesWindows is a PlatformValues enum value
|
|
PlatformValuesWindows = "Windows"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// PrincipalTypeAll is a PrincipalType enum value
|
|
PrincipalTypeAll = "All"
|
|
|
|
// PrincipalTypeService is a PrincipalType enum value
|
|
PrincipalTypeService = "Service"
|
|
|
|
// PrincipalTypeOrganizationUnit is a PrincipalType enum value
|
|
PrincipalTypeOrganizationUnit = "OrganizationUnit"
|
|
|
|
// PrincipalTypeAccount is a PrincipalType enum value
|
|
PrincipalTypeAccount = "Account"
|
|
|
|
// PrincipalTypeUser is a PrincipalType enum value
|
|
PrincipalTypeUser = "User"
|
|
|
|
// PrincipalTypeRole is a PrincipalType enum value
|
|
PrincipalTypeRole = "Role"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ProductCodeValuesDevpay is a ProductCodeValues enum value
|
|
ProductCodeValuesDevpay = "devpay"
|
|
|
|
// ProductCodeValuesMarketplace is a ProductCodeValues enum value
|
|
ProductCodeValuesMarketplace = "marketplace"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// RIProductDescriptionLinuxUnix is a RIProductDescription enum value
|
|
RIProductDescriptionLinuxUnix = "Linux/UNIX"
|
|
|
|
// RIProductDescriptionLinuxUnixamazonVpc is a RIProductDescription enum value
|
|
RIProductDescriptionLinuxUnixamazonVpc = "Linux/UNIX (Amazon VPC)"
|
|
|
|
// RIProductDescriptionWindows is a RIProductDescription enum value
|
|
RIProductDescriptionWindows = "Windows"
|
|
|
|
// RIProductDescriptionWindowsAmazonVpc is a RIProductDescription enum value
|
|
RIProductDescriptionWindowsAmazonVpc = "Windows (Amazon VPC)"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// RecurringChargeFrequencyHourly is a RecurringChargeFrequency enum value
|
|
RecurringChargeFrequencyHourly = "Hourly"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ReportInstanceReasonCodesInstanceStuckInState is a ReportInstanceReasonCodes enum value
|
|
ReportInstanceReasonCodesInstanceStuckInState = "instance-stuck-in-state"
|
|
|
|
// ReportInstanceReasonCodesUnresponsive is a ReportInstanceReasonCodes enum value
|
|
ReportInstanceReasonCodesUnresponsive = "unresponsive"
|
|
|
|
// ReportInstanceReasonCodesNotAcceptingCredentials is a ReportInstanceReasonCodes enum value
|
|
ReportInstanceReasonCodesNotAcceptingCredentials = "not-accepting-credentials"
|
|
|
|
// ReportInstanceReasonCodesPasswordNotAvailable is a ReportInstanceReasonCodes enum value
|
|
ReportInstanceReasonCodesPasswordNotAvailable = "password-not-available"
|
|
|
|
// ReportInstanceReasonCodesPerformanceNetwork is a ReportInstanceReasonCodes enum value
|
|
ReportInstanceReasonCodesPerformanceNetwork = "performance-network"
|
|
|
|
// ReportInstanceReasonCodesPerformanceInstanceStore is a ReportInstanceReasonCodes enum value
|
|
ReportInstanceReasonCodesPerformanceInstanceStore = "performance-instance-store"
|
|
|
|
// ReportInstanceReasonCodesPerformanceEbsVolume is a ReportInstanceReasonCodes enum value
|
|
ReportInstanceReasonCodesPerformanceEbsVolume = "performance-ebs-volume"
|
|
|
|
// ReportInstanceReasonCodesPerformanceOther is a ReportInstanceReasonCodes enum value
|
|
ReportInstanceReasonCodesPerformanceOther = "performance-other"
|
|
|
|
// ReportInstanceReasonCodesOther is a ReportInstanceReasonCodes enum value
|
|
ReportInstanceReasonCodesOther = "other"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ReportStatusTypeOk is a ReportStatusType enum value
|
|
ReportStatusTypeOk = "ok"
|
|
|
|
// ReportStatusTypeImpaired is a ReportStatusType enum value
|
|
ReportStatusTypeImpaired = "impaired"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ReservationStatePaymentPending is a ReservationState enum value
|
|
ReservationStatePaymentPending = "payment-pending"
|
|
|
|
// ReservationStatePaymentFailed is a ReservationState enum value
|
|
ReservationStatePaymentFailed = "payment-failed"
|
|
|
|
// ReservationStateActive is a ReservationState enum value
|
|
ReservationStateActive = "active"
|
|
|
|
// ReservationStateRetired is a ReservationState enum value
|
|
ReservationStateRetired = "retired"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ReservedInstanceStatePaymentPending is a ReservedInstanceState enum value
|
|
ReservedInstanceStatePaymentPending = "payment-pending"
|
|
|
|
// ReservedInstanceStateActive is a ReservedInstanceState enum value
|
|
ReservedInstanceStateActive = "active"
|
|
|
|
// ReservedInstanceStatePaymentFailed is a ReservedInstanceState enum value
|
|
ReservedInstanceStatePaymentFailed = "payment-failed"
|
|
|
|
// ReservedInstanceStateRetired is a ReservedInstanceState enum value
|
|
ReservedInstanceStateRetired = "retired"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ResetFpgaImageAttributeNameLoadPermission is a ResetFpgaImageAttributeName enum value
|
|
ResetFpgaImageAttributeNameLoadPermission = "loadPermission"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ResetImageAttributeNameLaunchPermission is a ResetImageAttributeName enum value
|
|
ResetImageAttributeNameLaunchPermission = "launchPermission"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ResourceTypeCustomerGateway is a ResourceType enum value
|
|
ResourceTypeCustomerGateway = "customer-gateway"
|
|
|
|
// ResourceTypeDhcpOptions is a ResourceType enum value
|
|
ResourceTypeDhcpOptions = "dhcp-options"
|
|
|
|
// ResourceTypeImage is a ResourceType enum value
|
|
ResourceTypeImage = "image"
|
|
|
|
// ResourceTypeInstance is a ResourceType enum value
|
|
ResourceTypeInstance = "instance"
|
|
|
|
// ResourceTypeInternetGateway is a ResourceType enum value
|
|
ResourceTypeInternetGateway = "internet-gateway"
|
|
|
|
// ResourceTypeNetworkAcl is a ResourceType enum value
|
|
ResourceTypeNetworkAcl = "network-acl"
|
|
|
|
// ResourceTypeNetworkInterface is a ResourceType enum value
|
|
ResourceTypeNetworkInterface = "network-interface"
|
|
|
|
// ResourceTypeReservedInstances is a ResourceType enum value
|
|
ResourceTypeReservedInstances = "reserved-instances"
|
|
|
|
// ResourceTypeRouteTable is a ResourceType enum value
|
|
ResourceTypeRouteTable = "route-table"
|
|
|
|
// ResourceTypeSnapshot is a ResourceType enum value
|
|
ResourceTypeSnapshot = "snapshot"
|
|
|
|
// ResourceTypeSpotInstancesRequest is a ResourceType enum value
|
|
ResourceTypeSpotInstancesRequest = "spot-instances-request"
|
|
|
|
// ResourceTypeSubnet is a ResourceType enum value
|
|
ResourceTypeSubnet = "subnet"
|
|
|
|
// ResourceTypeSecurityGroup is a ResourceType enum value
|
|
ResourceTypeSecurityGroup = "security-group"
|
|
|
|
// ResourceTypeVolume is a ResourceType enum value
|
|
ResourceTypeVolume = "volume"
|
|
|
|
// ResourceTypeVpc is a ResourceType enum value
|
|
ResourceTypeVpc = "vpc"
|
|
|
|
// ResourceTypeVpnConnection is a ResourceType enum value
|
|
ResourceTypeVpnConnection = "vpn-connection"
|
|
|
|
// ResourceTypeVpnGateway is a ResourceType enum value
|
|
ResourceTypeVpnGateway = "vpn-gateway"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// RouteOriginCreateRouteTable is a RouteOrigin enum value
|
|
RouteOriginCreateRouteTable = "CreateRouteTable"
|
|
|
|
// RouteOriginCreateRoute is a RouteOrigin enum value
|
|
RouteOriginCreateRoute = "CreateRoute"
|
|
|
|
// RouteOriginEnableVgwRoutePropagation is a RouteOrigin enum value
|
|
RouteOriginEnableVgwRoutePropagation = "EnableVgwRoutePropagation"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// RouteStateActive is a RouteState enum value
|
|
RouteStateActive = "active"
|
|
|
|
// RouteStateBlackhole is a RouteState enum value
|
|
RouteStateBlackhole = "blackhole"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// RuleActionAllow is a RuleAction enum value
|
|
RuleActionAllow = "allow"
|
|
|
|
// RuleActionDeny is a RuleAction enum value
|
|
RuleActionDeny = "deny"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ServiceStatePending is a ServiceState enum value
|
|
ServiceStatePending = "Pending"
|
|
|
|
// ServiceStateAvailable is a ServiceState enum value
|
|
ServiceStateAvailable = "Available"
|
|
|
|
// ServiceStateDeleting is a ServiceState enum value
|
|
ServiceStateDeleting = "Deleting"
|
|
|
|
// ServiceStateDeleted is a ServiceState enum value
|
|
ServiceStateDeleted = "Deleted"
|
|
|
|
// ServiceStateFailed is a ServiceState enum value
|
|
ServiceStateFailed = "Failed"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ServiceTypeInterface is a ServiceType enum value
|
|
ServiceTypeInterface = "Interface"
|
|
|
|
// ServiceTypeGateway is a ServiceType enum value
|
|
ServiceTypeGateway = "Gateway"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ShutdownBehaviorStop is a ShutdownBehavior enum value
|
|
ShutdownBehaviorStop = "stop"
|
|
|
|
// ShutdownBehaviorTerminate is a ShutdownBehavior enum value
|
|
ShutdownBehaviorTerminate = "terminate"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// SnapshotAttributeNameProductCodes is a SnapshotAttributeName enum value
|
|
SnapshotAttributeNameProductCodes = "productCodes"
|
|
|
|
// SnapshotAttributeNameCreateVolumePermission is a SnapshotAttributeName enum value
|
|
SnapshotAttributeNameCreateVolumePermission = "createVolumePermission"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// SnapshotStatePending is a SnapshotState enum value
|
|
SnapshotStatePending = "pending"
|
|
|
|
// SnapshotStateCompleted is a SnapshotState enum value
|
|
SnapshotStateCompleted = "completed"
|
|
|
|
// SnapshotStateError is a SnapshotState enum value
|
|
SnapshotStateError = "error"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// SpotInstanceStateOpen is a SpotInstanceState enum value
|
|
SpotInstanceStateOpen = "open"
|
|
|
|
// SpotInstanceStateActive is a SpotInstanceState enum value
|
|
SpotInstanceStateActive = "active"
|
|
|
|
// SpotInstanceStateClosed is a SpotInstanceState enum value
|
|
SpotInstanceStateClosed = "closed"
|
|
|
|
// SpotInstanceStateCancelled is a SpotInstanceState enum value
|
|
SpotInstanceStateCancelled = "cancelled"
|
|
|
|
// SpotInstanceStateFailed is a SpotInstanceState enum value
|
|
SpotInstanceStateFailed = "failed"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// SpotInstanceTypeOneTime is a SpotInstanceType enum value
|
|
SpotInstanceTypeOneTime = "one-time"
|
|
|
|
// SpotInstanceTypePersistent is a SpotInstanceType enum value
|
|
SpotInstanceTypePersistent = "persistent"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// StatePendingAcceptance is a State enum value
|
|
StatePendingAcceptance = "PendingAcceptance"
|
|
|
|
// StatePending is a State enum value
|
|
StatePending = "Pending"
|
|
|
|
// StateAvailable is a State enum value
|
|
StateAvailable = "Available"
|
|
|
|
// StateDeleting is a State enum value
|
|
StateDeleting = "Deleting"
|
|
|
|
// StateDeleted is a State enum value
|
|
StateDeleted = "Deleted"
|
|
|
|
// StateRejected is a State enum value
|
|
StateRejected = "Rejected"
|
|
|
|
// StateFailed is a State enum value
|
|
StateFailed = "Failed"
|
|
|
|
// StateExpired is a State enum value
|
|
StateExpired = "Expired"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// StatusMoveInProgress is a Status enum value
|
|
StatusMoveInProgress = "MoveInProgress"
|
|
|
|
// StatusInVpc is a Status enum value
|
|
StatusInVpc = "InVpc"
|
|
|
|
// StatusInClassic is a Status enum value
|
|
StatusInClassic = "InClassic"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// StatusNameReachability is a StatusName enum value
|
|
StatusNameReachability = "reachability"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// StatusTypePassed is a StatusType enum value
|
|
StatusTypePassed = "passed"
|
|
|
|
// StatusTypeFailed is a StatusType enum value
|
|
StatusTypeFailed = "failed"
|
|
|
|
// StatusTypeInsufficientData is a StatusType enum value
|
|
StatusTypeInsufficientData = "insufficient-data"
|
|
|
|
// StatusTypeInitializing is a StatusType enum value
|
|
StatusTypeInitializing = "initializing"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// SubnetCidrBlockStateCodeAssociating is a SubnetCidrBlockStateCode enum value
|
|
SubnetCidrBlockStateCodeAssociating = "associating"
|
|
|
|
// SubnetCidrBlockStateCodeAssociated is a SubnetCidrBlockStateCode enum value
|
|
SubnetCidrBlockStateCodeAssociated = "associated"
|
|
|
|
// SubnetCidrBlockStateCodeDisassociating is a SubnetCidrBlockStateCode enum value
|
|
SubnetCidrBlockStateCodeDisassociating = "disassociating"
|
|
|
|
// SubnetCidrBlockStateCodeDisassociated is a SubnetCidrBlockStateCode enum value
|
|
SubnetCidrBlockStateCodeDisassociated = "disassociated"
|
|
|
|
// SubnetCidrBlockStateCodeFailing is a SubnetCidrBlockStateCode enum value
|
|
SubnetCidrBlockStateCodeFailing = "failing"
|
|
|
|
// SubnetCidrBlockStateCodeFailed is a SubnetCidrBlockStateCode enum value
|
|
SubnetCidrBlockStateCodeFailed = "failed"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// SubnetStatePending is a SubnetState enum value
|
|
SubnetStatePending = "pending"
|
|
|
|
// SubnetStateAvailable is a SubnetState enum value
|
|
SubnetStateAvailable = "available"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// SummaryStatusOk is a SummaryStatus enum value
|
|
SummaryStatusOk = "ok"
|
|
|
|
// SummaryStatusImpaired is a SummaryStatus enum value
|
|
SummaryStatusImpaired = "impaired"
|
|
|
|
// SummaryStatusInsufficientData is a SummaryStatus enum value
|
|
SummaryStatusInsufficientData = "insufficient-data"
|
|
|
|
// SummaryStatusNotApplicable is a SummaryStatus enum value
|
|
SummaryStatusNotApplicable = "not-applicable"
|
|
|
|
// SummaryStatusInitializing is a SummaryStatus enum value
|
|
SummaryStatusInitializing = "initializing"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// TelemetryStatusUp is a TelemetryStatus enum value
|
|
TelemetryStatusUp = "UP"
|
|
|
|
// TelemetryStatusDown is a TelemetryStatus enum value
|
|
TelemetryStatusDown = "DOWN"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// TenancyDefault is a Tenancy enum value
|
|
TenancyDefault = "default"
|
|
|
|
// TenancyDedicated is a Tenancy enum value
|
|
TenancyDedicated = "dedicated"
|
|
|
|
// TenancyHost is a Tenancy enum value
|
|
TenancyHost = "host"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// TrafficTypeAccept is a TrafficType enum value
|
|
TrafficTypeAccept = "ACCEPT"
|
|
|
|
// TrafficTypeReject is a TrafficType enum value
|
|
TrafficTypeReject = "REJECT"
|
|
|
|
// TrafficTypeAll is a TrafficType enum value
|
|
TrafficTypeAll = "ALL"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationErrorCodeInvalidInstanceIdMalformed is a UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationErrorCode enum value
|
|
UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationErrorCodeInvalidInstanceIdMalformed = "InvalidInstanceID.Malformed"
|
|
|
|
// UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationErrorCodeInvalidInstanceIdNotFound is a UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationErrorCode enum value
|
|
UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationErrorCodeInvalidInstanceIdNotFound = "InvalidInstanceID.NotFound"
|
|
|
|
// UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationErrorCodeIncorrectInstanceState is a UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationErrorCode enum value
|
|
UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationErrorCodeIncorrectInstanceState = "IncorrectInstanceState"
|
|
|
|
// UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationErrorCodeInstanceCreditSpecificationNotSupported is a UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationErrorCode enum value
|
|
UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationErrorCodeInstanceCreditSpecificationNotSupported = "InstanceCreditSpecification.NotSupported"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// VirtualizationTypeHvm is a VirtualizationType enum value
|
|
VirtualizationTypeHvm = "hvm"
|
|
|
|
// VirtualizationTypeParavirtual is a VirtualizationType enum value
|
|
VirtualizationTypeParavirtual = "paravirtual"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// VolumeAttachmentStateAttaching is a VolumeAttachmentState enum value
|
|
VolumeAttachmentStateAttaching = "attaching"
|
|
|
|
// VolumeAttachmentStateAttached is a VolumeAttachmentState enum value
|
|
VolumeAttachmentStateAttached = "attached"
|
|
|
|
// VolumeAttachmentStateDetaching is a VolumeAttachmentState enum value
|
|
VolumeAttachmentStateDetaching = "detaching"
|
|
|
|
// VolumeAttachmentStateDetached is a VolumeAttachmentState enum value
|
|
VolumeAttachmentStateDetached = "detached"
|
|
|
|
// VolumeAttachmentStateBusy is a VolumeAttachmentState enum value
|
|
VolumeAttachmentStateBusy = "busy"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// VolumeAttributeNameAutoEnableIo is a VolumeAttributeName enum value
|
|
VolumeAttributeNameAutoEnableIo = "autoEnableIO"
|
|
|
|
// VolumeAttributeNameProductCodes is a VolumeAttributeName enum value
|
|
VolumeAttributeNameProductCodes = "productCodes"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// VolumeModificationStateModifying is a VolumeModificationState enum value
|
|
VolumeModificationStateModifying = "modifying"
|
|
|
|
// VolumeModificationStateOptimizing is a VolumeModificationState enum value
|
|
VolumeModificationStateOptimizing = "optimizing"
|
|
|
|
// VolumeModificationStateCompleted is a VolumeModificationState enum value
|
|
VolumeModificationStateCompleted = "completed"
|
|
|
|
// VolumeModificationStateFailed is a VolumeModificationState enum value
|
|
VolumeModificationStateFailed = "failed"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// VolumeStateCreating is a VolumeState enum value
|
|
VolumeStateCreating = "creating"
|
|
|
|
// VolumeStateAvailable is a VolumeState enum value
|
|
VolumeStateAvailable = "available"
|
|
|
|
// VolumeStateInUse is a VolumeState enum value
|
|
VolumeStateInUse = "in-use"
|
|
|
|
// VolumeStateDeleting is a VolumeState enum value
|
|
VolumeStateDeleting = "deleting"
|
|
|
|
// VolumeStateDeleted is a VolumeState enum value
|
|
VolumeStateDeleted = "deleted"
|
|
|
|
// VolumeStateError is a VolumeState enum value
|
|
VolumeStateError = "error"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// VolumeStatusInfoStatusOk is a VolumeStatusInfoStatus enum value
|
|
VolumeStatusInfoStatusOk = "ok"
|
|
|
|
// VolumeStatusInfoStatusImpaired is a VolumeStatusInfoStatus enum value
|
|
VolumeStatusInfoStatusImpaired = "impaired"
|
|
|
|
// VolumeStatusInfoStatusInsufficientData is a VolumeStatusInfoStatus enum value
|
|
VolumeStatusInfoStatusInsufficientData = "insufficient-data"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// VolumeStatusNameIoEnabled is a VolumeStatusName enum value
|
|
VolumeStatusNameIoEnabled = "io-enabled"
|
|
|
|
// VolumeStatusNameIoPerformance is a VolumeStatusName enum value
|
|
VolumeStatusNameIoPerformance = "io-performance"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// VolumeTypeStandard is a VolumeType enum value
|
|
VolumeTypeStandard = "standard"
|
|
|
|
// VolumeTypeIo1 is a VolumeType enum value
|
|
VolumeTypeIo1 = "io1"
|
|
|
|
// VolumeTypeGp2 is a VolumeType enum value
|
|
VolumeTypeGp2 = "gp2"
|
|
|
|
// VolumeTypeSc1 is a VolumeType enum value
|
|
VolumeTypeSc1 = "sc1"
|
|
|
|
// VolumeTypeSt1 is a VolumeType enum value
|
|
VolumeTypeSt1 = "st1"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// VpcAttributeNameEnableDnsSupport is a VpcAttributeName enum value
|
|
VpcAttributeNameEnableDnsSupport = "enableDnsSupport"
|
|
|
|
// VpcAttributeNameEnableDnsHostnames is a VpcAttributeName enum value
|
|
VpcAttributeNameEnableDnsHostnames = "enableDnsHostnames"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// VpcCidrBlockStateCodeAssociating is a VpcCidrBlockStateCode enum value
|
|
VpcCidrBlockStateCodeAssociating = "associating"
|
|
|
|
// VpcCidrBlockStateCodeAssociated is a VpcCidrBlockStateCode enum value
|
|
VpcCidrBlockStateCodeAssociated = "associated"
|
|
|
|
// VpcCidrBlockStateCodeDisassociating is a VpcCidrBlockStateCode enum value
|
|
VpcCidrBlockStateCodeDisassociating = "disassociating"
|
|
|
|
// VpcCidrBlockStateCodeDisassociated is a VpcCidrBlockStateCode enum value
|
|
VpcCidrBlockStateCodeDisassociated = "disassociated"
|
|
|
|
// VpcCidrBlockStateCodeFailing is a VpcCidrBlockStateCode enum value
|
|
VpcCidrBlockStateCodeFailing = "failing"
|
|
|
|
// VpcCidrBlockStateCodeFailed is a VpcCidrBlockStateCode enum value
|
|
VpcCidrBlockStateCodeFailed = "failed"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// VpcEndpointTypeInterface is a VpcEndpointType enum value
|
|
VpcEndpointTypeInterface = "Interface"
|
|
|
|
// VpcEndpointTypeGateway is a VpcEndpointType enum value
|
|
VpcEndpointTypeGateway = "Gateway"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodeInitiatingRequest is a VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode enum value
|
|
VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodeInitiatingRequest = "initiating-request"
|
|
|
|
// VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodePendingAcceptance is a VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode enum value
|
|
VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodePendingAcceptance = "pending-acceptance"
|
|
|
|
// VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodeActive is a VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode enum value
|
|
VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodeActive = "active"
|
|
|
|
// VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodeDeleted is a VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode enum value
|
|
VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodeDeleted = "deleted"
|
|
|
|
// VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodeRejected is a VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode enum value
|
|
VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodeRejected = "rejected"
|
|
|
|
// VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodeFailed is a VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode enum value
|
|
VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodeFailed = "failed"
|
|
|
|
// VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodeExpired is a VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode enum value
|
|
VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodeExpired = "expired"
|
|
|
|
// VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodeProvisioning is a VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode enum value
|
|
VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodeProvisioning = "provisioning"
|
|
|
|
// VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodeDeleting is a VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode enum value
|
|
VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodeDeleting = "deleting"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// VpcStatePending is a VpcState enum value
|
|
VpcStatePending = "pending"
|
|
|
|
// VpcStateAvailable is a VpcState enum value
|
|
VpcStateAvailable = "available"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// VpcTenancyDefault is a VpcTenancy enum value
|
|
VpcTenancyDefault = "default"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// VpnStatePending is a VpnState enum value
|
|
VpnStatePending = "pending"
|
|
|
|
// VpnStateAvailable is a VpnState enum value
|
|
VpnStateAvailable = "available"
|
|
|
|
// VpnStateDeleting is a VpnState enum value
|
|
VpnStateDeleting = "deleting"
|
|
|
|
// VpnStateDeleted is a VpnState enum value
|
|
VpnStateDeleted = "deleted"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// VpnStaticRouteSourceStatic is a VpnStaticRouteSource enum value
|
|
VpnStaticRouteSourceStatic = "Static"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ScopeAvailabilityZone is a scope enum value
|
|
ScopeAvailabilityZone = "Availability Zone"
|
|
|
|
// ScopeRegion is a scope enum value
|
|
ScopeRegion = "Region"
|
|
)
|